Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 21, 2016

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

(with respect to common stock to be offered in the exchange offer)

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

(with respect to common stock that may be distributed as a pro rata dividend)

 

 

GALLERIA CO.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2844   47-4686479

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

One Procter & Gamble Plaza

Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

(513) 983-1100

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Susan S. Whaley, Esq.

Galleria Co.

c/o The Procter & Gamble Company, One Procter & Gamble Plaza

Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

(513) 983-1100

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Sean C. Doyle, Esq.

Paul T. Schnell, Esq.

Laura Kaufmann Belkhayat, Esq. Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, New York 10036-6522

(212) 735-3000

 

Jules P. Kaufman, Esq.

General Counsel

Coty Inc.

350 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10118

(212) 389-7300

 

Timothy J. Melton, Esq.

Bradley C. Brasser, Esq.

Jones Day

77 West Wacker Drive

Chicago, Illinois 60601

(312) 782-3939

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public : As soon as practicable on or after the effective date of this registration statement after all other conditions to the consummation of the exchange offer described herein have been satisfied or waived.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer)   ¨

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer)   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title Of Each Class Of
Securities To Be Registered
  Amount
To Be
Registered(1)
 

Proposed
Maximum

Offering Price

Per Unit(2)

 

Proposed
Maximum

Aggregate
Offering Price(2)

  Amount Of
Registration
Fee(2)

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share

  412,337,991   $30.12   $12,419,620,288.92   $1,250,655.76

 

 

(1) Represents the number of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Galleria Co. (a) to be exchanged for shares of common stock, without par value, of The Procter & Gamble Company and (b) that may be distributed as a pro rata dividend, if any, as described in this registration statement.
(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(f) and Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933 based on the average of the high and low sales prices of shares of class A common stock of Coty Inc. into which shares of common stock of Galleria Co. will be converted as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on April 15, 2016. The filing fee applicable to the offering of common stock of Galleria Co. in the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, dated as of July 8, 2015, by and among The Procter & Gamble Company, Galleria Co., Coty Inc. and Green Acquisition Sub Inc. was paid in connection with Coty Inc.’s (a) Preliminary Information Statement on Schedule 14C, which will be filed subsequent to the date of this filing, and (b) Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No. 333-210856) filed on the date hereof. Because the shares of common stock of Galleria Co. that will be exchanged for shares of common stock of The Procter & Gamble Company (or distributed to eligible shareholders of The Procter & Gamble Company in a pro rata dividend, if any) will be converted into shares of common stock of Coty Inc. pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, Galleria Co. has not remitted a separate filing fee.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

Galleria Co. (“Galleria Company”), a wholly owned subsidiary of The Procter & Gamble Company (“P&G”), is filing this registration statement on Form S-4/Form S-1 to register the issuance of shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Galleria Company common stock”), that it currently expects will be distributed to P&G shareholders pursuant to an exchange offer (and a subsequent pro rata dividend if the exchange offer is completed but not fully subscribed) in connection with the merger (the “Merger”) of Green Acquisition Sub Inc. (“Merger Sub”), which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty Inc. (“Coty”), with and into Galleria Company, with Galleria Company surviving the Merger and becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty. In the Merger, each share of Galleria Company common stock will be converted into the right to receive one fully paid and non-assessable share of class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Coty (“Coty common stock”). Prior to the consummation of the Merger, P&G will cause certain assets relating to its fine fragrances, salon professional, cosmetics and retail hair color businesses and a portion of its hair styling business (“P&G Beauty Brands”) to be transferred to, and certain liabilities relating to P&G Beauty Brands to be assumed by, Galleria Company and its subsidiaries. Coty stockholders have approved, by written consent, the issuance of shares of Coty common stock in the Merger, and Coty will file an information statement on Schedule 14C with the SEC relating to that written consent and approval. In addition, Coty has filed a registration statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No. 333-210856) to register the shares of Coty common stock that will be issued in the Merger.

Based on market conditions prior to the consummation of the Merger and related transactions (collectively, the “Transactions”), P&G will determine whether the shares of Galleria Company common stock will be distributed to P&G shareholders in a spin-off or a split-off. P&G will determine which approach it will take prior to the completion of the Transactions and no decision has been made at this time. In a spin-off, all P&G shareholders would receive a pro rata number of shares of Galleria Company common stock. In a split-off, P&G would offer its shareholders the option to exchange their shares of P&G common stock (“P&G common stock”) for shares of Galleria Company common stock in an exchange offer, resulting in a reduction in P&G’s outstanding shares. If the exchange offer is completed but fewer than all of the issued and outstanding shares of Galleria Company common stock are exchanged because the exchange offer is not fully subscribed, the remaining shares of Galleria Company common stock owned by P&G will be distributed on a pro rata basis to P&G shareholders (after giving effect to the completion of the exchange offer). As promptly as practicable following completion of the exchange offer and, if the exchange offer is completed but is not fully subscribed, any subsequent pro rata dividend of all remaining shares of Galleria Company common stock to P&G shareholders, each share of Galleria Company common stock would be converted into the right to receive one share of Coty common stock in the Merger. For purposes of this filing, Galleria Company has assumed that the shares of Galleria Company common stock will be distributed to P&G shareholders pursuant to a split-off. Once a final decision is made regarding the manner of distribution of the shares, this registration statement on Form S-4 and Form S-1, Coty’s information statement on Schedule 14C and Coty’s registration statement on Form S-4 will be amended to reflect that decision, if necessary.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The exchange offer and issuance of securities being registered pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part may not be completed until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or exchange securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy or exchange securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 21, 2016

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

THE PROCTER & GAMBLE COMPANY

Offer to exchange all shares of common stock of

GALLERIA CO.

that are owned by The Procter & Gamble Company and will be converted into shares of class A common stock of

COTY INC.

for shares of common stock of The Procter & Gamble Company

 

 

The exchange offer and withdrawal rights will expire at 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on                    , 2016, unless the offer is extended or earlier terminated. Such date or, if the offer is extended, the date to which the offer is extended is referred to in this prospectus as the “Expiration Date.” Shares of P&G common stock tendered pursuant to the exchange offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

The Procter & Gamble Company (“P&G”) is offering to exchange all shares of common stock of Galleria Co., a wholly owned subsidiary of P&G (“Galleria Company” and such common stock, “Galleria Company common stock”) that are owned by P&G for shares of common stock of P&G, without par value (“P&G common stock”), that are validly tendered and not properly withdrawn. You should carefully read the terms of the exchange offer, which are described in this prospectus. None of P&G, Galleria Company, Coty Inc. (“Coty”), any of their respective directors or officers or any of their respective affiliates or representatives makes any recommendation as to whether you should participate in the exchange offer. You must make your own investment decision after reading this prospectus and consulting with your advisors.

The transactions described in this prospectus are being undertaken to transfer certain assets and liabilities relating to P&G’s global fine fragrances, salon professional, cosmetics and retail hair color businesses, along with select hair styling brands, to Coty. As promptly as practicable following completion of the exchange offer and, if the exchange offer is completed but is not fully subscribed, a subsequent pro rata dividend of all remaining shares of Galleria Company common stock to the remaining P&G shareholders, Green Acquisition Sub Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty (“Merger Sub”), will merge with and into Galleria Company, with Galleria Company surviving the merger and becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty (the “Merger”). Pursuant to the Merger, each share of Galleria Company common stock will automatically convert into the right to receive one fully paid and non-assessable share of class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Coty (“Coty common stock”). No trading market currently exists or will ever exist for shares of Galleria Company common stock. You will not be able to trade the shares of Galleria Company common stock before they convert into shares of Coty common stock in the Merger. There can be no assurance that shares of Coty common stock issued in the Merger will trade at the same prices at which shares of Coty common stock trade prior to the Merger.

For each $1.00 of P&G common stock accepted in the exchange offer, you will receive approximately $         of shares of Galleria Company common stock, based on the Average P&G Stock Price and the Average Coty Stock Price determined by P&G as described in this prospectus and subject to an upper limit of             shares of Galleria Company common stock per share of P&G common stock. See “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer. If the upper limit is in effect, you will receive less than $         of shares of Galleria Company common stock for each $1.00 of P&G common stock that you tender, and you could receive much less.

The Average P&G Stock Price and the Average Coty Stock Price will be determined by P&G by reference to the simple arithmetic average of the daily volume-weighted average prices (“VWAPs”) of shares of P&G common stock and shares of Coty common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) during a period of three consecutive trading days (currently expected to be                     , 2016,                     , 2016 and                     , 2016) ending on and including the second trading day preceding the Expiration Date.

The indicative exchange ratio that would have been in effect following the official close of trading on the NYSE on                     , 2016 (the trading day before the date of this prospectus), based on the daily VWAPs of shares of P&G common stock and shares of Coty common stock on                     , 2016,                     , 2016 and                     , 2016 would have provided for             shares of Galleria Company common stock to be exchanged for every share of P&G common stock accepted. The value of Galleria Company common stock received, and, following the Merger, the value of Coty common stock received, may not remain above the value of shares of P&G common stock tendered for exchange following the expiration of the exchange offer.

 

 

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 52 for a discussion of factors that you should consider in connection with the exchange offer and an investment in Galleria Company and Coty.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the securities to be issued in the exchange offer or determined that this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2016.


Table of Contents

The final exchange ratio used to determine the number of shares of Galleria Company common stock, and effectively the number of shares of Coty common stock, that you will receive for each share of P&G common stock accepted in the exchange offer (as well as whether the upper limit on the number of shares that can be received for each share of P&G common stock tendered will be in effect) will be announced at www.[ ].com and separately by press release no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the trading day immediately preceding the Expiration Date. This information will also be available from D.F. King & Co., Inc. (the “Information Agent”) at (212) 269-5550 (for banks and brokers) and (877) 297-1747 (for all other callers). Prior to the announcement of the final exchange ratio, indicative exchange ratios (calculated in the manner described in this prospectus) will also be available from the Information Agent.

This prospectus provides information regarding P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and the exchange offer in which shares of P&G common stock may be exchanged for shares of Galleria Company common stock, which will then be automatically converted in connection with the Merger into the right to receive shares of Coty common stock and distributed to participating P&G shareholders as described herein. Shares of P&G common stock are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “PG.” Shares of Coty common stock are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “COTY.” On                     , 2016, the last reported sale price of shares of P&G common stock on the NYSE was $             and the last reported sale price of shares of Coty common stock on the NYSE was $            . No trading market currently exists for shares of Galleria Company common stock, and no such market will exist in the future.

If the exchange offer is completed but is not fully subscribed, P&G will distribute all of the remaining shares of Galleria Company common stock that it owns as a subsequent pro rata dividend to P&G shareholders (after giving effect to the completion of the exchange offer). This prospectus covers all shares of Galleria Company common stock offered by P&G in the exchange offer and all shares of Galleria Company common stock that may be distributed by P&G as a subsequent pro rata dividend.

The fully diluted shares of Coty common stock immediately prior to the Merger are expected to represent approximately 46% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock immediately after the Merger, and the shares of Coty common stock issued in connection with the conversion of shares of Galleria Company common stock in the Merger are expected to represent approximately 54% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock immediately after the Merger.

P&G’s obligation to exchange shares of Galleria Company common stock for shares of P&G common stock is subject to the conditions listed under “The Exchange Offer—Conditions for Completion of the Exchange Offer,” including the “Minimum Condition” or the “Revised Minimum Condition,” as applicable, the satisfaction of conditions to the Merger and other conditions.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Information Regarding Content of This Prospectus

     1   

Helpful Information

     3   

Questions and Answers About the Exchange Offer and the Transactions

     6   

Summary

     21   

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data

     42   

Risk Factors

     52   

Cautionary Statement on Forward-Looking Statements

     66   

The Exchange Offer

     68   

Information on P&G

     89   

Information on Coty

     90   

Information on P&G Beauty Brands

     103   

Business Strategies After the Transactions

     112   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of P&G Beauty Brands

     114   

Historical Per Share, Market Price and Dividend Data

     130   

Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data

     133   

The Transactions

     150   

The Transaction Agreement

     187   

Additional Agreements

     211   

Debt Financing

     214   

Ownership of Coty Common Stock

     220   

Description of Coty Capital Stock

     222   

Description of Galleria Company Capital Stock

     228   

Comparison of Shareholder Rights

     230   

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

     240   

Legal Matters

     241   

Experts

     242   

Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation By Reference

     243   

Index to Combined Financial Statements

     F-1   

ANNEXES

  

Opinion of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

     A-1   

Opinion of Barclays Capital Inc.

     B-1   


Table of Contents

INFORMATION REGARDING CONTENT OF THIS PROSPECTUS

Securities and Exchange Commission Filings

This prospectus incorporates by reference important business and financial information about P&G and Coty from documents filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) that have not been included herein or delivered herewith. This information is available without charge at the website that the SEC maintains at www.sec.gov, as well as from other sources. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference.” In addition, you may ask any questions about the exchange offer or request copies of the exchange offer documents and the other information incorporated by reference in this prospectus, without charge, upon written or oral request to the Information Agent, D.F. King & Co., Inc., located at 48 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, at (212) 269-5550 (for banks and brokers) and (877) 297-1747 (for all other callers). In order to receive timely delivery of any written materials requested, you must make your requests no later than                     , 2016.

Sources of Information

All information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus with respect to Coty, Merger Sub and their subsidiaries, and all statements contained in this prospectus concerning Coty, Merger Sub and their subsidiaries, have been provided by Coty. All other information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, including information with respect to P&G, Galleria Company and their subsidiaries and P&G Beauty Brands and with respect to the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, and all statements contained in this prospectus concerning P&G, Galleria Company and their subsidiaries and P&G Beauty Brands, have been provided by P&G.

Trademarks and Market and Industry Data

This prospectus contains references to trademarks, trade names and service marks that are owned by P&G, including Always ® , Ambi Pur ® , Ariel ® , Bounty ® , Charmin ® , Crest ® , Dawn ® , Downy ® , Fairy ® , Febreze ® , Fusion ® , Gain ® , Gillette ® , Head & Shoulders ® , Lenor ® , Mach3 ® , Oral-B ® , Pampers ® , Pantene ® , Prestobarba ® , SK-II ® , Tide ® , Vicks ® and Whisper ® .

This prospectus contains references to trademarks, trade names and service marks that are owned by P&G Beauty Brands, including Balsam Color ® , Bellady ® , Blondor ® , Clairol ® , Color Charm ® , Color Fresh / Perfection Color Touch ® , CoverGirl ® , Design ® , Forte ® , Kadus ® , Kadus Professional ® , L’image ® , Londa ® , Max Factor ® , Natural Instincts ® , New Wave ® , New Wave Design ® , Nioxin ® , Olay ® , Outlast ® , Salon Lifestyle ® , Sebastian ® , Soft Color ® , Shockwaves ® , Silvikrin ® , Soft Color ® , System Professional ® , Vidal Sassoon ® and Wella ® .

This prospectus also contains references to trademarks, trade names and service marks that are licensed to P&G Beauty Brands, including Alexander McQueen ® , Bruno Banani ® , Christina Aguilera ® , Dolce & Gabbana ® , Gucci ® , HUGO BOSS ® , Escada Fashion ® , Gabriela Sabatini ® , James Bond ® , Lacoste ® , Mexx ® and Stella McCartney ® .

Unless otherwise specified in this prospectus, all industry and market share data relating to P&G Beauty Brands and the beauty industry included in this prospectus is based on P&G’s market research and its internally developed, proprietary analytical modeling system as well as statistical data obtained or derived from independent market research firms. Some of these third-party firms, such as Euromonitor International Limited (“Euromonitor”) and ACNielsen, categorize data differently from how P&G Beauty Brands categorizes data. Information in this prospectus on the beauty industry is from independent market research carried out by Euromonitor but should not be relied upon in making, or refraining from making, an investment decision. Market share data is used by P&G to standardize market share information across different products and retail channels and is regularly used by P&G in the analysis of P&G Beauty Brands. While P&G has no reason to believe any third-party information is not reliable, P&G has not independently verified this information.


Table of Contents

O P I ® , philosophy ® , Rimmel ® , Sally Hansen ® , Lancaster ® , Astor ® , Bourjois ® , Joop! ® , and Manhattan ® are registered trademarks of Coty for the goods manufactured and sold by Coty under those marks in key sales countries. The adidas ® , Calvin Klein ® , Chloé ® , DAVIDOFF ® , Marc Jacobs ® , Playboy ® , Balenciaga ® , Beyoncé ® , Bottega Veneta ® , Guess? ® , Katy Perry ® , Roberto Cavalli ® , Miu Miu ® , Vespa ® , Jil Sander ® , David Beckham ® , Jennifer Lopez ® and Enrique Iglesias ® trademarks are licensed to Coty in connection with the goods manufactured and sold by Coty in key sales countries.

Unless otherwise indicated, market and industry data and forecasts relating to Coty included in this prospectus, including Coty’s general expectations about its industry, market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on data from various sources including internal data and estimates as well as third-party sources widely available to the public such as independent industry publications (including Euromonitor), government publications, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources and on Coty’s assumptions based on that data and other similar sources. Coty did not fund and is not otherwise affiliated with the third-party sources that it cites. Industry publications and other published sources generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from third-party sources believed to be reliable. Internal data and estimates are based upon information obtained from trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which Coty operates and Coty management’s understanding of industry conditions, and such information has not been verified by any independent sources. This data involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While Coty believes the market, industry and other information included in this prospectus to be the most recently available and to be generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise and Coty has not independently verified any third-party information or verified that more recent information is not available.

Statements in this prospectus about P&G Beauty Brands that Coty proposes to acquire are made primarily on the basis of information furnished by the owners and management of P&G Beauty Brands. Statements in this prospectus about Coty are made primarily on the basis of information furnished by the owners and management of Coty.

 

 

This prospectus is not an offer to sell or exchange and it is not a solicitation of an offer to buy or exchange any shares of P&G common stock, Galleria Company common stock or Coty common stock in any jurisdiction in which the offer, sale or exchange is not permitted. Non-U.S. shareholders should consult their advisors in considering whether they may participate in the exchange offer in accordance with the laws of their home countries and, if they do participate, whether there are any restrictions or limitations on transactions in the shares of P&G common stock, Galleria Company common stock or Coty common stock that may apply in their home countries. P&G, Galleria Company and Coty cannot provide any assurance about whether such limitations may exist. See “The Exchange Offer—Legal and Other Limitations; Certain Matters Relating to Non-U.S. Jurisdictions” for additional information about limitations on the exchange offer outside the United States.

 

- 2 -


Table of Contents

HELPFUL INFORMATION

As used in this prospectus, unless otherwise stated herein or the context otherwise provides:

 

    Average P&G Stock Price ” means the price determined by P&G by reference to the simple arithmetic average of the daily VWAPs of shares of P&G common stock on the NYSE during the Averaging Period.

 

    Average Coty Stock Price ” means the price determined by P&G by reference to the simple arithmetic average of the daily VWAPs of shares of Coty common stock on the NYSE during the Averaging Period.

 

    Averaging Period ” means the period of three consecutive trading days (currently expected to be                      , 2016,                     , 2016 and                     , 2016) ending on and including the second trading day preceding the Expiration Date.

 

    Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

    Coty ” means Coty Inc., a Delaware corporation and, unless the context otherwise requires, its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

    Coty class B common stock ” means the Coty class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, which JAB Cosmetics B.V. will irrevocably elect to convert into shares of Coty common stock, which conversion will be effective as of two business days prior to the closing of the Transactions.

 

    Coty common stock ” means the Coty class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

 

    Coty Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2015, among Coty, as the parent borrower, the other borrowers party thereto from time to time, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMCB”), as administrative agent, and the other agents from time to time party thereto, relating to the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

 

    Coty Group ” means Coty and each of its consolidated subsidiaries including, after the consummation of the Merger, Galleria Company.

 

    Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities ” means the $4.500 billion senior secured credit facilities obtained by Coty in connection with the completion of the Transactions, comprised of (i) a $1.500 billion five-year revolving credit facility, which includes up to $80.0 million in swingline loans available for short-term borrowings, (ii) a $1.750 billion five-year term loan A facility and (iii) a seven-year term loan B facility comprised of a $500.0 million tranche and a €665.0 million tranche.

 

    Distribution ” means the distribution by P&G of its shares of Galleria Company common stock to P&G shareholders by way of an exchange offer and, if the exchange offer is completed but is not fully subscribed, the distribution of the Remaining Shares to the Remaining P&G Shareholders as described herein.

 

    Divested Brands ” means the Rochas, Laura Biagiotti, Naomi Campbell and Giorgio Beverly Hills brands that were divested by P&G in May 2015, June 2015, September 2014 and February 2016, respectively, as well as Puma, which was discontinued by P&G in fiscal 2015.

 

    Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

    Exchange Agent ” means Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

 

    Excluded Brands ” means the Dolce & Gabbana and Christina Aguilera fragrance licenses.

 

    Expiration Date ” means the last trading day tenders will be accepted, whether on                     , 2016 or any later trading day to which the exchange offer may be extended.

 

    fully diluted ” means shares outstanding as well as all outstanding equity grants and is not necessarily calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

    GAAP ” means accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

 

- 3 -


Table of Contents
    Galleria ” means certain specified assets and liabilities related to P&G Beauty Brands, excluding the Excluded Brands, that will be transferred by P&G and its subsidiaries to Galleria Company as part of the Separation and thereafter acquired by Coty in the Merger.

 

    Galleria Company ” means Galleria Co., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of P&G, and, unless the context otherwise requires, its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

    Galleria Company common stock ” means Galleria Company common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

 

    Galleria Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated January 26, 2016, by and among Galleria Company, as initial borrower, the other borrowers from time to time party thereto, JPMCB, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the other agents and lenders from time to time party thereto, relating to the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

 

    Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities ” means the $4.500 billion senior secured credit facilities comprised of (i) a $2.000 billion five-year term loan A facility, (ii) a $1.000 billion seven-year term loan B facility and (iii) a $1.500 billion five-year revolving credit facility.

 

    Galleria Transfer ” means the contribution of the Galleria assets by P&G to Galleria Company in exchange for Galleria Company common stock, any distribution to P&G of a portion of the Recapitalization Amount and the assumption of the Galleria liabilities, in each case, in accordance with the requirements of the Transaction Agreement.

 

    HSR Act ” means the Hart–Scott–Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976.

 

    Information Agent ” means D.F. King & Co., Inc.

 

    Intended Tax-Free Treatment ” means that (i) the Galleria Transfer, taken together with the Distribution, qualifies as a tax-free reorganization pursuant to section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, (ii) the Distribution, as such, qualifies as a distribution of Galleria Company common stock to P&G shareholders pursuant to section 355 of the Code, pursuant to which no taxable gain or loss should be recognized for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and (iii) the Merger qualifies as a tax-free reorganization pursuant to section 368(a) of the Code pursuant to which no taxable gain or loss will be recognized by Galleria Company shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except to the extent of cash received in lieu of fractional shares of Coty common stock.

 

    IRS ” means the Internal Revenue Service.

 

    market disruption event ” with respect to P&G common stock or Coty common stock means a suspension, absence or material limitation of trading of P&G common stock or Coty common stock on the NYSE for more than two hours of trading or a breakdown or failure in the price and trade reporting systems of the NYSE as a result of which the reported trading prices for P&G common stock or Coty common stock on the NYSE, during any half-hour trading period during the principal trading session of the NYSE are materially inaccurate, as determined by P&G, on the day with respect to which such determination is being made. For purposes of such determination: (i) a limitation on the hours or number of days of trading will not constitute a market disruption event if it results from an announced change in the regular business hours of the NYSE and (ii) limitations pursuant to any applicable rule or regulation enacted or promulgated by the NYSE, any other self-regulatory organization or the SEC of similar scope as determined by P&G shall constitute a suspension, absence or material limitation of trading.

 

    Merger ” means the merger of Merger Sub with and into Galleria Company, with Galleria Company surviving the merger and becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty, as contemplated by the Transaction Agreement.

 

    Merger Sub ” means Green Acquisition Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Coty.

 

- 4 -


Table of Contents
    Non-Color Haircare Business ” means P&G’s business of sourcing, manufacturing, marketing, selling, distributing and developing (i) hair care and styling products for sale in the salon professional channel, and (ii) hair styling products for sale in the retail channel that are branded under the Wella, Silvikrin, Shockwaves, Londa and New Wave marks.

 

    NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.

 

    P&G ” means The Procter & Gamble Company, an Ohio corporation, and, unless the context otherwise requires, its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

    P&G Beauty Brands ” means the business of P&G and its subsidiaries relating to P&G’s global fine fragrances, salon professional, cosmetics and retail hair color businesses, along with select hair styling brands, including the Excluded Brands unless otherwise noted.

 

    P&G common stock ” means P&G common stock, without par value.

 

    P&G shareholders ” means the holders of shares of P&G common stock.

 

    P&G U.S. benefit plans ” means The Procter & Gamble Profit Sharing Trust and Employee Stock Ownership Plan, The Procter & Gamble Savings Plan, The Profit Sharing Retirement Plan of The Procter & Gamble Commercial Company, The Procter & Gamble Commercial Company Employees’ Savings Plan and The Gillette Company Employee Stock Ownership Plan.

 

    Recapitalization ” means Galleria Company (i) issuing and delivering to P&G, in exchange for Galleria, a number of additional shares of Galleria Company common stock such that the total number of shares of Galleria Company common stock held by P&G at the time of the Distribution will equal             , all of which shares of Galleria Company common stock P&G will dispose of in the Distribution, (ii) incurring indebtedness under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities and (iii) using all or a portion of the cash proceeds of the indebtedness incurred on or prior to the Recapitalization Date under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities, along with any cash contributed by P&G to Galleria Company, to purchase or otherwise receive the Galleria assets from P&G or its subsidiaries. Galleria Company will distribute to P&G, prior to the Distribution, any borrowed amounts remaining after funding these asset purchases.

 

    Recapitalization Amount ” has the meaning ascribed to it under “The Transaction Agreement—Recapitalization.”

 

    Recapitalization Date ” means the date on which the Recapitalization occurs.

 

    Remaining P&G Shareholders ” means the remaining P&G shareholders, determined after giving effect to the completion of the exchange offer, that will receive the Remaining Shares.

 

    Remaining Shares ” means any remaining shares of Galleria Company common stock held by P&G after completion of the exchange offer.

 

    SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

    Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

    Separation ” means the transfer by P&G and its subsidiaries of the Galleria assets and liabilities to Galleria Company.

 

    Transaction Agreement ” means the Transaction Agreement, dated as of July 8, 2015, by and among P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub.

 

    Transactions ” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, which provide, among other things, for the Separation, the Recapitalization, the Distribution and the Merger, as described in the section “The Transactions.”

 

    VWAP ” means the volume-weighted average price.

 

- 5 -


Table of Contents

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND THE TRANSACTIONS

The following are some of the questions that P&G shareholders may have and answers to those questions. These questions and answers, as well as the following summary, are not meant to be a substitute for the information contained in the remainder of this prospectus, and this information is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed descriptions and explanations contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You are urged to read this prospectus in its entirety prior to making any investment decision.

Questions and Answers About the Exchange Offer

 

1. Am I required to participate in the exchange offer?

No. You are not required to participate in the exchange offer. You may tender all, some or none of your shares of P&G common stock. If you want to retain your shares of P&G common stock, you do not need to take any action in connection with the exchange offer. However, upon the completion of the Transactions, P&G Beauty Brands (other than Excluded Brands) will no longer be owned by P&G.

 

2. How do I decide whether to participate in the exchange offer?

Whether you should participate in the exchange offer depends on many factors. You should examine carefully your specific financial position, plans and needs before you decide whether to participate, as well as the relative risks associated with an investment in Coty (including Galleria) and P&G (excluding Galleria).

In addition, you should consider all of the factors described in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 52, including the risks relating to an investment in shares of Coty common stock included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. None of P&G, Galleria Company, Coty, any of their respective directors or officers or any of their respective affiliates or representatives makes any recommendation as to whether you should tender your shares of P&G common stock. You must make your own decision after carefully reading this prospectus and consulting with your advisors in light of your own particular circumstances. You are strongly encouraged to read this prospectus carefully and in its entirety.

 

3. How do I participate in the exchange offer?

The procedures you must follow to participate in the exchange offer will depend on whether you hold your shares of P&G common stock in certificated form, in book-entry form through the Direct Registration System (“DRS”) or the P&G Shareholder Investment Program (“SIP”), through a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or similar institution or through a P&G U.S. benefit plan. For specific instructions about how to participate, see “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering.”

 

4. Who may participate in the exchange offer and will it be extended outside the United States?

Any U.S. holder of shares of P&G common stock during the exchange offer period, which will be at least 20 business days, may participate in the exchange offer. For any beneficial owners of shares of P&G common stock held in a P&G U.S. benefit plan, a fiduciary appointed under each of those plans will determine whether (i) to permit beneficial owners to elect to tender shares of P&G common stock for exchange or (ii) alternatively, to exchange shares of P&G common stock held in each plan for the benefit of employees and former employees of P&G and their beneficiaries.

Although P&G has mailed this prospectus to its shareholders to the extent required by U.S. law, including shareholders located outside the United States, this prospectus is not an offer to buy, sell or exchange and it is not a solicitation of an offer to buy, sell or exchange any shares of P&G common stock, Galleria Company common stock or Coty common stock in any jurisdiction in which such offer, sale or exchange is not permitted.

Countries outside the United States generally have their own legal requirements that govern securities offerings made to persons resident in those countries and often impose stringent requirements about the form and content of offers made to the general public. None of P&G, Galleria Company or Coty has taken any action

 

- 6 -


Table of Contents

under non-U.S. regulations to facilitate a public offer to exchange the shares of P&G common stock, Galleria Company common stock or Coty common stock outside the United States. Accordingly, the ability of any non-U.S. shareholder to tender shares of P&G common stock in the exchange offer will depend on whether there is an exemption available under the laws of such person’s home country that would permit the shareholder to participate in the exchange offer without the need for P&G, Galleria Company or Coty to take any action to facilitate a public offering in that country or otherwise. For example, some countries exempt transactions from the rules governing public offerings if they involve persons who meet certain eligibility requirements relating to their status as sophisticated or professional investors.

Non-U.S. shareholders should consult their advisors in considering whether they may participate in the exchange offer in accordance with the laws of their home countries and, if they do participate, whether there are any restrictions or limitations on transactions in the shares of P&G common stock, Galleria Company common stock or Coty common stock that may apply in their home countries. P&G, Galleria Company and Coty cannot provide any assurance about whether such limitations may exist. See “The Exchange Offer—Legal and Other Limitations; Certain Matters Relating to Non-U.S. Jurisdictions” for additional information about limitations on the exchange offer outside the United States.

P&G believes a substantial majority of its shareholders are U.S. investors and does not expect the legal limitations described in this answer to cause the exchange offer to not be fully subscribed.

 

5. Can holders of P&G preferred stock participate in the exchange offer?

Only holders of shares of P&G common stock will be entitled to tender their shares of P&G common stock in the exchange offer. Holders of P&G preferred stock would only be permitted to participate in the exchange offer if those shares are converted into shares of P&G common stock and tendered for exchange prior to completion of the exchange offer. The rights of participants in The Procter & Gamble Profit Sharing Trust and Employee Stock Ownership Plan to convert shares of P&G preferred stock or to participate in the exchange offer will be subject to the rules of the plan as well as the determination of the trustees of the plan. A conversion of P&G preferred stock into shares of P&G common stock cannot be revoked for any reason, including if shares of P&G common stock received upon conversion are tendered and not accepted for exchange in the exchange offer.

 

6. Will holders of P&G stock options have the opportunity to exchange their P&G stock options for Galleria Company stock options in the exchange offer?

No. However, holders of vested and unexercised P&G stock options may be able to exercise their vested stock options in accordance with the terms of the plans under which the options were issued and tender the shares of P&G common stock received upon exercise in the exchange offer. An exercise of a P&G stock option cannot be revoked for any reason, including if shares of P&G common stock received upon exercise are tendered and not accepted for exchange in the exchange offer.

 

7. How many shares of Galleria Company common stock will I receive for each share of P&G common stock that I tender?

The exchange offer is designed to permit the exchange of shares of P&G common stock for shares of Galleria Company common stock at a discount of approximately     %, calculated as set forth in this prospectus, to the per-share equivalent value of Coty common stock. Stated another way, for each $1.00 of your shares of P&G common stock accepted in the exchange offer, you will receive approximately $         of shares of Galleria Company common stock. The value of the shares of P&G common stock will be based on the Average P&G Stock Price and the value of the shares of Galleria Company common stock will be based on the Average Coty Stock Price. Please note, however, that:

 

    The number of shares you can receive is subject to an upper limit of              shares of Galleria Company common stock for each share of P&G common stock accepted for exchange in the exchange offer. The next question and answer describes how this limit may impact the value of shares of Galleria Company common stock you receive.

 

- 7 -


Table of Contents
    Because the exchange offer is subject to proration in the event of oversubscription, P&G may accept for exchange only a portion of the shares of P&G common stock tendered by you.

 

    Trading prices for P&G common stock and Coty common stock will fluctuate, including between the expiration of the Averaging Period and the Expiration Date, and there can be no assurance that the value of the shares of Coty common stock received in exchange for shares of P&G common stock will be higher than the discounted amount calculated for the exchange offer.

 

8. Is there a limit on the number of shares of Galleria Company common stock I can receive for each share of P&G common stock that I tender?

The number of shares you can receive is subject to an upper limit of              shares of Galleria Company common stock for each share of P&G common stock accepted in the exchange offer. If the upper limit is in effect, you will receive less than $         of shares of Galleria Company common stock for each $1.00 of shares of P&G common stock that you tender, and this difference could be significant. For example, if the Average P&G Stock Price was $         (the highest closing price for P&G common stock on the NYSE during the three-month period prior to commencement of the exchange offer) and the Average Coty Stock Price was $         (the lowest closing price for Coty common stock on the NYSE during that three-month period), the value of shares of Galleria Company common stock, based on the Average Coty Stock Price, received for shares of P&G common stock accepted for exchange would be approximately $         for each $1.00 of shares of P&G common stock accepted for exchange.

P&G set the upper limit to ensure that a change in the relative price of P&G common stock and Coty common stock, whether as a result of an increase in the price of P&G common stock, a decrease in the price of Coty common stock or a combination thereof, would not result in an unduly high number of shares of Galleria Company common stock being exchanged for each share of P&G common stock accepted in the exchange offer, preventing a situation that might significantly reduce the benefits of the exchange offer to P&G and its continuing shareholders due to a smaller number of outstanding shares being acquired by P&G in the exchange offer.

 

9. How and when will I know the final exchange ratio and whether the upper limit is in effect?

The final exchange ratio used to determine the number of shares of Galleria Company common stock, and effectively the number of shares of Coty common stock, that you will receive for each share of P&G common stock accepted for exchange in the exchange offer will be announced at www.[●].com and separately by press release no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the trading day immediately preceding the Expiration Date. P&G will also announce at that time whether the upper limit on the number of shares of Galleria Company common stock that can be received for each share of P&G common stock tendered is in effect. After that time, you may also contact the Information Agent to obtain this information at its telephone numbers provided on the back cover of this prospectus.

 

10. Will indicative exchange ratios be available during the exchange offer?

Yes. P&G will maintain a website at www.[●].com that provides the daily VWAP of both P&G common stock and Coty common stock, together with indicative exchange ratios, during the exchange offer period. The indicative exchange ratios will be updated on the website each day by 4:30 p.m. New York City time.

Prior to the Averaging Period, commencing on the third trading day of the exchange offer, indicative exchange ratios for each day will be calculated based on the simple arithmetic average of the daily VWAPs of P&G common stock and Coty common stock on the NYSE on each day, calculated as though that day were the last day of the three day Averaging Period for this exchange offer. In other words, assuming that a given day is a trading day, the indicative exchange ratio will be calculated based on the simple arithmetic average of the daily

 

- 8 -


Table of Contents

VWAPs of P&G common stock and Coty common stock on the NYSE for that day and the immediately preceding two trading days. The indicative exchange ratio will also reflect whether the upper limit on the exchange ratio, described above, would have been in effect.

During the Averaging Period, the indicative exchange ratios will be based on (1) on the first day of the Averaging Period, the daily VWAPs of P&G common stock and Coty common stock on the NYSE for that day, and (2) on the second day of the Averaging Period, the simple arithmetic average of the daily VWAPs of shares of P&G common stock and Coty common stock on the first and second day of the Averaging Period. No indicative exchange ratio will be published or announced on the third day of the Averaging Period. The final exchange ratio will be announced on the website and separately by press release no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the trading day immediately preceding the Expiration Date.

Indicative exchange ratios will also be available by contacting the Information Agent at the telephone numbers provided on the back cover of this prospectus, on each day of the exchange offer prior to the announcement of the final exchange ratio.

In addition, for purposes of illustration, a table that indicates the number of shares of Galleria Company common stock that you would receive per share of P&G common stock, calculated on the basis described above and taking into account the upper limit, assuming a range of averages of the daily VWAP of P&G common stock and Coty common stock on the valuation dates is provided under “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer.”

 

11. How are the Average P&G Stock Price and the Average Coty Stock Price determined for purposes of calculating the number of shares of Galleria Company common stock to be received in the exchange offer?

The Average P&G Stock Price and the Average Coty Stock Price for purposes of the exchange offer will equal the simple arithmetic average of the daily VWAPs of shares of P&G common stock and Coty common stock on the NYSE during a period of three consecutive trading days (currently expected to be                     , 2016,                     , 2016 and                     , 2016) ending on and including the second trading day preceding the Expiration Date. P&G will determine the calculations of the Average P&G Stock Price and Average Coty Stock Price, and that determination will be final.

 

12. What is the “daily volume-weighted average price” or “daily VWAP?”

The “daily volume-weighted average price” for shares of P&G common stock and shares of Coty common stock will be the volume-weighted average price of shares of P&G common stock and Coty common stock on the NYSE during the period beginning at 9:30 a.m., New York City time (or such other time as is the official open of trading on the NYSE), and ending at 4:00 p.m., New York City time (or such other time as is the official close of trading on the NYSE), except that such data will only take into account adjustments made to reported trades included by 4:10 p.m., New York City time. The daily VWAPs will be as reported by Bloomberg Finance L.P. and displayed under the heading Bloomberg VWAP on the Bloomberg pages “PG UN<Equity>VAP” with respect to shares of P&G common stock and “COTY UN<Equity>VAP” with respect to shares Coty common stock (or their equivalent successor pages if such pages are not available). The daily VWAPs provided by Bloomberg Finance L.P. may be different from other sources of volume-weighted average prices or investors’ or security holders’ own calculations of volume-weighted average prices.

 

13. Why is the value for shares of Galleria Company common stock based on the trading prices for Coty common stock?

There currently is no trading market for shares of Galleria Company common stock, and no such trading market will be established in the future. P&G believes, however, that the trading prices for Coty common stock are an appropriate proxy for the trading prices for Galleria Company common stock because, among other factors, (1) prior to the Distribution, Galleria Company will issue to P&G a number of shares of Galleria

 

- 9 -


Table of Contents

Company common stock such that the total number of shares of Galleria Company common stock outstanding and held by P&G immediately prior to the Merger will be          ; (2) in the Merger, each holder of shares of Galleria Company common stock will receive the right to receive one share of Coty common stock for each share of Galleria Company common stock; and (3) at the start of the Averaging Period, it is expected that all the major conditions to the consummation of the Merger will have been satisfied (or will be expected to be satisfied) and the Merger will be expected to be consummated shortly thereafter, such that investors should be expected to be valuing shares of Coty common stock based on the expected value of such shares of Coty common stock after the Merger. However, there can be no assurance that shares of Coty common stock issued in the Merger will trade at the same prices at which shares of Coty common stock trade prior to the Merger. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Transactions—The trading prices for Coty common stock may not be an appropriate proxy for the prices of shares of Galleria Company common stock.”

 

14. What if the trading market in either shares of P&G common stock or shares of Coty common stock is disrupted on one or more days during the Averaging Period?

If a market disruption event occurs with respect to shares of P&G common stock or shares of Coty common stock on any day during the Averaging Period, both the Average P&G Stock Price and the Average Coty Stock Price will be determined using the daily VWAPs of shares of P&G common stock and shares of Coty common stock on the preceding trading day or days, as the case may be, on which no market disruption event occurred. If, however, P&G decides to extend the exchange offer period following a market disruption event, the Averaging Period will be reset. If a market disruption event occurs as specified above, P&G may terminate the exchange offer if, in its reasonable judgment, the market disruption event has impaired the benefits of the exchange offer for P&G. For specific information as to what would constitute a market disruption event, see “The Exchange Offer—Conditions for Completion of the Exchange Offer.”

 

15. Are there circumstances under which I would receive fewer shares of Galleria Company common stock, and therefore effectively fewer shares of Coty common stock, than I would have received if the exchange ratio were determined using the closing prices for P&G common stock and Coty common stock on the Expiration Date?

Yes. For example, if the trading price for P&G common stock were to increase during the last two trading days of the exchange offer period, the Average P&G Stock Price would likely be lower than the closing price for P&G common stock on the Expiration Date. As a result, you may receive fewer shares of Galleria Company common stock, and therefore effectively fewer shares of Coty common stock, for each $1.00 of shares of P&G common stock than you would have if the Average P&G Stock Price were calculated on the basis of the closing price for P&G common stock on the Expiration Date or on the basis of an Averaging Period that includes the last two trading days of the exchange offer period. Similarly, if the trading price for Coty common stock were to decrease during the last two trading days of the exchange offer period, the Average Coty Stock Price would likely be higher than the closing price for Coty common stock on the Expiration Date. This could also result in your receiving fewer shares of Galleria Company common stock, and therefore effectively fewer shares of Coty common stock, for each $1.00 of shares of P&G common stock than you would otherwise receive if the Average Coty Stock Price were calculated on the basis of the closing price for Coty common stock on the Expiration Date or on the basis of an Averaging Period that includes the last two trading days of the exchange offer period. See “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer.”

 

16. Will fractional shares of Galleria Company common stock and fractional shares of Coty common stock be distributed?

Fractional shares of Galleria Company common stock will be issued in the Distribution. The shares of Galleria Company common stock (including the fractional shares) will be held by the Exchange Agent for the benefit of P&G shareholders whose shares of P&G common stock are accepted in the exchange offer and, if the exchange offer is completed but not fully subscribed, a subsequent pro rata dividend of the Remaining Shares to the Remaining P&G Shareholders. Upon consummation of the Merger, each share of Galleria Company common

 

- 10 -


Table of Contents

stock will automatically convert into the right to receive one share of Coty common stock. No fractional shares of Coty common stock will be issued in the Merger to holders of fractional shares of Galleria Company common stock. In lieu of any fractional shares of Coty common stock, holders of fractional shares of Galleria Company common stock who would otherwise be entitled to receive such fractional shares of Coty common stock will be entitled to an amount in cash, without interest, equal to the holder’s pro rata portion of the net proceeds of the sale of fractional shares in the open market, which will occur no later than 20 business days after the completion of the Transactions, obtained by aggregating the fractional shares of Coty common stock otherwise allocable to the holders of fractional shares of Galleria Company common stock. The distribution of cash in lieu of fractional shares of Coty common stock will occur separate from, and subsequent to, the distribution of shares of Coty common stock.

 

17. What happens if P&G declares a quarterly dividend during the exchange offer?

If P&G declares a quarterly dividend and the record date for that dividend occurs during the exchange offer period, you will be eligible to receive that dividend if you continue to own your shares of P&G common stock as of that record date.

 

18. Will tendering my shares affect my ability to receive the P&G quarterly dividend?

Not until your shares are accepted for exchange upon completion of the exchange offer. If a dividend is declared by P&G with a record date before the completion of the exchange offer, you will be entitled to that dividend even if you tendered your shares of P&G common stock. Tendering your shares of P&G common stock in the exchange offer is not a disposition of those shares until they are accepted for exchange upon completion of the exchange offer. Shareholders will not be entitled to dividends declared with a record date after the completion of the exchange offer with respect to shares of P&G common stock accepted for exchange in the exchange offer.

 

19. What is the aggregate number of shares of Galleria Company common stock, and therefore effectively the aggregate number of shares of Coty common stock, being offered in the exchange offer?

P&G is offering              shares of Galleria Company common stock in the exchange offer, which will automatically convert into the right to receive              shares of Coty common stock upon consummation of the Merger.

 

20. What happens if more than the minimum amount of shares are tendered, but not enough shares of P&G common stock are tendered to allow P&G to exchange all of the shares of Galleria Company common stock it holds?

If the exchange offer is completed but is not fully subscribed, P&G will distribute all of the Remaining Shares in a subsequent pro rata dividend to the Remaining P&G Shareholders. Any P&G shareholder who validly tenders (and does not properly withdraw) shares of P&G common stock for shares of Galleria Company common stock in the exchange offer will waive its rights with respect to those tendered shares of P&G common stock to receive, and forfeit any rights to, any Remaining Shares distributed on a pro rata basis to the Remaining P&G Shareholders in the event the exchange offer is not fully subscribed. See “The Exchange Offer—Dividend and Distribution of Any Shares of Galleria Company Common Stock Remaining after Completion of the Exchange Offer.”

 

21. What happens if the exchange offer is oversubscribed and P&G is unable to fulfill all tenders of shares of P&G common stock at the exchange ratio?

If, upon the expiration of the exchange offer, P&G shareholders have validly tendered more shares of P&G common stock than P&G is offering to accept for exchange (taking into account the exchange ratio and the total number of shares of Galleria Company common stock owned by P&G), P&G will limit the number of shares of P&G common stock that it accepts for exchange in the exchange offer through a proration process. Proration for

 

- 11 -


Table of Contents

each tendering P&G shareholder will be based on (1) the proportion that the total number of shares of P&G common stock to be accepted for exchange bears to the total number of shares of P&G common stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn and (2) the number of shares of P&G common stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by that shareholder (rounded to the nearest whole number of shares of P&G common stock and subject to any adjustment necessary to ensure the exchange of all shares of Galleria Company common stock owned by P&G), except for tenders of odd-lots. Beneficial holders (other than plan participants in a P&G U.S. benefit plan) of fewer than 100 shares of P&G common stock who validly tender all of their shares will not be subject to proration if the exchange offer is oversubscribed. Beneficial holders of more than 100 shares of P&G common stock are not eligible for this preference. See “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Proration; Tenders for Exchange by Holders of Fewer than 100 Shares of P&G Common Stock.”

 

22. How many shares of P&G common stock will P&G accept if the exchange offer is completed?

The number of shares of P&G common stock that will be accepted if the exchange offer is completed will depend on the final exchange ratio and the number of shares of P&G common stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn. P&G is offering              shares of Galleria Company common stock in the exchange offer. Accordingly, the largest possible number of shares of P&G common stock that will be accepted would equal              divided by the final exchange ratio. For example, assuming that the final exchange ratio is              (the current indicative exchange ratio based on the daily VWAPs of shares of P&G common stock and Coty common stock on                     , 2016,                     , 2016 and                     , 2016), then P&G would accept up to a total of approximately          shares of P&G common stock.

 

23. Are there any conditions to P&G’s obligation to complete the exchange offer?

Yes. P&G’s obligation to complete the exchange offer will be subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including the satisfaction or waiver of specified conditions precedent to the completion of the Transactions as provided in the Transaction Agreement and other conditions set forth beginning on page 206 of this prospectus. P&G may elect not to complete the exchange offer prior to the time all of those conditions are satisfied or if any of those conditions are not satisfied. For example, P&G is not required to complete the exchange offer unless the number of shares of Galleria Company common stock that would be distributed in exchange for shares of P&G common stock validly tendered in the exchange offer and not properly withdrawn exceeds a specified percentage (the “Minimum Condition”), provided that, at any time prior to the Expiration Date, P&G in its reasonable judgment and after consultation with Coty may reapply the agreed-upon formula used to calculate the Minimum Condition using updated information reflecting the then-current data or otherwise increasing the Minimum Condition by the minimum amount necessary, in each case, to ensure that the agreed-upon minimum amount of P&G common stock is tendered (the “Revised Minimum Condition”). P&G does not currently expect to waive any of the conditions to completion of the exchange offer. See “The Exchange Offer—Conditions for Completion of the Exchange Offer” and “The Transaction Agreement—Conditions to the Transactions.”

 

24. Will I be able to withdraw the shares of P&G common stock that I tender?

You have a right to withdraw all, some or none of your shares of P&G common stock you have tendered at any time prior to 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on the Expiration Date. See “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Withdrawal Rights.” Given that the final exchange ratio used to determine the number of shares of Galleria Company common stock that you will receive for each share of P&G common stock accepted for exchange in the exchange offer will be announced by 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the trading day immediately preceding the Expiration Date, you will be able to withdraw shares of P&G common stock tendered for two trading days after the final exchange ratio has been established. If you change your mind again before the expiration of the exchange offer, you can re-tender shares of P&G common stock by following the exchange procedures again prior to expiration of the exchange offer.

If you are a registered holder of P&G common stock (which includes persons holding certificated shares and shares in book-entry form through the DRS or the SIP), you must provide a written notice of withdrawal or

 

- 12 -


Table of Contents

facsimile transmission of notice of withdrawal to the Exchange Agent. The information that must be included in that notice is specified under “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Withdrawal Rights.”

If you hold your shares through a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or similar institution, you should consult with that institution on the procedures you must comply with and the time by which such procedures must be completed in order for that institution to provide a written notice of withdrawal or facsimile transmission of notice of withdrawal to the Exchange Agent on your behalf prior to 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on the Expiration Date. If you hold your shares through such an institution, that institution must deliver the notice of withdrawal with respect to any shares you wish to withdraw. In such a case, as a beneficial owner and not a registered shareholder, you will not be able to provide a notice of withdrawal for such shares directly to the Exchange Agent.

 

25. When does the exchange offer expire?

The period during which you are permitted to tender your shares of P&G common stock in the exchange offer will expire at 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on                     , 2016, unless the exchange offer is extended or earlier terminated.

 

26. Can the exchange offer be extended and under what circumstances?

Yes. P&G can extend the exchange offer at any time and from time to time. While a determination to extend the exchange offer is in P&G’s discretion, P&G has agreed with Coty that it will extend the exchange offer in specified circumstances. See “The Transaction Agreement—Distribution.”

For instance, the exchange offer may be extended if any of the conditions for completion of the exchange offer are not satisfied or waived prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. In case of an extension of the exchange offer, P&G will publicly announce the extension at www.[●].com and separately by press release no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day following the previously scheduled Expiration Date. An extension will result in the resetting of the Averaging Period.

 

27. Will I receive delivery of shares of Galleria Company common stock?

No. Shares of Galleria Company common stock will not be transferred to you if you exchange any of your shares of P&G common stock for shares of Galleria Company common stock or if you are eligible to receive Remaining Shares in a subsequent pro rata dividend, if any. The Exchange Agent will cause such shares of Galleria Company common stock to be credited to records maintained by the Exchange Agent for the benefit of the respective holders. See “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Book-Entry Accounts” and “The Exchange Offer—Dividend and Distribution of Any Shares of Galleria Company Common Stock Remaining after Completion of the Exchange Offer.” As promptly as practicable following completion of the exchange offer and, if the exchange offer is completed but is not fully subscribed, any subsequent pro rata dividend of the Remaining Shares to the Remaining P&G Shareholders, Merger Sub will merge with and into Galleria Company, with Galleria Company surviving the Merger and becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty, and each share of Galleria Company common stock will be automatically converted into the right to receive one share of Coty common stock. As promptly as practicable following the Merger and P&G’s notice and determination of the final proration factor, if any, Coty’s transfer agent will credit the shares of Coty common stock, into which the shares of Galleria Company common stock have been converted, to book-entry accounts maintained for the benefit of the P&G shareholders who received shares of Galleria Company common stock in the exchange offer or as a subsequent pro rata dividend, if any, and will send these holders a statement evidencing their holdings of shares of Coty common stock.

 

28. Will I be able to sell my shares of Galleria Company common stock after the exchange offer is completed?

No. There currently is no trading market for shares of Galleria Company common stock, and no such trading market will be established in the future. You will not receive delivery of shares of Galleria Company common stock.

 

- 13 -


Table of Contents
29. What are the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to P&G and P&G shareholders resulting from the Distribution, the Merger and Related Transactions?

The completion of the Distribution is conditioned upon P&G’s receipt of an opinion from Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP, special tax counsel to P&G, to the effect that the (i) Galleria Transfer, taken together with the Distribution, should qualify as a tax-free reorganization pursuant to section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, (ii) Distribution, as such, should qualify as a distribution to P&G shareholders pursuant to section 355 of the Code, and (iii) Merger should not cause section 355(e) of the Code to apply to the Distribution. It is a condition to the Distribution that such opinion not be withdrawn. The opinion will be based on, among other things, certain assumptions and representations as to factual matters and certain covenants made by P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub which, if incorrect or inaccurate in any material respect, could jeopardize the conclusions reached by special tax counsel in its opinion. The opinion will not be binding on the IRS or any court, and the IRS or a court may not agree with the opinion. None of P&G, Galleria Company, Coty or Merger Sub is currently aware of any facts or circumstances that would cause these assumptions and representations to be untrue or incorrect in any material respect, that would preclude any of P&G, Galleria Company, Coty or Merger Sub from complying with all applicable covenants or that would otherwise jeopardize the conclusions reached by special tax counsel in its opinion. You should note that none of P&G, Galleria Company, Coty or Merger Sub intends to seek a ruling from the IRS as to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Transactions.

Based on the foregoing, P&G generally should recognize no taxable gain or loss, and include no amount in income, as a result of the Distribution, other than as a result of certain intercompany transactions, and no taxable gain or loss should be recognized by, and no amount included in the income of, P&G shareholders upon the receipt of shares of Galleria Company common stock in the exchange offer or, if the exchange offer is completed but is not fully subscribed, in a subsequent pro rata dividend of the Remaining Shares to the Remaining P&G Shareholders.

If, notwithstanding the receipt of an opinion of special tax counsel, the Galleria Transfer and the Distribution, taken together, fail to qualify as a reorganization under section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, and the Distribution fails to qualify as a distribution to P&G shareholders pursuant to section 355 of the Code, each P&G shareholder who receives shares of Galleria Company common stock in the Distribution would generally be treated as recognizing taxable gain equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares of Galleria Company common stock received by the shareholder and such shareholder’s tax basis in the shares of P&G common stock exchanged therefor and/or receiving a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of the shares of Galleria Company common stock received by the shareholder. P&G would generally recognize taxable gain equal to the excess of the fair market value of the assets contributed to Galleria Company plus liabilities assumed by Galleria Company, in each case, pursuant to the Galleria Transfer, over P&G’s tax basis in such assets.

Even if the Galleria Transfer and the Distribution, taken together, generally qualify as a reorganization under section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code and the Distribution generally qualifies as a distribution to P&G shareholders pursuant to section 355 of the Code, the Distribution would become taxable to P&G under section 355(e) of the Code if a 50% or greater interest (by vote or value) in P&G stock or Galleria Company stock were treated as acquired (including, in the latter case, through the acquisition of Coty stock in or after the Merger), directly or indirectly, by certain persons as part of a plan or series of related transactions that included the Distribution. Because P&G shareholders should be treated as owning more than 50% (by vote and value) of the shares of Coty common stock immediately following the Merger, the Merger, by itself, should not cause the Distribution to be taxable to P&G under section 355(e) of the Code. However, if the IRS were to determine that other acquisitions of P&G shares before the Distribution, or Coty shares after the Distribution, were part of a plan or series of related transactions that included the Distribution for purposes of section 355(e) of the Code, such determination could result in the recognition of gain by P&G under section 355(e) of the Code. While P&G generally would recognize gain as if it had sold the shares of Galleria Company common stock distributed to P&G shareholders in the Distribution for an amount equal to the fair market value of such stock, P&G has agreed under the Tax Matters Agreement among P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub to make a protective

 

- 14 -


Table of Contents

election under section 336(e) of the Code with respect to the Distribution which generally causes a deemed sale of Galleria Company’s assets upon a taxable Distribution. In such case, to the extent that P&G is responsible for the resulting transaction taxes, Coty generally would be required to make periodic payments to P&G equal to the tax savings arising from a “step up” in the tax basis of Galleria Company’s assets as a result of the protective election under section 336(e) of the Code taking effect.

The consummation of the Merger is conditioned on the receipt by P&G of a tax opinion from Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP, special tax counsel to P&G, and by Coty of a tax opinion from McDermott Will & Emery LLP, special tax counsel to Coty, in each case, to the effect that the Merger will qualify for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a reorganization within the meaning of section 368(a) of the Code. Accordingly, P&G shareholders who exchange their shares of Galleria Company common stock received in the Distribution for shares of Coty common stock in the Merger generally will, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, recognize no taxable gain or loss in the Merger, except for any taxable gain or loss attributable to the receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares of Coty common stock. The opinions will rely on certain assumptions, including assumptions regarding the absence of changes in existing facts and law and the consummation of the Merger in the manner contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, and representations and covenants made by P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub, including representations contained in representation letters of officers of Coty and P&G. If any of those representations, covenants or assumptions is inaccurate in any material respect, the opinions may not be relied upon, and the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Merger could differ significantly from those discussed herein. In addition, these opinions are not binding on the IRS or a court, and none of P&G, Galleria Company, Coty or Merger Sub intends to request a ruling from the IRS regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Transactions. Consequently, there can be no certainty that the IRS will not challenge the conclusions reflected in the opinions or that a court would not sustain such a challenge.

For further information concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Transactions, see “The Exchange Offer—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution, the Merger and Related Transactions.”

 

30. Are there any appraisal rights for holders of shares of P&G common stock?

There are no appraisal rights available to P&G shareholders in connection with the exchange offer.

 

31. What will P&G do with the shares of P&G common stock it accepts and what is the impact of the exchange offer on the number of shares of P&G common stock outstanding?

The shares of P&G common stock accepted by P&G in the exchange offer will be held as treasury stock. Any shares of P&G common stock accepted by P&G in the exchange offer will reduce the number of shares of P&G common stock outstanding.

Questions and Answers About the Transactions

 

32. Why has P&G decided to separate P&G Beauty Brands from P&G?

P&G periodically evaluates its portfolio of businesses to assess the fit of each business within P&G. P&G intends to separate P&G Beauty Brands to enable P&G to focus its management and financial resources on P&G’s continuing brands where P&G believes it can add more value, among other reasons. See “The Transactions—Background of the Transactions” for a discussion of the background of the Transactions. P&G’s goals for the Transactions are maximizing the value to P&G shareholders, minimizing P&G’s earnings per share dilution and effecting the separation of P&G Beauty Brands from P&G in a tax-efficient manner.

P&G determined the separation of P&G Beauty Brands from P&G to be in the best interests of P&G and its shareholders. The principal factors considered by P&G in making the determination to effect the separation were:

 

    the relative sales, earnings and cash flow growth rates of P&G Beauty Brands and P&G’s other businesses;

 

- 15 -


Table of Contents
    the success drivers of the P&G Beauty Brands relative to P&G’s core competencies;

 

    the value to be received by P&G shareholders upon completion of the Transactions;

 

    the effect of divesting P&G Beauty Brands pursuant to the Transactions on P&G’s future earnings per share;

 

    the tax effects of the Transactions on P&G and its shareholders;

 

    the expected timing and ability to effectively execute the Transactions;

 

    the ability of management of each of P&G and P&G Beauty Brands to concentrate on the expansion and growth of their respective businesses following the Transactions, allowing each to pursue the development strategies most appropriate to its respective operations; and

 

    Coty’s business and prospects after giving effect to the proposed acquisition of Galleria.

 

33. How is Galleria different from P&G Beauty Brands?

P&G will transfer to Galleria Company certain assets relating to P&G Beauty Brands, including certain subsidiaries of P&G. Galleria Company will also assume certain liabilities associated with P&G Beauty Brands. These assets and liabilities, which will exclude assets and liabilities exclusively relating to the Excluded Brands (the fragrance licenses of Dolce & Gabbana and Christina Aguilera), are referred to in this prospectus as “Galleria.”

 

34. What will happen in the Transactions?

Below is a summary of the key steps of the Transactions. A step-by-step description of material events relating to the Transactions is set forth under “The Transactions.”

 

    P&G will transfer the Galleria assets to Galleria Company. Galleria Company will also assume liabilities associated with the Galleria assets.

 

    Prior to the Distribution, and in partial consideration for the Galleria assets transferred from P&G to Galleria Company, Galleria Company will be recapitalized in the following manner:

 

    Galleria Company will issue and deliver to P&G a number of additional shares of Galleria Company common stock such that P&G will hold a total of              shares of Galleria Company common stock at the time of the Distribution, which is the product of (i) thirteen twelfths (13/12) and (ii) the number Galleria Stock Amount (as defined below), calculated as of the last practicable date prior to the commencement date of the exchange offer, all of which shares of Galleria Company common stock P&G will dispose of in the Distribution.

Under the Transaction Agreement, the “Galleria Stock Amount” will be calculated as the sum of (i) the aggregate number of shares of Coty common stock and Coty series A preferred stock, including any shares of Coty common stock repurchased by Coty between August 13, 2015 and the 30th day prior to the commencement date of the exchange offer, and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of Coty common stock issuable pursuant to options, warrants, rights, subscriptions, claims of any character, agreements, obligations, convertible or exchangeable securities, or other commitments, contingent or otherwise pursuant to which Coty is or may become obligated to issue shares of any of Coty’s capital stock (other than Coty series A preferred stock) and any securities convertible into, exchangeable for, or evidencing the right to subscribe for, any Coty capital stock (including restricted stock units, phantom units, options and any shares of Coty class B common stock that will be converted into Coty common stock), whether contingent, vested or unvested, or otherwise (without giving effect to any “cashless exercise” or similar features); and

 

   

Galleria Company will use all or a portion of the loans incurred prior to the consummation of the Merger under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities, along with any cash contributed by

 

- 16 -


Table of Contents
 

P&G, to purchase or otherwise receive the Galleria assets from P&G or its subsidiaries. Galleria Company will distribute to P&G, prior to the Distribution, any borrowed amounts remaining after funding these asset purchases.

 

    JAB Cosmetics B.V., the holder of all outstanding shares of Coty class B common stock, will irrevocably elect to convert its shares of Coty class B common stock into shares of Coty common stock, which conversion will be effective as of two business days prior to the closing of the Transactions and will be subject to the closing of the Transactions. Following this conversion, Coty common stock will be Coty’s only class of common stock outstanding.

 

    P&G will offer to P&G shareholders the right to exchange all or a portion of their shares of P&G common stock for shares of Galleria Company common stock in the exchange offer.

If the exchange offer is completed but is not fully subscribed, the Exchange Agent will calculate the exact number of Remaining Shares to be distributed as a pro rata dividend to the Remaining P&G Shareholders, and P&G will distribute the Remaining Shares immediately thereafter.

The Exchange Agent will hold, for the account of the relevant P&G shareholders, the global certificate(s) representing all of the outstanding shares of Galleria Company common stock, pending the consummation of the Merger. Shares of Galleria Company common stock will not be traded during this period.

 

    As promptly as practicable following the completion of the Distribution, Merger Sub will merge with and into Galleria Company, with Galleria Company surviving the Merger and becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty.

 

    Each share of Galleria Company common stock will be automatically converted into the right to receive one share of Coty common stock.

 

    The payment of indebtedness under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities will initially be guaranteed by all existing and future direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries of Galleria Company, subject to certain exceptions, and after the consummation of the Merger and to the extent the requirements of the Transaction Agreement are satisfied, will also be guaranteed by Coty and all subsidiaries of Coty that guarantee the indebtedness under the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

 

    The fully diluted shares of Coty common stock immediately prior to the Merger are expected to represent approximately 46% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock immediately after the Merger, and the shares of Coty common stock issued in connection with the conversion of shares of Galleria Company common stock in the Merger are expected to represent approximately 54% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock immediately after the Merger.

In connection with the Transactions, P&G and Coty have entered into various agreements, and P&G, Coty, Galleria Company and Merger Sub will enter into additional agreements, establishing the terms of the Separation. These agreements include a transition services agreement in which P&G will agree to provide certain services to Galleria Company and Coty for a limited period of time following the Transactions. See “Additional Agreements.”

 

35. What are the main ways that the relationship between Galleria Company and P&G will change after the Transactions are completed?

Following the Transactions, Galleria Company will no longer be a subsidiary of P&G; instead, Merger Sub will merge with and into Galleria Company, with Galleria Company surviving the Merger and becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty. In connection with the Transactions, P&G, Coty, Galleria Company and Merger Sub will enter into several ancillary agreements and a transition services agreement governing the provision of certain services by P&G to Galleria Company and Coty for a limited period of time following the Transactions. See “Additional Agreements.”

 

- 17 -


Table of Contents
36. What is the current relationship between Galleria Company and Coty?

Galleria Company is currently a wholly owned subsidiary of P&G and was incorporated as a Delaware corporation in order to effect the Separation of Galleria from P&G. Other than in connection with the Transactions, there is currently no relationship between Galleria Company and Coty.

 

37. What will Coty stockholders receive in the Merger?

Coty stockholders will not directly receive any consideration in the Merger. All shares of Coty common stock issued and outstanding immediately before the Merger will remain issued and outstanding after consummation of the Merger. JAB Cosmetics B.V., the holder of all outstanding shares of Coty class B common stock, will irrevocably elect to convert its shares of Coty class B common stock into shares of Coty common stock, which conversion will be effective as of two business days prior to the closing of the Transactions and will be subject to the closing of the Transactions. Following this conversion, Coty common stock will be Coty’s only class of common stock outstanding.

Immediately after the Merger, Coty stockholders will continue to own shares in Coty, and Coty will own Galleria, which will be owned and operated though Galleria Company as a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty.

 

38. Are there possible adverse effects on the value of Coty common stock ultimately to be received by P&G shareholders who participate in the exchange offer?

The exchange offer is designed to permit P&G shareholders to exchange their shares of P&G common stock for a number of shares of Galleria Company common stock that corresponds to a     % discount, calculated as set forth in this prospectus, to the per-share equivalent value of Coty common stock. The existence of a discount, along with the issuance of shares of Coty common stock pursuant to the Merger and the conversion of Coty class B common stock into shares of Coty common stock, may negatively affect the market price of Coty common stock. Further, the indebtedness incurred under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities in connection with the Separation will initially be guaranteed by all existing and future direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries of Galleria Company, subject to certain exceptions, and after the consummation of the Merger and to the extent the requirements of the Transaction Agreement are satisfied, will also be guaranteed by Coty and all subsidiaries of Coty that guarantee the indebtedness under the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities. This additional indebtedness could materially and adversely affect the liquidity, results of operations and financial condition of Coty. Coty also expects to incur significant one-time costs in connection with the Transactions, which may have an adverse impact on Coty’s liquidity, results of operations and financial condition in the periods in which they are incurred. In addition, Coty management will be required to devote a significant amount of time and attention to the process of integrating the operations of Coty’s business and Galleria. If Coty management is not able to manage the integration process effectively, or if any significant business activities are interrupted as a result of the integration process, Coty’s business could suffer and its stock price may decline. See “Risk Factors” for a further discussion of material risks associated with the Transactions.

 

39. How will the Transactions impact the future liquidity and capital resources of Coty?

The indebtedness incurred under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities will initially be guaranteed by all existing and future direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries of Galleria Company, subject to certain exceptions, and after consummation of the Merger will also be guaranteed by Coty and all subsidiaries of Coty that guarantee the indebtedness under the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities. In addition, in connection with the Transactions, Coty has refinanced its existing debt. Coty anticipates that its primary sources of liquidity after the Transactions will be cash provided by operations and supplemented by borrowings from third-party lenders.

 

40. Are there any conditions to the completion of the Transactions?

Yes. The completion of the Transactions is subject to a number of conditions, including:

 

    the receipt of regulatory approvals in certain jurisdictions;

 

- 18 -


Table of Contents
    the completion of the Separation and Distribution;

 

    the satisfaction of the Minimum Condition or the Revised Minimum Condition, as applicable;

 

    the conversion of all outstanding shares of Coty’s class B common stock into shares of Coty common stock;

 

    the receipt of written tax opinions from special tax counsel to P&G and special tax counsel to Coty; and

 

    other customary conditions.

The Transaction Agreement provides that either P&G or Coty may terminate the Transaction Agreement if the Merger is not consummated on or before January 31, 2017.

These conditions are described in more detail under “The Exchange Offer—Conditions for Completion of the Exchange Offer” and “The Transaction Agreement—Conditions to the Transactions.”

 

41. When will the Transactions be completed?

The Transactions are expected to be completed as soon as practicable following completion of the exchange offer. However, it is possible that factors outside P&G’s and Coty’s control could require the parties to complete the Transactions at a later time or not complete them at all. See “The Transaction Agreement—Conditions to the Transactions” for a discussion of the conditions to the completion of the Transactions.

 

42. Are there risks associated with the Transactions?

Yes. You should consider all of the information included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus, including the factors described under the heading “Risk Factors.” You are strongly encouraged to read this prospectus carefully and in its entirety. The risks include, among others, the possibility that Coty may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of the Transactions, the uncertainty that Coty will be able to integrate Galleria successfully and the possibility that Coty may be unable to provide benefits and services or access to equivalent financial strength and resources to Galleria that P&G has historically provided to P&G Beauty Brands.

 

43. What shareholder approvals are needed in connection with the Transactions?

Holders representing more than a majority of the voting power of Coty have approved, by written consent, the issuance of shares of Coty common stock in connection with the Transactions. Coty will file an information statement on Schedule 14C with the SEC that relates to such written consent. No further approval of Coty stockholders is required or being sought in connection with the Transactions. No vote of P&G shareholders is required or being sought in connection with the Transactions. Additionally, P&G as the sole shareholder of Galleria Company, and subject to satisfaction of the conditions set out in the Transaction Agreement, will approve the Merger prior to the Distribution.

 

44. Where will the shares of Coty common stock issued in the Merger be listed?

Shares of Coty common stock are, and the shares of Coty common stock to be issued in the Merger will be, listed on the NYSE under the symbol “COTY.”

 

45. Where can I find more information about P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and the Transactions?

You can find out more information about P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and the Transactions by reading this prospectus and, with respect to P&G and Coty, from various sources described in “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference” beginning on page 243.

 

- 19 -


Table of Contents
46. Whom should I contact if I have questions about the Transactions or the exchange offer?

To find out more information about the Transactions or the exchange offer, or to request additional copies of this prospectus or other documents relating to the Transactions or the exchange offer without charge, please call D.F. King & Co., Inc., the Information Agent for the exchange offer, at (212) 269-5550 (for banks and brokers) and (877) 297-1747 (for all other callers). You can also write to D.F. King & Co., Inc. at 48 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005.

 

- 20 -


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

Unless otherwise stated in this prospectus or the context otherwise provides, the description of Galleria Company, Galleria and P&G Beauty Brands contained in this prospectus is based on the assumption that the transferred assets and liabilities of P&G Beauty Brands to be acquired by Coty (which are referred to in this prospectus as “Galleria”) had been held by Galleria Company for all of the periods discussed. The following summary contains certain information from this prospectus. It does not contain all the details concerning the Transactions, including information that may be important to you. To better understand the Transactions, you should carefully review this entire prospectus and the documents to which it refers. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference.”

The fiscal year of each of P&G, Galleria Company and Coty begins on July 1 and ends on the following June 30. For example, P&G’s “fiscal 2015” began on July 1, 2014 and ended on June 30, 2015.

The Parties to the Transactions

Coty Inc.

Coty Inc.

350 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10118

(212) 389-7300

Coty Inc., a Delaware corporation referred to in this prospectus as Coty, is a leading global beauty company. Founded in Paris in 1904, Coty is a pure play beauty company with a portfolio of well-known brands that compete in the three segments in which Coty operates: Fragrances, Color Cosmetics and Skin & Body Care. Coty currently holds the #2 global position in fragrances, the #4 global position in color cosmetics and has a strong regional presence in skin and body care. Coty’s top 10 brands, which Coty refers to as its “power brands,” generated 72% of its net revenues in fiscal 2015 and comprise the following globally recognized brands: adidas, Calvin Klein, Chloé, DAVIDOFF, Marc Jacobs, OPI, philosophy, Playboy, Rimmel and Sally Hansen. Coty’s brands compete in all key distribution channels across both prestige and mass markets and in over 130 countries and territories. The following is a discussion of Coty prior to the consummation of the Merger. For a discussion of the combined company following the Transactions see “—Business Strategies After the Transactions.”

Coty has transformed itself into a multi-segment beauty company with market leading positions in both North America and Europe through new product offerings, diversified sales channels and its global growth strategy. Today, Coty’s business has a diversified revenue base that generated net revenues in fiscal 2015 of 50%, 33% and 17% from Fragrances, Color Cosmetics and Skin & Body Care, respectively.

For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, Coty had $4.395 billion and $4.552 billion of net revenues, respectively, and generated operating income of $395.1 million and $25.7 million, respectively.

Green Acquisition Sub Inc.

Green Acquisition Sub Inc.

c/o Coty Inc.

350 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10118

(212) 389-7300

 



 

- 21 -


Table of Contents

Green Acquisition Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation referred to in this prospectus as Merger Sub, is a newly formed, wholly owned subsidiary of Coty that was organized on June 23, 2015 specifically for the purpose of completing the Merger. Merger Sub has engaged in no business activities to date and it has no material assets or liabilities of any kind, other than those incident to its formation and in connection with the Transactions.

The Procter & Gamble Company

The Procter & Gamble Company

One Procter & Gamble Plaza

Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

(513) 983-1100

The Procter & Gamble Company, an Ohio corporation referred to in this prospectus as P&G, is focused on providing branded consumer packaged goods of superior quality and value to improve the lives of the world’s consumers. P&G was incorporated in Ohio in 1905, having been built from a business founded in 1837 by William Procter and James Gamble. Today, P&G sells its products in more than 180 countries and territories, including brands such as Always, Ambi Pur, Ariel, Bounty, Charmin, Crest, Dawn, Downy, Fairy, Febreze, Gain, Gillette, Head & Shoulders, Lenor, Olay, Oral-B, Pampers, Pantene, SK-II, Tide, Vicks and Whisper. As of June 30, 2015, P&G owned and operated 29 manufacturing sites located in 21 different states or territories in the United States and 100 manufacturing facilities in 38 other countries. Many of the domestic and international sites manufacture products for multiple businesses.

For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, P&G had net sales of $70.749 billion and $74.401 billion, respectively, and operating income of $11.049 billion and $13.910 billion, respectively.

Galleria Co.

Galleria Co.

c/o The Procter & Gamble Company

One Procter & Gamble Plaza

Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

(513) 983-1100

Galleria Co., a Delaware corporation referred to in this prospectus as Galleria Company, is a wholly owned subsidiary of P&G organized on June 25, 2015 for the purpose of effecting the Separation of Galleria from P&G. Galleria Company has no material assets or liabilities of any kind other than those incident to its formation and those acquired or incurred in connection with the Transactions.

P&G Beauty Brands and Galleria

P&G Beauty Brands

P&G Beauty Brands refers to the business of P&G and its subsidiaries relating to P&G’s global fine fragrances, salon professional, cosmetics and retail hair color businesses, along with select hair styling brands, that, except for the Excluded Brands as described below, will be transferred by P&G and its subsidiaries to Galleria Company as part of the Separation.

P&G Beauty Brands includes several global brands, including Clairol Nice ‘n Easy, CoverGirl, HUGO BOSS, Gucci, Lacoste, Max Factor, Wella Koleston and Wella Professional. P&G Beauty Brands was mainly established from P&G’s acquisition of the Noxell Corporation in 1989, the tradename purchase of Max Factor in 1991, the acquisition of Clairol in 2001, the acquisition of Wella AG in September 2003 and other subsequent brand and license acquisitions. As it relates to licenses, P&G Beauty Brands maintains agreements with the owner of the brands, most of which involve the payment of royalties tied to the sales of the underlying brands.

 



 

- 22 -


Table of Contents

For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, P&G Beauty Brands generated combined net sales of $5.518 billion and $6.003 billion, respectively, and operating income of $415 million and $461 million, respectively.

Galleria

The assets and liabilities of P&G Beauty Brands that will be transferred to Galleria Company are referred to in this prospectus as “Galleria.” These assets and liabilities exclude the fragrance licenses of Dolce & Gabbana and Christina Aguilera, which are referred to in this prospectus as the “Excluded Brands” and will not transfer in the Transactions. In addition, P&G Beauty Brands’ historical results include certain fine fragrance brands, including Rochas, Laura Biagiotti, Naomi Campbell and Giorgio Beverly Hills, which were divested by P&G in May 2015, June 2015, September 2014 and February 2016, respectively, as well as Puma, which was discontinued in fiscal 2015. These licenses are referred to in this prospectus as the “Divested Brands.” P&G intends to fully exit the fine fragrance business and is exploring alternatives to exit the Dolce & Gabbana and Christina Aguilera fragrance licenses. Activities related to the Excluded Brands and the Divested Brands collectively accounted for $670.0 million of P&G Beauty Brands’ net sales and reduced P&G Beauty Brands’ net income by $17.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015. Coty anticipates a negative impact to the profitability of the Galleria business as a result of excluding the Excluded Brands because certain Fine Fragrance divisional costs in the Excluded Brands results will transfer with the Galleria business as a part of the Merger.

Brands

P&G Beauty Brands has four operating segments comprised of: (i) Fine Fragrances, (ii) Salon Professional, (iii) Retail Hair Color & Styling and (iv) Cosmetics. Under GAAP, the businesses underlying the four operating segments are aggregated into three reportable segments comprised of: (i) Fine Fragrances, (ii) Salon Professional and (iii) Retail Hair & Cosmetics. Below is a summary of P&G Beauty Brands’ current brands across its four operating segments:

 

Fine Fragrances(1)        Salon Professional        

Retail Hair Color &

Styling

        Cosmetics

HUGO BOSS

Gucci

Lacoste

Alexander McQueen

Stella McCartney

James Bond

Bruno Banani

Gabriela Sabatini

Mexx

Escada

Dolce & Gabbana*

Christina Aguilera*

    

Wella Professionals

Sebastian

Nioxin

Clairol Professional

System Professional

Londa Professional

Kadus Professional Color Charm Sassoon Professional**

     

Wella (and derivatives)

Londa

Londa Trend

Clairol

Blondor

Koleston

Miss Clairol

Soft Color

Natural Instincts

Nice ‘n Easy

L’image

Bellady

Balsam Color

Shockwaves

New Wave Design

Silvikrin

Wellaton

Welloxon

VS Salonist**

VS Pro-Series Color**

     

CoverGirl

Max Factor (excluding Max Factor Gold)

 

(1) Fine Fragrances brands are licensed to P&G by third parties.
* Denotes Excluded Brand.
** Denotes brand ownership of which will be retained by P&G but to which Coty will be granted a perpetual, royalty-free license.

 



 

- 23 -


Table of Contents

The Transactions

On July 9, 2015, Coty and P&G announced that they had entered into a Transaction Agreement, which provides for a business combination involving P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub. In the Transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, P&G will transfer Galleria, which represents a subset of the assets and liabilities of P&G Beauty Brands, to Galleria Company. Prior to the Distribution, Galleria Company is expected to be recapitalized by (1) issuing and delivering to P&G a number of additional shares of Galleria Company common stock such that the total number of shares of Galleria Company common stock held by P&G at the time of the Distribution will equal                     , all of which shares of Galleria Company common stock P&G will dispose of in the Distribution, (2) incurring indebtedness under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities and (3) using all or a portion of the cash proceeds from the indebtedness incurred under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities, along with any cash contributed by P&G to Galleria Company, to purchase or otherwise receive the Galleria assets from P&G or its subsidiaries. Galleria Company will distribute to P&G, prior to the Distribution, any borrowed amounts remaining after funding these asset purchases.

On the closing date of the Distribution, P&G will distribute shares of Galleria Company common stock to P&G shareholders whose shares of P&G common stock are accepted for exchange in the exchange offer. If the exchange offer is completed but is not fully subscribed, P&G will distribute all of the Remaining Shares as a subsequent pro rata dividend to the Remaining P&G Shareholders. At or prior to the completion of the exchange offer, P&G will irrevocably deliver to the Exchange Agent all of the shares of Galleria Company common stock outstanding, with irrevocable instructions to hold the shares of Galleria Company common stock for the benefit of P&G shareholders whose shares of P&G common stock are accepted for exchange in the exchange offer and, in the case of a subsequent pro rata dividend, the Remaining P&G Shareholders. If there is a subsequent pro rata dividend to be distributed, the Exchange Agent will calculate the exact number of Remaining Shares to be distributed as a pro rata dividend to the Remaining P&G Shareholders, and P&G will distribute the Remaining Shares immediately thereafter.

As promptly as practicable following the completion of the Distribution, Merger Sub will merge with and into Galleria Company, with Galleria Company surviving the Merger and becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty. In connection with the Merger, the shares of Galleria Company common stock distributed in connection with the Distribution will automatically convert into the right to receive shares of Coty common stock on a one-for-one basis and the right to receive cash in lieu of any fractional shares. See “The Transactions” and “The Transaction Agreement.”

Coty will issue              shares of Coty common stock in the Merger. Based upon the reported closing price of $         per share for Coty common stock on the NYSE on                     , 2016, the last NYSE trading day prior to the date of this prospectus, the total value of the consideration to be paid by Coty in the Transactions, including the proceeds from the loans under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities, would have been approximately $         million. The value of the consideration to be paid by Coty will depend on the market price of shares of Coty common stock at the time of determination.

After the Merger, Coty, through Galleria Company, its wholly owned subsidiary, will own and operate Galleria and will also continue its current businesses. Coty will continue to use the name “Coty Inc.” after the Merger. Shares of Coty common stock are, and the shares of Coty common stock to be issued in the Merger will be, listed on the NYSE under the symbol “COTY.”

 



 

- 24 -


Table of Contents

Below is a step-by-step description of the sequence of material events relating to the Transactions.

 

Step 1    Separation
   P&G will transfer Galleria, which represents a subset of the assets and liabilities of P&G Beauty Brands, to Galleria Company.
Step 2    Galleria Company Recapitalization
   Prior to the Distribution, and in partial consideration for the Galleria assets transferred from P&G to Galleria Company, Galleria Company will be recapitalized in the following manner:
  

•    Galleria Company will issue and deliver to P&G a number of additional shares of Galleria Company common stock such that P&G will hold a total of              shares of Galleria Company common stock at the time of the Distribution, which is the Galleria Stock Amount calculated as of the last practicable date prior to the commencement date of the exchange offer, all of which shares of Galleria Company common stock P&G will dispose of in the Distribution; and

  

•    Galleria Company will use all or a portion of the proceeds of the indebtedness incurred on or prior to the Recapitalization Date under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities, along with any cash contributed by P&G, to purchase or otherwise receive the Galleria assets from P&G or its subsidiaries. Galleria Company will distribute to P&G, prior to the Distribution, any borrowed amounts remaining after funding these asset purchases.

Step 3    Conversion of Coty Class B Common Stock
   JAB Cosmetics B.V., the holder of all outstanding shares of Coty class B common stock, will irrevocably elect to convert its shares of Coty class B common stock into shares of Coty common stock, which conversion will be effective as of two business days prior to the closing of the Transactions and will be subject to the closing of the Transactions. Following this conversion, Coty common stock will be Coty’s only class of common stock outstanding.
Step 4    Distribution—Exchange Offer
   P&G will offer to P&G shareholders the right to exchange all or a portion of their shares of P&G common stock for shares of Galleria Company common stock in the exchange offer.
   If the exchange offer is completed but is not fully subscribed, the Exchange Agent will calculate the exact number of Remaining Shares to be distributed as a pro rata dividend to the Remaining P&G Shareholders, and P&G will distribute the Remaining Shares immediately thereafter.
   The Exchange Agent will hold, for the account of the relevant P&G shareholders, the global certificate(s) representing all of the outstanding shares of Galleria Company common stock, pending the consummation of the Merger. Shares of Galleria Company common stock will not be traded during this period.
Step 5    Merger
   As promptly as practicable following the completion of the Distribution, Merger Sub will merge with and into Galleria Company, with Galleria Company surviving the Merger and becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty. Each share of Galleria Company common stock will be automatically converted into the right to receive one share of Coty common stock.

 



 

- 25 -


Table of Contents

After completion of the steps mentioned above, the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock immediately prior to the Merger, including shares of Coty common stock held by JAB Cosmetics B.V. as a result of the conversion of its shares of Coty class B common stock into Coty common stock, are expected to represent approximately 46% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock immediately after the Merger, and the shares of Coty common stock issued in connection with the conversion of shares of Galleria Company common stock in the Merger are expected to represent approximately 54% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock immediately after the Merger. See “The Transactions—Number of Shares of Galleria Company Common Stock to be Distributed to P&G Shareholders.”

After consummation of the Merger and the other steps mentioned above, Galleria, comprised of P&G Beauty Brands other than the Excluded Brands, will be owned and operated by Coty through Galleria Company, its wholly owned subsidiary. In addition, to the extent the requirements of the Transaction Agreement are satisfied, Coty and all subsidiaries of Coty that guarantee the indebtedness under the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities, as well as all existing and future direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries of Galleria Company, subject to certain exceptions, will guarantee the obligations under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Various factors were considered by Coty and P&G in negotiating the terms of the Transactions, including the equity ownership levels of Coty stockholders and current and former P&G shareholders receiving shares of Coty common stock in the Distribution. The principal factors considered by the parties negotiating the allocation of equity ownership following the Transactions were the impact of such allocation on the desired tax-free nature of the Transactions, the effects of the Separation on P&G and its shareholders, the relative actual results of operations of Coty and P&G Beauty Brands, the opportunities expected to be obtained from combining Coty and P&G Beauty Brands and the enhancements to Coty’s strategic global growth objectives as a result of acquiring P&G Beauty Brands. Coty also considered, among other things, the expected impacts of the integration of P&G Beauty Brands with Coty and the other factors identified under “The Transactions—Coty’s Reasons for the Transactions.” P&G also considered, among other things, the relative sales, earnings and cash flow growth rates of P&G Beauty Brands, the value to P&G shareholders that could be realized in the Transactions and the other factors identified under “The Transactions—P&G’s Reasons for the Transactions.”

 



 

- 26 -


Table of Contents

Set forth below are diagrams that graphically illustrate, in simplified form, the existing corporate structure, the corporate structure immediately following the Distribution but prior to the Merger, and the corporate structure immediately following the completion of the Transactions.

 

 

LOGO

 



 

- 27 -


Table of Contents

LOGO

 



 

- 28 -


Table of Contents

LOGO

Business Strategies After the Transactions

Coty’s strategic vision is to be a new global leader and challenger in the beauty industry. After the completion of the Transactions, Coty intends to reorganize its business into three new divisions: Coty Luxury Division, focused on fragrances and skin care; Coty Consumer Beauty Division, focused on color cosmetics, retail hair coloring and styling products and body care; and Coty Professional Beauty Division, focused on servicing salon owners and professionals in both hair and nail care. This new category-focused organizational structure puts consumers first by specifically targeting how and where they shop, and what and why they purchase. In this new organizational structure, each division will have full end-to-end responsibility to optimize consumers’ beauty experience in the relevant categories and channels, which Coty believes will drive profitable growth through targeted expertise.

 



 

- 29 -


Table of Contents

Additional Agreements

In connection with the Transactions, P&G, Coty, Galleria Company and Merger Sub will also enter into other ancillary agreements at the time of the Separation relating to transition services, tax matters, technology licenses, trademark licenses and certain other matters. See “Additional Agreements.”

Number of Shares of Galleria Company Common Stock to be Distributed to P&G Shareholders

As part of the Separation, Galleria Company will issue and deliver to P&G a number of additional shares of Galleria Company common stock such that P&G will hold a total of              shares of Galleria Company common stock at the time of the Distribution, which is the Galleria Stock Amount. This will result in the shares of Galleria Company common stock, when converted into shares of Coty common stock and combined with the existing shares of Coty common stock, being equal to approximately 54% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock upon consummation of the Merger.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

P&G is offering holders of shares of P&G common stock the opportunity to exchange their shares of P&G common stock for shares of Galleria Company common stock, which will be automatically converted into shares of Coty common stock in the Merger. You may tender all, some or none of your shares of P&G common stock. This prospectus and the related documents are being sent to persons who directly held shares of P&G common stock on                     , 2016 and brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies and similar institutions whose names or the names of whose nominees appear on P&G’s shareholder list or, if applicable, who are listed as participants in a clearing agency’s security position listing for subsequent transmittal to beneficial owners of shares of P&G’s common stock.

Shares of P&G common stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange at the exchange ratio determined as described under “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Final Exchange Ratio,” on the terms and conditions of the exchange offer and subject to the limitations described below, including the proration provisions. As promptly as practicable following the expiration of the exchange offer and determination of the final proration factor, if any, as described below, P&G will return any shares of P&G common stock that have not been accepted for exchange to the tendering shareholders.

 



 

- 30 -


Table of Contents

For the purposes of illustration, the table below indicates the number of shares of Galleria Company common stock (and effectively shares of Coty common stock) that you would receive per share of P&G common stock accepted in the exchange offer, calculated on the basis described under “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Pricing Mechanism” and taking into account the upper limit, assuming a range of averages of the daily VWAPs of shares of P&G common stock and shares of Coty common stock during the Averaging Period. The first line of the table below shows the indicative Average P&G Stock Price, the indicative Average Coty Stock Price and the indicative exchange ratio that would have been in effect following the official close of trading on the NYSE on                     , 2016, based on the daily VWAPs of shares of P&G common stock and shares of Coty common stock on                     , 2016,                     , 2016 and                     , 2016. The table also shows the effects of an illustrative     % increase or decrease in either or both the Average P&G Stock Price and Average Coty Stock Price based on changes relative to the values as of                     , 2016.

 

P&G common stock

  

Coty common stock

   Average
P&G
Stock
Price
     Average
Coty
Stock
Price
     Shares of Galleria
Company common
stock to be received
per share of P&G
common stock
tendered(1)
    Value
Ratio(2)
 

As of                     , 2016

   As of                     , 2016    $                    $                    $                   $                

Down     %

   Up     %           

Down     %

   Unchanged           

Down     %

   Down     %           

Unchanged

   Up     %           

Unchanged

   Down     %           

Up     %

   Up     %           

Up     %

   Unchanged           

Up     %

   Down          %            (3  

 

(1) Reflects application of the indicative exchange ratio. Subject to receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares of Coty common stock. See “The Exchange Offer—Fractional Shares.”
(2) The Value Ratio equals (a) the Average Coty Stock Price multiplied by the exchange ratio, divided by (b) the Average P&G Stock Price.
(3) In this scenario, the upper limit is in effect. Absent the upper limit, the exchange ratio would have been              shares of Galleria Company common stock per share of P&G common stock tendered. In this scenario, P&G would announce that the upper limit on the number of shares that can be received for each share of P&G common stock tendered is in effect no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the trading day immediately preceding the Expiration Date.

During the three-month period of                     , 2016 through                     , 2016, the highest closing price for P&G common stock on the NYSE was $         and the lowest closing price for Coty common stock on the NYSE was $         . If the Average P&G Stock Price and Average Coty Stock Price equaled these closing prices, you would receive only the limit of              shares of Galleria Company common stock for each share of P&G common stock tendered, and the value of such shares of Galleria Company common stock, based on the Coty common stock price, would have been less than the value of shares of P&G common stock accepted for exchange (approximately $         of shares of Galleria Company common stock for each $1.00 of shares of P&G common stock accepted for exchange).

Extension; Termination

The exchange offer, and your withdrawal rights, will expire at 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on                     , 2016, unless the exchange offer is extended or earlier terminated. You must tender your shares of P&G common stock prior to this time if you want to participate in the exchange offer. P&G may extend or terminate the exchange offer as described in this prospectus.

 



 

- 31 -


Table of Contents

Conditions for Completion of the Exchange Offer

P&G’s obligation to exchange shares of Galleria Company common stock for shares of P&G common stock is subject to the conditions listed under “The Exchange Offer—Conditions for Completion of the Exchange Offer,” including the satisfaction or waiver of specified conditions precedent to the completion of Transactions as provided in the Transaction Agreement and certain other conditions. These conditions include that the number of shares of Galleria Company common stock that would be distributed in exchange for shares of P&G common stock validly tendered in the exchange offer and not properly withdrawn exceeds the Minimum Condition, currently expected to be approximately     %, provided that, at any time prior to the Expiration Date, P&G in its reasonable judgment and after consultation with Coty may reapply the agreed-upon formula used to calculate the Minimum Condition using updated information reflecting the then-current data or otherwise increase the Minimum Condition by the minimum amount necessary, in each case, to ensure that the agreed-upon minimum amount of P&G common stock is tendered; P&G’s receipt of an opinion from its special tax counsel regarding certain aspects of the Transactions; and certain other conditions. See “The Transaction Agreement—Conditions to the Transactions” for a description of the material conditions precedent to the Transactions.

P&G may waive any or all of the conditions to the exchange offer prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. Neither Galleria Company nor Coty has any right to waive any of the conditions to the exchange offer, other than waivers of conditions to their obligation to complete the Transactions as provided in the Transaction Agreement. P&G does not currently expect to waive any of these conditions.

Proration; Tenders for Exchange by Holders of Fewer than 100 Shares of P&G Common Stock

If, upon the expiration of the exchange offer, P&G shareholders have validly tendered and not properly withdrawn more shares of P&G common stock than P&G is offering to accept for exchange (taking into account the exchange ratio and the total number of shares of Galleria Company common stock owned by P&G), P&G will limit the number of shares of P&G common stock that it accepts for exchange in the exchange offer through a proration process. Proration for each tendering P&G shareholder will be based on (1) the proportion that the total number of shares of P&G common stock to be accepted for exchange bears to the total number of shares of P&G common stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn and (2) the number of shares of P&G common stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by that shareholder (rounded to the nearest whole number of shares of P&G common stock and subject to any adjustment necessary to ensure the exchange of all shares of Galleria Company common stock owned by P&G), except for tenders of odd-lots. Beneficial holders (other than plan participants in a P&G U.S. benefit plan) of fewer than 100 shares of P&G common stock who validly tender all of their shares will not be subject to proration if the exchange offer is oversubscribed. Beneficial holders of more than 100 shares of P&G common stock are not eligible for this preference. See “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Proration; Tenders for Exchange by Holders of Fewer than 100 Shares of P&G Common Stock.”

P&G will announce the preliminary proration factor at www.[●].com and separately by press release as promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date. At the expiration of the guaranteed delivery period (three NYSE trading days following the Expiration Date), P&G will confirm the final results of the exchange offer, including the final proration factor, with the Exchange Agent. As promptly as practicable after the final results are confirmed, P&G will announce the final results of the exchange offer, including the final proration factor, at www.[●].com and separately by press release.

Fractional Shares

Fractional shares of Galleria Company common stock will be issued in the Distribution. The shares of Galleria Company common stock (including the fractional shares) will be held by the Exchange Agent for the benefit of P&G shareholders whose shares of P&G common stock are accepted in the exchange offer and, if the

 



 

- 32 -


Table of Contents

exchange offer is completed but not fully subscribed, a subsequent pro rata dividend of the Remaining Shares to the Remaining P&G Shareholders. As promptly as practicable following the completion of the Distribution, Merger Sub will merge with and into Galleria Company, with Galleria Company surviving the Merger and becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty. Upon consummation of the Merger, each share of Galleria Company common stock will automatically convert into the right to receive one share of Coty common stock. No fractional shares of Coty common stock will be issued in the Merger to holders of fractional shares of Galleria Company common stock. In lieu of any fractional shares of Coty common stock, holders of fractional shares of Galleria Company common stock who would otherwise be entitled to receive such fractional shares of Coty common stock will be entitled to an amount in cash, without interest, equal to the holder’s pro rata portion of the net proceeds of the sale of fractional shares in the open market, which will occur no later than 20 business days after the completion of the Transactions, obtained by aggregating the fractional shares of Coty common stock otherwise allocable to the holders of fractional shares of Galleria Company common stock. The distribution of cash in lieu of fractional shares of Coty common stock will occur separate from, and subsequent to, the distribution of shares of Coty common stock.

Procedures for Tendering

The procedures you must follow to participate in the exchange offer will depend on how you hold your shares of P&G common stock. For you to validly tender your shares of P&G common stock pursuant to the exchange offer, before the expiration of the exchange offer, you will need to take the following steps:

 

    If you hold certificates for shares of P&G common stock, you must deliver to the Exchange Agent at the address listed on the back cover of this prospectus a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, together with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, and the certificates representing the shares of P&G common stock tendered;

 

    If you hold shares of P&G common stock in book-entry form through the DRS or in the SIP, you must deliver to the Exchange Agent at the address listed on the back cover of this prospectus a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, together with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents. Since certificates are not issued for DRS and SIP shares, you do not need to deliver any certificates representing those shares to the Exchange Agent;

 

    If you hold shares of P&G common stock through a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or similar institution, you should receive instructions from that institution on how to participate in the exchange offer. In this situation, do not complete the letter of transmittal. Please contact the institution through which you hold your shares directly if you have not yet received instructions. Some financial institutions may effect tenders by book-entry transfer through The Depository Trust Company;

 

    If you hold shares of P&G common stock through a P&G U.S. benefit plan, you do not need to take any immediate action with respect to the exchange offer. A fiduciary appointed under each of those plans will determine whether (i) to permit beneficial owners to elect to tender shares of P&G common stock for exchange or (ii) alternatively, to exchange shares of P&G common stock held in each plan for the benefit of employees and former employees of P&G and their beneficiaries. You should contact the appropriate fiduciary for your respective benefit plan if you have questions about your plan’s participation in the exchange offer; and

 

    If you wish to tender your shares of P&G common stock but share certificates are not immediately available, time will not permit shares or other required documentation to reach the Exchange Agent before the expiration of the exchange offer or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, you must follow the procedures for guaranteed delivery described under “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

 



 

- 33 -


Table of Contents

Delivery of Shares of Galleria Company Common Stock

At or prior to the completion of the exchange offer, P&G will irrevocably deliver to the Exchange Agent all of the shares of Galleria Company common stock outstanding, with irrevocable instructions to hold the shares of Galleria Company common stock for the benefit of P&G shareholders whose shares of P&G common stock are being accepted in the exchange offer and, in the case of a subsequent pro rata dividend, P&G shareholders whose shares of P&G common stock remain outstanding after the completion of the exchange offer. Upon completion of the exchange offer, Coty will deposit with its transfer agent global certificates representing shares of Coty common stock, with irrevocable instructions to hold the shares of Coty common stock for the benefit of the holders of shares of Galleria Company common stock. Pursuant to the Merger, each share of Galleria Company common stock will automatically convert into the right to receive one share of Coty common stock. As promptly as practicable following the Merger and P&G’s notice and determination of the final proration factor, if any, Coty’s transfer agent will credit the shares of Coty common stock, into which the shares of Galleria Company common stock have been converted, to book-entry accounts maintained for the benefit of the P&G shareholders who received shares of Galleria Company common stock in the exchange offer or as a pro rata dividend, if any, and will send these holders a statement evidencing their holdings of Coty common stock. See “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Exchange of Shares of P&G Common Stock.”

Withdrawal Rights

You may withdraw all, some or none of your tendered shares of P&G common stock at any time before the expiration of the exchange offer. If you change your mind again before the expiration of the exchange offer, you may re-tender your shares of P&G common stock by again following the exchange offer procedures.

In order to withdraw your shares, you (or, in lieu thereof, if you hold your shares through a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or similar institution, that institution on your behalf) must provide a written notice of withdrawal or facsimile transmission of notice of withdrawal to the Exchange Agent. See “The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer—Withdrawal Rights.”

No Appraisal Rights

No appraisal rights are available to holders of shares of P&G common stock in connection with the exchange offer or any pro rata dividend of shares of Galleria Company common stock.

Dividend and Distribution of Any Shares of Galleria Company Common Stock Remaining after Completion of the Exchange Offer

If the exchange offer is completed but is not fully subscribed, P&G will distribute all of the Remaining Shares in a subsequent pro rata dividend to the Remaining P&G Shareholders. Any P&G shareholder who validly tenders (and does not properly withdraw) shares of P&G common stock for shares of Galleria Company common stock in the exchange offer will waive its rights with respect to those tendered shares of P&G common stock to receive, and forfeit any rights to, any Remaining Shares distributed on a pro rata basis to the Remaining P&G Shareholders in the event the exchange offer is not fully subscribed.

At or prior to the completion of the exchange offer, P&G will deliver all of the shares of Galleria Company common stock owned by P&G to the Exchange Agent with irrevocable instructions to hold the shares of Galleria Company common stock for the benefit of P&G shareholders whose shares of P&G common stock have been accepted for exchange in the exchange offer and, in the case of any subsequent pro rata dividend, the Remaining P&G Shareholders. If there is a subsequent pro rata dividend to be distributed, the Exchange Agent will calculate the exact number of Remaining Shares to be distributed as a pro rata dividend to the Remaining P&G Shareholders, and P&G will distribute the Remaining Shares immediately thereafter. See “The Exchange Offer—Dividend and Distribution of Any Shares of Galleria Company Common Stock Remaining after Completion of the Exchange Offer.”

 



 

- 34 -


Table of Contents

Legal and Other Limitations; Certain Matters Relating to Non-U.S. Jurisdictions

This prospectus is not an offer to buy, sell or exchange and it is not a solicitation of an offer to buy or sell any shares of P&G common stock, Galleria Company common stock or Coty common stock in any jurisdiction in which such offer, sale or exchange is not permitted. Countries outside the United States generally have their own legal requirements that govern securities offerings made to persons resident in those countries and often impose stringent requirements about the form and content of offers made to the general public. None of P&G, Galleria Company or Coty has taken any action under those non-U.S. regulations to facilitate a public offer to exchange the shares of P&G common stock, Galleria Company common stock or Coty common stock outside the United States. Accordingly, the ability of any non-U.S. shareholders to tender shares of P&G common stock in the exchange offer will depend on whether there is an exemption available under the laws of such person’s home country that would permit the person to participate in the exchange offer without the need for P&G, Galleria Company or Coty to take any action to facilitate a public offering in that country or otherwise. For example, some countries exempt transactions from the rules governing public offerings if they involve persons who meet certain eligibility requirements relating to their status as sophisticated or professional investors. See “The Exchange Offer—Legal and Other Limitations; Certain Matters Relating to Non-U.S. Jurisdictions” for additional information about limitations on the exchange offer outside the United States.

Approval of the Transactions

Coty’s board of directors has approved the Transaction Agreement, the Merger and the other Transactions. Coty, as the sole shareholder of Merger Sub, has approved the Merger. Holders representing more than a majority of the voting power of Coty have approved, by written consent, the issuance of shares of Coty common stock in connection with the Transactions. Coty will file an information statement on Schedule 14C with the SEC that relates to such written consent. No further approval of Coty stockholders is required or being sought in connection with the Transactions.

No vote of P&G shareholders is required or being sought in connection with the Transactions. Additionally, P&G as the sole shareholder of Galleria Company, and subject to satisfaction of the conditions set out in the Transaction Agreement, will approve the Merger prior to the Distribution.

Opinions of Coty’s Financial Advisors

Coty retained Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (referred to in this prospectus as “Morgan Stanley”) to act as its financial advisor and to provide a fairness opinion in connection with the Merger. At the meeting of Coty’s board of directors on July 8, 2015, Morgan Stanley rendered its oral opinion, subsequently confirmed in writing, that as of such date, and based upon and subject to the various assumptions, procedures, matters, qualifications and limitations on the scope of the review undertaken by Morgan Stanley as set forth in the written opinion, the exchange ratio pursuant to the Transaction Agreement was fair from a financial point of view to Coty.

The full text of the written opinion of Morgan Stanley, dated as of July 8, 2015, which sets forth, among other things, the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered, qualifications and limitations on the scope of the review undertaken by Morgan Stanley in rendering its opinion, is attached to this prospectus as Annex A. Coty stockholders are encouraged to read the opinion carefully and in its entirety. The Morgan Stanley opinion was rendered for the benefit of Coty’s board of directors, in its capacity as such, and addressed only the fairness from a financial point of view to Coty of the exchange ratio pursuant to the Transaction Agreement as of the date of the opinion. Morgan Stanley’s opinion did not address any other aspect of the Merger or related transactions, including the prices at which Coty common stock will trade following consummation of the Merger or at any time, or the fairness of the amount or nature of the compensation to any of P&G or Galleria Company officers, directors or employees, or any class of such persons, relative to the consideration to be paid to the holders of shares of

 



 

- 35 -


Table of Contents

the Galleria Company common stock in the Transactions. The opinion was addressed to, and rendered for the benefit of, Coty’s board of directors and was not intended to, and did not, constitute advice or a recommendation as to whether stockholders of Coty entitled to vote on the Merger should grant their consent in lieu of a meeting to approve actions taken in connection with the Merger. The summary of the opinion of Morgan Stanley set forth in this prospectus is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the opinion.

In preparing its opinion, Morgan Stanley assumed that all relevant licenses of P&G Beauty Brands, including the Excluded Brands, would transfer with Galleria Company to Coty. However, the assets and liabilities transferred by P&G and assumed by Galleria Company will exclude those relating to the Excluded Brands. At the request of the management of Coty and based on specific projections provided by the management of Coty, the financial advisors performed, for illustrative purposes only, a sensitivity analysis to illustrate the impact of potential deviations from the assumption that all relevant licenses of P&G Beauty Brands, including the Excluded Brands, transfer with Galleria Company to Coty. This analysis did not, nor was it intended to, correspond to an analysis of the Excluded Brands not transferring with Galleria Company. For further information regarding the financial effect of the Excluded Brands not transferring with Galleria Company, see the sections of this prospectus entitled “The Transaction Agreement—Recapitalization,” “—The Parties to the Transactions—Galleria Co.” and “Information on P&G Beauty Brands—Overview.” At the direction of Coty, Morgan Stanley further assumed that, in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement, the Coty stockholders would own 48% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock immediately following the acquisition of Galleria Company. However, in connection with subsequent share repurchases by Coty, P&G and Coty agreed that such repurchased shares would be treated as if they remained outstanding for purposes of the Transaction Agreement by modifying the definition of “fully diluted basis” within the Transaction Agreement, although such shares would not be included in a comparable GAAP measure or otherwise reflected in “fully diluted” as that term is otherwise used in this prospectus and defined under “Helpful Information.” As a result, existing Coty stockholders are currently expected to own approximately 46% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock as that term is otherwise used in this prospectus and defined under “Helpful Information.”

Coty also retained Barclays Capital Inc. (referred to in this prospectus as “Barclays”) to provide a fairness opinion in connection with the Merger. At the meeting of Coty’s board of directors on July 8, 2015, Barclays rendered its oral opinion, subsequently confirmed in writing, that as of such date, and based upon and subject to the various assumptions, procedures, matters, qualifications and limitations on the scope of the review undertaken by Barclays as set forth in the written opinion, from a financial point of view, the exchange ratio to be paid in the proposed transaction was fair to Coty.

The full text of the written opinion of Barclays, dated as of July 8, 2015, which sets forth, among other things, the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered, qualifications and limitations on the scope of the review undertaken by Barclays in rendering its opinion, is attached to this prospectus as Annex B. Coty stockholders are encouraged to read the opinion carefully and in its entirety. The Barclays opinion was rendered for the benefit of Coty’s board of directors, in its capacity as such, and addressed only the fairness, from a financial point of view, to Coty of the exchange ratio to be paid in the proposed transaction as of the date of the opinion. Barclays’ opinion did not address any other aspect of the Merger or related transactions, including the prices at which Coty common stock will trade following consummation of the Merger or at any time, or the fairness of the amount or nature of the compensation to any of P&G or Galleria Company officers, directors or employees, or any class of such persons, relative to the consideration to be paid to the holders of shares of Galleria Company common stock in the Transactions. The opinion was addressed to, and rendered for the benefit of, Coty’s board of directors and was not intended to, and did not, constitute advice or a recommendation as to whether stockholders of Coty entitled to vote on the Merger should grant their consent in lieu of a meeting to approve actions taken

 



 

- 36 -


Table of Contents

in connection with the Merger. The summary of the opinion of Barclays set forth in this registration statement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the opinion.

In preparing its opinion, Barclays assumed that all relevant licenses of P&G Beauty Brands, including the Excluded Brands, would transfer with Galleria Company to Coty. However, the assets and liabilities transferred by P&G and assumed by Galleria Company will exclude those relating to the Excluded Brands. At the request of the management of Coty and based on specific projections provided by the management of Coty, the financial advisors performed, for illustrative purposes only, a sensitivity analysis to illustrate the impact of potential deviations from the assumption that all relevant licenses of P&G Beauty Brands, including the Excluded Brands, transfer with Galleria Company to Coty. This analysis did not, nor was it intended to, correspond to an analysis of the Excluded Brands not transferring with Galleria Company. For further information regarding the financial effect of the Excluded Brands not transferring with Galleria Company, see the sections of this prospectus entitled “The Transaction Agreement—Recapitalization,” “—The Parties to the Transactions—Galleria Co.” and “Information on P&G Beauty Brands—Overview.” At the direction of Coty, Barclays further assumed that, in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement, the Coty stockholders would own 48% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock immediately following the acquisition of Galleria Company. However, in connection with subsequent share repurchases by Coty, P&G and Coty agreed that such repurchased shares would be treated as if they remained outstanding for purposes of the Transaction Agreement by modifying the definition of “fully diluted basis” within the Transaction Agreement, although such shares would not be included in a comparable GAAP measure or otherwise reflected in “fully diluted” as that term is otherwise used in this prospectus and defined under “Helpful Information.” As a result, existing Coty stockholders are currently expected to own approximately 46% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock as that term is otherwise used in this prospectus and defined under “Helpful Information.”

Regulatory Approvals

The parties have agreed to use reasonable best efforts to obtain, as soon as practicable and prior to the consummation of the Merger, all governmental approvals under the HSR Act and under any other antitrust, competition or merger control laws that may be necessary to complete the Transactions. See “The Transaction Agreement—Covenants—Efforts to Close.”

Under the HSR Act, Coty and P&G were required to give notification and furnish information to the Federal Trade Commission and the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice and to wait the specified waiting period before consummating the Merger. Coty and P&G each filed the required notification and report forms with the Federal Trade Commission and the Antitrust Division on October 20, 2015. The U.S. antitrust review under the HSR Act expired at the conclusion of a second waiting period on December 23, 2015 after Coty had withdrawn and refiled its Hart-Scott-Rodino filing.

In addition to the foregoing, the Merger is subject to review under the antitrust laws of the European Union, Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Columbia, Israel, Mexico, New Zealand, Russia, South Africa, Tunisia, Turkey, Ukraine, and U.S. state antitrust laws and could be the subject of challenges by state attorneys general under those laws, or by private parties under federal or state antitrust laws. As of March 31, 2016, the Merger has cleared antitrust review in the European Union, Australia, Canada, China, Columbia, Israel, Mexico, New Zealand, South Africa, Turkey, and Ukraine.

Risk Factors

In deciding whether to tender your shares of P&G common stock in the exchange offer, you should carefully consider the matters described in the section “Risk Factors,” as well as other information included in this prospectus and the other documents incorporated by reference herein.

 



 

- 37 -


Table of Contents

Coty Indebtedness

On October 27, 2015, Coty entered into the Coty Credit Agreement with the other borrowers party thereto from time to time, the lenders from time to time party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other agents from time to time party thereto. The Coty Credit Agreement provides for the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities in the aggregate principal amount of $4.500 billion comprised of (1) a $1.500 billion five-year revolving credit facility, which includes up to $80.0 million in swingline loans available for short-term borrowings, (2) a $1.750 billion five-year term loan A facility and (3) a seven-year term loan B facility comprising of a $500.0 million tranche and a €665.0 million tranche. The revolving credit facility is available to be borrowed by Coty in pounds sterling, Swiss francs, Canadian dollars, euros and other currencies reasonably acceptable to the administrative agent and the revolving lenders. On October 27, 2015, the proceeds of the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities were used to refinance prior Coty credit facilities. The revolving credit facility will be used for working capital needs, general corporate purposes and other purposes not prohibited by the Coty Credit Agreement. Immediately following the closing of the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities, $220 million was outstanding under the revolving credit facility.

The term loan A facility amortizes in equal quarterly installments of 1.25% of the original principal amount of the term loan A facility, with the balance due on October 27, 2020. The term loan B facility amortizes in equal quarterly installments of 0.25% of the original principal amount of the term loan B facility, with the balance due on October 27, 2022. The revolving credit facility will mature on October 27, 2020. Pursuant to a Guaranty Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2015, all of the foregoing debt will be guaranteed by certain of Coty’s wholly owned domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain carve-outs and exceptions. Borrowings under the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities are senior secured obligations of Coty and secured (subject to certain carve-outs and exceptions) by substantially all of the assets of the borrower and each guarantor.

On April 8, 2016, Coty entered into an Incremental Assumption Agreement and Amendment No. 1 (the “Incremental Agreement”) to the Coty Credit Agreement with Coty B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “Dutch Borrower”), certain subsidiaries of Coty party thereto, the incremental lenders party thereto and JPMCB, as administrative agent. The Incremental Agreement provides for an additional €140,000,000 in term A loan commitments and an additional €325,000,000 in term B loan commitments under the Coty Credit Agreement, all of which were borrowed by the Dutch Borrower as of the closing date of the Incremental Agreement. The proceeds were used by the Dutch Borrower to refinance certain intercompany indebtedness of the Dutch Borrower outstanding on the closing date of the Incremental Agreement, which funds were then used to partially repay amounts drawn on the Coty revolving credit facility. The loans made under the additional term A loan commitments have substantially identical terms to the existing term A loans under the Coty Credit Agreement, and the loans under the additional term B loan commitments have substantially identical terms to the term B loans denominated in euros under the Coty Credit Agreement.

See “Debt Financing—Coty Indebtedness.”

Galleria Indebtedness

On January 26, 2016, Galleria Company entered into the Galleria Credit Agreement. The Galleria Credit Agreement provides for the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities comprised of (1) a $2.000 billion five-year term loan A facility, (2) a $1.000 billion seven-year term loan B facility and (3) a $1.500 billion five-year revolving credit facility. The loans will initially be made to Galleria Company. The payment of amounts due under the term loan facilities and the revolving credit facility will initially be guaranteed by all existing and future direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries of Galleria Company, subject to certain exceptions, and after the consummation of the Merger, to the extent the requirements of the Transaction Agreement are satisfied, will also be guaranteed by Coty and all subsidiaries of Coty that guarantee the indebtedness under the Coty

 



 

- 38 -


Table of Contents

Senior Secured Credit Facilities. After the date of the initial funding (other than in connection with the escrow funding of the term loan B facility on January 26, 2016) under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities (the “Galleria Financing Closing Date”), the loans will be senior secured obligations of Galleria Company, secured by substantially all of the assets of the borrower and each guarantor.

Following the first anniversary of the consummation of the Merger, the term loan A facility will amortize in equal quarterly installments of 1.25% of the original principal amount of the term loan A facility, with the balance due on the date that is five years following the Galleria Financing Closing Date. Following the first anniversary of the consummation of the Merger, the term loan B facility will amortize in equal quarterly installments of 0.25% of the original principal amount of the term loan B facility, with the balance due on the date that is seven years following the Galleria Financing Closing Date. The revolving credit facility will mature on the date that is five years following the Galleria Financing Closing Date. See “Debt Financing—Galleria Indebtedness.”

Board of Directors and Management of Coty following the Transactions

The directors of Coty immediately following the closing of the Transactions are expected to be the same as the directors of Coty immediately prior to the closing of the Transactions.

Certain executive officers of Coty will assume new roles in connection with Coty’s new organizational structure following the closing of the Transactions and the integration of Galleria. See “Information on Coty—Directors and Executive Officers.”

Accounting Treatment and Considerations

Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations , requires the use of the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. In applying the acquisition method, it is necessary to identify both the accounting acquiree and the accounting acquirer. In a business combination effected through an exchange of equity interests, such as the Merger, the entity that issues the interests (Coty in this case) is generally the acquiring entity. In identifying the acquiring entity in a combination effected through an exchange of equity interests, however, all pertinent facts and circumstances must be considered, including the following:

 

    The relative voting interests of Coty after the Transactions . In this case, existing Coty stockholders are expected to retain 46% of the equity ownership and associated voting rights in Coty after the Transactions. P&G shareholders participating in the exchange offer (and subsequent pro rata dividend, if any) are expected to receive approximately 54% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock and associated voting rights in Coty after the Transactions.

 

    The existence of a large minority voting interest in Coty after the Transactions . In this case, JAB Cosmetics B.V., the owner of all of the outstanding shares of the Coty class B common stock and 8.4% of the Coty common stock, which together represent approximately 97% of Coty’s outstanding voting power, will remain the largest stockholder of the combined company overall, owning approximately 35% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock at the completion of the Transactions.

 

   

The composition of the governing body of Coty after the Transactions . In this case, the composition of Coty’s board of directors following completion of the Transactions will be the members of Coty’s board of directors immediately prior to completion of the Transactions. Coty’s board of directors consists of eight directors, each elected for one-year terms by Coty’s stockholders at the annual meeting of stockholders. Coty’s board members are elected by plurality voting, meaning that the director nominees receiving the greatest number of votes are elected. Although former P&G shareholders will have a slight majority of the voting rights, these voting rights are expected to be widely held, the Transaction Agreement does not contemplate the addition of new board members and there is no stockholders’ agreement or voting agreement in which those new Coty stockholders would

 



 

- 39 -


Table of Contents
 

vote as a group. Therefore, any significant shift in the composition of Coty’s board of directors is unlikely to occur as a result of the Transactions.

 

    The composition of the senior management of Coty after the Transactions . In this case, except as set forth above, Coty’s executive officers following the Merger will be the same as Coty’s current executive officers.

After considering all pertinent facts, reviewing the criteria outlined in ASC 805 and conducting the relevant analysis, Coty has concluded that it is the accounting acquirer in the Transactions. Although majority voting rights may be retained by former P&G shareholders, ASC 805 requires consideration of all pertinent facts and circumstances, listing several potential indicators, none of which is weighed more heavily than another. Coty’s conclusion is based primarily upon the following facts: (1) there will be no immediate change in the composition of Coty’s board of directors after the Transactions, (2) except as noted above, Coty’s senior management prior to the Transactions will continue to be the senior management of the combined business after the Transactions and (3) Coty is issuing its equity interests as consideration for the Transactions and JAB Cosmetics B.V. will remain the largest individual Coty stockholder owning approximately 35% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock at the completion of the Transactions. Accordingly, Coty will apply the acquisition method of accounting to the assets and liabilities of Galleria Company upon completion of the Transactions.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution, the Merger and Related Transactions

The completion of the Distribution is conditioned upon P&G’s receipt of an opinion from Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP, special tax counsel to P&G, to the effect that the (i) Galleria Transfer, taken together with the Distribution, should qualify as a tax-free reorganization pursuant to section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, (ii) Distribution, as such, should qualify as a distribution to P&G shareholders pursuant to section 355 of the Code, and (iii) Merger should not cause section 355(e) of the Code to apply to the Distribution. Accordingly, P&G and P&G shareholders generally should recognize no taxable gain or loss with respect to the Distribution. It is a condition to the Distribution that such opinion not be withdrawn. The opinion will be based on, among other things, certain assumptions and representations as to factual matters and certain covenants made by P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub which, if incorrect or inaccurate in any material respect, could jeopardize the conclusions reached by special tax counsel in its opinion. The opinion will not be binding on the IRS or any court, and the IRS or a court may not agree with the opinion. Neither P&G nor Galleria Company is currently aware of any facts or circumstances that would cause these assumptions and representations to be untrue or incorrect in any material respect, that would preclude any of P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub from complying with all applicable covenants or that would otherwise jeopardize the conclusions reached by special tax counsel in its opinion. You should note that none of P&G, Galleria Company, Coty or Merger Sub intends to seek a ruling from the IRS as to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Transactions.

If, notwithstanding the receipt of an opinion of special tax counsel, the Galleria Transfer and the Distribution, taken together, fail to qualify as a reorganization under section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, and the Distribution fails to qualify as a distribution to P&G shareholders pursuant to section 355 of the Code, each P&G shareholder who receives shares of Galleria Company common stock in the Distribution would generally be treated as recognizing taxable gain equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares of Galleria Company common stock received by the shareholder and its tax basis in the shares of P&G common stock exchanged therefor and/or receiving a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of the shares of Galleria Company common stock received by the shareholder. P&G would generally recognize taxable gain equal to the excess of the fair market value of the assets transferred to Galleria Company plus liabilities assumed by Galleria Company over P&G’s tax basis in such assets.

Even if the Galleria Transfer and the Distribution, taken together, generally qualify as a reorganization under section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code and the Distribution generally qualifies as a distribution to P&G

 



 

- 40 -


Table of Contents

shareholders pursuant to section 355 of the Code, the Distribution would become taxable to P&G under section 355(e) of the Code if a 50% or greater interest (by vote or value) in P&G stock or Galleria Company stock were treated as acquired (including, in the latter case, through the acquisition of Coty stock in or after the Merger), directly or indirectly, by certain persons as part of a plan or series of related transactions that included the Distribution. Because P&G shareholders should be treated as owning more than 50% (by vote and value) of the shares of Coty common stock immediately following the Merger, the Merger, by itself, should not cause the Distribution to be taxable to P&G under section 355(e) of the Code. However, if the IRS were to determine that other acquisitions of P&G shares before the Distribution, or Coty shares after the Distribution, were part of a plan or series of related transactions that included the Distribution for purposes of section 355(e) of the Code, such determination could result in the recognition of gain by P&G under section 355(e) of the Code. While P&G generally would recognize gain as if it had sold the shares of Galleria Company common stock distributed to P&G shareholders in the Distribution for an amount equal to the fair market value of such stock, P&G has agreed under the Tax Matters Agreement among P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub to make a protective election under section 336(e) of the Code with respect to the Distribution which generally causes a deemed sale of Galleria Company’s assets upon a taxable Distribution. In such case, to the extent that P&G is responsible for the resulting transaction taxes, Coty generally would be required to make periodic payments to P&G equal to the tax savings arising from a “step up” in the tax basis of Galleria Company’s assets as a result of the protective election under section 336(e) of the Code taking effect.

The consummation of the Merger is conditioned on the receipt by P&G of a tax opinion from Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP, special tax counsel to P&G, and by Coty of a tax opinion from McDermott Will & Emery LLP, special tax counsel to Coty, in each case, to the effect that the Merger will qualify for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a reorganization within the meaning of section 368(a) of the Code. Accordingly, P&G shareholders who exchange their shares of Galleria Company common stock received in the Distribution for shares of Coty common stock generally will, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, recognize no taxable gain or loss in the Merger, except for any taxable gain or loss attributable to the receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares of Coty common stock. The opinions will rely on certain assumptions, including assumptions regarding the absence of changes in existing facts and law and the consummation of the Merger in the manner contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, and representations and covenants made by P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub, including those contained in representation letters of officers of Coty and P&G. If any of those representations, covenants or assumptions is incorrect or inaccurate in any material respect, the opinions may not be relied upon, and the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Merger could differ from those discussed herein. In addition, these opinions are not binding on the IRS or a court, and none of P&G, Galleria Company, Coty or Merger Sub intends to request a ruling from the IRS regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Transactions. Consequently, there can be no certainty that the IRS will not challenge the conclusions reflected in the opinions or that a court would not sustain such a challenge.

For further information concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Transactions, see “The Exchange Offer—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution, the Merger and Related Transactions.”

 



 

- 41 -


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

The following summary historical combined financial data of P&G Beauty Brands, summary historical consolidated financial data of P&G, summary historical consolidated financial data of Coty, summary unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial data of Coty, comparative historical and pro forma per share data of Coty and historical per share data of P&G are being provided to help you in your analysis of the financial aspects of the Transactions. For all periods presented, the summary historical combined financial data of P&G Beauty Brands includes all of the assets and liabilities of P&G Beauty Brands, including the Galleria assets and liabilities, the Divested Brands prior to their disposition and the Excluded Brands. The summary unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial data of Coty and comparative historical and pro forma per share data of Coty have been prepared by Coty for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of what the operating results or financial position of Coty or Galleria Company would have been had the Transactions been completed at the beginning of the periods or on the dates indicated, nor are they necessarily indicative of the results of operations or financial condition that may be expected for any future period or date. You should read this information in conjunction with the financial information included elsewhere and incorporated by reference in this prospectus. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference,” “Information on P&G Beauty Brands,” “Information on P&G,” “Information on Coty” and “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data.”

Summary Historical Combined Financial Data of P&G Beauty Brands

P&G Beauty Brands’ combined balance sheet data presented below as of June 30, 2015 and 2014 and statements of income and cash flows data for the three fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 has been derived from P&G Beauty Brands’ audited combined financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus. P&G Beauty Brands combined balance sheet data presented below as of December 31, 2015 and statement of income data for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 has been derived from P&G Beauty Brands’ unaudited interim combined financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of Galleria Company’s management, such unaudited financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the interim periods. The summary historical combined financial data below is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations or financial condition that may be expected for any future period or date, and the results for the interim period ended December 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full fiscal year. This information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of P&G Beauty Brands” and the financial statements of P&G Beauty Brands and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 



 

- 42 -


Table of Contents

The financial information of P&G Beauty Brands included in this prospectus reflects assumptions and allocations made by P&G. The financial position, results of operations and cash flows of P&G Beauty Brands presented may be different from those that would have resulted had P&G Beauty Brands been operated as a standalone company or been supported as a subsidiary of Coty. The financial information of P&G Beauty Brands also includes results for the Divested Brands for periods prior to the respective dates of divestiture, as well as the Excluded Brands, which will not be transferred to Coty in the Transactions. As a result, the historical financial information of P&G Beauty Brands is not a reliable indicator of future results. See “Risk Factors.”

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,      Six Months Ended
December 31,
 
     2015      2014      2013      2015      2014  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Statement of Income Data:

              

Net sales

   $ 5,518       $ 6,003       $ 6,122       $ 2,623       $ 3,070   

Cost of products sold

     1,875         2,029         2,075         845         1,026   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     3,643         3,974         4,047         1,778         2,044   

Selling, general and administrative expense

     3,228         3,513         3,632         1,450         1,700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     415         461         415         328         344   

Interest expense, net

     —           —           —           4         —     

Other non-operating income, net

     94         —           —           —           8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings before income taxes

     509         461         415         324         352   

Income taxes

     361         152         138         114         111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 148       $ 309       $ 277       $ 210       $ 241   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of June 30,      As of
December 31,
 
     2015      2014      2015  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Balance Sheet Data:

        

Total assets

   $ 6,707       $ 7,695       $ 6,582   

Long-term debt

     —           —           —     

Total equity

     5,107         5,857         4,997   

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended
December 31,
 
     2015      2014     2013     2015      2014  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

            

Cash provided by (used in):

            

Operating activities

   $ 271       $ 462      $ 484      $ 266       $ 227   

Investing activities

     47         (98     (102     (35      (39

Financing activities

     (316      (431     (365     (221      (180

Depreciation and amortization expense

     125         128        128        54         64   

Capital expenditures

     (106      (109     (103     (35      (48

Other Financial Data:

       

EBITDA(1)

   $ 634       $ 589      $ 543      $ 382       $ 416   

 

(1)

EBITDA is a financial measure not prepared in accordance with GAAP and is defined as income before interest expense, interest income, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is not adjusted for restructuring costs. EBITDA is not, and should not, be used as a substitute for net income as determined in accordance with GAAP. P&G and Galleria Company believe EBITDA is frequently used by

 



 

- 43 -


Table of Contents
  securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in the beauty industry. However, EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of P&G Beauty Brands’ results as reported under GAAP. Other companies may calculate EBITDA differently from how EBITDA is calculated for P&G Beauty Brands, limiting its utility as a comparative measure. A reconciliation of EBITDA to net income appears below.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,          Six Months Ended    
December 31,
 
     2015      2014      2013      2015      2014  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Net income

   $ 148       $ 309       $ 277       $ 210       $ 241   

Interest expense

     —           —           —           4         —     

Income taxes

     361         152         138         114         111   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     125         128         128         54         64   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 634       $ 589       $ 543       $ 382       $ 416   

 



 

- 44 -


Table of Contents

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data of P&G

The summary historical consolidated financial data presented below has been derived from, and should be read together with, P&G’s consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes and the related “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections included in P&G’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 26, 2015 to revise P&G’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and P&G’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2015, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2015 and 2014 and consolidated statement of earnings data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 has been derived from P&G’s audited consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2015 and for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 has been derived from P&G’s unaudited consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference into this prospectus. In the opinion of P&G’s management, such unaudited financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the interim periods. The data shown below is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations or financial condition that may be expected for any future period or date, and the results for the interim period ended December 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full fiscal year. To find out where you can obtain copies of P&G’s documents that have been incorporated by reference, see “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference.”

 

    Fiscal Year Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended
December 31,
 
    2015     2014     2013     2015     2014  
    (Dollars in millions, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Earnings Data:

         

Net sales

  $ 70,749      $ 74,401      $ 73,910      $ 33,442      $ 37,266   

Cost of products sold

    37,056        39,030        38,052        16,612        19,292   

Selling, general and administrative expense

    20,616        21,461        22,499        9,209        10,762   

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment charges

    —          —          308        —          —     

Venezuela deconsolidation charge

    2,028        —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    11,049        13,910        13,051        7,621        7,212   

Interest expense

    626        709        668        283        330   

Interest income

    149        99        85        102        65   

Other non-operating income, net

    440        209        940        17        32   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes

    11,012        13,509        13,408        7,457        6,979   

Income taxes on continuing operations

    2,725        2,851        3,062        1,775        1,589   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings from continuing operations

    8,287        10,658        10,346        5,682        5,390   

Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations

    (1,143     1,127        1,056        181        (972
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings

  $ 7,144      $ 11,785      $ 11,402      $ 5,863      $ 4,418   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests

    108        142        90        56        56   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings attributable to P&G

  $ 7,036      $ 11,643      $ 11,312      $ 5,807      $ 4,362   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings margin from continuing operations

    11.7     14.3     14.0     17.0     14.5

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(1)

    13.8     15.0     15.5     20.2     16.6

Basic net earnings per share of P&G common stock:(2)

         

Earnings from continuing operations

  $ 2.92      $ 3.78      $ 3.65      $ 2.02      $ 1.92   

Earnings/(loss) from discontinued operations

    (0.42     0.41        0.39        0.07        (0.36
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net earnings per share of P&G common stock

  $ 2.50      $ 4.19      $ 4.04      $ 2.09      $ 1.56   

Diluted net earnings per share of P&G common stock(2)

         

Earnings from continuing operations

  $ 2.84      $ 3.63      $ 3.50      $ 1.97      $ 1.85   

Earnings/(loss) from discontinued operations

    (0.40     0.38        0.36        0.06        (0.34
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted net earnings per share of P&G common stock

  $ 2.44      $ 4.01      $ 3.86      $ 2.03      $ 1.51   

 



 

- 45 -


Table of Contents

 

(1) For purposes of computing the ratios of earnings to fixed charges, (1) earnings consist of earnings from operations before income taxes after eliminating undistributed earnings of equity method investees plus fixed charges (including capitalized interest) and distributed income of equity investees; and (2) fixed charges consist of interest expense (including capitalized interest) and 1/3 of rental expense.
(2) Basic net earnings per common share and diluted net earnings per common share are calculated on net earnings attributable to P&G.

 

     As of June 30,      As of
December 31,
 
     2015      2014      2015  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Total assets

   $ 129,495       $ 144,266       $ 129,143   

Long-term debt

     18,327         19,807         17,595   

Total stockholders’ equity

     63,050         69,976         62,302   

 



 

- 46 -


Table of Contents

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data of Coty

The summary historical consolidated financial data presented below has been derived from, and should be read together with, Coty’s consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes and the related “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections included in Coty’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and Coty’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2015, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2015 and 2014 and for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 has been derived from Coty’s audited consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2015 and for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 has been derived from Coty’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference into this prospectus. In the opinion of Coty’s management, such unaudited financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the interim periods. The data shown below is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations or financial condition that may be expected for any future period or date, and the results for the interim period ended December 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full fiscal year. To find out where you can obtain copies of Coty’s documents that have been incorporated by reference, see “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference.”

 

    Fiscal Year Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended
December 31,
 
    2015     2014     2013     2015     2014  
    (Dollars in millions, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations:

         

Net revenues

  $ 4,395.2      $ 4,551.6      $ 4,649.1      $ 2,322.8      $ 2,441.9   

Gross profit

    2,638.2        2,685.9        2,788.8        1,411.4        1,450.8   

Acquisition-related costs

    34.1        0.7        8.9        61.3        1.6   

Asset impairment charges

    —          316.9        1.5        5.5        —     

Operating income

    395.1        25.7        394.4        234.1        303.8   

Interest expense, net

    73.0        68.5        76.5        30.6        38.7   

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

    88.8        —          —          3.1        88.8   

Other expense (income), net

    —          1.3        (0.8     23.8        0.3   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    233.3        (44.1     318.7        176.6        176.0   

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

    (26.1     20.1        116.8        (54.1     24.4   

Net income (loss)

    259.4        (64.2     201.9        230.7        151.6   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    15.1        17.8        15.7        9.7        11.1   

Net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

    11.8        15.4        18.2        6.3        4.5   

Net income (loss) attributable to Coty Inc.

    232.5        (97.4     168.0        214.7        136.0   

Per Share Data:

         

Weighted-average common shares:

         

Basic

    353.3        381.7        381.7        352.5        353.8   

Diluted

    362.9        381.7        396.4        362.0        363.5   

Cash dividends declared per common share

  $ 0.20      $ 0.20      $ 0.15      $ 0.25      $ 0.20   

Net income (loss) attributable to Coty Inc. per common share:

         

Basic

  $ 0.66      $ (0.26   $ 0.44      $ 0.61      $ 0.38   

Diluted

    0.64        (0.26     0.42        0.59        0.37   

 



 

- 47 -


Table of Contents
     As of June 30,      As of
December 31,
 
     2015      2014      2015  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Total assets

   $ 6,018.9       $ 6,592.5       $ 6,511.7   

Long-term debt

     2,634.7         3,293.5         3,570.9   

Total equity

     984.7         854.4         419.4   

Summary Unaudited Condensed Combined Pro Forma Financial Data

The summary unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial data presented below is being provided for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of what the operating results or financial position of Coty or P&G Beauty Brands would have been had the Transactions been completed at the beginning of the periods or on the dates indicated, nor are they necessarily indicative of the results of operations or financial condition that may be expected for any future period or date. Coty and P&G Beauty Brands may have performed differently had they actually been combined during the periods presented. See “Risk Factors.”

 

     For the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2015 for pro
forma condensed
combined Coty and
P&G Beauty Business
     For the six months
ended December 31,
2015 for pro forma
condensed combined
Coty and P&G
Beauty Business
 
     (Dollars in millions, except per share data)  

Statement of Income Data:

     

Net sales

   $ 9,243.2       $ 4,647.8   

Gross profit

     5,829.1         2,976.1   

Net income

     34.4         301.5   

Other Data:

     

Net income attributable to Coty Inc. per common share

     

Basic

   $ 0.04       $ 0.39   

Diluted

     0.04         0.39   

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     

Basic

     765.6         764.8   

Diluted

     775.2         774.3   

Financial Position (as of December 31, 2015):

     

Total assets

      $ 23,213.3   

Long-term debt, net

        5,628.3   

Total stockholders’ equity

        12,677.2   

Comparative Historical and Pro Forma Per Share Data

The following tables set forth historical and pro forma per share data for Coty and historical per share data for P&G. The Coty historical data has been derived from, and should be read together with, the audited consolidated financial statements of Coty and the related notes thereto contained in Coty’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 incorporated by reference into this prospectus and the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Coty and the related notes thereto contained in Coty’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2015 incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The Coty pro forma data has been prepared by Coty and derived from the unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial statements of Coty, which gives effect to the completion of Merger and preliminary related acquisition accounting and the application of the net proceeds therefrom. The P&G historical

 



 

- 48 -


Table of Contents

data has been derived from, and should be read together with, the audited consolidated financial statements of P&G and the related notes thereto contained in P&G’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 26, 2015 to revise P&G’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and the unaudited consolidated financial statements of P&G and the related notes thereto contained in P&G’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2015, each of which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference.”

This summary of comparative historical and pro forma per share data is being provided for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results that would have been achieved had the Transactions been completed during the period presented, nor are they necessarily indicative of the results of operations or financial condition that may be expected for any future period or date. Coty and P&G Beauty Brands may have performed differently had the Transactions occurred prior to the period presented. You should not rely on the pro forma per share data presented as being indicative of the results that would have been achieved had Coty and the assets and liabilities of P&G Beauty Brands to be acquired by Coty been combined during the period presented or of the future results of Coty following the Transactions.

The following table presents certain historical and pro forma per share data for Coty:

 

     As of and for the
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2015
     As of and for the
Six Months Ended
December 31, 2015
 
     Historical      Pro
Forma
     Historical      Pro
Forma
 

Coty:

           

Weighted-average common shares:

           

Basic

     353.3         765.6         352.5         764.8   

Diluted

     362.9         775.2         362.0         774.3   

Book value per common share

   $ 2.74          $ 1.15       $ 16.58   

Cash dividends declared per common share

   $ 0.20       $ 0.20       $ 0.25       $ 0.25   

Net income attributable to Coty Inc. per common share:

           

Basic

   $ 0.66       $ 0.04       $ 0.61       $ 0.39   

Diluted

     0.64         0.04         0.59         0.39   

The following table presents certain historical per share data for P&G:

 

     As of and for the
Fiscal Year Ended

June 30, 2015
     As of and for the
Six Months Ended
December 31, 2015
 

P&G:

     

Net earnings:

     

Basic:

     

Earnings from continuing operations

   $ 2.92       $ 2.02   

Earnings/(loss) from discontinued operations

     (0.42      0.07   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic net earnings per share

   $ 2.50       $ 2.09   

Diluted:

     

Earnings from continuing operations

   $ 2.84       $ 1.97   

Earnings/(loss) from discontinued operations

     (0.40      0.06   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted net earnings per share

   $ 2.44       $ 2.03   

Weighted average common stock outstanding (in millions):

     

Basic

     2,711.7         2,719.5   

Diluted

     2,883.6         2,865.8   

Book value per share of common stock

   $ 23.23       $ 23.04   

Cash dividends declared per share of common stock

   $ 2.59       $ 1.33   

 



 

- 49 -


Table of Contents

Historical Market Price and Dividend Data

Historical Market Price

Historical market price data for Galleria Company does not exist as Galleria Company currently is a wholly owned subsidiary of P&G. As such, shares of Galleria Company common stock are not currently listed on a public stock exchange and are not publicly traded. Therefore, no market data is available for Galleria Company.

Shares of P&G common stock are currently traded on the NYSE under the symbol “PG.” On July 8, 2015, the last trading day before the announcement of the Transactions, the last sale price of shares of P&G common stock reported by the NYSE was $80.99. On April 20, 2016, the last sale price of shares of P&G common stock reported by the NYSE was $81.55. The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices of shares of P&G common stock and the dividends declared for the periods indicated. For current price information, P&G shareholders are urged to consult publicly available sources.

 

     P&G Common Stock  
     High      Low      Dividends  

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2014

        

First Quarter

   $ 82.40       $ 73.61       $ 0.6015   

Second Quarter

     85.82         75.20         0.6015   

Third Quarter

     81.70         75.26         0.6015   

Fourth Quarter

     82.98         78.43         0.6436   

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2015

        

First Quarter

   $ 85.40       $ 77.29       $ 0.6436   

Second Quarter

     93.89         81.57         0.6436   

Third Quarter

     91.79         80.81         0.6436   

Fourth Quarter

     84.20         77.10         0.6629   

Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 2016

        

First Quarter

   $ 82.55       $ 65.02       $ 0.6629   

Second Quarter

     81.23         71.29         0.6629   

Third Quarter

     83.87         74.46         0.6629   

Fourth Quarter (through April 20, 2016)

     83.84         81.48         0.6695   

 



 

- 50 -


Table of Contents

Shares of Coty common stock are currently traded on the NYSE under the symbol “COTY.” No public trading market exists for shares of Coty class B common stock. On July 8, 2015, the last trading day before the announcement of the Transactions, the last sale price of shares of Coty common stock reported by the NYSE was $31.52. On April 20, 2016, the last sale price of shares of Coty common stock reported by the NYSE was $29.96. The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices of shares of Coty common stock and the dividends declared for the periods indicated for both Coty common stock and Coty class B common stock. For current price information, Coty stockholders are urged to consult publicly available sources.

 

     Coty Class A Common Stock      Dividends  
             High                      Low              Class A      Class B  

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2014

           

First Quarter

   $ 17.74       $ 14.46       $ 0.20       $ 0.20   

Second Quarter

     16.68         14.63         —           —     

Third Quarter

     15.92         12.83         —           —     

Fourth Quarter

     18.95         14.85         —           —     

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2015

           

First Quarter

   $ 18.47       $ 16.39       $ 0.20       $ 0.20   

Second Quarter

     21.00         15.74         —           —     

Third Quarter

     24.71         18.33         —           —     

Fourth Quarter

     32.62         23.26         —           —     

Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 2016

           

First Quarter

   $ 32.72       $ 24.90       $ 0.25       $ 0.25   

Second Quarter

     30.76         25.17         —           —     

Third Quarter

     29.59         21.48         —           —     

Fourth Quarter (through April 20, 2016)

     30.66         27.59         —           —     

Dividend Policies

P&G has been paying a dividend for 126 consecutive years since its incorporation in 1890 and has increased its dividend for 60 consecutive years at an annual compound average rate of over 9%. Over the past five years, the dividend has increased at an annual compound average rate of 5%. Nevertheless, as in the past, further dividends will be considered after reviewing dividend yields, profitability expectations and financing needs and will be declared at the discretion of P&G’s board of directors.

Coty has no legal or contractual obligation to pay dividends. Coty has been paying an annual dividend, once per year, since Coty’s initial public offering in 2013. The payment of cash dividends in the future will continue to be at the discretion of Coty’s board of directors. The declaration of any cash dividends, and the amount thereof, will depend on many factors, including Coty’s financial condition, capital requirements, funds from operations, the dividend taxation level, Coty’s stock price, future business prospects and any other factors as Coty’s board of directors may deem relevant. Additionally, the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain certain customary restrictions on Coty’s ability to pay dividends. The Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities entered into in connection with the Transactions contains similar restrictions, and other indebtedness Coty may incur in the future may contain similar restrictions.

 



 

- 51 -


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider each of the following risks and all other information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Some of the risks described below relate principally to the separation of Galleria from P&G, while others relate principally to the business and the industry in which Coty, including Galleria, will operate.

You should also refer to the risk factors included in Coty’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 for a discussion of the risks that could adversely affect Coty’s business. These risks are relevant to Coty on a standalone basis and are expected to be risks to the combined company following the completion of the Transactions. The risks described below and incorporated by reference herein may not be the only risks that Coty currently faces or will face after the completion of the Transactions. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known or currently expected to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect Coty’s business and financial condition or the price of Coty common stock following the completion of the Transactions.

Risks Relating to the Transactions

If the Distribution does not qualify as a tax-free transaction under sections 355 or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code or the Merger does not qualify as a tax-free “reorganization” under section 368(a) of the Code, including as a result of actions taken in connection with the Distribution or the Merger or as a result of subsequent acquisitions of P&G, Coty or Galleria Company common stock, then P&G and its shareholders may incur substantial U.S. federal income tax liability, and Coty may have substantial indemnification obligations to P&G under the Tax Matters Agreement.

The completion of the Distribution is conditioned upon P&G’s receipt of a written opinion from Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP, special tax counsel to P&G, to the effect that the (i) Galleria Transfer, taken together with the Distribution, should qualify as a tax-free reorganization pursuant to section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, (ii) Distribution, as such, should qualify as a distribution to P&G shareholders pursuant to section 355 of the Code, and (iii) Merger should not cause section 355(e) of the Code to apply to the Distribution. In addition, the consummation of the Merger is conditioned on the receipt by P&G of a tax opinion from Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP, special tax counsel to P&G, and by Coty of a tax opinion from McDermott Will & Emery LLP, special tax counsel to Coty, in each case, to the effect that the Merger will qualify for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a reorganization within the meaning of section 368(a) of the Code. The opinions will be based on, among other things, certain assumptions and representations as to factual matters and certain covenants made by P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub which, if incorrect or inaccurate in any material respect, could jeopardize the conclusions reached by special tax counsel in their opinions. None of P&G, Galleria Company, Coty or Merger Sub is aware of any facts or circumstances that would cause the assumptions or representations to be relied upon in the above-described tax opinions to be untrue or incomplete in any material respect or that would preclude any of P&G, Galleria Company, Coty or Merger Sub from complying with all applicable covenants. None of P&G, Galleria Company, Coty or Merger Sub intends to waive these conditions. Any change in currently applicable law, which may be retroactive, or the failure of any representation or assumption to be true, correct and complete or any applicable covenant to be satisfied in all material respects, could adversely affect the conclusions reached by counsel. Furthermore, the opinions will not be binding on the IRS or a court, and the IRS or a court may not agree with the opinions. As a result, while it is impossible to determine the likelihood that the IRS or a court could disagree with the conclusions of the above-described opinions, the IRS could assert, and a court could determine, that the Distribution and Merger should be treated as taxable transactions.

If, notwithstanding the receipt of the above-described opinions, the Distribution is determined to be a taxable transaction, each P&G shareholder who receives shares of Galleria Company common stock in the Distribution would generally be treated as recognizing taxable gain equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares of Galleria Company common stock received by the shareholder and its tax basis in

 

- 52 -


Table of Contents

the shares of P&G common stock exchanged therefor and/or, if the exchange offer is completed but is undersubscribed and P&G distributes shares of Galleria Company common stock as a pro rata dividend, receiving a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of the shares of Galleria Company common stock received by the shareholder in such pro rata distribution. Additionally, in such case, P&G would generally recognize taxable gain equal to the excess of the fair market value of the assets transferred to Galleria Company plus liabilities assumed by Galleria Company over P&G’s tax basis in those assets, and this would likely produce substantial income tax adjustments to P&G.

Even if the Galleria Transfer and the Distribution, taken together, were otherwise to qualify as a tax-free transaction under section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, and the Distribution were otherwise to qualify as a distribution to P&G shareholders pursuant to section 355 of the Code, the Distribution would become taxable to P&G (but not P&G shareholders) pursuant to section 355(e) of the Code if a 50% or greater interest (by vote or value) of either P&G or Galleria Company was acquired (including, in the latter case, through the acquisition of Coty stock in or after the Merger), directly or indirectly, by certain persons as part of a plan or series of related transactions that included the Distribution. For this purpose, any acquisitions of shares of P&G common stock, Galleria Company common stock or Coty common stock within the period beginning two years before the Distribution and ending two years after the Distribution are presumed to be part of such a plan, although P&G, Galleria Company or Coty may be able to rebut that presumption. While the Merger will be treated as part of such a plan for purposes of the test, standing alone, it should not cause the Distribution to be taxable to P&G under section 355(e) of the Code because P&G shareholders are expected to hold at least 54%, and in all events will hold more than 52%, of outstanding Coty common stock immediately following the Merger. However, if the IRS were to determine that other acquisitions of shares of P&G common stock, Galleria Company common stock or Coty stock, either before or after the Distribution, were part of a plan or series of related transactions that included the Distribution, that determination could result in the recognition of a taxable gain by P&G. While P&G generally would recognize gain as if it had sold the shares of Galleria Company common stock distributed to P&G shareholders in the Distribution for an amount equal to the fair market value of such stock, P&G has agreed under the Tax Matters Agreement among P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub to make a protective election under section 336(e) of the Code with respect to the Distribution which generally causes a deemed sale of Galleria Company’s assets upon a taxable Distribution. In such case, to the extent that P&G is responsible for the resulting transaction taxes, Coty generally would be required to make periodic payments to P&G equal to the tax savings arising from a “step up” in the tax basis of Galleria Company’s assets as a result of the protective election under section 336(e) of the Code taking effect.

Under the Tax Matters Agreement, the Coty Group would be required to indemnify P&G against tax-related losses ( e.g. , increased taxes, penalties and interest required to be paid by P&G) if the Distribution were taxable to P&G as a result of the acquisition of a 50% or greater interest (by vote or value) in Coty as part of a plan or series of related transactions that included the Distribution, except where such acquisition would not have been taxable but for P&G’s breach of certain provisions described in the Tax Matters Agreement. In addition, the Coty Group would be required to indemnify P&G for any tax liabilities resulting from the failure of the Merger to qualify as a reorganization under section 368(a) of the Code or the failure of the Distribution to qualify as a tax-free reorganization under sections 355 and 368(a) of the Code (including, in each case, failure to so qualify under a similar provision of state or local law) to the extent that such failure is attributable to a breach of certain representations and warranties by Coty or certain actions or omissions of the Coty Group. Tax-related losses attributable both to actions or omissions by the Coty Group, on the one hand, and certain actions or omissions by P&G, on the other hand, would be shared according to the relative fault of Coty and P&G. If the Coty Group is required to indemnify P&G in the event of a taxable Distribution, this indemnification obligation would be substantial and could have a material adverse effect on Coty, including with respect to its financial condition and results of operations. Except as described above, P&G would not be entitled to indemnification under the Tax Matters Agreement with respect to any taxable gain recognized in the Distribution. To the extent that Coty has any liability for any taxes of P&G, Galleria Company or any of their affiliates with respect to the Transactions that do not result from actions or omissions for which the Coty Group is liable as described above, P&G must indemnify Coty for such tax-related losses.

 

- 53 -


Table of Contents

Coty could be adversely affected by significant restrictions following the Transactions in order to avoid tax-related liabilities.

The Tax Matters Agreement will require that Coty and Galleria Company, for a two-year period following the closing of the Merger, generally avoid taking certain actions. These limitations are designed to restrict actions that might cause the Distribution to be treated under section 355(e) of the Code as part of a plan under which a 50% or greater interest (by vote or value) in Coty is acquired or that could otherwise cause the Distribution, Merger and/or certain related transactions to become taxable to P&G. Unless Coty delivers an unqualified opinion of tax counsel reasonably acceptable to P&G, confirming that a proposed action would not cause certain of the Transactions to become taxable, Coty and Galleria Company are each generally prohibited or restricted during the two-year period following the closing of the Merger from:

 

    subject to specified exceptions, issuing stock (or stock equivalents) or recapitalizing, repurchasing, redeeming or otherwise participating in acquisitions of its stock;

 

    amending its certificate of incorporation or other organizational documents to affect the voting rights of its stock;

 

    merging or consolidating with another entity, or liquidating or partially liquidating, except for any merger, consolidation, liquidation or partial liquidation that is disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

    discontinuing, selling, transferring or ceasing to maintain the Galleria Company active business under section 355(b) of the Code;

 

    taking any action that permits a proposed acquisition of Coty stock or Galleria Company stock to occur by means of an agreement to which none of Coty, Galleria Company or their affiliates is a party (including by soliciting a tender offer for Galleria Company stock or Coty stock, participating in or otherwise supporting any unsolicited tender offer for such stock or redeeming rights under a shareholder rights plan with respect to such stock); and

 

    engaging in other actions or transactions that could jeopardize the tax-free status of the Distribution, Merger and/or certain related transactions.

Under the Tax Matters Agreement, Coty and its affiliates would be required to indemnify P&G against tax-related losses ( e.g ., increased taxes, penalties and interest required to be paid by P&G) if the Galleria Transfer, taken together with the Distribution, fails to qualify for tax-free treatment as a result of the direct or indirect acquisition of a 50% or greater interest (by vote or value) in Coty as part of a plan or series of related transactions that included the Distribution, except where such acquisition would not have been taxable but for P&G’s breach of certain provisions described in the Tax Matters Agreement.

Due to these restrictions and indemnification obligations under the Tax Matters Agreement, many strategic alternatives may be unavailable to Coty during the two-year period following the consummation of the Merger, which could have a material adverse effect on Coty’s liquidity and financial condition. Coty may be limited during this period in its ability to pursue strategic transactions, equity or convertible debt financings or other transactions that may maximize the value of Coty’s business and that may otherwise be in Coty’s best interests. Also, Coty’s potential indemnity obligation to P&G might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control transaction of Coty during this two-year period that Coty stockholders may consider favorable to its ability to pursue strategic alternatives.

Sales of shares of Coty common stock after the Transactions may negatively affect the market price of Coty common stock.

The shares of Coty common stock issued in the Merger to holders of shares of Galleria Company common stock will generally be eligible for immediate resale. The market price of Coty common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of Coty common stock in the market after the completion of the Transactions or even the perception that these sales could occur.

 

- 54 -


Table of Contents

It is expected that immediately after the completion of the Transactions, P&G shareholders or former P&G shareholders will hold approximately 54% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock and Coty’s existing stockholders will hold approximately 46% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock.

Currently, P&G shareholders include index funds that have performance tied to the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index, the Dow Jones Industrial Average or other stock indices, and institutional investors subject to various investing guidelines. Because Coty may not be included in these indices following completion of the Transactions or may not meet the investing guidelines of some of these institutional investors, these index funds and institutional investors may decide not to participate in the exchange offer, or, if the exchange offer is not fully subscribed, may decide to or may be required to sell the shares of Coty common stock that they receive in any subsequent pro rata distribution of the Remaining Shares following completion of an exchange offer. Alternatively, the index funds and institutional investors may participate in the exchange offer and may decide to or may be required to sell the shares of Coty common stock that they receive in the Merger. In addition, the investment fiduciaries of P&G’s defined contribution plans may decide to sell any Coty common stock that the trusts receive in the Transactions, or not participate in the exchange offer, in response to fiduciary obligations under applicable law. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, could negatively affect the market price of Coty common stock and may make it more difficult for Coty to obtain additional capital by selling equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that it deems appropriate.

The calculation of the merger consideration will not be adjusted if there is a change in the value of P&G Beauty Brands or its assets or the value of Coty before the Merger is completed.

The calculation of the number of shares of Coty common stock to be distributed in the Merger will not be adjusted if there is a change in the value of P&G Beauty Brands or its assets or the value of Coty prior to the consummation of the Merger. While Coty will not be required to consummate the Merger if there has been any “material adverse effect” (as this term is described in “The Transaction Agreement—Representations and Warranties”) on P&G Beauty Brands, Coty will not be permitted to terminate the Transaction Agreement because of the occurrence of events that do not fall within this definition, including changes in the market price of Coty common stock or changes in the value of P&G Beauty Brands that do not otherwise constitute a material adverse effect on P&G Beauty Brands.

The Transactions may not be completed on the terms or timeline currently contemplated, or at all.

The completion of the Transactions is subject to numerous conditions, including (1) the receipt of regulatory approvals in certain jurisdictions, (2) the completion of the Separation and Distribution, (3) the satisfaction of the Minimum Condition or the Revised Minimum Condition, as applicable, (4) the conversion of all outstanding shares of Coty’s class B common stock into shares of Coty common stock, (5) the receipt of written tax opinions from special tax counsel to P&G and special tax counsel to Coty, and (6) other customary conditions. See “The Transaction Agreement—Conditions to the Transactions” and “The Exchange Offer—Conditions for Completion of the Exchange Offer.” There is no assurance that the Transactions will be completed on the terms or timeline currently contemplated, or at all. P&G and Coty have expended and will continue to expend significant management time and resources and have incurred and will continue to incur significant expenses due to legal, advisory and financial services fees related to the Transactions. These expenses must be paid regardless of whether the Transactions are completed.

Governmental agencies may not approve the Merger or the related transactions necessary to consummate the Merger or may impose conditions to the approval of such transactions or require changes to the terms of such transactions. Any such conditions or changes could have the effect of delaying completion of the Transactions, imposing costs on or limiting the revenues of the combined company following the Transactions or otherwise reducing the anticipated benefits of the Transactions.

 

- 55 -


Table of Contents

Failure to complete the Transactions could materially and adversely impact the market price of Coty common stock as well as Coty’s business, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

If the Transactions are not completed for any reason, the price of Coty common stock may decline significantly. In addition, Coty is subject to additional risks, including, among others:

 

    substantial costs related to the Transactions, such as advisory, legal, accounting, integration and other professional fees and regulatory filing and financial printing fees, which must be paid regardless of whether the Transactions are completed; and

 

    potential disruption of the business of Coty and distraction of its workforce and management team.

The historical financial information of P&G Beauty Brands includes the results from certain brands that will not be transferred to Coty and may not be representative of P&G Beauty Brands’ results if it had been operated independently of P&G and, as a result, may not be a reliable indicator of Galleria’s future results.

P&G Beauty Brands is currently operated as four distinct product categories of P&G, all of which have historically been part of P&G’s Beauty reportable segment. Consequently, the historical financial information of P&G Beauty Brands included in this prospectus reflects all direct costs as well as assumptions and allocations made by P&G. While the historical financial information of P&G Beauty Brands includes results from each of the fine fragrance brands owned or licensed by P&G during the applicable periods or at the applicable dates, the Excluded Brands (the Dolce & Gabbana and Christina Aguilera fragrance licenses) will not be transferred to Coty in the Transactions as P&G and Coty have not obtained the requisite licensor consents for such a transfer. The historical financial information of P&G Beauty Brands also includes results for the Divested Brands for periods prior to the respective dates of disposition. Activities related to the Excluded Brands and the Divested Brands collectively accounted for $670.0 million of P&G Beauty Brands’ net sales and reduced P&G Beauty Brands’ net income by $17.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015. Coty anticipates a negative impact to the profitability of the Galleria business as a result of excluding the Excluded Brands because certain Fine Fragrance divisional costs in the Excluded Brands results will transfer with the Galleria business as a part of the Merger.

In addition, the historical financial position, results of operations and cash flows of P&G Beauty Brands presented in this prospectus may be different from those that would have resulted had P&G Beauty Brands been operated independently of P&G or by a company other than P&G during the applicable periods or at the applicable dates. For example, in preparing P&G Beauty Brands financial statements, P&G made allocations of costs and P&G corporate expenses that were deemed to be attributable to P&G Beauty Brands. However, these costs and expenses reflect the costs and expenses attributable to P&G Beauty Brands operated as part of a larger organization and do not reflect costs and expenses that would be incurred by P&G Beauty Brands had it been operated independently and may not reflect costs and expenses that would have been incurred had P&G Beauty Brands been supported as a subsidiary of Coty.

As a result of the foregoing, the historical financial information of P&G Beauty Brands may not be a reliable indicator of Galleria’s future results.

The unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial statements of Coty and P&G Beauty Brands are not intended to reflect what actual results of operations and financial condition would have been had Coty and Galleria Company been a combined company for the periods presented, and therefore these results may not be indicative of Coty’s future operating performance.

Because Coty will acquire Galleria only upon completion of the Transactions, there is no available historical financial information that consolidates the financial results for Coty and Galleria. The historical financial statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus consist of the separate financial statements of P&G, P&G Beauty Brands and Coty.

The unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial statements presented in this prospectus are for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to, and do not purport to, represent what Coty’s actual results or

 

- 56 -


Table of Contents

financial condition would have been if the Transactions had occurred on the relevant date. In addition, such unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial statements are based in part on certain assumptions regarding the Transactions, including the amounts to be incurred under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities in the Recapitalization, that Coty believes are reasonable. These assumptions, however, are only preliminary and will be updated only after the completion of the Transactions. The unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial statements have been prepared using the acquisition method of accounting, with Coty considered the acquirer of P&G Beauty Brands. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the purchase price is allocated to the underlying tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values with any excess purchase price allocated to goodwill. The pro forma purchase price allocation was based on an estimate of the fair values of the tangible and intangible assets and liabilities of P&G Beauty Brands. In arriving at the estimated fair values, Coty has considered preliminary reports of independent consultants which were based on a preliminary and limited review of the assets and liabilities related to P&G Beauty Brands. Following the effective date of the Merger, Coty expects to complete the purchase price allocation after considering the fair value of P&G Beauty Brands’ assets and liabilities at the level of detail necessary to finalize the required purchase price allocation. The final purchase price allocation may be different than that reflected in the pro forma purchase price allocation presented herein, and this difference may be material. If the portion of the purchase price allocated to goodwill differs in any material respect from the pro forma purchase price allocation, Coty’s earnings may be impacted.

The unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial statements do not reflect all of the costs of integration activities or transaction-related costs or incremental capital spending that Coty management believes are necessary to realize the anticipated synergies from the Transactions, nor do they reflect all of the anticipated benefit from those synergies. Accordingly, the pro forma financial information included in this prospectus does not reflect what Coty’s results of operations or operating condition would have been had Coty and P&G Beauty Brands been a consolidated entity during all periods presented, or what Coty’s results of operations and financial condition will be in the future.

Tendering P&G shareholders may receive a reduced premium or may not receive any premium in the exchange offer.

The exchange offer is designed to permit the exchange of shares of P&G common stock for shares of Galleria Company common stock at a discount of approximately      %, calculated as set forth in this prospectus, to the per-share equivalent value of Coty common stock. Stated another way, for each $1.00 of your shares of P&G common stock accepted in the exchange offer, you will receive approximately $          of shares of Galleria Company common stock. The value of the shares of P&G common stock will be based on the Average P&G Stock Price and the value of Galleria Company common stock will be based on the Average Coty Stock Price.

The number of shares a tendering P&G shareholder can receive is, however, subject to an upper limit of              shares of Galleria Company common stock for each share of P&G common stock accepted for exchange in the exchange offer. As a result, you may receive less than $          of shares of Galleria Company common stock for each $1.00 of shares of P&G common stock, depending on the Average P&G Stock Price and the Average Coty Stock Price. Because of the limit on the number of shares of Galleria Company common stock you may receive in the exchange offer, if there is a drop of sufficient magnitude in the trading price for Coty common stock relative to the trading price for P&G common stock, or if there is an increase of sufficient magnitude in the trading price for P&G common stock relative to the trading price for Coty common stock, you may not receive $          of shares of Galleria Company common stock for each $1.00 of shares of P&G common stock, and could receive much less.

In addition, there is no assurance that holders of shares of P&G common stock that are exchanged for shares of Galleria Company common stock in the exchange offer will be able to sell the shares of Coty common stock after receipt in the Merger at prices comparable to the Average Coty Stock Price.

 

- 57 -


Table of Contents

There may also be circumstances under which you would receive fewer shares of Galleria Company common stock, and therefore effectively fewer shares of Coty common stock, than you would have received if the exchange ratio were determined using the closing prices for P&G common stock and Coty common stock on the Expiration Date.

If the trading price for P&G common stock were to increase during the last two trading days of the exchange offer period, the Average P&G Stock Price would likely be lower than the closing price for P&G common stock on the Expiration Date. As a result, you may receive fewer shares of Galleria Company common stock, and therefore effectively fewer shares of Coty common stock, for each $1.00 of shares of P&G common stock than you would have if the Average P&G Stock Price were calculated on the basis of the closing price of P&G common stock on the Expiration Date or on the basis of an Averaging Period that includes the last two trading days of the exchange offer period. Similarly, if the trading price for Coty common stock were to decrease during the last two trading days of the exchange offer period, the Average Coty Stock Price would likely be higher than the closing price for Coty common stock on the Expiration Date. Coty’s smaller market capitalization and fewer number of stockholders as compared to P&G may contribute to greater stock price volatility. Any decrease in the trading price for Coty common stock as described above could result in your receiving fewer shares of Galleria Company common stock, and therefore effectively fewer shares of Coty common stock, for each $1.00 of shares of P&G common stock than you would otherwise receive if the Average Coty Stock Price were calculated on the basis of the closing price for Coty common stock on the Expiration Date or on the basis of an Averaging Period that includes the last two trading days of the exchange offer period.

The trading prices for Coty common stock may not be an appropriate proxy for the prices of shares of Galleria Company common stock.

The calculated per-share value of Galleria Company common stock for purposes of the exchange offer is based on the trading prices for Coty common stock, which may not be an appropriate proxy for the prices of shares of Galleria Company common stock. There is currently no trading market for shares of Galleria Company common stock and no such market will be established in the future. As promptly as practicable following the completion of the Distribution, Merger Sub will be merged with and into Galleria Company, with Galleria Company surviving the Merger and becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty. In the Merger, each outstanding share of Galleria Company common stock will be converted automatically into the right to receive one share of Coty common stock. However, there can be no assurance that shares of Coty common stock after the issuance of shares of Galleria Company common stock and the Merger will trade on the same basis as shares of Coty common stock traded prior to the completion of the Transactions. In addition, it is possible that the trading prices for Coty common stock prior to the consummation of the Merger will not fully reflect the anticipated value of shares of Coty common stock after the Merger. For example, trading prices for Coty common stock during the Averaging Period could reflect some uncertainty as to the timing or consummation of the Merger or could reflect trading activity by investors seeking to profit from market arbitrage.

Following the conversion of shares of Galleria Company common stock into shares of Coty common stock in connection with the Merger, the former holders of shares of Galleria Company common stock may experience a delay before receiving their shares of Coty common stock or their cash in lieu of fractional shares, if any.

Following the conversion of shares of Galleria Company common stock into shares of Coty common stock, the former holders of shares of Galleria Company common stock will receive their shares of Coty common stock or their cash in lieu of fractional shares, if any, only upon surrender of all necessary documents, duly executed, to the transfer agent. Until the distribution of the shares of Coty common stock to the individual shareholder has been completed, the relevant holder of shares of Coty common stock may not be able to sell its shares of Coty common stock. Consequently, if the market price for Coty common stock decreases during that period, the relevant shareholder may not be able to avoid losses by selling its shares of Coty common stock. Further, regardless of the price of Coty common stock, the relevant shareholder may not be able to raise cash by selling its shares of Coty common stock. Similarly, the former holders of shares of Galleria Company common stock

 

- 58 -


Table of Contents

who received cash in lieu of fractional shares will not be able to invest the cash until the distribution to the relevant shareholder has been completed, and they will not receive interest payments for that time period.

P&G shareholders’ investment will be subject to different risks after the exchange offer, regardless of whether they elect to participate in the exchange offer.

P&G shareholders’ investment will be subject to different risks if the exchange offer is completed.

 

    If P&G shareholders exchange all of their shares of P&G common stock and the exchange offer is not oversubscribed, then they will no longer have an interest in P&G, but instead they will directly own an interest in Coty. As a result, their investment will be subject exclusively to risks associated with Coty and not risks associated solely with P&G. Coty’s business is less diversified than that of P&G and Coty’s market capitalization is not as large as that of P&G. Accordingly, Coty’s business may be more susceptible to the risks associated with the beauty business. Coty’s smaller market capitalization may also subject its stockholders to greater stock price volatility as compared to the volatility generally experienced by P&G shareholders.

 

    If P&G shareholders exchange all of their shares of P&G common stock and the exchange offer is oversubscribed, then the exchange offer will be subject to the proration procedures described under “The Transactions” and, unless their odd-lot tender is not subject to proration, P&G shareholders will own an interest in both P&G and Coty. As a result, their investment will continue to be subject to risks associated with both P&G and Coty.

 

    If P&G shareholders exchange some, but not all, of their shares of P&G common stock, then regardless of whether the exchange offer is fully subscribed, the number of shares of P&G common stock they own will decrease, while the number of shares of Galleria Company common stock, and therefore effectively shares of Coty common stock, they own will increase. As a result, their investment will continue to be subject to risks associated with both P&G and Coty.

 

    If P&G shareholders do not exchange any of their shares of P&G common stock and the exchange offer is fully subscribed, then their interest in P&G will increase on a percentage basis, while their indirect ownership in Galleria Company will be eliminated. As a result, their investment will be subject exclusively to risks associated with P&G and not risks associated solely with Galleria Company because P&G will no longer have an investment in Galleria Company. P&G Beauty Brands accounted for 7.2% of P&G’s net sales in fiscal 2015. Following completion of the Transactions, P&G Beauty Brands (other than the Excluded Brands) will no longer be owned by P&G.

 

    If P&G shareholders remain shareholders of P&G following the completion of the exchange offer and the exchange offer is not fully subscribed, then they may receive shares of Coty common stock after the distribution of the subsequent pro rata dividend described under “The Transactions” (although they may instead receive only cash in lieu of a fractional share). As a result, their investment may be subject to risks associated with both P&G and Coty.

Whether or not P&G shareholders tender their shares of P&G common stock, the shares they then hold after the completion of the exchange offer will reflect a different investment from the investment they previously held as a result of the Transactions.

Coty expects to incur significant one-time costs associated with the Transactions that could affect the period-to-period operating results of Coty following the completion of the Transactions.

At the time of announcement of the Transactions in July 2015, Coty anticipated that it would incur one-time charges of an aggregate of approximately $500 million and one-time capital expenditures of approximately $400 million as a result of costs associated with the Transactions. While Coty continues to refine its estimates and will not be able to quantify the exact amounts of the one-time charges or the one-time capital expenditures, or the period or periods in which they will be incurred, until after the Transactions are completed, Coty currently

 

- 59 -


Table of Contents

expects that the one-time charges, one-time capital expenditures and resulting savings may be higher than the previously announced amounts. Some of the factors affecting the costs associated with the Transactions include the timing of the completion of the Transactions, the resources required in integrating Galleria with Coty’s existing businesses and the length of time during which transition services are provided to Coty by P&G. The amount and timing of this charge could adversely affect Coty’s liquidity, cash flows and period-to-period operating results, which could result in a reduction in the market price of shares of Coty common stock.

Any delay in completing the Transactions may reduce or eliminate the benefits that Coty expects to achieve.

The Transactions are subject to a number of conditions beyond P&G’s and Coty’s control that may prevent, delay or otherwise materially adversely affect the completion of the Transactions. P&G and Coty cannot predict whether and when these conditions will be satisfied. Any delay in completing the Transactions could cause the combined company not to realize some or all of the synergies that P&G and Coty expect to achieve if the Transactions are successfully completed within the expected time frame.

The opinions obtained by Coty’s board of directors from its financial advisors do not and will not reflect changes in circumstances after the date of such opinions.

On July 8, 2015, Morgan Stanley and Barclays each delivered an opinion to Coty’s board of directors that, as of July 8, 2015, based on and subject to the various assumptions, procedures, matters, qualifications and limitations on the scope of the review undertaken by each of Morgan Stanley and Barclays as set forth in their respective written opinions, the exchange ratio pursuant to the Transaction Agreement was fair from a financial point of view to Coty. Changes in the operations and prospects of P&G, P&G Beauty Brands or Coty, general market and economic conditions and other factors that may be beyond the control of P&G and Coty, and on which the opinions of Morgan Stanley and Barclays were based, may alter the value of P&G, P&G Beauty Brands or Coty or the prices of shares of P&G common stock or Coty common stock by the time the Transactions are completed. Coty has not obtained, and does not expect to request, updated opinions from its financial advisors. Neither Morgan Stanley’s nor Barclays’ opinion speaks to the time when the Transactions will be completed or to any date other than the date of such opinion. As a result, the opinions do not and will not address the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the exchange ratio pursuant to the Transaction Agreement at any time other than July 8, 2015.

In preparing their respective opinions delivered to Coty’s board of directors on July 8, 2015, each of Morgan Stanley and Barclays assumed that all relevant licenses of P&G Beauty Brands, including the Excluded Brands, would transfer with Galleria Company to Coty. However, the assets and liabilities transferred by P&G and assumed by Galleria Company will exclude those relating to the Excluded Brands. At the request of the management of Coty and based on specific projections provided by the management of Coty, the financial advisors performed, for illustrative purposes only, a sensitivity analysis to illustrate the impact of potential deviations from the assumption that all relevant licenses of P&G Beauty Brands, including the Excluded Brands, transfer with Galleria Company to Coty. This analysis did not, nor was it intended to, correspond to an analysis of the Excluded Brands not transferring with Galleria Company. For further information regarding the financial effect of the Excluded Brands not transferring with Galleria Company, see the sections of this prospectus entitled “The Transaction Agreement—Recapitalization,” “—The Parties to the Transactions—Galleria Co.” and “Information on P&G Beauty Brands—Overview.” At the direction of Coty, the financial advisors further assumed that, in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement, the Coty stockholders would own 48% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock immediately following the acquisition of Galleria Company. However, in connection with subsequent share repurchases by Coty, P&G and Coty agreed that such repurchased shares would be treated as if they remained outstanding for purposes of the Transaction Agreement by modifying the definition of “fully diluted basis” within the Transaction Agreement, although such shares would not be included in a comparable GAAP measure or otherwise reflected in “fully diluted” as that term is otherwise used in this prospectus and defined under “Helpful Information.” As a result, existing Coty stockholders are currently expected to own approximately 46% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock as that term is otherwise used in this prospectus and defined under “Helpful Information.”

 

- 60 -


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Coty, Including Galleria After the Transactions

The following discussion supplements and, where applicable, updates the discussion of risk factors that could adversely affect Coty’s business included in Coty’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015. Those risks are relevant to Coty on a standalone basis and are expected to be risks to the combined company following the Transactions.

The integration of Galleria with Coty may not be successful or anticipated benefits from the Transactions may not be realized.

After completion of the Transactions, Coty will have significantly more sales, assets and employees than it did prior to the Transactions. The integration process will require Coty to expand the scope of its operations and financial, accounting and control systems. Coty’s management will be required to devote a substantial amount of time and attention to the process of integrating Galleria with Coty’s business operations. The integration process is often difficult and management involvement is inherent in that process. These difficulties include:

 

    integrating the operations of Galleria while carrying on the ongoing operations of Coty’s business;

 

    managing a significantly larger company than before the Transactions;

 

    coordinating businesses located in new geographic regions, including significantly increased international operations;

 

    operating a hair color business, which is a new category in the beauty industry for Coty;

 

    operating nine additional large manufacturing facilities in the United States, Germany, Thailand, Mexico, Russia and the United Kingdom;

 

    maintaining and protecting the competitive advantages of Galleria, including the trade secrets, know-how and intellectual property related to its production processes;

 

    integrating business cultures and processes;

 

    retaining personnel associated with Galleria;

 

    implementing a new system for the distribution and sale of Galleria products to replace the P&G direct sales force, and integrating that system with Coty’s current sales and distribution organization;

 

    implementing uniform standards, controls, procedures, policies and information systems and minimizing costs associated with such matters; and

 

    integrating information, purchasing, accounting, finance, sales, billing, payroll and regulatory compliance systems.

Coty may not be able to successfully or cost-effectively integrate Galleria. The process of integrating Galleria into Coty’s operations may cause an interruption of, or loss of momentum in, the activities of Galleria’s or Coty’s businesses. If Coty management is not able to effectively manage the integration process, or if any significant business activities are interrupted as a result of the integration process, Coty’s business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

The combined company may not achieve some or any of the synergies that Coty expects to achieve if the Transactions are successfully completed. Even if Coty is able to combine the two business operations, it may not be possible to realize the full benefits, including increased sales volume, that Coty currently expects to result from the Transactions, or to realize those benefits within the time frame that is currently expected. For example, the elimination of duplicative costs may not be possible or may take longer than anticipated, or the benefits from the Transactions may be offset by unanticipated costs or integration delays. In addition, the benefits of the Transactions may be offset by increased operating costs relating to changes in commodity or energy prices, increased competition or other risks and uncertainties. If Coty fails to realize the benefits it anticipates from the Transactions, Coty’s results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

- 61 -


Table of Contents

Coty may be unable to provide the same types and level of benefits and services or access to equivalent financial strength and resources to Galleria Company that historically have been provided to P&G Beauty Brands by P&G or may be unable to provide them at the same cost.

As part of P&G’s Beauty reportable segment, P&G Beauty Brands has been able to receive benefits and services from P&G and has been able to benefit from P&G’s financial strength and extensive business relationships. After the completion of the Transactions, Galleria, which includes the assets and liabilities of the P&G Beauty Brands other than those exclusively relating to the Excluded Brands, will be owned by Coty and will no longer benefit from P&G’s resources. While Coty will enter into separation-related agreements under which P&G will agree to provide certain transition and site-related services for a maximum period (including permitted extensions) of up to 12 months following the Distribution, it cannot be assured that Coty will be able to adequately replace those resources or replace them at the same cost. If Coty is unable to replace the resources provided by P&G or is unable to replace them at the same cost or is delayed in replacing the resources provided by P&G, Coty’s business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

If the operating results for Galleria following the Transactions are below Coty’s expectations, Coty may not achieve the increases in revenues and net earnings that Coty expects as a result of the Transactions.

Coty has projected that it will derive a significant portion of its revenues and net earnings from the operations of Galleria after the Transactions. Therefore, any negative impact on those business operations could harm Coty’s operating results. Some of the significant factors that could harm the operations of Galleria, and therefore harm the future combined operating results of Coty after the Transactions, include:

 

    increases in raw materials, energy and packaging costs for Galleria, including the cost of essential oils, alcohol and specialty chemicals;

 

    more intense competitive pressure from existing or new companies;

 

    difficulties meeting demand for Galleria products;

 

    fluctuations in the exchange rates in the jurisdictions in which the combined company operates;

 

    increases in promotional costs for Galleria; and

 

    a decline in the markets served by Galleria.

The Transactions will expose Coty to risks inherent in the hair color business, and risks inherent in those geographies where Galleria currently operates.

If consummated successfully, the Transactions would create one of the world’s largest beauty companies and would represent a significant transformation of Coty’s existing business. Upon completion of the Transactions, Coty would be subject to a variety of risks associated with the hair color business, in addition to those Coty already faces in the fragrance, color cosmetics and skin and body care. These risks include changes in consumer preferences, volatility in the prices of raw materials, consumer perceptions of the brands, competition in the retail market and other risks. In addition, Coty will be exposed to risks inherent in operating in geographies in which Coty has not operated in or has been less present in the past.

Coty may be unable to manage its growth effectively, which would harm its business, results of operations and financial condition.

Following the Transactions, Coty plans to invest in Galleria to grow and leverage its increased scale to benefit its entire beauty portfolio. Coty’s growth strategy, including its strategy with respect to Galleria, may place a strain on its management team, information systems, labor, manufacturing and distribution capacity. P&G Beauty Brands has experienced in the past, and Galleria may experience in the future, manufacturing capacity constraints, particularly in periods where customer demand exceeds management’s expectations. Coty may determine that it is necessary to invest substantial capital in order to secure additional manufacturing and distribution capacity to accommodate the expected growth of its business. There may also be a delay between

 

- 62 -


Table of Contents

Coty’s decision to invest in its manufacturing and distribution capacity and the time when such capacity is available for use. If Coty does not make, or is unable to make, the necessary expenditures to accommodate its future growth, or if a significant amount of time passes between Coty’s decision to invest and the time in which such capacity is available for use, it may not be successful in executing its growth strategy. If Coty is unable to effectively address any future capacity constraints within its business, or otherwise manage its future growth, its business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

Changes in relationships between Galleria and its brand licensors, or failure to maintain those relationships, following the Transactions could have a material adverse effect on Coty.

The rights to market and sell certain fine fragrance brands are derived from licenses from unaffiliated third parties and its business is dependent upon the continuation and renewal of those licenses on favorable terms. As of June 30, 2015, P&G Beauty Brands maintained 12 brand license agreements, which collectively accounted for 36% of its net sales in fiscal 2015. With the exception of the Excluded Brands, P&G and Coty have obtained the consent of brand licensors, to the extent required in connection with the Transactions, for the transfer of the applicable brand licenses from P&G Beauty Brands to Coty in the Transactions. Notwithstanding, these brand licensors may reduce the scope of their relationship with Galleria in anticipation of the Transactions or with Coty following completion of the Transactions. Any such reduction, or Coty’s inability to renew a brand license agreement upon favorable terms or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on Coty’s business, financial condition and results of operations following the Transactions and could limit Coty’s ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of the Transactions.

Coty relies on brand licensors to manage and maintain their brands, and there is no guarantee that the licensors will maintain their celebrity status or positive association among the consumer public.

Coty, including Galleria following completion of the Transactions, relies on its brand licensors to manage and maintain their brands. Many of these brand licenses are with celebrities whose public personae Coty believes are in line with its current business strategy. Since Coty does not maintain control over such celebrities’ brand and image, however, they are subject to change at any time without notice, and there can be no assurance that these celebrity licensors will maintain the appropriate celebrity status or positive association among the consumer public to maintain sales of products bearing their names and likeness at the projected sales levels. As a result of the Transactions, such brand licensors may wish to renegotiate or terminate their agreements given management change. Similarly, since Coty is not responsible for the brand or image of its designer licensors, sales of related products or projected sales of related products could suffer if the designer suffers a general decline in the popularity of its brands due to mismanagement, changes in fashion or consumer preferences, or other factors beyond the control of Coty.

The success of Coty is also partially dependent on the reputation of their respective brand licensors and the goodwill associated with their intellectual property. These licensors’ reputation or goodwill may be harmed due to factors outside Coty’s control, which could have a material adverse effect on Coty’s business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, in the event that any of these licensors were to enter bankruptcy proceedings, Coty could lose its rights to use the intellectual property that the applicable licensors license Coty to use.

Coty’s brand licenses may be terminated if specified conditions are not met.

Coty’s and Galleria’s existing brand licenses run for varying periods with varying renewal options and may be terminated if certain conditions, such as royalty payments, are not met. These brand licenses impose various obligations on Coty and Galleria which Coty believes are common to many licensing relationships in the beauty industry. These obligations include:

 

    maintaining the quality of the licensed product and the applicable trademarks;

 

    permitting the licensor’s involvement in and, in some cases, approval of advertising, packaging and marketing plans;

 

- 63 -


Table of Contents
    paying royalties at minimum levels and/or maintaining minimum sales levels;

 

    promoting the sales of the licensed product actively;

 

    spending a certain amount of net sales on marketing and advertising for the licensed product;

 

    maintaining the integrity of the specified distribution channel for the licensed product;

 

    expanding the sales of the product and/or the jurisdictions in which the product is sold;

 

    agreeing not to enter into licensing arrangements with specified competitors;

 

    indemnifying the licensor in the event of product liability or other claims related to Coty’s or Galleria’s products;

 

    limiting assignment and sub-licensing to third parties without the licensor’s consent; and

 

    requiring, in some cases, notice to the licensor or its approval of certain changes in control.

If, following the Transactions, Coty breaches any of these obligations or any other obligations set forth in any of these brand license agreements, Coty’s rights under the applicable brand license agreements could be terminated, which could have a material adverse effect on Coty’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Coty expects to guarantee a significant amount of debt as a result of the Transactions.

At the completion of the Transactions, to the extent the requirements of the Transaction Agreement are satisfied, Coty will guarantee Galleria Company’s obligations under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Galleria Company’s obligations are contractually agreed to be $2.9 billion, but are subject to specified adjustments, which may result in the incurred amount being higher. The terms of this debt, as well as the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities, will permit Coty to incur a substantial amount of additional indebtedness, including secured debt.

Coty’s ability to make scheduled payments under, or to refinance, its indebtedness depends on its financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to specified financial, business and other factors beyond Coty’s control. Coty may not be able to maintain a level of cash flow from operations sufficient to permit it to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on its indebtedness. If Coty’s cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund its debt service obligations, Coty may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets or operations, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance its indebtedness. Coty may not be able to take any of these actions, and these actions may not be successful or permit it to meet its scheduled debt service obligations and these actions may not be permitted under the terms of its existing or future debt agreements. In the absence of such operating results and resources, Coty could face liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet its debt service and other obligations. Since Coty’s debt agreements restrict its ability to dispose of assets, it may not be able to consummate such dispositions, and this could result in its inability to meet its debt service obligations.

In addition, this indebtedness could have other important consequences, including:

 

    increasing Coty’s vulnerability to adverse economic, industry or competitive developments;

 

    exposing Coty to the risk of increased interest rates to the extent that its indebtedness bears interest at variable rates;

 

    making it more difficult to satisfy obligations with respect to Coty’s indebtedness, and any failure to comply with the obligations of any of its debt instruments, including restrictive covenants and borrowing conditions, could result in an event of default under the agreements governing the indebtedness;

 

- 64 -


Table of Contents
    restricting Coty from making strategic acquisitions or causing it to make non-strategic divestitures;

 

    limiting Coty’s ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and

 

    placing Coty at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors who are less highly leveraged and who therefore, may be able to take advantage of opportunities that its leverage prevents it from pursuing.

If new debt is added to Coty’s and its subsidiaries’ existing debt levels, the related risks that it now faces would increase.

Coty’s debt facilities following completion of the Transactions will require Coty to continue to comply with specified financial covenants that may restrict its current and future operations and limit Coty’s flexibility and ability to respond to changes or take certain actions.

Coty remains dependent upon others for its financing needs, and Coty’s debt agreements currently contain, and will contain following the closing of the Transactions, restrictive covenants. The Coty Credit Agreement governing the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities contains, and following the Transactions the Galleria Credit Agreement governing the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities will contain, covenants requiring Coty to maintain specific financial ratios and contain certain restrictions on Coty with respect to guarantees, liens, sales of certain assets, consolidations and mergers, affiliate transactions, indebtedness, dividends and other distributions and changes of control. There is a risk that these covenants could constrain execution of Coty’s business strategy and growth plans following the Transactions, including acquisitions. Should Coty decide to pursue an acquisition that requires financing that would violate Coty’s debt covenants, refusal of Coty’s lenders to permit waivers or amendments to Coty’s covenants could delay or prevent consummation of Coty’s plans. The Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities will expire in 2022 and the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities will expire seven years after the Galleria Financing Closing Date. There is no assurance that alternative financing or financing on as favorable terms will be found when these facilities expire.

 

- 65 -


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT ON FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the information incorporated by reference into this prospectus, contains forward-looking statements, such as projected operating results, earnings and cash flows, that are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by those forward-looking statements.

These forward-looking statements reflect P&G’s, Galleria Company’s and Coty’s current views with respect to, among other things, operations and financial performance. All statements in this prospectus that are not historical facts, including statements about P&G’s, Galleria Company’s and Coty’s beliefs or expectations, are forward-looking statements. Words or phrases such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” “foresee,” “forecast,” “will,” “may,” “outlook,” “target” or other similar words or phrases used in connection with any discussion of future plans, actions or events, including with respect to the Transactions, generally identify forward-looking statements.

You should understand that the risks, uncertainties, factors and assumptions listed and discussed in this prospectus, including the following important factors and assumptions, could affect the future results of Coty following the Transactions and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

    the effect of general economic conditions;

 

    inability to complete the Transactions;

 

    the integration of Galleria with Coty’s business, operations and culture and the ability to realize synergies and other potential benefits of the Transactions within the time frames currently contemplated, including planned organizational changes and their effects;

 

    Coty’s strategy and future financial or operational performance;

 

    performance of Coty’s and Galleria’s manufacturing and production operations including unexpected maintenance requirements or interruptions;

 

    the inability of Coty to manage its growth effectively;

 

    the level of competition from domestic and foreign companies;

 

    fluctuations in transportation and distribution costs;

 

    the loss of significant customers or a substantial reduction in orders from these customers or the bankruptcy of any such customer or the inability to obtain new customers;

 

    the impact of the illegal distribution and sale by third parties of counterfeit versions of Coty’s and Galleria’s products;

 

    dependence on information technology and the inability to protect against service interruptions, data corruption, cyber-based attacks or network security breaches;

 

    the outcome or impact of pending or threatened litigation;

 

    the anticipated benefits to Coty of other acquisitions or divestitures;

 

    the success and cost of marketing and sales programs and other growth initiatives and strategies intended to promote growth in Coty’s business, which will include Galleria after the completion of the Transactions;

 

    general competitive activity in the market, including competitors’ pricing practices and promotional spending levels;

 

    the concentration of Coty’s business, which will include Galleria after the completion of the Transactions, with key customers and the ability to manage and maintain key customer relationships;

 

- 66 -


Table of Contents
    the timing, amount and allocation of Coty’s capital expenditures, restructuring and merger and integration costs;

 

    the outcome of current and future tax examinations and other tax matters, and their related impact on Coty’s tax positions;

 

    foreign currency and interest rate fluctuations;

 

    inventory levels and returns and cost of goods;

 

    other factors affecting share prices and capital markets generally and domestic and international developments;

 

    other goals and targets and statements of the assumptions underlying or relating to any such statements; and

 

    the other factors described under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus or incorporated by reference herein.

These factors should not be construed as exhaustive, and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements included in this prospectus or incorporated by reference herein. The inclusion of this forward-looking information should not be regarded as a representation by P&G, Galleria Company or Coty or any other person that the future plans, estimates or expectations that P&G, Galleria Company or Coty contemplate will be achieved. Although P&G, Galleria Company and Coty believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, they should not be viewed as guarantees of future results, events, favorable circumstances or conditions, levels of activity or performance. Actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements, and you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include those described under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus or incorporated by reference herein.

You are cautioned not to unduly rely on such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made, when evaluating the information presented in this prospectus. None of P&G, Galleria Company or Coty assumes any obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements to reflect new events or circumstances, except as required by law.

 

- 67 -


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Terms of the Exchange Offer

General

P&G is offering to exchange all shares of Galleria Company common stock, that are owned by P&G, for shares of P&G common stock, at an exchange ratio to be calculated in the manner described below, on the terms and conditions and subject to the limitations described below and in the letter of transmittal (including the instructions thereto), at or prior to 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on                     , 2016, unless the exchange offer is extended or earlier terminated. The last day on which tenders will be accepted, whether on                     , 2016 or any later date to which the exchange offer is extended, is referred to in this prospectus as the “Expiration Date.” You may tender all, some or none of your shares of P&G common stock.

P&G is offering                  shares of Galleria Company common stock in the exchange offer. In the exchange offer, P&G is offering all the shares of Galleria Company common stock it holds on the date of completion of the exchange offer. The number of shares of P&G common stock that will be accepted if the exchange offer is completed will depend on the final exchange ratio, the number of shares of Galleria Company common stock offered and the number of shares of P&G common stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn.

P&G’s obligation to complete the exchange offer is subject to important conditions that are described in the section entitled “—Conditions for Completion of the Exchange Offer.”

For each share of P&G common stock that you validly tender in the exchange offer and do not properly withdraw, you will receive a number of shares of Galleria Company common stock at a discount of approximately     %, subject to an upper limit of                  shares of Galleria Company common stock per share of P&G common stock. Stated another way, subject to the upper limit described below, for each $1.00 of shares of P&G common stock accepted in the exchange offer, you will receive approximately $         of shares of Galleria Company common stock based on the Average P&G Stock Price and the Average Coty Stock Price as determined by P&G.

The Average P&G Stock Price will be equal to the simple arithmetic average of the daily VWAP of shares of P&G common stock on the NYSE during the Averaging Period as determined by P&G; and the Average Coty Stock Price will be equal to the simple arithmetic average of the daily VWAP of shares of Coty common stock on the NYSE during the Averaging Period as determined by P&G.

The daily VWAP as determined by P&G will be definitive and may be different from other sources of volume-weighted average prices or investors’ or security holders’ own calculations of volume-weighted average prices.

Upper Limit

The number of shares of Galleria Company common stock a tendering P&G shareholder can receive is subject to an upper limit of                  shares of Galleria Company common stock for each share of P&G common stock accepted in the exchange offer. If the upper limit is in effect, you will receive less than $         of shares of Galleria Company common stock for each $1.00 of shares of P&G common stock that you tender, and this difference could be significant. P&G set the upper limit to ensure that a change in the relative price of P&G common stock and Coty common stock, whether as a result of an increase in the price of P&G common stock, a decrease in the price of Coty common stock or a combination thereof, would not result in an unduly high number of shares of Galleria Company common stock being exchanged for each share of P&G common stock accepted in the exchange offer, preventing a situation that might significantly reduce the benefits of the exchange offer to P&G and its continuing shareholders due to a smaller number of outstanding shares being acquired by P&G in the exchange offer.

 

- 68 -


Table of Contents

Pricing Mechanism

The terms of the exchange offer are designed to result in you receiving $         of shares of Galleria Company common stock for each $1.00 of shares of P&G common stock tendered, based on the Average P&G Stock Price and the Average Coty Stock Price determined as described above and subject to the upper limit. Regardless of the final exchange ratio, the terms of the exchange offer would always result in you receiving approximately $         of shares of Galleria Company common stock for each $1.00 of shares of P&G common stock, based on the Average P&G Stock Price and the Average Coty Stock Price, so long as the limit is not in effect.

In other words, the following formula will be used to calculate the number of shares of Galleria Company common stock you will receive for shares of P&G common stock accepted in the exchange offer:

 

Number of shares

of Galleria

Company common

stock

  =  

Number of shares of

P&G common stock tendered and accepted, multiplied by the lesser of:

  (1)   and   (2)  

the Average

P&G Stock

Price divided by

    % of the

Average Coty

Stock Price

The Average P&G Stock Price for purposes of the exchange offer will equal the simple arithmetic average of the daily VWAPs of shares of P&G common stock on the NYSE during the Averaging Period, which has a period of three consecutive trading days (currently expected to be                     , 2016,                     , 2016 and                     , 2016) ending on and including the second trading day immediately preceding the Expiration Date. The value of a share of Galleria Company common stock for purposes of the exchange offer will equal the simple arithmetic average of the daily VWAPs of Coty common stock on the NYSE during the same Averaging Period.

To help illustrate the way this calculation works, below are two examples:

Example 1:    Assuming that the average of the daily VWAPs during the Averaging Period is $         per share of P&G common stock and $         per share of Coty common stock, you would receive                  shares ($         divided by     % of $         ) of Galleria Company common stock for each share of P&G common stock accepted in the exchange offer. In this example, the upper limit of                  shares of Galleria Company common stock for each share of P&G common stock would not apply.
Example 2:    Assuming that the average of the daily VWAPs during the Averaging Period is $         per share of P&G common stock and $         per share of Coty common stock, the limit would apply and you would only receive                  shares of Galleria Company common stock for each share of P&G common stock accepted in the exchange offer because the upper limit is less than                  shares ($         divided by     % of $         ) of Galleria Company common stock for each share of P&G common stock.

P&G will maintain a website at www.[●].com that provides the daily VWAP of both P&G common stock and Coty common stock, together with indicative exchange ratios, during the exchange offer period. The indicative exchange ratios will be updated on the website each day by 4:30 p.m. New York City time. Prior to the Averaging Period, commencing on the third trading day of the exchange offer, indicative exchange ratios for each day will be calculated based on the simple arithmetic average of the daily VWAPs of P&G common stock and Coty common stock on the NYSE on each day, calculated as though that day were the last day of the three day Averaging Period for this exchange offer. In other words, assuming that a given day is a trading day, the indicative exchange ratio will be calculated based on the simple arithmetic average of the daily VWAPs of P&G common stock and Coty common stock on the NYSE for that day and the immediately preceding two trading days. The indicative exchange ratio will also reflect whether the upper limit on the exchange ratio, described above, would have been in effect.

 

- 69 -


Table of Contents

During the Averaging Period, the indicative exchange ratios will be based on (1) on the first day of the Averaging Period, the daily VWAPs of P&G common stock and Coty common stock on the NYSE for that day, and (2) on the second day of the Averaging Period, the simple arithmetic average of the daily VWAPs of shares of P&G common stock and Coty common stock on the first and second day of the Averaging Period. No indicative exchange ratio will be published or announced on the third day of the Averaging Period.

Indicative exchange ratios will also be available by contacting the Information Agent at the telephone numbers provided on the back cover of this prospectus, on each day of the exchange offer prior to the announcement of the final exchange ratio.

The indicative exchange ratios, the final exchange ratio and the daily VWAPs used to calculate the final exchange ratio will each be rounded to four decimals.

Final Exchange Ratio

The final exchange ratio used to determine the number of shares of Galleria Company common stock, and effectively the number of shares of Coty common stock, that you will receive for each share of P&G common stock accepted for exchange in the exchange offer will be announced at www.[●].com and separately by press release no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the trading day immediately preceding the Expiration Date. P&G will also announce at that time whether the upper limit on the number of shares of Galleria Company common stock that can be received for each share of P&G common stock tendered is in effect. After that time, you may also contact the Information Agent to obtain this information at its telephone numbers provided on the back cover of this prospectus.

If a market disruption event occurs with respect to shares of P&G common stock or shares of Coty common stock on any day during the Averaging Period, both the Average P&G Stock Price and the Average Coty Stock Price will be determined using the daily VWAPs of shares of P&G common stock and shares of Coty common stock on the preceding trading day or days, as the case may be, on which no market disruption event occurred. If, however, P&G decides to extend the exchange offer period following a market disruption event, the Averaging Period will be reset. See “—Conditions for Completion of the Exchange Offer.”

Since the exchange offer is scheduled to expire at 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on the Expiration Date and the final exchange ratio will be announced by 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the trading day immediately preceding the Expiration Date, you will have two trading days to tender or withdraw your shares of P&G common stock after the final exchange ratio is determined. For more information on tendering and withdrawing your shares, see “—Procedures for Tendering” and “—Withdrawal Rights.”

 

- 70 -


Table of Contents

For the purposes of illustration, the table below indicates the number of shares of Galleria Company common stock (and effectively shares of Coty common stock) that you would receive per share of P&G common stock accepted in the exchange offer, calculated on the basis described under “—Pricing Mechanism” and taking into account the upper limit, assuming a range of averages of the daily VWAPs of shares of P&G common stock and shares of Coty common stock during the Averaging Period. The first line of the table below shows the indicative Average P&G Stock Price, the indicative Average Coty Stock Price and the indicative exchange ratio that would have been in effect following the official close of trading on the NYSE on          , 2016, based on the daily VWAPs of shares of P&G common stock and shares of Coty common stock on          , 2016,          , 2016 and          , 2016. The table also shows the effects of an illustrative          % increase or decrease in either or both the Average P&G Stock Price and Average Coty Stock Price based on changes relative to the values as of          , 2016.

 

P&G common stock

  

Coty common stock

   Average
P&G
Stock
Price
     Average
Coty
Stock
Price
     Shares of Galleria
Company
common stock to
be received per
share of P&G
common stock
tendered(1)
    Value
Ratio(2)
 

As of                     , 2016

   As of                     , 2016    $                    $                    $                   $                

Down     %

   Up     %           

Down     %

   Unchanged           

Down     %

   Down     %           

Unchanged

   Up     %           

Unchanged

   Down     %           

Up     %

   Up     %           

Up     %

   Unchanged           

Up     %

   Down     %            (3  

 

(1) Reflects application of the indicative exchange ratio. Subject to receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares of Coty common stock. See “The Exchange Offer—Fractional Shares.”
(2) The Value Ratio equals (a) the Average Coty Stock Price multiplied by the exchange ratio, divided by (b) the Average P&G Stock Price.
(3) In this scenario, the upper limit is in effect. Absent the upper limit, the exchange ratio would have been                  shares of Galleria Company common stock per share of P&G common stock tendered. In this scenario, P&G would announce that the upper limit on the number of shares that can be received for each share of P&G common stock tendered is in effect no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the trading day immediately preceding the Expiration Date.

During the three-month period of                 , 2016 through                 , 2016, the highest closing price for P&G common stock on the NYSE was $         and the lowest closing price for Coty common stock on the NYSE was $         . If the Average P&G Stock Price and Average Coty Stock Price equaled these closing prices, you would receive only the limit of          shares of Galleria Company common stock for each share of P&G common stock tendered, and the value of such shares of Galleria Company common stock, based on the Coty common stock price, would have been less than the value of shares of P&G common stock accepted for exchange (approximately $         of shares of Galleria Company common stock for each $1.00 of shares of P&G common stock accepted for exchange).

If the trading price for P&G common stock were to increase during the last two trading days of the exchange offer period, the Average P&G Stock Price would likely be lower than the closing price for P&G common stock

 

- 71 -


Table of Contents

on the Expiration Date. As a result, you may receive fewer shares of Galleria Company common stock, and therefore effectively fewer shares of Coty common stock, for each $1.00 of shares of P&G common stock than you would have if the Average P&G Stock Price were calculated on the basis of the closing price for P&G common stock on the Expiration Date or on the basis of an Averaging Period that includes the last two trading days of the exchange offer period. Similarly, if the trading price for Coty common stock were to decrease during the last two trading days of the exchange offer period, the Average Coty Stock Price would likely be higher than the closing price for Coty common stock on the Expiration Date. This could also result in your receiving fewer shares of Galleria Company common stock, and therefore effectively fewer shares of Coty common stock, for each $1.00 of shares of P&G common stock than you would otherwise receive if the Average Coty Stock Price were calculated on the basis of the closing price for Coty common stock on the Expiration Date or on the basis of an Averaging Period that includes the last two trading days of the exchange offer period.

The number of shares of P&G common stock that may be accepted in the exchange offer may be subject to proration. Depending on the number of shares of P&G common stock validly tendered in the exchange offer, and not properly withdrawn, and the final exchange ratio, determined as described above, P&G may have to limit the number of shares of P&G common stock that it accepts in the exchange offer through a proration process. Any proration of the number of shares accepted in the exchange offer will be determined on the basis of the proration mechanics described below under “—Proration; Tenders for Exchange by Holders of Fewer than 100 shares of P&G Common Stock.”

This prospectus and the related documents are being sent to:

 

    persons who directly held shares of P&G common stock on                 , 2016. On that date, there were                  shares of P&G common stock outstanding, which were held of record by approximately                  shareholders; and

 

    brokers, banks and similar persons whose names or the names of whose nominees appear on P&G’s shareholder list or, if applicable, who are listed as participants in a clearing agency’s security position listing for subsequent transmittal to beneficial owners of shares of P&G common stock.

Proration; Tenders for Exchange by Holders of Fewer than 100 Shares of P&G Common Stock

If, upon the expiration of the exchange offer, P&G shareholders have validly tendered more shares of P&G common stock than P&G is offering to accept for exchange (taking into account the exchange ratio and the total number of shares of Galleria Company common stock owned by P&G), P&G will limit the number of shares of P&G common stock that it accepts for exchange in the exchange offer through a proration process. Proration for each tendering P&G shareholder will be based on (1) the proportion that the total number of shares of P&G common stock to be accepted for exchange bears to the total number of shares of P&G common stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn and (2) the number of shares of P&G common stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by that shareholder (rounded to the nearest whole number of shares of P&G common stock and subject to any adjustment necessary to ensure the exchange of all shares of Galleria Company common stock owned by P&G), except for tenders of odd-lots, as described below.

Except as otherwise provided in this section, beneficial holders (other than plan participants in a P&G U.S. benefit plan) of fewer than 100 shares of P&G common stock who validly tender all of their shares will not be subject to proration if the exchange offer is oversubscribed. Beneficial holders of more than 100 shares of P&G common stock are not eligible for this preference.

Any beneficial holder (other than plan participants in a P&G U.S. benefit plan) of fewer than 100 shares of P&G common stock who wishes to tender all of the shares must complete the box entitled “Odd-Lot Shares” on the letter of transmittal. If your odd-lot shares are held by a broker for your account, you can contact your broker and request the preferential treatment. If you hold odd-lot shares as a participant in a P&G U.S. benefit plan, you are not entitled to this preferential treatment.

 

- 72 -


Table of Contents

P&G will announce the preliminary proration factor at www.[●].com and separately by press release as promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date. At the expiration of the guaranteed delivery period (three NYSE trading days following the Expiration Date), P&G will confirm the final results of the exchange offer, including the final proration factor, with the Exchange Agent. As promptly as practicable after the final results are confirmed, P&G will announce the final results of the exchange offer, including the final proration factor, at www.[●].com and separately by press release.

Any shares of P&G common stock not accepted for exchange in the exchange offer as a result of proration will be returned to the tendering shareholder promptly after the final proration factor is determined in book-entry form through either the DRS or the SIP.

For purposes of the exchange offer, a “business day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday and consists of the time period from 12:01 a.m. through 12:00 midnight, New York City time.

Fractional Shares

Fractional shares of Galleria Company common stock will be issued in the Distribution. The shares of Galleria Company common stock (including the fractional shares) will be held by the Exchange Agent for the benefit of P&G shareholders whose shares of P&G common stock are being accepted for exchange in the exchange offer and, in the case of a subsequent pro rata dividend, P&G shareholders whose shares of P&G common stock are outstanding after completion of the exchange offer. Upon consummation of the Merger, each share of Galleria Company common stock issued in the Distribution will automatically convert into the right to receive one share of Coty common stock. No fractional shares of Coty common stock will be issued in the Merger to holders of fractional shares of Galleria Company common stock. In lieu of any fractional shares of Coty common stock, holders of fractional shares of Galleria Company common stock who would otherwise be entitled to receive such fractional shares of Coty common stock will be entitled to an amount in cash, without interest, equal to the holder’s pro rata portion of the net proceeds of the sale of fractional shares in the open market, which will occur no later than 20 business days after the completion of the Transactions, obtained by aggregating the fractional shares of Coty common stock otherwise allocable to the holders of fractional shares of Galleria Company common stock. The distribution of cash in lieu of fractional shares will occur separate from, and subsequent to, the distribution of shares of Coty common stock.

Exchange of Shares of P&G Common Stock

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer (including, if the exchange offer is extended or amended, the terms and conditions of the extension or amendment), P&G will accept for exchange, and will exchange, for shares of Galleria Company common stock owned by P&G, the shares of P&G common stock validly tendered, and not properly withdrawn, prior to the expiration of the exchange offer, promptly after the Expiration Date.

The exchange of shares of P&G common stock tendered and accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer will be made only after timely receipt by the Exchange Agent of (1)(a) certificates representing all physically tendered shares of P&G common stock or (b) in the case of shares delivered by book-entry transfer through The Depository Trust Company, confirmation of a book-entry transfer of those shares of P&G common stock in the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company, in each case pursuant to the procedures set forth in the section below entitled “—Procedures for Tendering,” (2) the letter of transmittal for shares of P&G common stock, properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature guarantees, or, in the case of a book-entry transfer through The Depository Trust Company, an agent’s message and (3) any other required documents.

The exchange offer will be completed when P&G has accepted shares of P&G common stock for exchange. P&G will be deemed to have accepted for exchange, and thereby exchanged, shares of P&G common stock

 

- 73 -


Table of Contents

validly tendered and not properly withdrawn if and when P&G notifies the Exchange Agent of its acceptance of the tenders of those shares of P&G common stock pursuant to the exchange offer.

At or prior to the completion of the exchange offer, P&G will deliver to the Exchange Agent all of the shares of Galleria Company common stock outstanding, with irrevocable instructions to hold the shares of Galleria Company common stock for the benefit of P&G shareholders whose shares of P&G common stock have been accepted for exchange in the exchange offer and, in the case of any subsequent pro rata dividend, P&G shareholders whose shares of P&G common stock remain outstanding after completion of the exchange offer. Pursuant to the Merger, each share of Galleria Company common stock issued to P&G shareholders in the Distribution will automatically convert into the right to receive one share of Coty common stock. Upon the completion of the exchange offer, Coty will deposit with its transfer agent global certificates representing shares of Coty common stock, with irrevocable instructions to hold the shares of Coty common stock for the benefit of the holders of shares of Galleria Company common stock. Shares of Coty common stock and cash in lieu of fractional shares will be transferred to the holders of shares of Galleria Company common stock as promptly as practicable after the Merger and P&G’s notice and determination of the final proration factor. You will not receive any interest on any cash paid to you, even if there is a delay in making the payment.

If P&G does not accept for exchange any tendered shares of P&G common stock for any reason pursuant to the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, the Exchange Agent (1) in the case of shares of P&G common stock held in certificated form, will convert such certificates representing such shares into (a) shares in book-entry form held through the DRS if the tendering shareholder account is not enrolled in the SIP or (b) shares in book-entry form held through the SIP if the tendering shareholder account is enrolled in the SIP; (2) in the case of shares held in book-entry form through the DRS or the SIP, will return such shares in book-entry form either through DRS or SIP, depending on where such shares were held prior to the tender, without expense to the tendering shareholder; and (3) in the case of shares held in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company, will credit such shares to an account maintained within The Depository Trust Company, in each case promptly following expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

Procedures for Tendering

Shares Held in Certificated Form or in Book-Entry Form through DRS or the SIP

If you hold certificates representing shares of P&G common stock or if you hold your shares of P&G common stock in book-entry form through the DRS or the SIP, to validly tender such shares pursuant to the exchange offer, you must deliver to the Exchange Agent a letter of transmittal, properly completed and duly executed, along with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents. If you hold your shares of P&G common stock in certificated form, you must also deliver to the Exchange Agent the certificates representing the shares of P&G common stock tendered. All certificates received by the Exchange Agent will be deposited into (1) DRS if the tendering shareholder account is not enrolled in the SIP or (2) the SIP if the tendering shareholder account is enrolled in the SIP. The Exchange Agent’s address is listed on the last page of the letter of transmittal. Since certificates are not issued for DRS or SIP shares, you do not need to deliver any certificates representing those shares to the Exchange Agent.

Shares Held Through a Broker, Dealer, Commercial Bank, Trust Company or Similar Institution

If you hold shares of P&G common stock through a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or similar institution, you should follow the instructions sent to you separately by that institution. In this case, you should not use a letter of transmittal to direct the tender of your shares of P&G common stock. If that institution holds shares of P&G common stock through The Depository Trust Company, it must notify The Depository Trust Company and cause it to transfer the shares into the Exchange Agent’s account in accordance with The Depository Trust Company’s procedures. The institution must also ensure that the Exchange Agent receives an agent’s message from The Depository Trust Company confirming the book-entry transfer of your shares of P&G

 

- 74 -


Table of Contents

common stock. A tender by book-entry transfer will be completed upon receipt by the Exchange Agent of an agent’s message, book-entry confirmation from The Depository Trust Company and any other required documents.

The term “agent’s message” means a message, transmitted by The Depository Trust Company to, and received by, the Exchange Agent and forming a part of a book-entry confirmation, which states that The Depository Trust Company has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in The Depository Trust Company tendering the shares of P&G common stock which are the subject of the book-entry confirmation, that the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal (including the instructions thereto) and that P&G may enforce that agreement against the participant.

The Exchange Agent will establish an account with respect to the shares of P&G common stock at The Depository Trust Company for purposes of the exchange offer, and any eligible institution that is a participant in The Depository Trust Company may make book-entry delivery of shares of P&G common stock by causing The Depository Trust Company to transfer such shares into the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company in accordance with The Depository Trust Company’s procedure for the transfer. Delivery of documents to The Depository Trust Company does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.

Shares Held Through a P&G U.S. Benefit Plan

If you hold your shares through a P&G U.S. benefit plan, you do not need to take any immediate action with respect to the exchange offer. A fiduciary appointed under each of those plans will determine whether (i) to permit beneficial owners to elect to tender shares of P&G common stock for exchange or (ii) alternatively, to exchange shares of P&G common stock held in each plan for the benefit of employees and former employees of P&G and their beneficiaries. You should contact the appropriate fiduciary for your respective benefit plan if you have questions about your plan’s participation in the exchange offer.

General Instructions

Do not send letters of transmittal and certificates representing shares of P&G common stock to P&G, Galleria Company, Coty or the Information Agent . Letters of transmittal for shares of P&G common stock and certificates representing shares of P&G common stock should be sent to the Exchange Agent at an address listed on the letter of transmittal. Trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity who sign a letter of transmittal or any certificates or stock powers must indicate the capacity in which they are signing and must submit evidence of their power to act in that capacity unless waived by P&G.

Whether you tender your shares of P&G common stock by delivery of certificates or through your broker, the Exchange Agent must receive an original signed letter of transmittal for shares of P&G common stock and the certificates representing your shares of P&G common stock at the address set forth on the back cover of this prospectus prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. Alternatively, in case of a book-entry transfer of shares of P&G common stock through The Depository Trust Company, the Exchange Agent must receive the agent’s message and a book-entry confirmation.

Letters of transmittal for shares of P&G common stock and certificates representing shares of P&G common stock must be received by the Exchange Agent. Please read carefully the instructions to the letter of transmittal you have been sent. You should contact the Information Agent if you have any questions regarding tendering your shares of P&G common stock.

Signature Guarantees

Signatures on all letters of transmittal for shares of P&G common stock must be guaranteed by a firm which is a member of the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, or by any other “eligible guarantor

 

- 75 -


Table of Contents

institution,” as such term is defined in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act (each of the foregoing being a “U.S. eligible institution”), except in cases in which shares of P&G common stock are tendered either (1) by a registered shareholder who has not completed the section entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” on the letter of transmittal or (2) for the account of a U.S. eligible institution.

If the certificates representing shares of P&G common stock are registered in the name of a person other than the person who signs the letter of transmittal, the certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate stock powers, in either case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered owner or owners appear on the certificates, with the signature(s) on the certificates or stock powers guaranteed by an eligible institution.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you wish to tender shares of P&G common stock pursuant to the exchange offer but (1) your certificates are not immediately available; (2) you cannot deliver the shares or other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or before the Expiration Date; or (3) you cannot comply with the procedures for book-entry transfer through The Depository Trust Company on a timely basis, you may still tender your shares of P&G common stock, so long as all of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

    you must make your tender by or through a U.S. eligible institution;

 

    on or before the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must receive a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form made available by P&G, in the manner provided below; and

 

    within three NYSE trading days after the date of execution of such notice of guaranteed delivery, the Exchange Agent must receive (1)(a) certificates representing all physically tendered shares of P&G common stock or (b) in the case of shares delivered by book-entry transfer through The Depository Trust Company, confirmation of a book-entry transfer of those shares of P&G common stock in the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company; (2) a letter of transmittal for shares of P&G common stock properly completed and duly executed (including any signature guarantees that may be required) or, in the case of shares delivered by book-entry transfer through The Depository Trust Company, an agent’s message; and (3) any other required documents.

Registered shareholders (including any participant in The Depository Trust Company whose name appears on a security position listing of The Depository Trust Company as the owner of shares of P&G common stock) may transmit the notice of guaranteed delivery by facsimile transmission or mail it to the Exchange Agent. If you hold shares of P&G common stock through a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or similar institution, that institution must submit any notice of guaranteed delivery on your behalf.

Effect of Tenders

A tender of shares of P&G common stock pursuant to any of the procedures described above will constitute your acceptance of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer as well as your representation and warranty to P&G that (1) you have the full power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the tendered shares (and any and all other shares of P&G common stock or other securities issued or issuable in respect of such shares); (2) when the same are accepted for exchange, P&G will acquire good and unencumbered title to such shares, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claims; and (3) you own the shares being tendered within the meaning of Rule 14e-4 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

It is a violation of Rule 14e-4 under the Exchange Act for a person, directly or indirectly, to tender shares of P&G common stock for such person’s own account unless, at the time of tender, the person so tendering (1) has a net long position equal to or greater than the amount of (a) shares of P&G common stock tendered or (b) other

 

- 76 -


Table of Contents

securities immediately convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for the shares of P&G common stock tendered and such person will acquire such shares for tender by conversion, exchange or exercise; and (2) will cause such shares to be delivered in accordance with the terms of this prospectus. Rule 14e-4 provides a similar restriction applicable to the tender of guarantee of a tender on behalf of another person.

The exchange of shares of P&G common stock tendered and accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer will be made only after timely receipt by the Exchange Agent of (1)(a) certificates representing all physically tendered shares of P&G common stock or (b) in the case of shares delivered by book-entry transfer through The Depository Trust Company, confirmation of a book-entry transfer of those shares of P&G common stock in the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company; (2) the letter of transmittal for P&G common stock, properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature guarantees, or, in the case of a book-entry transfer through The Depository Trust Company, an agent’s message; and (3) any other required documents.

Appointment of Attorneys-in-Fact and Proxies

By executing a letter of transmittal as set forth above, you irrevocably appoint P&G’s designees as your attorneys-in-fact and proxies, each with full power of substitution, to the full extent of your rights with respect to your shares of P&G common stock tendered and accepted for exchange by P&G and with respect to any and all other shares of P&G common stock and other securities issued or issuable in respect of the shares of P&G common stock on or after the expiration of the exchange offer. That appointment is effective when and only to the extent that P&G deposits the shares of Galleria Company common stock for the shares of P&G common stock that you have tendered with the Exchange Agent. All such proxies shall be considered coupled with an interest in the tendered shares of P&G common stock and therefore shall not be revocable. Upon the effectiveness of such appointment, all prior proxies that you have given will be revoked and you may not give any subsequent proxies (and, if given, they will not be deemed effective). P&G’s designees will, with respect to the shares of P&G common stock for which the appointment is effective, be empowered, among other things, to exercise all of your voting and other rights as they, in their sole discretion, deem proper. P&G reserves the right to require that, in order for shares of P&G common stock to be deemed validly tendered, immediately upon P&G’s acceptance for exchange of those shares of P&G common stock, P&G must be able to exercise full voting rights with respect to such shares.

Determination of Validity

P&G will determine questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance for exchange of any tender of shares of P&G common stock, in P&G’s sole discretion. P&G reserves the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of shares of P&G common stock that it determines are not in proper form or the acceptance of or exchange for which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be unlawful. P&G also reserves the absolute right to waive any of the conditions of the exchange offer, or any defect or irregularity in the tender of any shares of P&G common stock. No tender of shares of P&G common stock is valid until all defects and irregularities in tenders of shares of P&G common stock have been cured or waived. None of P&G, the Exchange Agent, the Information Agent or any other person is under any duty to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the tender of any shares of P&G common stock or will incur any liability for failure to give any such notification . P&G’s interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer (including the letter of transmittal and instructions thereto) will be final and binding.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, P&G shareholders may challenge a determination made by P&G in a court of competent jurisdiction and a final, non-appealable order or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction will be final and binding on all parties.

Binding Agreement

The tender of shares of P&G common stock pursuant to any of the procedures described above will constitute a binding agreement between P&G and you upon the terms of and subject to the conditions to the exchange offer.

 

- 77 -


Table of Contents

The method of delivery of share certificates of shares of P&G common stock and all other required documents, including delivery through The Depository Trust Company, is at your option and risk, and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, it is recommended that you use registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery.

Partial Tenders

If you tender fewer than all the shares of P&G common stock evidenced by any share certificate you deliver to the Exchange Agent, then you will need to fill in the number of shares that you are tendering in the box entitled “Total Shares of Common Stock Tendered” under the heading “Description of Tendered Shares” in the table on the second page of the letter of transmittal filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In those cases, as soon as practicable after the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent will credit the remainder of the common stock that were evidenced by the certificate(s) but not tendered to a DRS or SIP account in the name of the registered holder maintained by P&G’s transfer agent, unless otherwise provided in “Special Delivery Instructions” in the letter of transmittal filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Unless you indicate otherwise in your letter of transmittal, all of the common stock represented by share certificates you deliver to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered. No share certificates are expected to be delivered to you, including in respect of any shares delivered to the Exchange Agent that were previously in certificated form.

Lost or Destroyed Certificates

If your certificate(s) representing shares of P&G common stock have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen and you wish to tender your shares, please contact P&G Shareholder Services at 1-800-742-6253 regarding the requirements for replacement of the certificate(s). Replacement shares will be issued in book-entry form through either the DRS or the SIP. You may be asked to post a surety bond for your lost shares of P&G common stock. Your shares of P&G common stock will not be included in the exchange offer unless you satisfy the requirements for replacement for your lost or destroyed certificate(s). You are urged to call P&G Shareholder Services immediately to ensure timely processing of the documentation.

Withdrawal Rights

Shares of P&G common stock tendered pursuant to the exchange offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to 12:00 midnight, New York City time, on the Expiration Date and, unless P&G has previously accepted them pursuant to the exchange offer, may also be withdrawn at any time after                     , 2016, which is 40 business days from the commencement of the exchange offer. Once P&G accepts shares of P&G common stock pursuant to the exchange offer, your tender is irrevocable.

For a withdrawal of shares of P&G common stock to be effective, the Exchange Agent must receive from you a written notice of withdrawal or facsimile transmission of notice of withdrawal at one of its addresses set forth on the back cover of this prospectus or via facsimile at the fax number set forth in the notice of withdrawal and your notice must include your name and the number of shares of P&G common stock to be withdrawn, as well as the name of the registered holder, if it is different from that of the person who tendered those shares.

If certificates have been delivered or otherwise identified to the Exchange Agent and such shares are withdrawn from the exchange offer, they will be returned to you in book-entry form, through either the DRS or the SIP. If shares of P&G common stock have been tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry tender through The Depository Trust Company discussed in the section entitled “—Procedures for Tendering,” any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at The Depository Trust Company to be credited with the withdrawn shares and must otherwise comply with the procedures of The Depository Trust Company.

 

- 78 -


Table of Contents

P&G will decide all questions as to the form and validity (including time of receipt) of any notice of withdrawal, in its sole discretion, and its decision shall be final and binding. None of P&G, the Exchange Agent, the Information Agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defects or irregularities in any notice of withdrawal or will incur any liability for failure to give any notification.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, P&G shareholders may challenge a determination made by P&G in a court of competent jurisdiction and a final, non-appealable order or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction will be final and binding on all parties.

Any shares of P&G common stock properly withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer. However, you may re-tender withdrawn shares of P&G common stock by following one of the procedures discussed in the section entitled “—Procedures for Tendering” at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer (or pursuant to the instructions sent to you separately).

Except for the withdrawal rights described above, any tender made under the exchange offer is irrevocable.

Book-Entry Accounts

Certificates representing shares of Galleria Company common stock will not be issued to holders of shares of P&G common stock pursuant to the exchange offer. Rather than issuing certificates representing such shares of Galleria Company common stock to tendering holders of shares of P&G common stock, the Exchange Agent will cause such shares of Galleria Company common stock to be credited to records maintained by the Exchange Agent for the benefit of the respective holders. As promptly as practicable following the completion of the Distribution, Merger Sub will merge with and into Galleria Company, with Galleria Company surviving the Merger and becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty, and each share of Galleria Company common stock will be converted into a share of Coty common stock or cash in lieu of fractional shares. As promptly as practicable following the Merger and P&G’s notice and determination of the final proration factor, if any, Coty’s transfer agent will credit the shares of Coty common stock, into which the shares of Galleria Company common stock have been converted, to book-entry accounts maintained for the benefit of the P&G shareholders who received shares of Galleria Company common stock in the exchange offer or as a subsequent pro rata dividend, if any, and will send these holders a statement evidencing their holdings of shares of Coty common stock.

Extension; Termination; Amendment

Extension; Termination or Amendment by P&G

P&G expressly reserves the right at any time and from time to time to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open and thereby delay acceptance for payment of, and the payment for, any shares of P&G common stock validly tendered and not properly withdrawn in the exchange offer. For example, the exchange offer can be extended if any of the conditions for completion of the exchange offer described in the next section entitled “—Conditions for Completion of the Exchange Offer” are not satisfied or waived prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. While a determination to extend the exchange offer is in P&G’s discretion, P&G has agreed with Coty that it will extend the exchange offer in specified circumstances. See “The Transaction Agreement—Distribution.”

P&G expressly reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any respect prior to the expiration of the exchange offer, except that P&G does not intend to extend the exchange offer other than in the circumstances described above.

If P&G materially changes the terms of or information concerning the exchange offer, it will extend the exchange offer if required by law. The SEC has stated that, as a general rule, it believes that an offer should

 

- 79 -


Table of Contents

remain open for a minimum of five business days from the date that notice of the material change is first given. The length of time will depend on the particular facts and circumstances.

As required by law, the exchange offer will be extended so that it remains open for a minimum of ten business days following the announcement if:

 

    P&G changes the method for calculating the number of shares of Galleria Company common stock offered in exchange for each share of P&G common stock; and

 

    the exchange offer is scheduled to expire within ten business days of announcing any such change.

If P&G extends the exchange offer, is delayed in accepting for exchange any shares of P&G common stock or is unable to accept for exchange any shares of P&G common stock under the exchange offer for any reason, then, without affecting P&G’s rights under the exchange offer, the Exchange Agent may retain all shares of P&G common stock tendered on P&G’s behalf. These shares of P&G common stock may not be withdrawn except as provided in the section entitled “—Withdrawal Rights.”

P&G’s reservation of the right to delay acceptance of any shares of P&G common stock is subject to applicable law, which requires that P&G pay the consideration offered or return the shares of P&G common stock deposited promptly after the termination or withdrawal of the exchange offer.

P&G will issue a press release or other public announcement no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day following any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination of the previously scheduled Expiration Date.

Method of Public Announcement

Subject to applicable law (including Rules 13e-4(d), 13e-4(e)(3) and 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, which require that any material change in the information published, sent or given to shareholders in connection with the exchange offer be promptly disclosed to shareholders in a manner reasonably designed to inform them of the change) and without limiting the manner in which P&G may choose to make any public announcement, P&G assumes no obligation to publish, advertise or otherwise communicate any such public announcement other than by making a release to the Dow Jones News Service or the Public Relations Newswire.

Conditions for Completion of the Exchange Offer

P&G will not be required to complete the exchange offer, and may extend or terminate the exchange offer, if at the scheduled Expiration Date:

 

    the number of shares of Galleria Company common stock that would be distributed in exchange for shares of P&G common stock validly tendered in the exchange offer and not properly withdrawn exceeds a specified percentage, currently expected to be approximately     %, to be calculated based on the relative prices per share of Coty common stock and P&G common stock and the relative numbers of shares of Coty common stock and P&G common stock outstanding as of the Expiration Date, provided that, at any time prior to the Expiration Date, P&G in its reasonable judgment and after consultation with Coty may determine the Revised Minimum Condition by reapplying the agreed-upon formula used to calculate the Minimum Condition using updated information reflecting the then-current data or otherwise increasing the Minimum Condition by the minimum amount necessary, in each case, to ensure that the agreed-upon minimum amount of P&G common stock is tendered;

 

    the Galleria Company registration statement on Form S-4/S-l or the Coty registration statement on Form S-4 shall not have become effective under the Securities Act or any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any such registration statement shall have been issued and be in effect;

 

- 80 -


Table of Contents
    Coty’s information statement on Schedule 14C shall not have been mailed to Coty stockholders in accordance with the Transaction Agreement at least 20 days prior to the closing date or the issuance of Coty common stock in connection with the Merger and the amendment to Coty’s certificate of incorporation is not permitted by Regulation 14C of the Exchange Act (including Rule 14c-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) or the requirements of the NYSE;

 

    the shares of Coty common stock to be issued in the Merger shall not have been authorized for listing on the NYSE;

 

    P&G has not received a written opinion, dated as of the closing date of the Distribution, from Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP, its special tax counsel, to the effect that the (i) Merger will be treated for federal income tax purposes as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code; (ii) Galleria Transfer, taken together with the Distribution, should qualify as a tax-free reorganization pursuant to section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, (iii) Distribution, as such, should qualify as a distribution to P&G shareholders pursuant to section 355 of the Code and (iv) the Merger should not cause section 355(e) of the Code to apply to the Distribution;

 

    any condition precedent to the completion of the Transactions (other than the exchange offer) pursuant to the Transaction Agreement shall not have been fulfilled or waived (except for the conditions precedent that will be fulfilled at the time of the completion of the Transactions) or for any reason the Transactions (other than the exchange offer) cannot be consummated promptly after completion of the exchange offer (see “The Transaction Agreement—Conditions to the Transactions”);

 

    either P&G or Coty shall have given notice of termination of the Transaction Agreement; or

 

    any of the following conditions or events has occurred, or P&G shall have reasonably determined that any of the following conditions or events is reasonably likely to occur:

 

    any injunction, order, stay, judgment or decree is issued by any court, government, governmental authority or other regulatory or administrative authority having jurisdiction over P&G, Galleria Company or Coty and is in effect, or any law, statute, rule, regulation, legislation, interpretation, governmental order or injunction shall have been enacted or enforced, any of which would reasonably be likely to restrain or prohibit completion of the exchange offer;

 

    any proceeding for the purpose of suspending the effectiveness of the registration statements has been initiated by the SEC and not concluded or withdrawn;

 

    a “Galleria Business MAE,” as such term is defined in the Transaction Agreement;

 

    any general suspension of trading in, or limitation on prices for, securities on any national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market in the United States;

 

    any extraordinary or material adverse change in U.S. financial markets generally, including, without limitation, a decline of at least 15% in either the Dow Jones Average of Industrial Stocks or the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index within a period of 60 consecutive days or less occurring after                     , 2016;

 

    a declaration of a banking moratorium or any suspension of payments in respect of banks in the United States;

 

    a commencement of a war (whether declared or undeclared), armed hostilities or other national or international calamity or act of terrorism, directly or indirectly involving the United States, which would reasonably be expected to affect materially and adversely, or to delay materially, the completion of the exchange offer;

 

    if any of the situations above exists as of the commencement of the exchange offer, any material deterioration of the situation;

 

    any action, litigation, suit, claim or proceeding is instituted that would be reasonably likely to enjoin, prohibit, restrain or make illegal completion of the exchange offer; or

 

- 81 -


Table of Contents
    a market disruption event occurs with respect to shares of P&G common stock or shares of Coty common stock on any date in the exchange offer period and such market disruption event has impaired the benefits of the exchange offer to P&G.

If the upper limit described above is in effect at the expiration of the exchange offer and the Minimum Condition or Revised Minimum Condition is not satisfied or waived as a result of a low number of tenders by P&G shareholders, the Minimum Condition or Revised Minimum Condition would allow P&G to not consummate the exchange offer, thereby preventing the exchange of shares of P&G common stock by tendering holders who may not have recognized or acted upon the underlying change in the economic benefits of the exchange offer resulting from the upper limit being in effect. If the Minimum Condition or Revised Minimum Condition is not satisfied due to a low subscription rate in the exchange offer and is not otherwise waived by P&G, P&G may instead proceed with a spin-off distribution of all of the outstanding shares of Galleria Company common stock pro rata to the holders of P&G common stock, provided that the conditions to the consummation of such transaction set forth in the Transaction Agreement are satisfied.

Each of the foregoing conditions to the completion of the exchange offer is independent of any other condition; the exclusion of any event from a particular condition above does not mean that such event may not be included in another condition.

For a summary of what constitutes a “Galleria Business MAE,” see the description of the definition of the term “material adverse effect” when used with respect to P&G Beauty Brands beginning on page 192 of this prospectus. Such summary is qualified in its entirety by the Transaction Agreement.

If any of the above events occurs, P&G may:

 

    terminate the exchange offer and promptly return all tendered shares of P&G common stock to tendering shareholders;

 

    extend the exchange offer and, subject to the withdrawal rights described in the section entitled “—Withdrawal Rights,” retain all tendered shares of P&G common stock until the extended exchange offer expires;

 

    amend the terms of the exchange offer; or

 

    waive the unsatisfied condition (except the conditions relating to the absence of an injunction and the effectiveness of the registration statement for the shares of Galleria Company common stock to be distributed in the exchange offer) and, subject to any requirement to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open, complete the exchange offer.

If the Revised Minimum Condition applies, depending on the number of days remaining in the exchange offer, SEC regulations may require that the exchange offer be extended and additional disclosure be circulated to P&G shareholders.

These conditions are for the sole benefit of P&G. P&G may assert these conditions with respect to all or any portion of the exchange offer regardless of the circumstances giving rise to them, other than circumstances arising from P&G’s action or inaction. P&G expressly reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to waive any condition in whole or in part at any time. P&G’s failure to exercise its rights under any of the above conditions does not represent a waiver of these rights. Each right is an ongoing right which may be asserted at any time. However, all conditions for completion of the exchange offer must be satisfied or waived by P&G prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. If the exchange offer is not consummated, P&G will distribute all of its shares of Galleria Company common stock as a “spin-off” to P&G shareholders, provided that the conditions to the consummation of such transaction set forth in the Transaction Agreement are satisfied.

 

- 82 -


Table of Contents

Legal and Other Limitations; Certain Matters Relating to Non-U.S. Jurisdictions

Legal and Other Limitations

This prospectus is not an offer to sell or exchange and it is not a solicitation of an offer to buy any shares of Galleria Company common stock or shares of Coty common stock in any jurisdiction in which the offer, sale or exchange is not permitted.

Certain Matters Relating to Non-U.S. Jurisdictions

This prospectus is not an offer to buy, sell or exchange and it is not a solicitation of an offer to buy or sell any shares of P&G common stock, Galleria Company common stock or Coty common stock in any jurisdiction in which such offer, sale or exchange is not permitted. Countries outside the United States generally have their own legal requirements that govern securities offerings made to persons resident in those countries and often impose stringent requirements about the form and content of offers made to the general public. None of P&G, Galleria Company or Coty has taken any action under those non-U.S. regulations to facilitate a public offer to exchange the shares of Galleria Company common stock or Coty common stock outside the United States. Accordingly, the ability of any non-U.S. person to tender shares of P&G common stock in the exchange offer will depend on whether there is an exemption available under the laws of such person’s home country that would permit the person to participate in the exchange offer without the need for P&G to take any action to facilitate a public offering in that country or otherwise. For example, some countries exempt transactions from the rules governing public offerings if they involve persons who meet certain eligibility requirements relating to their status as sophisticated or professional investors.

Non-U.S. shareholders should consult their advisors in considering whether they may participate in the exchange offer in accordance with the laws of their home countries and, if they do participate, whether there are any restrictions or limitations on transactions in the shares of Galleria Company common stock that may apply in their home countries. P&G, Galleria Company and Coty cannot provide any assurance about whether such limitations may exist.

P&G believes a substantial majority of its shareholders are U.S. investors and does not expect the legal limitations described under this heading to cause the exchange offer to be undersubscribed.

Fees and Expenses

P&G has retained D.F. King & Co., Inc. to act as the Information Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., to act as the Exchange Agent in connection with the exchange offer.

The Information Agent and the Exchange Agent each will receive reasonable compensation for their respective services, will be reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and will be indemnified against specified liabilities in connection with their services.

Dividend and Distribution of Any Shares of Galleria Company Common Stock Remaining after Completion of the Exchange Offer

If the exchange offer is completed but is not fully subscribed, P&G will distribute all of the Remaining Shares in a subsequent pro rata dividend to the Remaining P&G Shareholders. Any P&G shareholder who validly tenders (and does not properly withdraw) shares of P&G common stock for shares of Galleria Company common stock in the exchange offer will waive its rights with respect to those tendered shares of P&G common stock to receive, and forfeit any rights to, any Remaining Shares distributed on a pro rata basis to the Remaining P&G Shareholders in the event the exchange offer is not fully subscribed.

At or prior to the completion of the exchange offer, P&G will deliver all of the shares of Galleria Company common stock owned by P&G to the Exchange Agent with irrevocable instructions to hold the shares of Galleria

 

- 83 -


Table of Contents

Company common stock for the benefit of P&G shareholders whose shares of P&G common stock have been accepted for exchange in the exchange offer and, in the case of any subsequent pro rata dividend, the Remaining P&G Shareholders. If there is a subsequent pro rata dividend to be distributed, the Exchange Agent will calculate the exact number of Remaining Shares to be distributed as a pro rata dividend to the Remaining P&G Shareholders, and P&G will distribute the Remaining Shares immediately thereafter.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution, the Merger and Related Transactions

The following discussion summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Galleria Transfer, the Distribution, the Merger and related transactions to P&G and certain beneficial owners of P&G common stock that hold their P&G common stock as a capital asset for tax purposes. This discussion is based on the Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial opinions, published positions of the IRS, and all other applicable authorities as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, and assumes that the Galleria Transfer, the Distribution, the Merger and related transactions will be consummated in accordance with the Transaction Agreement and as further described in this prospectus.

For purposes of this summary, a “U.S. holder” means any beneficial owner of P&G common stock that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is an individual U.S. citizen or resident; a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision thereof; an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and subject to the authority of one or more U.S. persons to control all substantial trust decisions, or (2) was in existence on August 20, 1996 and has properly elected under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; and any person or entity otherwise subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in respect of P&G common stock. For the avoidance of doubt, non-U.S. individuals and non-U.S. corporations that are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in respect of P&G common stock, including by virtue of holding their common stock in connection with, as applicable, a U.S. trade or business or a U.S. permanent establishment, are treated as U.S. holders for purposes of this summary.

This discussion does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Galleria Transfer, the Distribution, the Merger and related transactions to a beneficial owner of P&G common stock that is not a U.S. holder. In addition, this discussion does not address the tax consequences of these transactions under applicable U.S. federal estate, gift or alternative minimum tax laws or any state, local or foreign laws, nor does it discuss any consequences arising under the unearned income Medicare contribution tax pursuant to the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 or any consequences that may result with respect to these transactions if the proposed Treasury regulations under section 385 of the Code, which were published in the Federal Register on April 8, 2016, are finalized.

This summary is of a general nature and does not purport to deal with all tax considerations that may be relevant to persons in special tax situations, including but not limited to:

 

    partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and investors in such entities;

 

    U.S. holders that are non-U.S. corporations and subject to the potential application of the “branch profits” tax;

 

    persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

 

    tax exempt entities;

 

    holders who acquired their shares pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise acquired their shares as compensation or through a tax-qualified retirement plan;

 

    insurance companies;

 

    financial institutions;

 

- 84 -


Table of Contents
    dealers in securities or currencies;

 

    traders in securities who elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting;

 

    holders who hold their shares as part of a “hedge,” “straddle,” “conversion,” “synthetic security,” “integrated transaction,” “constructive sale” or other risk-reduction transaction; and

 

    mutual funds.

P&G shareholders should consult their own tax advisors concerning the tax consequences of the Distribution, the Merger and related transactions to them, including the application of U.S. federal, state, local, foreign and other tax laws in light of their particular circumstances. This summary is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any particular investor.

The Distribution

P&G shareholders who have blocks of P&G common stock with different per share tax bases should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible tax basis consequences to them of the Distribution.

It is a condition to completion of the Distribution that P&G receive a written opinion, dated as of the closing date of the Distribution, from Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP, special tax counsel to P&G, to the effect that the (1) Galleria Transfer, taken together with the Distribution, should qualify as a tax-free reorganization pursuant to section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, (2) Distribution, as such, should qualify as a distribution to P&G shareholders pursuant to section 355 of the Code, and (3) Merger should not cause section 355(e) of the Code to apply to the Distribution. It is a condition to the Distribution that this opinion not be withdrawn. The opinion will be based on, among other things, certain assumptions and representations as to factual matters and certain covenants made by P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub which, if incorrect or inaccurate in any material respect, would jeopardize the conclusions reached by special tax counsel in its opinion. It should be noted that there is a lack of binding administrative and judicial authority addressing the qualification under sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code of transactions substantially similar to the Distribution and the Merger, that the opinion will not be binding on the IRS or a court and that the IRS or a court may not agree with the opinion. As a result, while it is impossible to determine the likelihood that the IRS or a court could disagree with the conclusions of the above-described opinion, the IRS could assert, and a court could determine, that the Distribution and/or the Merger should be treated as taxable transactions. None of P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub is currently aware of any facts or circumstances that would cause the above-described assumptions and representations to be untrue or incorrect in any material respect, that would preclude any of P&G, Galleria Company, Coty or Merger Sub from complying with all applicable covenants or that would otherwise jeopardize the conclusions reached by special tax counsel in its opinion. You should note that none of P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub intends to seek a ruling from the IRS as to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Transactions.

Principal Federal Income Tax Consequences to P&G of the Distribution

Subject to the foregoing, (1) the Galleria Transfer, taken together with the Distribution, should qualify as a tax-free reorganization pursuant to section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, (2) the Distribution, as such, should qualify as a distribution to P&G shareholders pursuant to section 355 of the Code, and (3) the Merger should not cause section 355(e) of the Code to apply to the Distribution. Accordingly, P&G generally should recognize no taxable gain or loss, and include no amount in income, for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the Distribution, other than as a result of certain intercompany transactions.

 

- 85 -


Table of Contents

Principal Federal Income Tax Consequences to P&G Shareholders of the Distribution

Subject to the foregoing, the Distribution generally should have the following tax consequences to P&G shareholders who receive shares of Galleria Company common stock:

 

    no taxable gain or loss should be recognized by, and no amount included in the income of, P&G shareholders upon the receipt of shares of Galleria Company common stock in the exchange offer or in any subsequent pro rata dividend distributed to the Remaining P&G Shareholders if the exchange offer is completed but is not fully subscribed;

 

    the tax basis of the shares of Galleria Company common stock issued to a P&G shareholder in the exchange offer should equal the tax basis of the shares of P&G common stock exchanged therefor;

 

    the tax basis of the shares of Galleria Company common stock distributed to the Remaining P&G Shareholders as a subsequent pro rata dividend if the exchange offer is completed but is not fully subscribed should be determined by allocating the tax basis of such shareholder in the shares of P&G common stock with respect to which the subsequent pro rata dividend is made between such shares of P&G common stock and the shares of Galleria Company common stock in proportion to the relative fair market value of each on the Distribution date; and

 

    the holding period of the shares of Galleria Company common stock received by a P&G shareholder should include the holding period on the Distribution date of the shares of P&G common stock with respect to which the shares of Galleria Company common stock were received.

For information regarding the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Merger to P&G shareholders who receive shares of Galleria Company common stock in the Distribution, see “—The Merger” below.

Principal Federal Income Tax Consequences to P&G and P&G Shareholders if the Distribution Was Taxable

The Distribution would be taxable to P&G pursuant to section 355(e) of the Code if 50% or more (by vote or value) of P&G stock or Galleria Company stock were treated as acquired (including, in the latter case, through the acquisition of Coty stock in or after the Merger), directly or indirectly, by certain persons as part of a plan or series of related transactions that included the Distribution. Because P&G shareholders should be treated as owning more than 50% (by vote and value) of Coty’s stock immediately after the Merger, the Merger, by itself, should not cause the Distribution to be taxable to P&G under section 355(e) of the Code. However, if the IRS were to determine that other acquisitions of P&G stock, Galleria Company stock or Coty stock, as the case may be, either before or after the Distribution and the Merger, were part of a plan or series of related transactions that included the Distribution for purposes of section 355(e) of the Code, P&G could be required to recognize gain under section 355(e) of the Code, although the Distribution generally should remain tax-free to P&G shareholders (assuming the other requirements in sections 355 and 368 of the Code were satisfied). While P&G generally would recognize gain as if it had sold the shares of Galleria Company common stock distributed to P&G shareholders in the Distribution for an amount equal to the fair market value of such stock, P&G has agreed under the Tax Matters Agreement among P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub to make a protective election under section 336(e) of the Code with respect to the Distribution which generally causes a deemed sale of Galleria Company’s assets upon a taxable Distribution. The process for determining whether an acquisition of a 50% or greater interest in P&G or Galleria Company prohibited under the foregoing rules has occurred is complex, inherently factual and subject to interpretation of the facts and circumstances of a particular case.

If the Galleria Transfer and the Distribution, taken together, were to fail to qualify for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a reorganization under section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, then:

 

    the consolidated group of which P&G is the common parent would recognize a taxable gain equal to the excess of the fair market value of the assets transferred to Galleria Company plus liabilities assumed by Galleria Company over P&G’s tax basis in such assets;

 

- 86 -


Table of Contents
    the exchange of shares of P&G common stock in the exchange offer would be a taxable exchange, and each holder that participated in the exchange offer would be treated as if P&G redeemed its common stock from such holder. In that case, each such holder would generally recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares of Galleria Company common stock received and the holder’s tax basis in the shares of P&G common stock exchanged therefor, unless the redemption were considered essentially equivalent to a dividend (because the holder has not sufficiently decreased its actual and constructive ownership of P&G common stock as a result of the exchange offer), in which case such holder would be treated as having received a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of the shares of Galleria Company common stock received which would be taxed as discussed in the immediately following bullet point;

 

    each holder that received shares of Galleria Company common stock as a subsequent pro rata dividend distribution if the exchange offer is completed but is not fully subscribed would be treated as if the holder received a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of the shares of Galleria Company common stock received, which would be taxed (1) as a dividend to the extent of the holder’s pro rata share of P&G’s current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles (including earnings and profits attributable to the gain to P&G described in the first bullet point), then (2) as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the holder’s tax basis in the shares of P&G common stock with respect to which the distribution was made (the return of capital would thereby reduce the holder’s tax basis in such shares of P&G common stock), and finally (3) as capital gain with respect to the remaining value; and

 

    an individual holder would generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the prevailing long-term capital gains rate (assuming holding period and other requirements are met), which is currently 20%, with respect to the portion of the Distribution that was treated as a capital gain or qualified dividend, subject to exceptions for certain short-term positions (including positions held for one year or less, in the case of a capital gain), which could give rise to tax at ordinary income rates.

The Merger

It is a condition to consummation of the Merger that Coty and P&G receive written tax opinions from their respective special tax counsel, McDermott Will & Emery LLP and Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP, dated as of the closing date of the Merger, to the effect that the Merger will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a reorganization within the meaning of section 368(a) of the Code. It is a condition to the Merger that these opinions not be withdrawn. The opinions will rely on certain assumptions, including assumptions regarding the absence of changes in existing facts and law and the consummation of the Merger in the manner contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, and representations and covenants made by P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub, including those contained in representation letters of officers of Coty and P&G. If any of those representations, covenants or assumptions is inaccurate in any material respect, the opinions may not be relied upon, and the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Merger could differ significantly from those discussed herein. In addition, these opinions are not binding on the IRS or any court, and none of Coty, Merger Sub, Galleria Company or P&G intends to request a ruling from the IRS regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Transactions. Consequently, there can be no certainty that the IRS will not challenge the conclusions reflected in the opinions or that a court would not sustain such a challenge.

Assuming that the Merger is treated as a reorganization within the meaning of section 368(a) of the Code, the Merger will have the following U.S. federal income tax consequences:

 

    none of P&G, Galleria Company, Coty or Merger Sub will recognize a taxable gain or loss in the Merger;

 

    no taxable gain or loss will be recognized by, and no amount will be included in the income of, P&G shareholders who exchange their shares of Galleria Company common stock for shares of Coty common stock in the Merger, except with respect to cash received in lieu of fractional shares of Coty common stock (as described below);

 

- 87 -


Table of Contents
    the tax basis of shares of Coty common stock received in the Merger (including fractional shares for which cash is received) by P&G shareholders who receive shares of Galleria Company common stock in the Distribution will be the same as the tax basis of the shares of Galleria Company common stock exchanged therefor (which is as described above);

 

    the holding period of the shares of Coty common stock received in the Merger by P&G shareholders who exchange their shares of Galleria Company common stock received in the Distribution (including fractional shares for which cash is received) will include the holding period of the shares of Galleria Company common stock exchanged therefor (which is as described above); and

 

    taxable gain or loss will be recognized by P&G shareholders who receive cash in lieu of fractional shares of Coty common stock equal to the difference between the amount of cash received and their tax basis in their fractional shares of Coty common stock. The character of such taxable gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the fractional shares of Coty common stock are treated as having been held for more than one year when the fractional shares are sold on the open market. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitation.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

P&G shareholders who own at least 5% (by vote or value) of P&G’s total outstanding stock and receive shares of Galleria Company common stock in the Distribution, and P&G shareholders who receive at least 1% (by vote or value) of the total outstanding stock of Galleria Company in the Distribution and then receive shares of Coty common stock in the Merger, must attach to their U.S. federal income tax return for the year in which the Distribution occurs a detailed statement setting forth the data appropriate to show the applicability of section 355 of the Code to the Distribution and section 368 of the Code to the Merger. P&G or Coty will provide the appropriate information to each holder upon request, and each such holder is required to retain permanent records of this information.

Non-corporate holders of shares of P&G common stock that receive shares of Galleria Company common stock in the Distribution may be subject to backup withholding tax on any cash payments received in lieu of a fractional share of Coty common stock in the Merger. Any such holder will not be subject to backup withholding tax, however, if such holder furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that such holder is not subject to backup withholding tax on the Form W-9 (or successor form) included in the letter of transmittal to be delivered to the holder following the consummation of the Merger or is otherwise exempt from backup withholding tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding tax rules will be allowed as a refund or credit against the applicable holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the holder furnishes the required information to the IRS.

 

- 88 -


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ON P&G

The Procter & Gamble Company was incorporated in Ohio in 1905, having been built from a business founded in 1837 by William Procter and James Gamble. Today, P&G manufactures and markets a broad range of consumer products in many countries throughout the world. P&G’s principal executive offices are located at One Procter & Gamble Plaza, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202, and its telephone number is (513) 983-1100.

P&G’s business is organized into four industry-based sectors called Global Business Units (“GBUs”): Beauty; Health and Grooming; Fabric and Home Care; and Baby, Feminine and Family Care. These GBUs contain a total of five reportable segments: Beauty; Grooming; Health Care; Fabric Care and Home Care; and Baby, Feminine and Family Care.

 

    Beauty includes antiperspirant and deodorant, personal cleansing, skin care, cosmetics, hair care, hair color, prestige and salon professional categories. Representative brands include Head & Shoulders, Olay, Pantene, SK-II and Wella.

 

    Grooming includes female and male blades and razors, pre-shave products, post-shave products, other shave care and electronic hair removal categories. Representative brands include, Fusion, Gillette, Mach3 and Prestobarba.

 

    Health Care includes gastrointestinal, rapid diagnostics, respiratory, vitamins/minerals/supplements, toothbrush, toothpaste, other personal health care and other oral care categories. Representative brands include Crest, Oral-B and Vicks.

 

    Fabric Care and Home Care includes laundry additives, fabric enhancers, laundry detergents, air care, dish care, P&G Professional and surface care categories. Representative brands include Ariel, Dawn, Downy, Gain, Tide and Febreze.

 

    Baby, Feminine and Family Care includes baby wipes, baby diapers, baby pants, adult incontinence, feminine care, paper towels, tissues and toilet paper categories. Representative brands include Always, Bounty, Charmin and Pampers.

In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, the Beauty segment accounted for 18% of net sales; the Grooming segment accounted for 10% of net sales; the Health Care segment accounted for 11% of net sales; the Fabric Care and Home Care segment accounted for 32% of net sales; and the Baby, Feminine and Family Care segment accounted for 29% of net sales.

As of June 30, 2015, P&G owned and operated 29 manufacturing sites in the United States, located in 21 different states or territories. In addition, as of June 30, 2015, P&G owned and operated 100 manufacturing sites in 38 other countries. Many of the domestic and international facilities produce products for multiple P&G business units.

For a more detailed description of the business of P&G, see P&G’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 26, 2015 to revise P&G’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, which has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation By Reference.”

 

- 89 -


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ON COTY

Overview

Coty is a leading global beauty company. Founded in Paris in 1904, Coty is a pure play beauty company with a portfolio of well-known brands that compete in the three segments in which Coty operates: Fragrances, Color Cosmetics and Skin & Body Care. Coty currently holds the #2 global position in fragrances, the #4 global position in color cosmetics and has a strong regional presence in skin and body care. Coty’s top 10 brands, which Coty refers to as its “power brands,” generated 72% of its net revenues in fiscal 2015 and comprise the following globally recognized brands: adidas, Calvin Klein, Chloé, DAVIDOFF, Marc Jacobs, OPI, philosophy, Playboy, Rimmel and Sally Hansen. Coty’s brands compete in all key distribution channels across both prestige and mass markets and in over 130 countries and territories.

Coty operates in the global beauty industry, which is attractive given its large scale, stable growth characteristics and demonstrated resiliency. Following the completion of the Transactions, the segments of the beauty industry in which Coty competes will include fragrances, color cosmetics, professional and retail hair color and styling, and skin and body care. According to Euromonitor, these combined segments generated approximately $300 billion of worldwide retail sales in calendar 2015. Coty believes the beauty industry is driven primarily by innovation, changes in consumer preferences and fashion trends in developed markets, and by a larger middle class and increased accessibility of beauty products in emerging markets.

Coty has transformed itself into a multi-segment beauty company with market leading positions in both North America and Europe through new product offerings, diversified sales channels and its global growth strategy. Today, Coty’s business has a diversified revenue base that generated net revenues in fiscal 2015 of 50%, 33% and 17% from Fragrances, Color Cosmetics and Skin & Body Care, respectively.

The following is a discussion of Coty prior to the consummation of the Merger. For a discussion of the combined company following the Transactions see “Business Strategies After the Transactions.” Additional information about Coty is included in documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation By Reference.”

Coty’s Brands

Coty targets organic growth through its focus on supporting and expanding global brands while consistently developing and seeking to acquire new brands and licenses. Brand innovation and new product development are critical components of Coty’s success.

Coty’s existing “power brands,” each of which are described in further detail below, are at the core of Coty’s accomplishments. Coty invests aggressively behind current and prospective power brands and intends to continue to do so after consummation of the Merger. Coty’s power brands are its largest brands and those that it believes to have the greatest global potential to enhance Coty’s scale in the three beauty segments in which it competes.

 

    adidas. adidas is one of the biggest brands in the global mass body care market and maintains a significant presence in deodorants and shower gels. Coty’s adidas products for both men and women blend distinctive brand identity (through each fragrance and product design) and aspirations of performance to appeal to a broad range of consumers. Successful new product launches have contributed to adidas’ net revenues.

 

    Calvin Klein. Calvin Klein is Coty’s largest brand by net revenues and one of the largest fragrance brands by net revenues in the world. It holds strong positions in most developed markets, including the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany and Spain, and in emerging markets, such as China and the Middle East. The brand is also sold in the travel retail sales channel, including duty-free shops. The brand reaches a diverse consumer base through several strong product lines, including ck one, Eternity and euphoria.

 

- 90 -


Table of Contents
    Chloé . Chloé is one of the fastest growing prestige fragrance brands for women over the past five years and is a top women’s fragrance in the global prestige market. Chloé’s largest markets are travel retail, Italy, the United States, France, Germany and Spain. Notable launches for the brand include Chloé Signature, Chloé Love Story and See by Chloé.

 

    DAVIDOFF . DAVIDOFF is the #11 men’s fragrance brand in the worldwide prestige market. Cool Water, DAVIDOFF’s most successful line, is the #2 men’s fragrance brand in the German prestige market and the #9 men’s prestige fragrance brand in the world. It has been one of the world’s leading prestige men’s fragrances since its initial launch in 1988. DAVIDOFF Cool Water has joined forces with the National Geographic Society to support its Pristine Seas mission. This initiative aims to raise awareness about the importance of protecting the ocean.

 

    Marc Jacobs . Marc Jacobs is an iconic fragrance brand, with Daisy Marc Jacobs, Daisy Dream Marc Jacobs, Marc Jacobs Lola, Dot Marc Jacobs and the successful launch of Marc Jacobs Decadence in fall 2015. The brand has been particularly successful in certain Asian markets, including China, and is a top ranking brand in global travel retail.

 

    OPI . OPI is the global leader in professional nail care. With its portfolio of approximately 300 creatively-named unique shades, OPI links fashion and entertainment with color cosmetics. OPI regularly creates limited-edition collections with celebrities and entertainment franchises to promote the brand, including collaborations with Gwen Stefani, Miss Piggy, the Muppets and Hello Kitty. Coty’s OPI brand product lines include OPI (which is sold through salons, travel retail and traditional retailers) and Nicole by OPI (which is sold through mass retailers). OPI also markets nail gels, nail care products and nail accessories through salons. OPI is sold in over 100 countries and territories.

 

    philosophy . philosophy enjoys strong market position in skin and body care in the U.S. prestige market and leverages multiple distribution channels, including direct television sales and e-commerce. philosophy’s miracle worker line was one of the most successful skin care launches in the U.S. prestige market the year it was launched. Building on the brand’s existing skincare franchises, philosophy had several new launches in fiscal 2015, including renewed hope in a jar refreshing and refining moisturizer, no reason to hide multi-imperfection transforming serum and ultimate miracle worker multi-rejuvenating cream broad spectrum SPF 30. In recent years, Coty commenced distribution of philosophy in certain international markets, including Canada, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom and Singapore, and in travel retail.

 

    Playboy . Playboy has quickly become a strong mass market brand with established positions in Europe as well as an expanding presence in emerging markets. Playboy offers a variety of deodorant, shower gel and fragrance products in both men and women markets.

 

    Rimmel . The Rimmel brand comprises a broad line of color cosmetics products covering the entire range of women’s color cosmetics, including eye, face, lip and nail products. Rimmel is sold in drugstores and other mass distribution channels. Rimmel is the #3 color cosmetics brand in the European retail mass market and has experienced a solid increase in net revenues over the course of the past several years in all of the regions where it competes. Rimmel has been represented for more than ten years by Kate Moss, who has also developed and promoted her own signature line of Rimmel lipsticks. Most recently, the brand is also represented by supermodel Georgia May Jagger, and international music star Rita Ora.

 

   

Sally Hansen . Sally Hansen is the #1 nail care product brand in North America. Coty believes that Sally Hansen has the most diversified and successful line of nail products in North America. Products in Coty’s Sally Hansen line include nail care products, nail color lacquers and nail and beauty implements. Coty also sells a broad range of depilatory and wax products through its Sally Hansen brand. Sally Hansen is sold in drugstores and other mass retailers. In fiscal 2015, Coty launched Sally Hansen Miracle Gel for at-home gel manicures. Miracle Gel holds the #1 position in nail care in the United States with a 13.7% market share and has won 34 industry awards to date. Although Sally

 

- 91 -


Table of Contents
 

Hansen is currently primarily a North American brand, it continues to expand its presence in Europe, Asia and South America by focusing on nail products. Miracle Gel, which has experienced steady growth since launch, has enabled Sally Hansen to grow net revenues in the North American and European markets.

In addition to Coty’s power brands, Coty has a broad and deep portfolio of over 60 other brands, which accounted for 28% of its net revenues in fiscal 2015. These include regional brands such as Astor, Bourjois, Jil Sander, Joop! Lancaster and Manhattan, celebrity brands such as Beyoncé, David Beckham, Jennifer Lopez and Katy Perry and emerging brands such as Roberto Cavalli, Bottega Veneta and Miu Miu.

On February 1, 2016, Coty completed its previously announced acquisition of the personal care and beauty business of Hypermarcas S.A. (the “Hypermarcas Beauty Business”). The Hypermarcas Beauty Business includes an offering of brands that hold leading positions in the highly competitive Brazilian beauty and personal care market, which is the third largest in the world. Brands that Coty acquired include Monage, a multi-category personal care brand; Risqué, the market leader in nail polish in Brazil; Bozzano, the market leader in men’s care in Brazil; Paixão, the largest skin care brand in Brazil; and Biocolor, a best-selling hair colorant in Brazil. The Hypermarcas Beauty Business comprises manufacturing and distribution facilities in the state of Goias, with go to market capabilities. As a result, it provides a platform for Coty to integrate its existing business and the Galleria business in Brazil and is intended to increase Coty’s exposure to higher growth emerging markets.

Coty’s Competitive Strengths

A portfolio of strong, well recognized beauty brands anchored by Coty’s “power brands” across three key beauty segments . The strength of Coty’s brand portfolio provides the foundation of its success. Coty believes its brands are valued by consumers across geographies and distribution channels. Coty believes that consumers appreciate the quality and innovation of its products across various price points and its ability to quickly and cost-effectively innovate and draw excitement to its products.

Global leader in fragrances . Coty’s #2 global position in fragrances is a result of the strength, scale and balance of its brands. The brands in Coty’s Fragrances segment include brands associated with fashion designers, lifestyle brands and brands associated with entertainment personalities. Coty’s top fragrance brands by percentage of net revenues are Calvin Klein, Marc Jacobs, DAVIDOFF and Chloé. Coty has launched several new fragrance brands since 2010, including Balenciaga, Beyoncé, Bottega Veneta, Guess?, Katy Perry and Roberto Cavalli. Its newest fragrance brand Miu Miu, launched in 2015.

Leading player in color cosmetics . Coty historically achieved its #4 global ranking in color cosmetics, as well as its position in Europe and the United States, by identifying and investing in new trends in cosmetics and nail care, introducing innovative products to the market and expanding distribution globally. Coty continues to build on these foundations organically through new product innovations and strategically through acquisitions such as Bourjois. Coty’s growth in the nail category continues to be fueled by outstanding innovation. For example, in 2015 Coty launched OPI Hello Kitty collection, OPI Infinite Shine and Sally Hansen Miracle Gel. Outside of nail products, in 2015 Coty introduced Astor Lash Beautifier mascara, Rimmel Supercurler mascara and Rimmel the Only 1 lipstick.

Licensee of choice . Coty has a track record of partnering with unique brands while respecting and preserving each licensor’s brand identity. In addition, Coty’s global scale allows it to offer its licensed products in multiple points of distribution and in multiple geographies. Marc Jacobs and Chloé are examples of licensed designer brands that have organically grown from low revenue bases to be two of Coty’s most highly valued and fastest growing brands. Similarly, Coty grew Playboy from a low revenue base and expanded it globally. Coty intends to seek to replicate this growth with high potential brands in the future and will continue to build on its success by partnering with highly sought-after celebrities. Coty believes it is a preferred licensee for potential partners, with opportunities for Coty to further develop existing brand licenses as well.

 

- 92 -


Table of Contents

Superior innovation driven by entrepreneurial culture . Coty believes its entrepreneurial culture allows it to act faster and push marketing and creative boundaries further than its competitors. Coty’s past success demonstrates that it is poised to turn innovative ideas into realities with agility, decisiveness and calculated risk taking, all at a high level of execution. Over the last three fiscal years, sales from Coty’s new products accounted for approximately 16% of its total net revenues, on average.

Product, channel and geographic diversity . Coty has breadth across beauty segments with product offerings in fragrances, color cosmetics and skin and body care. It has a balanced multi-channel distribution strategy and markets products across price points in prestige and mass channels of distribution, including department stores, specialty retailers, traditional food, drug and mass retailers, salons, travel retail, e-commerce and television sales, among others. Coty believes its commercial expertise enhances its capabilities when it enters new markets where products must suit local consumer preferences, incomes and demographics. Coty’s beauty products are marketed, sold and distributed to consumers in over 130 countries and territories. Coty believes its diverse, globally recognized product portfolio positions it well to expand its leadership broadly into new geographies, in both developed and emerging markets.

Compelling financial platform . Coty benefits from healthy and improving operating margins, as demonstrated by an improvement in its adjusted operating margin from 11.0% in fiscal 2014 to 12.8% on a last-twelve-months basis in the second quarter of fiscal 2016. Coty also generates strong and consistent cash flow which totaled $325 million in fiscal 2015, up from $305 million in fiscal 2014. In addition, Coty’s global efficiency program announced in August 2014 remains on track, as Coty has recognized cumulative savings of approximately $170 million through the second quarter of fiscal 2016, driven by fixed cost reduction, indirect procurement savings, footprint consolidation and more streamlined operations in China. Coty believes its global efficiency program will address the different cost components of its business, and it anticipates that annual savings from the program will now be $270 million by the end of fiscal year 2017.

Coty’s Segments

Fragrances

Coty holds the #2 global position in fragrances. Coty believes that its success in fragrances results from a combination of strong executive leadership, global expansion, innovation, organic growth, acquisitions, product line extensions and new licenses.

Coty’s fragrance products include a variety of men’s and women’s products. Brands in the Fragrances segment include brands associated with fashion designers, lifestyle brands and brands associated with entertainment personalities. Coty sells its fragrance products in all distribution channels, from mass to prestige, including travel and retail, to target consumers across all incomes, ages and geographies that it considers important to its business.

Coty owns certain of the trademarks associated with its fragrance products and licenses other trademarks from celebrities, fashion houses and other lifestyle brands. In fiscal 2015, Coty manufactured 76% of its fragrance products at its manufacturing facilities, and marketed and distributed its fragrance products globally through local affiliates and third-party distributors.

Coty’s top fragrance brands by percentage of net revenues are Calvin Klein, Marc Jacobs, DAVIDOFF and Chloé. Coty has launched several new fragrance brands since 2010, including Balenciaga, Beyoncé, Bottega Veneta, Guess?, Katy Perry and Roberto Cavalli.

Color Cosmetics

Coty is an emerging leader in color cosmetics. Coty is ranked 4th globally and 2nd in the combined North American and European mass retail markets. Coty’s color cosmetics products include lip, eye, nail and facial color products. It maintains a #2 position in nail care products globally.

 

- 93 -


Table of Contents

Coty has 11 brands in its Color Cosmetics segment, including Bourjois, which was acquired in fiscal 2015. As of December 31, 2015, Coty’s top color cosmetics brands by percentage of net revenues are Rimmel, Sally Hansen and OPI. Most of Coty’s color cosmetics products are sold within mass distribution channels, with OPI mostly sold in professional distribution channels. Coty’s strength in color cosmetics is driven by its Rimmel and Sally Hansen brands.

Coty owns all the brands in its Color Cosmetics segment and their associated trademarks, except for ck one color, Cutex and Lycra, which it licenses. Coty associates celebrities’ images in the advertising of some of its color cosmetics brands such as Kate Moss, Georgia May Jagger and Rita Ora for Rimmel, Demi Lovato for N.Y.C. New York Color and Heidi Klum for Astor. In fiscal 2015, Coty manufactured 67% of its color cosmetics products at its manufacturing facilities. Coty markets and distributes its color cosmetics products globally through its subsidiaries and third-party distributors.

Skin & Body Care

Coty continues to develop the brands and product lines in its Skin & Body Care segment and to expand its product offerings. Coty’s skin & body care products include shower gels, deodorants, skin care and sun treatment products. Its Skin & Body Care brands are adidas, Lancaster, philosophy and Playboy. Lancaster and philosophy are sold in prestige distribution channels and adidas and Playboy are sold in mass distribution channels.

Coty owns Lancaster and philosophy and their trademarks, and licenses the trademarks associated with adidas and Playboy. In fiscal 2015, Coty manufactured 71% of its skin & body care products at its manufacturing facilities. Coty markets and distributes its Skin & Body Care products globally through its subsidiaries and third-party distributors.

Research and Development

Research and development is a pillar of Coty’s innovation. It combines cutting-edge research and technology, new ingredients and precise market testing, enabling Coty to develop and support the development of new products while continuing to improve existing products. Key new product developments with significant product innovation components in calendar years 2014 and 2015 included Rimmel Wonder’Lash mascara with Argan Oil, a patented creamy, volumizing and conditioning mascara, Sally Hansen Miracle Gel 2.0, the only two-step gel manicure with a plumping top coat that does not require light, philosophy ultimate miracle worker, featuring a patented multi-protection formula for the face and eyes, and Lancaster 365 Skin Repair Serum, which helps manage aging at the roots. Coty’s products have received numerous awards, including awards from The Fragrance Foundation and CLIO Awards. In fiscal 2015, among other awards, Daisy Dream Marc Jacobs received awards for Best Packaging of the Year and Consumer Choice Awards from The Fragrance Foundation, Sally Hansen Miracle Gel received the Cosmetic Executive Women’s Insider Choice Beauty Award in Nail Product and Lancaster Sun Sport Invisible Mist Wet Skin Application SPF30 received Marie Claire’s Prix d’excellence 2014 award.

Coty continuously seeks to improve its products through research and development, and strives to provide the consumer with the best possible products. Coty’s research and development teams work with the marketing and operations teams to identify recent trends and consumer needs and to bring products quickly to market. Additionally, Coty’s basic and applied research groups, which conduct longer-term research such as “blue sky” research, seek to develop proprietary new technologies for first-to-market products and for improving existing products. This research and development is done both internally and through affiliations with various universities, technical centers, supply partners, industry associations and technical associations. As of August 2015, Coty owned approximately 750 patents and patent applications globally.

Coty performs extensive testing on its products, including testing for safety, packaging, toxicology, in vitro eye irritation, microbiology, quality and stability. It also has a robust internal and external testing program that

 

- 94 -


Table of Contents

includes sensory, consumer and clinical testing. Coty does not conduct animal testing on its products or ingredients, nor does it engage others to undertake such testing on its behalf, except when required by local country laws.

As of March 2016, Coty had approximately 302 employees engaged in research and development. Research and development expenditures totaled 1.1%, 1.0% and 1.0% of net revenues in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Coty maintains five research and development centers, which are located in the United States, Europe and China.

Suppliers, Manufacturing and Related Operations

Coty manufactures approximately 70% of its products in eight facilities around the world. These facilities are located in the United States, Europe and China. Several of these locations provide multi-segment manufacturing. Approximately 30% of Coty’s finished products are manufactured to its specifications by third parties.

Coty continues to streamline its manufacturing processes and identify sourcing opportunities to improve innovation, customer service and product quality, increase efficiencies and reduce costs. Coty has a dedicated worldwide procurement team that it believes follows industry best practices and that is making a concentrated effort to reduce costs associated with third-party suppliers. While Coty believes that its manufacturing facilities are sufficient to meet current and reasonably anticipated manufacturing requirements, it continues to identify opportunities to make improvements in productivity. For example, it is streamlining its manufacturing facilities to optimize costs. Coty will evaluate whether to consolidate facilities and eliminate unnecessary lease expense in areas where both Coty and P&G Beauty Brands have historically had an office. To capitalize on supply chain benefits, Coty will continue to complement its own manufacturing network with the use of pertinent third parties on a global basis for finished goods production.

The principal raw materials used in the manufacture of Coty’s products are essential oils, alcohol and specialty chemicals. The essential oils in fragrance products are generally sourced from fragrance houses. As a result, Coty realizes material cost savings and benefits from the technology, innovation and resources provided by these fragrance houses.

Coty purchases the raw materials for all its products from various third parties. It also purchases packaging components that are manufactured to its design specifications. Coty works in collaboration with its suppliers to meet its stringent design and creative criteria. In fiscal 2015, no single supplier accounted for more than 8% of the materials used in the manufacture of Coty’s products.

Coty regularly benchmarks the performance of its supply chain and adjusts its suppliers and distribution networks and manufacturing footprint based upon the changing needs of its business. Coty is always considering new ways to improve its overall supply chain performance through better use of its production and sourcing capabilities. Coty believes that it currently has adequate sources of supply for all its products. It has not experienced material disruptions in its supply chain in the past, and it believes it has robust practices in place to respond to any potential disruptions in its supply chain.

Coty has established a global distribution network designed to meet the changing demands of its customers while maintaining service levels. In calendar year 2013, Coty received a Frost & Sullivan Manufacturing Leadership 100 award for leadership in global value chain and in fiscal 2015, it received awards in Leadership and Strategy and Manufacturing in Action from the Manufacturer of the Year Awards. Coty is continuing to evaluate and restructure its physical distribution network to increase efficiency and reduce its order lead times.

Coty also recognizes the importance of its employees and has programs in place designed to ensure operating safety. Coty also has in place programs designed to ensure that its manufacturing and distribution facilities comply with applicable environmental rules and regulations, and these programs have improved its employee safety as benchmarked against industry levels.

 

- 95 -


Table of Contents

Marketing and Sales

Coty has dedicated marketing and sales forces (including ancillary support services) in most of its significant markets. Coty believes that local teams dedicated to the commercialization of its brands gives it the greatest opportunity to execute its business strategy. Coty is also developing branding and marketing execution strategies with its top customers.

Coty’s marketing strategy creates a distinct image and personality for each brand. Many of its products are linked to recognized designers and design houses such as Balenciaga, Bottega Veneta, Calvin Klein, Chloé, Marc Jacobs and Robert Cavalli, celebrities, such as Beyoncé Knowles, David Beckham, Enrique Iglesias, Jennifer Lopez and Katy Perry, and lifestyle brands, such as adidas, DAVIDOFF, Playboy and Vespa. Each of its brands is promoted with consistent logos, packaging and advertising designed to enhance its image and the uniqueness of each brand. Coty’s strategy is to promote these brands mostly in television, print, outdoor ads, in-store displays and online on brand sites and social networks. Coty also leverages its relationships with celebrities to endorse certain of its products. Recent campaigns include Kate Moss and Georgia May Jagger for Rimmel, Scott Eastwood for DAVIDOFF, Jasmine Tookes and Tobias Sorensen for Calvin Klein Eternity NOW, Christy Turlington and Ed Burns for Calvin Klein Eternity and a television spot for Daisy Dream Marc Jacobs directed by long-time Marc Jacobs muse Sofia Coppola.

Coty’s marketing efforts also benefit from cooperative advertising programs with retailers, often in connection with in-store marketing activities. Such activities are designed to attract consumers to Coty’s counters, displays and walls and make them try, or purchase, Coty’s products. Coty also engages in sampling and “gift-with-purchase” programs designed to stimulate product trials. Coty has more recently been expanding its digital marketing efforts, including through websites it does not control or operate, with a multi-pronged strategy that ranges from brand sites, social networking campaigns and blogs, to e-commerce. Currently, 22 Coty brands have marketing sites, 35 have social networking activities, two have e-commerce capabilities and 12 are sold on branded e-commerce sites. Coty also partners with key “brick and mortar” retailers in its expansion into e-commerce.

Coty plans to expand its marketing efforts through the formation of a new department focused on accelerating growth by improving capabilities in areas such as innovation, traditional digital communication, sales execution and e-commerce. As a precursor to the formation of this new department, in October 2015, Coty entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Beamly Ltd (“Beamly”), a digital marketing firm based in New York and London. Since announcing the acquisition, Beamly has started to work with the Coty brands on several digital and social media campaigns. Coty expects the acquisition to enhance its digital engagement capabilities and to allow Coty to better address the accelerating consumer shift in time spent from traditional media to real time digital and social media channels. Coty believes Beamly will be an important aspect of establishing within the Coty organization that digital is a critical component of marketing and a valuable way of communicating and engaging with consumers. Coty believes it will also benefit from Beamly’s social data benchmarking, content creation, content optimization and consumer engagement tools to grow its e-commerce business.

Distribution Channels and Retail Sales

Coty currently has offices in more than 35 countries and markets, sells and distributes its products in over 130 countries and territories.

Coty has a balanced multi-channel distribution strategy and market products across price points in prestige and mass channels of distribution. It offers certain products through multiple distribution channels to reach a broader range of customers. Coty sells products in each of its segments through retailers, including hypermarkets, supermarkets, independent and chain drug stores and pharmacies, upscale perfumeries, upscale and mid-tier department stores, nail salons, specialty retailers, duty-free shops and traditional food, drug and mass retailers. Its principal retailers in the mass distribution channel include CVS, Rite Aid, Target, Walgreens and Wal-Mart in the United States and Boots, DM, Carrefour and Watson’s in Europe. Its principal retailers in the prestige distribution channel include Macy’s, Ulta, Dillard’s, Bon-Ton and Nordstrom in the United States, A.S. Watson

 

- 96 -


Table of Contents

and Douglas in Europe and Sephora in multiple geographic regions. Other principal retailers include Kohl’s and QVC. In fiscal 2015, no retailer accounted for more than 10% of Coty’s global net revenues; however, certain retailers accounted for more than 10% of net revenues within certain geographic markets. In fiscal 2015, Coty’s top ten retailers combined accounted for 29% of net revenues and Wal-Mart, its top retailer, accounted for 7% of net revenues. Coty is pursuing its strategy of geographic expansion by selling through retailers, its subsidiaries or third-party distributors and its strategy of increasing its presence in e-commerce by selling through websites that support an e-commerce-only product distribution business, including its own branded websites. Coty believes its commercial expertise enhances its capabilities when it enters new markets where products must suit local consumer preferences, incomes and demographics.

Coty also sells a broad range of its products through travel retail sales channels, including duty-free shops, airlines, cruise lines and other tax-free zones. Travel retail sales channels represented 7% of its net revenues in fiscal 2015. In addition, Coty sells its products through the internet over its retail partners’ e-commerce sites and through online retailers. It sells its philosophy and Bourjois products through philosophy and Bourjois-branded websites and also sells its philosophy products through direct marketing via television.

In countries and territories in which Coty sells its products but where it does not have a subsidiary, its products are sold through third-party distributors. Distributors in different countries or territories may sell to different types of customers, such as traditional retailers or via direct marketing. In some cases, Coty also outsources functions or parts of functions that can be performed more effectively by external service providers. For example, Coty has outsourced significant portions of its logistics management for its European prestige and mass distribution and its U.S. mass distribution, as well as certain technology-related functions, to third-party service providers. Coty directs its third-party service providers and distributors in the marketing, advertising and promotion of its products. Its third-party distributors contribute knowledge of the local market and dedicated sales personnel.

Consumer preferences are driving the trend towards multi-channel distribution for beauty products, and Coty intends to continue to develop and expand its multi-channel distribution strategies in response to and in anticipation of consumer demand trends.

Legal Proceedings

Coty has disclosed information about certain legal proceedings in the section entitled “Legal Proceedings” of its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, which is incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Other than as disclosed below, there have been no subsequent material developments to these matters.

In fiscal 2014, two putative class action complaints were filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against Coty, its directors and certain of its executive officers, and the underwriters of Coty’s 2013 initial public offering (“IPO”) alleging violations of the federal securities laws in connection with the IPO. Those lawsuits were consolidated under the caption In re Coty Inc. Securities Litigation , and following the court’s appointment of lead plaintiffs and lead counsel, a consolidated and amended complaint (the “Securities Complaint”) was filed on July 7, 2014. The Securities Complaint asserts claims against Coty, its directors and certain of its executive officers under Sections 11, 12 and 15 of the Securities Act, and sought, on behalf of persons who purchased shares of Coty common stock in the IPO, damages of an unspecified amount and equitable or injunctive relief.

On September 9, 2014, the plaintiffs voluntarily dismissed their claims against the underwriter defendants without prejudice. The Securities Complaint was further amended on October 18, 2014. Coty filed a motion to dismiss the Securities Complaint which was fully briefed as of December 2014. On March 29, 2016, the court granted Coty’s motion to dismiss the Securities Complaint. The court also denied the plaintiffs’ request for leave to file a further amended complaint. Subject to a possible appeal, Coty considers this matter closed.

 

- 97 -


Table of Contents

Coty is involved, from time to time, in litigation, other regulatory actions and other legal proceedings incidental to Coty’s business. Other than as previously disclosed in the Coty’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, management believes that current litigation, regulatory actions and legal proceedings will not have a material effect upon Coty’s business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. However, management’s assessment of Coty’s current litigation, regulatory actions and other legal proceedings could change in light of the discovery of facts with respect to litigation, regulatory actions or other proceedings pending against Coty not presently known to Coty or determinations by judges, juries or other finders of fact which are not in accord with management’s evaluation of the possible liability or outcome of such litigation, regulatory actions and legal proceedings.

Directors and Executive Officers

Coty Board of Directors

The directors of Coty immediately following the closing of the Transactions are expected to be the directors of Coty immediately prior to the closing of the Transactions.

Listed below is the biographical information for each person who is currently a member of Coty’s board of directors.

Lambertus J.H. Becht . Mr. Becht, 59, joined Coty’s board of directors as Chairman in 2011 and became Coty’s interim CEO in September 2014. He also serves as the Chairman of the board of directors of Jacobs Douwe Egberts B.V. and Chairman of the board of directors of the parent of Keurig Green Mountain, Inc., as well as a non-executive director of Peet’s Coffee & Tea Inc. and the Caribou Coffee Company, Inc./Einstein Noah Restaurant Group, Inc. Mr. Becht is also a partner and Chairman of the JAB Group. From 1999 to 2011, Mr. Becht was Chief Executive Officer of Reckitt Benckiser Group plc, a leading global consumer goods company in the field of household cleaning and health and personal care. Prior to that, Mr. Becht was Chief Executive Officer of privately held Benckiser Detergents, which in 1997 became Benckiser N.V. and listed on the Amsterdam and New York Stock Exchanges, and in 1999 merged with Reckitt & Colman plc and listed on the London Stock Exchange. Before becoming Chief Executive Officer of Benckiser Detergents in 1995, Mr. Becht held a variety of marketing, sales and finance positions at P&G in the United States and Germany and served within Benckiser Detergents as General Manager in Canada, the United Kingdom, France and Italy. Mr. Becht holds a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business and a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from the University of Groningen in the Netherlands.

Joachim Faber . Mr. Faber, 65, joined Coty’s board of directors in 2010. Mr. Faber is also the Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Deutsche Börse AG, Frankfurt, a member of the board of HSBC Holdings PLC, London, Chairman of the Shareholder Committee of JAB Holding Company S.á r.l. and a member of the board of Allianz S.A., Paris. Mr. Faber was a member of the Supervisory Board of OSRAM Licht AG and the Chairman of its audit committee until June 30, 2014. Until 2011, Mr. Faber served as the Chief Executive Officer of Allianz Global Investors, a global asset management company, and a member of the management board of Allianz SE in Munich. Prior to joining Allianz in 1997, he worked for 14 years in various positions for Citicorp in Frankfurt and London. He serves on the board of German Cancer Aid in Bonn and the European School for Management and Technology in Berlin. Mr. Faber graduated from the University of Bonn with a degree in Law. He received his PhD degree from the Postgraduate National School of Public Administration Speyer, Germany after completing his research at the Sorbonne University in Paris, France.

Olivier Goudet . Mr. Goudet, 51, joined Coty’s board of directors in 2013. Mr. Goudet is Partner and Chief Executive Officer of the JAB Group, a position he has held since June 2012. He started his professional career in 1990 at Mars, Inc., serving on the finance team of the French business. After six years, he left Mars, Inc. to join the VALEO Group, where he held several senior executive positions, including Chief Financial Officer. In 1998, he returned to Mars, Inc., where he later became Chief Financial Officer in 2004. In 2008, his role was

 

- 98 -


Table of Contents

broadened, and he was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Between June 2012 and November 2015, Mr. Goudet served as an Advisor to the Board of Mars, Inc. In January 2013, Mr. Goudet became the Chairman of Peet’s Coffee & Tea Inc. In September 2013, Mr. Goudet was appointed as board member of Jacobs Douwe Egberts B.V. Mr. Goudet is also Chairman of the Caribou Coffee Company, Inc./Einstein Restaurant Group, Inc. and a board member of Espresso-House Holding AB and the parent company of Keurig Green Mountain, Inc. In September 2014, Mr. Goudet joined the board of Jimmy Choo PLC. In April 2015, he became the Chairman of the board of directors of Anheuser-Busch InBev SA/NV. Mr. Goudet holds a Degree in Engineering from l’Ecole Centrale de Paris and graduated from the ESSEC Business School in Paris with a major in Finance.

Peter Harf . Mr. Harf, 69, joined Coty’s board of directors in 1996 and serves as Chair of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee. Mr. Harf was Chairman of Coty’s board of directors from 2001 until 2011 and Chief Executive Officer of Coty from 1993 to 2001. He is Chief Executive Officer of Lucresca and Agnaten, which indirectly share voting and investment control over shares of Coty. Mr. Harf joined JAB in 1981, serving the company in a variety of capacities, including Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since 1988. In September 2014, Mr. Harf became the Chairman and member of the board of directors of Jimmy Choo PLC. Mr. Harf is also a board member of the Caribou Coffee Company, Inc./Einstein Noah Restaurant Group, Inc., Peet’s Coffee & Tea Inc., Jacobs Douwe Egberts B.V. and the parent company of Keurig Green Mountain, Inc. and Chairman of Espresso-House Holding AB and co-founder and Executive Chairman of DKMS. Prior to joining the JAB group, Mr. Harf was Senior Vice President of Corporate Planning at AEG-Telefunken, Frankfurt, Germany. He began his career at the Boston Consulting Group. Mr. Harf was Deputy Chairman of the Board of Directors of Reckitt Benckiser Group plc from 1999 to December 2015, and was Chairman of the Board of Directors and a member of the audit committee of Anheuser-Busch InBev SA/NV until 2012. Mr. Harf holds a Master of Business Administration degree from Harvard Business School and a Diploma and a Doctorate in Economics from the University of Cologne in Germany.

Paul S. Michaels . Mr. Michaels, 64, joined Coty’s board of directors in June 2015. Prior to joining Coty, Paul S. Michaels served as the President of Mars, Incorporated, parent company of William Wrigley Jr. Co., from January 2004 to January 2015. Mr. Michaels began his career at P&G and later moved to Johnson & Johnson, where he spent 15 years building many of the company’s flagship brands. Mr. Michaels holds a Bachelor of Arts from the University of Notre Dame.

Erhard Schoewel . Mr. Schoewel, 66, joined Coty’s board of directors in 2006. From 1999 to 2006, he was Executive Vice President responsible for Europe at Reckitt Benckiser plc. From 1979 to 1999 he held positions of increasing responsibilities at Benckiser. Prior to that, he worked for PWA Waldhof. In 2012, Mr. Schoewel was elected to the Supervisory Board of the Jahr Holding GmbH & Co. KG in Hamburg, Germany. He was Chairman of Birdseye Iglo Ltd London and a director of Phorms SE Berlin. Mr. Schoewel received a Diplom-Kaufmann degree from University of Pforzheim.

Robert Singer . Mr. Singer, 64, joined Coty’s board of directors in 2010, and serves as Chair of the Audit and Finance Committee. From 2006 to 2009 he served as Chief Executive Officer of Barilla Holding S.p.A., an Italian food company, and before that he served as the President and Chief Operating Officer of Abercrombie and Fitch Co. from May 2004 until August 2005. He served as Chief Financial Officer of Gucci Group N.V. from 1995 to 2004. Mr. Singer started his career at Coopers & Lybrand in 1977. Mr. Singer also serves as a director of Gianni Versace S.p.A. and a director and member of the audit committee of Mead Johnson Nutrition. He also serves as a director and chair of the audit committees of Tiffany & Co. and Jimmy Choo PLC. Mr. Singer has served as a senior advisor to CCMP Capital Advisors, LLC since 2011. He received a Bachelor of Arts Humanities degree from Johns Hopkins University, a Master of Arts degree in Comparative Literature from University of California, Irvine and graduated from New York University with a Master of Science in Accounting.

Jack Stahl . Mr. Stahl, 63, joined Coty’s board of directors in 2011. From 2002 to 2006 he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Revlon Inc. Prior to joining Revlon, Mr. Stahl worked for 22 years with

 

- 99 -


Table of Contents

The Coca-Cola Company, culminating in the role of President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Stahl started his career as an auditor at Arthur Andersen & Co. He currently serves on the board of directors of Advantage Sales and Marketing LLC and as a director and Chair of the audit committees of Delhaize Group and Catalent, Inc. Mr. Stahl is on the U.S. Board of Advisors of CVC Capital and served until 2013 on the board of directors and as Chair of the audit committee of Saks Incorporated. In addition, Mr. Stahl is the Chairman of the Board of Governors of The Boys and Girls Clubs of America. He received a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from Emory University and a Master of Business Administration from the Wharton Business School of the University of Pennsylvania. His book “Lessons on Leadership: The 7 Fundamental Management Skills for Leaders at All Levels” was published in 2007.

Coty Executive Officers

Listed below is the biographical information for each person who is expected to be an executive officer of Coty following the closing of the Transactions and whose biographical information is not set forth above under “—Coty Board of Directors.”

Patrice de Talhouët . Mr. de Talhouët, 49, is Chief Financial Officer and a member of the Coty Executive Committee. Mr. de Talhouët oversees strategic leadership for corporate finance, planning and budgeting, treasury, tax and fiscal management and information technologies, as well as business development and mergers and acquisitions. He has more than 20 years of comprehensive global financial experience. Prior to joining Coty as Chief Financial Officer in January 2014, Mr. de Talhouët spent nearly seven years with food products manufacturer Mars, Inc., serving as Corporate Finance Officer Americas and a member of the finance executive committee from April 2011 to December 2013 and Chief Financial Officer Europe Mars Chocolate from January 2007 to March 2011. Before joining Mars, Inc., Mr. de Talhouët spent more than a decade in senior finance positions at Alcatel-Lucent. Mr. de Talhouët started his career at Société Générale S.A. bank. Mr. de Talhouët has served as a member of Devoteam’s Remuneration Committee from 2002 through 2010 and of Devoteam’s Audit Committee since 2011. He holds a Bachelor’s degree in Economics and International Management from Nanterre University and as well as a Master’s degree in Finance, Accounting and Corporate Law from Conservatoire National des Arts et Métiers (CNAM).

Sebastien Froidefond . Mr. Froidefond, 48, is Senior Vice President of Human Resources at Coty and a member of the Coty Executive Committee. Mr. Froidefond leads Coty’s worldwide human resources department and oversees all global employee communication initiatives. Prior to joining Coty in August 2015, Mr. Froidefond was Managing Director of Spire S.A.S. and Human Resources Vice President for the Global Consumer Healthcare division of Sanofi. From 2001 until his appointment as Sanofi’s Human Resources Vice President, Mr. Froidefond served in various roles of increasing responsibility within Sanofi’s human resources functions in the United Kingdom, Latin America, Africa, Turkey, the Middle East, Eurasia and South Asia. He has over 20 years of experience in building and leading world class human resources organizations at country, regional and global levels. Mr. Froidefond holds a Master in Economics from Université Paris X and an advanced degree in consulting from Institut Supérieur de Gestion.

Edgar O. Huber . Mr. Huber, 54, is President of Global Markets of Coty and is a member of the Coty Executive Committee. Mr. Huber has served in this position since November 15, 2015 and oversees sales execution and steers Coty’s business according to specific consumer and retailer needs and priorities. Prior to joining Coty, Mr. Huber was Director, President and Chief Executive Officer of Lands’ End, Inc., a leading global apparel retail brand, from 2011 until 2015. He served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Juicy Couture Division of Liz Claiborne, Inc., from September 2008 until January 2011. He has over 15 years of service in a number of senior roles at L’Oréal, S.A. and he was a key account and brand manager for Mars, Inc. Mr. Huber holds a Bachelor of Arts Degree from the Handelsakademie Innsbruck/Telfs, Austria and a Masters of Business Administration from the Wirtschaftsuniversität Wien (Vienna University of Economics and Business), Austria. Mr. Huber has also completed the International Management Program at HEC (Haute Etudes Commerciales) in Jouy-en-Josas, France, and the CEDEP (General Management Program) at INSEAD in Foutainbleau, France.

 

- 100 -


Table of Contents

Jules P. Kaufman . Mr. Kaufman, 58, is Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Coty and a member of the Coty Executive Committee. In his role as General Counsel, he oversees Coty’s legal affairs worldwide, including, among other things, acquisitions and divestitures, corporate governance, securities compliance, intellectual property, licensing and regulatory issues. Mr. Kaufman has more than 30 years of comprehensive legal experience. Prior to joining Coty as General Counsel in 2008, he served in Paris and Geneva as Vice President and Division General Counsel for Colgate-Palmolive Company’s Europe/South Pacific division. Prior to that, Mr. Kaufman had responsibility for mergers and acquisitions, SEC, finance and corporate governance matters within the Colgate corporate legal group. Mr. Kaufman began his career as a corporate lawyer with two New York City based law firms. He received his Bachelor of Arts degree from Harvard University and his Juris Doctor from the University of Virginia School of Law.

Ralph Macchio . Mr. Macchio, 59, is Chief Scientific Officer and Senior Vice President of Global Research & Development at Coty and is a member of the Coty Executive Committee. He is responsible for all Scientific Affairs and Global Regulatory Affairs at Coty and the Global Consumer Affairs Team. Mr. Macchio has over 30 years of cosmetic research and development experience. Since joining Coty in 1992, Mr. Macchio has held various positions of increasing responsibility at Coty. Prior to becoming Chief Scientific Officer and Senior Vice President of Global Research and Development in 2007, Mr. Macchio served as Vice President of Global Research and Development. Prior to joining Coty, Mr. Macchio held several positions at Revlon Inc., including Departmental Manager, Color Cosmetics. He received degrees in Biochemistry and Chemistry from the State University of New York at Albany.

Camillo Pane . Mr. Pane, 45, is Executive Vice President, Category Development and a member of the Coty Executive Committee. Prior to joining Coty in this position in July 2015, Mr. Pane was the Senior Vice President, Global Category Officer Consumer Health at Reckitt Benckiser Group plc from 2011 until 2015. Mr. Pane has held numerous high profile international marketing and general management roles through his career, in both developed and emerging markets. In 1996, he started his career at Reckitt Benckiser Group plc in Italy. In 1998, he moved to the United States where he was appointed Marketing Director for the Autodish and Homecare categories. In 2001, he moved to Sao Paulo as Regional Marketing Director for Brazil and Latin America for all Reckitt Benckiser brands. In 2003, Mr. Pane moved to the United Kingdom as Global Category Director for Air Wick. In 2007, Mr. Pane became the General Manager for the UK Healthcare business unit before taking on the role of General Manager of Reckitt Benckiser U.K. Household, Personal Care and Healthcare commercial businesses in 2009. Prior to Reckitt Benckiser, Mr. Pane spent time in Marketing with Kraft Jacob Suchard in Milan. Mr. Pane holds a degree in business administration from University of Bocconi in Milan.

Mario Reis . Mr. Reis, 56, is Executive Vice President, Supply Chain and a member of the Coty Executive Committee. Mr. Reis brings diversified experience in supply chain and commercial fields with a unique perspective and a strong skill set for a best in class end-to-end supply chain. Mr. Reis has more than 30 years of experience as a solid business leader and supply chain expert. Prior to joining Coty in this position in May 2014, Mr. Reis built his career during his tenure at Groupe Danone, where he held several senior executive positions within Worldwide Operations from 1996 to 2014. In his various supply chain roles within Groupe Danone, Mr. Reis was successful in implementing best practices and synergies across divisions. Most recently, Mr. Reis served as Managing Director of Groupe Danone South Africa from 1996 until 2014, where his leadership resulted in strong acceleration in profitability and growth over a five year period. Mr. Reis worked at Mars Inc. and Bain & Co. in various business roles from 1986 to 1996. Mr. Reis holds a Master of Business Administration degree from INSEAD, the University of Manchester and a Bachelor of Science degree with Honors from the University of Manchester.

Esi Eggleston Bracey . Following the closing of the Transactions, Ms. Bracey, 45, will be President, Coty Consumer Beauty and a member of the Coty Executive Committee. In her role, Ms. Bracey will oversee Coty’s Color Cosmetics, Hair Coloring and Styling, and Body Care division. She is currently P&G’s Executive Vice President, Global Color Cosmetics, where she leads CoverGirl and Max Factor businesses across more than 80

 

- 101 -


Table of Contents

global markets. Ms. Bracey has over 24 years of experience, including over 15 years in beauty and personal care. Ms. Bracey holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Engineering Sciences from Dartmouth College in Hanover, New Hampshire.

Sylvie Moreau . Following the closing of the Transactions, Ms. Moreau, 44, will be President, Coty Professional Beauty and a member of the Coty Executive Committee. In her role, Ms. Moreau will oversee Coty’s salon business in hair and nail care. Ms. Moreau has been with P&G since 1994 and currently serves as Executive Vice President of Wella, the salon professional division of P&G. Ms. Moreau has over 22 years of experience as she held a variety of positions in local, regional and international roles within P&G. Ms. Moreau holds a Master of International Business from NHH Bergen Norway and a MBA from ESSEC Business School of Cergy Pontoise, France.

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

Coty has disclosed information about certain relationships and related transactions in the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” of its Definitive Proxy Statement filed on September 22, 2015, which is incorporated by reference in this prospectus. There have been no subsequent material developments to such disclosure.

 

- 102 -


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ON P&G BEAUTY BRANDS

Overview

P&G Beauty Brands is a combination of wholly owned subsidiaries and operations relating to P&G’s global fine fragrances, salon professional, cosmetics and retail hair color businesses, along with select hair styling brands, that, except for the Excluded Brands, will be transferred by P&G and its subsidiaries to Galleria Company as part of the Separation.

P&G Beauty Brands manufactures, markets and sells various branded beauty products including professional and retail hair care, coloring and styling products, fine fragrances and cosmetics. P&G Beauty Brands sells its products in approximately 150 countries primarily through salons, mass merchandisers, grocery stores, drug stores, department stores and distributors.

P&G Beauty Brands includes several global brands, including Clairol Nice ‘n Easy, CoverGirl, HUGO BOSS, Gucci, Lacoste, Max Factor, Wella Koleston and Wella Professional. P&G Beauty Brands was mainly established from P&G’s acquisition of the Noxell Corporation in 1989, the tradename purchase of Max Factor in 1991, the acquisition of Clairol in 2001, the acquisition of Wella AG in September 2003 and other subsequent brand and license acquisitions. As it relates to licenses, P&G Beauty Brands maintains agreements with the owners of the brands, most of which involve the payment of royalties tied to the sales of the underlying brands.

P&G Beauty Brands includes the full line-up of fine fragrance brands as managed by the P&G Fine Fragrance business. The fragrance licenses of Dolce & Gabbana and Christina Aguilera will not transfer in the Transactions. P&G intends to fully exit the fine fragrance business and is exploring alternatives to exit the Dolce & Gabbana and Christina Aguilera fragrance licenses. In addition, P&G Beauty Brands historical results included in this prospectus reflect the results of certain divested P&G Fine Fragrance brands, including Rochas, Laura Biagiotti, Naomi Campbell and Giorgio Beverly Hills, which were divested by P&G in May 2015, June 2015, September 2014 and February 2016, respectively, as well as Puma, which was discontinued in fiscal 2015. Activities related to the Excluded Brands and the Divested Brands collectively accounted for $670.0 million of P&G Beauty Brands’ net sales and reduced P&G Beauty Brands’ net income by $17.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015.

P&G Beauty Brands was historically included within the P&G Beauty reportable segment. P&G Beauty Brands has four operating segments comprised of: (i) Fine Fragrances, (ii) Salon Professional, (iii) Retail Hair Color & Styling and (iv) Cosmetics. Under GAAP, the businesses underlying the four operating segments are aggregated into three reportable segments comprised of: (i) Fine Fragrances, (ii) Salon Professional and (iii) Retail Hair & Cosmetics.

The operating segments are each managed separately based upon product groupings:

 

    Fine Fragrances includes men’s and women’s fine fragrance products across a portfolio of licensed brands.

 

    Salon Professional includes professional hair care, color and styling products.

 

    Cosmetics includes facial, lip, eye and nail color products.

 

    Retail Hair Color & Styling includes retail hair color and styling products.

 

- 103 -


Table of Contents

Below is a summary of P&G Beauty Brands’ current brands across its four operating segments:

 

Fine Fragrances(1)        Salon Professional      

Retail Hair Color &

Styling

      Cosmetics

HUGO BOSS

     Wella Professionals     Wella (and derivatives)     CoverGirl

Gucci

     Sebastian     Londa     Max Factor (excluding

Lacoste

     Nioxin     Londa Trend     Max Factor Gold)

Alexander McQueen

     Clairol Professional     Clairol    

Stella McCartney

     System Professional     Blondor    

James Bond

     Londa Professional     Koleston    

Bruno Banani

     Kadus Professional     Miss Clairol    

Gabriela Sabatini

     Color Charm     Soft Color    

Mexx

     Sassoon Professional**     Natural Instincts    

Escada

         Nice ‘n Easy    

Dolce & Gabbana*

         L’image    

Christina Aguilera*

         Bellady    
         Balsam Color    
         Shockwaves    
         New Wave Design    
         Silvikrin    
         Wellaton    
         Welloxon    
         VS Salonist**    
         VS Pro-Series Color**    

 

(1) Fine Fragrances brands are licensed to P&G by third parties.
* Denotes Excluded Brand.
** Denotes brand ownership of which will be retained by P&G but to which Coty will be granted a perpetual, royalty-free license.

Fine Fragrances

The Fine Fragrances reportable segment represented approximately 36% of P&G Beauty Brands net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015. Fine Fragrances manufactures, markets and sells fine fragrance products across a portfolio of licensed brands including HUGO BOSS, Dolce & Gabbana, Gucci, Lacoste and Escada, as well as a number of versatile lifestyle brands, including Bruno Banani and James Bond. Fine Fragrances maintains license agreements which have stated expiration dates. Fine Fragrances primarily sells to retail operations, including mass merchandisers, department stores, travel outlets and specialty beauty stores globally, either through the P&G sales force or third-party distributors. Fine Fragrances experiences a degree of seasonality with over 30% of annual sales attributable to the second quarter of the fiscal year due to increased purchases of fragrances during the holiday season.

Fine Fragrances’ headquarters is located in Geneva, Switzerland. Fine Fragrances operates two dedicated manufacturing facilities in Cologne, Germany and Seaton, United Kingdom. In addition to the owned facilities, the Fine Fragrance business utilizes a third-party contract manufacturer in Poissy, France.

Salon Professional

The Salon Professional reportable segment represented approximately 26% of P&G Beauty Brands net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015. Salon Professional is a manufacturer and supplier of professional hair care products. Salon Professional sells its products primarily to hair salons, professional beauty supply stores and wholesalers serving the professional channel. Salon Professional also supports its customers through training and

 

- 104 -


Table of Contents

educational programs. Salon Professional includes several global brands including Wella Professional, Sebastian, Sassoon Professional, Clairol Professional (also known as Londa Professional or Kadus Professional) and Nioxin. Salon Professional was primarily established through P&G’s acquisition of Wella AG in September 2003 and other subsequent brand purchases. Salon Professional sells products in approximately 110 countries across Europe, North America, Asia, Latin America, the Middle East and Africa through direct selling and indirect selling through distributors.

Salon Professional’s headquarters is located in Geneva, Switzerland. Salon Professional operates in three primary manufacturing facilities in Rothenkirchen, Germany, Huenfeld, Germany and Sarreguemines, France. Salon Professional also operates in P&G-shared manufacturing facilities in Mexico, Brazil, Germany and Thailand. In addition to the owned properties, Salon Professional utilizes third-party contract manufacturers primarily for salon appliance and accessory items such as scissors, bowls, capes and towels.

Retail Hair & Cosmetics

The Retail Hair & Cosmetics reportable segment represented approximately 38% of P&G Beauty Brands net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015. Retail Hair & Cosmetics is a manufacturer and supplier of hair color, styling and cosmetics products. Retail Hair & Cosmetics primarily sells its products to retail operations in approximately 80 countries across North America, Europe, Asia, Latin America, the Middle East and Africa either through direct selling or third-party distributors. Retail Hair Color & Styling includes several global brands including Clairol Nice ‘n Easy, Wella Koleston and Vidal Sassoon. In addition, Retail Hair Color & Styling manages regional or local brands including Soft Color, Wellaton, Natural Instincts, Londa, Miss Clairol, L’image, Bellady, Blondor, Balsam Color, Welloxon, Shockwaves, New Wave, Design, Silvikrin, Wellaflex, Forte, Wella Styling and Wella Trend. Cosmetics includes the CoverGirl and Max Factor brands. CoverGirl is focused in North America. Max Factor is prevalent throughout the rest of the world. Retail Hair Color & Styling was primarily established through P&G’s acquisitions of Clairol in 2001 and Wella in 2003. The CoverGirl business was established through P&G’s acquisition of the Noxell Corporation in 1989. The Max Factor tradename was acquired from Revlon in 1991.

Retail Hair Care & Styling’s business headquarters is located in Geneva, Switzerland. Retail Hair Color & Styling maintains operations in P&G-shared manufacturing facilities in Russia, the United Kingdom, Germany, Mexico, Brazil and Thailand. Cosmetics’ business operations are based in Hunt Valley, Maryland. The Hunt Valley site includes the headquarters, technology center, manufacturing facility and distribution center. A second manufacturing facility is located in Nenagh, Ireland. In addition to the owned facilities, Cosmetics utilizes third-party contract manufacturers for various items, including eye and lip pencils, blushes, eye shadows, brushes and powders.

Trademarks, Licenses, Patents and Other Intellectual Property

P&G Beauty Brands owns or has rights to use a number of trademarks, trade names and other intellectual property, which are of material importance to its business and are protected by registration or otherwise in the United States and most other markets where products are sold.

P&G Beauty Brands’ owned trademarks include Wella, Clairol, CoverGirl and Max Factor. Depending on the jurisdiction, trademarks are generally valid as long as they are in use and/or their registrations are properly maintained and they have not been found to have become generic. Registrations of trademarks can also generally be renewed indefinitely as long as the trademarks are in use.

P&G Beauty Brands is the exclusive worldwide trademark licensee for a number of fragrance brands, including:

 

    HUGO BOSS fragrances, including BOSS Bottled, HUGO Man, HUGO Woman, BOSS Pour Femme and BOSS THE SCENT;

 

- 105 -


Table of Contents
    the Gucci fragrances, including Gucci Guilty, Gucci by Gucci, Flora by Gucci and Gucci Bamboo;

 

    the Lacoste fragrances, including Eau de Lacoste L.12.12, LIVE, Lacoste Pour Femme and Lacoste Essential;

 

    the Escada Fashion fragrances, including Especially Escada, Joyful and Heritage fragrance lines;

 

    the lifestyle fragrance brands of Bruno Banani, Mexx, James Bond, and Gabriela Sabatini;

 

    Stella McCartney fragrances, including Stella;

 

    Alexander McQueen fragrances; and

 

    the Dolce & Gabbana fragrances, including Light Blue, The One, Pour Femme and Pour Homme, Intenso and Dolce and the Velvet Collection line of fragrances, and the lifestyle fragrance brand of Christina Aguilera that will not be transferred to Coty in the Transactions.

P&G Beauty Brands existing fragrance licenses impose obligations on it that it believes are common to many licensing relationships in the beauty industry. The licenses impose some or all of the following obligations:

 

    paying annual royalties on net sales of the licensed products;

 

    maintaining the quality of the licensed products and the applicable trademarks;

 

    permitting the licensor’s involvement in and, in some cases, approval of advertising, packaging and marketing plans relating to the licensed products;

 

    maintaining minimum royalty payments and/or minimum sales levels for the licensed products;

 

    actively promoting the sales of the licensed products;

 

    spending a certain amount of net sales on marketing and advertising for the licensed products;

 

    maintaining the integrity of the specified distribution channel for the licensed products;

 

    indemnifying the licensor in the event of product liability or other claims related to the licensed products;

 

    limiting assignment and sub-licensing to third parties without the licensor’s consent; and

 

    in some cases, requiring notice to, or approval by, the licensor of certain changes in control as a condition to continuation of the license.

P&G Beauty Brands is currently in material compliance with all terms of its fragrance license agreements.

A majority of fragrance licenses have renewal options for one or more terms, which can range from two to six years. Certain fragrance licenses provide for extensions at P&G Beauty Brands’ sole discretion, while renewal of others is contingent upon attaining specified sales levels. The next fragrance license scheduled to expire that does not provide for renewal at P&G Beauty Brands’ sole discretion expires in fiscal 2018. One fragrance license which accounted for more than $500 million of Fine Fragrances net sales during fiscal 2015 has a term that expires in fiscal 2021. Coty is in discussions with this licensor to extend the terms of this license. Licenses covering fragrances that accounted for approximately 80% of Fine Fragrances net sales during fiscal 2015 have terms that expire no earlier than fiscal 2021.

P&G Beauty Brands will transfer to Galleria approximately 2,600 patents and patent applications worldwide, and the patent portfolio as a whole is material to its business. However, no one patent is material to P&G Beauty Brands. Following the Transactions, P&G will license to Coty and Galleria approximately 660 patents and patent applications. In addition, P&G Beauty Brands has proprietary trade secrets, technology, know-how processes and other intellectual property rights that are not registered.

 

- 106 -


Table of Contents

Sales, Distribution and Marketing

P&G Beauty Brands sells its Fine Fragrances products through a combination of its own direct sales force and distributor partners. In markets where P&G Beauty Brands has a significant and established presence, a direct sales model is employed, leveraging a full multifunctional team on the ground. For smaller, developing markets that have not yet reached critical mass, P&G Beauty Brands sells its Fine Fragrances products using a distributor model operated through closely held relationships with the company headquarters in Geneva. For markets that are in a rapid expansion phase, a hybrid approach that combines both a direct and a distributor go-to-market strategy may be used.

P&G Beauty Brands sells its Salon Professional products through a combination of direct selling and indirect selling through distributors. Salon Professional extends loans to certain customers to help finance salon openings, renovations and other improvements. In exchange for this financing, customers become contractually obligated to purchase products from Salon Professional with common terms of three to five years. Certain customer loans may be provided at favorable rates, including interest-free or with below market interest rates that typically range from 1% to 5%. Payments are received either in the form of scheduled cash payments or through a partial or complete offset against rebates or other allowances earned from product purchases.

P&G Beauty Brands sells its Cosmetics products through a combination of direct selling and indirect selling through distributors. Cosmetics has two primary distribution facilities: the Riverside facility in Belcamp, Maryland and a facility in Bournemouth, England. Through the Riverside facility, P&G Beauty Brands manages the CoverGirl business for North America and certain international markets. Through the Bournemouth facility, P&G Beauty Brands manages the Max Factor business and, more recently, a portion of the CoverGirl business. The Bournemouth facility serves more than 75 countries worldwide.

P&G Beauty Brands sells its Retail Hair Care and Color products through a combination of direct selling and indirect selling through distributors.

P&G Beauty Brands’ marketing and advertising campaigns are designed to drive brand awareness and brand equity. Advertising costs include television, print, radio, internet and in-store advertising. Advertising expense was $1.080 billion in fiscal 2015, $1.096 billion in fiscal 2014 and $1.167 billion in fiscal 2013. Non-advertising components of the marketing spending include costs associated with consumer promotions, product sampling, sales aids, coupons and customer trade funds.

Property

Information regarding the production plans and distribution facilities used by P&G Beauty Brands is provided below. Except as otherwise indicated, P&G Beauty Brands’ title and/or rights in these properties will be transferred to Galleria Company in the Separation.

Production Plants

P&G Beauty Brands currently operates ten owned or leased production plants. P&G Beauty Brands’ management believes the facilities are in good condition, well maintained and sufficient for its present operations. In addition, P&G Beauty Brands products are also manufactured at facilities operated by production partners in Austria, Canada, China, Czech Republic, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Italy, Japan, Lebanon, Mexico, Poland, South Korea, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the United States. The production plants are segmented by product line, although some cross-production and distribution does occur.

 

- 107 -


Table of Contents

The following is a list of the primary production plants used by P&G Beauty Brands:

 

Property Name

   Location    Owned/Leased   

Product

   Square Footage

Seaton Delaval Plant

   Seaton Delaval,
England
   Owned   

Gucci, Dolce &

Gabbana, HUGO

BOSS, Lacoste,

Escada and Stella

McCartney fragrances

   329,591

Cologne Plant

   Cologne, Germany    Owned   

Dolce & Gabbana,

James Bond, Bruno

Banani, Mexx,

Christina Aguilera and

Gabriela Sabatini

fragrances

   635,264

Ondal Sarreguemines Plant(1)

   Sarreguemines,
France
   Owned    Wet styling and perm products    97,456

Rothenkirchen Plant

   Rothenkirchen,
Germany
   Owned    Color products    228,808

Huenfeld Plant

   Huenfeld, Germany    Owned    Aerosol, shampoo and conditioner products    507,325

Capella Plant

   Dzerzhinsk, Russia    Owned    Color    124,016

Bangkok Plant

   Bangkok, Thailand    Owned   

Color, perm and

shampoo products and conditioner packing

   713,916

Mariscala Plant

   Mariscala, Mexico    Owned    Color products    1,600,000

Hunt Valley Plant and Beaver Court Building

   Cockeysville,
Maryland
   Owned    CoverGirl products    1,069,685 and
415,037,
respectively

Nenagh Plant

   Nenagh, Ireland    Owned    Max Factor products    204,746

 

(1) On April 14, 2016, P&G entered into an agreement to sell this facility to a third party. If the sale of this facility is completed prior to the Separation, this facility will not be part of the Galleria assets acquired by Coty.

 

- 108 -


Table of Contents

Distribution Facilities

P&G Beauty Brands also uses a number of office and warehouse facilities for product distribution. The following is a list of the primary office and warehouse facilities owned and leased by P&G Beauty Brands for product distribution:

 

Property Name

   Location    Owned/Leased    Use    Square Footage

Mariscala

   Mariscala, Mexico    Owned    Distribution center    Included in
Mariscala Plant

Weiterstadt

   Weiterstadt,
Germany
   Owned    Distribution center    348,000

Riverside

   Belcamp, Maryland    Leased    Distribution center    800,797

Bournemouth

   Bournemouth,
England
   Owned    Distribution center    226,797

Basingstoke

   Basingstoke, England    Leased    Distribution center    58,252

Woodland Hills

   Woodland Hills,
California
   Leased    Salon Professional
office
   95,908

New York City

   New York City, New
York
   Leased    Fine Fragrances office    48,007

Ontario

   Ontario, California    Leased    Distribution center    64,000

Mississauga

   Mississauga, Canada    Leased    Office    49,987

Rio de Janeiro

   Rio de Janeiro, Brazil    Leased    Distribution center    33,392

In addition to these primary office and warehouse facilities, P&G Beauty Brands operates other offices and warehouse facilities to manufacture, market and sell various branded beauty products in approximately 150 countries. Each of these facilities, to the extent primarily related to Galleria, will be transferred to Galleria Company in the Separation.

Customers

P&G Beauty Brands sells its products in approximately 150 countries primarily through salons, mass merchandisers, grocery stores, drug stores, department stores and distributors. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, P&G Beauty Brands had no customer that represents more than 10% of net sales.

Research and Development

The principal research and development facilities of P&G Beauty Brands are located in Cincinnati, Ohio; Hunt Valley, Maryland; Frankfurt, Germany; and London, England. Research and development resources are focused on the design of new products, consumer testing and the implementation of new products into production. The research and development organization is also responsible for implementing savings programs to reduce costs of packaging and raw materials. The research and development organization is composed of four main groups with the following responsibilities:

 

    Product Research —consumer studies and testing;

 

    Formula Design —development of product formulations;

 

    Process Development —application of new products on the production lines; and

 

    Packaging —packaging-related developments including sizes and material design.

Research and development expenditures were $56 million, $74 million and $74 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

- 109 -


Table of Contents

Competition

P&G Beauty Brands is subject to competitive conditions in all four operating segments of its business. The beauty industry is highly competitive and can change rapidly due to consumer preferences and industry trends. Competition in the beauty industry is based on brand strength, pricing and assortment of products, in-store presence and visibility, innovation, perceived value, product availability, order fulfillment, service to the customer, promotional activities, advertising, special events, new product introductions and other activities.

Fine Fragrances competes with a large set of brands including global players such as Chanel, Dior and Armani as well as a multitude of regional and local brands. Competition is primarily on the basis of brand recognition, innovation, marketing and price. Main competitors such as L’Oréal, Estée Lauder and LVMH operate with a licensing model comparable to P&G Beauty Brands. Barriers to entry can be considered low as product technology is readily available through contract manufacturers and well-developed distributors can be leveraged in all key markets. Substantial advertising and promotional expenditures are required to maintain or improve a brand’s market position or to introduce a new product.

Salon Professional primarily competes with L’Oréal and Henkel. Competition is primarily on the basis of product quality, brand recognition, brand loyalty, service, marketing and education of salon owners and stylists. Substantial advertising and promotional expenditures are required to maintain or improve a brand’s market position or to introduce a new product.

Cosmetics primarily competes with L’Oréal, Maybelline and Revlon. Competition is primarily on the basis of advertising, packaging, quality and brand recognition. Substantial advertising and promotional expenditures are required to maintain or improve a brand’s market position or to introduce a new product.

Retail Hair Color & Styling primarily competes with L’Oréal and Henkel. Competition is primarily on the basis of product quality, brand recognition, brand loyalty, service and marketing. Substantial advertising and promotional expenditures are required to maintain or improve a brand’s market position or to introduce a new product.

Employees

As of December 31, 2015, P&G Beauty Brands employed approximately 10,075 people, approximately 9,874 of whom will be transferred with Galleria. The majority of these employees are located in Germany, the United Kingdom, the United States, Switzerland, Spain, France, Russia and Mexico. Other than employees who are represented by works’ councils outside of the United States, the only employees represented by a labor union are employees in Ireland, Thailand, Italy, Greece and Sweden. P&G Beauty Brands believes that relations with its employees are good.

Seasonality

Demand for products in Fine Fragrances is seasonal, with higher sales generally occurring in the first half of the fiscal year as a result of increased demand by retailers in anticipation of and during the holiday season. Working capital requirements, sales and cash flows generally experience variability during the three to six months preceding the holiday period due, in part, to product innovations and new product launches and the size and timing of certain orders from customers.

Sales of products in the Salon Professional, Cosmetics and Retail Hair Color & Styling operating segment are generally evenly balanced throughout the year. Increased sales of hair care and cosmetic products relative to fragrances may reduce the seasonality of P&G Beauty Brands’ business.

 

- 110 -


Table of Contents

Government Regulation

As a producer and marketer of fragrances, cosmetics and hair care items, P&G Beauty Brands’ operations are subject to regulation by various governmental agencies, including the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, the Federal Trade Commission, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, and the U.S. Department of Commerce, as well as various state agencies, with respect to production processes, product quality, packaging, labeling, storage and distribution. Under various statutes and regulations, these agencies prescribe requirements and establish standards for safety and labeling. Other agencies and bodies outside of the United States, including those of the European Union and various countries, states and municipalities, also regulate P&G Beauty Brands’ businesses. Failure to comply with one or more regulatory requirements can result in a variety of sanctions, including monetary fines or compulsory withdrawal of products from store shelves.

Advertising of P&G Beauty Brands’ products is subject to regulation by the Federal Trade Commission and various state laws, and P&G Beauty Brands is subject to certain health and safety regulations, including those issued under the Occupational Safety and Health Act.

P&G Beauty Brands believes that it is in compliance in all material respects with all such laws and regulations and that it has obtained all material licenses and permits that are required for the operation of its business. P&G Beauty Brands is not aware of any environmental regulations that have or that it believes will have a material adverse effect on its operations.

Legal Proceedings

P&G Beauty Brands is the subject of various pending or threatened legal actions in the ordinary course of its business. All such matters are subject to many uncertainties and outcomes that are not predictable with assurance. In the opinion of P&G Beauty Brands management, there were no claims or litigation pending as of December 31, 2015, that were reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on P&G Beauty Brands’ financial position or results of operations.

 

- 111 -


Table of Contents

BUSINESS STRATEGIES AFTER THE TRANSACTIONS

Coty’s strategic vision is to be a new global leader and challenger in the beauty industry. After the completion of the Transactions, Coty intends to reorganize its business into three new divisions: Coty Luxury Division, focused on fragrances and skin care; Coty Consumer Beauty Division, focused on color cosmetics, retail hair coloring and styling products and body care; and Coty Professional Beauty Division, focused on servicing salon owners and professionals in both hair and nail care. This new category-focused organizational structure puts consumers first by specifically targeting how and where they shop, and what and why they purchase. In this new organizational structure, each division will have full end-to-end responsibility to optimize consumers’ beauty experience in the relevant categories and channels, which Coty believes will drive profitable growth through targeted expertise.

The chart below reflects the expected allocation of the combined company brands across Coty’s new divisions:

 

 

LOGO

Coty’s key business strategies following the Transactions will be to:

 

    Leverage the Strength and Scale of the Combined Company to Create a New Global Leader and Challenger in the Beauty Industry . Coty expects that the Transactions will create one of the world’s largest pure-play beauty companies, with pro forma combined annual revenues of approximately $10 billion based on fiscal year 2015 performance, including annualized results for the acquired Bourjois brand and Hypermarcas Beauty Business.

 

    Expand in Attractive New Category, Through the Addition of the Hair Color and Styling Business. Following the Transactions, Coty will expand its product offering with the addition of the Galleria hair color and styling business, led by the Wella and Clairol brands. The combined business will have a balanced portfolio across four product categories, each with a top three global position based on pro forma net sales.

 

    Combine New Organic Growth Opportunities with a Well-Targeted Acquisition Strategy . Coty was founded in 1904 as a revolutionary mass fragrance company and over the last three decades has successfully completed a number of acquisitions to drive product, geographic and distribution platform diversity and growth. Coty will leverage further organic growth opportunities presented by the Transactions, and will also continue to evaluate any potential acquisitions that would augment its portfolio going forward and further its progression towards becoming a global leader in beauty.

 

- 112 -


Table of Contents
    Drive Improvements in Margin, Profit and Free Cash Flow, Providing Financial Flexibility. Coty expects that after the Transactions, the combined operational and financial platform will allow Coty to drive meaningful earnings per share accretion and substantial incremental free cash flow generation, providing financial flexibility for the company. In fiscal 2015, Coty’s historical adjusted diluted earnings per share grew 22% and free cash flow grew 7% to $325 million. In September 2015, Coty’s Board of Directors approved a 25% increase in Coty’s annual dividend to $0.25 from $0.20 per share on its Class A and Class B common stock. Coty intends to further increase the annual dividend per share to $0.50 after completion of the Transactions, demonstrating Coty’s confidence in its ability to generate substantial cash flow.

 

    Capitalize on Strong, Well-Aligned and Balanced Leadership Team. Following the Transactions, Coty Interim CEO Bart Becht will oversee a management team, together with a broader leadership organization, consisting of executives from both businesses as well as key external hires.

 

- 113 -


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF P&G BEAUTY BRANDS

The following discussion and analysis is intended to provide investors with an understanding of the historical performance of P&G Beauty Brands and its financial condition. This discussion and analysis presents the factors that had a material effect on the results of operations of P&G Beauty Brands for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and the six-month periods ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

The financial statements of P&G Beauty Brands have been derived from P&G’s historical accounting records and reflect significant allocations of direct costs and expenses. All of the allocations and estimates in these financial statements are based on assumptions that P&G management believes are reasonable and have been consistently applied to all periods. However, the financial statements do not necessarily represent the financial results or position of P&G Beauty Brands that would have been achieved had it been operated as a separate independent entity.

For further descriptions of P&G Beauty Brands and the underlying basis of presentation, see the footnotes to P&G Beauty Brands’ audited combined financial statements, in particular Notes 1 and 2, included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this discussion in conjunction with the historical combined financial statements of P&G Beauty Brands.

The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Statement on Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements.

Overview

P&G Beauty Brands manufactures, markets and sells various branded beauty products including professional and retail hair care, coloring and styling products, fine fragrances and cosmetics. P&G Beauty Brands sells its products in approximately 150 countries primarily through salons, mass merchandisers, grocery stores, drug stores, department stores and distributors.

P&G Beauty Brands has four operating segments comprised of: (1) Fine Fragrances, (2) Salon Professional, (3) Retail Hair Color & Styling and (4) Cosmetics. Under GAAP, the businesses underlying the four operating segments are aggregated into three reportable segments, described in the following table:

 

Reportable Segment

  

% of P&G Beauty

Brands Net Sales

in Fiscal 2015

  

Description

  

Key Brands

Fine Fragrances

   36%    Men’s and women’s fine fragrance products across a portfolio of licensed brands    HUGO BOSS, Gucci, Lacoste, Escada, Dolce & Gabbana

Salon Professional

   26%    Professional hair care, coloring and styling products    Wella, Sebastian, Nioxin, Clairol

Retail Hair & Cosmetics

   38%    Retail Hair Coloring & Styling (hair coloring and styling products) and Cosmetics (facial, lip and eye cosmetics and nail color products)    Clairol, Koleston, Vidal Sassoon, Max Factor, CoverGirl

 

- 114 -


Table of Contents

Segment results reflect information on the same basis used for internal management reporting and performance evaluation. The results of these reportable segments exclude certain costs not attributable to a specific segment such as interest expense, investing activities, certain restructuring costs and gains of certain divested brands. These impacts are reported in Corporate and are included as part of our Corporate discussion. Additionally, as described in Note 12 to P&G Beauty Brands’ audited combined financial statements, blended statutory tax rates are applied in the segments. Eliminations to adjust segment results to arrive at the effective tax rate are included in Corporate.

Throughout this Management’s Discussion and Analysis, references are made to business results in developed markets, which are comprised of Western Europe, the United States, Canada and Japan, and developing markets, which are all other markets not included in developed markets. Reference is also made to productivity efforts and manufacturing cost savings as drivers of reduced overhead spending and gross margin benefits, respectively. For further descriptions of these programs, see Note 7 to P&G Beauty Brands’ audited combined financial statements.

Impact of the Distribution from P&G on P&G Beauty Brands’ Financial Statements

Until the Distribution, P&G performed and will continue to perform significant corporate and operational functions for P&G Beauty Brands, as well as for its other businesses. P&G Beauty Brands’ combined financial statements reflect an allocation of these costs. Expenses allocated to P&G Beauty Brands include costs related to human resources, legal, treasury, accounting, information technology, internal audit and other similar services. Following the Distribution, expenses incurred by Coty to replace some of these functions may differ from P&G Beauty Brands’ historically allocated expense levels.

In addition, following the Distribution and completion of the Transactions, P&G has agreed to provide limited transition services to Coty, while Galleria is being integrated into Coty. These services will be provided for a limited period of time after the completion of the Transactions pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement. See “Additional Agreements—Transition Services Agreement.”

Certain Trends and Other Factors Affecting P&G Beauty Brands

Global Economic Conditions . Current macroeconomic factors remain dynamic, and any causes of market size contraction, such as reduced gross domestic product in commodity-dependent economies as commodity prices decline, greater political unrest in the Middle East and Eastern Europe, further economic instability in the European Union, political instability in certain Latin American markets and economic slowdowns in Japan and China, could reduce P&G Beauty Brands’ sales or erode its operating margin, in either case reducing its earnings.

Changes in Costs . P&G Beauty Brands’ costs are subject to fluctuations, particularly due to changes in its own productivity efforts. P&G Beauty Brands strives to implement, achieve and sustain cost improvement plans, including outsourcing projects, supply chain optimization and general overhead and workforce optimization. If P&G Beauty Brands is unsuccessful in executing these changes, there could be a negative impact on its operating margin and net earnings.

Foreign Exchange . P&G Beauty Brands had both translation and transaction exposure to the fluctuation of exchange rates. Translation exposures relate to exchange rate impacts of measuring income statements of foreign subsidiaries that do not use the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. Transaction exposures relate to (1) the impact from input costs that are denominated in a currency other than the local reporting currency and (2) the revaluation of transaction-related working capital balances denominated in currencies other than the functional currency. In fiscal 2015 and 2014, the U.S. dollar strengthened compared to a number of foreign currencies leading to lower sales and earnings from these foreign exchange impacts. Certain countries experiencing significant exchange rate fluctuations, such as Brazil, Japan, Russia, and Turkey, have had, and could continue to have, an additional significant impact on P&G Beauty Brands’ sales, costs and earnings. Increased pricing in response to these fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may offset portions of the currency impacts, but could also have a negative impact on consumption of P&G Beauty Brands’ products, which would affect its sales.

 

- 115 -


Table of Contents

Government Policies . P&G Beauty Brands’ net earnings could be affected by changes in U.S. or foreign government tax policies. For example, the United States is considering corporate tax reform that may significantly impact the corporate tax rate and change the U.S. tax treatment of international earnings. Changes in government policies in these areas might cause an increase or decrease in P&G Beauty Brands’ sales, operating margin and net earnings.

For information on risk factors that could impact P&G Beauty Brands’ results, refer to “Risk Factors.”

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

In preparing P&G Beauty Brands’ combined financial statements in accordance with GAAP, there are certain accounting policies that may require substantial judgment or estimation in their application. These critical accounting policies, and others, are discussed in Note 3 to P&G Beauty Brands’ audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and should be reviewed as they are integral to understanding the results of operations and financial condition of P&G Beauty Brands. Due to the nature of P&G Beauty Brands’ business, estimates generally are not considered highly uncertain at the time of the estimation, as they are not expected to result in changes that would materially affect P&G Beauty Brands’ results of operations or financial condition in any given year.

Income Taxes

P&G Beauty Brands is included in P&G’s consolidated tax returns in various jurisdictions and accounts for income taxes under the separate return method. Under this approach, P&G Beauty Brands determines its income tax expense, tax liability and deferred tax assets and liabilities as if it were filing separate tax returns.

The annual tax rate is determined based on income, statutory tax rates and the tax impacts of items treated differently for tax purposes than for financial reporting purposes. Also inherent in determining the annual tax rate are judgments and assumptions regarding the recoverability of certain deferred tax balances, primarily net operating loss and other carryforwards, and the ability to uphold certain tax positions.

Realization of deferred taxes related to net operating losses and other carryforwards is dependent upon generating sufficient taxable income in the appropriate jurisdiction prior to the expiration of the carryforward periods, which involves business plans, planning opportunities and expectations about future outcomes. Although realization is not assured, P&G Beauty Brands believes it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances, will be realized. However, P&G Beauty Brands’ net operating loss carryforwards may not be transferred in certain transactions.

As a part of P&G’s operations, P&G Beauty Brands operates in multiple jurisdictions with complex tax policy and regulatory environments. In certain of these jurisdictions, P&G may take tax positions that management believes are supportable, but are potentially subject to successful challenge by the applicable taxing authority. These interpretational differences with the respective governmental taxing authorities can be impacted by the local economic and fiscal environment. P&G is subject to audit in many of these jurisdictions. Although none of the audits are specific to P&G Beauty Brands, the scope of the P&G audits would include P&G Beauty Brands’ activities. P&G evaluates its uncertain tax positions and establishes liabilities in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance. P&G reviews these tax uncertainties in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the progress of tax audits, and adjusts them accordingly. Although the resolution of these tax positions is uncertain, based on currently available information, P&G believes that the ultimate outcomes will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of P&G Beauty Brands.

Because there are a number of estimates and assumptions inherent in calculating the various components of P&G Beauty Brands’ tax provision, certain changes or future events such as changes in tax legislation, geographic mix of earnings, completion of tax audits or earnings repatriation plans could have an impact on those estimates and the effective tax rate. For additional details on P&G Beauty Brands’ income taxes, see Note 10 to P&G Beauty Brands’ audited combined financial statements.

 

- 116 -


Table of Contents

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Significant judgment is required to estimate the fair value of intangible assets and in assigning their respective useful lives. P&G Beauty Brands’ goodwill represents a combination of goodwill directly attributable to the business as well as a portion of allocated goodwill from P&G that has been pushed down to P&G Beauty Brands utilizing the relative fair value of P&G Beauty Brands as compared to P&G’s various reporting units’ goodwill. For business acquisitions, P&G typically obtains the assistance of third-party valuation specialists for evaluating significant tangible and intangible assets. The fair value estimates are based on available historical information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed reasonable by management, but are inherently uncertain.

P&G typically uses an income method to estimate the fair value of intangible assets, which is based on forecasts of the expected future cash flows attributable to the respective assets. Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuations reflect a consideration of other marketplace participants, and include the amount and timing of future cash flows (including expected growth rates and profitability), the underlying product or technology life cycles, economic barriers to entry, a brand’s relative market position and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions.

Determining the useful life of an intangible asset also requires judgment. Certain brand intangible assets are expected to have indefinite lives based on their history and plans to continue to support and build the acquired brands. Other acquired intangible assets ( e.g ., certain trademarks or brands, customer relationships, patents and technologies) are expected to have determinable useful lives. Assessment as to brands that have an indefinite life and those that have a determinable life is based on a number of factors including competitive environment, market share, brand history, underlying product life cycles, operating plans and the macroeconomic environment of the countries in which the brands are sold. Estimates of the useful lives of determinable-lived intangible assets are primarily based on these same factors. All acquired technology and customer-related intangible assets are expected to have determinable useful lives.

The costs of determinable-lived intangible assets are amortized to expense over their estimated lives. The value of indefinite-lived intangible assets and residual goodwill is not amortized, but is tested at least annually for impairment. Impairment testing for goodwill is performed separately from impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets. P&G tests goodwill for impairment by reviewing the book value compared to the fair value at the reporting unit level. P&G tests individual indefinite-lived intangible assets by comparing the book values of each asset to the estimated fair value. P&G determines the fair value of reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets based on the income approach. Under the income approach, P&G calculates the fair value of reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. Considerable management judgment is necessary to evaluate the impact of operating and macroeconomic changes and to estimate future cash flows to measure fair value. Assumptions used in impairment evaluations, such as forecasted growth rates and cost of capital, are consistent with internal projections and operating plans. P&G believes such assumptions and estimates are also comparable to those that would be used by other marketplace participants.

The reportable segment valuations used to test goodwill and intangible assets for impairment are dependent on a number of significant estimates and assumptions, including macroeconomic conditions, overall category growth rates, competitive activities, cost containment and margin expansion and business plans. P&G believes these estimates and assumptions are reasonable. Changes to or a failure to achieve these business plans or a further deterioration of the macroeconomic conditions could result in a valuation that would trigger an additional impairment of the goodwill and intangible assets of these businesses. See Note 5 to P&G Beauty Brands’ audited combined financial statements for additional details. See Note 12 to P&G Beauty Brands’ unaudited interim combined financial statements for further discussion of future intangible asset impairments related to licensed brands excluded from the Transactions.

 

- 117 -


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

P&G Beauty Brands’ fiscal year begins on July 1 and ends on the following June 30. For example, “fiscal 2015” began on July 1, 2014 and ended on June 30, 2015.

The following table presents information about P&G Beauty Brands’ results of operations, in dollar terms and expressed as a percentage of net sales, for the fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013 and for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

    Fiscal Year Ended June 30     Six Months Ended December 31  
(Dollars in millions)   2015     2014     2013     2015     2014  

Net sales

  $ 5,518        100   $ 6,003        100   $ 6,122        100   $ 2,623        100   $ 3,070        100

Cost of products sold

    1,875        34.0     2,029        33.8     2,075        33.9     845        32.2     1,026        33.4
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Gross profit

    3,643        66.0     3,974        66.2     4,047        66.1     1,778        67.8     2,044        66.6

Selling, general and administrative

    3,228        58.5     3,513        58.5     3,632        59.3     1,450        55.3     1,700        55.4
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Operating income

    415        7.5     461        7.7     415        6.8     328        12.5     344        11.2

Interest expense, net

    —          —       —          —       —          —       4        0.2     —          —  

Other non-operating income, net

    94        1.7     —          —       —          —       —          —       8        0.3

Income taxes

    361        6.5     152        2.5     138        2.3     114        4.3     111        3.6
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net earnings

  $ 148        2.7   $ 309        5.2   $ 277        4.5   $ 210        8.0   $ 241        7.9
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Six Months Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Six Months Ended December 31, 2014

Net Sales

The following tables summarize P&G Beauty Brands’ combined net sales and net sales by reportable segment for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     Six Months Ended December 31     

 

 
(Dollars in millions)        2015              2014          % Change  

Fine Fragrances

   $ 1,023       $ 1,262         (19 )% 

Salon Professional

     677         745         (9 )% 

Retail Hair & Cosmetics

     923         1,063         (13 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total net sales

   $ 2,623       $ 3,070         (15 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

     Net Sales Change Drivers 2015 vs. 2014 (Six Months Ended December 31)*  
     Volume     Foreign
Exchange
    Price     Mix     Net Sales
Growth
 

Fine Fragrances

     (8 )%      (12 )%      3     (2 )%      (19 )% 

Salon Professional

     2     (13 )%      5     (3 )%      (9 )% 

Retail Hair & Cosmetics

     (13 )%      (9 )%          5     4     (13 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (8 )%      (11 )%      4     —       (15 )% 

 

* Net sales percentage changes are approximations based on quantitative formulas that are consistently applied.

P&G Beauty Brands . P&G Beauty Brands net sales for the six months ended December 31, 2015 decreased 15% to $2.6 billion compared to the six months ended December 31, 2014. Volume decreased 8% due to a double-digit decline in Retail Hail & Cosmetics and a high single-digit decline in Fine Fragrances, partially offset by low single-digit growth in Salon Professional. Unfavorable foreign exchange reduced net sales by 11% while increased pricing across all segments increased net sales by 4%.

 

- 118 -


Table of Contents

Fine Fragrances . Fine Fragrances net sales decreased 19% to $1.0 billion for the six months ended December 31, 2015 compared to the six months ended December 31, 2014. Volume decreased by 8%, including a 2% impact driven by brand divestitures (primarily Rochas, Laura Biagiotti and Naomi Campbell). Volume also declined in distributor markets (mainly Latin America, Africa and the Middle East) behind macroeconomic uncertainty and price increases due to foreign exchange devaluations, as well as reductions in distributor inventory due to competitive activity. Unfavorable foreign exchange reduced net sales by 12% while pricing added 3% to net sales. Unfavorable mix reduced sales by 2% due to a disproportionate decline of volume in distributor markets where customers have higher than segment-average net sales due to lower levels of trade allowances.

Salon Professional . Salon Professional net sales decreased 9% to $677 million for the six months ended December 31, 2015 compared to the six months ended December 31, 2014 on volume growth of 2%. Volume increased due to increased distribution in developed markets, primarily North America. Unfavorable foreign exchange reduced net sales by 13% while pricing increased net sales by 5%. Unfavorable geographic mix reduced net sales by 3% as North America, which drove the volume increases, has lower than segment-average selling prices.

Retail Hair & Cosmetics . Retail Hair & Cosmetics net sales declined 13% to $923 million for the six months ended December 31, 2015 compared to the six months ended December 31, 2014 on volume decline of 13%. Volume decreased by double digits in Retail Hair Color & Styling and high single digits in Cosmetics, primarily due to competitive activity and following increased pricing. Unfavorable foreign exchange reduced net sales by 9%. Price increases added 5% to net sales while favorable geographic mix increased net sales by 4% due to a disproportionate volume decline in developing markets which have lower than segment-average selling prices.

Operating Costs and Income

The following tables summarize P&G Beauty Brands’ combined operating income/(loss) and other measures by reportable segment for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     Six Months Ended December 31  
     Gross Margin     SG&A Expenses     SG&A as a % of Net
Sales
 
(Dollars in millions)      2015         2014       2015      2014      % Change         2015             2014      

Fine Fragrances

     71.1     69.7   $ 601       $ 738         (19 )%      58.7     58.5

Salon Professional

     67.9     69.4     397         459         (14 )%      58.6     61.6

Retail Hair & Cosmetics

     64.2     61.6     434         474         (8 )%      47.0     44.6

Corporate

     N/A        N/A        18         29         (38 )%      N/A        N/A   
      

 

 

    

 

 

        

Total

     67.8     66.6   $ 1,450       $ 1,700         (15 )%      55.3     55.4
      

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

     Six Months Ended December 31  
     Operating Income / (Loss)     Operating Margin  
(Dollars in millions)    2015     2014     Percent Change     2015     2014  

Fine Fragrances

   $ 126      $ 141        (11 )%      12.3     11.2

Salon Professional

     63        58        9     9.3     7.8

Retail Hair & Cosmetics

     159        181        (12 )%      17.2     17.0

Corporate

     (20     (36     N/A        N/A        N/A   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Total

   $ 328      $ 344        (5 )%      12.5     11.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

P&G Beauty Brands. P&G Beauty Brands operating income decreased 5% to $328 million for the six months ended December 31, 2015 compared to the six months ended December 31, 2014, as a result of the decrease in net sales discussed above offset by operating margin expansion which increased 130 basis points to 12.5%.

 

- 119 -


Table of Contents

P&G Beauty Brands gross margin increased 120 basis points to 67.8% for the six months ended December 31, 2015 compared to the six months ended December 31, 2014. The increase was a result of pricing benefits, manufacturing cost savings and lower restructuring costs. These benefits were partially offset by negative scale impacts from lower volume and unfavorable mix, mainly driven by product mix in the Salon Professional and Fine Fragrances segments.

P&G Beauty Brands selling, general and administrative expense (“SG&A”) declined 15% to $1.5 billion for the six months ended December 31, 2015 compared to $1.7 billion for the six months ended December 31, 2014 as the result of reductions in marketing spending and overhead costs, both due to a focus on productivity efforts and currency impacts. SG&A as a percentage of P&G Beauty Brands net sales decreased 10 basis points to 55.3% for the six months ended December 31, 2015 as spending reductions more than offset the reduction in net sales.

Fine Fragrances . Fine Fragrances operating income decreased 11% to $126 million for the six months ended December 31, 2015 compared to the six months ended December 31, 2014 as lower net sales were partially offset by an increase in operating margin. Operating margin improved 110 basis points to 12.3% for the six months ended December 31, 2015 driven by higher gross margin.

Fine fragrance gross margin increased 140 basis points to 71.1% for the six months ended December 31, 2015 compared to the six months ended December 31, 2014. The increase was a result of pricing benefits and manufacturing cost savings partially offset by unfavorable product mix due to an increase in lower margin holiday gift packs and a disproportionate volume decline in higher margin brands.

Fine Fragrances SG&A spending declined 19% to $601 million in the six months ended December 31, 2015 from $738 million in the six months ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to currency impacts and reduced marketing and overhead costs resulting from the focus on productivity. Fine Fragrances SG&A as a percentage of net sales increased 20 basis points to 58.7% as the reduction in SG&A spending did not keep pace with the reduction in net sales.

Salon Professional . Salon Professional operating income increased 9% to $63 million for the six months ended December 31, 2015 compared to the six months ended December 31, 2014 as a result of a 150 basis point increase in operating margin, partially offset by the reduction in net sales. Operating margin increased to 9.3% for the six months ended December 31, 2015 driven by lower SG&A, partially offset by reduced gross margin.

Salon Professional gross margin decreased 150 basis points to 67.9% for the six months ended December 31, 2015 compared to the six months ended December 31, 2014. The decrease was a result of unfavorable geographic mix due to volume increases in markets with lower than segment-average gross margins partially offset by the favorable impact of increased pricing.

Salon Professional SG&A spending declined 14% to $397 million in the six months ended December 31, 2015 from $459 million in the six months ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to currency impacts. Salon Professional SG&A as a percentage of net sales decreased 300 basis points to 58.6% as SG&A costs declined disproportionately to the reduction in net sales.

Retail Hair & Cosmetics . Retail Hair & Cosmetics operating income decreased 12% to $159 million for the six months ended December 31, 2015 compared to $181 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014, primarily driven by a reduction in net sales. Operating margin improved 20 basis points to 17.2% for the six months ended December 31, 2015.

Retail Hair & Cosmetics gross margin increased 260 basis points to 64.2% for the six months ended December 31, 2015 compared to the six months ended December 31, 2014. The increase was a result of manufacturing cost savings and the favorable impacts of increased pricing, partially offset by the negative scale impact of lower volume and unfavorable geographic mix due to a decline in certain markets with higher than segment-average gross margin.

 

- 120 -


Table of Contents

Retail Hair & Cosmetics SG&A spending declined 8% to $434 million in the six months ended December 31, 2015 from $474 million in the six months ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to currency impacts and lower overhead and marketing spending from productivity efforts. Retail Hair & Cosmetics SG&A as a percentage of net sales increased 240 basis points to 47.0% as reduced spending did not keep pace with the reduction in net sales.

Corporate . Corporate operating loss decreased to $20 million for the six months ended December 31, 2015 compared to a loss of $36 million for the six months ended December 31, 2014, primarily as a result of decreased spending on restructuring activities.

Non-Operating Income and Expense

P&G Beauty Brands had debt commitment fees (interest expense) of $4 million for the six months ended December 31, 2015 compared to zero in the prior year period. P&G Beauty Brands had non-operating income of $8 million in the prior year period from the gain on divestiture of the Naomi Campbell Fine Fragrances brand. These impacts are recognized in Corporate.

Income Taxes

P&G Beauty Brands effective tax rate increased to 35.2% for the six months ended December 31, 2015 from 31.5% for the six months ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to the net impact of favorable discrete adjustments related to uncertain income tax positions (which netted to 40 basis points in the current year versus 380 basis points in the prior year).

Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014

Net Sales

The following tables summarize P&G Beauty Brands’ combined net sales and net sales by reportable segment for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30     

 

 
(Dollars in millions)        2015              2014          % Change  

Fine Fragrances

   $ 1,993       $ 2,348         (15 )% 

Salon Professional

     1,406         1,476         (5 )% 

Retail Hair & Cosmetics

     2,119         2,179         (3 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total net sales

   $ 5,518       $ 6,003         (8 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

     Net Sales Change Drivers 2015 vs. 2014 (Fiscal Year Ended June 30)*  
     Volume     Foreign
Exchange
    Price     Mix     Net Sales
Growth
 

Fine Fragrances

     (11 )%      (7 )%      2     1     (15 )% 

Salon Professional

     —       (8 )%      3     —       (5 )% 

Retail Hair & Cosmetics

     (3 )%          (5 )%          4     1     (3 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (5 )%      (6 )%      3     —       (8 )% 

 

* Net sales percentage changes are approximations based on quantitative formulas that are consistently applied.

P&G Beauty Brands. P&G Beauty Brands net sales for fiscal 2015 declined 8% to $5.5 billion compared to fiscal 2014. Volume decreased 5% due to a double-digit decline in Fine Fragrances across multiple brands and a mid-single-digit decline in Retail Hair Color & Styling. Foreign exchange reduced sales by 6% while increased pricing across all segments added 3% to net sales.

Fine Fragrances. Fine Fragrances net sales declined 15% to $2.0 billion in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. Volume decreased 11%, 3% of which was driven by brand divestitures including Rochas, Laura Biagiotti and Naomi Campbell. Volume also declined due to competitive activity and reduced levels of initiative activity

 

- 121 -


Table of Contents

compared to the previous year. Foreign exchange had a negative 7% impact while pricing added 2% to net sales. Favorable geographic mix increased sales by 1% due to a higher relative level of sales in developed markets, which tend to have higher than segment-average selling prices.

Salon Professional. Salon Professional net sales declined 5% to $1.4 billion in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 on volume that was unchanged, as modest market declines were offset by product innovation. Foreign exchange reduced sales by 8% while the impact of annual price increases added 3% to net sales.

Retail Hair & Cosmetics. Retail Hair & Cosmetics net sales decreased 3% to $2.1 billion in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 on a volume decline of 3%. Volume decreased mid-single digits in Retail Hair Color & Styling, driven by lower distribution of hair color, reduced marketing support on styling and competitive activity, and was flat in Cosmetics. Foreign exchange had a negative 5% impact while price increases added 4% to net sales. Favorable product mix increased sales by 1% due to increased volume of the higher-priced Max Factor brand (sold outside the United States) and decreased volume of the lower priced domestic CoverGirl brand.

Operating Costs and Income

The following tables summarize P&G Beauty Brands’ combined operating income and other measures by reportable segment for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015 and 2014:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30  
     Gross Margin     SG&A Expenses     SG&A as a % of Net
Sales
 
(Dollars in millions)        2015             2014         2015      2014      % Change         2015             2014      

Fine Fragrances

     68.8     70.4   $ 1,367       $ 1,515         (10 )%      68.6     64.5

Salon Professional

     68.5     67.5     883         990         (11 )%      62.8     67.1

Retail Hair & Cosmetics

     62.3     60.9     908         975         (7 )%      42.9     44.7

Corporate

     N/A        N/A        70         33         112     N/A        N/A   
      

 

 

    

 

 

        

Total

     66.0     66.2   $ 3,228       $ 3,513         (8 )%      58.5     58.5
      

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30  
     Operating Income / (Loss)     Operating Margin  
(Dollars in millions)    2015     2014     Percent Change         2015             2014      

Fine Fragrances

   $ 5      $ 139        (96 )%      0.3     5.9

Salon Professional

     80        6        1,233     5.7     0.4

Retail Hair & Cosmetics

     413        352        17     19.5     16.2

Corporate

     (83     (36     N/A        N/A        N/A   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Total

   $ 415      $ 461        (10 )%      7.5     7.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

P&G Beauty Brands . P&G Beauty Brands operating income decreased 10% to $415 million in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014, as a result of lower net sales discussed above and a slight decrease in operating margin, which declined 20 basis points to 7.5% for fiscal 2015.

P&G Beauty Brands gross margin decreased 20 basis points to 66.0% in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. The decrease resulted from negative mix impact, mainly from the disproportionate decline in Fine Fragrances sales which have above average gross margin, along with an increase in restructuring activity and the negative scale impact of lower volume. These impacts were partially offset by manufacturing cost savings efforts and pricing benefits.

P&G Beauty Brands SG&A declined to $3.2 billion in fiscal 2015 from $3.5 billion in fiscal 2014 as the result of reductions in marketing spending and overhead costs, both due to a focus on productivity efforts and currency impacts. SG&A as a percentage of P&G Beauty Brands net sales was flat at 58.5% for fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 as spending reductions were offset by lower net sales.

 

- 122 -


Table of Contents

Fine Fragrances . Fine Fragrances operating income declined 96% to $5 million in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 due to the decrease in net sales and a 560 basis point decrease in operating margin. Operating Margin declined to 0.3% in fiscal 2015 as reductions in spending did not keep pace with the reduction in net sales.

Fine Fragrances gross margin decreased 160 basis points to 68.8% in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. The decrease was a result of the scale deleveraging from lower volume and unfavorable product mix due to the disproportionate volume decline in higher margin brands such as HUGO BOSS and Lacoste, partially offset by the benefits of pricing and manufacturing cost savings.

Fine Fragrances SG&A spending declined to $1.4 billion in fiscal 2015 from $1.5 billion in fiscal 2014 primarily due to lower marketing spending and a reduction in overhead costs from the focus on productivity and currency impacts. Fine Fragrances SG&A as a percentage of net sales increased 410 basis points to 68.6% in fiscal 2015 as the reduction in SG&A spending did not keep pace with the reduction in net sales.

Salon Professional . Salon Professional operating income increased more than twelve-fold to $80 million in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 as a result of significant reductions in overhead spending due to a focus on productivity efforts, which more than offset lower net sales. Operating margin improved 530 basis points to 5.7% in fiscal 2015.

Salon Professional gross margin increased 100 basis points to 68.5% in fiscal 2015 as compared to 67.5% in fiscal 2014 primarily driven by the benefits of the manufacturing cost savings program along with pricing, partially offset by unfavorable geographic mix due to a decline in developed market sales which have above average gross margin.

Salon Professional SG&A spending declined to $883 million in fiscal 2015 from $990 million in fiscal 2014 primarily due to currency impacts and a reduction in overhead allocations. Salon Professional SG&A as a percentage of net sales decreased 430 basis points to 62.8% in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 from the impact of reduced overhead spending which was partially offset by higher marketing costs.

Retail Hair & Cosmetics . Retail Hair & Cosmetics operating income increased 17% to $413 million in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014, as an increase in operating margin from improved gross margin and lower SG&A more than offset a reduction in net sales. Operating margin improved 330 basis points to 19.5% in fiscal 2015.

Retail Hair & Cosmetics gross margin increased 140 basis points to 62.3% in fiscal 2015 compared to 60.9% in fiscal 2014, as pricing benefits and manufacturing cost savings more than offset negative scale impacts from reduced volumes and unfavorable sales channel mix from an increase in secondary market sales which have lower than segment-average gross margin.

Retail Hair & Cosmetics SG&A spending declined to $908 million in fiscal 2015 from $975 million in fiscal 2014 as a result of reduced marketing and overhead spending both due to a focus on productivity efforts and currency impacts. Retail Hair & Cosmetics SG&A as a percentage of net sales decreased 180 basis points to 42.9% in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 due primarily to cost saving efforts.

Corporate . Net Corporate operating expenses increased to $83 million in fiscal 2015 from $36 million in fiscal 2014, due to increased spending on restructuring activities.

Non-Operating Income

P&G Beauty Brands had non-operating income of $94 million in fiscal 2015 as the result of gains on Fine Fragrances brand divestitures including Rochas, Laura Biagiotti and Naomi Campbell. This gain is recognized in Corporate.

 

- 123 -


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

P&G Beauty Brands’ effective tax rate increased to 70.9% in fiscal 2015 from 33.0% in fiscal 2014. This increase was primarily driven by the net impact of unfavorable adjustments to uncertain tax positions in multiple jurisdictions (which increased the effective tax rate by 36.4% in fiscal 2015 and only 5.1% in fiscal 2014) and to a lesser extent a less favorable geographical mix of earnings in 2015.

Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013

Net Sales

The following tables summarize P&G Beauty Brands’ combined net sales and net sales by reportable segment for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30     

 

 
(Dollars in millions)        2014              2013          % Change  

Fine Fragrances

   $ 2,348       $ 2,361         (1 )% 

Salon Professional

     1,476         1,487         (1 )% 

Retail Hair & Cosmetics

     2,179         2,274         (4 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total net sales

   $ 6,003       $ 6,122         (2 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

     Net Sales Change Drivers 2014 vs. 2013 (Fiscal Year Ended June 30)*  
     Volume     Foreign
Exchange
    Price     Mix     Net Sales
Growth
 

Fine Fragrances

     (1 )%      1     1     (2 )%      (1 )% 

Salon Professional

     (5 )%      —       2     2     (1 )% 

Retail Hair & Cosmetics

     —       (2 )%      (1 )%        (1 )%        (4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (1 )%      —       —       (1 )%      (2 )% 

 

* Net sales percentage changes are approximations based on quantitative formulas that are consistently applied.

P&G Beauty Brands. P&G Beauty Brands net sales for fiscal 2014 declined 2% to $6.0 billion compared to fiscal 2013. Volume declined 1%, as a mid-single-digit decrease in Salon Professional along with a low single-digit decreases in Fine Fragrances and Retail Hair Color & Styling were only partially offset by a low single-digit increase in Cosmetics. Unfavorable mix, driven by disproportionate volume decline in Salon Professional, which has higher than average selling prices, reduced P&G Beauty Brands net sales by 1%.

Fine Fragrances. Fine Fragrances net sales declined 1% to $2.3 billion in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 on a 1% decline in volume due to minor brand divestitures. Foreign exchange and pricing were each a 1% benefit to net sales while unfavorable geographic mix reduced sales by 2% due to an increased proportion of sales in developing markets, which generally have lower than segment-average selling prices.

Salon Professional. Salon Professional net sales declined 1% to $1.5 billion in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. Volume decreased 5%, due to market contraction and competitive activity. Annual pricing added 2% to net sales and favorable geographic mix also increased net sales by 2% due to a disproportionate decline in developing markets, which generally have lower than segment-average selling prices.

Retail Hair & Cosmetics. Retail Hair & Cosmetics net sales declined 4% to $2.2 billion in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. Volume was unchanged as a low single digit increase from market growth and product innovation on Cosmetics was offset by a low single digit decline in hair styling volume due to decreased marketing support. Lower pricing in the form of increased trade funding reduced net sales by 1% and unfavorable foreign exchange reduced net sales by 2%. Unfavorable product mix decreased net sales by 1%, primarily due to a lower proportion of facial cosmetics products which have above average selling prices.

 

- 124 -


Table of Contents

Operating Costs and Income

The following tables summarize P&G Beauty Brands’ combined operating income/(loss) and other measures by reportable segment for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2014 and 2013:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30  
     Gross Margin     SG&A Expenses     SG&A as a % of Net Sales  
(Dollars in millions)        2014             2013         2014      2013      % Change         2014             2013      

Fine Fragrances

     70.4     70.7   $ 1,515       $ 1,433         6     64.5     60.7

Salon Professional

     67.5     66.3     990         1,046         (5 )%      67.1     70.3

Retail Hair & Cosmetics

     60.9     61.7     975         1,070         (9 )%      44.7     47.1

Corporate

     N/A        N/A        33         83         (60 )%      N/A        N/A   
      

 

 

    

 

 

        

Total

     66.2     66.1   $ 3,513       $ 3,632         (3 )%      58.5     59.3
      

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30  
     Operating Income / (Loss)     Operating Margin  
(Dollars in millions)        2014             2013         Percent Change         2014             2013      

Fine Fragrances

   $ 139      $ 236        (41 )%      5.9     10.0

Salon Professional

     6        (60     N/A        0.4     (4.0 )% 

Retail Hair & Cosmetics

     352        334        5     16.2     14.7

Corporate

     (36     (95     N/A        N/A        N/A   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Total

   $ 461      $ 415        11     7.7     6.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

P&G Beauty Brands . P&G Beauty Brands operating income increased 11% to $461 million in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, primarily due to lower SG&A spending, including lower restructuring spending reported in Corporate, which more than offset the reduction in net sales. Operating margin improved 90 basis points to 7.7% for fiscal 2014 compared to 6.8% for fiscal 2013.

P&G Beauty Brands gross margin increased 10 basis points to 66.2% in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. The increase was primarily the result of manufacturing cost savings and a reduction in restructuring spending, which more than offset unfavorable product mix (due to the volume growth of lower margin Cosmetics and decline of higher margin Salon Professional and Fine Fragrances), foreign exchange impacts and scale deleveraging from lower volume.

P&G Beauty Brands SG&A declined to $3.5 billion in fiscal 2014 from $3.6 billion in fiscal 2013 primarily as the result of reduced overhead costs and lower marketing spending. SG&A as a percentage of P&G Beauty Brands net sales decreased 80 basis points to 58.5% for fiscal 2014 primarily driven by reduced overhead costs from a focus on productivity.

Fine Fragrances . Fine Fragrances operating income declined 41% to $139 million in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 resulting from lower sales and increased SG&A spending. Operating margin decreased 410 basis points to 5.9% in fiscal 2014.

Fine Fragrances gross margin decreased 30 basis points to 70.4% in fiscal 2014 from 70.7% in fiscal 2013. The decrease was primarily the result of unfavorable geographic mix (due to a decline in developed market sales which have above average gross margin), foreign exchange impacts and the negative scale impact of lower volume, largely offset by manufacturing cost savings.

Fine Fragrances SG&A spending increased to $1.5 billion in fiscal 2014 from $1.4 billion in fiscal 2013 primarily from higher marketing expense which increased due to currency impacts and to support product initiatives. Fine Fragrances SG&A as a percentage of net sales increased 380 basis points to 64.5% in fiscal 2014.

 

- 125 -


Table of Contents

Salon Professional . Salon Professional operating income increased to $6 million in fiscal 2014 compared to a loss of $60 million in fiscal 2013 as a result of increased gross margin and reduced SG&A spending. Operating margin improved 440 basis points in fiscal 2014.

Salon Professional gross margin increased 120 basis points to 67.5% in fiscal 2014 from 66.3% in fiscal 2013. The increase was a result of favorable geographic mix (due to a disproportionate decline in developing markets which have below average gross margin) and pricing benefits, partially offset by the negative scale impact of lower volume.

Salon Professional SG&A spending declined to $990 million in fiscal 2014 from $1.046 billion in fiscal 2013 due to lower marketing spending and reduced overhead costs both due to a focus on productivity efforts. Salon Professional SG&A as a percentage of net sales decreased by 320 basis points to 67.1% in fiscal 2014.

Retail Hair & Cosmetics . Retail Hair & Cosmetics operating income increased 5% to $352 million in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 as increased operating margin more than offset lower net sales. Operating margin improved 150 basis points to 16.2% behind lower SG&A spending, which more than offset decreased gross margin.

Retail Hair & Cosmetics gross margin decreased 80 basis points to 60.9% in fiscal 2014 from 61.7% in fiscal 2013. The decrease was a result of unfavorable product mix and foreign exchange, partially offset by manufacturing cost savings. The negative mix was primarily driven by Cosmetics from a reduction in higher margin facial products and an increase in lower margin nail and eye products.

Retail Hair & Cosmetics SG&A spending declined to $975 million in fiscal 2014 from $1.070 billion in fiscal 2013 due to lower marketing spending and reduced overhead expenses, both due to a focus on productivity efforts. Retail Hair & Cosmetics SG&A as a percentage of net sales decreased 240 basis points to 44.7% in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 due to productivity efforts.

Corporate . Net Corporate operating expenses decreased to $36 million in fiscal 2014 from $95 million in fiscal 2013 as a result of lower restructuring spending.

Income Taxes

P&G Beauty Brands’ effective tax rate decreased to 33.0% in fiscal 2014 compared to 33.3% in fiscal 2013. This was primarily driven by a more favorable geographical mix of earnings partially offset by the net impact of unfavorable adjustments to uncertain tax positions in multiple jurisdictions.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

P&G Beauty Brands has historically generated, and prior to the Distribution is expected to continue to generate, positive cash flow from operations, the majority of which has been distributed to P&G. P&G Beauty Brands participates in P&G’s cash management system and generally does not have a need for separate dedicated cash balances or accounts. However, P&G Beauty Brands does have cash and cash equivalents recorded on certain dedicated legal entities that do not participate in P&G’s cash management system. These cash and cash equivalents are reflected in the combined financial statements and are described in Note 3 to P&G Beauty Brands’ audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

- 126 -


Table of Contents

General

Cash flow from operations, current cash levels and cash infusions from P&G are expected to be adequate to fund P&G Beauty Brands’ capital expenditures and financing obligations during fiscal 2016. Cash and cash equivalents totaled $15 million at June 30, 2015.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30     Six Months Ended December 30  
(Dollars in millions)        2015             2014             2013                     2015                                  2014              

Net cash provided by/(used in):

          

Operating activities

   $ 271      $ 462      $ 484      $ 266      $ 227   

Investing activities

     47        (98     (102     (35     (39

Financing activities

     (316     (431     (365     (221     (180

Operating Activities

Operating cash flow for the six months ended December 31, 2015 was $266 million, an increase of 17% compared to the six months ended December 31, 2014. Operating cash flows resulted primarily from net earnings, adjusted for non-cash items (depreciation and amortization, losses on disposal of assets, and deferred income taxes) which generated $277 million of operating cash flow. Working capital and other impacts did not have a significant impact on operating cash flow for the six months ended December 31, 2015.

Operating cash flow was $271 million in fiscal 2015, a decrease of 41% compared to fiscal 2014. Operating cash flows resulted primarily from net earnings, adjusted for non-cash items (depreciation and amortization, deferred income taxes, losses on disposal of assets and gains on the sale of brands) which generated $192 million of operating cash flows. Fiscal 2015 operating cash flows decreased compared to fiscal 2014 due to a decrease in net earnings primarily driven by a cash payment for income taxes related to the impacts of uncertain tax positions in multiple jurisdictions that were settled in fiscal 2015. Working capital and other impacts generated $79 million of cash. Reduced accounts receivable generated $49 million of cash primarily due to changes in customer terms and improved collection results. Lower levels of inventory generated $13 million of cash mainly due to supply chain optimizations. Other current and noncurrent asset and liabilities generated $17 million of cash, primarily driven by a net increase in uncertain tax positions in multiple jurisdictions.

Operating cash flow was $462 million in fiscal 2014, a decrease of 5% compared to fiscal 2013. Operating cash flows resulted primarily from net earnings adjusted for non-cash items (depreciation and amortization, losses on disposal of assets and deferred income taxes) which generated $465 million of operating cash flow. Working capital changes, net of reclassifications between current and noncurrent assets and liabilities related to uncertain tax positions, did not have a significant impact on operating cash flow in fiscal 2014.

Investing Activities

Investing activities have historically been primarily related to capital expenditures. Capital expenditures were $35 million and $48 million for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Capital expenditures were $106 million, $109 million, and $103 million in fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, respectively. In fiscal 2015, proceeds from the sale of the Fine Fragrances brands Rochas, Laura Biagiotti and Naomi Campbell contributed $153 million in cash to investing activities.

Financing Activities

P&G Beauty Brands distributed excess cash to P&G of $221 million and $180 million for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. P&G Beauty Brands distributed excess cash to P&G of $316 million in fiscal 2015, $431 million in fiscal 2014, and $365 million in fiscal 2013.

 

- 127 -


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

The following table provides information on the amount and payable date of P&G Beauty Brands’ contractual commitments as of June 30, 2015:

 

     Amounts due by period(1)  
(Dollars in millions)    Total      Less
than
1 year
     1-3
years
     4-5
years
     More
than
5 years
 

Uncertain tax positions(2)

   $ 204       $ 204       $ —         $ —         $ —     

Operating leases

     109         23         35         25         26   

Purchase obligations(3)

     25         —           23         2         —     

Royalty and advertising payments(4)

     1,049         215         377         326         131   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,387       $ 442       $ 435       $ 353       $ 157   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) P&G Beauty Brands may incur, and Coty would assume, up to $3.9 billion of debt at the time of the Merger.
(2) As of June 30, 2015, P&G Beauty Brands’ combined balance sheet reflects a liability for uncertain tax positions of $241 million, including $99 million of interest and penalties. Due to the high degree of uncertainty regarding the timing of future cash outflows of liabilities for uncertain tax positions beyond one year, a reasonable estimate of the period of cash settlement beyond twelve months from the balance sheet date of June 30, 2015 cannot be made.
(3) P&G Beauty Brands has purchase commitments for materials, supplies, services and property, plant and equipment as part of the normal course of business. The amounts do not include contractual purchase obligations that are not take-or-pay arrangements. Such contractual purchase obligations are primarily purchase orders at fair value that are part of normal operations and are reflected in historical operating cash flow trends. P&G Beauty Brands does not believe such purchase obligations and licensing agreements will adversely affect its liquidity position.
(4) P&G Beauty Brands has entered into several licensing contracts under which P&G Beauty Brands has the right to use trademarks to manufacture, sell, distribute, advertise and promote fine fragrances and cosmetics products. Certain licenses require minimum guaranteed royalty payments regardless of sales levels. Minimum guaranteed royalty payments and required minimums for advertising and promotional spending have been included in the table above. Actual royalty payments and advertising and promotional spending are expected to be higher.

Off-Balance Sheet Transactions

P&G Beauty Brands does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, and it does not have, nor does it engage in, transactions with any special purpose entities.

New Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 3 to P&G Beauty Brands’ audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for recently adopted accounting pronouncements and recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted as of June 30, 2015.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants and Accounting Financials Disclosure

None.

Risk Management: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

P&G Beauty Brands’ business operations give rise to market risk exposure due to changes in foreign exchange rates. P&G monitors and manages foreign currency risk as an integral part of its overall risk management program. P&G may enter into hedging transactions pursuant to established guidelines and policies to mitigate the adverse effects of financial market risk. P&G Beauty Brands does not enter into derivative instruments. Further, no derivative instruments will be transferred to P&G Beauty Brands as part of the Transactions.

 

- 128 -


Table of Contents

Currency Rate Risk

Because P&G Beauty Brands manufactures and sells products in a number of countries throughout the world, P&G Beauty Brands is exposed to the impact on revenue and expenses of movements in currency exchange rates. P&G Beauty is also exposed to foreign currency gains and losses resulting from the impact of foreign exchange movements on monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of its respective foreign subsidiaries. P&G Beauty Brands has not entered into any foreign currency derivative instruments.

P&G Beauty Brands has experienced and will experience foreign exchange gains and losses as a result of foreign currency exposures from its non-functional currency monetary assets and liabilities. As of June 30, 2015, a 10% unfavorable change in the exchange rates of the U.S. dollar against the prevailing market rates of foreign currencies are estimated to result in a pretax foreign exchange loss of approximately $35 million. In the view of P&G management, this hypothetical loss resulting from an assumed change in foreign exchange rates is not material to the P&G Beauty Brands financial statements.

Coty management will determine currency risk management strategies and policies after the completion of the Transactions.

Interest Rate Risk

As of December 31, 2015, P&G Beauty Brands had not drawn on the Galleria Credit Agreement and had no exposure to interest rate risk.

 

- 129 -


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL PER SHARE, MARKET PRICE AND DIVIDEND DATA

Comparative Historical and Pro Forma Per Share Data

The following tables set forth certain historical and pro forma per share data for Coty and certain historical per share data for P&G. The Coty historical data has been derived from, and should be read together with, the audited consolidated financial statements of Coty and the related notes thereto contained in Coty’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 incorporated by reference into this prospectus and the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Coty and the related notes thereto contained in Coty’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2015 incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The Coty pro forma data has been prepared by Coty and derived from the unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial statements of Coty which give effect to (1) the completion of Merger and preliminary related acquisition accounting and (2) borrowings under the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the application of the net proceeds therefrom. The P&G historical data has been derived from, and should be read together with, the audited consolidated financial statements of P&G and the related notes thereto contained in P&G’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 26, 2015 to revise P&G’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and the unaudited consolidated financial statements of P&G and the related notes thereto contained in P&G’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2015, each of which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference.”

This comparative historical and pro forma per share data is being provided for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results that would have been achieved had the Transactions been completed during the periods presented, nor are they necessarily indicative of the results of operations or financial condition that may be expected for any future period or date. Coty and P&G Beauty Brands may have performed differently had the Transactions occurred prior to the periods presented. You should not rely on the pro forma per share data presented as being indicative of the results that would have been achieved had Coty and the assets and liabilities of P&G Beauty Brands to be acquired by Coty been combined during the periods presented or of the future results of Coty following the Transactions.

The following table presents certain historical and pro forma per share data for Coty:

 

     As of and for the
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2015
     As of and for the
Six Months Ended
December 31, 2015
 
     Historical      Pro
Forma
     Historical      Pro
Forma
 

Coty:

           

Weighted-average common shares:

           

Basic

     353.3         765.6         352.5         764.8   

Diluted

     362.9         775.2         362.0         774.3   

Book value per common share

   $ 2.74          $ 1.15       $ 16.58   

Cash dividends declared per common share

   $ 0.20       $ 0.20       $ 0.25       $ 0.25   

Net income attributable to Coty Inc. per common share:

           

Basic

   $ 0.66       $ 0.04       $ 0.61       $ 0.39   

Diluted

     0.64         0.04         0.59         0.39   

 

- 130 -


Table of Contents

The following table presents certain historical per share data for P&G:

 

     As of and for the
Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2015
    As of and for the
Six Months Ended
December 31, 2015
 

P&G:

    

Net earnings:

    

Basic:

    

Earnings from continuing operations

   $ 2.92      $ 2.02   

Earnings/(loss) from discontinued operations

     (0.42     0.07   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net earnings per share

   $ 2.50      $ 2.09   

Diluted:

    

Earnings from continuing operations

   $ 2.84      $ 1.97   

Earnings/(loss) from discontinued operations

     (0.40     0.06   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted net earnings per share

   $ 2.44      $ 2.03   

Weighted average common stock outstanding (in millions):

    

Basic

     2,711.7        2,719.5   

Diluted

     2,883.6        2,865.8   

Book value per share of common stock

   $ 23.23      $ 23.04   

Cash dividends declared per share of common stock

   $ 2.59      $ 1.33   

Historical Market Price Data

Historical market price data for Galleria Company does not exist as Galleria Company currently is a wholly owned subsidiary of P&G. As such, shares of Galleria Company common stock are not currently listed on a public stock exchange and are not publicly traded. Therefore, no market data is available for Galleria Company.

Shares of P&G common stock are currently traded on the NYSE under the symbol “PG.” On July 8, 2015, the last trading day before the announcement of the Transactions, the last sale price of shares of P&G common stock reported by the NYSE was $80.99. On April 20, 2016, the last sale price of shares of P&G common stock reported by the NYSE was $81.55. The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices of shares of P&G common stock and the dividends declared for the periods indicated. For current price information, P&G shareholders are urged to consult publicly available sources.

 

     P&G Common Stock  
     High      Low      Dividends  

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2014

        

First Quarter

   $ 82.40       $ 73.61       $ 0.6015   

Second Quarter

     85.82         75.20         0.6015   

Third Quarter

     81.70         75.26         0.6015   

Fourth Quarter

     82.98         78.43         0.6436   

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2015

        

First Quarter

   $ 85.40       $ 77.29       $ 0.6436   

Second Quarter

     93.89         81.57         0.6436   

Third Quarter

     91.79         80.81         0.6436   

Fourth Quarter

     84.20         77.10         0.6629   

Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 2016

        

First Quarter

   $ 82.55       $ 65.02       $ 0.6629   

Second Quarter

     81.23         71.29         0.6629   

Third Quarter

     83.87         74.46         0.6629   

Fourth Quarter (through April 20, 2016)

     83.84         81.48         0.6695   

 

- 131 -


Table of Contents

Shares of Coty common stock are currently traded on the NYSE under the symbol “COTY.” No public trading market exists for shares of Coty class B common stock. On July 8, 2015, the last trading day before the announcement of the Transactions, the last sale price of shares of Coty common stock reported by the NYSE was $31.52. On April 20, 2016, the last sale price of shares of Coty common stock reported by the NYSE was $29.96. The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices of shares of Coty common stock and the dividends declared for the periods indicated for both Coty common stock and Coty class B common stock. For current price information, Coty stockholders are urged to consult publicly available sources.

 

     Coty Class A Common Stock      Dividends  
             High                      Low              Class A      Class B  

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2014

           

First Quarter

   $ 17.74       $ 14.46       $ 0.20       $ 0.20   

Second Quarter

     16.68         14.63         —           —     

Third Quarter

     15.92         12.83         —           —     

Fourth Quarter

     18.95         14.85         —           —     

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2015

           

First Quarter

   $ 18.47       $ 16.39       $ 0.20       $ 0.20   

Second Quarter

     21.00         15.74         —           —     

Third Quarter

     24.71         18.33         —           —     

Fourth Quarter

     32.62         23.26         —           —     

Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 2016

           

First Quarter

   $ 32.72       $ 24.90       $ 0.25       $ 0.25   

Second Quarter

     30.76         25.17         —           —     

Third Quarter

     29.59         21.48         —           —     

Fourth Quarter (through April 20, 2016)

     30.66         27.59         —           —     

Dividend Policies

P&G has been paying a dividend for 126 consecutive years since its incorporation in 1890 and has increased its dividend for 60 consecutive years at an annual compound average rate of over 9%. Over the past five years, the dividend has increased at an annual compound average rate of 5%. Nevertheless, as in the past, further dividends will be considered after reviewing dividend yields, profitability expectations and financing needs and will be declared at the discretion of P&G’s board of directors.

Coty has no legal or contractual obligation to pay dividends. Coty has been paying an annual dividend, once per year, since Coty’s initial public offering in 2013. The payment of cash dividends in the future will continue to be at the discretion of Coty’s board of directors. The declaration of any cash dividends, and the amount thereof, will depend on many factors, including Coty’s financial condition, capital requirements, funds from operations, the dividend taxation level, Coty’s stock price, future business prospects and any other factors as Coty’s board of directors may deem relevant. Additionally, the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain certain customary restrictions on Coty’s ability to pay dividends. The Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities entered into in connection with the Transactions contains similar restrictions, and other indebtedness Coty may incur in the future may contain similar restrictions.

 

- 132 -


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected historical combined financial data of P&G Beauty Brands, selected historical consolidated financial data of P&G, selected historical consolidated financial data of Coty and unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial data of Coty is being provided to help you in your analysis of the financial aspects of the Transactions. The unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial data of Coty has been prepared by Coty for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what the operating results or financial position of Coty or P&G Beauty Brands would have been had the Transactions been completed at the beginning of the periods or on the dates indicated, nor are they necessarily indicative of the results of operations or financial condition that may be expected for any future period or date. You should read this information in conjunction with the financial information included elsewhere and incorporated by reference in this prospectus. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference,” “Information on P&G Beauty Brands,” “Information on P&G” and “Information on Coty.”

Selected Historical Combined Financial Data of P&G Beauty Brands

P&G Beauty Brands’ selected combined balance sheet data presented below as of June 30, 2015 and 2014 and statement of income data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from P&G Beauty Brands’ audited combined financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus. P&G Beauty Brands’ selected combined balance sheet data presented below as of December 31, 2015 and statement of income data for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 have been derived from P&G Beauty Brands’ unaudited interim combined financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of P&G Beauty Brands’ management, such unaudited financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the interim periods. P&G Beauty Brands’ selected combined balance sheet data presented below as of June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and its selected statements of income data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 have been derived from P&G Beauty Brands’ historical accounting records, which are unaudited and which are not included in this prospectus. The selected historical combined financial data below is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations or financial condition that may be expected for any future period or date, and the results for the interim period ended December 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full fiscal year. This information should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of P&G Beauty Brands” and the financial statements of P&G Beauty Brands and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

- 133 -


Table of Contents

The financial information of P&G Beauty Brands included in this prospectus reflects assumptions and allocations made by P&G. The financial position, results of operations and cash flows of P&G Beauty Brands presented may be different from those that would have resulted had P&G Beauty Brands been operated as a standalone company or been supported as a subsidiary of Coty. The financial information of P&G Beauty Brands also includes results for the Divested Brands for periods prior to the respective dates of divestiture as well as the Excluded Brands, which will not be transferred to Coty in the Transactions. As a result, the historical financial information of P&G Beauty Brands is not a reliable indicator of future results. See “Risk Factors.”

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,      Six Months Ended
December 31,
 
     2015      2014      2013      2012     2011      2015      2014  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Statement of Income Data:

                   

Net sales

   $ 5,518       $ 6,003       $ 6,122       $ 6,348      $ 6,462       $ 2,623       $ 3,070   

Cost of products sold

     1,875         2,029         2,075         2,161        2,150         845         1,026   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     3,643         3,974         4,047         4,187        4,312         1,778         2,044   

Selling, general and administrative expense

     3,228         3,513         3,632         4,433        3,754         1,450         1,700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     415         461         415         (246     558         328         344   

Interest expense, net

     —           —           —           —          —           4         —     

Other non-operating income, net

     94         —           —           20        6         —           8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings before income taxes

     509         461         415         (226     564         324         352   

Income taxes

     361         152         138         56        193         114         111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 148       $ 309       $ 277       $ (282   $ 371       $ 210       $ 241   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of June 30,      As of
December 31,
 
     2015      2014      2013      2012      2011      2015  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Balance Sheet Data:

                 

Total assets

   $ 6,707       $ 7,695       $ 7,608       $ 7,470       $ 8,903       $ 6,582   

Long-term debt

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data of P&G

The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial data of P&G. The consolidated statement of income data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and balance sheet data as of June 30, 2015 and 2014 has been derived from P&G’s audited consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of income data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011 has been derived from P&G’s audited consolidated financial statements contained in P&G’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K filed with the SEC. The consolidated statement of income data for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 has been derived from P&G’s unaudited consolidated financial statements contained in P&G’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2015 filed with the SEC. In the opinion of P&G’s management, such unaudited financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the interim periods. The selected historical consolidated financial data below is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations or financial condition that may be expected for any future period or date, and the results for the interim period ended December 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full fiscal year. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference.” You should read the following data in conjunction with those consolidated financial statements and related notes, and in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained in P&G’s Current Report

 

- 134 -


Table of Contents

on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 26, 2015 to revise P&G’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and P&G’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2015.

 

    Fiscal Year Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended
December 31,
 
    2015     2014     2013     2012     2011     2015     2014  
    (Dollars in millions)  

Consolidated Statement of Income Data:

 

Net sales

  $ 70,749      $ 74,401      $ 73,910      $ 73,138      $ 70,464      $ 33,442      $ 37,266   

Costs of goods sold

    37,056        39,030        38,052        37,884        35,354        16,612        19,292   

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

    20,616        21,461        22,499        21,860        21,261        9,209        10,762   

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment charges

    —          —          308        899        —          —          —     

Venezuela deconsolidation charge

    2,028        —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    11,049        13,910        13,051        12,495        13,849        7,621        7,212   

Interest expense

    626        709        668        769        832        283        330   

Interest income

    149        99        85        75        60        102        65   

Other non-operating income, net

    440        209        940        162        269        17        32   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes

    11,012        13,509        13,408        11,963        13,346        7,457        6,979   

Income taxes on continuing operations

    2,725        2,851        3,062        3,099        2,837        1,775        1,589   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings from continuing operations

    8,287        10,658        10,346        8,864        10,509        5,682        5,390   

Net earnings/(loss) from discontinued operations

    (1,143     1,127        1,056        2,040        1,418        181        (972
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings

    7,144        11,785        11,402        10,904        11,927      $ 5,863      $ 4,418   

Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests

    108        142        90        148        130        56        56   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings attributable to Procter & Gamble

  $ 7,036      $ 11,643      $ 11,312      $ 10,756      $ 11,797      $ 5,807      $ 4,362   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings margin from continuing operations

    11.7%        14.3%        14.0%        12.1%        14.9%        17.0%        14.5%   

 

    As of June 30,     As of
December 31,
 
    2015     2014     2013     2012     2011     2015  
    (Dollars in millions)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

 

Total assets

  $ 129,495      $ 144,266      $ 139,263      $ 132,244      $ 138,354      $ 129,143   

Long-term debt

    18,327        19,807        19,111        21,080        22,033        17,595   

Shareholders’ equity

    63,050        69,976        68,709        64,035        68,001        62,302   

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data of Coty

The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial data of Coty. The consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and balance sheet data as of June 30, 2015 and 2014 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements contained in Coty’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K filed with the SEC. The consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 has been derived from Coty’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial

 

- 135 -


Table of Contents

statements contained in Coty’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2015 filed with the SEC. In the opinion of Coty’s management, such unaudited financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the interim periods. The selected historical consolidated financial data below is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations or financial condition that may be expected for any future period or date, and the results for the interim period ended December 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full fiscal year. See “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference.” You should read the following data in conjunction with those consolidated financial statements and related notes, and in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained in Coty’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2015. See “—Unaudited Condensed Combined Pro Forma Financial Statements of Coty.”

 

    Year Ended June 30,     Six Months Ended
December 31,
 
    2015     2014     2013     2012     2011     2015     2014  
    (Dollars in millions, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

 

Net revenues

  $ 4,395.2      $ 4,551.6      $ 4,649.1      $ 4,611.3      $ 4,086.1      $ 2,322.8      $ 2,441.9   

Gross profit

    2,638.2        2,685.9        2,788.8        2,787.3        2,446.1        1,411.4        1,450.8   

Acquisition-related Costs

    34.1        0.7        8.9        10.3        20.9        61.3        1.6   

Asset impairment charges

    —          316.9        1.5        575.9        —          5.5        —     

Operating income (loss)

    395.1        25.7        394.4        (209.5     280.9        234.1        303.8   

Interest expense—related party

    —          —          —          —          5.9        —          —     

Interest expense, net

    73.0        68.5        76.5        89.6        85.6        30.6        38.7   

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

    88.8        —          —          —          —          3.1        88.8   

Other expense (income), net

    —          1.3        (0.8     32.0        4.4        23.8        0.3   

Income (Loss) before income taxes

    233.3        (44.1     318.7        (331.1     185.0        176.6        176.0   

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

    (26.1     20.1        116.8        (37.8     95.1        (54.1     24.4   

Net income (loss)

    259.4        (64.2     201.9        (293.3     89.9        230.7        151.6   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    15.1        17.8        15.7        13.7        12.5        9.7        11.1   

Net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

    11.8        15.4        18.2        17.4        15.7        6.3        4.5   

Net income (loss) attributable to Coty Inc.

    232.5        (97.4     168.0        (324.4     61.7        214.7        136.0   

Per Share Data:

             

Weighted-average common shares

             

Basic

    353.3        381.7        381.7        373.0        329.4        352.5        353.8   

Diluted

    362.9        381.7        396.4        373.0        339.1        362.0        363.5   

Cash dividends declared per common share

  $ 0.20      $ 0.20      $ 0.15      $ —        $ 0.10      $ 0.25      $ 0.20   

Net income (loss) attributable to Coty Inc. per common share:

             

Basic

  $ 0.66      $ (0.26   $ 0.44      $ (0.87   $ 0.19      $ 0.61      $ 0.38   

Diluted

    0.64        (0.26     0.42        (0.87     0.18        0.59        0.37   

 

     As of June 30,      As of
December 31,
 
     2015      2014      2013      2012      2011      2015  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 341.3       $ 1,238.0       $ 920.4       $ 609.4       $ 510.8       $ 482.7   

Total assets

     6,018.9         6,592.5         6,470.0         6,183.4         6,813.9         6,511.7   

Total debt

     2,634.7         3,293.5         2,630.2         2,460.3         2,622.4         3,656.5   

Total Coty Inc. stockholders’ equity

     969.8         843.8         1,494.0         857.2         1,361.9         405.8   

 

- 136 -


Table of Contents

Unaudited Condensed Combined Pro Forma Financial Statements of Coty

The following unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial statements and notes thereto have been prepared by Coty to give effect to the proposed Merger. At the effective time of the Merger, Merger Sub, a wholly owned acquisition subsidiary of Coty, will be merged with and into Galleria Company, with Galleria Company becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty. The transaction is being accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method with Coty as the accounting acquirer in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations . Under this method of accounting the purchase price will be allocated to Galleria Company’s assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values at the date of consummation of the Merger.

The process of valuing the tangible and intangible assets and liabilities of Galleria Company immediately prior to the Merger, as well as evaluating accounting policies for conformity, is still in the preliminary stages. Accordingly, the purchase price allocation pro forma adjustments are preliminary and have been made solely for the purpose of providing unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial statements. Material revisions to Coty’s current estimates could be necessary as the valuation process and accounting policy review are finalized. As a result, the actual amount of depreciation and amortization expense may be materially different from that presented. The process of determining fair value of the tangible and intangible assets acquired (including independent valuation reports) and liabilities assumed will be completed following the Merger.

The unaudited condensed combined pro forma statements of operations are presented, giving effect to the completion of Merger and preliminary related acquisition accounting. The unaudited condensed combined pro forma statements of operations reflect the proposed Merger as if it had occurred as of July 1, 2014, the beginning of the annual period presented. The unaudited condensed combined pro forma balance sheet reflects the proposed Merger if it had occurred on December 31, 2015, the date of the most recent balance sheet presented. The unaudited condensed combined pro forma statements of operations for the year ended June 30, 2015 and six months ended December 31, 2015 are derived from P&G Beauty Brands’ audited historical combined statement of operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and unaudited historical combined statements of operations for the six months ended December 31, 2015 with Coty’s audited historical statement of consolidated operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and unaudited historical condensed statement of consolidated operations for the six months ended December 31, 2015. The unaudited condensed combined pro forma balance sheet combines the unaudited historical combined balance sheet of P&G Beauty Brands as of December 31, 2015 with Coty’s unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015.

The historical consolidated financial information has been adjusted to give effect to pro forma adjustments that are factually supportable, directly attributable to the Merger, and expected to have a continuing impact to the statement of operations.

The unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial statements should be read in conjunction with:

 

    accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial statements;

 

    Coty’s audited historical consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015;

 

    Coty’s unaudited historical condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the six months ended December 31, 2015;

 

    P&G Beauty Brands’ audited historical combined financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015; and

 

    P&G Beauty Brands’ unaudited historical combined financial statements as of and for the six months ended December 31, 2015.

The unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial statements have been prepared for illustrative purposes only, and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results or financial position that would have

 

- 137 -


Table of Contents

occurred if the Merger had been consummated on the dates indicated, nor is necessarily indicative of the results of operations or financial condition that may be expected for any future period or date.

The Merger has not been consummated as of the date of the preparation of the unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial statements and there can be no assurances that the Merger will be consummated. See “Risk Factors” for additional discussion of risk factors associated with the unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial statements.

Items Not Reflected in the Unaudited Condensed Combined Pro Forma Financial Statements

The unaudited condensed combined pro forma statement of operations does not include any adjustments related to restructuring, potential profit improvements, or potential cost savings. Coty is currently developing plans to combine the operations of Coty and Galleria, which may involve costs that may be material. The anticipated profit improvements generated from these actions, as well as other potential synergies in total cost savings on an annualized basis over the next three years, have not been reflected in the unaudited condensed combined pro forma statement of operations. The synergies are expected to come from leveraging the current administrative, selling and marketing functions, along with Coty’s supply-chain and distribution network and efficiencies of combining Coty and Galleria. Integration teams will be formed to further develop and execute detailed implementation programs, the related costs of which have not been determined. While Coty continues to refine its estimates, Coty currently anticipates the total synergies will be higher than estimated at the time of the announcement of the Transactions in July 2015.

P&G Beauty Brands’ combined financial statements reflect the historical financial position, results of operations and cash flows of P&G Beauty Brands as owned by P&G for all periods presented. Prior to the expected separation transaction, P&G has not accounted for P&G Beauty Brands as, and P&G Beauty Brands has not been operated as, a stand-alone company during the periods presented.

P&G Beauty Brands’ historical combined financial statements were prepared using P&G’s historical basis in the assets and liabilities of P&G Beauty Brands. P&G Beauty Brands’ historical combined financial statements include all revenues, costs, assets and liabilities directly attributable to P&G Beauty Brands. In addition, certain expenses reflected in the combined financial statements include allocations of corporate expenses from P&G, which, in the opinion of P&G management, are reasonable.

 

- 138 -


Table of Contents

Coty Inc. & Subsidiaries

Unaudited Condensed Combined Pro Forma Balance Sheet

At December 31, 2015

(Dollars in millions)

 

 
     Historical
Coty
     Historical P&G
Beauty Brands
After
Reclassification
(Note 2)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
(Note 3)
    Pro Forma  

Assets

         

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 482.7       $ 25.0      $ (13.0   $ 494.7   

Trade receivables, net

     697.2         677.0        (356.0     1,018.2   

Inventories

     505.9         505.0        21.0        1,031.9   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     170.6         51.0        —          221.6   

Deferred income taxes

     84.2         41.0        (8.0     117.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,940.6         1,299.0        (356.0     2,883.6   

Property and equipment, net

     486.9         707.0        175.0        1,368.9   

Goodwill

     1,530.9         2,663.0        5,647.6        9,841.5   

Other intangible assets, net

     1,856.3         1,780.0        4,685.0        8,321.3   

Deferred income taxes

     9.2         26.0        —          35.2   

Other noncurrent assets

     687.8         107.0        (32.0     762.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 6,511.7       $ 6,582.0      $ 10,119.6      $ 23,213.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity

         

Current liabilities

         

Accounts payable

   $ 781.4       $ 402.0      $ (242.0   $ 941.4   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     828.4         625.0        (260.0     1,193.4   

Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt

     85.6         —          —          85.6   

Income and other taxes payable

     8.2         —          —          8.2   

Deferred income taxes

     9.3         —          19.5        28.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,712.9         1,027.0        (482.5     2,257.4   

Long-term debt, net

     3,570.9         —          2,057.4        5,628.3   

Pension and other post-employment benefits

     202.5         —          74.7        277.2   

Deferred income taxes

     340.1         496.0 (1)      1,244.2        2,080.3   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     183.8         62.0 (2)      (35.0     210.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     6,010.2         1,585.0        2,858.8        10,454.0   

Redeemable noncontrolling interests

     82.1         —          —          82.1   

Total stockholder’s equity

     405.8         4,997.0        7,260.8        12,663.6   

Noncontrolling interests

     13.6         —          —          13.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     419.4         4,997.0        7,260.8        12,677.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity

   $ 6,511.7       $ 6,582.0      $ 10,119.6      $ 23,213.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Aligning line title of the historical P&G Beauty Brands “Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities” to “Deferred income taxes.”
(2) Aligning line title of the historical P&G Beauty Brands “Liabilities for uncertain tax positions” to “Other noncurrent liabilities.”

See notes to Unaudited Condensed Combined Pro Forma Financial Statements.

 

- 139 -


Table of Contents

Coty Inc. & Subsidiaries

Unaudited Condensed Combined Pro Forma Statement of Operations

For the Six Months Ended December 31, 2015

(Dollars in millions, except for per share data)

 

 
     Historical
Coty
    Historical P&G
Beauty Brands
After
Reclassification
(Note 2)
     Pro Forma
Adjustments
(Note 3)
    Pro
Forma
 

Net revenues

   $ 2,322.8      $ 2,623.0       $ (298.0   $ 4,647.8   

Cost of sales

     911.4        843.0         (82.7     1,671.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,411.4        1,780.0         (215.3     2,976.1   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     999.7        1,419.0         (134.7     2,284.0   

Amortization expense

     38.1        19.0         117.6        174.7   

Restructuring costs

     72.7        14.0         —          86.7   

Acquisition-related costs

     61.3        —           (56.0     5.3   

Asset impairment charges

     5.5        —           —          5.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     234.1        328.0         (142.2     419.9   

Interest expense, net

     30.6        4.0         23.0        57.6   

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     3.1        —           —          3.1   

Other expense (income), net

     23.8        —           —          23.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     176.6        324.0         (165.2     335.4   

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (54.1     114.0         (42.0     17.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     230.7        210.0         (123.2     317.5   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     9.7        —           —          9.7   

Net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

     6.3        —           —          6.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Coty Inc.

   $ 214.7      $ 210.0       $ (123.2   $ 301.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Coty Inc. per common share:

         

Basic

   $ 0.61           $ 0.39   

Diluted

     0.59             0.39   

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

         

Basic

     352.5             764.8   

Diluted

     362.0             774.3   

See notes to Unaudited Condensed Combined Pro Forma Financial Statements.

 

- 140 -


Table of Contents

Coty Inc. & Subsidiaries

Unaudited Condensed Combined Pro Forma Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended June 30, 2015

(Dollars in millions, except for per share data)

 

 
    Historical
Coty
    Historical P&G
Beauty Brands
After
Reclassification
(Note 2)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
(Note 3)
    Pro
Forma
 

Net revenues

  $ 4,395.2      $ 5,518.0      $ (670.0   $ 9,243.2   

Cost of sales

    1,757.0        1,863.0        (205.9     3,414.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    2,638.2        3,655.0        (464.1     5,829.1   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    2,066.1        3,113.0        (325.8     4,853.3   

Amortization expense

    74.7        47.0        226.2        347.9   

Restructuring costs

    75.4        80.0        —          155.4   

Acquisition-related costs

    34.1        —          (30.2     3.9   

Gain on sale of asset

    (7.2     (94.0     94.0        (7.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    395.1        509.0        (428.3     475.8   

Interest expense, net

    73.0        —          54.1        127.1   

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

    88.8        —          —          88.8   

Other expense (income), net

    —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    233.3        509.0        (482.4     259.9   

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

    (26.1     361.0        (136.3     198.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    259.4        148.0        (346.1     61.3   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    15.1        —          —          15.1   

Net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

    11.8        —          —          11.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Coty Inc.

  $ 232.5      $ 148.0      $ (346.1   $ 34.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Coty Inc. per common share:

       

Basic

  $ 0.66          $ 0.04   

Diluted

    0.64            0.04   

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

       

Basic

    353.3            765.6   

Diluted

    362.9            775.2   

See notes to Unaudited Condensed Combined Pro Forma Financial Statements.

 

- 141 -


Table of Contents

COTY INC. & SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in tables in millions, except per share data)

Note 1—Basis of Pro Forma Presentation

The unaudited condensed combined pro forma statements of operations combine P&G Beauty Brands’ audited historical combined statement of operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and unaudited historical combined statement of operations for the six months ended December 31, 2015, with Coty’s audited historical consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and unaudited historical condensed consolidated statement of operations for the six months ended December 31, 2015, to reflect the proposed Merger as if it had occurred as of July 1, 2014. The unaudited condensed combined pro forma balance sheet combines the unaudited historical combined balance sheet of P&G Beauty Brands as of December 31, 2015, with Coty’s unaudited historical condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 to reflect the proposed Merger as if it had occurred as of December 31, 2015. At the effective time of the proposed Merger, Galleria Company will be merged with a wholly owned acquisition subsidiary of Coty, with Galleria Company surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty. In the Merger, each share of Galleria Company common stock will be converted into the right to receive one share of Coty common stock. Upon consummation of the Merger, holders of Galleria Company common stock are expected to own shares of Coty common stock representing approximately 54% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock.

The historical financial information is adjusted in the unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial statements to give effect to unaudited pro forma adjustments that are (1) directly attributable to the Merger, (2) factually supportable, and (3) with respect to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on the combined operating results.

The Merger is being accounted for as a business combination with Coty as the accounting acquirer. Accordingly, Coty’s cost to purchase Galleria will be allocated to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values on the date the Merger is completed. The total equity purchase price will be paid with 412.3 million shares of Coty common stock, that will be issued in exchange for all outstanding shares of Galleria Company common stock. The equity consideration is valued at $12.3 billion, assuming a Coty share price of $29.81, which is based on the closing price of Coty common stock on April 13, 2016. Additionally, Coty will assume debt incurred under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities, calculated as described below, in an amount that, when combined with the value of the Coty share issuance, aggregates to $14.3 billion as the total transaction price.

The debt to be incurred by Galleria Company will be primarily utilized to fund the payment of the Recapitalization Amount. The Recapitalization Amount is determined in part based on a reference price range of Coty common stock prior to the closing of the Merger. Before taking into account the other adjustments to the Recapitalization Amount, the Transaction Agreement provides that the Recapitalization Amount will be equal to $1.9 billion if the referenced stock price of Coty is $27.06 per share or more, will be equal to $3.9 billion if the referenced stock price of Coty is $22.06 per share or less, and will fluctuate on a proportionate basis if the referenced stock price of Coty is a value within that collar. For every 5% change in the price of Coty shares outside of the collar range of $22.06 to $27.06, the expected total transaction price will increase by approximately $550 million above the high end of the range and decrease by approximately $450 million below the low end of the range, respectively. The change in value would result in an adjustment to goodwill. If the share price remains within the collar range, the total transaction price will remain the same but the split of debt and equity will change. In either case, the Recapitalization Amount is subject to further adjustments in addition to the adjustments relating to the Coty stock price.

Based on the closing price of Coty common stock on April 13, 2016 of $29.81, which is above the collar, the total transaction price is expected to be $14.3 billion. This is comprised of $12.3 billion in equity and an estimated debt amount of $2.0 billion. The debt amount of $2.0 billion reflects the $1.9 billion collar amount (reflecting such closing price of Coty common stock on April 13, 2016) and an increase of approximately $0.1

 

- 142 -


Table of Contents

billion in connection with certain other adjustments described below. This estimate of the Recapitalization Amount reflects, in addition to the impact of the Coty stock price, certain assumptions about adjustments to the Excluded Brands and other adjustments provided in the Transaction Agreement. While the amounts of these adjustments are not yet known, Coty has included an estimate based on information available to it at the time of the filing. The range of potential adjustments: (i) relating to the Excluded Brands adjustment estimated to be a decrease of $0.3 billion to $0.5 billion, (ii) relating to a working capital adjustment is estimated to be an increase of $0.0 billion to $0.1 billion, and (iii) relating to other adjustments is a decrease of $0.3 billion to an increase of $0.3 billion, totaling a range of adjustments in the Recapitalization Amount of between a decrease of $0.8 billion and an increase of $0.1 billion. Coty has assumed an increase in the Recapitalization Amount of $0.1 billion for the purposes of these unaudited condensed combined pro forma financial statements, which results in a corresponding increase in goodwill. All of these adjustments, as well as the adjustment relating to the Coty stock price, will vary depending upon the ultimate trading price of Coty stock during the referenced measurement period, the ultimate terms under which the Excluded Brands are disposed and the other factors referenced in the Transaction Agreement.

The pro forma adjustments included herein may be revised as additional information becomes available and as additional analyses are performed. Accordingly, the final acquisition accounting adjustments may be materially different from the pro forma adjustments presented in this prospectus. Changes in the price of Coty common stock may increase or decrease the total value of the Merger. Increases or decreases in the fair value of the net assets may change the amount of the purchase price allocated to goodwill and other acquired assets and liabilities. This may impact the unaudited condensed combined pro forma statement of operations due to an increase or decrease in the amount of amortization or depreciation of the adjusted assets.

 

The preliminary estimated purchase price is as follows:

  

Equity consideration exchanged

   $ 12,291.8   

Galleria Company debt assumed by Coty

     2,057.4   
  

 

 

 

Total preliminary purchase price

   $ 14,349.2   
  

 

 

 

Preliminary allocation of purchase price:

  

Net working capital

   $ 419.0   

Net other assets / (liabilities)

     (26.7

Indefinite-lived intangible assets

     3,743.0   

Finite-lived intangible assets

     2,722.0   

Goodwill

     8,310.6   

Property, plant and equipment

     882.0   

Deferred tax liability

     (1,700.7
  

 

 

 

Total preliminary estimated purchase price allocation

   $ 14,349.2   
  

 

 

 

Note 2—Reclassification Adjustments

The table below reflects the historical balance sheet of P&G Beauty Brands at December 31, 2015, as adjusted for certain reclassifications to conform to Coty’s basis of presentation.

 

     Reclassifications to P&G Beauty Brands’ Unaudited Condensed
Combined Balance Sheet At December 31, 2015
 
     P&G Beauty
Brands Before
Reclassification
     Reclassification         P&G Beauty
Brands After
Reclassification
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 92.0       $ (41.0   (a)   $ 51.0   

Deferred income taxes (current)

     —           41.0      (a)     41.0   

Property and equipment, net

     581.0         126.0      (b)     707.0   

Deferred income taxes (noncurrent)

     —           26.0      (c)     26.0   

Other noncurrent assets

     259.0         (126.0   (b)     107.0   
        (26.0   (c)  

 

- 143 -


Table of Contents
(a) Reclassification of current deferred income tax assets from “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” to the current portion of “Deferred income taxes.”
(b) Reclassification of marketing furniture and in-store displays from “Other noncurrent assets” to “Property and equipment, net.”
(c) Reclassification of noncurrent deferred income tax assets from “Other noncurrent assets” to the noncurrent portion of “Deferred income taxes.”

The table below reflects the historical statement of operations of P&G Beauty Brands for the six months ended December 31, 2015, as adjusted for certain reclassifications to conform to Coty’s basis of presentation.

 

    Reclassifications to P&G Beauty Brands’ Unaudited Condensed
Combined Statement of Operations for the Six Months Ended
December 31, 2015
 
    P&G Beauty
Brands Before
Reclassification
    Reclassification         P&G Beauty
Brands After
Reclassification
 

Cost of sales

  $ 845.0      $ (2.0   (a)   $ 843.0   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    1,450.0        (12.0   (a)     1,419.0   
      (19.0   (b)  

Amortization expense

    —          19.0      (b)     19.0   

Restructuring costs

    —          14.0      (a)     14.0   

 

(a) Conforming presentation of restructuring costs from “Cost of sales” and “Selling, general and administrative expenses” to “Restructuring costs.”
(b) Conforming presentation of amortization expense of intangible assets from “Selling, general and administrative expenses” to “Amortization expense.”

The table below reflects the historical statement of operations of P&G Beauty Brands for the year ended June 30, 2015, as adjusted for certain reclassifications to conform to Coty’s basis of presentation.

 

    Reclassifications to P&G Beauty Brands’ Unaudited Condensed
Combined Statement of Operations for the Year Ended

June 30, 2015
 
    P&G Beauty
Brands Before
Reclassification
    Reclassification         P&G Beauty
Brands After
Reclassification
 

Cost of sales

  $ 1,875.0      $ (12.0   (a)   $ 1,863.0   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    3,228.0        (68.0   (a)     3,113.0   
      (47.0   (b)  

Amortization expense

    —          47.0      (b)     47.0   

Restructuring costs

    —          80.0      (a)     80.0   

Gain on sale of asset

    —          (94.0   (c)     (94.0

Other expense (income), net

    (94.0     94.0      (c)     —     

 

(a) Conforming presentation of restructuring costs from “Cost of sales” and “Selling, general and administrative expenses” to “Restructuring costs.”
(b) Conforming presentation of amortization expense of intangible assets from “Selling, general and administrative expenses” to “Amortization expense.”
(c) Conforming presentation of the gain on sale of brand assets from “Other expense (income), net” to “Gain on sale of asset.”

 

- 144 -


Table of Contents

Note 3—Pro Forma Adjustments

As further described below, the following table reflects the pro forma adjustments as of December 31, 2015 to record the Merger, including (i) carve-out of the Excluded Brands and the Divested Brands, (ii) adjustments to record the acquisition accounting and other specified assets and liabilities which are not being transferred to Coty as part of the Transactions, and (iii) adjustments related to other acquisition related items:

 

     Carve-Out of
Excluded
Brands and
Divested
Brands(a)
    Acquisition
Accounting
Adjustments
and
Elimination
of Non-
Transferred
Assets and
Liabilities
        Other
Acquisition
Related
Adjustments
        Pro Forma
Adjustments
 

Assets

            

Current Assets

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —        $ (13.0   (b)   $ —          $ (13.0

Trade receivables, net

     (78.0     (278.0   (b)     —            (356.0

Inventories

     (54.0     75.0      (c)     —            21.0   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     —          —            —            —     

Deferred income taxes

     (1.0     (7.0   (b)     —            (8.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

     (133.0     (223.0       —            (356.0

Property and equipment, net

     —          175.0      (d)     —            175.0   

Goodwill

     —          8,310.6      (e)     —            5,647.6   
       (2,663.0  

(f)

     

Other intangible assets, net

     (51.0     6,465.0      (e)     —            4,685.0   
       (1,729.0   (f)      

Deferred income taxes

     —          —            —            —     

Other noncurrent assets

     —          (32.0   (b)     —            (32.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ (184.0   $ 10,303.6        $ —          $ 10,119.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

            

Current Liabilities

            

Accounts payable

   $ —        $ (242.0   (b)   $ —          $ (242.0

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (9.0     (285.0   (b)     34.0      (k)     (260.0

Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt

     —          —            —            —     

Income and other taxes payable

     —          —            —            —     

Deferred income taxes

     —          19.5      (g)     —            19.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

     (9.0     (507.5       34.0          (482.5

Long-term debt

     —          2,057.4      (h)     —            2,057.4   

Pension and other post-employment benefits

     —          74.7      (i)     —            74.7   

Deferred income taxes

     —          1,244.2      (g)     —            1,244.2   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     —          (35.0   (b)     —            (35.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     (9.0     2,833.8          34.0          2,858.8   

Total stockholders’ equity

     (175.0     12,291.8      (j)     (34.0   (k)     7,260.8   
       (5,054.0   (f)      
       232.0      (b)      
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ (184.0   $ 10,303.6        $ —          $ 10,119.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

- 145 -


Table of Contents

As further described below, the following table reflects the pro forma adjustments for the six months ended December 31, 2015 to record the Merger, including (i) carve-out of net income from the Excluded Brands and the Divested Brands which are not being transferred to Coty as part of the Transactions, (ii) adjustments to record the acquisition accounting, and (iii) adjustments for other acquisition related items:

 

     Carve-Out of
Excluded
Brands and
Divested
Brands(a)
    Acquisition
Accounting
Adjustments
        Other
Acquisition
Related
Adjustments
        Pro Forma
Adjustments
 

Net revenues

   $ (298.0   $ —          $ —          $ (298.0

Cost of sales

     (89.0     6.3      (l)     —            (82.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Gross profit

     (209.0     (6.3       —            (215.3

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (182.0     0.3      (l)     52.0      (q)     (134.7
       (5.0   (n)      

Amortization expense

     (6.0     123.6      (m)     —            117.6   

Restructuring costs

     —          —            —            —     

Acquisition-related costs

     —          (56.0   (n)     —            (56.0

Asset impairment charges

     —          —            —            —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating income

     (21.0     (69.2       (52.0       (142.2

Interest expense, net

     —          27.0      (o)     —            23.0   
       (4.0   (n)      

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     —          —            —            —     

Other expense (income), net

     —          —            —            —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     (21.0     (92.2       (52.0       (165.2

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (4.0     (24.0   (p)     (14.0   (q)     (42.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income

     (17.0     (68.2       (38.0       (123.2

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —          —            —            —     

Net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

     —          —            —            —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Coty Inc.

   $ (17.0   $ (68.2     $ (38.0     $ (123.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

- 146 -


Table of Contents

As further described below, the following table reflects the pro forma adjustments for the year ended June 30, 2015 to record the Merger, including (i) carve-out of net income from the Excluded Brands and the Divested Brands which are not being transferred to Coty as part of the Transactions, (ii) adjustments to record the acquisition accounting, and (iii) adjustments for other acquisition related items:

 

     Carve-Out
of Excluded
Brands and
Divested
Brands(a)
    Acquisition
Accounting
Adjustments
        Other
Acquisition
Related
Adjustments
        Pro Forma
Adjustments
 

Net revenues

   $ (670.0   $ —          $ —          $ (670.0

Cost of sales

     (210.0     4.1      (l)     —            (205.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Gross profit

     (460.0     (4.1       —            (464.1

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (465.0     0.2      (l)     139.0      (q)     (325.8

Amortization expense

     (16.0     242.2      (m)     —            226.2   

Restructuring costs

     —          —            —            —     

Acquisition-related costs

     —          (30.2   (n)     —            (30.2

Asset impairment charges

     —          —            —            —     

Gain on sale of asset

     —          —            94.0      (r)     94.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating income(loss)

     21.0        (216.3       (233.0       (428.3

Interest expense, net

     —          54.1      (o)     —            54.1   

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     —          —            —            —     

Other expense (income), net

     —          —            —            —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     21.0        (270.4       (233.0       (482.4

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     4.0        (70.3   (p)     (34.0   (r)     (136.3
           (36.0   (q)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income

     17.0        (200.1       (163.0       (346.1

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —          —            —            —     

Net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

     —          —            —            —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Coty Inc.

   $ 17.0      $ (200.1     $ (163.0     $ (346.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(a) The historical financial information of P&G Beauty Brands includes results from the Excluded Brands and Divested Brands. As such, P&G Beauty Brands’ historical balances are adjusted to reflect these brands not being transferred with Galleria. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations include the reclassification of amortization expense of $6.0 million and $16.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and year ended June 30, 2015, respectively, from “Selling, general and administrative expenses” into “Amortization expenses.”
(b) Represents the removal of certain other P&G Beauty Brands assets and liabilities that Coty is not acquiring under the terms of the Transaction Agreement.
(c) Adjustment to record inventory at its estimated fair value. These assumptions and adjustments are preliminary. The actual adjustment may differ materially based on the final determination of fair value and is subject to change.
(d) Represents an increase in property and equipment as a result of adjusting the historical book value of such assets to the preliminary estimated fair value. The actual adjustment may differ materially based on the final determination of fair value and is subject to change. Adjustment does not consider the potential sale of the Ondal Sarreguemines Plant by P&G discussed under “Property” above.
(e) Reflects the recognition of $8.3 billion of goodwill, $2.7 billion of finite-lived intangible assets, and $3.7 billion of indefinite-lived intangible assets, as presented in Note 1.

The estimated fair value of finite-lived intangible assets acquired represents an increase over P&G Beauty Brands’ historical finite-lived intangible assets relating to Galleria at December 31, 2015. The preliminary estimated fair value allocated to finite-lived intangible assets, consists primarily of trademarks, customer

 

- 147 -


Table of Contents

relationships, license agreements and product formulations. The actual adjustments may differ materially based on the final determination of fair value and are subject to change.

The estimated fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets acquired represents an increase over P&G Beauty Brands’ historical indefinite-lived intangible assets relating to Galleria at December 31, 2015. The preliminary estimated fair value allocated to indefinite-lived intangible assets, consists primarily of trademarks. The assumption that these intangibles will not be amortized and will have indefinite remaining useful lives is based on many factors and considerations, including brand awareness and the assumption of the continued use of the Galleria brands as part of the marketing strategy of the combined company. These assumptions and adjustments are preliminary. The actual adjustment may differ materially based on the final determination of fair value and is subject to change.

 

(f) Reflects the elimination of P&G Beauty Brands’ historical goodwill, intangible assets and stockholders’ equity relating to Galleria in connection with the Merger.
(g) Represents deferred tax liabilities predominantly related to intangible assets. The deferred tax liabilities represent the tax effect of the difference between the estimated assigned fair value of the assets/liabilities and the tax basis of such assets/liabilities. The estimate was determined by multiplying the increase in the fair value of the respective asset/liability over the book value by a blended statutory tax rate estimate of 26%. This rate may change as Coty performs a complete tax analysis. In addition, the actual deferred tax liabilities may differ materially based on changes to the valuation allowance on the combined business which is not included for the purposes of pro forma financial statements.
(h) Represents the fair value of the Galleria Company debt assumed by Coty at the time of the Merger, as presented in Note 1.
(i) Reflects the assumption of the pension liabilities and assets from P&G as part of the Merger based on preliminary valuations.
(j) Reflects Coty’s exchange of approximately 412.3 million shares of common stock in the exchange offer to fund a portion of the purchase price of the Merger. The purchase price is based on Coty’s closing share price of $29.81 at April 13, 2016.
(k) Reflects $34.0 million of Coty’s acquisition-related costs that were not incurred as of December 31, 2015 that are expected to be incurred through the closing of the Merger through an adjustment to “Accrued expenses and other current liabilities” and “Stockholders’ equity.”
(l) Represents the additional depreciation of acquired property and equipment resulting from the increase in fair value of these assets from the Merger. Coty assumed a 13 year weighted-average useful life. For each $20.0 million fair value adjustment increase to property and equipment, assuming a weighted-average useful life of 13 years, depreciation expense would increase by approximately $0.75 million for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and $1.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 using the straight-line method of depreciation.
(m) Represents the additional straight-line amortization of trademarks, customer relationships, license agreements and product formulations resulting from the Merger. Coty assumed ten year useful lives for trademarks, three to 14 year useful lives for customer relationships, five to 12 year useful lives for license agreements and a three year useful life for product formulations.

Reflective of the preliminary purchase price adjustment, for every 5% increase to the fair value of finite-lived intangibles which is an approximate increase of $136.0 million in the fair value of finite-lived intangibles, amortization expense would increase by $6.8 million for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and $13.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2015, assuming useful live ranges as estimated above.

 

(n) Reflects the reversal of acquisition-related costs, which primarily include legal, accounting, valuation, other professional or consulting fees, and other internal costs which can include compensation related expenses for dedicated internal resources, as these costs are non-recurring and relate specifically to the Transactions. Coty incurred $56.0 and $30.2 million of acquisition-related costs in the six months ended December 31, 2015 and year ended June 30, 2015, respectively. P&G Beauty Brands incurred $9.0 million of acquisition-related costs in the six months ended December 31, 2015, of which $5.0 million is reflected in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” and $4.0 million is reflected in “Interest expense.” As of June 30, 2015, no acquisition-related costs were incurred by P&G Beauty Brands.

 

- 148 -


Table of Contents
(o) Reflects the incremental interest expense as a result of the assumption of the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The interest rate used to compute the incremental interest expense was 2.628% assuming a LIBOR rate of 0.628% plus 200 basis points as described in the executed Galleria Credit Agreement, which is based on the 3 month LIBOR rate on April 1, 2016. An increase of 0.125% in the interest rate would increase Coty’s pro forma interest expense by approximately $1.3 million for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and $2.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2015.

An increase of $100.0 million in the assumed Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities principal would increase Coty’s annual pro forma interest expense by approximately $1.3 million for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and $2.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2015.

 

(p) For purposes of these unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations, Coty used a blended statutory income tax rate estimate of 26% for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and the year ended June 30, 2015. This rate may change as Coty performs a complete tax analysis.
(q) Reflects pre-tax costs of the Excluded and Divested Brand results that will transfer with Galleria as part of the Merger and are $52.0 million and $139.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and year ended June 30, 2015, respectively and represent the best estimate at the time of filing. Coty used a blended statutory income tax rate estimate of 26% for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and the year ended June 30, 2015 for both the Excluded Brands and Divested Brands.
(r) Reflects adjustment to remove gain on sale of assets from P&G Beauty Brands’ historical statement of operations for the year ended June 30, 2015 as this gain relates to the sale of the Divested Brands. The tax expense associated with this gain on sales of assets was $34.0 million.

 

- 149 -


Table of Contents

THE TRANSACTIONS

On July 9, 2015, Coty and P&G announced that they had entered into a Transaction Agreement, which provides for a business combination involving P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub. In the Transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, P&G will transfer Galleria, which represents a subset of the assets and liabilities of P&G Beauty Brands, to Galleria Company. Prior to the Distribution, Galleria Company is expected to be recapitalized by (1) issuing and delivering to P&G a number of additional shares of Galleria Company common stock such that the total number of shares of Galleria Company common stock held by P&G at the time of the Distribution will equal             , all of which shares of Galleria Company common stock P&G will dispose of in the Distribution, (2) incurring indebtedness under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities and (3) using all or a portion of the cash proceeds from the indebtedness incurred under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities, along with any cash contributed by P&G to Galleria Company, to purchase or otherwise receive the Galleria assets from P&G or its subsidiaries. Galleria Company will distribute to P&G, prior to the Distribution, any borrowed amounts remaining after funding these asset purchases.

On the closing date of the Distribution, P&G will distribute shares of Galleria Company common stock to P&G shareholders whose shares of P&G common stock are accepted for exchange in the exchange offer. If the exchange offer is completed but is not fully subscribed, P&G will distribute all of the Remaining Shares as a subsequent pro rata dividend to the Remaining P&G Shareholders. At or prior to the completion of the exchange offer, P&G will irrevocably deliver to the Exchange Agent all of the shares of Galleria Company common stock outstanding, with irrevocable instructions to hold the shares of Galleria Company common stock for the benefit of P&G shareholders whose shares of P&G common stock are accepted for exchange in the exchange offer and, in the case of a subsequent pro rata dividend, the Remaining P&G Shareholders. If there is a subsequent pro rata dividend to be distributed, the Exchange Agent will calculate the exact number of Remaining Shares to be distributed as a pro rata dividend to the Remaining P&G Shareholders, and P&G will distribute the Remaining Shares immediately thereafter.

As promptly as practicable following the completion of the Distribution, Merger Sub will merge with and into Galleria Company, with Galleria Company surviving the Merger and becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty. In connection with the Merger, the shares of Galleria Company common stock distributed in connection with the Distribution will automatically convert into the right to receive shares of Coty common stock on a one-for-one basis and the right to receive cash in lieu of any fractional shares. See “The Transaction Agreement.”

Coty will issue              shares of Coty common stock in the Merger. Based upon the reported closing price of $         per share for Coty common stock on the NYSE on                     , 2016, the last NYSE trading day prior to the date of this prospectus, the total value of the consideration to be paid by Coty in the Transactions, including the liabilities under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities, would have been approximately $         million. The value of the consideration to be paid by Coty will depend on the market price of shares of Coty common stock at the time of determination.

After the Merger, Coty, through Galleria Company, its wholly owned subsidiary, will own and operate Galleria and will also continue its current businesses. Coty will continue to use the name “Coty Inc.” after the Merger. Shares of Coty common stock are, and the shares of Coty common stock to be issued in the Merger will be, listed on the NYSE under the symbol “COTY.”

 

- 150 -


Table of Contents

Below is a step-by-step description of the sequence of material events relating to the Transactions.

 

Step 1

Separation

 

  P&G will transfer Galleria, which represents a subset of the assets and liabilities of P&G Beauty Brands, to Galleria Company.

 

Step 2

Galleria Company Recapitalization

 

  Prior to the Distribution, and in partial consideration for the Galleria assets transferred from P&G to Galleria Company, Galleria Company will be recapitalized in the following manner:

 

    Galleria Company will issue and deliver to P&G a number of additional shares of Galleria Company common stock such that P&G will hold a total of          shares of Galleria Company common stock at the time of the Distribution, which is the Galleria Stock Amount, calculated as of the last practicable date prior to the commencement date of the exchange offer, all of which shares of Galleria Company common stock P&G will dispose of in the Distribution; and

 

    Galleria Company will use all or a portion of the proceeds of the loans incurred on or prior to the Recapitalization Date under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities, along with any cash contributed by P&G, to purchase or otherwise receive the Galleria assets from P&G or its subsidiaries. Galleria Company will distribute to P&G, prior to the Distribution, any borrowed amounts remaining after funding these asset purchases.

 

Step 3

Conversion of Coty Class B Common Stock

 

  JAB Cosmetics B.V., the holder of all outstanding shares of Coty class B common stock, will irrevocably elect to convert its shares of Coty class B common stock into shares of Coty common stock, which conversion will be effective as of two business days prior to the closing of the Transactions and will be subject to the closing of the Transactions. Following this conversion, Coty common stock will be Coty’s only class of common stock outstanding.

 

Step 4

Distribution—Exchange Offer

 

  P&G will offer to P&G shareholders the right to exchange all or a portion of their shares of P&G common stock for shares of Galleria Company common stock in the exchange offer.

 

  If the exchange offer is completed but is not fully subscribed, the Exchange Agent will calculate the exact number of Remaining Shares to be distributed as a pro rata dividend to the Remaining P&G Shareholders, and P&G will distribute the Remaining Shares immediately thereafter.

 

  The Exchange Agent will hold, for the account of the relevant P&G shareholders, the global certificate(s) representing all of the outstanding shares of Galleria Company common stock, pending the consummation of the Merger. Shares of Galleria Company common stock will not be traded during this period.

 

Step 5

Merger

 

  As promptly as practicable following the completion of the Distribution, Merger Sub will merge with and into Galleria Company, with Galleria Company surviving the Merger and becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty. Each share of Galleria Company common stock will be automatically converted into the right to receive one share of Coty common stock.

 

- 151 -


Table of Contents

Set forth below are diagrams that graphically illustrate, in simplified form, the existing corporate structure, the corporate structure immediately following the Distribution but prior to the Merger, and the corporate structure immediately following the completion of the Transactions.

 

 

LOGO

 

- 152 -


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

- 153 -


Table of Contents

LOGO

After completion of the steps mentioned above, the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock immediately prior to the Merger, including shares of Coty common stock held by JAB Cosmetics B.V. as a result of the conversion of its shares of Coty class B common stock into Coty common stock, are expected to represent approximately 46% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock immediately after the Merger, and the shares of Coty common stock issued in connection with the conversion of shares of Galleria Company common stock in the Merger are expected to represent approximately 54% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock immediately after the Merger. See “—Number of Shares of Galleria Company Common Stock to be Distributed to P&G Shareholders.”

After consummation of the Merger and the other steps mentioned above, Galleria, comprised of P&G Beauty Brands other than the Excluded Brands, will be owned and operated by Coty through Galleria Company,

 

- 154 -


Table of Contents

its wholly owned subsidiary. In addition, to the extent the requirements of the Transaction Agreement are satisfied, Coty and all subsidiaries of Coty that guarantee the indebtedness under the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities, as well as all existing and future direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries of Galleria Company, subject to certain exceptions, will guarantee the obligations under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Various factors were considered by Coty and P&G in negotiating the terms of the Transactions, including the equity ownership levels of Coty stockholders and current and former P&G shareholders receiving shares of Coty common stock in the Distribution. The principal factors considered by the parties negotiating the allocation of equity ownership following the Transactions were the relative actual results of operations of Coty and P&G Beauty Brands, the opportunities expected to be obtained from combining Coty and P&G Beauty Brands and the enhancements to Coty’s strategic global growth objectives as a result of acquiring P&G Beauty Brands. Coty also considered, among other things, the expected impacts of the integration of P&G Beauty Brands with Coty and the other factors identified under “—Coty’s Reasons for the Transactions.” P&G also considered, among other things, the relative sales, earnings and cash flow growth rates of P&G Beauty Brands, the value to P&G shareholders that could be realized in the Transactions and the other factors identified under “—P&G’s Reasons for the Transactions.”

Additional Agreements

In connection with the Transactions, P&G, Galleria Company and Coty will also enter into other ancillary agreements at the time of the Separation relating to transition services, tax matters, technology licenses, trademark licenses and certain other matters. See “Additional Agreements.”

Number of Shares of Galleria Company Common Stock to be Distributed to P&G Shareholders

As part of the Separation, Galleria Company will issue and deliver to P&G a number of additional shares of Galleria Company common stock such that P&G will hold a total of          shares of Galleria Company common stock at the time of the Distribution, which is the Galleria Stock Amount. This will result in the shares of Galleria Company common stock, when converted into shares of Coty common stock and combined with the existing shares of Coty common stock, being equal to approximately 54% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock immediately upon consummation of the Merger.

No Fractional Shares; Exchange of Certificates

No fractional shares of Coty common stock will be issued in the Merger to holders of fractional shares of Galleria Company common stock. In lieu of any fractional shares of Coty common stock, holders of shares of Galleria Company common stock who would otherwise be entitled to receive such fractional shares of Coty common stock will be entitled to an amount in cash, without interest, equal to the holder’s pro rata portion of the net proceeds of the sale of fractional shares in the open market, which will occur no later than 20 business days after the completion of the Transactions, obtained by aggregating the fractional shares of Coty common stock otherwise allocable to the holders of fractional shares of Galleria Company common stock. The distribution of cash in lieu of fractional shares will occur separate from, and subsequent to, the distribution of shares of Coty common stock.

Background of the Transactions

On August 1, 2014, A.G. Lafley, P&G’s Chief Executive Officer, announced that P&G would narrow its focus to a range 70 to 80 of its biggest brands and shed as many as 100 others. At regular meetings of P&G’s board of directors (the “P&G Board”) during 2014, the P&G Board reviewed and discussed with Mr. Lafley and Mr. Jon Moeller, P&G’s Chief Financial Officer, P&G’s overall corporate strategy. In June 2014, as part of this corporate strategy review, management presented its strategic portfolio optimization plan and discussed this plan

 

- 155 -


Table of Contents

with the P&G Board. P&G management retained Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“Goldman”) as financial advisor on August 14, 2014 to assist in these efforts and initiated a process designed to identify potential strategic alternatives for these businesses. In the months after such announcement, a number of third-parties, including JAB Holdings B.V., an affiliate of Coty, reached out to P&G to discuss interest in certain assets owned by P&G.

P&G and JAB Holdings B.V. entered into a reciprocal non-disclosure agreement on November 14, 2014 to govern the exchange of information between the parties in connection with a possible transaction related to P&G Beauty Brands. Representatives of P&G and Coty periodically discussed the possibility of a transaction involving the divestiture of P&G Beauty Brands to Coty through a Reverse Morris Trust transaction, but did not discuss the potential value of such a transaction.

At a regular meeting of the P&G Board on February 10, 2015, Mr. Moeller shared with the P&G Board, and the P&G Board discussed, the portions of P&G’s business that P&G management was interested in divesting, including P&G Beauty Brands. P&G management presented and discussed with the P&G Board a plan to explore the possible divestiture of P&G Beauty Brands, either collectively or as separate sales processes for each of P&G’s: (a) global fragrances business, (b) cosmetics business and (c) salon professional, retail hair color and select hair styling businesses (or some combination thereof, depending on the nature of the bids received).

In March 2015, Goldman began reaching out to additional potential bidders in respect of the potential divestiture of P&G Beauty Brands (or portions thereof). P&G entered into non-disclosure agreements with approximately 44 potential bidders and provided high-level information to, and began high-level discussion with, multiple potential bidders.

Morgan Stanley began acting as Coty’s financial advisor with respect to a potential transaction with P&G Beauty Brands at this time.

During the first week of April 2015, at the direction of P&G, Goldman provided prospective bidders participating in the process with one or more confidential information memoranda containing certain information regarding P&G’s fragrance business, cosmetics business and/or salon professional, retail hair color and select hair styling business, depending on the businesses the prospective bidders were interested in acquiring. Coty received all three confidential information memoranda. At the same time, Goldman, at the direction of P&G, sent instruction letters to the parties receiving this material, requesting indications of interest by April 22, 2015 so that P&G could identify a limited number of parties to be invited to proceed with further due diligence prior to the submission of definitive, binding proposals.

During the same time period, P&G began providing potential bidders who had executed non-disclosure agreements, including Coty, access to electronic data rooms containing diligence materials concerning P&G Beauty Brands. At this time, Coty and its advisors began to conduct a due diligence review of the business, financial condition and operations of P&G Beauty Brands that continued through the execution of definitive agreements.

On April 16, 2015, P&G provided bidders other than Coty drafts of the primary transaction documents for bids that were expected to be for various portions of P&G Beauty Brands and paid in cash consideration, rather than for a Reverse Morris Trust structure for P&G Beauty Brands in its entirety.

During a regular meeting of the P&G Board held on April 17, 2015, Mr. Moeller provided the P&G Board with an update on the status of the divestiture process with respect to P&G Beauty Brands.

During the days preceding April 26, 2015, Mr. Becht, Chairman of the Board and Interim Chief Executive Officer of Coty, discussed with members of Coty’s board of directors (the “Coty Board”) the terms of a potential indication of interest with respect to an acquisition of P&G Beauty Brands through a Reverse Morris Trust transaction.

 

- 156 -


Table of Contents

On April 26, 2015, Coty sent an indication of interest to P&G proposing to acquire P&G Beauty Brands in its entirety through a Reverse Morris Trust transaction. Following submission of indicative offers from the bidders participating in the auction process, including Coty, P&G reviewed such proposals with its financial and legal advisors.

During the period from April 29 until May 8, 2015, P&G hosted management presentations in New York relating to its global fine fragrances business, its cosmetics business and its salon professional, retail hair color and select hair styling businesses. Representatives of four companies attended the management presentation for the global fragrances business, six companies attended the management presentation for the cosmetics business and six companies attended the management presentation for the salon professional, retail hair color and select hair styling businesses. Representatives of Coty attended management presentations for all three businesses.

On April 29, 2015, P&G provided to Coty drafts of the transaction documents for a Reverse Morris Trust transaction.

Following the management presentations, during the remainder of May 2015, P&G held various sessions via conference calls to respond to diligence questions from potential bidders, including Coty, concerning P&G Beauty Brands.

On May 14 and 15, 2015, at the direction of P&G, Goldman delivered a final process letter to certain prospective bidders, including Coty, outlining the timing and procedures for submitting final offers. The final process letters requested that parties submit final offers by June 8, 2015, including markups of the relevant transaction agreements.

On June 6, 2015, the Coty Board reviewed and discussed with members of Coty’s management, and representatives of JAB Holdings B.V., Skadden Arps Slate Meagher & Flom LLP (“Skadden”), Coty’s outside counsel, and McDermott Will & Emery LLP (“McDermott”), Coty’s outside tax and U.S. regulatory counsel, the potential transaction with P&G, including a detailed review of strategic, financial, legal and tax considerations, as well as Coty’s management’s draft non-binding proposal for a potential transaction. During the meeting, representatives of Skadden advised the Coty Board of its fiduciary duties in considering the potential transaction.

On June 8, 2015, Coty submitted a revised non-binding proposal that reaffirmed its April 25, 2015 proposal to combine with P&G Beauty Brands in its entirety in a Reverse Morris Trust for a total valuation of $12.5 billion on a debt-free, cash-free basis. The proposal contemplated a 51% equity interest in Coty to be distributed to P&G shareholders, valued based on Coty’s 30-day trading average share price of $24.56 to calculate the equity component of the consideration, and assumed that Galleria Company would incur $3.3 billion of indebtedness under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The proposal was structured as a Reverse Morris Trust transaction, which would provide tax efficiencies to P&G in its disposition of P&G Beauty Brands and a less leveraged capital structure for Coty than would be the case in an all-cash transaction.

Also on June 8, 2015, P&G received non-binding proposals from eight other bidders to acquire various portions of P&G Beauty Brands.

Beginning on June 9, 2015, Goldman, at the direction of P&G, informed certain bidders that P&G was considering its alternatives, and requested that such bidders, including Coty, provide revised binding offers by June 12, 2015. During this time period, P&G provided feedback to the bidders, including feedback to Coty with respect to the value protection provisions in Coty’s June 8 proposal.

Also on June 9, 2015, at a regular meeting of the P&G Board, Mr. Moeller shared an update on the status of the divestiture process with respect to P&G Beauty Brands, including a final bid summary showing the value of the final highest bids for each of the fragrance business, cosmetics business and salon professional, retail hair color and select hair styling business, as well as the value of Coty’s bid for P&G Beauty Brands in its entirety.

 

- 157 -


Table of Contents

Mr. Moeller discussed these alternatives with the P&G Board. At this meeting, the P&G Board authorized a potential Reverse Morris Trust transaction with Coty for P&G Beauty Brands in its entirety, subject to further negotiation of the terms of the transaction documents and value protection mechanisms and evaluation of further proposals on other aspects of P&G Beauty Brands.

On June 12, 2015, pursuant to Goldman’s request described above, Coty submitted a further revised final proposal valuing P&G Beauty Brands at $12.5 billion on a debt-free, cash-free basis in a Reverse Morris Trust transaction structure. The proposal contemplated a 52% equity interest in Coty to be distributed to P&G shareholders, valued using Coty’s 30-day trading average share price of $24.56 at the time of the June 8, 2015 proposal to calculate the equity component of the consideration, and assumed that Galleria Company would incur $2.9 billion of indebtedness under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities. In addition, Coty agreed to accept a “collar” mechanism, using the $24.56 share price from Coty’s proposal as the baseline and adjusting the amount of Galleria Company indebtedness under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities based on a share price change of up to $2.50 per share symmetrically.

On June 12 and 13, 2015, P&G management reviewed the final bids with respect to the various portions of P&G Beauty Brands and determined that Coty’s proposal was superior to the alternative proposals. Goldman, at the direction of P&G, subsequently informed Coty that P&G would proceed to seek to finalize a transaction with Coty.

On June 15, 2015, P&G, through Jones Day, its legal advisor, sent a revised draft of the transaction agreement to Coty.

From June 16, 2015 to July 8, 2015, P&G and Coty and their respective legal advisors negotiated the remaining open terms in the transaction documentation. In addition to topics customarily negotiated in a merger structure, the negotiations focused on value and certainty of closing. Meanwhile, given that the Reverse Morris Trust transaction structure would involve issuance by Coty of its common stock to P&G shareholders as a significant component of the consideration in the transaction, P&G and its advisors conducted a reverse due diligence review of the business, financial condition and operations of Coty.

From June 22 to July 8, 2015, P&G, on behalf of Galleria Company, negotiated a Galleria Company $4.5 billion senior secured credit facility and signed a commitment letter with JPMorgan, Merrill Lynch/Bank of America and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

On June 26, 2015, Coty and Barclays Capital Inc. (“Barclays”) executed a non-disclosure agreement, with a view to assessing whether Barclays could deliver a fairness opinion to Coty in connection with the transaction.

From July 1 to July 8, 2015, (1) Coty and P&G, and their respective legal advisors, completed negotiations and finalization of the Transaction Agreement and related agreements, (2) Coty, JP Morgan, Merrill Lynch, Bank of America and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., and their respective legal advisors, completed negotiations and finalization of the commitment letter for the Coty debt financing, and (3) P&G on behalf of Galleria Company, JP Morgan, Merrill Lynch, Bank of America and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., and their respective legal advisors, completed negotiations and finalization of the commitment letter for the Galleria Company debt financing.

On July 6, 2015, Coty executed an engagement letter with Barclays.

On July 7, 2015, Coty executed an engagement letter with Morgan Stanley.

On July 8, 2015, Mr. Moeller sent the P&G Board a summary of the agreed upon Reverse Morris Trust transaction for the sale of P&G Beauty Brands in its entirety to Coty, and informed the P&G Board that the transaction was expected to be signed later in the evening on July 8, 2015.

 

- 158 -


Table of Contents

Also on July 8, 2015, the Coty Board reviewed and discussed with members of Coty’s management, and representatives of JAB Holdings B.V., Morgan Stanley, Barclays, Skadden, Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer (“Freshfields”), Coty’s foreign regulatory counsel, and McDermott the potential transaction with P&G, including a detailed review of the negotiations, management’s strategic, business and financial rationale for the transaction, the terms of the transaction agreements, including with respect to financing, the expected governance and board composition of the combined company, the due diligence review of P&G Beauty Brands conducted by Coty and its advisors, the transaction process and timing, and the communications plan. During the meeting, representatives of Morgan Stanley and Barclays, separately, delivered to the Coty Board their oral opinion, subsequently confirmed in writing, that as of such date and based upon and subject to the various assumptions, procedures, matters, qualifications and limitations on the scope of the review undertaken by Morgan Stanley and Barclays, respectively, as set forth in their respective written opinions (and discussed in the section of this prospectus entitled “The Transactions—Opinions of Coty’s Financial Advisors”), the exchange ratio pursuant to the Transaction Agreement was fair, from a financial point of view, to Coty. Also, representatives of Skadden advised the Coty Board of its fiduciary duties in considering the potential transaction. Representatives of Freshfields and McDermott reviewed with the Coty Board their expectations with respect to the regulatory approval process. Following discussions and deliberations, the Coty Board unanimously approved the transaction agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby and authorized the execution and delivery of the transaction agreement, and authorized, approved and recommended to its stockholders for adoption an amendment to the Coty certificate of incorporation with the effect of increasing from 200,000,000 to 1,000,000,000 the number of authorized shares of Coty class A common stock (the “Charter Amendment”) and the stock issuance contemplated by the transactions.

Late in the evening on July 8, 2015, the parties executed the Transaction Agreement, commitment letters and certain ancillary documents.

Subsequently, JAB Cosmetics B.V. delivered an action by written consent, approving and adopting the Charter Amendment and consenting to, approving and adopting the stock issuance contemplated by the transactions. Also, JAB Cosmetics B.V. and P&G executed a letter agreement, pursuant to which JAB Cosmetics B.V. agreed, subject to the satisfaction of the closing conditions set forth in the Transaction Agreement, to, among other things, convert its shares of Coty class B common stock into class A common stock no later than two business days prior to the closing of the Transactions.

Prior to the opening of the U.S. financial markets on July 9, 2015, Coty and P&G publicly announced the Transactions.

Coty’s Reasons for the Transactions

In reaching its decision to approve the Transactions, Coty’s board of directors consulted with its financial and legal advisors and carefully considered a variety of factors, including the following:

 

    Strategic Rationale . Coty’s board of directors considered that the Transactions would create a pure play, new global leader and challenger in the beauty industry with approximately $10 billion in combined pro forma net annual revenues based on estimated fiscal 2014 performance.

 

    Form and Combination of Consideration . Coty’s board of directors considered that the consideration in the Transactions would be delivered primarily by means of the issuance of new common stock, in combination with the assumption of debt.

 

    Potential for Financial Benefits . Coty’s board of directors considered the views of Coty’s management with respect to the following financial matters:

 

    that Coty could expect to realize approximately $550 million in net cost savings on an annualized basis over the next three years, including the $400 million in non-transferred costs and an incremental $150 million in net cost synergies;

 

- 159 -


Table of Contents
    that these savings, together with working capital improvement and growth prospects anticipated from the creation of a focused beauty player, could be expected to drive material financial improvements; and

 

    that, excluding the impact of transaction amortization, the combined pro forma increase to Coty’s fiscal year 2015 earnings per share base was expected to be approximately $0.33 to $0.39, including the assumed three year implementation of full run-rate synergies.

 

    Long-Term Strategic Objectives . Coty’s board of directors considered the potential that the Transactions would further enhance Coty’s ability to achieve its long-term strategic objectives and position Coty as a strong, focused, global beauty company.

 

    Scale and Reach . Coty’s board of directors considered the enhanced strategic position, global reach, infrastructure and scale of the combined company and the enhanced platform for growth provided by such position, beyond that achievable by Coty through organic growth alone, including the improved ability to enter the Japan market.

 

    Efficient Expansion into Hair and Color Products . Coty’s board of directors considered that the Transactions would provide Coty with a path to selling hair and color beauty products on a large scale that is significantly less costly and time-consuming than organic growth or any other single business combination transaction.

 

    Improved Product Mix . Coty’s board of directors considered the compatibility of P&G Beauty Brands with Coty’s existing brands and the expectation that this compatibility would result in improved product mix and that with the broader offering of leading brands, strong brand support, the development of a better pipeline of innovative products and the much broader geographical reach and scale, Coty would strengthen its competitive position and ability to capitalize on revenue and profit growth opportunities over time.

 

    Best Terms Reasonably Available . Coty’s board of directors believed that Coty had negotiated the transaction terms most favorable to Coty that P&G would be willing to accept.

 

    Loss of Opportunity . Coty’s board of directors considered the possibility that, if it declined to adopt the Transaction Agreement, there may not be another opportunity for Coty stockholders to benefit from a comparably beneficial transaction.

 

    Moderate Leverage . Coty’s board of directors considered that, despite incurring debt in connection with the Transactions, Coty’s board of directors did not expect that combined company would be highly leveraged.

 

    Financial Strength and Flexibility . Coty’s board of directors considered the financial strength of the combined company and the increased flexibility that this strength should provide, including an ongoing ability to pursue new acquisition and investment opportunities.

 

    Increased Dividend . Coty’s board of directors considered the expectation that the earnings power of the combined company would allow Coty to significantly increase the size of its annual dividend.

 

    Detailed Financial Information . Coty’s board of directors considered detailed information concerning the business, assets, liabilities, financial performance and results of operations, and condition and prospects of Coty and P&G Beauty Brands.

 

    Certainty of Closing . Coty’s board of directors considered the views of Coty’s management that there was a high probability that, if the Transaction Agreement were entered into, the Transactions would be completed.

 

    No Financing Condition . Coty’s board of directors considered the absence of a financing condition and the creditworthiness of P&G, and its ability to obtain the transaction financing, including P&G’s execution of a commitment letter with respect to the financing of the Transactions.

 

- 160 -


Table of Contents
    Tax Free Structure . Coty’s board of directors considered the structure of the Merger as a tax-free reorganization for federal income tax purposes.

 

    Transaction Partner . Coty’s board of directors considered the credibility of P&G as a transaction partner, and its experience in successfully divesting and transitioning businesses, including in previous Reverse Morris Trust transactions.

 

    Smooth Integration . Coty’s board of directors considered that the compatibility of Coty’s and P&G’s corporate values, basic beliefs and business ethics, as well as the extensive work performed by management to date, would facilitate a smooth integration of the businesses.

 

    Management’s Integration Experience . Coty’s board of directors considered the experience and prior success of Coty’s management in integrating acquisitions into existing businesses, including investing in and supporting brands, and effectively merging corporate cultures.

 

    Support of Majority Stockholder . Coty’s board of directors considered that JAB Cosmetics B.V., the owner of all of the outstanding shares of the Coty class B common stock and 8.4% of the Coty common stock, which together represent approximately 97% of Coty’s outstanding voting power, has granted the stockholder consent required in connection with the Transactions and that, in order to facilitate the Transactions, JAB Holdings B.V. also agreed to convert all its shares of Coty class B common stock into Coty common stock, subject to completion of the Transactions.

 

    De-Controlling Interest . Coty’s board of directors considered that, as a consequence of the Transactions, Coty’s common stock would consist of a single class of common stock and that, although JAB Cosmetics B.V. would remain the largest individual stockholder owning approximately 35% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock at the close of the Transactions, Coty would cease to have a single controlling stockholder.

 

    Fairness Opinions . Coty’s board of directors considered the opinions of each of Barclays and Morgan Stanley, each dated as of July 8, 2015, to Coty’s board of directors as to the fairness, from a financial point of view and as of the date of its respective opinion, of the exchange ratio to Coty, as more fully described in “The Transactions—Opinions of Coty’s Financial Advisors.”

 

    Extensive Due Diligence . Coty’s board of directors considered management’s view that the due diligence performed by Coty and its advisors had been thorough and extensive, and had not revealed any extraordinary or unacceptable commercial risks.

 

    Terms of Transaction Agreement . Coty’s board of directors considered the terms and conditions of the Transaction Agreement.

Coty’s board of directors has also considered a variety of risks and other potentially negative aspects in its deliberations concerning the Transactions. These issues included the following:

 

    Regulatory Risk . Coty’s board of directors considered the fact that completion of the Transactions would require antitrust clearance and the satisfaction of other closing conditions that are not within Coty’s control.

 

    Costs Associated with the Transactions . Coty’s board of directors considered that Coty anticipates incurring one-time costs of approximately $500 million related to the Transactions, plus an additional $400 million of capital expenditures related to the Transactions, over the next three years.

 

    Impact of Announcement on Coty . Coty’s board of directors considered the effect of a public announcement of the Transactions on Coty’s operations, stock price and employees and its ability to attract and retain key management and sales personnel while the Transactions are pending and the potential adverse effects on the financial results of Coty as a result of that disruption.

 

   

Adverse Effect of Unconsummated Transaction . Coty’s board of directors considered the potential adverse effect on Coty’s business, stock price and ability to attract and retain key employees if the

 

- 161 -


Table of Contents
 

Transactions were entered into and publicly announced but not completed, including substantial costs incurred and damage to Coty’s reputation.

 

    Diversion of Management Attention . Coty’s board of directors considered the risk of diverting management’s attention from other strategic priorities during the pendency of the Transactions to focus on matters relevant to the Transactions.

 

    Customers and Suppliers . Coty’s board of directors considered the potential impact on Coty’s business of any negative reaction by customers, suppliers or other Coty constituencies after the announcement of the Transactions.

 

    Pre-Closing Covenants . Coty’s board of directors considered that, under the terms of the Transaction Agreement, Coty would agree to conduct its business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and, subject to specified exceptions, that Coty would not undertake various actions related to the conduct of its business without the prior written consent of P&G. Coty’s board of directors further considered that these provisions may limit Coty’s ability to pursue business opportunities that it would otherwise pursue.

 

    No Alternative Transactions . Coty’s board of directors considered that provisions of the Transaction Agreement would prevent Coty from engaging in any significant business combination transaction between signing and closing, including a transaction for the sale of Coty.

 

    No Tax Ruling . Coty’s board of directors considered the absence of a private letter ruling from the IRS concerning the tax-free nature of the Transactions, and the increased tax risks associated with the absence of such a ruling.

 

    Carve-Out Complexity . Coty’s board of directors considered the difficulty in separating the operations of P&G Beauty Brands from P&G.

 

    Challenges to Integration . Coty’s board of directors considered the challenges of integrating P&G Beauty Brands into Coty, given the size of that business, and the difficulty in separating the operations of that business from P&G.

 

    Dilution . Coty’s board of directors considered the dilution of Coty stockholders’ voting power that would result from the issuance of shares of Coty common stock in the Merger.

 

    Limited Contractual Protections . Coty’s board of directors considered the limited representations and warranties, the limited termination provisions and limited indemnification rights under the Transaction Agreement.

 

    Possibility of Failure of Benefits to Materialize . Coty’s board of directors considered the possibility that the potential financial benefits described above expected to result from the Transactions could fail to materialize.

 

    Minimum Condition . Coty’s board of directors considered the fact that P&G required a closing condition and termination right related to a minimum tender condition in the event that it elects to effect the distribution of shares of Galleria Company common stock to its shareholders by way of split-off exchange offer.

 

    Tax Matters Agreement Restrictions . Coty’s board of directors considered the restrictions imposed on Coty’s ability to take certain corporate actions under applicable federal income tax laws and the terms of the Tax Matters Agreement to be entered into by Coty and P&G.

The foregoing discussion of the information and factors discussed by Coty’s board of directors is not meant to be exhaustive but is believed to include all material factors considered by it. Coty’s board of directors did not quantify or attach any particular weight to the various factors that it considered in reaching its determination that the terms of the Merger are fair to, and in the best interests of, Coty and its stockholders. Rather, Coty’s board of directors viewed its position and recommendation as being based on the totality of the information presented to

 

- 162 -


Table of Contents

and considered by it. As a result of its consideration of the foregoing and other relevant considerations, Coty’s board of directors unanimously determined that the terms of the Transaction Agreement, including the issuance of Coty common stock in the Merger and the related Transactions, are advisable, fair to and in the best interests of Coty and its stockholders.

Approval of the Transactions

Coty’s board of directors has approved the Transaction Agreement, the Merger and the other Transactions. Coty, as the sole shareholder of Merger Sub, has approved the Merger. Holders representing more than a majority of the voting power of Coty have approved, by written consent, the issuance of shares of Coty common stock in connection with the Transactions. Coty will file an information statement on Schedule 14C with the SEC that relates to such written consent.

No further approval of Coty stockholders is required or being sought in connection with the Transactions. No vote of P&G shareholders is required or being sought in connection with the Transactions. Additionally, P&G as the sole shareholder of Galleria Company, and subject to satisfaction of the conditions set out in the Transaction Agreement, will approve the Merger prior to the Distribution.

Opinions of Coty’s Financial Advisors

Opinion of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Coty retained Morgan Stanley to act as its financial advisor and to provide a fairness opinion in connection with the proposed Merger. Coty selected Morgan Stanley to act as its financial advisor based on Morgan Stanley’s qualifications, expertise and reputation, its knowledge of and experience in recent transactions in the beauty industry and its knowledge of Coty’s business and affairs. At the meeting of Coty’s board of directors on July 8, 2015, Morgan Stanley rendered its oral opinion, subsequently confirmed in writing, that, as of such date, and based upon and subject to the various assumptions, procedures, matters, qualifications and limitations on the scope of the review undertaken by Morgan Stanley as set forth in the written opinion, the exchange ratio pursuant to the Transaction Agreement was fair from a financial point of view to Coty.

The full text of the written opinion of Morgan Stanley, dated as of July 8, 2015, which sets forth, among other things, the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered, qualifications and limitations on the scope of the review undertaken by Morgan Stanley in rendering its opinion, is attached to this prospectus as Annex A. Coty stockholders are encouraged to read the opinion carefully and in its entirety. The Morgan Stanley opinion was rendered for the benefit of Coty’s board of directors, in its capacity as such, and addressed only the fairness from a financial point of view to Coty of the exchange ratio pursuant to the Transaction Agreement as of the date of the opinion. Morgan Stanley’s opinion did not address any other aspect of the Merger or related transactions, including the prices at which Coty common stock will trade following consummation of the Merger or at any time, or the fairness of the amount or nature of the compensation to any of P&G or Galleria Company officers, directors or employees, or any class of such persons, relative to the consideration to be paid to the holders of shares of the Galleria Company common stock in the Transactions. The opinion was addressed to, and rendered for the benefit of, Coty’s board of directors and was not intended to, and did not, constitute advice or a recommendation as to whether stockholders of Coty entitled to vote on the Merger should grant their consent in lieu of a meeting to approve actions taken in connection with the Merger. The summary of the opinion of Morgan Stanley set forth in this prospectus is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the opinion.

In preparing its opinion, Morgan Stanley assumed that all relevant licenses of P&G Beauty Brands, including the Excluded Brands, would transfer with Galleria Company to Coty. However, the assets and liabilities transferred by P&G and assumed by Galleria Company will exclude those relating to the

 

- 163 -


Table of Contents

Excluded Brands. At the request of the management of Coty and based on specific projections provided by the management of Coty, the financial advisors performed, for illustrative purposes only, a sensitivity analysis to illustrate the impact of potential deviations from the assumption that all relevant licenses of P&G Beauty Brands, including the Excluded Brands, transfer with Galleria Company to Coty. This analysis did not, nor was it intended to, correspond to an analysis of the Excluded Brands not transferring with Galleria Company. For further information regarding the financial effect of the Excluded Brands not transferring with Galleria Company, see the sections of this prospectus entitled “The Transaction Agreement—Recapitalization,” “Summary—The Parties to the Transactions—Galleria Co.” and “Information on P&G Beauty Brands—Overview.”

In connection with rendering its opinion, Morgan Stanley, among other things:

 

  1) Reviewed certain publicly available financial statements and other business and financial information of P&G (including for the businesses to be acquired by Galleria Company) and Coty, respectively;

 

  2) Reviewed certain internal financial statements and other financial and operating data concerning P&G (including for the businesses to be acquired by Galleria Company) and Coty, respectively;

 

  3) Reviewed certain financial projections prepared by the management of Coty;

 

  4) Reviewed information relating to certain strategic, financial and operational benefits anticipated from the Merger, prepared by the management of Coty;

 

  5) Discussed the past and current operations and financial condition and the prospects of Coty, including information relating to certain strategic, financial and operational benefits anticipated from the Merger, with senior executives of Coty;

 

  6) Discussed the past and current operations and financial condition and the prospects of P&G Beauty Brands with executives of P&G;

 

  7) Reviewed the pro forma impact of the Merger on Coty’s earnings per share, cash flow, consolidated capitalization and financial ratios;

 

  8) Reviewed the reported prices and trading activity for Coty common stock;

 

  9) Compared the financial performance of P&G Beauty Brands and Coty and the prices and trading activity of Coty common stock with that of certain other publicly traded companies comparable with P&G Beauty Brands and Coty, respectively, and their securities;

 

  10) Reviewed the financial terms, to the extent publicly available, of certain comparable acquisition transactions;

 

  11) Participated in certain discussions and negotiations among representatives of P&G and Coty and their financial and legal advisors;

 

  12) Reviewed the draft Transaction Agreement dated as of July 8, 2015 and certain related documents; and

 

  13) Performed such other analyses, reviewed such other information and considered such other factors as Morgan Stanley deemed appropriate.

In arriving at its opinion, Morgan Stanley assumed and relied upon, without independent verification, the accuracy and completeness of the information that was publicly available or supplied or otherwise made available to Morgan Stanley by P&G and Coty, and formed a substantial basis for the opinion. With respect to the financial projections, including information relating to certain strategic, financial and operational benefits anticipated from the Merger, Morgan Stanley assumed that they had been reasonably prepared on bases reflecting the best then-currently available estimates and judgment of the management of Coty of the future financial performance of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) and Coty. At Coty’s direction, Morgan Stanley’s analysis relating to the business and financial prospects of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty

 

- 164 -


Table of Contents

Brands) and Coty for purposes of the opinion were made on the bases of the financial projections. Morgan Stanley was advised by Coty, and assumed, with Coty’s consent, that the financial projections were reasonable bases upon which to evaluate the business and financial prospects of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) and Coty, respectively. Morgan Stanley expressed no view as to the financial projections or the assumptions on which they were based. In addition, Morgan Stanley assumed that the Merger will be consummated in accordance with the terms set forth in the Transaction Agreement without any waiver, amendment or delay of any terms or conditions, including, among other things, that the Merger will be treated as a tax-free reorganization pursuant to the Code, and that the final Transaction Agreement did not differ in any material respects from the draft thereof furnished to Morgan Stanley. Morgan Stanley assumed that in connection with the receipt of all the necessary governmental, regulatory or other approvals and consents required for the proposed Merger, no delays, limitations, conditions or restrictions will be imposed that would have a material adverse effect on the contemplated benefits expected to be derived in the proposed Merger. Morgan Stanley is not a legal, tax, regulatory or actuarial advisor. Morgan Stanley is a financial advisor only and relied upon, without independent verification, the assessment of Coty, P&G and Galleria Company and their respective legal, tax, regulatory or actuarial advisors with respect to legal, tax, regulatory or actuarial matters. Morgan Stanley expressed no opinion with respect to the fairness of the amount or nature of the compensation to any of P&G’s or Galleria Company’s officers, directors or employees, or any class of such persons, relative to the consideration to be paid to the holders of shares of Galleria Company common stock in the Transactions. Morgan Stanley did not make any independent valuation or appraisal of the assets or liabilities of P&G, Galleria Company or Coty, nor was it furnished with any such valuations or appraisals. Morgan Stanley’s opinion is necessarily based on financial, economic, market and other conditions as in effect on, and the information made available to it as of, July 8, 2015. Events occurring after July 8, 2015 may affect Morgan Stanley’s opinion and the assumptions used in preparing it, and Morgan Stanley did not assume any obligation to update, revise or reaffirm the opinion.

Morgan Stanley noted in its opinion that Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) did not have audited financial statements and so for purposes of its opinion Morgan Stanley assumed without independent verification that the financial projections of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) provided to Morgan Stanley by Coty were accurate in all respects and fairly represented the items described therein.

Morgan Stanley’s opinion was limited to the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the exchange ratio to Coty and did not address the relative merits of the Merger as compared to any other alternative business transaction, or other alternatives, or whether or not such alternatives could be achieved or are available, nor does it address the underlying business decision of Coty to enter into the Transaction Agreement.

Summary of Financial Analyses

The following is a brief summary of the material financial analyses performed by Morgan Stanley in connection with its oral opinion and the preparation of its written opinion to Coty’s board of directors dated July 8, 2015. The following summary is not a complete description of Morgan Stanley’s opinion or the financial analyses performed and factors considered by Morgan Stanley in connection with its opinion, nor does the order of analyses described represent the relative importance or weight given to those analyses. Except as otherwise noted, the following quantitative information, to the extent that it is based on market data, is based on market data as it existed on or before July 6, 2015, and is not necessarily indicative of current market conditions. The financial analyses summarized below include information presented in tabular format. In order to fully understand the financial analyses used by Morgan Stanley, the tables must be read together with the text of each summary. The tables alone do not constitute a complete description of the financial analyses. The analyses listed in the tables and described below must be considered as a whole; considering any portion of such analyses and of the factors considered, without considering all analyses and factors, could create a misleading or incomplete view of the process underlying Morgan Stanley’s opinion. Furthermore, mathematical analysis (such as determining the average or median) is not in itself a meaningful method of using the data referred to below.

 

- 165 -


Table of Contents

In performing the financial analyses summarized below and in arriving at its opinion, Morgan Stanley utilized and relied upon certain financial forecasts, estimates and projections related to P&G Beauty Brands provided by the management of Coty (referred to in this prospectus as the “Galleria Case”) and certain financial forecasts, estimates and projections related to Coty provided by the management of Coty (referred to in this prospectus as the “Coty Case”), as well as sensitivity analyses under two scenarios provided by the management of Coty, which illustrate the economic impact of certain licenses not transferring to Galleria Company as part of the Transactions. However, except where specifically identified to the contrary (and then only for illustrative purposes), all such analyses and its opinion are based solely upon the Coty Case and the Galleria Case without regard to the sensitivity cases. Each of the Coty Case and the Galleria Case assumes that all relevant licenses of P&G Beauty Brands (including the Excluded Brands) transfer with Galleria; sensitivity case #1 and sensitivity case #2 illustrate the impact of potential deviations from this assumption. Under such sensitivity analyses, a decrease in revenue reflecting a high single-digit percentage in sensitivity case #1 and a low-teens percentage decrease in revenue in case #2, was assumed in FY2017. In both sensitivity case #1 and sensitivity case #2, at the direction of Coty, Morgan Stanley assumed a revenue growth rate consistent with the Galleria Case and an EBITDA (as defined further below) margin reflecting the FY2015 margin profile of the P&G Fine Fragrance business as reflected in the Galleria Case. Neither sensitivity case #1 nor sensitivity case #2 was intended to correspond to an analysis of the Excluded Brands not transferring with Galleria Company. In performing the financial analyses summarized below, Morgan Stanley assumed, among other things, that the working capital of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) will be at least equal to 95% of the target working capital (as set forth in the Transaction Agreement) and the target working capital will not be adjusted. At the direction of Coty, Morgan Stanley further assumed that, in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement, the Coty stockholders would own 48% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock immediately following the acquisition of Galleria Company. However, in connection with subsequent share repurchases by Coty, P&G and Coty agreed that such repurchased shares would be treated as if they remained outstanding for purposes of the Transaction Agreement by modifying the definition of “fully diluted basis” within the Transaction Agreement, although such shares would not be included in a comparable GAAP measure or otherwise reflected in “fully diluted” as that term is otherwise used in this prospectus and defined under “Helpful Information.” As a result, existing Coty stockholders are currently expected to own approximately 46% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock as that term is otherwise used in this prospectus and defined under “Helpful Information.”

Discounted Cash Flow Analyses

Morgan Stanley performed discounted cash flow analyses, which are designed to provide an implied value of a company by calculating the present value of the estimated future cash flows and terminal value of the company. In preparing its analyses, Morgan Stanley relied upon the Galleria Case, the Coty Case, sensitivity case #1 and sensitivity case #2.

Morgan Stanley calculated a range of implied aggregate values (“AV”) for Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) based on estimates of the unlevered free cash flows, defined as post-restructuring net operating profit after tax plus depreciation, amortization and change in net working capital less capital expenditure, that Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) was forecasted to have during calendar years 2016 through 2025 and a terminal value for Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands). Morgan Stanley estimated a range of terminal values by extrapolating estimated unlevered free cash flow for year-end 2025 from the Galleria Case and then applying a range of perpetual growth rates for unlevered free cash flow in the terminal year ranging from 1.5% to 2.5%. Present values of free cash flows and terminal values were calculated using a range of discount rates between 6.9% and 7.6%, which range was selected based on Morgan Stanley’s professional judgment and taking into consideration, among other things, Galleria Company’s assumed cost of equity calculated utilizing a capital asset pricing model.

This analysis indicates (i) including benefits of non-transferred costs and one-time charges, anticipated cost of goods sold synergies and anticipated selling, general and administrative synergies, a reference range of implied Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) AV of approximately $11,700 million to $15,390 million, and (ii) a standalone case reference range of implied Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands)

 

- 166 -


Table of Contents

AV of approximately $10,760 million to $13,960 million. Morgan Stanley noted that the unaffected proposal value, based on the unaffected closing price for Coty common shares as of market close on June 15, 2015, the trading day before news began to publicly leak that Coty had won the bid for the P&G Beauty Brands assets (the “Unaffected Coty Closing Price”), was $13,040 million and the proposal value as of July 6, 2015 market close was $15,175 million.

Morgan Stanley calculated a range of implied equity values per share for Coty based on estimates of the unlevered free cash flows, defined as post-restructuring net operating profit after tax plus depreciation, amortization and change in net working capital less capital expenditure, that Coty was forecasted to have during calendar years 2016 through 2025 and a terminal value for Coty. Morgan Stanley estimated a range of terminal values by extrapolating estimated unlevered free cash flow for year-end 2025 from the Coty Case and then applying a range of perpetual growth rates for free cash flow in the terminal year ranging from 1.5% to 2.5%. Present values of free cash flows and terminal values were calculated using a range of discount rates between 6.9% to 7.6%, which range was selected based on Morgan Stanley’s professional judgment and taking into consideration, among other things, Coty’s assumed cost of equity calculated utilizing a capital asset pricing model.

This analysis indicates a standalone case reference range for Coty common stock of $23.75 to $34.25 per share. Morgan Stanley noted that the Unaffected Coty Closing Price was $26.05 per share and the July 6, 2015 Coty share price was $32.23 per share.

Based on the foregoing analysis, Morgan Stanley determined the following ranges of implied Coty ownership of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands):

 

    

Galleria Case

  

Sensitivity Case #1

  

Sensitivity Case #2

Low end of the collar ($22.06 per Coty share)

   47% to 64%    47% to 64%    47% to 64%

High end of the collar ($27.06 per Coty share)

   42% to 58%    42% to 58%    42% to 58%

Morgan Stanley, at Coty’s direction, assumed that Coty’s stockholders would own 48% of Coty’s fully diluted shares of common stock immediately following the acquisition of Galleria Company, in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement.

 

- 167 -


Table of Contents

Comparable Company Analysis

Morgan Stanley performed a comparable company analysis, which attempts to provide an implied value of a company by comparing it to similar companies that are publicly traded. In preparing its analyses, Morgan Stanley relied upon the Galleria Case, the Coty Case, sensitivity case #1 and sensitivity case #2.

Morgan Stanley reviewed and compared, using publicly available information, certain current, historical and projected financial information for each of Coty and P&G Beauty Brands with corresponding current, historical and projected financial information, ratios and public market multiples for publicly traded companies in the global beauty category, emerging markets beauty category and other beauty and personal care category that shared certain similar business and operating characteristics to Coty and P&G Beauty Brands. The following list sets forth the selected publicly traded comparable companies that were reviewed in connection with this analysis:

 

Global Beauty

 

  

•    Beiersdorf AG

 

  

•    Coty

 

•    Estée Lauder Companies, Inc.

 

  

•    L’Oréal S.A.

 

•    Shiseido Company, Limited

 

  

Emerging Markets Beauty

 

  

•    Amorepacific Corp.

 

  

•    LG Household & Health Care, Limited

 

•    L’Occitane International S.A.

  

•    Natura Cosméticos S.A.

 

 

Other Beauty and Personal Care

 

  

•    Avon Products, Inc.

 

  

•    Elizabeth Arden, Inc.

 

•    Henkel AG & Company

 

  

•    Inter Parfums, Inc.

 

•    Kao Corporation

 

  

•    P&G

 

•    Revlon, Inc.

  

•    Unilever plc

The above companies were chosen based on Morgan Stanley’s knowledge of the industry and because these companies have businesses that may be considered similar to Coty’s and P&G Beauty Brands’. Although none of such companies are identical or directly comparable to Coty or P&G Beauty Brands, these companies are publicly traded companies with operations or other criteria, such as lines of business, markets, business risks, growth prospects, maturity of business and size and scale of business, that for purposes of its analysis Morgan Stanley considered similar or reasonably comparable to those of Coty and P&G Beauty Brands. For benchmarking purposes, Morgan Stanley looked at each of the above companies’ estimated compound annual sales growth rate for calendar years 2015 through 2017, estimated compound annual growth rate of earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) for calendar years 2015 through 2017, and estimated EBITDA margin for calendar year 2015.

For purposes of this comparative analysis, Morgan Stanley analyzed the following statistics of each of these companies, based on closing share prices on July 6, 2015 and publicly available financial data:

 

    the ratio of share price to next-twelve-months earnings per share;

 

    the ratio of AV to next-twelve-months EBITDA; and

 

    the ratio of AV to next-twelve-months sales.

 

- 168 -


Table of Contents

Based on the analysis of the relevant metrics for each of the comparable companies, Morgan Stanley selected a representative range of financial multiples of the comparable companies and applied this range of multiples to the relevant Coty financial statistic. Morgan Stanley determined as a result of this analysis that the reference ranges that it would use in its analysis were approximately:

 

    24.0x-28.0x for the ratio of share price versus estimated earnings per share for fiscal year 2016, which indicated an implied per share valuation range of approximately $21.50 to $25.00 per common share;

 

    13.0x-15.0x for the ratio of AV versus EBITDA for fiscal year 2016, which indicated an implied per share valuation range of approximately $21.50 to $25.75 per common share; and

 

    2.25x-2.75x for the ratio of AV versus sales for fiscal year 2016, which indicated an implied per share valuation range of approximately $20.25 to $26.25 per common share.

Morgan Stanley noted that the Unaffected Coty Closing Price was $26.05 per common share and the July 6, 2015 Coty share closing price was $32.23 per share.

Based on the analysis of the relevant metrics for each of the comparable companies, Morgan Stanley selected a representative range of financial multiples of the comparable companies and applied this range of multiples to the relevant P&G Beauty Brands financial statistic. Morgan Stanley determined as a result of this analysis that the reference ranges that it would use in its analysis were approximately:

 

    13.0x-15.0x for the ratio of estimated AV versus estimated EBITDA for fiscal year 2016, which indicates an implied Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) equity value range of approximately $13,880 million to $16,010 million; and

 

    2.25x-2.75x for the ratio of estimated AV versus estimated sales for fiscal year 2016, which indicates an implied Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) equity value range of approximately $11,920 million to $14,570 million.

Morgan Stanley noted that the unaffected proposal value, based on the Unaffected Coty Closing Price, was $13,040 million and the proposal value as of July 6, 2015 market close was $15,175 million.

Based on the foregoing analysis, Morgan Stanley determined the following ranges of implied Coty ownership of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands):

 

    

Management
Cases

  

Sensitivity Case #1

  

Sensitivity Case #2

Low end of the collar ($22.06 per Coty share)

   FY2016E AV/EBITDA    40% to 49%    41% to 50%    41% to 50%
   FY 2016E AV/SALES    41% to 55%    45% to 59%    44% to 58%

High end of the collar ($27.06 per Coty share)

   FY2016E AV/EBITDA    36% to 45%    37% to 45%    37% to 45%
   FY 2016E AV/SALES    37% to 49%    40% to 52%    39% to 51%

Morgan Stanley, at Coty’s direction, assumed that Coty’s stockholders would own 48% of Coty’s fully diluted shares of common stock immediately following the acquisition of Galleria Company, in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement.

No company utilized in the comparable company analysis is identical to Coty or Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands). In evaluating comparable companies, Morgan Stanley made judgments and assumptions with regard to industry performance, general business, economic, market and financial conditions and other matters, many of which are beyond the control of Coty and Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty

 

- 169 -


Table of Contents

Brands), such as the impact of competition on the businesses of Coty and Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) and the industry generally, industry growth and the absence of any adverse material change in the financial condition and prospects of Coty or the industry or in the financial markets in general. Mathematical analysis (such as determining the average or median) is not in itself a meaningful method of using comparable company data.

Galleria Company (Including P&G Beauty Brands) Selected Precedent Transactions Analysis

In connection with its analysis, Morgan Stanley compared publicly available statistics for certain selected precedent beauty and personal care industry mergers. For each transaction reviewed, Morgan Stanley noted the ratio of the AV of the transaction to the target’s EBITDA and the ratio of the AV of the transaction to the target’s sales, as reflected in the table below, based on publicly available information for the following publicly announced merger and acquisition transactions:

 

Announcement Date

  

Acquiror

   Target

March 2015

   Inter Parfums, Inc.    Rochas

August 2013

   Revlon    The Colomer Group

August 2013

   L’Oréal    Magic Holdings Int’l

November 2011

   Pola Orbis    Jurlique

October 2011

   Unilever    Kalina

March 2011

   Colgate    Sanex

September 2010

   Unilever    Alberto-Culver

January 2010

   Shiseido    Bare Escentuals

December 2009

   Alberto Culver    Simple Health & Beauty

September 2009

   Unilever    Sara Lee

June 2008

   Financiere    Clarins

January 2008

   L’Oréal    YSL

July 2005

   Kao    Molton Brown

March 2003

   P&G    Wella

May 2001

   P&G    Clairol

Morgan Stanley noted that the median AV/EBITDA ratio for the selected precedent transactions was 12.4x and that the median AV/Sales ratio for the selected precedent transactions was 2.3x. Based on its professional judgment and taking into consideration, among other things, the observed multiples for the selected transactions, Morgan Stanley applied multiples ranging from:

 

    12.0x-14.0x for the ratio of estimated AV versus estimated carve-out EBITDA for fiscal year 2015 and derived an implied Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) AV range of approximately $13,000 million to $15,170 million;

 

    2.25x-2.75x for the ratio of estimated AV versus estimated sales for fiscal year 2015 and derived an implied Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) AV range of approximately $12,220 million to $14,930 million; and

 

    12.0x-14.0x for the ratio of estimated AV versus reported EBITDA for fiscal year 2015 and, for reference only, derived an implied Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) AV range of approximately $8,360 million to $9,750 million, with a top-quartile mean of approximately $13,090 million.

 

- 170 -


Table of Contents

Morgan Stanley noted that the unaffected proposal value, based on the Unaffected Coty Closing Price, was $13,040 million and the proposal value as of July 6, 2015 market close was $15,175 million.

No company or transaction utilized in the precedent transaction analyses is identical to Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands), Coty or the Merger. In evaluating the selected precedent transactions, Morgan Stanley made judgments and assumptions with regard to general business, market and financial conditions and other matters, which are beyond the control of Galleria Company and Coty, such as the impact of competition on the business of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands), Coty or the industry generally, industry growth and the absence of any adverse material change in the financial condition of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands), Coty or the industry or in the financial markets in general, which could affect the public trading value of the companies and the AV of the transactions to which they are being compared.

Coty Trading Range and Research Targets

To provide a historical perspective, Morgan Stanley reviewed the historical trading range of Coty common stock since Coty’s initial public offering on June 13, 2013 and share price targets for Coty common stock prepared and published by equity research analysts, which reflect each analyst’s estimate of the future public market trading price of Coty common stock and were not discounted to present value. Morgan Stanley discounted such share price targets to present value (as of July 6, 2015) by applying an illustrative one-year discount period at an equity discount rate of 8.7%, which was selected based on Morgan Stanley’s professional judgment and taking into consideration, among other things, Coty’s assumed cost of equity calculated utilizing a capital asset pricing model, which is a financial valuation method that takes into account returns in equity markets generally, volatility in a company’s common stock and the risk free rate. Morgan Stanley noted that the Unaffected Coty Closing Price was $26.05 per share and the July 6, 2015 Coty share price was $32.23 per share. Morgan Stanley noted that the low and high closing prices for shares of Coty common stock for the twelve months ending June 15, 2015 were $15.74 and $26.38, respectively. Morgan Stanley also noted a range of share price targets for Coty common stock as of July 6, 2015, discounted as described above, of approximately $17.95 to $25.77 per share, and undiscounted of approximately $19.50 to $28.00.

The public market trading price targets published by securities research analysts do not necessarily reflect current market trading prices for Coty common stock and these estimates are subject to uncertainties, including the future financial performance of Coty and future financial market conditions.

Relative Contribution Analysis

Morgan Stanley also performed a contribution analysis which reviewed the pro forma contribution of each of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) and Coty to the combined entity and implied contributions based on certain operational and financial metrics using Coty management plans for both Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) and Coty. Such operational and financial metrics included revenue, adjusted EBITDA (calculated as EBITDA prior to cash restructuring costs) and adjusted EBIT (calculated as EBIT prior to cash restructuring costs).

Based on the relative contributions of each company, Morgan Stanley derived asset contributions and implied equity contributions for each of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) and Coty. Morgan Stanley derived the implied equity contribution, at each of the low end of the collar and the high end of the collar, for each company by multiplying the AV of the two standalone companies by the respective contribution percentages and subtracting net debt attributable to each standalone company. The AV for Coty was based on the Unaffected Coty Closing Price and Coty’s reported capital structure per the third quarter of fiscal 2015. The Coty equity value used by Morgan Stanley reflects net debt of $2,442 million, non-controlling interest of $111 million per Coty public filings as of the third quarter of fiscal 2015 and a $67.3 million adjustment to debt in revenue and adjusted EBITDA scenarios to reflect the tax-adjusted present value of projected restructuring costs. The Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) AV was assumed to be $13 billion.

 

- 171 -


Table of Contents

Morgan Stanley, at Coty’s direction, assumed that Coty’s stockholders would own 48% of Coty’s fully diluted shares of common stock immediately following the acquisition of Galleria Company, in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement.

 

       Implied Equity Contribution  
       Asset Contribution (%)        Low End of Collar (%)      High End of Collar (%)  
   Coty      Galleria
Company
(including
P&G

Beauty
Brands)
     Coty      Galleria
Company
(including
P&G
Beauty
Brands)
     Coty      Galleria
Company
(including
P&G

Beauty
Brands)
 

Revenue

   FY2015      46         54         48         52         43         57   
  

FY2016

     46         54         48         52         43         57   
  

FY2017

     46         54         49         51         44         56   

Adjusted EBITDA

   FY2015      42         58         42         58         38         62   
  

FY2016

     43         57         45         55         40         60   
  

FY2017

     46         54         48         52         43         57   

Adjusted EBIT

   FY2015      39         61         38         62         34         66   
  

FY2016

     41         59         41         59         37         63   
  

FY2017

     44         56         46         54         41         59   

Morgan Stanley performed the contribution analysis described above based on sensitivity case #1 and derived the following implied asset and equity contributions:

 

       Implied Equity Contribution  
       Asset Contribution (%)        Low End of Collar (%)      High End of Collar (%)  
   Coty      Galleria
Company
(including
P&G

Beauty
Brands)
     Coty      Galleria
Company
(including
P&G
Beauty
Brands)
     Coty      Galleria
Company
(including
P&G

Beauty
Brands)
 

Revenue

   FY2015      49         51         51         49         46         54   
  

FY2016

     50         50         52         48         46         54   
  

FY2017

     50         50         52         48         47         53   

Adjusted EBITDA

   FY2015      43         57         43         57         39         61   
  

FY2016

     45         55         46         54         41         59   
  

FY2017

     47         53         49         51         44         56   

Adjusted EBIT

   FY2015      40         60         39         61         35         65   
  

FY2016

     42         58         42         58         38         62   
  

FY2017

     46         54         46         54         42         58   

 

- 172 -


Table of Contents

Morgan Stanley performed the contribution analysis described above based on sensitivity case #2 and derived the following implied asset and equity contributions:

 

       Implied Equity Contribution  
       Asset Contribution (%)        Low End of Collar (%)      High End of Collar (%)  
   Coty      P&G
Beauty
Brands
     Coty      P&G
Beauty
Brands
     Coty      P&G
Beauty
Brands
 

Revenue

   FY2015      48         52         50         50         45         55   
  

FY2016

     48         52         51         49         46         54   
  

FY2017

     49         51         51         49         46         54   

Adjusted EBITDA

   FY2015      43         57         43         57         39         61   
  

FY2016

     45         55         45         55         41         59   
  

FY2017

     47         53         48         52         44         56   

Adjusted EBIT

   FY2015      40         60         39         61         35         65   
  

FY2016

     42         58         42         58         38         62   
  

FY2017

     45         55         46         54         42         58   

Pro Forma Merger Analysis

Morgan Stanley performed a pro forma analysis of the financial impact of the Merger on Coty’s earnings per share for fiscal years 2017 and 2018, using the Coty Case and the Galleria Case, and making certain adjustments for tax-affected Coty standalone amortization related to historical acquisitions and licenses and excluding impact from incremental amortization from the Merger. Based on this analysis, and assuming a June 30, 2016 closing and a September 30, 2015 Coty refinancing, the proposed Merger would be:

 

    For fiscal year 2017, (i) dilutive by 0.3% to Coty’s cash earnings per share for the low end of the collar ($22.06), (ii) accretive by 1.8% to Coty’s cash earnings per share for the Acquiror Base Stock Price ($24.56), and (iii) accretive by 5.3% to Coty’s cash earnings per share for the high end of the collar ($27.06); and

 

    For fiscal year 2018, (i) accretive by 8.1% to Coty’s cash earnings per share for the low end of the collar ($22.06), (ii) accretive by 10.8% to Coty’s cash earnings per share for the Acquiror Base Stock Price ($24.56), and (iii) accretive by 14.6% to Coty’s cash earnings per share for the high end of the collar ($27.06).

General

Morgan Stanley performed a variety of financial and comparative analyses for purposes of rendering its opinion. The preparation of a financial opinion is a complex process and is not necessarily susceptible to a partial analysis or summary description. In arriving at its opinion, Morgan Stanley considered the results of all of its analyses as a whole and did not attribute any particular weight to any analysis or factor it considered. Morgan Stanley believes that selecting any portion of its analyses, without considering all analyses as a whole, would create an incomplete view of the process underlying its analyses and opinion. In addition, Morgan Stanley may have given various analyses and factors more or less weight than other analyses and factors, and may have deemed various assumptions more or less probable than other assumptions. As a result, the ranges of valuations resulting from any particular analysis described should not be taken to be Morgan Stanley’s view of the actual value of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) or Coty. In performing its analyses, Morgan Stanley made numerous assumptions with respect to industry performance, general business and economic conditions and other matters. Many of these assumptions are beyond the control of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) or Coty. Any estimates contained in Morgan Stanley’s analyses are not necessarily indicative of future results of P&G, Galleria Company or Coty or actual values, which may be significantly more or less favorable than those suggested by such estimates.

 

- 173 -


Table of Contents

Morgan Stanley conducted the analyses described above solely as part of its analysis of the fairness of the exchange ratio pursuant to the Transaction Agreement from a financial point of view to Coty and in connection with the delivery of its oral opinion to Coty’s board of directors subsequently confirmed in writing. These analyses do not purport to be appraisals or to reflect the prices at which shares of Coty or P&G might actually trade.

The exchange ratio was determined through arm’s-length negotiations between Coty and P&G and was approved by Coty’s board of directors. Morgan Stanley provided advice to Coty during these negotiations. Morgan Stanley did not, however, recommend any specific exchange ratio to Coty or that any specific exchange ratio constituted the only appropriate exchange ratio for the Merger.

Morgan Stanley’s opinion and its presentation to Coty’s board of directors was one of many factors taken into consideration by Coty’s board of directors in deciding to approve the Transaction Agreement. Consequently, the analyses described above should not be viewed as determinative of the view of Coty’s board of directors with respect to the exchange ratio or of whether Coty’s board of directors would have been willing to agree to a different exchange ratio. Morgan Stanley’s opinion was approved by a committee of Morgan Stanley investment banking and other professionals in accordance with its customary practice.

Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm engaged in the securities, investment management and individual wealth management businesses. Morgan Stanley’s securities business is engaged in securities underwriting, trading and brokerage activities, foreign exchange, commodities and derivatives trading, prime brokerage, as well as providing investment banking, financing and financial advisory services. Morgan Stanley, its affiliates, directors and officers may at any time invest on a principal basis or manage funds that invest, hold long or short positions, finance positions, and may trade or otherwise structure and effect transactions, for their own account or the accounts of its customers, in debt or equity securities or loans of P&G, Coty, JAB Holdings B.V., Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands), or any other company, or any currency or commodity, that may be involved in this transaction, or any related derivative instrument.

As compensation for its financial advisory services relating to the Merger, Coty has agreed to pay Morgan Stanley (i) a fee of $3 million to deliver Morgan Stanley’s opinion, and (ii) a fee of $30 million if the Merger is consummated (against which the fee related to the delivery of the opinion will be credited). In addition, if the Merger is consummated, Coty will consider paying Morgan Stanley, at Coty’s sole discretion, an additional fee of up to $10 million to compensate Morgan Stanley for its efforts.

Coty has also agreed to reimburse Morgan Stanley for its reasonable, documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in performing its services. In addition, Coty has agreed to indemnify Morgan Stanley and its affiliates, their respective directors, officers, agents and employees and each person, if any, controlling Morgan Stanley or any of its affiliates against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities related to, arising out of or in connection with Morgan Stanley’s engagement, including all related expenses.

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding Inc., an affiliate of Morgan Stanley, has, as joint lead arranger and joint bookrunner, committed to provide financing to each of Coty and Galleria Company in relation to the Merger and will receive customary compensation in relation to the financing provided.

In the two years prior to the date of delivery of Morgan Stanley’s written opinion, Morgan Stanley has provided financing services for Coty and financial advisory and financing services for P&G and for JAB Holdings B.V., the controlling stockholder of Coty, and has received fees in connection with such services. Morgan Stanley may also seek to provide such services to Coty, JAB Holdings B.V. and Galleria Company in the future and would expect to receive fees for the rendering of these services.

Opinion of Barclays

Coty retained Barclays to provide a fairness opinion in connection with the proposed Merger. Coty selected Barclays to provide a fairness opinion based on Barclays’ qualifications, expertise and reputation, its knowledge of and experience in recent transactions in the beauty industry and its knowledge of Coty’s business and affairs.

 

- 174 -


Table of Contents

At the meeting of Coty’s board of directors on July 8, 2015, Barclays rendered its oral opinion, subsequently confirmed in writing, that as of such date, and based upon and subject to the various assumptions, procedures, matters, qualifications and limitations on the scope of the review undertaken by Barclays as set forth in the written opinion, from a financial point of view, the exchange ratio to be paid in the proposed transaction was fair to Coty.

The full text of the written opinion of Barclays, dated as of July 8, 2015, which sets forth, among other things, the assumptions made, procedures followed, matters considered, qualifications and limitations on the scope of the review undertaken by Barclays in rendering its opinion, is attached to this prospectus as Annex B. Coty stockholders are encouraged to read the opinion carefully and in its entirety. The Barclays opinion was rendered for the benefit of Coty’s board of directors, in its capacity as such, and addressed only the fairness, from a financial point of view, to Coty of the exchange ratio to be paid in the proposed transaction as of the date of the opinion. Barclays’ opinion did not address any other aspect of the Merger or related transactions, including the prices at which Coty common stock will trade following consummation of the Merger or at any time, or the fairness of the amount or nature of the compensation to any of P&G or Galleria Company’s officers, directors or employees, or any class of such persons, relative to the consideration to be paid to the holders of shares of Galleria Company common stock in the Transactions. The opinion was addressed to, and rendered for the benefit of, Coty’s board of directors and was not intended to, and did not, constitute advice or a recommendation as to whether stockholders of Coty entitled to vote on the Merger should grant their consent in lieu of a meeting to approve actions taken in connection with the Merger. The summary of the opinion of Barclays set forth in this prospectus is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the opinion.

In preparing its opinion, Barclays assumed that all relevant licenses of P&G Beauty Brands, including the Excluded Brands, would transfer with Galleria Company to Coty. However, the assets and liabilities transferred by P&G and assumed by Galleria Company will exclude those relating to the Excluded Brands. At the request of the management of Coty and based on specific projections provided by the management of Coty, the financial advisors performed, for illustrative purposes only, a sensitivity analysis to illustrate the impact of potential deviations from the assumption that all relevant licenses of P&G Beauty Brands, including the Excluded Brands, transfer with Galleria Company to Coty. This analysis did not, nor was it intended to, correspond to an analysis of the Excluded Brands not transferring with Galleria Company. For further information regarding the financial effect of the Excluded Brands not transferring with Galleria Company, see the sections of this prospectus entitled “The Transaction Agreement—Recapitalization,” “Summary—The Parties to the Transactions—Galleria Co.” and “Information on P&G Beauty Brands—Overview.”

In arriving at its opinion, Barclays, among other things, reviewed and analyzed:

 

    A draft of the transaction agreement, dated as of July 8, 2015, and the specific terms of the Transactions, including the Merger;

 

    Publicly available information concerning P&G (including for the businesses to be acquired by Galleria Company) and Coty, respectively, that Barclays believed to be relevant to its analysis, including their respective Annual Reports on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarters ended September 30, 2014, December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015;

 

    Financial and operating information with respect to the prospects of P&G Beauty Brands and Coty furnished to us by Coty, including financial projections of P&G Beauty Brands and Coty prepared by management of Coty;

 

    A trading history of the Coty common stock from June 13, 2013 to July 6, 2015;

 

    A comparison of certain trading figures and ratios of Coty with those of other companies that Barclays deemed relevant;

 

    A comparison of the financial terms of the proposed transaction with the financial terms of certain other transactions that Barclays deemed relevant;

 

- 175 -


Table of Contents
    The relative contributions of Coty and Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) to the future financial performance of the combined company on a pro forma basis;

 

    The pro forma impact of the proposed transaction on the future financial performance of the combined company resulting from the Merger, including cost savings, operating synergies and other strategic benefits expected by the management of Coty to result from a combination of the businesses of Coty and P&G Beauty Brands (together, the “Expected Benefits”); and

 

    Published estimates of independent research analysts with respect to the future financial performance and price targets of Coty.

In addition, Barclays had discussions with the management of Coty concerning its or P&G Beauty Brands’ business, operations, assets, liabilities, financial condition and prospects and has undertaken such other studies, analyses and investigations as Barclays deemed appropriate.

In arriving at its opinion, Barclays assumed and relied upon the accuracy and completeness of the financial and other information used by Barclays without any independent verification of such information (and assumed no responsibility or liability for any independent verification of such information) and further relied upon the assurances of the management of Coty that they were not aware of any facts or circumstances that would make such information inaccurate or misleading. With respect to the financial projections of Coty and Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands), upon the advice of Coty, Barclays assumed that such projections were reasonably prepared on a basis reflecting the best currently available estimates and judgments of the management of Coty as to the future financial performance of Coty and Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands), and that Coty and Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) will perform substantially in accordance with such projections. Upon the advice of Coty, Barclays assumed that the amounts and timing of the Expected Benefits are reasonable and that the Expected Benefits will be realized in accordance with such estimates. Barclays assumed no responsibility for and expressed no view as to any such projections or estimates or the assumptions on which they are based. In arriving at its opinion, Barclays did not conduct a physical inspection of the properties and facilities of P&G, Galleria Company or Coty and did not make or obtain any evaluations or appraisals of the assets or liabilities of P&G, Galleria Company or Coty. Barclays’ opinion necessarily was based upon market, economic and other conditions as they existed on, and could be evaluated as of, July 8, 2015. Barclays assumed no responsibility for updating or revising its opinion based on events or circumstances that may occur after July 8, 2015. Barclays expressed no opinion as to the prices Coty common stock would trade following the announcement or consummation of the proposed transaction.

Barclays assumed that the executed Transaction Agreement would conform in all material respects to the last draft reviewed by Barclays. In addition, Barclays assumed the accuracy of the representations and warranties contained in the Transaction Agreement and all agreements related thereto. Barclays also assumed, upon the advice of Coty, that all material governmental, regulatory and third-party approvals, consents and releases for the proposed transaction would be obtained within the constraints contemplated by the Transaction Agreement and that the proposed transaction would be consummated in accordance with the terms of the transaction agreement without waiver, modification or amendment of any material term, condition or agreement thereof. Barclays did not express any opinion as to any tax or other consequences that might result from the proposed transaction, nor did Barclays’ opinion address any legal, tax, regulatory or accounting matters, as to which Barclays understood that Coty obtained such advice as it deemed necessary from qualified professionals. Barclays assumed that the Merger would qualify for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a reorganization under the provisions of section 368(a) of the Code and that the Distribution (as defined in the Transaction Agreement) would be tax-free to shareholders of P&G pursuant to section 355 of the Code. Barclays did not independently verify that this tax treatment would be available in respect of the proposed transaction, and Barclays expressed no view with respect to the tax treatment or consequences that would apply to or result from the proposed transaction.

In arriving at its opinion, Barclays did not attribute any particular weight to any single analysis or factor considered by it but, rather, made qualitative judgments as to the significance and relevance of each analysis and factor relative to all other analyses and factors performed and considered by it and in the context of the

 

- 176 -


Table of Contents

circumstances of the proposed transaction. Accordingly, Barclays believes that its analyses must be considered as a whole, as considering any portion of such analyses and factors, without considering all analyses and factors as a whole, could create a misleading or incomplete view of the process underlying its opinion.

Summary of Financial Analyses

The following is a brief summary of the material financial analyses performed by Barclays in connection with its oral opinion and the preparation of its written opinion to Coty’s board of directors dated July 8, 2015. The following summary is not a complete description of Barclays’ opinion or the financial analyses performed and factors considered by Barclays in connection with its opinion, nor does the order of analyses described represent the relative importance or weight given to those analyses. Except as otherwise noted, the following quantitative information, to the extent that it is based on market data, is based on market data as it existed on or before July 6, 2015, and is not necessarily indicative of current market conditions. The financial analyses summarized below include information presented in tabular format. In order to fully understand the financial analyses used by Barclays, the tables must be read together with the text of each summary. The tables alone do not constitute a complete description of the financial analyses. The analyses listed in the tables and described below must be considered as a whole; considering any portion of such analyses and of the factors considered, without considering all analyses and factors, could create a misleading or incomplete view of the process underlying Barclays’ opinion. Furthermore, mathematical analysis (such as determining the average or median) is not in itself a meaningful method of using the data referred to below.

In performing the financial analyses summarized below and in arriving at its opinion, Barclays utilized and relied upon certain financial forecasts, estimates and projections related to P&G Beauty Brands provided by the management of Coty (referred to in this prospectus as the “Galleria Case”) and certain financial forecasts, estimates and projections related to Coty provided by the management of Coty (referred to in this prospectus as the “Coty Case”), as well as sensitivity analyses under two scenarios provided by the management of Coty, which illustrate the economic impact of certain licenses not transferring to Galleria Company as part of the Transactions. However, except where specifically identified to the contrary (and then only for illustrative purposes), all such analyses and its opinion are based solely upon the Coty Case and the Galleria Case without regard to the sensitivity cases. Each of the Coty Case and the Galleria Case assumes that all relevant licenses of P&G Beauty Brands (including the Excluded Brands) transfer with Galleria; sensitivity case #1 and sensitivity case #2 illustrate the impact of potential deviations from this assumption. Under such sensitivity analyses, a decrease in revenue reflecting a high single-digit percentage in sensitivity case #1 and a low-teens percentage decrease in revenue in case #2, was assumed in FY2017. In both sensitivity case #1 and sensitivity case #2, at the direction of Coty, Barclays assumed a revenue growth rate consistent with the Galleria Case and an EBITDA (as defined further below) margin reflecting the FY2015 margin profile of the P&G Fine Fragrance business as reflected in the Galleria Case. Neither sensitivity case #1 nor sensitivity case #2 was intended to correspond to an analysis of the Excluded Brands not transferring with Galleria Company. In performing the financial analyses summarized below, Barclays assumed, among other things, that the working capital of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) will be at least equal to 95% of the target working capital (as set forth in the Transaction Agreement) and the target working capital will not be adjusted. At the direction of Coty, Barclays further assumed that, in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement, the Coty stockholders would own 48% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock immediately following the acquisition of Galleria Company. However, in connection with subsequent share repurchases by Coty, P&G and Coty agreed that such repurchased shares would be treated as if they remained outstanding for purposes of the Transaction Agreement by modifying the definition of “fully diluted basis” within the Transaction Agreement, although such shares would not be included in a comparable GAAP measure or otherwise reflected in “fully diluted” as that term is otherwise used in this prospectus and defined under “Helpful Information.” As a result, existing Coty stockholders are currently expected to own approximately 46% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock as that term is otherwise used in this prospectus and defined under “Helpful Information.”

Selected Comparable Company Analysis

In order to assess how the public market values the stock of similar publicly traded companies and to provide a range of relative implied equity values per share of Coty common stock by reference to these

 

- 177 -


Table of Contents

companies, which could then be used to calculate implied exchange ratio ranges, Barclays reviewed and compared specific financial data relating to Coty and its subsidiary businesses with the following selected companies that Barclays deemed comparable to Coty and its subsidiary businesses:

 

Global Diversified Beauty

 

  

•    Beiersdorf AG

 

  

•    Coty

 

•    Estée Lauder Companies, Inc.

  

•    L’Oréal S.A.

 

 

Global Diversified Personal Care

 

  

•    Henkel AG & Co, KGaA

 

  

•    Kao Corp

 

•    P&G

  

•    Unilever NV

 

Other Beauty

 

  

•    Elizabeth Arden Inc.

 

  

•    Inter Parfums, Inc.

 

•    Kose Corp.

 

  

•    L’Occitane International S.A.

 

•    Natura Cosmeticos S.A.

 

  

•    Pola Orbis Holdings Inc.

 

•    Revlon, Inc.

  

•    Shiseido Co., Ltd.

Barclays calculated and compared various financial multiples and ratios of Coty and the selected comparable companies. As part of its selected comparable company analysis, Barclays calculated and analyzed each company’s ratio of enterprise value to projected earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, or EBITDA, and net sales. Enterprise value calculations were based on publicly available financial data and closing prices, as of July 6, 2015. Barclays calculated and analyzed each company’s ratio of its current share price to its projected earnings per share, or EPS (commonly referred to as a price earnings ratio, or P/E). Barclays calculated and analyzed each company’s ratio of its P/E to the growth rate of its earning (commonly referred to as a P/E to growth ratio, or PEG ratio).

Barclays selected the comparable companies listed above because their businesses and operating profiles are reasonably similar to that of Coty and its subsidiary businesses. However, because no selected comparable company is exactly the same as Coty, Barclays believed that it was inappropriate to, and therefore did not, rely solely on the quantitative results of the selected comparable company analysis. Accordingly, Barclays also made qualitative judgments concerning differences between the business, financial and operating characteristics and prospects of Coty and the selected comparable companies that could affect the public trading values of each in order to provide a context in which to consider the results of the quantitative analysis. These qualitative judgments related primarily to the differing sizes, growth prospects, profitability levels and degree of operational risk between Coty and the companies included in the selected company analysis.

Based on these judgments, Barclays selected the trading value multiples ranging from 12.5x to 14.5x for the projected 2016 fiscal year EBITDA of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) of $1,067 million to determine the implied transaction value ranges for Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands). The results of this analysis were an implied transaction value range of $13.3 billion to $15.5 billion, as compared to the transaction value of $12.5 billion (excluding the impact of Coty’s outstanding equity awards) and $13.0 billion (including the impact of Coty’s outstanding equity awards).

Barclays further selected the enterprise value multiples ranging from 12.5x to 14.5x for the projected 2016 fiscal year EBITDA of Coty of $819 million to determine the implied enterprise value ranges for Coty. The results of this analysis were an implied enterprise value range of $10.2 billion to $11.9 billion, as compared to the enterprise value of Coty of $11.7 billion calculated at the base Coty stock price of $24.56 assuming third-quarter

 

- 178 -


Table of Contents

fiscal 2015 net debt of $2,442 million and non-controlling interest of $111 million per Coty public filings as of the third quarter of fiscal 2015.

Barclays also calculated a range of implied exchange ratios based on this analysis at each of the base Coty share price of $24.56, the high end of the collar Coty share price of $27.06 and the low end of the collar Coty share price of $22.06. Based on the foregoing analysis, Barclays determined the following ranges of implied Coty ownership of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands):

 

    

Base Stock Price ($24.56)

  

High end of the collar
($27.06 per Coty share)

  

Low end of the collar
($22.06 per Coty share)

Comparable Companies Implied Pro Forma Equity Ownership

   38% to 47%    36% to 45%    40% to 50%

Comparable Companies Implied Pro Forma Equity Ownership (Sensitivity Case #1)

   39% to 48%    37% to 45%    41% to 50%

Comparable Companies Implied Pro Forma Equity Ownership (Sensitivity Case #2)

   39% to 48%    37% to 46%    41% to 51%

Barclays, at Coty’s direction, assumed that Coty’s stockholders would own 48% of Coty’s fully diluted shares of common stock immediately following the acquisition of Galleria Company, in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement.

Selected Transaction Analysis

Barclays reviewed and compared the purchase prices and financial multiples paid in selected other transactions. Barclays chose such transactions based on, among other things, the similarity of the applicable target companies in the transactions to Coty and P&G, primarily with respect to size, structure and other characteristics of their businesses.

Specifically, Barclays examined the following transactions:

 

Announcement Date

  

Acquiror

  

Target

June 2014

   Henkel AG    SexyHair, Alterna and Kenra

October 2013

   L’Oréal    Decleor and Carita Brands

August 2013

   L’Oréal    Magic Holdings

August 2013

   Revlon Inc.    The Colomer Group

December 2012

   Natura Cosmeticos SA    Emeis Holdings (Aesop)

October 2011

   Unilever    Concern Kalina

September 2010

   Unilever    Alberto Culver

January 2010

   Shiseido    Bare Escentuals

November 2009

   LG Household & Health Care    The Face Shop

September 2009

   Unilever    Sara Lee Body Care

January 2008

   PZ Cussons    The Sanctuary

January 2008

   L’Oréal    YSL Beaute

October 2007

   Clorox    Burt’s Bees

March 2006

   L’Oréal    The Body Shop International

July 2005

   Kao    Molton Brown

May 2005

   Coty    Unilever’s Prestige Fragrance Business

March 2003

   Procter & Gamble    Wella

May 2001

   Procter & Gamble    Clairol

April 2000

   L’Oréal    Matrix Essentials

 

- 179 -


Table of Contents

Specifically, Barclays calculated multiples of enterprise value to last-twelve-month net sales (“EV/LTM Net Sales”) and enterprise value to last-twelve-month EBITDA (“EV/LTM EBITDA”) for the target companies in the comparable transactions. The following table contains the multiples considered by Barclays:

 

     Minimum      Mean      Median      Maximum  

EV/LTM Net Sales

     1.3x         2.4x         2.1x         5.6x   

EV/LTM EBITDA

     9.2x         13.3x         12.3x         21.9x   

The reasons for and the circumstances surrounding each of the selected comparable transactions analyzed were diverse and there are inherent differences between the businesses, operations, financial conditions and prospects of Coty and the companies included in the comparable transaction analysis. Accordingly, Barclays believed that a purely quantitative comparable transaction analysis would not be particularly meaningful in the context of considering the proposed Merger. Barclays therefore made qualitative judgments concerning differences between the characteristics of the selected comparable transactions and the proposed Merger that would affect the acquisition values of the selected target companies and Coty.

Based on these judgments, Barclays selected the transaction value multiples ranging from 12.5x to 14.5x for the projected 2015 fiscal year adjusted EBITDA of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) of $1,084 million to determine the implied transaction value ranges for Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands). The results of this analysis were an implied transaction value range of $13.5 billion to $15.7 billion, as compared to the transaction value of $12.5 billion (excluding the impact of Coty’s outstanding equity awards) and $13.0 billion (including the impact of Coty’s outstanding equity awards).

Barclays further selected the enterprise value multiples ranging from 12.0x to 14.0x for the projected 2015 fiscal year EBITDA of Coty of $775 million to determine the implied enterprise value ranges for Coty. The results of this analysis were an implied enterprise value range of $9.3 billion to $10.8 billion, as compared to the enterprise value of Coty of $11.7 billion calculated at the base Coty share price of $24.56 assuming third-quarter fiscal 2015 net debt of $2,442 million and non-controlling interest of $111 million per Coty public filings as of the third quarter of fiscal 2015.

Barclays also calculated a range of implied exchange ratios based on this analysis at each of the base Coty stock price of $24.56, the high end of the collar Coty share price of $27.06 and the low end of the collar Coty share price of $22.06. Based on the foregoing analysis, Barclays determined the following ranges of implied Coty ownership of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands):

 

    

Base Stock Price ($24.56)

  

High end of collar
($27.06 per Coty share)

  

Low end of collar
($22.06 per Coty share)

Transactions Implied Pro Forma Equity Ownership

   34% to 44%    33% to 42%    36% to 46%

Transactions Implied Pro Forma Equity Ownership (Sensitivity Case #1)

   35% to 44%    33% to 42%    37% to 47%

Transactions Implied Pro Forma Equity Ownership (Sensitivity Case #2)

   35% to 45%    34% to 42%    37% to 47%

Barclays, at Coty’s direction, assumed that Coty’s stockholders would own 48% of Coty’s fully diluted shares of common stock immediately following the acquisition of Galleria Company, in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement.

Discounted Cash Flow Analysis

In order to estimate the present value of shares of Coty common stock and shares of Galleria Company common stock, Barclays performed a discounted cash flow analysis of Coty and Galleria Company (including

 

- 180 -


Table of Contents

P&G Beauty Brands). A discounted cash flow analysis is a traditional valuation methodology used to derive a valuation of an asset by calculating the “present value” of estimated future cash flows of the asset. “Present value” refers to the current value of future cash flows or amounts and is obtained by discounting those future cash flows or amounts by a discount rate that takes into account macroeconomic assumptions and estimates of risk, the opportunity cost of capital, expected returns and other appropriate factors.

To calculate the estimated enterprise value of Coty using the discounted cash flow method, Barclays added (1) the present value of Coty’s projected unlevered free cash flows for the period between January 1, 2015 and December 31, 2025 based on the Coty Case to (2) the present value of the terminal value of Coty as of December 31, 2025, which present values were discounted using a range of selected discount rates from 7.0% to 8.0%. The unlevered free cash flows were calculated by taking the tax-effected earnings before interest and, adding back the aggregate of depreciation and amortization, subtracting capital expenditures, adjusting for changes in working capital, deferred taxes and other operating cash flows not reflected on the income statement. The residual value of Coty at the end of the forecast period, or terminal value, was estimated by applying a range of terminal value multiples of 12.0x to 13.0x. The range of after-tax discount rates of 7.0% to 8.0% was selected based on an analysis of the weighted average cost of capital of Coty and the comparable companies. Barclays then calculated a range of implied enterprise value of Coty. The following reflects the results of the analysis, as compared to the enterprise value of Coty of $11.7 billion calculated at the base Coty stock price of $24.56 assuming third-quarter fiscal 2015 net debt of $2,442 million and non-controlling interest of $111 million per Coty public filings as of the third quarter of fiscal 2015:

 

Implied Enterprise Value of Coty

   $12.2 billion to $13.8 billion

To calculate the estimated enterprise value of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) using the discounted cash flow method, Barclays added (1) the present value of Galleria Company’s projected unlevered free cash flows for the period between January 1, 2015 and December 31, 2025 based on the Galleria Case to (2) the present value of the terminal value of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) as of December 31, 2025, which present values were discounted using a range of selected discount rates from 7.0% to 8.0%. The unlevered free cash flows were calculated by taking the tax-effected earnings before interest and, adding back the aggregate of depreciation and amortization, subtracting capital expenditures, adjusting for changes in working capital, deferred taxes and other operating cash flows not reflected on the income statement.

The residual value of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) at the end of the forecast period, or terminal value, was estimated by applying a range of terminal value multiples of 12.5x to 13.5x. The range of after-tax discount rates of 7.0% to 8.0% was selected based on an analysis of the weighted average cost of capital of Coty, and the comparable companies. Barclays then calculated a range of implied transaction values. The following reflects the results of the analysis, each as compared to the transaction value of $12.5 billion (excluding the impact of Coty’s outstanding equity awards) and $13.0 billion (including the impact of Coty’s outstanding equity awards):

 

Implied Transaction Value

   $ 12.2 billion—$13.8 billion   

Implied Transaction Value (with synergies)

   $ 13.1 billion—$14.9 billion   

For purposes of the above analysis incorporating anticipated synergies, Barclays assumed certain synergies, capital expenditure related to the transaction, working capital release and cash restructuring costs as specified and provided by the management of Coty.

 

- 181 -


Table of Contents

Barclays also calculated a range of implied exchange ratios based on this analysis at each of the base Coty share price of $24.56, the high end of the collar Coty share price of $27.06 and the low end of the collar Coty share price of $22.06. Based on the foregoing analysis, Barclays determined the following ranges of implied Coty ownership of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands):

 

     Base Stock
Price ($24.56)
     High end of
collar ($27.06
per Coty
share)
     Low end of
collar ($22.06
per Coty
share)
 

DCF Implied Pro Forma Equity Ownership

     47% to 55%         45% to 52%         49% to 58%   

Sensitivity Case #1

     47% to 55%         45% to 52%         50% to 58%   

Sensitivity Case #2

     47% to 55%         45% to 52%         50% to 58%   

DCF Implied Pro Forma Equity Ownership with 100% of Synergies Attributed to Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands)

     45% to 52%         43% to 50%         47% to 55%   

Sensitivity Case #1

     45% to 53%         43% to 50%         47% to 55%   

Sensitivity Case #2

     45% to 53%         43% to 50%         47% to 55%   

Contribution Analysis

Barclays reviewed the Coty Case and the Galleria Case to determine Coty’s and Galleria Company’s (including P&G Beauty Brands) relative contribution to the combined company after the Merger. Barclays analyzed Coty’s and Galleria Company’s (including P&G Beauty Brands) relative contribution to estimated net sales, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBIT for each of the fiscal years 2015 through 2017 based on the Coty Case and the Galleria Case.

Based on the relative contributions of Coty and Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands) to the combined company calculated in the contribution analysis, Barclays determined a range of implied exchange ratios for shares of Galleria Company common stock to shares of Coty common stock. Based on the foregoing analysis, Barclays determined the following ranges of implied Coty ownership of Galleria Company (including P&G Beauty Brands):

 

     Implied Coty
Ownership of Galleria
Company (including
P&G Beauty Brands)
 

FY2015E Net Sales

     45

FY2016E Net Sales

     46

FY2017E Net Sales

     46

FY2015E Adjusted EBITDA

     40

FY2016E Adjusted EBITDA

     43

FY2017E Adjusted EBITDA

     46

FY2015E Adjusted EBIT

     37

FY2016E Adjusted EBIT

     40

FY2017E Adjusted EBIT

     43

Barclays, at Coty’s direction, assumed that Coty’s stockholders would own 48% of Coty’s fully diluted shares of common stock immediately following the acquisition of Galleria Company, in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement.

Pro Forma Merger Analysis

Barclays analyzed and considered the impact of the Merger on the estimated EPS of Coty for projected fiscal year 2017, using the Coty Case. Barclays assumed that, among other things, (1) the recapitalization amount would be $2.9 billion at the Coty base price of $24.56, and (2) the pro forma projections for the combined company, per Coty management, include certain synergies as specified and provided by the management of Coty.

 

- 182 -


Table of Contents

Based on this analysis and excluding the effects of acquisition accounting and cash restructuring costs, the Merger is expected to result in an increase in EPS when compared to the Coty standalone projections in fiscal year 2017. The actual results achieved by the combined company may vary from forecasted results, and the variations may be material.

Coty 52 Week Low / High Analysis

Barclays reviewed the 52-week low, 52-week high and 52-week unaffected high prices of shares of Coty common stock as of July 6, 2015 and calculated the implied enterprise value range therefrom. The following reflects the results of the analysis, as compared to the enterprise value of Coty of $11.7 billion calculated at the base stock price of $24.56 assuming third-quarter fiscal 2015 net debt of $2,442 million and non-controlling interest of $111 million per Coty public filings as of the third quarter of fiscal 2015:

 

Enterprise Value

   $8.5 billion—$12.3 billion

Miscellaneous

Barclays is an internationally recognized investment banking firm and, as part of its investment banking activities, is regularly engaged in the valuation of businesses and their securities in connection with mergers and acquisitions, investments for passive and control purposes, negotiated underwritings, competitive bids, secondary distributions of listed and unlisted securities, private placements and valuations for estate, corporate and other purposes. Coty’s board of directors selected Barclays because of its familiarity with Coty and its qualifications, reputation and experience in the valuation of businesses and securities in connection with mergers and acquisitions generally, as well as substantial experience in transactions comparable to the proposed transaction, including the Merger.

Coty retained Barclays to provide a fairness opinion in connection with the proposed Merger. As compensation for its services in connection with the Merger, Coty agreed to pay compensation to Barclays of $3 million upon the 120th day following the delivery of the opinion by Barclays. In addition, Coty has agreed to reimburse Barclays for its reasonable, documented out-of-pocket expenses, and to indemnify Barclays for certain liabilities arising out of its engagement.

Barclays has performed various investment banking and financial services for Coty (including acting as joint book-running manager for the initial public offering of Coty common stock in 2013) and P&G in the past, and expect to perform such services in the future, and have received, and expect to receive, customary fees for such services.

Barclays and its affiliates engage in a wide range of businesses from investment and commercial banking, lending, asset management and other financial and non-financial services. In the ordinary course of Barclays’ business, Barclays and its affiliates may actively trade and effect transactions in the equity, debt and/or other securities (and any derivatives thereof) and financial instruments (including loans and other obligations) of Coty, P&G and Galleria Company for its own account and for the accounts of its customers and, accordingly, may at any time hold long or short positions and investments in such securities and financial instruments.

P&G’s Reasons for the Transactions

P&G periodically evaluates its portfolio of businesses to assess the fit of each business within P&G. P&G intends to separate the P&G Beauty Brands in order to enable P&G to focus its management and financial resources on P&G’s continuing brands where P&G believes it can add more value, among other reasons. See “—Background of the Transactions” for a discussion of the background of the Transactions. P&G’s goals in the Separation are maximizing the value to P&G shareholders, minimizing P&G’s earnings per share dilution and effecting the Separation in a tax-efficient manner.

 

- 183 -


Table of Contents

P&G determined the Separation of P&G Beauty Brands from P&G to be in the best interests of P&G and its shareholders. The principal factors considered by P&G in making the determination to effect the separation were:

 

    the relative sales, earnings and cash flow growth rates of P&G Beauty Brands and P&G’s other businesses;

 

    the success drivers of the P&G Beauty Brands relative to P&G’s core competencies;

 

    the value to be received by P&G shareholders upon completion of the Transactions;

 

    the effect of divesting P&G Beauty Brands pursuant to the Transactions on P&G’s future earnings per share;

 

    the tax effects of the Separation on P&G and its shareholders;

 

    the expected timing and ability to effectively execute the Transactions;

 

    the ability of management of each of P&G and P&G Beauty Brands to concentrate on the expansion and growth of their respective businesses following the Separation, allowing each to pursue the development strategies most appropriate to its respective operations; and

 

    Coty’s business and prospects after giving effect to the proposed acquisition of P&G Beauty Brands.

Regulatory Approvals

The parties have agreed to use reasonable best efforts to obtain, as soon as practicable and prior to the consummation of the Merger, all governmental approvals under the HSR Act and under any other antitrust, competition or merger control laws that may be necessary to complete the Transactions. See “The Transaction Agreement—Covenants—Efforts to Close.”

Under the HSR Act, Coty and P&G were required to give notification and furnish information to the Federal Trade Commission and the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice and to wait the specified waiting period before consummating the Merger. Coty and P&G each filed the required notification and report forms with the Federal Trade Commission and the Antitrust Division on October 20, 2015. The U.S. antitrust review under the HSR Act expired at the conclusion of a second waiting period on December 23, 2015 after Coty had withdrawn and refiled its Hart-Scott-Rodino filing.

In addition to the foregoing, the Merger is subject to review under the antitrust laws of the European Union, Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Columbia, Israel, Mexico, New Zealand, Russia, South Africa, Tunisia, Turkey, Ukraine, and U.S. state antitrust laws and could be the subject of challenges by state attorneys general under those laws, or by private parties under federal or state antitrust laws. As of March 31, 2016, the Merger has cleared antitrust review in the European Union, Australia, Canada, China, Columbia, Israel, Mexico, New Zealand, South Africa, Turkey, and Ukraine.

Interests of Certain Persons in the Transactions

As of                     , 2016, Coty’s directors and executive officers beneficially owned approximately     % of the outstanding shares of Coty common stock, including those shares of Coty common stock underlying outstanding Coty stock options. The directors and officers of P&G, Galleria Company and Coty will receive no extra or special benefit that is not shared on a pro rata basis by all other P&G shareholders or holders of shares of Coty common stock in connection with the Transactions. As with all P&G shareholders, if a director or officer of P&G, Galleria Company or Coty owns shares of P&G common stock, directly or indirectly, such person may participate in the exchange offer on the same terms as other P&G shareholders.

Board of Directors and Management of Coty following the Transactions

The directors of Coty immediately following the closing of the Transactions are expected to be the same as the directors of Coty immediately prior to the closing of the Transactions.

 

- 184 -


Table of Contents

Certain executive officers of Coty will assume new roles in connection with Coty’s new organizational structure following the closing of the Transactions and the integration of Galleria.

Following the closing of the Transactions, the existing board of directors and executive officers of Galleria Company will resign.

Accounting Treatment of the Merger

ASC 805, Business Combinations , requires the use of the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. In applying the acquisition method, it is necessary to identify both the accounting acquiree and the accounting acquirer. In a business combination effected through an exchange of equity interests, such as the Merger, the entity that issues the interests (Coty in this case) is generally the acquiring entity. In identifying the acquiring entity in a combination effected through an exchange of equity interests, however, all pertinent facts and circumstances must be considered, including the following:

 

    The relative voting interests of Coty after the Transactions . In this case, existing Coty stockholders are expected to retain 46% of the fully diluted equity ownership and associated voting rights in Coty after the Transactions. P&G shareholders participating in the exchange offer (and subsequent pro rata dividend, if any) are expected to receive approximately 54% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock and associated voting rights in Coty after the Transactions.

 

    The existence of a large minority voting interest in Coty after the Transactions . In this case, JAB Cosmetics B.V., the owner of all of the outstanding shares of the Coty class B common stock and 8.4% of the Coty common stock, which together represent approximately 97% of Coty’s outstanding voting power, will remain the largest stockholder of the combined company overall, owning approximately 35% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock at the completion of the Transactions.

 

    The composition of the governing body of Coty after the Transactions . In this case, the composition of Coty’s board of directors following completion of the Transactions will be the members of Coty’s board of directors immediately prior to completion of the Transactions. Coty’s board of directors consists of eight directors, each elected for one-year terms by Coty’s stockholders at the annual meeting of stockholders. Coty’s board members are elected by plurality voting, meaning that the director nominees receiving the greatest number of votes are elected. Although former P&G shareholders will have a slight majority of the voting rights, these voting rights are expected to be widely held, the Transaction Agreement does not contemplate the addition of new board members and there is no stockholders’ agreement or voting agreement in which those new Coty stockholders would vote as a group. Therefore, any significant shift in the composition of Coty’s board of directors is unlikely to occur as a result of the Transactions.

 

    The composition of the senior management of Coty after the Transactions . In this case, except as set forth above, Coty’s executive officers following the Merger will be the same as Coty’s current executive officers.

After considering all pertinent facts, reviewing the criteria outlined in ASC 805 and conducting the relevant analysis, Coty has concluded that it is the accounting acquirer in the Transactions. Although majority voting rights may be retained by former P&G shareholders, ASC 805 requires consideration of all pertinent facts and circumstances, listing several potential indicators, none of which is weighed more heavily than another. Coty’s conclusion is based primarily upon the following facts: (1) there will be no immediate change in the composition of Coty’s board of directors after the Transactions, (2) except as noted above, Coty’s senior management prior to the Transactions will continue to be the senior management of the combined business after the Transactions and (3) Coty is issuing its equity interests as consideration for the Transactions and JAB Cosmetics B.V. will remain the largest individual Coty stockholder owning approximately 35% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock at the completion of the Transactions. Accordingly, Coty will apply the acquisition method of accounting to the assets and liabilities of Galleria Company upon completion of the Transactions.

 

- 185 -


Table of Contents

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Merger

The consummation of the Merger is conditioned on the receipt by P&G of a tax opinion from Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP, special tax counsel to P&G, and by Coty of a tax opinion from McDermott Will & Emery LLP, special tax counsel to Coty, in each case, to the effect that the Merger will qualify for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a reorganization within the meaning of section 368(a) of the Code. Accordingly, P&G shareholders who exchange their shares of Galleria Company common stock received in the Distribution for shares of Coty common stock in the Merger generally will, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, recognize no taxable gain or loss in the Merger, except for any taxable gain or loss attributable to the receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares of Coty common stock. The opinions will rely on certain assumptions, including assumptions regarding the absence of changes in existing facts and law and the consummation of the Merger in the manner contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, and representations and covenants made by P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub, including representations contained in representation letters of officers of Coty and P&G. If any of those representations, covenants or assumptions is inaccurate in any material respect, the opinions may not be relied upon, and the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Merger could differ significantly from those discussed here. In addition, these opinions are not binding on the IRS or a court, and none of P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub intends to request a ruling from the IRS regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Transactions. Consequently, there can be no certainty that the IRS will not challenge the conclusions reflected in the opinions or that a court would not sustain such a challenge.

For further information concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Transactions, see “The Exchange Offer—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution, the Merger and Related Transactions.”

Federal Securities Law Consequences; Resale Restrictions

Shares of Coty common stock issued in accordance with the Transaction Agreement will not be subject to any restrictions on transfer arising under the Securities Act, except for shares issued to any P&G shareholder who may be deemed to be an “affiliate” of Galleria Company for purposes of Rule 145 under the Securities Act.

No Appraisal or Dissenters’ Rights

None of P&G, Galleria Company, Coty or Merger Sub shareholders will be entitled to exercise appraisal rights or to demand payment for their shares in connection with the Transactions.

 

- 186 -


Table of Contents

THE TRANSACTION AGREEMENT

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the Transaction Agreement. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the Transaction Agreement, which is incorporated by reference herein. The rights and obligations of the parties are governed by the express terms and conditions of the Transaction Agreement and not by this summary or any other information included in this prospectus. You are urged to read the Transaction Agreement carefully and in its entirety. See also “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference.”

Overview

In the Transactions, P&G will contribute specified assets and liabilities of P&G Beauty Brands to Galleria Company. Among other things, the Transaction Agreement specifies the assets of P&G related to P&G Beauty Brands to be transferred to, and liabilities of P&G related to P&G Beauty Brands to be assumed by, Galleria Company. Prior to the Distribution, Galleria Company will incur indebtedness under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities and will use such cash proceeds, along with any cash contributed by P&G to Galleria Company, to purchase or otherwise receive the Galleria assets from P&G or its subsidiaries.

On the closing date of the Transactions, P&G will distribute shares of Galleria Company common stock to P&G shareholders whose shares of P&G common stock are being accepted for exchange in the exchange offer. If the exchange offer is completed but not fully subscribed, P&G will distribute all of the Remaining Shares as a subsequent pro rata dividend to the Remaining P&G Shareholders. At or prior to the completion of the exchange offer, P&G will irrevocably deliver to the Exchange Agent all of the shares of Galleria Company common stock outstanding, with irrevocable instructions to hold the shares of Galleria Company common stock for the benefit of P&G shareholders whose shares of P&G common stock are being accepted for exchange in the exchange offer and, in the case of a subsequent pro rata dividend, the Remaining P&G Shareholders. If there is a subsequent pro rata dividend to be distributed, the Exchange Agent will calculate the exact number of Remaining Shares to be distributed as a pro rata dividend to the Remaining P&G Shareholders, and P&G will distribute the Remaining Shares immediately thereafter.

As promptly as practicable after the completion of the Distribution, Merger Sub will merge with and into Galleria Company, with Galleria Company surviving the Merger and becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty. In connection with the Merger, the shares of Galleria Company common stock distributed in connection with the Distribution will automatically convert into the right to receive shares of Coty common stock on a one-for-one basis and a right to receive cash in lieu of any fractional shares of Coty common stock. See “The Transactions.”

Separation

Transfer of Assets of P&G Beauty Brands and Assumption of Liabilities

Subject to the terms and conditions contained in the Transaction Agreement:

 

    P&G will transfer Galleria, which represents a subset of the assets and liabilities of P&G Beauty Brands, to Galleria Company; and

 

    P&G will cause Galleria Company (or any relevant subsidiaries of Galleria Company or P&G at such time) to transfer specified assets to P&G or one of P&G’s subsidiaries (i.e., specified assets which the parties have agreed are being excluded from the transfer of Galleria to Galleria Company as part of the Separation), and P&G or one of its subsidiaries will assume specified liabilities (i.e., specified liabilities which the parties have agreed are being excluded from the transfer of Galleria to Galleria Company as part of the Separation).

 

- 187 -


Table of Contents

The assets to be transferred or assigned to Galleria Company or one of its subsidiaries include the following:

 

    all of the tangible personal property, inventory, real property, governmental licenses and permits, prepaid expenses, software and contracts that are primarily used or held for primary use in P&G Beauty Brands (or, in the case of the Non-Color Haircare Business, exclusively used or held for exclusive use in the Non-Color Haircare Business), including items listed on specified schedules to the Transaction Agreement;

 

    all of the equity interests of certain specified subsidiaries of P&G;

 

    all of the books and records that primarily relate to P&G Beauty Brands (or, in the case of the Non-Color Haircare Business, exclusively relate to the Non-Color Haircare Business);

 

    all rights to causes of action, lawsuits, judgments, claims, counterclaims and demands arising out of the conduct of or otherwise primarily relating to P&G Beauty Brands (or, in the case of the Non-Color Haircare Business, exclusively relating to the Non-Color Haircare Business);

 

    all assets with respect to certain Galleria Company employees under certain P&G Beauty Brands pension plans;

 

    all intellectual property primarily used in P&G Beauty Brands (or, in the case of the Non-Color Haircare Business, exclusively used in the Non-Color Haircare Business), in each case, including those listed on a specified schedule to the Transaction Agreement, and all goodwill of P&G Beauty Brands; and

 

    subject to specified exceptions including in respect of specifically enumerated excluded assets and any assets that are exclusively related to certain license agreements for which consent of the third-party licensor is not obtained, any other assets held by P&G or its subsidiaries that are primarily used or held for primary use in P&G Beauty Brands (or, in the case of the Non-Color Haircare Business, exclusively used or held for exclusive use in the Non-Color Haircare Business).

The liabilities to be assumed or, with respect to the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities, incurred, by Galleria Company or one of its subsidiaries include the following:

 

    all liabilities that are reflected in a statement of working capital as of a certain business day prior to the anticipated closing date and that remain outstanding as of the closing;

 

    all liabilities to the extent arising out of, relating to or otherwise in respect of, the ownership or use of the transferred assets or the operation or conduct of P&G Beauty Brands, whether before, at or after the business transfer time;

 

    all liabilities under transferred contracts with respect to performance of the transferred contracts;

 

    all liabilities to the extent relating to, resulting from or arising out of advertising time or space (including television, print, radio and point of sale) used or to be used in P&G Beauty Brands;

 

    all liabilities to the extent relating to, resulting from or arising out of trade and consumer promotions, in-store promotions, coupon campaigns, loyalty programs and gift card campaigns of P&G Beauty Brands;

 

    all liabilities to the extent relating to, resulting from or arising out of product returns, recalls of products of P&G Beauty Brands or fulfilling warranty claims and similar repair and replacement commitments in respect of products of P&G Beauty Brands;

 

    all liabilities to the extent relating to, resulting from or arising out of (1) any environmental conditions that result from or arise out of the operation or conduct of P&G Beauty Brands, (2) any release of hazardous materials that occurs at any of the transferred facilities to the extent such release results from or arises out of the operation or conduct of P&G Beauty Brands, or (3) any violation of or remediation or other requirements under any environmental law resulting from the operation or conduct of P&G Beauty Brands;

 

- 188 -


Table of Contents
    all liabilities under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities; and

 

    all liabilities to the extent certain inventorship laws in Germany with respect to transferred intellectual property.

The assets to be transferred to Galleria Company, and the liabilities to be assumed by Galleria Company, will exclude specified assets and liabilities, such as, among other things, specified intellectual property, employee benefit plans and facilities.

Intercompany Arrangements

Pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, all contracts between Galleria Company, on the one hand, and P&G, on the other hand, will be terminated in connection with the Separation. P&G will also cause all of the intercompany receivables, payables, loans and other accounts, rights and liabilities between Galleria Company and its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and P&G and its subsidiaries, on the other hand, to be settled such that there are no outstanding intercompany accounts as of the 12:01 a.m., Eastern time, on the anticipated closing date of the Merger.

Consents and Delayed Transfers

Each of P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain any required third-party consents, except that (1) neither P&G nor Coty will be required to make any non- de minimis payments, incur any non- de minimis liability or offer or grant any non- de minimis accommodation (financial or otherwise) to any third party in connection with obtaining any third-party consent or approval (subject to certain specified limitations in connection with the procurement of certain licensor consents or otherwise described below), and (2) Coty is solely responsible for obtaining third-party consents in respect of specified licenses, and P&G will reasonably cooperate with Coty’s requests in respect thereof. In general, the transfer of any specific asset to either Galleria Company or P&G in connection with the Separation will be deferred until all legal impediments are removed and all necessary consents and governmental approvals have been obtained, subject to specified exceptions. The party retaining such asset will hold such asset in trust for the benefit of the other (at such other party’s expense) until properly conveyed.

Recapitalization

The Transaction Agreement provides that Galleria Company will be recapitalized in connection with the Distribution. Prior to the Distribution, and in partial consideration for the Galleria assets transferred from P&G to Galleria Company as further described in “—Transfer of P&G Beauty Brands and Assumption of Liabilities” above, Galleria Company will:

 

    issue and deliver to P&G a number of additional shares of Galleria Company common stock such that the total number of shares of Galleria Company common stock held by P&G at the time of the Distribution will equal             , which is the Galleria Stock Amount, calculated as of the last practicable date prior to the commencement date of the exchange offer, all of which shares of Galleria Company common stock P&G will dispose of in the Distribution;

 

    in connection with the Separation and to fund the purchase of certain P&G Beauty Brands assets and the distribution of the Recapitalization Amount, use all or a portion of the net proceeds of the loans incurred on or prior to the Recapitalization Date under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities, along with any cash contributed by P&G, to purchase or otherwise receive the Galleria assets from P&G or its subsidiaries; and

 

    distribute to P&G any remaining portion of the Recapitalization Amount, as defined below, not previously used by Galleria Company to fund the purchase of certain P&G Beauty Brands assets from P&G affiliates to P&G in cash in immediately available funds to an account specified for this purpose by P&G.

 

- 189 -


Table of Contents

The “Recapitalization Amount” means $2.9 billion; provided, however, that:

 

    if the simple arithmetic average of the daily VWAPs of shares of Coty common stock, as reported on the NYSE composite tape, for five consecutive trading days ending on the trading day which is two clear trading days prior to the commencement date of the exchange offer or, if applicable, the date of distribution of the Galleria Company common stock pursuant to a one-step spin-off (the “Coty Collar Stock Price”) is greater than $24.56 per share, then the Recapitalization Amount will be reduced by an amount equal to (1)(a) the Coty Collar Stock Price (subject to a cap of $27.06 per share) minus (b) $24.56 per share, times (2) the Galleria Stock Amount; and

 

    if the Coty Collar Stock Price is less than $24.56 per share, then the Recapitalization Amount will be increased by an amount equal to (1)(a) $24.56 per share minus (b) the Coty Collar Stock Price (which shall not be less than $22.06 per share), times (2) the Galleria Stock Amount.

As calculated pursuant to this formula, the Recapitalization Amount will equal $         .

Conversion of Coty Class B Common Stock

JAB Cosmetics B.V., the holder of all outstanding shares of Coty class B common stock, will irrevocably elect to convert its shares of Coty class B common stock into shares of Coty common stock, which conversion will be effective as of two business days prior to the closing of the Transactions and will be subject to the closing of the Transactions. Following this conversion, Coty common stock will be Coty’s only class of common stock outstanding.

Distribution

Under the Transaction Agreement, P&G may elect to effect the Distribution in the form of either (a) an exchange offer (and, if the exchange offer is completed but is not fully subscribed, a subsequent pro rata dividend effected immediately thereafter to the Remaining P&G Shareholders) or (b) a one-step spin-off, provided that the conditions to the consummation of such transaction set forth in the Transaction Agreement are satisfied.

Under the Transaction Agreement, if P&G elects to effect the Distribution as an exchange offer, P&G will determine in its sole discretion the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the number of shares of Galleria Company common stock offered for exchange, the period during which the exchange offer will remain open, the procedures for the tender and exchange of shares and all other terms and conditions of the exchange offer, which will comply with applicable securities law requirements; provided, that in any event, P&G will extend the expiration date of the exchange offer for one or more consecutive increments of not more than 20 business days each (the length of such period to be determined by P&G in consultation with Coty), if, as of any otherwise scheduled expiration of the exchange offer, any condition to the exchange offer or the closing of the Merger, other than those conditions that are to be satisfied on the date the expiration of the exchange offer or the closing of the Merger, has not been satisfied or waived (to the extent permitted under applicable laws), but no such extension will extend the expiration date of the exchange offer to a time later than, the earlier of (1) the date that is 60 business days after the satisfaction of all conditions to the exchange offer and the closing of the Merger, other than the Minimum Condition and those conditions that are to be satisfied on the date of expiration of the exchange offer or the closing of the Merger, (2) the termination of the Transaction Agreement in accordance with its terms and (3) January 31, 2017. In the event that P&G’s shareholders subscribe for less than all of the shares of Galleria Company common stock in the exchange offer, subject to the terms and conditions of the Transaction Agreement (including the satisfaction of the Minimum Condition), P&G will consummate a pro rata distribution of the remaining shares of Galleria Company common stock to P&G’s shareholders immediately following the consummation of the exchange offer.

The Merger

Immediately following the completion of the Distribution, Merger Sub will merge with and into Galleria Company, with Galleria Company surviving the Merger and becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty.

 

- 190 -


Table of Contents

The Merger Consideration

The Transaction Agreement provides that each share of Galleria Company common stock will be automatically converted into the right to receive one share of Coty common stock. No fractional shares of Coty common stock will be issued in the Merger. In lieu of any fractional shares of Coty common stock, holders of shares of Galleria Company common stock who would otherwise be entitled to receive such fractional shares of Coty common stock will be entitled to an amount in cash, without interest, equal to the holder’s pro rata portion of the net proceeds of the sale of fractional shares in the open market, which will occur no later than 20 business days after the completion of the Transactions, obtained by aggregating the fractional Coty common stock otherwise allocable to the holders of fractional shares of Galleria Company common stock. The distribution of cash in lieu of fractional shares will occur separate from, and subsequent to, the distribution of shares of Coty common stock.

Effective Time

The effective time of the Merger, which will occur immediately following the completion of the Distribution, will be the time and date of the filing of the certificate of merger that will be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware or at such later time as Coty and P&G may agree and provide for in the certificate of merger.

Representations and Warranties

The Transaction Agreement contains substantially reciprocal representations and warranties that P&G made to Coty, on the one hand, and Coty made to P&G, on the other hand, as of specific dates. The assertions embodied in those representations and warranties were made solely for purposes of the Transaction Agreement and may be subject to important qualifications and limitations agreed to by Coty and P&G in connection with negotiating the terms of the Transaction Agreement or contained in disclosure letters. Those disclosure letters contain information that modifies, qualifies or creates exceptions to the representations and warranties set forth in the Transaction Agreement. Moreover, some of those representations and warranties may not be accurate or complete as of any specified date and are modified, qualified and created in important part by the underlying disclosure letters, may be subject to a contractual standard of materiality different from those generally applicable to shareholder communications, or may have been used for the purpose of allocating risk among Coty and P&G. For the foregoing reasons, the representations and warranties should not be relied upon as statements of factual information.

The representations and warranties contained in the Transaction Agreement (other than with respect to taxes and information provided for SEC filings) will not survive the closing of the Transactions or a termination of the Transaction Agreement. The representations relate to, among other topics, the following:

 

    due organization, good standing and corporate power;

 

    authority to enter into and perform the Transaction Agreement and other agreements executed in connection therewith, as well as the execution, delivery and enforceability of those agreements;

 

    the absence of conflicts with or violations of governance documents, material agreements or laws as a result of the execution and delivery of the Transaction Agreement and other agreements or the completion of the Transactions;

 

    capital structure;

 

    intellectual property;

 

    the absence of investigations, litigation and related proceedings;

 

    compliance with applicable laws;

 

    material contracts;

 

- 191 -


Table of Contents
    employee benefits and labor matters;

 

    financial statements, the absence of certain changes and events and the absence of undisclosed liabilities;

 

    tax matters;

 

    the absence of undisclosed brokers’ and financial advisors’ fees;

 

    title to tangible assets and security interests thereon;

 

    accuracy of information supplied by the parties for inclusion in registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part and other filings made with the SEC in connection with the Transactions;

 

    owned and leased real property; and

 

    environmental matters.

P&G has also made certain representations and warranties to Coty relating to the sufficiency and condition of the acquired assets and certain fragrances used in P&G Beauty Brands. Coty has also made representations and warranties to P&G relating to filings with the SEC, Coty’s board of directors’ approval of, and the required vote of Coty stockholders to approve, the Transaction Agreement and the Transactions (including the issuance of Coty common stock in the Merger, increase in the number of authorized shares of Coty common stock and amendment to Coty’s certificate of incorporation), and the receipt of a fairness opinion of its financial advisor in connection with the Transactions.

Many representations and warranties are qualified by a “material adverse effect” standard (that is, they will not be deemed untrue or incorrect unless their failure to be true or correct, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect), and the closing condition relating to the accuracy of representations and warranties is generally subject to a “material adverse effect” standard as described in greater detail under “—Conditions to the Transactions.”

The term “material adverse effect,” when used with respect to P&G Beauty Brands, is defined in the Transaction Agreement to mean any circumstance, change, development, condition or event that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of P&G Beauty Brands taken as a whole. With respect to P&G Beauty Brands, the term “material adverse effect” does not include the effect of any matters resulting or arising from or relating to:

 

    general conditions in the industry in which P&G Beauty Brands competes;

 

    any conditions in the U.S. general economy or the general economy in other geographic areas in which P&G Beauty Brands operates or proposes to operate;

 

    political conditions, including acts of war, armed hostilities, acts of terrorism or developments or changes therein;

 

    natural disasters;

 

    compliance by P&G with its covenants in the Transaction Agreement;

 

    the failure of the financial or operating performance of P&G Beauty Brands to meet internal forecasts or budgets for any period prior to, on or after the date of the Transaction Agreement (but the underlying reason for the failure to meet such forecasts or budgets may be considered);

 

    actions taken or not taken by P&G at the request or with the consent of Coty;

 

    the announcement of the Transaction Agreement or the Transactions, including employee departures and actions taken by customers, suppliers, distributors, licensors or talent of P&G Beauty Brands to terminate, discontinue or not renew their contracts or otherwise withhold any consent needed in respect of such contracts;

 

- 192 -


Table of Contents
    any deterioration in the business, financial condition or results of operations of P&G Beauty Brands that does not arise out of any:

 

    breach by P&G of its covenants under the Transaction Agreement,

 

    extraordinary event of a nature described in the third and fourth bullets in this list (but only to the extent such extraordinary event disproportionately affects P&G Beauty Brands as compared to similarly situated businesses operating in the United States and other geographic areas in which P&G Beauty Brands operates), or

 

    a product recall required under applicable law (but only to the extent such product recall disproportionately affects P&G Beauty Brands as compared to similarly situated businesses operating in the United States and other geographic areas in which P&G Beauty Brands operates), or

 

    changes in applicable laws or accounting principles;

except, with respect to the first, second, third, fourth and tenth bullets in the preceding list, such matters will be considered to the extent that they disproportionately affect P&G Beauty Brands as compared to similarly situated businesses generally operating in the United States and other geographic areas in which P&G Beauty Brands operates.

The term “material adverse effect,” when used with respect to Coty, is defined in the Transaction Agreement to mean any circumstance, change, development, condition or event that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of Coty taken as a whole or a change in employment status of Coty senior management as of the date of the Transaction Agreement that is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Coty’s future prospects. With respect to Coty, the term “material adverse effect” does not include the effect of any matters resulting or arising from or relating to:

 

    general conditions in the industry in which Coty competes;

 

    any conditions in the U.S. general economy or the general economy in other geographic areas in which Coty operates or proposes to operate;

 

    political conditions, including acts of war, armed hostilities, acts of terrorism or developments or changes therein;

 

    natural disasters;

 

    compliance by Coty and Merger Sub with their covenants in the Transaction Agreement;

 

    the failure of the financial or operating performance of Coty to meet internal forecasts or budgets for any period prior to, on or after the date of the Transaction Agreement (but the underlying reason for the failure to meet such forecasts or budgets may be considered);

 

    actions taken or not taken by Coty at the request or with the consent of P&G;

 

    the announcement of the Transaction Agreement or the Transactions, including employee departures and actions taken by customers, suppliers, distributors, or licensors of Coty to terminate, discontinue or not renew their contracts or otherwise withhold any consent needed in respect of such contracts;

 

    any deterioration in the business, financial condition or results of operations of Coty’s business that does not arise out of any:

 

    breach by Coty of its covenants under the Transaction Agreement,

 

    extraordinary event of a nature described in the third and fourth bullets in this list (but only to the extent such extraordinary event disproportionately affects Coty’s business as compared to similarly situated businesses operating in the United States and other geographic areas in which Coty operates), or

 

- 193 -


Table of Contents
    a product recall required under applicable law (but only to the extent such product recall disproportionately affects Coty’s business as compared to similarly situated businesses operating in the United States and other geographic areas in which Coty’s business operates), or

 

    changes in applicable laws or accounting principles;

except, with respect to the first, second, third, fourth and tenth bullets in the preceding list, such matters will be considered to the extent that that they disproportionately affect Coty as compared to similarly situated businesses generally operating in the United States and other geographic areas in which Coty operates.

No Representations or Warranties

Other than as expressly set forth in the Transaction Agreement or the ancillary agreements, P&G does not make any express or implied representation or warranty with respect to Galleria Company, the assets of the P&G Beauty Brands to be transferred or assigned to Galleria Company by P&G in the Separation, P&G Beauty Brands or the Transactions or the accuracy or completeness of the information concerning P&G Beauty Brands provided by P&G or its subsidiaries. None of the foregoing will have any impact on the representations and warranties made by P&G and any of its subsidiaries in the Transaction Agreement or any ancillary agreement.

Covenants

Each of Coty and Merger Sub, on the one hand, and P&G and Galleria Company, on the other hand, have undertaken specified covenants in the Transaction Agreement restricting the conduct of their respective businesses between the date the Transaction Agreement was signed and the completion of the Transactions.

Efforts To Close

Coty, Merger Sub, P&G and Galleria Company have agreed to use their reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary on its part under applicable law or contractual obligations to consummate and make effective the Transactions as promptly as practicable, except that (1) neither P&G nor Coty will be required to make any non- de minimis payments, incur any non- de minimis liability or offer or grant any non- de minimis accommodation (financial or otherwise) to any third party in connection with obtaining any third-party consent or approval (subject to specified limitations in connection with the procurement of specified licensor consents or otherwise described below), and (2) Coty is solely responsible for obtaining third-party consents in respect of specified licenses, and P&G will reasonably cooperate with Coty’s requests in respect thereof.

P&G and Coty also agreed to use reasonable best efforts to obtain, as soon as practicable and prior to the closing, all governmental approvals under the HSR Act and under any other antitrust, competition or merger control laws that may be necessary to complete the Transactions. Coty has also agreed to take all necessary steps to eliminate impediments under such laws that may be asserted by any governmental authority with respect to the Transactions so as to permit the Transactions to be completed as promptly as practicable, which steps may include, whether effected by consent decree, hold separate order or otherwise, (1) the sale, divestiture or disposition of such assets or businesses of Coty or, effective as of the consummation of the Merger, of P&G Beauty Brands, and (2) committing to take any action that Coty is capable of taking, including agreements that limit Coty’s freedom of action with respect to, or ability to retain, any of P&G Beauty Brands, services or assets of Coty or its affiliates or any assets of P&G Beauty Brands, except that Coty (and, if applicable, P&G) will not be required to offer or commit to take any step that is not conditioned upon the consummation of the Merger, to take any action prohibited under the Tax Matters Agreement, or to modify specified obligations with respect to specified licenses of P&G Beauty Brands. Under the Transaction Agreement, Coty has the right to determine and direct the strategy and process by which the parties will seek the applicable governmental approvals under the antitrust laws.

 

- 194 -


Table of Contents

Stockholder Consent; Conversion of Class B Common Stock

Coty agreed to submit, within 24 hours after execution of the Transaction Agreement, a form of irrevocable written consent of its majority stockholder representing at least 50.1% of the voting power represented by outstanding shares of Coty common stock and Coty class B common stock for the purpose of voting to authorize the issuance of shares of Coty common stock in the Merger and to approve and adopt an amendment to the certificate of incorporation of Coty to increase the number of authorized shares of Coty common stock to 1,000,000,000. Coty provided an executed copy of this irrevocable written consent to P&G within 24 hours after execution of the Transaction Agreement. In addition, JAB Cosmetics B.V., the holder of all outstanding shares of Coty class B common stock, agreed with P&G to elect to convert its shares of Coty class B common stock into shares of Coty common stock as of two business days prior to the closing of the Transactions, subject to the closing of the Transactions. Following the conversion of such shares of Coty class B common stock, Coty’s common stock will consist of a single class and no shares of Coty class B common stock will be outstanding.

Fees and Expenses

The Transaction Agreement provides that, generally, all fees and expenses incurred by P&G, Galleria Company or any of their subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions will be paid by P&G, whether or not the Transactions are completed, and all fees and expenses incurred by Coty, Merger Sub or any of their subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions will be paid by Coty, whether or not the Transactions are completed, except that:

 

    regardless of whether the Transactions are completed, Coty will be responsible for and pay any required filing fee in respect of any notification submitted pursuant to the HSR Act and other antitrust laws and will reimburse P&G for all costs and expenses incurred by P&G, Galleria Company or their subsidiaries in connection with the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities;

 

    regardless of whether the Transactions are completed, P&G and Coty will share equally the fees and expenses of printers utilized by P&G and Coty in connection with the preparation of certain required filings with the SEC including the registration statements of which this prospectus forms a part; and

 

    specified costs and expenses incurred by P&G, Galleria Company and their subsidiaries in connection with the pre-Separation restructuring of specified entities and operations of P&G Beauty Brands will be apportioned between P&G and Coty as follows:

 

    costs and expenses incurred for the purposes of optimizing P&G’s retained operations as a result of the Separation of P&G Beauty Brands for the post-closing benefit of P&G will be the responsibility of P&G;

 

    costs and expenses incurred at the direction of or in consultation with Coty, for the purpose of benefitting the future operations of Coty, Galleria Company or their subsidiaries will be the responsibility of Coty; and

 

    costs and expenses incurred for the purpose of facilitating the Transactions will be shared equally between P&G and Coty.

In addition, Coty would have been responsible to pay P&G a fee of $400,000,000 if P&G had terminated the Transaction Agreement because the stockholder consent described in “—Stockholder Consent; Conversion of Class B Common Stock” had not been received within 24 hours following execution of the Transaction Agreement.

Conduct of P&G Beauty Brands

In addition, pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, P&G and Galleria Company made specified covenants to Coty and Merger Sub regarding the operation of P&G Beauty Brands.

 

- 195 -


Table of Contents

Except as provided for in the Transaction Agreement, from the date of the Transaction Agreement until the closing date of the Transactions, P&G, Galleria Company and their subsidiaries are required to use commercially reasonable efforts to (1) conduct P&G Beauty Brands in the ordinary course of business in all material respects, (2) preserve (other than the sale of assets in the ordinary course of business) the material transferred assets, (3) preserve in all material respects the material business relationships of P&G Beauty Brands with customers, suppliers, manufacturers, distributors and others with whom P&G Beauty Brands deals in the ordinary course of business, and (4) maintain the goodwill and reputation of P&G Beauty Brands in all material respects. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, P&G may take actions as it determines in good faith are commercially reasonable to (a) respond to events resulting, in whole or in part, from the announcement of the Transaction Agreement and to preserve P&G Beauty Brands and existing material employee, customer and supplier relationships (including replacing employees who cease to be employed by P&G or its subsidiaries), (b) consummate specified other transactions set forth in the disclosure letters, (c) obtain consents of third parties under certain license agreements relating to P&G Beauty Brands, and (d) prepare for the separation, retention or disposition of specified portions of the business retained by P&G for which a required third-party consent is not obtained.

Subject to specified limitations set forth in the Transaction Agreement, P&G will not, and will not permit its subsidiaries to, without obtaining the prior written consent of Coty (which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed):

 

    (1) sell, pledge, dispose of, transfer, lease, license, guarantee, encumber or authorize the sale, pledge, disposition, transfer, lease, license, guarantee or encumbrance of any of the acquired property or assets that are (or would otherwise be) material Galleria Company assets (other than any dividend of cash from Galleria Company or its subsidiaries or any sale of inventory or obsolete equipment or obsolete inventory in the ordinary course of business), or (2) except in accordance with the Split Plan Agreement described under “Additional Agreements,” move any material acquired property or assets located at the acquired facilities other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

    acquire (including by merger, consolidation or acquisition of stock or assets) any interest in any entity or division thereof or any assets that would be acquired assets, other than in the ordinary course of business or acquisitions of assets in an aggregate amount not to exceed $200,000,000 (provided that no such acquisitions would reasonably be expected to delay or impede the completion of the Transactions);

 

    other than liabilities that will not be liabilities of Galleria Company, incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or issue any debt securities or assume, guarantee or endorse, or otherwise as an accommodation become responsible for, the obligations of any entity for borrowed money, except for indebtedness for borrowed money incurred in the ordinary course of business or in connection with transactions otherwise permitted by the Transaction Agreement and related agreements, indebtedness incurred to refinance any existing indebtedness or other indebtedness for borrowed money under existing credit facilities;

 

    in the case of Galleria Company, issue, sell, transfer, pledge or dispose of any shares of Galleria Company common stock, or any options, warrants, rights, subscriptions, claims of any character, agreements, obligations, convertible or exchangeable securities, or other commitments relating to Galleria Company common stock or any capital stock equivalent or other nominal interest;

 

    in the case of Galleria Company, split, combine, reclassify, redeem, repurchase, acquire (directly or indirectly) or encumber any shares of Galleria Company common stock, or any options, warrants, rights, subscriptions, claims of any character, agreements, obligations, convertible or exchangeable securities, or other commitments relating to Galleria Company common stock or any capital stock equivalent or other nominal interest;

 

   

to the extent related to P&G Beauty Brands, (1) make a material change in accounting or tax reporting principles, methods or policies, except as required by a change in GAAP, (2) make, change or revoke

 

- 196 -


Table of Contents
 

any material tax election or method of accounting on which tax reporting is based, (3) settle or compromise any material tax claim or liability, or enter into any material tax closing agreement, or (4) amend any tax return if, with respect to items (2), (3) and (4), such actions would increase the tax obligations of Galleria Company or its subsidiaries after the completion of the Transactions;

 

    (1) adopt, amend or terminate (partially or completely) any compensation and benefit plans, (2) increase the salaries, wage rates, target bonus opportunities, equity-based compensation, employee benefits or perquisites of any P&G Beauty Brands employee, (3) grant or pay any benefit or amount not required under any compensation and benefit plan to any P&G Beauty Brands employee, (4) grant or pay any severance or termination pay or increase the severance or termination pay of any P&G Beauty Brands employee, or (5) take any action to accelerate the vesting or payment of any compensation or benefit to any P&G Beauty Brands employee, except, in each case, in the ordinary course of business as applicable generally to P&G employees in the relevant jurisdictions, in connection with the adoption or amendment of compensation and benefit plans as are generally applicable to P&G employees in the relevant jurisdictions, or as required to comply with law, by the terms of any compensation and benefit plan, or by the terms of any agreement of P&G or its subsidiaries the existence of which does not constitute a breach of any representation, warranty or covenant in the Transaction Agreement;

 

    other than in the ordinary course of business, amend, modify, terminate (partially or completely), grant any waiver under or give any consent with respect to, or agree to take such actions with respect to, specified material contracts of P&G Beauty Brands and specified material contracts applicable to P&G Beauty Brands and P&G’s retained businesses, or enter into or assume any agreement that if in effect on the date of the Transaction Agreement would be such a material contract or material shared contract;

 

    license, grant any rights to or transfer any of the material acquired intellectual property or other material intellectual property owned, used or held for use by P&G Beauty Brands, other than grants of licenses in the ordinary course of business;

 

    abandon, cancel, let lapse, fail to renew, fail to continue to prosecute, protect or defend or otherwise dispose of any of the material acquired copyrights, designs, patents, trademarks and domain names or otherwise material to P&G Beauty Brands, other than failures to continue to prosecute, protect or defend in the ordinary course of business;

 

    enter into any settlement, or offer to enter into any settlement, or otherwise compromise or waive any material claims or rights of P&G Beauty Brands, in each case, that would materially and adversely affect Galleria Company or its subsidiaries or limit the ability of Galleria Company to conduct P&G Beauty Brands following the closing in any geographic area or in any other material respect;

 

    adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, restructuring, recapitalization or other reorganization of Galleria Company or its subsidiaries;

 

    amend the certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other governance documents of Galleria Company or its subsidiaries;

 

    hire or transfer any individual to become a P&G Beauty Brands employee except (1) in the ordinary course of business with respect to specified non-managerial level employees and (2) with respect to specified managerial or senior-level employees, (a) to fill an existing position within P&G Beauty Brands or (b) to fill a new position added to P&G Beauty Brands, provided that a new employee hired under clause (2)(b) will not be a P&G Beauty Brands employee following completion of the Transactions unless Coty elects that the employee will be a P&G Beauty Brands employee or if P&G determines in its sole discretion that failure to include the employee as a P&G Beauty Brands employee would materially increase the likelihood that the Intended Tax-Free Treatment would not apply to the Transactions;

 

- 197 -


Table of Contents
    transfer or terminate the employment of any P&G Beauty Brands employee except in the ordinary course of business with respect to specified non-managerial level employees or with respect to any termination of such employment for cause;

 

    establish or enter into expatriate or localization arrangements for any P&G Beauty Brands employee, subject to specified exceptions;

 

    change the status under the Transaction Agreement of any P&G Beauty Brands employee that is above a certain seniority level;

 

    make any change in any material method of accounting or accounting practice or policy with respect to P&G Beauty Brands or Galleria Company or its subsidiaries, except as otherwise permitted under the fifth bullet in this list or as required by applicable law or GAAP; or

 

    agree to take any of the foregoing actions.

Conduct of Coty’s Business

Coty and Merger Sub made specified covenants to P&G and Galleria Company regarding the operation of Coty’s business.

Except as provided for in the Transaction Agreement, from the date of the Transaction Agreement until the closing date of the Transactions, Coty is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to (1) conduct Coty’s business in the ordinary course of business in all material respects, (2) preserve (other than the sale of assets in the ordinary course of business) the material assets of Coty, (3) preserve in all material respects the material business relationships of Coty with customers, suppliers, manufacturers, distributors and others with whom Coty deals in the ordinary course of business, and (4) maintain the goodwill and reputation of Coty in all material respects. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, Coty may take actions as it determines in good faith are commercially reasonable to (a) respond to events resulting, in whole or in part, from the announcement of the Transaction Agreement, (b) consummate specified other transactions set forth in the disclosure letters, (c) preserve Coty’s business and existing material employee, customer and supplier relationships (including replacing any Coty employees who cease to be employed by Coty), and (d) seek to receive consents of third parties under certain license agreements relating to P&G Beauty Brands.

Except as provided in the Transaction Agreement, Coty will not, and will not permit its subsidiaries to, without obtaining the prior written consent of P&G (which will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed):

 

    sell, pledge, dispose of, transfer, lease, license, guarantee, encumber or authorize the sale, pledge, disposition, transfer, lease, license, guarantee or encumbrance of any property or assets that are (or would otherwise be) material to Coty (other than any sale of inventory or obsolete equipment or obsolete inventory in the ordinary course of business);

 

    declare, set aside, make or pay any dividends or other distribution, payable in cash, stock, property or otherwise, with respect to any of its capital stock (other than (1) regular annual cash dividends not in excess of $0.25 per share of Coty common stock declared and paid in the ordinary course and consistent with past practice and (2) dividends payable by a controlled subsidiary of Coty to Coty or another wholly owned subsidiary of Coty), enter any agreement with respect to the voting of Coty shares or purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock, preferred stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, stock-based performance units, phantom units, capital stock equivalents or similar synthetic instruments or other capital stock or nominal interests in Coty, or any options, warrants, rights, subscriptions, claims of any character, agreements, obligations, convertible or exchangeable securities, or other commitments, contingent or otherwise, pursuant to which Coty or its subsidiaries is or may become obligated to issue any of the foregoing or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for, or evidencing the right to subscribe for any of the foregoing;

 

- 198 -


Table of Contents
    acquire (including by merger, consolidation or acquisition of stock or assets) any interest in any entity or division thereof or any assets, other than in the ordinary course of business or acquisitions of assets in an aggregate amount not to exceed $200,000,000 (provided that no such acquisitions would reasonably be expected to delay or impede the completion of the Transactions);

 

    incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or issue any debt securities or assume, guarantee or endorse, or otherwise as an accommodation become responsible for, the obligations of any entity for borrowed money, except for indebtedness for borrowed money incurred in the ordinary course of business or in connection with transactions otherwise permitted by the Transaction Agreement and related agreements, indebtedness incurred to refinance any existing indebtedness or other indebtedness for borrowed money under existing credit facilities (without any increase in the aggregate amount outstanding thereunder on the date of the Transaction Agreement);

 

    other than in connection with the issuance of shares of Coty common stock in the Merger, issue, sell, transfer, pledge, retire, extinguish, terminate or dispose of any shares of its common stock, or any options, warrants, rights, subscriptions, claims of any character, agreements, obligations, convertible or exchangeable securities, or other commitments relating to its or its subsidiaries’ common stock or any capital stock equivalent or other nominal interest;

 

    (1) split, combine, reclassify, redeem, repurchase, acquire (directly or indirectly) or encumber any shares of its common stock, or any options, warrants, rights, subscriptions, claims of any character, agreements, obligations, convertible or exchangeable securities, or other commitments relating to its or its subsidiaries’ common stock or any capital stock equivalent or other nominal interest, or (2) take any action that would cause there to be any capital stock of Coty outstanding between the time the Galleria Stock Amount (as defined in “Helpful Information—Recapitalization”) is calculated and closing of the Merger, other than Coty common stock, the shares of Coty class B common stock to be converted into shares of Coty common stock prior to the closing and the Coty series A preferred stock;

 

    (1) make a material change in accounting or tax reporting principles, methods or policies, except as required by a change in GAAP, (2) make, change or revoke any material tax election or method of accounting on which tax reporting is based, (3) settle or compromise any material tax claim or liability, or (4) amend any tax return;

 

    (1) adopt, amend or terminate any compensation and benefit plans, (2) increase the salaries, wage rates, target bonus opportunities, equity-based compensation, employee benefits or perquisites of any Coty employees, (3) grant or pay any benefit or amount not required under any compensation and benefit plan to any Coty employee, (4) grant or pay any severance or termination pay or increase the severance or termination pay of any Coty employee, or (5) take any action to accelerate the vesting or payment of any compensation or benefit to any Coty employee, except, in each case, in the ordinary course of business as applicable generally to Coty employees in the relevant jurisdictions, in connection with the adoption or amendment of compensation and benefit plans as are generally applicable to Coty employees in the relevant jurisdictions, or as required to comply with law, by the terms of any compensation and benefit plan, or by the terms of any agreement of Coty or its subsidiaries the existence of which does not constitute a breach of any representation, warranty or covenant in the Transaction Agreement (except that, in no event will Coty issue or grant any shares of common stock, preferred stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, stock-based performance units, phantom units, capital stock equivalents or similar synthetic instruments or other capital stock or nominal interests in Coty or any options, warrants, rights, subscriptions, claims of any character, agreements, obligations, convertible or exchangeable securities or other commitments, contingent or otherwise pursuant to which Coty or its subsidiaries may be obligated to issue such shares or securities, between the time the Galleria Stock Amount is determined and the closing);

 

    license, grant any rights to or transfer any material intellectual property owned, used or held for use by Coty, other than grants of licenses in the ordinary course of business;

 

- 199 -


Table of Contents
    abandon, cancel, let lapse, fail to renew, fail to continue to prosecute, protect or defend or otherwise dispose of any material intellectual property assets of Coty, other than failures to continue to prosecute, protect or defend in the ordinary course of business;

 

    enter into any settlement, or offer to enter into any settlement, or otherwise compromise or waive any material claims or rights of Coty, in each case, that would materially and adversely affect Coty or limit the ability of Coty to conduct its business following the closing in any geographic area or in any other material respect;

 

    adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, restructuring, recapitalization or other reorganization of Coty or its subsidiaries;

 

    amend the certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other governance documents of Coty or its subsidiaries, except as expressly contemplated by the Transaction Agreement;

 

    make any change in any material method of accounting or accounting practice or policy with respect to Coty’s or its subsidiaries’ business, except as otherwise permitted under the fifth bullet in this list or as required by applicable law or GAAP;

 

    fail to comply with any requirements or other obligations under any securities laws that are applicable to Coty, including in respect of any reports, registration statements or other documents that are filed (or are required to be filed) with the SEC or any other governmental authority (including in respect of any reports that may be or are furnished rather than filed) that would materially and adversely affect Coty or limit the ability of Coty to complete the Transactions or otherwise conduct its business after the closing of the Merger in any geographic area or in any other material respect; or

 

    agree to take any of the foregoing actions.

Non-Solicitation and Board Recommendation

The Transaction Agreement provides that Coty will not, and will not permit its subsidiaries, officers, employees, agents, advisors, directors or other representatives to:

 

    solicit, initiate or encourage the submission of a “Coty Takeover Proposal,” as defined below; or

 

    participate in any discussions or negotiations regarding, or furnish to any person any information with respect to, or take any other actions to facilitate any inquiries or the making of any proposal that constitutes, or may reasonably be expected to lead to, a Coty Takeover Proposal.

However, prior to receipt of the approval of the Transactions by the Coty stockholders, Coty was permitted to furnish specified information pursuant to a confidentiality agreement or participate in discussions and negotiations if the failure to take such actions would be inconsistent with the fiduciary duties of the board of directors of Coty to the stockholders of Coty under applicable law, as determined in good faith after consulting with outside legal counsel, in response to a bona fide, written Coty Takeover Proposal:

 

    that is made by a person Coty’s board of directors determined, in good faith, after consulting with outside counsel and independent financial advisors, was reasonably capable of making a “Coty Superior Proposal,” as defined below;

 

    that the board of directors of Coty determined, in good faith, after consulting with its independent financial advisor, constituted or was reasonably likely to lead to a Coty Superior Proposal; and

 

    that was not solicited by Coty and that did not otherwise result from a breach of the non-solicitation covenant.

Holders representing more than a majority of the voting power of Coty have approved, by written consent, the issuance of shares of Coty common stock in connection with the Transactions. No further approval of Coty stockholders is required or being sought in connection with the Transactions.

 

- 200 -


Table of Contents

A “Coty Takeover Proposal” means:

 

    any proposal for a merger, consolidation, dissolution, recapitalization or other business combination involving Coty;

 

    any proposal or offer for the issuance by Coty of over 15% of its equity securities as consideration for the assets or securities of another person; or

 

    any proposal or offer to acquire in any manner, directly or indirectly, over 15% of the equity securities or consolidated assets of Coty, or assets or business that constitute over 15% of the consolidated revenues or net income of Coty, in each case other than the Transactions.

A “Coty Superior Proposal” means any bona fide proposal made by a third party to acquire more than 50% of the equity securities or all or substantially all the assets of Coty, pursuant to a tender or exchange offer, a merger, a consolidation, a liquidation or dissolution, a recapitalization, a sale of all or substantially all its assets or otherwise, on terms which the board of directors of Coty determines in its good-faith judgment after consulting with its independent financial advisor:

 

    to be superior from a financial point of view to the holders of Coty common stock than the Transactions, taking into account all the terms and conditions of such proposal and the Transaction Agreement (including any proposal by P&G to amend the terms of the Transactions); and

 

    is reasonably capable of being completed, taking into account all financial, regulatory, legal and other aspects of such proposal.

The Transaction Agreement also provides that Coty’s board of directors and its committees will not:

 

    withdraw or modify in a manner adverse to P&G or Galleria Company, or publicly propose to withdraw or modify in a manner adverse to P&G or Galleria Company, the approval, recommendation or declaration of advisability by the board of directors of Coty of the Transaction Agreement, the ancillary agreements or any of the Transactions, including the approval by Coty stockholders of the Transactions;

 

    approve, adopt or recommend, or permit Coty or its subsidiaries to enter into, any agreement relating to any Coty Takeover Proposal; or

 

    approve, adopt or recommend, or publicly propose to approve, adopt or recommend, any Coty Takeover Proposal.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if prior to receipt of the approval of the Transactions by the Coty stockholders, Coty’s board of directors received a Coty Superior Proposal, and reasonably determine in good faith, after consulting with outside legal counsel, that failure to take such action would be inconsistent with its fiduciary duties to the stockholders of Coty under applicable law, then on the fifth business day following P&G’s receipt of written notice from Coty, Coty’s board of directors was entitled to withdraw or modify its recommendation to Coty stockholders to approve the Transactions and, in connection therewith, recommend such Coty Superior Proposal, provided that (1) during such five-day period Coty was required to negotiate in good faith with P&G and Galleria Company regarding any modification to the Transaction Agreement proposed by P&G and Galleria Company, and (2) in the event of any material change to the material terms of such Coty Superior Proposal, Coty was required to have delivered to P&G an additional notice and the notice period would have recommenced.

In all cases, the Transaction Agreement provides that Coty must, as promptly as reasonably practicable (and in any case within 24 hours) advise P&G orally and in writing of any Coty Takeover Proposal or any inquiry with respect to or that could reasonably be expected to lead to any Coty Takeover Proposal, and the identity of the person making any such Coty Takeover Proposal or inquiry and the material terms of any such Coty Takeover Proposal or inquiry.

 

- 201 -


Table of Contents

Galleria Indebtedness

On January 26, 2016, Galleria Company, as initial borrower, entered into the Galleria Credit Agreement. Under the Transaction Agreement, the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities will remain outstanding, without amendment and without any amortization or other payments, until one year following the closing date of the Merger. However, if Galleria Company receives a bank letter, Galleria Company will be permitted to refinance the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities (as so refinanced, the “Refinanced Facility”) with new debt that has substantially similar terms, the same maturity date, and the same prepayment restrictions as the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Galleria Company must be and remain the primary obligor on the Refinanced Facility at all times during the remaining term. After the closing of the Merger, Coty and its subsidiaries may guarantee Galleria Company’s obligations under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities or the Refinanced Facility if, in each case, Galleria Company receives a bank letter stating that Galleria Company could be expected to borrow the principal amount of the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities or the Refinanced Facility, as the case may be, without a guarantee or other form of credit support from Coty or its subsidiaries (provided that such financing may be on terms less favorable than those contained in the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities or the Refinanced Facility, as the case may be). To the extent any prepayments of the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities or the Refinanced Facility are permitted after the first anniversary of the consummation of the Merger, such prepayments must be made, in each case, solely (1) out of Galleria Company’s operating cash flows generated on or after the Galleria Financing Closing Date, or (2) as otherwise required by the terms of the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities or the Refinanced Facility, as applicable.

Each of the arrangements in the following two bullets is referred to as an “Alternative Financing,” and the terms of any Alternative Financing must be consistent with the Intended Tax-Free Treatment as determined by P&G in its sole discretion.

 

    If any portion of the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities become, or would reasonably be expected to become, unavailable on the terms and conditions contemplated in the Galleria Company commitment letter, then Galleria Company must seek to obtain alternative financing, including from alternative sources, in an amount sufficient to replace any unavailable portion of the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities on terms and conditions that are substantially similar in all material respects to the terms of the Galleria Company commitment letter and after reasonable consultation with Coty.

 

    If the monies borrowed under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities are insufficient to fund the payment of the Recapitalization Amount by Galleria Company, then Galleria Company must seek to obtain additional financing, including from alternative sources, in an amount sufficient to borrow such additional monies as may be necessary to fund such shortfall, which additional financing must be on the most favorable terms reasonably available under the circumstances and after reasonable consultation with Coty (and, in a circumstance in which the amount of the funds available under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities, as reflected in the Galleria Company commitment letter, together with any additional financing obtained pursuant to this bullet, is insufficient to so fund the payment of the Recapitalization Amount, Coty and P&G will negotiate in good faith so as to provide P&G with equivalent value).

P&G and Coty will reasonably cooperate with Galleria Company in connection with obtaining the full amount under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities, including:

 

    using (and causing their respective subsidiaries to use) commercially reasonable efforts to assist Galleria Company in satisfying all conditions precedent to be satisfied by Galleria Company or its subsidiaries in the documentation relating to the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities;

 

    providing information regarding P&G Beauty Brands that is reasonably requested by the financing sources and their representatives;

 

    permitting the financing sources and their representatives access to P&G Beauty Brands and the relevant businesses of Coty, respectively;

 

- 202 -


Table of Contents
    participating in, and assisting with, marketing efforts related to the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities, including causing its management team and other representatives to participate in (1) meetings with prospective lenders, (2) bank meetings in connection with the financing, and (3) meetings with rating agencies and other parties deemed appropriate;

 

    causing members of their respective accounting firms to participate in drafting sessions related to the offering materials, if any, for the financing contemplated by the documentation relating to the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities; and

 

    delivering documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the PATRIOT Act.

Coty Financing

The Transaction Agreement provides that Coty will use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to arrange and obtain the refinancing of Coty’s existing outstanding indebtedness, which is referred to as the “Coty Financing,” including the receipt of funds as contemplated by the Coty commitment letter, and that P&G and Galleria Company will cooperate in a commercially reasonable manner with Coty in connection with the efforts of Coty to complete the Coty Financing.

On October 27, 2015, Coty entered into the Coty Credit Agreement with the other borrowers party thereto from time to time, the lenders from time to time party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other agents from time to time party thereto. The Coty Credit Agreement provides for the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities in the aggregate principal amount of $4.500 billion comprised of (i) a $1.500 billion five-year revolving credit facility, which includes up to $80.0 million in swingline loans available for short-term borrowings, (ii) a $1.750 billion five-year term loan A facility and (iii) a seven-year term loan B facility comprising of a $500.0 million tranche and a €665.0 million tranche. The revolving credit facility is available to be borrowed by Coty in pounds sterling, Swiss francs, Canadian dollars, euros and other currencies reasonably acceptable to the administrative agent and the revolving lenders. On October 27, 2015, the proceeds of the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities were used to refinance prior Coty credit facilities. The revolving credit facility will be used for working capital needs, general corporate purposes and other purposes not prohibited by the Coty Credit Agreement.

On April 8, 2016, Coty entered into the Incremental Agreement to the Coty Credit Agreement with the Dutch Borrower, certain subsidiaries of Coty party thereto, the incremental lenders party thereto and JPMCB, as administrative agent. The Incremental Agreement provides for an additional €140,000,000 in term A loan commitments and an additional €325,000,000 in term B loan commitments under the Coty Credit Agreement, all of which were borrowed by the Dutch Borrower as of the closing date of the Incremental Agreement. The proceeds were used by the Dutch Borrower to refinance certain intercompany indebtedness of the Dutch Borrower outstanding on the closing date of the Incremental Agreement, which funds were then used to partially repay amounts drawn on the Coty’s revolving credit facility. The loans made under the additional term A loan commitments have substantially identical terms to the existing term A loans under the Coty Credit Agreement, and the loans under the additional term B loan commitments have substantially identical terms to the term B loans denominated in euros under the Coty Credit Agreement.

See “Debt Financing—Coty Indebtedness.”

Stock Exchange Listing

Coty will use its reasonable best efforts to cause the shares of Coty common stock to be issued in connection with the Merger to be listed on the NYSE as of the effective time of the Merger, subject to official notice of issuance.

 

- 203 -


Table of Contents

Mutual Releases and Indemnification; Survival

Except as provided in the Tax Matters Agreement, none of the representations, warranties or agreements of Coty, P&G, Galleria Company or Merger Sub in the Transaction Agreement survive the closing, except (1) agreements relating to the Distribution, Merger, working capital adjustment, expenses and certain other miscellaneous agreements that by their terms are to be performed in whole or in part after the closing date of the Merger and (2) representations and warranties in the Transaction Agreement relating to inaccuracies in the information provided by the indemnifying party to the other party for inclusion in SEC filings, which survive for one year following the closing date of the Merger.

Both P&G and Galleria Company will release each other and specified related parties from any and all liabilities existing or arising from any acts or events occurring (or failing to occur) at or before the Separation or any conditions existing or alleged to have existed at or before the Separation.

In addition, under the Transaction Agreement, Coty and Galleria Company will, in general, be jointly and severally responsible to indemnify P&G against certain liabilities from losses relating to, arising out of or resulting from (whether prior to or following the closing of the Merger):

 

    Galleria Company’s liabilities and the liabilities of Galleria Company’s subsidiaries, including the failure to discharge or comply with any such liabilities;

 

    any breach by Coty, Galleria Company or any of their subsidiaries of any covenant to be performed by it pursuant to the Transaction Agreement or any ancillary agreement subsequent to the effective time of the Merger; or

 

    any breach by Coty, Galleria Company or any of their subsidiaries of their obligations in respect of specified ongoing agreements and representations and warranties.

Further, under the Transaction Agreement, P&G will (and will cause its subsidiaries to) indemnify Coty, Galleria Company and their subsidiaries against specified liabilities from claims relating to, arising out of or resulting from (whether prior to or following the closing):

 

    specified excluded liabilities, not to be assumed by Galleria Company or its subsidiaries, including the failure by P&G or any of its subsidiaries to discharge or comply with any of such excluded liabilities;

 

    any breach by P&G or its subsidiaries of any covenant to be performed by it pursuant to the Transaction Agreement or any ancillary agreement subsequent to the effective time of the Merger; or

 

    any breach by P&G or its subsidiaries of their obligations in respect of certain ongoing agreements and representations and warranties.

Specifically excluded from recoverable losses pursuant to the indemnification provisions in the Transaction Agreement are any punitive, exemplary, special or similar damages, indirect damages, consequential damages that are not reasonably foreseeable, damages based on diminution in value or damages computed on a multiple of earnings, cash flow or other financial measure, in each case, except to the extent awarded by a court of competent jurisdiction in connection with a third-party claim. The Transaction Agreement also includes provisions relating to the defense and settlement of third-party claims.

Dispute Resolution

Any claim by P&G or its subsidiaries, on the one hand, against Coty, Galleria Company or their subsidiaries, on the other hand, or vice versa, will be subject to a binding dispute resolution mechanism that involves negotiations between specified officers of the parties, followed by a right to commence litigation if such officers are unable to resolve the dispute within a specified amount of time.

 

- 204 -


Table of Contents

Other Covenants and Agreements

Subject to specified exceptions, P&G agreed not to, and not to permit its subsidiaries to, without obtaining the prior written consent of Coty, for 24 months after the closing date of the Merger, directly or indirectly, employ an employee of Galleria Company or its subsidiaries. Subject to specified exceptions, P&G also agreed not to, and not to permit its subsidiaries to, without obtaining the prior written consent of Coty, for 12 months after the closing date of the Merger, directly or indirectly, employ any employee of Coty or its subsidiaries who held a position with a seniority level of “Level F” or higher (as commonly referred to within Coty’s organization as of the date of the Transaction Agreement) and with whom P&G had direct contact through face-to-face meetings or conference calls during the negotiations of the Transactions.

Subject to specified exceptions, Coty agreed not to, and not to permit its subsidiaries to, without obtaining the prior written consent of P&G, for 12 months after the closing date of the Merger, directly or indirectly, employ any employee of P&G or its subsidiaries who held a position with a seniority level of “Band 3” or higher (as commonly referred to within P&G’s organization) and with whom Coty had direct contact through face-to-face meetings or conference calls during the negotiations of the Transactions.

Except as otherwise provided in the Transition Services Agreement, each party will provide access for a period of six years following the closing date of the Merger to specified shared information in its possession or control. The Transaction Agreement also addresses ownership of information, record retention and production of witnesses and treatment of privileged communications.

The Transaction Agreement also includes specified other covenants and agreements, including covenants (with certain exceptions specified in the Transaction Agreement) relating to:

 

    notification by each party to the other of any notice that a consent of a third party may be required in connection with the Transactions or of any action commenced or threatened against it or its affiliates relating to the completion of the Transactions;

 

    cooperation with respect to any public announcements regarding the Transactions;

 

    cooperation among the parties relating to the prompt preparation and filing of specified required filings with the SEC;

 

    cooperation in amending any of the transaction documents to the extent reasonably requested by either party to enable its counsel to deliver the tax opinions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement;

 

    P&G providing to Coty audited financial statements and interim financial statements of P&G Beauty Brands;

 

    cooperation with respect to the preparation of all documents and the making of all filings required in connection with the Distribution;

 

    Galleria Company’s discontinuation of the use of names retained by P&G;

 

    the removal of tangible assets from facilities transferred to Galleria Company (in the case of assets retained by P&G) or from facilities retained by P&G (in the case of assets transferred to Galleria Company);

 

    cooperation with respect to specified works council and similar notification requirements; and

 

    access to certain perfume oils and fragrances.

 

- 205 -


Table of Contents

Conditions to the Transactions

The respective obligations of P&G and Galleria Company to effect the Separation, Recapitalization, Distribution and Merger, and the respective obligations of Coty and Merger Sub to effect the Merger, are subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions (collectively referred to as the “joint conditions”):

 

    no preliminary or permanent injunction or other order will have been issued that would make the completion of the Transactions unlawful and no governmental authority will have instituted any action seeking to restrain, enjoin or otherwise prohibit completion of the Transactions which remains pending at the closing date of the Merger;

 

    all waiting periods under the HSR Act applicable to the Transactions will have terminated or expired and all other applicable pre-closing governmental approvals required under the antitrust laws of specified agreed-upon jurisdictions will have been obtained;

 

    the notifications, information and consultations, and co-determinations to and with the works councils, economic committees, unions and other representative bodies identified in P&G’s disclosure letter will have been made and all required consultations will have been conducted and completed;

 

    Coty stockholders will have approved the issuance of shares of Coty common stock in connection with the Merger and the amendment of Coty’s certificate of incorporation via written consent or otherwise, which approval was given by written consent of Coty stockholders as of July 9, 2015;

 

    the Coty common stock to be issued in the Merger will have been authorized for listing on the NYSE, subject to notice of official issuance;

 

    specified required filings with the SEC will have become effective under the Securities Act and will not be the subject of any stop order or proceedings seeking a stop order, and (1) if the Distribution is effected in whole or in part as a split-off, the offer period and any extensions thereof in the exchange offer required by applicable securities laws will have expired, or (2) if the Distribution is effected in whole or in part as a spin-off, the applicable notice periods required by applicable stock exchange rules or securities laws will have expired; and

 

    the information statement will have been mailed to Coty stockholders in accordance with the Transaction Agreement at least 20 days prior to the closing date and the issuance of Coty common stock in connection with the Merger and the amendment to Coty’s certificate of incorporation will be permitted by Regulation 14C of the Exchange Act (including Rule 14c-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) and the requirements of the NYSE.

In addition, the obligation of Coty and Merger Sub to effect the Merger is subject to the satisfaction of the following additional conditions (each of which may be waived by Coty unless otherwise provided in the Transaction Agreement):

 

    all covenants of P&G under the Transaction Agreement and the ancillary agreements to be performed on or before the completion of the Transactions will have been performed by P&G in all material respects;

 

    the representations and warranties of P&G with respect to the capital structure of Galleria Company will be true and correct in all but de minimis respects as of the closing date of the Merger with the same effect as if made on the closing date of the Merger;

 

    the representation and warranty of P&G that, since March 31, 2015, there has not occurred any event, occurrence or condition which has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect with regards to P&G Beauty Brands, will be true and correct in all respects as of the closing date of the Merger with the same effect as if made on the closing date of the Merger;

 

   

all other representations and warranties of P&G will be true and correct in all respects as of the closing date of the Merger with the same effect as if made on the closing date of the Merger (except for representations and warranties made as of a date other than the date of the Transaction Agreement,

 

- 206 -


Table of Contents
 

which will be true and correct only as of the specified date), with only such exceptions as would not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on P&G Beauty Brands;

 

    Coty will have received a written opinion, dated as of the closing date of the Merger, from McDermott Will & Emery LLP, its special tax counsel, to the effect that the Merger will be treated for federal income tax purposes as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code; and

 

    P&G will have delivered to Coty an officer’s certificate to the effect that each of the conditions specified in the first four bullets above has been satisfied.

In addition, the obligation of P&G and Galleria Company to effect the Separation, Recapitalization, Distribution and Merger is subject to the satisfaction of the following additional conditions (each of which may be waived by P&G unless otherwise provided in the Transaction Agreement):

 

    all covenants of Coty under the Transaction Agreement and the ancillary agreements to be performed on or before the completion of the Transactions will have been performed by Coty in all material respects;

 

    the representations and warranties of Coty with respect to its capital structure will be true and correct in all material respects as of the closing date of the Merger with the same effect as if made on the closing date of the Merger;

 

    the representation and warranty of Coty that, since March 31, 2015, there has not occurred any event, occurrence or condition which has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect with regards to Coty, will be true and correct in all respects as of the closing date of the Merger with the same effect as if made on the closing date of the Merger;

 

    all other representations and warranties of Coty will be true and correct in all respects as of the closing date of the Merger with the same effect as if made on the closing date of the Merger (except for representations and warranties made as of a date other than the date of the Transaction Agreement, which will be true and correct only as of the specified date), with only such exceptions as would not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on Coty;

 

    P&G will have received a written opinion, dated as of the closing date of the Distribution, from Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP, its special tax counsel, to the effect that the (i) Merger will be treated for federal income tax purposes as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code; (ii) Galleria Transfer, taken together with the Distribution, should qualify as a tax-free reorganization pursuant to Section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, (iii) Distribution, as such, should qualify as a distribution to P&G shareholders pursuant to Section 355 of the Code and (iv) the Merger should not cause Section 355(e) of the Code to apply to the Distribution;

 

    subject to certain obligations to extend the expiration date of the exchange offer, if P&G elects to effect the Distribution by way of an exchange offer, P&G shareholders will have validly tendered and not properly withdrawn before the expiration of the exchange offer enough shares of P&G common stock such that P&G will distribute to its shareholders in the exchange offer a percentage of the shares of Galleria Company common stock issued to P&G that exceeds the Minimum Condition; provided, however, that, at any time prior to the Expiration Date, P&G in its reasonable judgment and after consultation with Coty may reapply the agreed-upon formula used to calculate the Minimum Condition using updated information reflecting the then-current data or otherwise increase the Minimum Condition by the minimum amount necessary, in each case, to ensure that the agreed-upon minimum amount of P&G common stock is tendered;

 

    no Coty SEC Event (as defined below) will have occurred;

 

    Coty will have irrevocably confirmed to P&G in writing that each condition to Coty’s obligation to effect the closing of the Transactions, as provided in the first and second paragraphs of this “—Conditions to the Transactions” section, will have been satisfied or waived (other than those conditions that, by their nature, are to be satisfied contemporaneously with the closing of the Transactions);

 

- 207 -


Table of Contents
    Coty will have delivered to P&G an officer’s certificate to the effect that each of the conditions specified in the first four bullets above has been satisfied; and

 

    there will be no shares of Coty common stock, preferred stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, stock-based performance units, phantom units, capital stock equivalents or similar synthetic instruments or other capital stock or nominal interests in Coty outstanding, other than shares of Coty common stock (including restricted stock units convertible into Coty common stock, Coty options and phantom units) and Coty series A preferred stock.

In addition, the obligations of the parties to effect the Merger are subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions:

 

    the Separation and Recapitalization shall have been completed; and

 

    the Distribution shall have been completed.

A “Coty SEC Event” means the occurrence of one or more of the following:

 

    Coty having published or become obligated to publish a press release or file or become obligated to file a report with the SEC to the effect that Coty’s prior financial statements or reports filed with the SEC may no longer be relied upon;

 

    Coty having failed to timely file (after giving effect to the extension provided pursuant to Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act if a Form 12b-25 is filed by Coty) with the SEC any of its Annual Reports on Form 10-K or Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q that are required to be filed prior to the closing of the Merger;

 

    Coty having made a filing that discloses (or Coty shall have become required to disclose) the existence of any material weaknesses in the effectiveness of Coty’s internal control over financial reporting (as such concept is defined in Rule 1-02(a) of Regulation S-X), as of the requisite date;

 

    Coty having publicly announced or disclosed that the audit committee of Coty’s board of directors (or other similarly empowered committee of the board or the board itself) is conducting an investigation with respect to the material reliability or accuracy of Coty’s financial statements;

 

    Coty or any governmental authority having publicly announced or disclosed that a governmental authority is conducting an investigation with respect to the material reliability or accuracy of Coty’s financial statements; or

 

    Coty or any of its directors or executive officers having been named as a party to any criminal proceeding with respect to alleged criminal conduct where such conduct relates to Coty’s business;

provided, however, that (A) no event resulting from, relating to or arising out of matters disclosed by Coty (1) in its SEC filings publicly filed or furnished with the SEC at least two business days prior to the date of the Transaction Agreement (other than forward-looking disclosures set forth in any risk factor section, any disclosures in any section relating to forward-looking statements and any other similar disclosures included therein to the extent they are primarily cautionary in nature or in the general description of accounting principles in the footnotes to the audited or unaudited financial statements included in Coty’s SEC filings) or (2) in Coty’s disclosure letter, will be an “Coty SEC Event” and (B):

 

    with respect to the first bullet in the definition of “Coty SEC Event,” at least one of the following must also be true:

 

    Coty shall have failed to remedy the underlying issues and publicly confirmed that the financial statements filed or published with the SEC prior thereto fairly present, in all material respects, Coty’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations of Coty (such confirmation is referred to as the “GAAP Compliant Confirmation”) within 120 days of the date on which it published or became obligated to publish or filed or became obligated to file such press release or report referenced in the first bullet in the definition of “Coty SEC Event”; or

 

- 208 -


Table of Contents
    both (1) the average (measured as an arithmetic mean) of the daily volume weighted averages of the trading prices of Coty common stock, as such prices are reported on the NYSE composite tape, for certain specified time periods, is equal to 80% of such average trading price on the trading day immediately preceding the Disclosure Date (as defined below) (and such decline is disproportionate in a non-de minimis respect to a decline in the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index calculated in the same manner) and (2) such average trading price of Coty common stock is less than $20.00 on any one of the following days: any of the 40th through 50th trading days following the Disclosure Date, the 10th trading day after the date on which Coty makes the GAAP Compliant Confirmation, and, if the Disclosure Date is less than 40 trading days prior to the commencement of the exchange offer if such option is chosen by P&G, such date of commencement (this bullet describes the “minimum price decline requirement”);

 

    with respect to the second bullet in the definition of “Coty SEC Event,” at least one of the following must also be true:

 

    Coty shall have failed to cure the relevant problem within 120 days of the date on which the event referenced in the second bullet in the definition of “Coty SEC Event” takes place by, as applicable, filing the late Annual Report on Form 10-K or Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q with the SEC; or

 

    the minimum price decline requirement shall have occurred; and

 

    with respect to the third, fourth, fifth and sixth bullets in the definition of “Coty SEC Event,” the minimum price decline requirement shall have occurred (provided, that for purposes of this bullet, the only measurement dates for the minimum price decline requirement will be (1) the 45th trading day after the Disclosure Date, and (2) if the Disclosure Date is less than 45 trading days prior to the date an exchange offer is commenced, the commencement date of the exchange offer).

The “Disclosure Date” means, in respect of the relevant Coty SEC Event, the earlier of (1) the date on which such event is publicly disclosed, (2) the date on which there are widely publicized rumors or other similar market speculation of the occurrence of the event or (3) in respect of the events referenced in the second bullet under the definition of “Coty SEC Event” above, the date on which the relevant filing was required to be filed with the SEC (after giving effect to any extension provided pursuant to Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act).

Termination of the Transaction Agreement

Termination Rights

The Transaction Agreement may be terminated and the Transactions may be abandoned at any time prior to the closing date of the Merger in the following manner:

 

    by mutual written consent of P&G and Coty;

 

    by either P&G or Coty if:

 

    the closing date of the Merger does not occur on or prior to January 31, 2017, unless the failure of the closing to occur by that date is due to the failure of the party seeking to terminate the Transaction Agreement to perform or observe in all material respects the covenants of such party under the Transaction Agreement; or

 

    any law makes the completion of the Transactions illegal or otherwise prohibited (other than those having only an immaterial effect and that do not impose criminal liability or penalties) or any governmental authority issues an order or takes any other action permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting any material component of the Transactions, and such order becomes final and non-appealable;

 

- 209 -


Table of Contents
    by P&G if:

 

    Coty or Merger Sub breaches any of its representations and warranties or covenants contained in the Transaction Agreement, which breach would give rise to the failure of a condition in the Transaction Agreement and cannot be or has not been cured within 60 days after the giving of written notice to Coty of such breach (or, if earlier, January 31, 2017);

 

    any of P&G’s conditions to its obligation to complete the Transactions become incapable of fulfillment and are not waived by P&G;

 

    P&G has commenced an exchange offer and such exchange offer is not completed as a result of the failure of the Minimum Condition to be satisfied on the applicable scheduled expiration date of such exchange offer; or

 

    an irrevocable written consent of Coty stockholders representing at least 50.1% of the voting power represented by the outstanding shares of Coty common stock approving the amendment of Coty’s certificate of incorporation and the issuance of Coty common stock in the Merger has not been delivered to P&G within 24 hours after the execution of the Transaction Agreement, which consent was executed and delivered to P&G on July 9, 2015; or

 

    by Coty if:

 

    P&G or Galleria Company breaches any of its representations and warranties or covenants contained in the Transaction Agreement, which breach would give rise to the failure of a condition in the Transaction Agreement and cannot be or has not been cured within 60 days of written notice to P&G of such breach (or, if earlier, January 31, 2017); or

 

    any of Coty’s conditions to its obligation to complete the Transactions become incapable of fulfillment and are not waived by Coty.

Effect of Termination

In the event of termination by P&G or Coty, written notice will be given to the other party and the Transaction Agreement and ancillary agreements will terminate without further action by the parties. Each party will return or destroy all documents, copies and other material received from the other party.

If the Transaction Agreement is terminated, it will become void and of no further force and effect, except that the provisions relating to publicity, termination fees and expenses, termination and the miscellaneous provisions will survive the termination. None of the provisions described under this “—Termination of the Transaction Agreement” section will be deemed to release any party from any liability for a deliberate breach by such party of the terms and provisions of the Transaction Agreement, which includes (1) a material breach of a representation or warranty that the party making such representation or warranty had knowledge was false at the time it was made, or (2) a material breach of a covenant by a party where such party had knowledge at the time that the action so taken or omitted to be taken constituted a breach of such covenant.

In addition, Coty may be responsible to pay P&G specified fees as described under “—Covenants—Fees and Expenses.”

 

- 210 -


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

On July 8, 2015, P&G and Coty entered into the Split Plan Agreement. In connection with the completion of the Transactions, P&G, Galleria Company and Coty will enter into additional agreements in order to aid in the transfer and transition of Galleria Company from P&G to Coty. These agreements include a Transition Services Agreement, a Tax Matters Agreement and certain license agreements for intellectual property. The descriptions below of such agreements are qualified in their entirety by reference to the respective agreements, which are incorporated by reference herein. See also “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference.”

Split Plan Agreement

P&G currently manufactures specified products for P&G Beauty Brands in Mariscala, Mexico and in Bangkok, Thailand, where it also manufactures products for P&G’s retained businesses. P&G and Coty have entered into a Split Plan Agreement pursuant to which the parties will agree on a final plan for splitting the Mariscala and Bangkok facilities. Pursuant to the Split Plan Agreement, P&G will execute and implement the final plan and hire or authorize the hiring of any required contractor, subcontractor or consultant acting reasonably and in good faith. The parties agreed that all activities relating to the separation of the facilities will be carried out under the direction of P&G and that P&G and Coty will bear the costs and expenses relating to the separation of any assets or property in connection with the Split Plan Agreement equally. The transfer of title to Galleria Company for the transferred portion of the Mariscala and Bangkok facilities will occur as of the closing date of the Distribution.

Transition Services Agreement

In connection with the Transaction Agreement, Galleria Company and P&G will enter into a Transition Services Agreement, effective as of the closing of the Merger. To facilitate the transition of Galleria to Coty, under the Transition Services Agreement, P&G will provide Galleria Company, on a fee-for-services basis, with specified services for a limited period of time following consummation of the Merger.

The Transition Services Agreement will also address specified matters with respect to the provision of such services, including the management of the relationship between the parties, the use of each other’s facilities, technology, software and proprietary rights, and company data and access to P&G systems used to provide the services.

The term of the Transition Services Agreement will be for a period of six months after the completion of the Transactions, except in the case of specified services for which the term may be extended in one month increments for up to an aggregate of six additional months beyond the initial six-month term, in each case, unless earlier terminated as provided in the agreement. Galleria Company will generally be able to terminate the Transition Services Agreement or any services provided for a particular functional service area by giving 30 days prior notice to P&G, provided that an individual service within a functional area may only be terminated if it can be segregated from the other services within the functional area. Galleria Company and P&G will be able to terminate the Transition Services Agreement for cause, including for non-payment, if a breach is not cured within 30 days after notice of such breach.

Tax Matters Agreement

The Tax Matters Agreement among P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub, to be entered into on the closing date of the Merger, addresses specified tax issues, including the allocation of tax liability (such as the circumstances under which an indemnity from one party to another may be required, as described below), tax return filing and payment obligations, specified representations and warranties related to the tax-free treatment of the Distribution, Merger and related transactions (as described in further detail below), tax contests, cooperation and dispute resolution.

 

- 211 -


Table of Contents

The Tax Matters Agreement will require that the Coty Group, for a two-year period following the closing of the Merger, generally avoid taking specified actions. These limitations are designed to restrict actions that might cause the Distribution to be treated under section 355(e) of the Code as part of a plan or series of related transactions under which a direct or indirect 50% or greater interest (by vote or value) in Galleria Company stock is acquired (including through acquisitions of Coty stock after the Merger) or that could otherwise cause the Distribution to become taxable to P&G. Unless Coty delivers an unqualified opinion of tax counsel reasonably acceptable to P&G, confirming that a proposed action would not cause the Transactions to become taxable, Coty and Galleria Company are each prohibited during the two-year period following the closing of the Merger from:

 

    subject to specified exceptions, issuing stock (or stock equivalents), recapitalizing, repurchasing, redeeming or otherwise participating in acquisitions of its stock;

 

    amending its certificate of incorporation or other organizational documents to affect the voting rights of its stock;

 

    merging or consolidating with another entity, or liquidating or partially liquidating, except for any merger, consolidation, liquidation or partial liquidation that is disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

    discontinuing, selling, transferring or ceasing to maintain the Galleria Company active business under section 355(b) of the Code;

 

    taking any action that permits a proposed acquisition of Coty stock or Galleria Company stock to occur by means of an agreement to which none of Coty, Galleria Company or their affiliates is a party (including by soliciting a tender offer for Galleria Company stock or Coty stock, participating in or otherwise supporting any unsolicited tender offer for such stock or redeeming rights under a shareholder rights plan with respect to such stock); and

 

    engaging in other actions or transactions that could jeopardize the tax-free status of the Distribution, Merger and/or certain related transactions.

The Coty Group would be required to indemnify P&G against tax-related losses ( e.g ., increased taxes, penalties and interest required to be paid by P&G) if the Distribution were taxable to P&G as a result of the acquisition of a 50% or greater interest (by vote or value) in Coty as part of a plan or series of related transactions that included the Distribution, except where such acquisition would not have been taxable but for P&G’s breach of certain provisions described in the Tax Matters Agreement. In addition, the Coty Group would be required to indemnify P&G for any tax liabilities resulting from the failure of the Merger to qualify as a reorganization under section 368(a) of the Code or the failure of the Distribution to qualify as a tax-free reorganization under sections 355 and 368(a) of the Code (including, in each case, failure to so qualify under a similar provision of state or local law) to the extent that such failure is attributable to a breach of certain representations and warranties by Coty or certain actions or omissions of the Coty Group. Tax-related losses attributable both to actions or omissions by the Coty Group, on the one hand, and actions or omissions by P&G, on the other hand, would be shared according to the relative fault of Coty and P&G. Except as described above, P&G would not be entitled to indemnification under the Tax Matters Agreement with respect to any taxable gain that it recognized in the Distribution. To the extent that Coty has any liability for any taxes of P&G, Galleria Company or any of their affiliates with respect to the Transactions that do not result from actions or omissions for which the Coty Group is liable as described above, P&G must indemnify Coty for such tax-related losses.

Shared Technology License Agreements

P&G and Galleria Company will enter into a Parent Shared Technology License Agreement, effective on the closing date of the Transactions, pursuant to which P&G will license to Galleria Company specified intellectual property that is used in both P&G Beauty Brands and P&G’s retained businesses, and which is being retained by P&G. The Parent Shared Technology License Agreement will continue until terminated, except with respect to specified limited exceptions under which the license terminates two years after the completion of the Transactions.

 

- 212 -


Table of Contents

P&G and Galleria Company will also enter into a SplitCo Shared Technology License Agreement, effective on the closing date of the Transactions, pursuant to which Galleria Company will license to P&G specified intellectual property that is used in both P&G Beauty Brands and P&G’s retained businesses, and which is being transferred to Galleria Company or its subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions. The SplitCo Shared Technology License Agreement will continue until terminated.

Trademark License Agreements

P&G and Galleria Company will enter into a Parent Trademark License Agreement, effective on the closing date of the Transactions, in respect of specified trademarks owned by P&G or its subsidiaries. Pursuant to this agreement, P&G will grant to Galleria Company licenses to use specified Olay, Outlast and Sassoon trademarks on either a non-exclusive or exclusive basis, depending on the trademark, in specified channels and territories. With respect to a license of specified products, the license grant for Galleria Company to use the Olay trademark will terminate on the second anniversary of the closing of the Transactions. Otherwise, the Parent Trademark License Agreement continues unless otherwise terminated in accordance with its terms.

In addition, P&G and Galleria Company will enter into a SplitCo Trademark License Agreement, effective on the closing date of the Transactions, in respect of specified trademarks that will be transferred to Galleria Company or its subsidiaries upon completion of the Transactions. Pursuant to this agreement, Galleria Company will grant to P&G licenses to use certain Wella, Clairol and Silvikrin trademarks on either a non-exclusive or exclusive basis, depending on the trademark, in specified channels and territories. The SplitCo Trademark License Agreement terminates on the second anniversary of the closing of the Transactions.

Coexistence Agreement

P&G and Galleria Company will enter into a Coexistence Agreement, effective on the closing date of the Transactions, with respect to specified secondary trademarks that are transferred to Galleria Company in connection with the Transactions that are similar to specified retained trademarks of P&G. Under the Coexistence Agreement, the parties will agree to use such trademarks solely as a subsidiary trademark in connection with house marks and not to object to the other party’s use or registration of such trademarks.

 

- 213 -


Table of Contents

DEBT FINANCING

Coty Indebtedness

On October 27, 2015, Coty entered into the Coty Credit Agreement with the other borrowers party thereto from time to time, the lenders from time to time party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other agents from time to time party thereto. The Coty Credit Agreement provides for the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities in the aggregate principal amount of $4.500 billion comprised of (i) a $1.500 billion five-year revolving credit facility, which includes up to $80.0 million in swingline loans available for short-term borrowings, (ii) a $1.750 billion five-year term loan A facility and (iii) a seven-year term loan B facility comprising of a $500.0 million tranche and a €665.0 million tranche. The revolving credit facility is available to be borrowed by Coty in pounds sterling, Swiss francs, Canadian dollars, euros and other currencies reasonably acceptable to the administrative agent and the revolving lenders.

On October 27, 2015, the proceeds of the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities were used to refinance (i) that certain credit agreement, dated as of April 2, 2013, among Coty, the lenders from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and (ii) that certain credit agreement, dated as of March 24, 2015, among Coty, the lenders from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and pay fees, costs and expenses related to the transactions contemplated by the Coty Credit Agreement. The revolving credit facility will also be used for working capital needs, general corporate purposes and other purposes not prohibited by the Coty Credit Agreement. Immediately following the closing of the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities, $220 million was outstanding under the revolving credit facility.

Guarantors

Pursuant to the Guaranty Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2015, by and among Coty, its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries signatory thereto and any other wholly owned subsidiary who may become a party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, the obligations of Coty under the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities are guaranteed by certain of Coty’s wholly owned domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain carve-outs and exceptions.

Security

Pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2015, by and among Coty, its wholly owned domestic subsidiaries signatory thereto and any other wholly owned domestic subsidiary who may become a party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as collateral agent, the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities are secured, subject to certain carve-outs and exceptions, by a first priority lien on substantially all of the assets of Coty and such wholly owned domestic subsidiaries.

Interest Rate; Commitment Fee

The interest rate applicable to any borrowings under the term loan A facility and the revolving credit facility will accrue at a rate equal to, at Coty’s option, either LIBOR plus a margin of 1.00% per annum or a base rate plus a margin of 0.50% per annum, which margins are subject to certain step-downs based on Coty’s total net leverage ratio. The interest rate applicable to any borrowings under the term loan B facility will accrue at a rate equal to (a) for U.S. dollar term loans, at Coty’s option, either LIBOR (subject to a 0.75% floor) plus a margin of 3.00% or a base rate plus a margin of 2.00%, and (b) for euro term loans, EURIBOR (subject to a 0.75% floor) plus a margin of 2.75%. Coty will pay to the revolving lenders an unused commitment fee calculated at a rate per annum equal to 0.50%, subject to certain step-ups and step-downs based on Coty’s total net leverage ratio.

 

- 214 -


Table of Contents

Repayment; Maturity

The term loan A facility amortizes in equal quarterly installments of 1.25% of the original principal amount of the term loan A facility, with the balance due on October 27, 2020. The term loan B facility amortizes in equal quarterly installments of 0.25% of the original principal amount of the term loan B facility, with the balance due on October 27, 2022. The revolving credit facility will mature on October 27, 2020.

Mandatory Prepayments

The Coty Credit Agreement requires that Coty make mandatory prepayments, subject to customary carve-outs and exceptions, equal to (i) 100% of debt issuances, excluding permitted debt and certain carve-outs, (ii) 100% of asset sales, subject to certain step-downs based on Coty’s secured net leverage ratio and (iii) 50% of excess cash flow, subject to certain step-downs based on Coty’s secured net leverage ratio and credits for voluntary prepayments.

Representations; Covenants; Events of Default

The Coty Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties by Coty and its restricted subsidiaries, including customary use of materiality, material adverse effect and knowledge qualifiers. The Coty Credit Agreement also contains (a) certain affirmative covenants that impose certain reporting and/or performance obligations on Coty and its restricted subsidiaries, (b) certain negative covenants that generally limit, subject to various exceptions, Coty and its restricted subsidiaries from taking certain actions, including, without limitation, incurring indebtedness, making investments, incurring liens, paying dividends and engaging in mergers and consolidations, sale and leasebacks and asset dispositions, (c) a financial covenant in the form of a total net leverage ratio applicable to the term loan A facility and the revolving credit facility and (d) customary events of default (including a change of control) for financings of this type. Obligations under the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities may be declared due and payable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of customary events of default.

Galleria Indebtedness

Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On January 26, 2016, Galleria Company, as initial borrower, entered into the Galleria Credit Agreement. The Galleria Credit Agreement provides for the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities comprised of (i) a $2.000 billion five-year term loan A facility, (ii) a $1.000 billion seven-year term loan B facility and (iii) a $1.500 billion five-year revolving credit facility. The loans will initially be made to Galleria Company. The payment of amounts due under the term loan facilities and the revolving credit facility will initially be guaranteed by all existing and future direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries of Galleria Company, subject to certain exceptions, and after the consummation of the Merger and to the extent the requirements of the Transaction Agreement are satisfied will also be guaranteed by Coty and all subsidiaries of Coty that guarantee the indebtedness under the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities. After the Galleria Financing Closing Date, the loans will be senior secured obligations of Galleria Company, secured by substantially all of the assets of the borrower and each guarantor.

The “Galleria Financing Closing Date” means the date of the initial funding (other than in connection with the escrow funding of the term loan B facility on January 26, 2016) under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities. No additional funds will be available to be drawn prior to the Galleria Financing Closing Date. On the Galleria Financing Closing Date, up to $2.900 billion plus the aggregate amount of fees and expenses required to be paid will be available to be drawn in aggregate across the term loan A facility and the revolving credit facility. The remainder of the term loan A facility will be available to be drawn on the Recapitalization Date and payable at maturity, subject to the scheduled amortization described below. After the Galleria Financing Closing Date, the revolving credit facility may be drawn down from time to time after the Merger and is payable at maturity.

 

- 215 -


Table of Contents

On January 26, 2016, the term loan B facility was funded into escrow and will be available to be drawn on the “Escrow Release Date” (which will occur on or within one business day following on the Recapitalization Date) and is payable at maturity, subject to the scheduled amortization described below. Starting on the Galleria Financing Closing Date to but excluding the date upon which the revolving credit facility terminates, a fee of 0.50% per annum, subject to step-downs to 0.375% upon achievement of a total net leverage ratio less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00 but greater than 2.00 to 1.00, and to 0.25% upon achievement of a total net leverage ratio less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 (calculated on a 360-day basis) will be payable on the unused portions of the revolving credit facility on a quarterly basis.

Following the first anniversary of the consummation of the Merger, the term loan A facility will amortize in equal quarterly installments of 1.25% of the original principal amount of the term loan A facility, with the balance due on the date that is five years following the Galleria Financing Closing Date. Following the first anniversary of the consummation of the Merger, the term loan B facility will amortize in equal quarterly installments of 0.25% of the original principal amount of the term loan B facility, with the balance due on the date that is seven years following the Galleria Financing Closing Date. The revolving credit facility will mature on the date that is five years following the Galleria Financing Closing Date.

Galleria Incremental Facility

Galleria Company may, subject to specified customary conditions, on one or more occasions borrow additional term loans (together with the loans under the term loan A and term loan B facilities and/or increase commitments under the revolving credit facility, collectively, the “Galleria Incremental Facility”) up to the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all voluntary prepayments and voluntary commitment reductions of the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities or incremental equivalent debt (in each case, not funded with proceeds of long-term indebtedness) plus (ii) an unlimited amount at any time so long as the first lien net leverage ratio does not exceed 3.50 to 1.00 subject to certain conditions. Each lender will have discretion to determine whether it will participate in the Galleria Incremental Facility.

Guarantors

All existing and future direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries of Galleria Company will, from and after the Galleria Financing Closing Date, guarantee the payment of the obligations under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities, subject to specified exceptions including but not limited to any direct or indirect domestic subsidiary substantially all the assets of which are the equity or debt of one or more foreign subsidiaries (each, a “Domestic Foreign Holdco”) and any direct or indirect domestic subsidiary of a direct or indirect foreign subsidiary. Upon consummation of the Merger, to the extent the requirements of the Transaction Agreement are satisfied, the payment of the obligations under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities will also be guaranteed by Coty and all subsidiaries of Coty that guarantee the indebtedness under the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Security

The obligations under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities will, from and after the Galleria Financing Closing Date, be secured by a first-priority security interest in, subject to specified exceptions, the following:

 

    all of the assets, material fee-owned real property (after the consummation of the Merger) and personal property, of Galleria Company and each guarantor, subject to specified exceptions;

 

    from and after the consummation of the Merger, all present and future intercompany debt owing to Galleria Company and each guarantor;

 

   

from and after the consummation of the Merger, all shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) Galleria Company and the wholly owned restricted subsidiaries of Galleria Company

 

- 216 -


Table of Contents
 

and each guarantor (limited, in the case of each entity that is a Domestic Foreign Holdco, to 65% of the voting stock of each such entity); and

 

    all proceeds and products of the property and assets described above.

Interest Rates

The Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities will bear interest at rates equal to, at Galleria Company’s option, either:

 

    the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or Euro Interbank Offered Rate (“EURIBOR”) depending on if the draw is in U.S. dollars or euros plus the Applicable Margin (as defined below); or

 

    an alternate base rate equal to the highest of (1) JPMCB’s prime rate, (2) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (3) one-month LIBOR plus 1.0%, in each case plus the Applicable Margin.

In the case of the term loan A facility and revolving credit facility, the “Applicable Margin” means (1) until delivery of the financial statements for the first full fiscal quarter after the Galleria Financing Closing Date, 1.50% per annum, in the case of LIBOR/EURIBOR advances, and 0.50% per annum, in the case of alternate base rate advances, and (2) thereafter, a percentage per annum to be determined in accordance with a leverage-based pricing grid below:

 

Pricing Tier

  

Total Net
Leverage Ratio

   Adjusted
LIBOR/EURIBOR

plus
  Alternative Base
Rate
plus

1

   ³ 5.00:1.00    2.00%   1.00%

2

   <5.00:1.00 but ³ 4.00:1.00    1.75%   0.75%

3

  

<4.00:1.00 but

³ 2.75:1.00

   1.50%   0.50%

4

  

<2.75:1.00 but

³ 2.00:1.00

   1.25%   0.25%

5

  

<2.00:1.00 but

³ 1.50:1.00

   1.125%   0.125%

6

   <1.50:1.00    1.00%   0%

In the case of the term loan B facility, the “Applicable Margin” means 3.00% per annum, in the case of LIBOR/EURIBOR advances, and 2.00% per annum, in the case of alternate base rate advances. With respect to the term loan B facility, in no event will (i) LIBOR or EURIBOR be deemed to be less than 0.75% per annum and (ii) alternate base rate be deemed to be less than 1.75% per annum.

Galleria Company may select interest periods of one, two, three or six months (or, if agreed by all relevant lenders, 12 months or a shorter period) for LIBOR/EURIBOR advances. Interest will be payable at the end of the selected interest period, but no less frequently than quarterly. Interest in the case of alternate base rate loans will be payable quarterly in arrears.

Scheduled Amortization

Following the first anniversary of the consummation of the Merger, the term loan A facility will be subject to quarterly amortization of principal in annual amounts as follows:

 

  (1) 5% of the initial aggregate term loan A amount to be payable each year thereafter; and

 

  (2) the balance of the initial aggregate term loan A amount to be payable on the maturity date.

 

- 217 -


Table of Contents

Following the first anniversary of the consummation of the Merger, the term loan B facility will be subject to quarterly amortization of principal in annual amounts as follows:

 

  (1) 0.25% of the initial aggregate term loan B amount released from escrow on the Escrow Release Date to be payable quarterly thereafter; and

 

  (2) the balance of the initial aggregate term loan B amount released from escrow on the Escrow Release Date to be payable on the maturity date.

Mandatory Prepayments

After the first day after the first anniversary of the consummation of the Merger, each of the items set forth below will be applied to the prepayment of the term loans:

 

  (1) all net cash proceeds (subject to exceptions, reinvestment rights, minimum thresholds and reduction to 50% and 0% upon secured net leverage ratio levels less than or equal to 2.75 to 1.00 but greater than 2.25 to 1.00 or less than 2.25 to 1.00, respectively) from the non-ordinary course sale of property and assets and casualty, condemnation payments and certain insurance proceeds;

 

  (2) all net cash proceeds from additional debt other than debt permitted under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities; and

 

  (3) 50% of excess cash flow (subject to reduction to 25% and 0% upon secured net leverage ratio levels less than or equal to 2.75 to 1.00 but greater than 2.25 to 1.00 or less than 2.25 to 1.00, respectively) and credits for any voluntary prepayments of loans made during such year.

After the closing date of the Merger until the first day after the first anniversary of the Merger, no prepayments will be required or permitted. Prior to the consummation of the Merger, Galleria Company may make prepayments at any time until one business day after the Recapitalization Date subject to specified requirements. From and after the first day after the first year after effectiveness of the Merger, prepayments will be applied on a pro rata basis to the scheduled installments of principal in respect of the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities in direct order of maturity of remaining amortization payments. In addition, Galleria Company will be required to prepay the full principal of any amounts borrowed under the Galleria Credit Senior Secured Facilities (plus accrued interest and fees) within 30 days of the Galleria Financing Closing Date if the Merger has not become effective on or prior to that date.

Covenants

The documentation governing the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities contains various customary negative covenants that will restrict Galleria Company and its subsidiaries in their activities (subject to exceptions, qualifications and as appropriate, baskets (including an available amount basket)) including, but not limited to:

 

    limitations on liens and the incurrence of debt;

 

    limitations on fundamental changes;

 

    limitations on investments;

 

    limitations on the payment of dividends and distributions;

 

    limitations on asset sales and dispositions;

 

    lines of business;

 

    limitations on prepayment of junior lien or unsecured indebtedness;

 

    limitations on amendments to debt documents governing junior lien or unsecured indebtedness;

 

- 218 -


Table of Contents
    limitations on transactions with affiliates above an agreed-upon threshold;

 

    burdensome agreements;

 

    negative pledges with respect to the collateral securing the Galleria Facilities;

 

    amending specified organizational documents in a manner materially adverse to the lenders; and

 

    changes in fiscal year.

The documentation governing the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities requires Galleria Company and its subsidiaries to comply with various affirmative covenants typical for transactions of this type. In addition, Galleria Company will be required to comply with a maximum total net leverage ratio applicable only to the revolving credit facility and the term loan A facility and subject to an equity contribution cure on customary terms. Upon Galleria Company’s assumption of the obligations under the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities and Coty’s guarantee of the obligations under the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities upon consummation of the Merger, Coty and its subsidiaries will be required to comply with the affirmative covenants identified above and negative and financial covenants that were separately negotiated and agreed by Coty and JPMCB and JPMorgan Securities LLC.

Events of Default

The documentation governing the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities contains customary events of default, including payment defaults, material inaccuracy of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults and cross-acceleration to other indebtedness over $100 million (including, upon consummation of the Merger, the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities), bankruptcy events, material judgments, impairments of loan documentation, guarantees or collateral (including, upon consummation of the Merger, the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities), change of control and customary defaults related to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

 

- 219 -


Table of Contents

OWNERSHIP OF COTY COMMON STOCK

The following table shows the amount of Coty common stock and Coty class B common stock beneficially owned as of March 31, 2016, by (i) each person who is known by Coty to own beneficially more than 5% of Coty common stock or Coty class B common stock, (ii) each member of Coty’s board of directors, (iii) each named executive officer and (iv) all current directors on Coty’s board of directors and executive officers, as a group. A person is a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting or investment power over the security or if that person has the right to acquire sole or shared voting or investment power over the security within 60 days. Unless otherwise noted, these persons, to Coty’s knowledge, have sole voting and investment power over the shares listed.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 76,829,900 shares of Coty common stock and 262,062,370 shares of Coty class B common stock, each as of March 31, 2016.

In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, Coty deemed outstanding shares subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2016 and subject to restricted stock units that are vested but not settled or that are going to vest and are expected to settle within 60 days of March 31, 2016. Coty did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Coty common stock and Coty class B common stock Beneficially Owned

 

Name of Beneficial Owner    Class A (1)            Class B            % of Total
Voting Power
 
   Shares     %      Shares      %    

JAB Cosmetics B.V.

     6,431,571  (2)       8.4         262,062,370         100  (2)       97.4   

Mousseluxe S.à.r.l.

     14,562,993  (3)       19         —           —          *   

Putnam Investments, LLC

     9,426,900  (4)       12.3         —           —          *   

Vanguard Group

     4,518,178  (5)       5.9         —           —          *   

Lambertus J.H. Becht

     4,668,810  (6)       6.1         —           —          *   

Patrice de Talhouët

     207,297        *         —           —          *   

Joachim Faber

     194,061        *         —           —          *   

Olivier Goudet

     15,000        *         —           —          *   

Peter Harf

     4,570,719        6         —           —          *   

Jules P. Kaufman

     871,058  (7)       1.1         —           —          *   

Paul S. Michaels

     0        —           —           —          —     

Jean Mortier

     227,705        *         —           —          *   

Mario Reis

     136,000        *         —           —          *   

Michele Scannavini

     0  (8)       —           —           —          —     

Erhard Schoewel

     352,452        *         —           —          *   

Robert Singer

     30,000        *         —           —          *   

Jack Stahl

     14,000        *         —           —          *   

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (19 persons)

     11,731,280  (9)       15.1         —           —          *   

 

* Less than one percent
(1) Includes shares of Coty common stock subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within, and restricted stock units, if any, that are vested but not settled or that will vest and are expected to settle within 60 days of March 31, 2016.
(2)

Based solely on Schedule 13G/A filed on February 16, 2016. Lucresca, Agnaten, each of which is a company with its registered seat in Austria, and JAB Holdings B.V., a Netherlands corporation, indirectly have voting and investment control over the shares held by JAB Cosmetics B.V., a Netherlands corporation. JAB Cosmetics B.V. is direct subsidiary of JAB Holdings B.V. and an indirect subsidiary of Agnaten and

 

- 220 -


Table of Contents
  Lucresca. Lucresca and Agnaten are each controlled by Renate Reimann-Haas, Wolfgang Reimann, Stefan Reimann-Andersen and Matthias Reimann-Andersen, who with Peter Harf, Bart Becht and Olivier Goudet exercise voting and investment authority over the shares held by JAB Cosmetics B.V. Lucresca, Agnaten, and JAB Cosmetics B.V. disclaim the existence of a “group” and disclaim beneficial ownership of these securities except to the extent of a pecuniary interest therein. The address of Lucresca and Agnaten is Rooseveltplatz 4-5/Top 10, 1090 Vienna and the address of JAB Cosmetics B.V. and JAB Holdings B.V. is Oudeweg 147, 2031 CC Haarlem, The Netherlands.
(3) Based solely on Form 4/A filed on December 8, 2015. Represents shares of Coty common stock beneficially owned by Mousseluxe S.à.r.l. These shares are indirectly owned by Charles Heilbronn, who has been granted a power of attorney and proxy to exercise voting and investment power with respect to these shares. Mousseluxe S.à.r.l. and Mr. Heilbronn have shared voting and dispositive power over these shares. The address for Mousseluxe S.à.r.l. is 65 Boulevard Grande Duchesse Charlotte, L-1331 Luxembourg. Address for Mr. Heilbronn is c/o Mousse Partners Limited, 9 West 57th Street, New York, NY 10019.
(4) Based solely on Schedule 13G/A filed on February 16, 2016. Represents shares of Coty common stock beneficially owned by Putnam Investments, LLC (“Putnam”), which wholly owns two registered investment advisers: Putnam Investments Management, LLC (“PIM”), which is the investment adviser to the Putnam family of mutual funds and the Putnam Advisory Company, LLC (“PAC” together with Putnam and PIM, the “Putnam Group”), which is the investment adviser to Putnam’s institutional clients. Putnam has sole voting power over 1,134,598 shares and sole dispositive power over 9,426,900 shares, PIM has sole voting power over 326,718 shares and sole dispositive power over 8,619,020 shares, and PAC has sole voting and dispositive power over 807,880 shares. The address for the Putnam Group is One Post Office Square, Boston, MA 02109.
(5) Based solely on Schedule 13G filed on February 10, 2016. Represents shares of Coty common stock beneficially owned by The Vanguard Group (“Vanguard Group”), which wholly owns Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Company (“Vanguard Fiduciary Trust”), an investment manager of collective trust accounts. Vanguard Group has sole voting power over 53,287 shares, sole dispositive power over 4,464,891 shares and shared dispositive power with Vanguard Fiduciary Trust over 53,287 shares. The address for The Vanguard Group is 100 Vanguard Blvd., Malvern, PA 19355.
(6) Includes 3,668,810 shares of Coty common stock held by a Luxembourg corporation whose sole shareholder is a revocable trust that Mr. Becht established for estate planning purposes. While Mr. Becht does not have investment control over the trust or its assets, because Mr. Becht has the power to revoke the trust at any time and assume control of the Luxembourg corporation that owns such shares, pursuant to Rule 13d-3(a)(d)(1)(i)(C), Mr. Becht is deemed to be the beneficial owner of such shares for Section 13(d) purposes and has accordingly included them in the table set forth above.
(7) Includes 642,880 shares of Coty common stock issuable upon exercise of vested options.
(8) Mr. Scannavini is Coty’s former Chief Executive Officer. Based solely upon Mr. Scannavini’s September 2014 sale to Coty of shares of Coty common stock pursuant to the terms of a settlement agreement requiring Mr. Scannavini to sell, and Coty to purchase, all of the Coty common stock held directly or indirectly by Mr. Scannavini, including any shares of Coty common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options.
(9) Includes 774,880 shares of Coty common stock issuable upon exercise of vested options.

JAB Cosmetics B.V. is the owner of all of the outstanding shares of Coty class B common stock and 8.4% of Coty common stock, which together represent approximately 97% of Coty’s outstanding voting power. In order to facilitate the Transactions, JAB Cosmetics B.V. has agreed to elect to convert all such shares of Coty class B common stock into Coty common stock, subject to completion of the Transactions. As a result, no shares of Coty class B common stock of Coty will be outstanding following completion of the Transactions, and all common stock of Coty will consist of a single class. JAB Cosmetics B.V. will remain the largest stockholder overall, owning approximately 35% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock at the close of the Transactions.

 

- 221 -


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF COTY CAPITAL STOCK

The rights of Coty stockholders are governed by Delaware law, Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and Coty’s amended and restated bylaws. For information on how to obtain a copy of Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Coty’s amended and restated bylaws, see “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference.”

The following is a summary of the material terms and provisions of Coty’s capital stock. This summary does not purport to be complete, may not contain all the information that is important to you and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, Coty’s amended and restated bylaws and the constituent documents of Coty’s subsidiaries, as well as applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Common Stock

General

As of the date of this prospectus, Coty’s authorized capital stock consists of 800,000,000 shares of Coty common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 367,754,370 shares of Coty class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

JAB Cosmetics B.V., the owner of all of the outstanding shares of Coty class B common stock and 8.4% of the Coty common stock, which together represent approximately 97% of Coty’s outstanding voting power, has approved, subject to completion of the Transactions, an amendment to Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will increase Coty’s authorized capital stock. Following the completion of the Transactions, Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that Coty has the authority to issue 1,000,000,000 shares of Coty common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 367,754,370 shares of Coty class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

As of March 31, 2016, there were 76,829,900 shares of Coty common stock and 262,062,370 shares of Coty class B common stock outstanding. In order to facilitate the Transactions, JAB Cosmetics B.V. has agreed to elect to convert all such shares of Coty class B common stock into Coty common stock, subject to completion of the Transactions. As a result, no shares of Coty class B common stock will be outstanding following completion of the Transactions, and all common stock of Coty will consist of a single class.

Dividend Rights

Holders of Coty common stock and Coty class B common stock are entitled to receive dividends at the same rate if, as and when declared by Coty’s board of directors, out of Coty’s legally available assets, in cash, property, shares of Coty common stock or other securities, after payments of dividends required to be paid on outstanding preferred stock, if any.

If Coty pays a dividend or distribution on Coty common stock, payable in shares of Coty common stock, Coty also will be required to pay a pro rata and simultaneous dividend or distribution on the Coty class B common stock, payable in shares of Coty class B common stock. Similarly, if Coty pays a dividend or distribution on the Coty class B common stock, payable in shares of Coty class B common stock, Coty also will be required to make a pro rata and simultaneous dividend or distribution on the Coty common stock, payable in shares of Coty common stock. The Coty Credit Agreement contains certain customary restrictions on Coty’s ability to pay dividends. In addition, the Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities entered into in connection with the Transactions contains similar restrictions, and other indebtedness Coty may incur in the future may contain similar restrictions.

 

- 222 -


Table of Contents

Voting Rights

The holders of Coty common stock are entitled to one vote per share, and the holders of Coty class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share. Holders of Coty common stock and Coty class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of Coty stockholders, unless otherwise required by Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation or by law. Holders of Coty common stock or Coty class B common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of Coty common stock could, if they so choose, elect all of Coty’s directors.

Following the conversion of JAB Cosmetics B.V.’s shares of Coty class B common stock and the completion of the Transactions, Coty’s common stock will consist of a single class and all holders of Coty common stock will be entitled to one vote per share.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Shares of Coty common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights. Shares of Coty common stock are not convertible into any other shares of Coty’s capital stock. As of the date of this prospectus, the outstanding shares of Coty class B common stock are convertible at any time as follows: (1) at the option of the holder, a share of Coty class B common stock may be converted into one share of Coty common stock or (2) upon the election of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Coty class B common stock, all outstanding shares of Coty class B common stock may be converted into shares of Coty common stock. In addition, each share of Coty class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Coty common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain transfers described in Coty’s amended and restated certificate of corporation, including certain transfers consented to in writing in advance by the holders of a majority of the shares of Coty class B common stock held by JAB Cosmetics B.V. and its affiliates. Each share of Coty class B common stock will also automatically convert into one share of Coty common stock if, on the record date for any meeting of the Coty stockholders, the number of shares of Coty class B common stock then outstanding is less than 10% of the aggregate number of shares of Coty common stock and Coty class B common stock then outstanding. Once converted into Coty common stock, Coty class B common stock will not be reissued.

Following the conversion of JAB Cosmetics B.V.’s shares of Coty class B common stock and the completion of the Transactions, Coty’s common stock will consist of a single class, and no shares of Coty class B common stock will be outstanding. As a result, no shares of Coty common stock will be entitled to preemptive rights or subject to conversion.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

Upon Coty’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, any business combination or a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of Coty’s assets, the assets legally available for distribution to Coty stockholders will be distributable ratably among the holders of Coty common stock and Coty class B common stock treated as a single class, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debts and other liabilities and the preferential rights and payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding preferred stock.

Following the conversion of JAB Cosmetics B.V.’s shares of Coty class B common stock and the completion of the Transactions, Coty’s common stock will consist of a single class, and no shares of Coty class B common stock will be outstanding.

Protective Provisions

Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that Coty will not, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, amend, alter, repeal or waive certain provisions in Coty’s amended and restated

 

- 223 -


Table of Contents

certificate of incorporation (or adopt any provision inconsistent therewith), unless such action is first approved by the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Coty class B common stock, voting as a separate class, and the holders of Coty common stock will have no right to vote thereon. However, this provision is subject to any other vote required by applicable law and, under Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), holders of Coty common stock would be entitled to vote as a class upon the proposed action, whether or not entitled to vote by Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, if the action would increase or decrease the par value of the shares of Coty common stock, or alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Coty common stock so as to affect them adversely.

Following the conversion of JAB Cosmetics B.V.’s shares of Coty class B common stock and the completion of the Transactions, Coty’s common stock will consist of a single class, and no shares of Coty class B common stock will be outstanding. As a result, holders of Coty common stock will be entitled to one vote per share on all matters, and the provision described in the preceding paragraph will have ceased to have any further effect.

Other Obligations to Issue Capital Stock

Coty has adopted and maintains equity incentives and stock purchase plans pursuant to which Coty is authorized to issue stock options and other types of equity compensation for employees and non-employee directors. As of March 31, 2016, 15,851,281 shares of Coty common stock were subject to outstanding options, restricted stock units, phantom units and shares of Series A Preferred Stock under these plans. As of March 31, 2016, Coty had reserved approximately an additional 18,985,039 shares of Coty common stock for future issuance under these plans.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law, Coty’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Coty’s Amended and Restated By-laws

The following provisions may make a change in control of Coty’s business more difficult and could delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interest, including takeover attempts that might result in the payment of a premium to Coty stockholders over the market price for their shares. These provisions also may promote the continuity of Coty’s management by making it more difficult for a person to remove or change the incumbent members of Coty’s board of directors.

Dual Class Structure . As of the date of this prospectus, Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for a dual class common stock structure, under which each share of Coty common stock has one vote per share while each share of Coty class B common stock has ten votes per share. Because of this dual class structure, JAB Cosmetics B.V., holder of all of the outstanding shares of Coty class B common stock and 8.4% of the Coty common stock, which together represent approximately 97% of Coty’s voting power, is able to control all matters submitted to Coty stockholders for approval, even though they own significantly less than 50% of the shares of outstanding Coty common stock. This concentrated control could have the effect of discouraging others from initiating a potential merger, takeover or other change of control transaction that other stockholders may view as beneficial.

Following the conversion of JAB Cosmetics B.V.’s Coty class B common stock and the completion of the Transactions, Coty’s common stock will consist of a single class, and no shares of Coty class B common stock will be outstanding. As a result, although JAB Cosmetics B.V. will remain Coty’s largest stockholder overall, owning approximately 35% of the fully diluted shares of Coty common stock at the close of the Transactions. While the dual class common structure described in the preceding paragraph and the concentrated control created thereby will cease to exist, JAB Cosmetics B.V. will still maintain a significant voting stake in Coty, which could have the effect of discouraging others from initiating a potential merger, takeover or other change of control transaction.

 

- 224 -


Table of Contents

Delaware Law . Coty is subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. In general, the statute prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date that the person became an interested stockholder, subject to exceptions, unless the business combination is approved by Coty’s board of directors in a prescribed manner or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved by Coty’s board of directors and Coty’s disinterested stockholders in a prescribed manner. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the stockholder. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior, did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Coty without further action by the stockholders.

Authorized but Unissued Shares; Undesignated Preferred Stock . The authorized but unissued shares of Coty common stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. In addition, Coty’s board of directors may authorize, without stockholder approval, the issuance of undesignated preferred stock with voting rights or other rights or preferences designated from time to time by Coty’s board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock or preferred stock may enable Coty’s board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Nominations of Directors . Coty’s amended and restated bylaws require stockholders seeking to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate individuals for election as directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, to provide timely notice in writing. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be sent to and received at Coty’s principal executive offices no later than the close of business on the 90th day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day, prior to the anniversary of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. However, in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 30 days before or 70 days after the anniversary of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders, such notice will be timely only if received no earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the annual meeting and no later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and the tenth day following the date on which a public announcement of the date of the annual meeting was made by us. Coty’s amended and restated bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may preclude Coty stockholders from bringing matters before the annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at any meetings of stockholders. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the potential acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of Coty.

Special Meetings of Stockholders . Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called only by Coty’s Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, board of directors or Secretary at the request of holders of not less than a majority of the combined voting power of Coty common stock.

Cumulative Voting . Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that Coty stockholders are not permitted to cumulate votes in the election of directors.

Transfer Agent

The transfer agent and registrar for Coty common stock is Wells Fargo Shareowner Services.

 

- 225 -


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Coty is authorized, subject to the limits imposed by Delaware law, to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series and to fix the designation, powers, rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each such series and any of the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. Coty’s board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series, but not below the number of shares of a given series then outstanding, plus the number of shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options, rights or warrants, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Coty stock entitled to vote, unless a vote of any other holders is required pursuant to a certificate or certificates of designation establishing a series of preferred stock without any further vote or action by Coty stockholders.

The rights of holders of Coty common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any shares of Coty preferred stock that may be issued in the future. Coty’s board of directors may authorize the issuance of Coty preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of Coty common stock. The issuance of Coty preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Coty and may adversely affect the market price of Coty common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of Coty common stock.

During fiscal 2015, Coty established new awards under its Equity and Long-Term Incentive Plan and certain of its executive officers received awards of Coty’s new Series A Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value (the “Series A Preferred Stock”). In April 2015, Coty filed a Certificate of Designations (the “Certificate of Designations”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, establishing the voting rights, powers, preferences and privileges, and the relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, with respect to Coty’s Series A Preferred Stock, which various and several voting powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof may be severally set forth in various subscription agreements relating to the issuance and sale of the Series A Preferred Stock (each, a “Subscription Agreement”). Under the terms provided in the various Subscription Agreements, a holder of Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to exchange any or all “Vested Series A Preferred Stock” (as defined below) prior to varying dates specified in the Subscription Agreements, into, at Coty’s sole election, either: (i) an amount in cash payable in U.S. dollars per share so exchanged equal to (I) the fair market value of a share of Coty common stock on the date of conversion minus (II) an amount equal to the sum of an amount in U.S. dollars specified in each Subscription Agreement (the “Cash Conversion Price”) plus the fair market value of a share of such Coty common stock on the date such Vested Series A Preferred Stock was originally granted, subject to adjustment from time to time (the “Share Conversion Price” and aggregated with the Cash Conversion Price, the “Conversion Price”) (such difference, the “Preferred Net Value”), or (ii) the number of shares of Coty common stock whose aggregate value, as measured by the fair market value of a share of such Coty common stock on the date of conversion, is equal to the Preferred Net Value. As such, the benefit provided under the Series A Preferred Stock will always be based solely on the increase in value of Coty common stock after the date of grant and the Series A Preferred Stock will not have any value until the value of Coty common stock exceeds the value of such shares on the date of grant plus the Cash Conversion Price. Under the terms provided in the various Subscription Agreements, the right of a holder of Series A Preferred Stock to exchange any or all shares of Vested Series A Preferred Stock typically expires on the earliest to occur of: (i) the first (1st) anniversary of the holder’s termination of employment due to death or disability, and (ii) the latest date prior to which Vested Series A Preferred Stock can otherwise be exchanged as set forth in the paragraph above.

To the extent provided in the applicable Subscription Agreement, Vested Series A Preferred Stock will also automatically be exchanged into cash to the extent that a holder has not already exchanged at least an amount that corresponds to services performed by the holder in the United States by the March 1 immediately following the calendar year in which shares of Series A Preferred Stock are deemed to be Vested Series A Preferred Stock.

 

- 226 -


Table of Contents

In addition, following the date of a change of control, Coty has the right to cause any Vested Series A Preferred Stock to be exchanged for the Preferred Net Value payable, at its sole option and election, either in cash or Coty common stock, as applicable.

Coty is not required to exchange any Vested Series A Preferred Stock into any Coty common stock to the extent such conversion, issuance or delivery would require: (i) registration with or approval of any person under any federal or state law before such shares may be validly issued or delivered upon conversion, (ii) approval from the exchange on which shares of the Coty common stock are then listed (the “Relevant Exchange”), unless such approval has been received, or (iii) approval by Coty stockholders pursuant to the rules or regulations of the Relevant Exchange, unless such approval has been received.

“Vested Series A Preferred Stock” means all shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding and held by an executive on the earliest of (i) a date specified in each Subscription Agreement; (ii) termination of employment as a result of death or disability; or (iii) a termination of employment under certain circumstances following a change of control.

The holder of any Series A Preferred Stock is not entitled to receive any dividends and has no voting rights except as required by law.

 

- 227 -


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF GALLERIA COMPANY CAPITAL STOCK

The following discussion is a summary of the terms of Galleria Company capital stock, certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and certain applicable provisions of Delaware law. Copies of Galleria Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws are exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Common Stock

Galleria Company’s certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of an aggregate of 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share. As of March 31, 2016, there are issued and outstanding 100 shares of Galleria Company common stock, all of which are held by P&G. Prior to the Recapitalization, P&G will cause Galleria Company’s certificate of incorporation to be amended to permit the issuance of at least an aggregate of              shares of Galleria Company common stock.

Voting Rights

Each share of Galleria Company common stock entitles the holder to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Galleria Company common stock entitled to vote on any matter, including in any election of directors, may decide such matter, including elect all of the directors standing for election which shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast.

Dividends

Galleria Company has no legal or contractual obligation to pay dividends. Galleria Company does not currently intend to pay dividends on its common stock, apart from any dividends which may be paid in connection with the Recapitalization.

Preemptive Rights

Under Delaware law, a shareholder is not entitled to preemptive rights to subscribe for additional issuances of common stock or any other class or series of common stock or any security convertible into such stock in proportion to the shares that are owned unless there is a provision to the contrary in the restated certificate of incorporation. Galleria Company’s certificate of incorporation does not provide that Galleria Company shareholders are entitled to preemptive rights.

Amendment to Galleria Company’s Bylaws

Galleria Company’s bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new bylaws may be adopted, by the shareholders or by its board of directors.

Limitation of Liability of Directors; Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Galleria Company’s certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no director will be personally liable to Galleria Company or its shareholders for or with regard to any acts or omissions in the performance of his or her duties as a director of Galleria Company. Currently, Delaware law provides that liability may not be so limited for the following:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to Galleria Company or its shareholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or which involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

- 228 -


Table of Contents
    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL; and

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Galleria Company’s certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Galleria Company will indemnify any person who is or was or had agreed to become a director or officer of Galleria Company, or each such person who is or was serving or who had agreed to serve at the request of Galleria Company’s board of directors or an officer of Galleria Company as an employee or agent of Galleria Company or as a director, officer, employee or agent of another entity or enterprise, shall be indemnified by Galleria Company to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. In addition to these provisions in Galleria Company’s certificate of incorporation and under Delaware law, Galleria Company’s directors and officers are covered by directors and officers insurance.

 

- 229 -


Table of Contents

COMPARISON OF SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

Upon consummation of the Merger, P&G shareholders who exchange their shares of P&G common stock for shares of Galleria Company common stock would become stockholders of Coty. The rights of Coty stockholders will be governed by Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Coty’s amended and restated bylaws. Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Coty’s amended and restated bylaws differ in certain respects from the P&G amended articles of incorporation and P&G regulations. In addition, the rights of Coty stockholders are governed by Delaware law, while the rights of P&G shareholders are governed by Ohio law. Delaware law and Ohio law differ in many respects, and consequently it is not practical to summarize all of such differences.

The following is a summary of significant differences between the P&G amended articles of incorporation, P&G regulations and applicable provisions of Ohio law, on the one hand, and Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Coty’s amended and restated bylaws and applicable provisions of Delaware law, on the other. This discussion is not intended to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to P&G’s and Galleria Company’s constitutive documents, which you should read. Copies of these documents have been filed with the SEC. To find out where you can get copies of these documents, see “Where You Can Find More Information; Incorporation by Reference.”

Authorized Capital Stock

The following table sets forth the authorized and issued capital stock of P&G and Coty as of March 31, 2016 without giving effect to the (i) conversion of all such shares of Coty class B common stock into              shares of Coty common stock or (ii) the issuance              shares of Coty common stock in the Exchange Offer:

 

Class of Security

   Authorized      Outstanding  

P&G:

     

Convertible Class A preferred stock, stated value $1 per share

     600,000,000         102,361,101   

Non-Voting Class B preferred stock, stated value $1 per share

     200,000,000         —     

Common stock, stated value $1 per share

     10,000,000,000         2,661,851,865   

Coty:

     

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value

     20,000,000         1,675,554   

Class A common stock, $0.01 par value

     800,000,000         76,829,900   

Class B common stock, $0.01 par value

     367,754,370         262,062,370   

Comparison of Rights of Shareholders

 

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

  

COTY

  

P&G

Dividend Policy    Coty has no legal or contractual obligation to pay dividends. Coty has been paying an annual dividend, once per year, since Coty’s initial public offering in 2013. The payment of cash dividends in the future will continue to be at the discretion of Coty’s board of directors. The declaration of any cash dividends, and the amount thereof, will depend on many factors, including Coty’s financial condition, capital requirements, funds from operations, the dividend taxation level, Coty’s stock price, future business    P&G has no legal or contractual obligation to pay dividends. P&G has been paying a dividend for 126 consecutive years since its incorporation in 1890 and has increased its dividend for 60 consecutive years at an annual compound average rate of over 9%. Over the past five years, the dividend has increased at an annual compound average rate of 5%. Nevertheless, as in the past, further dividends will be considered after reviewing dividend yields,

 

- 230 -


Table of Contents

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

  

COTY

  

P&G

  

prospects and any other factors as Coty’s board of directors may deem relevant. Additionally, the Coty Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain certain customary restrictions on Coty’s ability to pay dividends. The Galleria Senior Secured Credit Facilities entered into in connection with the Transactions contains similar restrictions, and other indebtedness Coty may incur in the future may contain similar restrictions.

 

Coty does not currently have a dividend reinvestment plan.

  

profitability expectations and financing needs and will be declared at the discretion of P&G’s board of directors.

 

Dividends may only be paid on shares of P&G common stock in the event that the current dividend and all dividends in arrears have been paid to the holders of P&G’s Convertible Class A preferred stock and Non-Voting Class B preferred stock, or provisions for such payment have been made.

 

Eligible P&G shareholders are able to reinvest their dividends in shares of P&G common stock through the P&G Shareholder Investment Program.

Voting Rights   

Under Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, the holders of Coty common stock are entitled to one vote per share, and the holders of Coty class B common stock are entitled to ten votes per share. Holders of Coty common stock and Coty class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of Coty’s stockholders, unless otherwise required by Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws. Holders of Coty common stock and Coty class B common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of Coty common stock and Coty class B common stock could, if they so choose, elect all of Coty’s directors.

 

Following the conversion of JAB Cosmetics B.V.’s shares of Coty class B common stock and the completion of the Transactions, Coty’s common

   Under P&G’s articles of incorporation and regulations, each share of P&G common stock entitles the holder to one vote. Furthermore, P&G’s articles of incorporation eliminate the right of P&G shareholders under Ohio law to vote cumulatively in the election of directors.

 

- 231 -


Table of Contents

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

  

COTY

  

P&G

   stock will consist of a single class and all holders of Coty common stock will be entitled to one vote per share.   
Shareholder Action by Written Consent    Section 228(a) of the DGCL and Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provide that any action required or permitted to be taken at an annual or special meeting of Coty stockholders may be taken without a meeting if consents in writing setting forth the action to be taken are signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.    Section 1701.54 of Ohio General Corporation Law provides that shareholder actions may be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting with the vote of all the shareholders entitled to notice of the meeting at which the vote would otherwise occur, unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation or regulations. P&G’s articles of incorporation and regulations are silent as to shareholder actions by written consent.
Mergers, Acquisitions, Share Purchases and Certain Other Transactions   

The DGCL requires the approval of mergers, consolidations and dispositions of all or substantially all of a corporation’s assets by a majority of the voting power of the corporation, unless the certificate of incorporation specifies a greater proportion. Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not specify a voting power proportion different than that specified by Delaware law in connection with the approval of these transactions.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, JAB Cosmetics B.V. owns 100% of the Coty class B common stock and 8.4% of the Coty common stock, which together comprise approximately 97% of Coty’s combined voting power. As a result, JAB Cosmetics B.V. has the ability to exercise control over decisions requiring stockholder approval, including approval of significant corporate transactions.

 

Following the conversion of JAB Cosmetics B.V.’s shares of Coty class B common stock and the completion of the Transactions, Coty’s common stock will consist of a single class, and no shares of Coty class B common stock will be outstanding.

   P&G’s articles of incorporation require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of P&G entitled to vote thereon before P&G may enter into certain transactions with “related persons,” which is defined to include any person, entity or group that directly or indirectly beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, and any affiliates or associates of such person, entities or groups. P&G’s articles of incorporation further provide that a majority of the outstanding voting power is required to approve mergers, acquisitions, share purchases and certain other transactions.

 

- 232 -


Table of Contents

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

 

COTY

 

P&G

Quorum   Coty’s amended and restated bylaws provide that, except as otherwise required by law or by Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the stockholders representing a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Coty, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not impose additional or different quorum requirements.   P&G’s regulations provide that the shareholders present in person or by proxy at any meeting of shareholders shall constitute a quorum unless a larger proportion is required to take the action stated in the notice of the meeting, in which case, a quorum would require the presence in person or by proxy of holders of record of shares entitling them to exercise the voting power required by the P&G articles of incorporation to take the action stated.
Number of Directors and Size of Board   Coty’s amended and restated bylaws provide that the number of directors constituting Coty’s board of directors shall be fixed in Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the exact number of directors constituting Coty’s board may be fixed solely by resolution of Coty’s board of directors, subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding.   P&G’s regulations authorize either a majority (voting power) of shareholders at a shareholder meeting or two-thirds of the board of directors to change the number of directors. The number of board members can be changed by directors only within the parameters set by the regulations, between ten and fifteen directors. The number of directors is currently set at 12.
Term of Directors   Coty’s directors are elected at the annual meeting of stockholders for one-year terms, or until their successors are duly elected and qualified.   P&G’s directors are elected at the annual meeting of shareholders for one-year terms, or until their successors are duly elected and qualified.
Removal of Directors  

Coty’s amended and restated bylaws provide that, except as otherwise provided by law and subject to the rights of the holders of shares of Coty preferred stock, if any, directors may not be removed except for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of Coty with respect to the election of directors. The removal of Coty directors is otherwise governed in accordance with Delaware law.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, JAB Cosmetics B.V. owns 100% of the Coty class B common stock and 8.4%

  P&G’s regulations provide that a director may be removed, as provided by law, by the vote of at least a majority of the voting stock of P&G, voting together as a single class.

 

- 233 -


Table of Contents

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

  

COTY

  

P&G

  

of the Coty common stock, which together comprise approximately 97% of Coty’s combined voting power of Coty’s. As a result, JAB Cosmetics B.V. has the ability to exercise control over decisions requiring stockholder approval, including removal of directors.

 

Following the conversion of JAB Cosmetics B.V.’s shares of Coty class B common stock and the completion of the Transactions, the Coty common stock will consist of a single class, and no shares of Coty class B common stock will be outstanding.

  
Vacancies    Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, any vacancy on Coty’s board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, provided that a quorum is present, or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of all issued and outstanding capital stock entitled to vote in an election of directors, and any other vacancy occurring on Coty’s board of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director, or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of all issued and outstanding capital stock entitled to vote in an election of directors.    Vacancies are filled by the remaining directors, though less than a majority of the whole authorized number of directors, by the vote of a majority of their number.
Advance Notice Procedures for a Shareholder Proposal or Director Nomination    Coty’s amended and restated bylaws provide that only business properly brought before annual or special meetings will be considered at the meeting. Under SEC rules, any stockholder who intends to present a proposal at an annual meeting must submit the proposal, in writing, so that Coty receives it at its principal    Ohio law governs the business that will be considered at annual or special meetings of P&G shareholders. Only business properly brought before annual or special meetings by a shareholder of record of P&G at the time notice was given for the meeting and entitled to vote at the meeting will

 

- 234 -


Table of Contents

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

  

COTY

  

P&G

   executive offices no later than 120 calendar days before the first anniversary of the date on which Coty first mailed its proxy materials for the prior year’s annual meeting in order for the proposal to be included in Coty’s proxy statement and proxy for the next annual meeting. Stockholders of record of Coty at the time notice was given for an annual meeting and entitled to vote at the annual meeting who wish to present a proposal at an annual meeting or to nominate a person to Coty’s board of directors at an annual meeting (but not include such proposal or nomination in the proxy statement) must submit such proposal or nominee to Coty no earlier than 120 and no later than 90 calendar days before the first anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting if they wish for such proposal or nomination to be eligible for presentation at the next annual meeting. Only matters specified in the notice for special meetings will be considered at special meetings.    be considered at the meeting. P&G’s regulations require advance written notice of business to be brought before an annual meeting. The notice must contain certain information set forth in the regulations and must be received by the Secretary of P&G not less than 90 days (140 days for a shareholder recommendation for the board of directors) nor more than 240 days prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting. Certain other notice periods apply if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days or delayed by more than 60 days from the anniversary date. Only matters specified in the notice for special meetings will be considered at special meetings.
Calling of Special Meeting of Shareholders    Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called only by Coty’s Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, board of directors or Secretary at the request of holders of not less than a majority of the combined voting power of Coty common stock.    Special meetings of the shareholders may be called and held as provided by law.
Amendment    Delaware law permits the adoption of amendments to certificates of incorporation if those amendments are approved at a meeting held for that purpose by the holders of shares entitling them to exercise a majority of the voting power of the corporation, unless the certificate of incorporation specifies a greater proportion. Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not specify a voting power proportion different than   

Amendments to provisions of P&G’s articles of incorporation generally require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of P&G entitled to vote thereon, considered for these purposes as one class.

 

Amendments to P&G’s regulations may be approved either by P&G’s board of directors, to the extent

 

- 235 -


Table of Contents

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

  

COTY

  

P&G

  

that specified by Delaware law in connection with the approval of amendments to Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

As of the date of this filing, JAB Cosmetics B.V. owns all of the outstanding Coty class B common stock and 8.4% of the Coty common stock, which together comprise approximately 97% of Coty’s combined voting power. As a result, JAB Cosmetics B.V. has the ability to exercise control over decisions requiring stockholder approval, including amendments to Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

Following the conversion of JAB Cosmetics B.V.’s shares of Coty class B common stock and the completion of the Transactions, Coty’ common stock will consist of a single class, and no shares of Coty class B common stock will be outstanding.

  

permitted by Ohio law, or by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of P&G entitled to vote thereon, considered for these purposes as one class.

 

Business Combinations with Interested Parties    Coty is subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. In general, the statute prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date that the person became an interested stockholder, subject to exceptions, unless the business combination is approved by Coty’s board of directors in a prescribed manner or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved by Coty’s board of directors and Coty’s disinterested stockholders in a prescribed manner. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the stockholder. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and    P&G’s articles of incorporation provide that any business combination with a holder of 5% or more of the voting power of P&G’s capital stock, or an affiliate or associate of such holder, must be authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon, considered for these purposes as one class.

 

- 236 -


Table of Contents

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

  

COTY

  

P&G

   associates, owns, or within three years prior, did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Coty without further action by the stockholders.   
Control Share Acquisitions    Coty is governed by Delaware law. Delaware does not have a control share acquisition statute.    Under Section 1701.831 of the Ohio Revised Code, unless the articles of incorporation or code of regulations of a corporation otherwise provide, any control share acquisition of an issuing public corporation can only be made with the prior approval of the shareholders of the corporation. A “control share acquisition” is defined as any acquisition of shares of a corporation that, when added to all other shares of that corporation owned by the acquiring person, would enable the person to exercise levels of voting power in any of the following ranges: at least 20% but less than 33  1 3 %; at least 33  1 3 % but less than 50%; 50% or more. P&G’s ability to enter into control share acquisition and business combinations is governed in accordance with Ohio law.
Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers   

Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the DGCL are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.

 

Similarly, Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL enables a corporation in its certificate of incorporation, or an amendment thereto, to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty as a

   The liability of P&G directors is governed in accordance with Ohio law. Ohio law provides that, with limited exceptions, a director may be held liable in damages for acts or omissions as a director only if it is proven by clear and convincing evidence that the director undertook the act or omission with deliberate intent to cause injury to the corporation or with reckless disregard for its best interests. Ohio law further provides that a corporation must indemnify a person for expenses reasonably incurred successfully defending (on the merits or otherwise) an action, suit or proceeding (including certain derivative suits) brought against the person as a director, officer,

 

- 237 -


Table of Contents

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

  

COTY

  

P&G

  

director, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for director liability with respect to unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions) or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

To the extent permitted by the DGCL, Coty’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of a director for monetary damages resulting from breach of his or her fiduciary duty as a director, except, pursuant to the DGCL, for liability:

 

•   for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to Coty or its stockholders;

 

•   for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

•   under Section 174 of the DGCL regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases; or

 

•   for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

As permitted by the DGCL, Coty’s amended and restated bylaws provide that:

 

•   Coty is required to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to limited exceptions where indemnification is not permitted by applicable law;

 

•   Coty is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its

  

employee or agent of the corporation. In addition, a corporation may indemnify such persons for liability in such actions, suits or proceedings if the person acted in good faith in a matter believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful. Indemnification may be made only if ordered by a court or authorized in a specific case upon the determination that the appropriate standard has been met by the majority of disinterested directors, an independent legal advisor or shareholders.

 

Ohio law provides that, unless a corporation’s articles of incorporation or regulations specifically provide otherwise, a corporation is required to advance expenses incurred by directors defending an action, suit or proceeding (including certain derivative suits) brought against a person as a director, as they are incurred, provided that they are incurred, provided that the director executes certain undertakings.

 

P&G’s regulations require indemnification of P&G directors and officers (and other persons specified in the regulations) in a manner consistent with Ohio law. P&G’s regulations provide indemnification for each director and officer against all costs, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments and liabilities actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any action in which such director or officer is involved by reason of: (1) being a director or officer of P&G or one of its subsidiaries, (2) serving in a similar position of another company or

 

- 238 -


Table of Contents

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

  

COTY

  

P&G

  

directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to certain very limited exceptions; and

 

•   the rights conferred in the amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.

 

In addition, Coty has entered into indemnity agreements with each of its current directors and officers. These agreements provide for the indemnification of Coty’s officers and directors for all expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action or proceeding brought against them by reason of the fact that they are or were agents of Coty.

  

entity at the request of P&G or one of its subsidiaries, or (3) providing authorized volunteer services to a third-party organization. P&G will provide indemnification unless it is determined that the director or officer failed to act in good faith, in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of P&G and its subsidiaries, or acted or failed to act, in either case, with deliberate intent to cause injury to P&G or its subsidiaries or with reckless disregard for the best interests of P&G or its subsidiaries, or knowingly engaged in criminal activity.

 

A determination that a director or officer acted or failed to act in such a manner will be made only if, in cases of an adjudication on the merits, it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, or, in cases of settlement or compromise, P&G’s board of directors makes a determination to that effect (excluding any directors affected by self-interest). Indemnification will not include reimbursement of any amounts paid or payable to P&G or its subsidiaries by the person entitled to indemnification.

 

P&G’s regulations further extend the right of advancement of expenses to officers (and other persons entitled to indemnification under its regulations).

 

- 239 -


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

P&G, Galleria Company and Coty or their respective subsidiaries, in each case as applicable, have entered into or, before the completion of the Transactions, will enter into, the ancillary agreements relating to the Transactions and various interim and on-going relationships between P&G, Galleria Company and Coty. See “Additional Agreements.”

 

- 240 -


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of Galleria Company common stock offered hereby and certain legal matters with respect to the Transactions are being passed upon for Galleria Company by Jones Day, legal counsel for P&G. The validity of the shares of Coty common stock with respect to the Transactions is being passed upon for Coty by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP. Certain tax matters are being passed upon for P&G by Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP. Certain tax matters are being passed upon for Coty by McDermott Will & Emery LLP.

 

- 241 -


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The combined financial statements of P&G Beauty Brands as of June 30, 2015 and 2014, and for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2015, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report appearing herein (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the combined financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the allocation of P&G costs). Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of The Procter & Gamble Company incorporated in this prospectus by reference from The Procter & Gamble Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, as revised by The Procter & Gamble Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 26, 2015, and the effectiveness of The Procter & Gamble Company’s internal control over financial reporting have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports, which are incorporated herein by reference. Such financial statements have been so incorporated in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements and related financial statement schedule of Coty Inc. incorporated in this prospectus by reference from Coty Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, and the effectiveness of Coty Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports, which are incorporated herein by reference. Such financial statements and related financial statement schedule have been so incorporated in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

- 242 -


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION; INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Galleria Company has filed with the SEC this registration statement on Form S-4 and Form S-1 under the Securities Act to register with the SEC the issuance of the shares of Galleria Company common stock to be delivered in the exchange offer to shareholders whose shares of P&G common stock are accepted for exchange. P&G will also file a Tender Offer Statement on Schedule TO with the SEC with respect to the exchange offer.

Coty will file an information statement on Schedule 14C with the SEC that relates to the July 9, 2015 written consent of holders representing more than a majority of the voting power of Coty approving, among other things, the issuance of shares of Coty common stock in connection with the Transactions. In addition, Coty has filed a registration statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No. 333-210856) to register the issuance of shares of Coty common stock that will be issued in the Merger. This prospectus constitutes P&G’s offer to exchange, in addition to being a prospectus of Galleria Company and Coty.

This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, the exhibits to the registration statement or the Schedule TO, selected portions of which are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information pertaining to P&G, Galleria Company and Coty, reference is made to the registration statements and exhibits.

Statements contained in this prospectus or in any document incorporated by reference into this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other prospectus referred to within this prospectus or other documents that are incorporated herein by reference are not necessarily complete and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of the applicable contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement or otherwise filed with the SEC. Each statement in this prospectus regarding an agreement or other document is qualified in all respects by such agreement or other document.

The SEC allows certain information to be “incorporated by reference” into this prospectus. The information incorporated by reference is deemed to be part of this prospectus, except for any information superseded or modified by information contained directly in this prospectus or in any document subsequently filed by P&G or Coty that is also incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference. This prospectus incorporates by reference the documents set forth below that P&G or Coty has filed with (but not furnished to) the SEC and any future filings by P&G or Coty under section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act from the date of this prospectus to the date that shares are accepted pursuant to the exchange offer (or the date that the exchange offer is terminated), except, in any such case, for any information therein which has been furnished rather than filed, which shall not be incorporated herein. Subsequent filings with the SEC will automatically modify and supersede information in this prospectus. These documents contain important information about P&G, Coty and their respective business and financial condition:

P&G:

 

    P&G’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and P&G’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 26, 2015 to revise P&G’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013 to reflect the planned divestiture of P&G Beauty Brands;

 

    P&G’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarterly periods ended September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2015;

 

    P&G’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed on August 28, 2015; and

 

    P&G’s Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on July 9, 2015 (Item 1.01), July 29, 2015 (Item 5.02), September 11, 2015, September 25, 2015, October 16, 2015, October 26, 2015, November 2, 2015, November 13, 2015, February 2, 2016 and April 12, 2016.

 

- 243 -


Table of Contents

Coty:

 

    Coty’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015;

 

    Coty’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarterly periods ended September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2015;

 

    Coty’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed on September 22, 2015; and

 

    Coty’s Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on July 9, 2015, August 13, 2015 (Items 8.01 and 9.01, other than Exhibit 99.1), October 30, 2015, November 3, 2015 (two filings, and for the filing related to events dated November 3, 2015, Item 5.02), November 9, 2015, November 18, 2015, February 4, 2016 (Items 2.01, 8.01 and 9.01, other than Exhibit 99.1), February 25, 2016 and April 14, 2016.

You may read and copy all or any portion of this registration statement at the offices of the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference rooms. The SEC maintains a website, www.sec.gov, that contains reports, proxy and prospectus and other information regarding registrants, such as P&G and Coty, that file electronically with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference rooms and the SEC’s website. You can also find additional information about P&G at www.pg.com and about Coty at www.coty.com.

Documents incorporated by reference are available without charge, upon written or oral request to the Information Agent, D.F. King & Co., Inc., located at 48 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, and at (212) 269-5550 (for banks and brokers) and (877) 297-1747 (for all other callers). In order to receive timely delivery of any written materials requested, you must make your requests no later than five business days before expiration of the exchange offer.

If you request any incorporated documents, the Information Agent will mail them to you within one business day after receiving your request.

P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. P&G, Galleria Company, Coty and Merger Sub take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. The information contained in this prospectus speaks only as of the date of this prospectus unless the information specifically indicates that another date applies.

 

- 244 -


Table of Contents

INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page No.  

Interim Unaudited Combined Financial Statements of P&G Beauty Brands

  

P&G Beauty Brands Combined Statements of Income for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

     F-2   

P&G Beauty Brands Combined Balance Sheets as of December  31, 2015 and June 30, 2015

     F-3   

P&G Beauty Brands Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

     F-4   

Notes to P&G Beauty Brands Unaudited Combined Financial Statements

     F-5   

Audited Combined Financial Statements of P&G Beauty Brands

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-12   

P&G Beauty Brands Combined Statements of Income for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013

     F-13   

P&G Beauty Brands Combined Balance Sheets as of June  30, 2015 and 2014

     F-14   

P&G Beauty Brands Combined Statements of Equity for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013

     F-15   

P&G Beauty Brands Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013

     F-16   

Notes to P&G Beauty Brands Combined Financial Statements

     F-17   

See notes to unaudited condensed combined financial statements

 

F-1


Table of Contents

P&G BEAUTY BRANDS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS) FOR THE SIX

MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

(Unaudited)

(Dollars in millions)

 

     Six Months Ended
December 31
 
     2015     2014  

Net sales

   $ 2,623      $ 3,070   

Cost of products sold

     845        1,026   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,778        2,044   

Selling, general and administrative expense

     1,450        1,700   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     328        344   

Interest expense — net

     4        —     

Other non-operating income — net

     —          8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings before income taxes

     324        352   

Income taxes

     114        111   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings

   $ 210      $ 241   

Other comprehensive income/(loss):

    

Financial statement translation

     (94     (393
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income/(loss)

   $ 116      $ (152
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to unaudited Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

P&G BEAUTY BRANDS

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND JUNE 30, 2015

(Unaudited)

(Dollars in millions)

 

     December 31,
2015
     June 30,
2015
 

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 25       $ 15   

Accounts receivable — net

     677         620   

Inventories

     

Materials and supplies

     133         125   

Work in process

     28         26   

Finished goods

     344         341   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories

     505         492   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     92         183   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,299         1,310   

Property, plant and equipment — net

     581         613   

Goodwill

     2,663         2,694   

Trademarks and other intangible assets — net

     1,780         1,819   

Other noncurrent assets

     259         271   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 6,582       $ 6,707   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

   $ 402       $ 396   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     625         648   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,027         1,044   

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities

     496         490   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     62         66   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,585         1,600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity:

     

Divisional equity

     4,729         4,745   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     268         362   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     4,997         5,107   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 6,582       $ 6,707   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to unaudited Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

P&G BEAUTY BRANDS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

(Unaudited)

(Dollars in millions)

 

     Six Months
Ended
December 31
 
     2015     2014  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

   $ 15      $ 15   

Operating activities:

    

Net earnings

     210        241   

Depreciation and amortization

     54        64   

Losses on disposals of assets

     1        10   

Gains on sale of brand assets

     —          (8

Deferred income taxes

     12        9   

Changes in accounts receivable

     (84     (125

Changes in inventories

     (29     (50

Changes in prepaid expenses and other current assets

     91        112   

Changes in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

     9        2   

Changes in noncurrent assets and liabilities and other

     2        (28
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating activities

     266        227   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

    

Capital expenditures

     (35     (48

Proceeds from sale of assets

     —          9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investing activities

     (35     (39
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

    

Distributions to P&G — net

     (221     (180
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financing activities

     (221     (180
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on Cash and cash equivalents

     —          (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 25      $ 21   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to unaudited Combined Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

P&G BEAUTY BRANDS

NOTES TO UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND JUNE 30, 2015, AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2014

(Dollars in millions, except as otherwise specified)

 

 

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

P&G Beauty Brands (the “Company”) is a combination of wholly owned subsidiaries, including Galleria Co. and operations of the Fine Fragrances, Salon Professional, Retail Hair Color & Styling and Cosmetics Businesses of The Procter & Gamble Company (“P&G”). Galleria Co. is a wholly owned subsidiary of P&G organized on June 25, 2015 for the purpose of effecting the separation of certain specified assets and liabilities related to P&G Beauty Brands that will be merged with Coty Inc.

The Company’s unaudited Combined Financial Statements reflect the historical financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as owned by P&G for all periods presented. Prior to the expected separation transaction, P&G has not accounted for the Company as, and the Company has not been operated as a stand-alone company for the periods presented. The Company’s historical financial statements have been “carved out” from P&G’s consolidated financial statements and reflect assumptions and allocations made by P&G. These unaudited Combined Financial Statements do not fully reflect what the Company’s combined financial position, results of operations and cash flows would have been had the Company been a stand-alone company during the periods presented. As a result, historical financial information is not necessarily indicative of what the Company’s combined financial position, results of operations and cash flows will be in the future.

These unaudited Combined Financial Statements were prepared using P&G’s historical basis in the assets and liabilities of the business. The Company’s historical Combined Financial Statements include revenues, costs, assets and liabilities directly attributable to its business, including certain one-time transition costs incurred to support the signed divestiture agreement with Coty Inc. (refer to Note 10). In addition, certain expenses reflected in the unaudited Combined Financial Statements include allocations of corporate expenses from P&G, which, in the opinion of management, are reasonable. All such costs and expenses have been deemed to have been paid by the Company to P&G in the period in which the costs were recorded. Allocations of current income taxes are deemed to have been remitted, in cash, to P&G in the period the related income taxes were recorded.

Amounts due to or from P&G, related to a variety of intercompany transactions, including but not limited to the collection of trade receivables, payments of accounts payable and accrued liabilities, charges for allocated corporate expenses and payments of taxes by P&G on behalf of the Company, have been classified within divisional equity. Intercompany transactions within the Company are eliminated.

These unaudited Combined Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) for interim financial reporting. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, these unaudited Combined Financial Statements contain all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods reported. These financial statements may not be fully representative of annual results and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited Combined Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015.

 

2. NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS AND POLICIES

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)”. This guidance outlines a single, comprehensive model for accounting for revenue from contracts with customers.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

We will adopt the standard no later than July 1, 2018. We are currently assessing the impact of the new standard.

No other new accounting pronouncements issued or effective during the fiscal year have had, or is expected to have, a material impact on the unaudited Combined Financial Statements.

 

3. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A) include allocations of global business unit (GBU) direct spending for the Company’s businesses not classified as a separate GBU as well as corporate expenses associated with centralized P&G support functions.

GBU allocations represent the Company’s share of P&G’s total Beauty GBU direct spending. The Retail Hair Color & Styling business was not organized as a separate GBU within P&G until November 1, 2015. Prior to November 1, 2015, direct spending charges (such as selling expenses and research and development costs) were consolidated into the Beauty GBU and subsequently reallocated to all relevant businesses. Beginning on November 1, 2015 SG&A no longer includes GBU allocations as all of the Company’s businesses are now classified as separate GBUs.

Allocations of corporate expenses relate to local selling and market operations, global support services and corporate functions as illustrated in the table below. Local selling and market operations include the allocated portion of the Company’s shared costs associated with employees who sell various P&G products to customers. Global support services include shared costs associated with items such as general ledger accounting, accounts payable, administration of employee benefits (medical, retirement, stock compensation, etc.), records development and facilities management. Corporate functions relate to consumer and market research, finance, human resources, legal, information technology, government relations, public affairs and research and development. Allocations are based on a number of utilization measures including headcount, square footage and proportionate effort. Where determinations based on utilization are impracticable, P&G uses other methods and criteria that are believed to be reasonable estimates of costs attributable to the Company such as net sales.

 

     Six Months Ended
    December 31    
 
       2015          2014    

Global business unit allocations

   $ 13       $ 37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Corporate allocations:

     

Local selling and market operations

   $ 57       $ 60   

Global support services

     46         52   

Corporate functions

     61         56   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Corporate allocations

   $ 164       $ 168   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Additionally, P&G performs funding and central treasury activities for the Company including the investment of surplus cash, the issuance, repayment and repurchase of short-term and long-term debt and interest rate and foreign currency risk management. All P&G funding to the Company since inception has been accounted for as capital contributions from P&G and all cash remittances from the Company to P&G have been accounted for as distributions to P&G.

 

F-6


Table of Contents
4. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The change in net carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment was as follows:

 

     Salon
Professional
    Retail Hair and
Cosmetics
    Fine
Fragrances
    Total P&G
Beauty Brands
 

Goodwill at June 30, 2015

   $ 395      $ 1,743      $ 556      $ 2,694   

Translation and other

     (4     (19     (8     (31
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2015

   $ 391      $ 1,724      $ 548      $ 2,663   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In accordance with the applicable accounting standards, goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles are tested at least annually for impairment. The test to evaluate goodwill for impairment is a two-step process. In the first step the fair value of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, a second step is performed to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The second step of the impairment analysis requires a valuation of a reporting unit’s tangible and intangible assets and liabilities in a manner similar to the allocation of purchase price in a business combination. If the resulting implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is less than its carrying value, that difference represents an impairment.

P&G’s valuations used to test goodwill and intangible assets for impairment are dependent on a number of significant estimates and assumptions including macroeconomic conditions, overall category growth rates, competitive activities, cost containment and margin expansion and business plans. We believe these estimates and assumptions are reasonable.

Identifiable intangible assets as of December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015 are comprised of:

 

     December 31, 2015     June 30, 2015  
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
 

Intangible assets with determinable lives

   $ 917       $ (724   $ 928       $ (715

Intangible assets with indefinite lives

     1,587         —          1,606         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

   $ 2,504       $ (724   $ 2,534       $ (715
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s goodwill and intangible asset balances relate to the prior acquisitions of Clairol in 2001, Wella AG in 2003 and certain other brand acquisitions by P&G.

The amortization expense of intangible assets for the six months ended December, 2015 and 2014 was $19 and $24, respectively.

 

5. EXIT, DISPOSAL AND RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITIES

P&G has historically incurred an ongoing level of restructuring-type activities to maintain a competitive cost structure, including manufacturing and workforce optimization. In fiscal 2012, P&G initiated an incremental restructuring program as part of productivity and costs savings plan to reduce costs in the areas of supply chain, research and development, marketing and overheads. The program is expected to be completed by fiscal 2017. The productivity and cost savings plan was designed to accelerate cost reductions by streamlining management decision making, manufacturing and other work processes in order to help fund P&G’s growth strategy. The Company’s costs for such programs include employee related separation costs and other charges and accelerated depreciation.

Employee Related Separation Costs and Other Charges — Employee separation costs primarily relate to severance packages, outplacement training and health benefits granted to employees dedicated to the

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Company. The packages are predominantly involuntary and the amounts are calculated based on salary levels and past service periods. Separation charges are included in Cost of products sold for manufacturing employees and in SG&A for nonmanufacturing employees. Other charges include contract terminations and facility closure costs which are included within Cost of products sold for manufacturing related costs and in SG&A for nonmanufacturing related costs. The related liability (“restructuring reserve”) is recorded in Accrued expenses and other liabilities and were $23 and $32 as of December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015, respectively.

The following table summarizes the changes in the total restructuring reserves for employee separation costs and other charges:

 

Restructuring reserves balance at June 30, 2015

   $ 32   

Charges

     12   

Spending and other

     (21
  

 

 

 

Restructuring reserves balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 23   
  

 

 

 

Accelerated Depreciation  — Accelerated depreciation charges relate to long-lived assets that will be taken out of service prior to the end of their originally established useful lives. The Company has shortened the estimated useful lives of such assets, resulting in incremental depreciation expense for the newly estimated service period. Accelerated depreciation related to restructuring activities were $2 and $3 for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Accelerated depreciation for manufacturing assets is included in Cost of products sold.

Consistent with the Company’s historical policies for ongoing restructuring-type activities, the restructuring program charges are funded by and included within Corporate for both management and segment reporting. Corporate includes certain activities that are not reflected in the operating results used internally to measure and evaluate the businesses. Accordingly, all charges under the program are included within the Corporate reportable segment. However, for informative purposes, the following table summarizes the total restructuring costs related to our operating and reportable segments.

 

     Six Months Ended
December 31
 
       2015          2014    

Fine Fragrances

   $ 5       $ 17   

Salon Professional

     7         14   

Retail Hair and Cosmetics

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total P&G Beauty Brands

   $ 12       $ 31   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

Total stock-based compensation expense for stock option grants and restricted stock unit grants was $4 for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Certain employees of the Company participate in P&G’s pension and other postretirement employee benefit plans. Defined benefit pension expense allocated to the Company was $21 for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. Other postretirement benefits expense allocated to the Company was $4 for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. Defined contribution benefit expense allocated to the Company was $13 for the six months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

F-8


Table of Contents
7. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS)

The table below presents the changes in Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss):

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income balance at June 30, 2015

   $ 362   

Financial statement translation

     (94
  

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 268   
  

 

 

 

 

8. DEBT

On July 8, 2015, the Company entered into financing commitments with a consortium of lenders comprising the following facilities:

 

    $1.5 billion, five-year revolving credit facility at LIBOR plus 200 basis points,

 

    $2.0 billion, five-year Term A loan at LIBOR plus 200 basis points, and

 

    $1.0 billion, seven-year Term B loan at LIBOR plus 300 basis points.

No amounts were outstanding under these facilities at December 31, 2015 and June 30, 2015 and there were no borrowings or repayments on these facilities for the six months ended December 31, 2015.

The Company incurred debt commitment fees (interest expense) of $4 for the six months ended December 31, 2015 to maintain the availability of these funds.

No debt or related interest charges from P&G are reflected in these unaudited Combined Financial Statements.

 

9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Litigation  — The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims arising out of our business which cover a wide range of matters such as antitrust, trade, labor and employment matters, other governmental regulations and other actions arising out of the normal course of business. While considerable uncertainty exists, in the opinion of management and its counsel, the ultimate resolution of the various lawsuits and claims will not materially affect the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Income tax uncertainties — The Company is present in over 110 taxable jurisdictions. As part of P&G operations in these jurisdictions, the Company is subject to examination by tax authorities. At any point in time, P&G has several audits underway at various stages of completion. Although none of the audits are specific to the Company, the scope of the P&G audits would include activities of the Company. P&G evaluates its tax positions and establishes liabilities for uncertain tax positions that may be challenged by local authorities and may not be fully sustained, despite its belief that the underlying tax positions are fully supportable. Uncertain tax positions are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, including progress of tax audits, developments in case law and closing of statute of limitations. Such adjustments are reflected in the tax provision as appropriate. P&G has tax years open ranging from 2002 and forward. The Company is generally not able to reliably estimate the ultimate settlement amounts until the close of the audit. Based on information currently available, we anticipate that over the next 12 month period, audit activity could be completed related to uncertain tax positions in multiple jurisdictions for which we have accrued existing liabilities of approximately $200, including interest and penalties.

 

F-9


Table of Contents
10. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The P&G Beauty Brands businesses were historically included within the P&G Global Beauty reportable segment. The Company has four operating segments comprised of 1) Fine Fragrances, 2) Salon Professional, 3) Retail Hair Color & Styling and 4) Cosmetics. Under U.S. GAAP, the four operating segments are aggregated into three reportable segments as described below:

 

    Fine Fragrances: includes men’s and women’s fine fragrance products across a portfolio of licensed brands.

 

    Salon Professional: includes professional hair care, color and styling products.

 

    Retail Hair and Cosmetics: includes retail hair color and select styling products, facial, lip, eye and nail color products.

Corporate includes certain activities that are not reflected in the operating results used internally to measure and evaluate the businesses. These items include financing and investing activities, gains of certain divested brands, restructuring activities to maintain a competitive cost structure including manufacturing and workforce optimization and certain one-time transition costs incurred to support the signed divestiture agreement with Coty Inc. Corporate also includes reconciling items to adjust the accounting policies used in the segments for U.S. GAAP. The most significant reconciling item includes income taxes to adjust from blended statutory tax rates that are reflected in the segments to the overall tax rate.

Following is a summary of segment results:

 

            Six Months Ended December 31  
            Net Sales      Earnings/(Loss)
Before Income
Taxes
     Net Earnings/
(Loss)
 

Fine Fragrances

     2015       $ 1,023       $ 126       $ 126   
     2014         1,262         141         139   

Salon Professional

     2015         677         63         54   
     2014         745         58         53   

Retail Hair and Cosmetics

     2015         923         159         119   
     2014         1,063         181         140   

Corporate (1)

     2015         —           (24      (89
     2014         —           (28      (91
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total P&G Beauty Brands

     2015       $ 2,623       $ 324       $ 210   
     2014         3,070         352         241   

 

(1)   Corporate includes one-time transition costs of $9 for the six months ended December 31, 2015.

 

11. COTY TRANSACTION

On July 9, 2015, P&G announced the signing of a definitive agreement with Coty Inc. (“Coty”) to divest the Company. Coty’s offer was $12.5 billion. While the final value of the transaction will be determined at closing, based on Coty’s stock price and outstanding equity grants as of December 31, 2015, the value of the transaction was approximately $13.0 billion. While the ultimate form of the transaction has not yet been decided, P&G’s current preference is for a Reverse Morris Trust split-off transaction in which P&G shareholders could elect to participate in an exchange offer to exchange P&G stock for Coty stock. P&G expects to close the transaction in the second half of calendar year 2016, pending regulatory approvals.

 

12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

For the six months ended December 31, 2015, the Company has evaluated subsequent events for potential recognition and disclosure through April 20, 2016.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

On January 12, 2016, Coty Inc. announced that the Dolce & Gabbana and Christina Aguilera licenses will not transfer in connection with the definitive agreement to divest P&G Beauty Brands which will be merged with Coty Inc. The unaudited combined financial statements include the revenues, costs, assets and liabilities attributable to the Dolce & Gabbana and Christina Aguilera licenses as these licenses are managed within P&G’s Fine Fragrances business. P&G is pursuing alternative disposition plans to exit Dolce & Gabbana and Christina Aguilera prior to or simultaneous with the Coty Inc. transaction. In connection with this decision, P&G Beauty Brands will record a non-cash, before-tax impairment charge of approximately $48 ($42 after tax) in the three month period ended March 31, 2016 in order to reflect the Dolce & Gabbana license intangible asset at its updated value estimate of net realizable value, reflecting the impact of the decision to exclude the Dolce & Gabbana license from the transaction.

On January 26, 2016, the Company drew on its Term B loan of $1.0 billion. The proceeds will be held in restricted cash in escrow until the anticipated legal integration activities prior to the close of the divestiture transaction with Coty Inc. Refer to Note 8.

******

 

F-11


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors of The Procter & Gamble Company and the Board of Directors of P&G Beauty Brands:

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of P&G Beauty Brands (the “Company”) (a combination of wholly owned subsidiaries, including Galleria Co. and operations of the Fine Fragrances, Salon Professional, Cosmetics, and Retail Hair Color & Styling Businesses of The Procter & Gamble Company (“P&G”)) as of June 30, 2015 and 2014, and the related combined statements of income and comprehensive income/(loss), equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2015. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at June 30, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 2 to the combined financial statements, the Company includes allocations of certain costs from P&G. These costs may not be reflective of the actual level of costs which would have been incurred had the Company operated as a separate entity apart from P&G. As a result, historical financial information is not necessarily indicative of what the Company’s combined results of operations, financial position, and cash flows will be in the future.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Cincinnati, Ohio

April 20, 2016

 

F-12


Table of Contents

P&G BEAUTY BRANDS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME / (LOSS) FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollars in millions)

 

     2015     2014      2013  

Net sales

   $ 5,518      $ 6,003       $ 6,122   

Cost of products sold

     1,875        2,029         2,075   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     3,643        3,974         4,047   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     3,228        3,513         3,632   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     415        461         415   

Other non-operating income, net

     94        —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings before income taxes

     509        461         415   

Income taxes

     361        152         138   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net earnings

   $ 148      $ 309       $ 277   

Other comprehensive income / (loss):

       

Financial statement translation

     (582     131         128   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income / (loss)

   $ (434   $ 440       $ 405   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

See notes to combined financial statements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

P&G BEAUTY BRANDS

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF JUNE 30, 2015 AND 2014

(Dollars in millions)

 

     2015      2014  

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 15       $ 15   

Accounts receivable — net

     620         780   

Inventories

     

Materials and supplies

     125         143   

Work in process

     26         28   

Finished goods

     341         411   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories

     492         582   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     183         240   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,310         1,617   

Property, plant and equipment — net

     613         697   

Goodwill

     2,694         2,975   

Trademarks and other intangible assets — net

     1,819         2,113   

Other noncurrent assets

     271         293   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 6,707       $ 7,695   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

   $ 396       $ 445   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     648         681   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,044         1,126   

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities

     490         542   

Liabilities for uncertain tax positions

     37         131   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     29         39   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,600         1,838   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity:

     

Divisional equity

     4,745         4,913   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     362         944   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     5,107         5,857   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 6,707       $ 7,695   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See notes to combined financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

P&G BEAUTY BRANDS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollars in millions)

 

     Divisional equity     Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
    Total  

Balance June 30, 2012

   $ 5,123      $ 685      $ 5,808   

Net earnings

     277        —          277   

Financial statement translation

     —          128        128   

Distributions to P&G — net

     (365     —          (365
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance June 30, 2013

     5,035        813        5,848   

Net earnings

     309        —          309   

Financial statement translation

     —          131        131   

Distributions to P&G — net

     (431     —          (431
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance June 30, 2014

     4,913        944        5,857   

Net earnings

     148        —          148   

Financial statement translation

     —          (582     (582

Distributions to P&G — net

     (316     —          (316
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance June 30, 2015

   $ 4,745      $ 362      $ 5,107   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to combined financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

P&G BEAUTY BRANDS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollars in millions)

 

     2015     2014     2013  

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR

   $ 15      $ 81      $ 62   

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net earnings

     148        309        277   

Depreciation and amortization

     125        128        128   

Losses/ (gains) on disposals of assets

     14        8        11   

Gains on sale of brand assets

     (94     —          —     

Deferred income taxes

     (1     20        14   

Changes in accounts receivable

     49        29        (60

Changes in inventories

     13        18        25   

Changes in prepaid expenses and other current assets

     26        (21     29   

Changes in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

     82        133        31   

Changes in noncurrent assets and liabilities and other

     (91     (162     29   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating activities

     271        462        484   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Capital expenditures

     (106     (109     (103

Proceeds from sale of assets

     153        11        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investing activities

     47        (98     (102
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Distributions to P&G, net

     (316     (431     (365
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financing activities

     (316     (431     (365
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH & CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (2     1        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR

   $ 15      $ 15      $ 81   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE:

      

Taxes paid (considered remitted to P&G in the period recorded)

   $ 362      $ 109      $ 108   

See notes to combined financial statements.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

P&G BEAUTY BRANDS

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF JUNE 30, 2015 AND 2014 AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2015, 2014 AND 2013

(Dollars in millions, except as otherwise specified)

 

 

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

P&G Beauty Brands (the “Company”) is a combination of wholly owned subsidiaries, including Galleria Co. and operations of the Fine Fragrances, Salon Professional, Retail Hair Color & Styling and Cosmetics Businesses of The Procter & Gamble Company (“P&G”). Galleria Co. is a wholly owned subsidiary of P&G organized on June 25, 2015 for the purpose of effecting the separation of certain specified assets and liabilities related to P&G Beauty Brands that will be merged with Coty Inc.

The Company manufactures, markets and sells various branded beauty products including fine fragrances, professional and retail hair care, cosmetics, coloring and select styling products. The Company sells its products in approximately 150 countries primarily through salons, mass merchandisers, grocery stores, drug stores, department stores and distributors.

The Company’s business includes several global brands, including Wella Professional, Vidal Sassoon, Clairol Nice ‘n Easy, CoverGirl, Max Factor, Hugo Boss, Gucci, Lacoste, Dolce & Gabanna. The Company was mainly established from P&G’s acquisitions of the Noxell Corporation in 1989, the tradename MaxFactor in 1991, Clairol in 2001, Wella AG in September 2003 and other subsequent brand and license acquisitions. As it relates to licenses, the Company maintains agreements with the owner of the brands, most of which involve the payment of royalties tied to the sales of the underlying brands.

The Fine Fragrance, Salon Professional, and Retail Hair Color & Styling Businesses are headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland and the Cosmetics Business is headquartered in Hunt Valley, Maryland. The Company has manufacturing facilities and distribution centers in Germany, the United States of America (“U.S.”), the United Kingdom, Ireland, France and Russia. The Company also maintains operations in P&G shared manufacturing facilities in Mexico, Thailand and Brazil. In addition to the owned facilities, the Company utilizes third-party contract manufacturers for various items, including salon accessory and appliance items, eye and lip pencils, blushes, eye shadows, brushes and powders.

 

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The Company’s combined financial statements reflect the historical financial position, results of operations, and cash flows of the Company as owned by P&G for all periods presented. Prior to the expected separation transaction, P&G has not accounted for the Company as, and the Company has not been operated as, a stand-alone company for the periods presented. The Company’s historical combined financial statements have been “carved out” from P&G’s consolidated financial statements and reflect assumptions and allocations made by P&G. The combined financial statements do not fully reflect what the Company’s combined financial position, results of operations, and cash flows would have been had the Company been a stand-alone company during the periods presented. As a result, historical financial information is not necessarily indicative of what the Company’s combined results of operations, financial position, and cash flows will be in the future.

The Company’s historical combined financial statements were prepared using P&G’s historical basis in the assets and liabilities of the business. The Company’s historical combined financial statements include revenues, costs, assets and liabilities directly attributable to its business. In addition, certain expenses reflected in the combined financial statements include allocations of corporate expenses from P&G, which, in the opinion of management, are reasonable (see further discussion in Note 4). All such costs and expenses

 

F-17


Table of Contents

have been deemed to have been paid by the Company to P&G in the period in which the costs were recorded. Allocations of current income taxes are deemed to have been remitted, in cash, to P&G in the period the related income taxes were recorded.

Amounts due to or from P&G, related to a variety of intercompany transactions, including but not limited to the collection of trade receivables, payments of accounts payable and accrued liabilities, charges for allocated corporate expenses and payments of taxes by P&G on behalf of the Company, have been classified within divisional equity. Intercompany transactions within the Company are eliminated.

The Company’s fiscal year ends on June 30. References to years in the combined financial statements relate to fiscal years rather than calendar years.

 

3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates  — Preparation of combined financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the combined financial statements and the accompanying disclosures. These estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of current events and actions the Company may undertake in the future. Estimates are used in accounting for, among other items, consumer and trade promotion accruals, allowances for doubtful accounts, allowances for uncollectible loans, useful lives for depreciation and amortization of long-lived assets, future cash flows associated with long-lived asset impairment testing, restructuring reserves, allocated pension and other postemployment benefits costs, stock compensation expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities, uncertain income tax positions and contingencies. Actual results may ultimately differ from these estimates and assumptions, although management does not believe such differences would materially affect the financial statements in any individual year.

Revenue Recognition  — Sales are recognized when revenue is realized or realizable and has been earned. Revenue transactions represent sales of inventory. The revenue recorded is presented net of sales and other taxes the Company collects on behalf of governmental authorities and includes shipping and handling costs, which generally are included in the list price to the customer. The Company’s policy is to recognize revenue when title to the product, ownership, and risk of loss are transferred to the customer, which can be on the date of shipment or the date of receipt by the customer, depending on the agreement terms. A provision for payment discounts and product returns is recorded as a reduction of sales in the same period that the revenue is recognized.

Trade promotions, consisting primarily of customer pricing allowances, merchandising funds and consumer coupons, are offered through various programs to customers and consumers. Sales are recorded net of trade promotion spending, which is recognized as incurred, generally at the time of the sale. Most of these arrangements have terms of approximately one year. Accruals for expected payouts under these programs are included as accrued marketing and promotions in the Accrued expenses and other liabilities line item in the Combined Balance Sheets.

Cost of Products Sold  — Cost of products sold is primarily comprised of direct materials and supplies consumed in the manufacture of product, as well as manufacturing labor, depreciation expense, and direct overhead expense necessary to acquire and convert the purchased materials and supplies into finished product. Cost of products sold also includes the cost to distribute products to customers, inbound freight costs, internal transfer costs, warehousing costs and other shipping and handling activity. Cost of products sold includes certain allocated expenses associated with the Company’s portion of shared costs for management of non-plant manufacturing administration functions, such as production planning, engineering and quality assurance. Cost of products sold includes allocated costs based on a percentage of net sales of $70, $80 and $83 during 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative Expense  — Selling, general and administrative expense (SG&A) is primarily comprised of marketing expenses, selling expenses, research and development costs, administrative and other indirect overhead costs, royalty expenses, depreciation and amortization expense on non-manufacturing assets and other miscellaneous operating items. Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred and were $56 in 2015 and $74 in 2014 and 2013. Advertising costs, charged to expense as incurred, include worldwide television, print, radio, internet and in-store advertising expenses and were $1,080 in 2015, $1,096 in 2014 and $1,167 in 2013. Non-advertising related components of the Company’s total marketing spending include costs associated with consumer promotions, product sampling and sales aids, which are included in SG&A, as wells as coupons and customer trade funds, which are recorded as reductions to net sales.

Currency Translation  — Financial statements of operations outside the U.S. generally are measured using the local currency as the functional currency. Adjustments to translate those statements into U.S. dollars are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income. Foreign currency remeasurement gains and losses were immaterial for all periods presented.

Cash Flow Presentation  — The combined statements of cash flows are prepared using the indirect method, which reconciles net earnings to cash flows from operating activities. Cash flows from foreign currency transactions and operations are translated at an average exchange rate for the period.

Cash and Cash Equivalents  — As described in Note 4, the Company has historically participated in P&G’s cash management system; accordingly, most cash derived from or required for the Company’s operations is applied to or against divisional equity.

The Company does have cash and cash equivalents, as reflected on the balance sheet, recorded on various dedicated legal entities. These affiliates do not participate in P&G’s cash management system. Highly liquid investments with remaining stated maturities of three months or less when purchased are considered cash equivalents and recorded at cost.

Accounts Receivable  — Receivables are recognized net of payment discounts and allowances. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $26 as of June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Customer Loans — The Company provides loans to certain customers to help finance salon openings, renovations and other improvements. In exchange for this financing, customers become contractually obligated to purchase products from the Company (with common terms of three to five years). Certain customer loans may be provided at favorable rates, including interest-free or with below-market interest rates (typically ranging from 1-5%). Customer loans are initially recorded at fair value not to exceed the face value of the loan. The fair value is based on a market based measurement using published market interest rates in the country of loan origin. The difference between the face value (generally the amount advanced) and fair value of the loan at origination is reported as a reduction in net sales in the combined statements of income and comprehensive income / (loss). The value of the loan after initial recognition is reduced for principal repayments, net of any allowances for uncollectibility. Customer loan payments are allocated between principal and related interest, as appropriate. Payments are received either in the form of scheduled cash payments or via partial or complete offset against rebates or other allowances earned by customers from product purchases. Allowances for uncollectible loans are recorded based on management’s assessment of objective evidence of potential uncollectibility.

Local banking regulations in certain countries, including Germany, do not allow the Company to provide loans directly to customers. In such cases, the Company may guarantee a loan provided by a local bank following the Company’s loan evaluation and credit analysis. P&G has provided guarantees of $23 and $34 as of June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Customer loans as of June 30, 2015 and 2014 were composed of:

 

     2015      2014  

Customer loans — current

     

Customer loans—gross

   $ 40       $ 52   

Allowance for uncollectible loans — current

     (15      (24
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total customer loans — current

     25         28   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Customer loans — noncurrent

     

Customer loans—gross

     45         61   

Allowance for uncollectible loans — noncurrent

     (7      (14
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total customer loans — noncurrent

     38         47   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total customer loans

   $ 63       $ 75   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The portion of customer loans due within one year, net of an allowance for uncollectible loans, is recorded within prepaid expenses and other current assets in the combined balance sheets. The portion of customer loans due in greater than one year, net of an allowance for uncollectible loans, is recorded within other noncurrent assets in the combined balance sheets.

Inventory Valuation  — Inventories encompass product inventories (raw materials, packing materials, work-in-process and finished goods) and store room inventory. Amounts are presented net of any applicable reserves. Reserves against inventory relate to specifically identifiable nonperforming inventory evaluated on a periodic basis.

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market value. Product inventories are primarily valued at the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

Property, Plant and Equipment  — Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost reduced by accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense is recognized over the assets’ estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Machinery and equipment includes office furniture and fixtures (15-year life), computer equipment and capitalized software (3- to 5-year lives) and manufacturing equipment (3- to 20-year lives). Buildings are depreciated over an estimated useful life of 40 years. Estimated useful lives are periodically reviewed and, when appropriate, changes are made prospectively. When certain events or changes in operating conditions occur, asset lives may be adjusted and an impairment assessment may be performed on the recoverability of the carrying amounts.

In-store fixtures and displays — In-store fixtures and displays are primarily used for fine fragrance and cosmetic products for marketing support purposes. Balances are recorded at cost and reduced by accumulated amortization. Amortization expense is recognized over the assets’ estimated useful lives of three years using the straight-line method and is primarily recorded within SG&A in the combined statements of income and comprehensive income/(loss). When certain events or changes in operating conditions occur, an impairment assessment may be performed on the recoverability of the carrying amounts.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets  — The Company’s goodwill represents a combination of goodwill directly attributable to the businesses as well as a portion of allocated goodwill from P&G and pushed down to the carve out financial statements utilizing the relative fair value of the Company as compared to P&G’s various reporting units’ goodwill . Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but are evaluated for impairment annually or more often if indicators of a potential impairment are present. Annual impairment testing of goodwill is performed separately from the impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets. The annual evaluation for impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets is

 

F-20


Table of Contents

based on valuation models that incorporate assumptions and internal projections of expected future cash flows and operating plans. Such assumptions are also comparable to those that would be used by other marketplace participants. P&G’s annual testing for impairment of goodwill occurs October 1 of each fiscal year. P&G’s annual testing for impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets occurs December 31 of each fiscal year.

The Company has trademarks for various brand names that have been determined to have indefinite lives. The Company evaluates a number of factors to determine whether an indefinite life is appropriate, including the competitive environment, market share, brand history, product life cycles, operating plans and the macroeconomic environment of the countries in which the brand is sold. When certain events or changes in operating conditions occur, an impairment assessment is performed, impairment losses may be recorded and indefinite-lived brands may be adjusted to a determinable life prospectively.

The cost of intangible assets with determinable useful lives is amortized on a straight-line or accelerated basis over the estimated periods benefited. Assets with contractual terms are amortized over their respective legal or contractual lives. When certain events or changes in operating conditions occur, an impairment assessment is performed, impairment losses may be recorded and lives of intangible assets with determinable lives may be adjusted prospectively. See Note 5.

Costs for Exit and Disposal Activities  — The Company records restructuring activities, including costs for employee termination benefits, in accordance with guidance on accounting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities. Asset impairment costs for tangible assets are recorded in accordance with guidance on accounting for the impairment and disposal of long-lived assets. See Note 7.

Stock-Based Compensation  — Certain employees of the Company participate in P&G’s share-based incentive plans under which stock options or stock awards may be granted to these employees. See Note 8.

Income Taxes  — The Company is included in P&G’s consolidated tax returns in various jurisdictions and accounts for income taxes under the separate return method. Under this approach, the Company determines its income tax expense, tax liability and deferred tax assets and liabilities as if it were filing separate tax returns. See Note 10.

New Accounting Pronouncements — In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” This guidance outlines a single, comprehensive model for accounting for revenue from contracts with customers. We will adopt the standard no later than July 1, 2018. We are currently assessing the impact of the new standard.

No other new accounting pronouncements issued or effective during the fiscal year have had or are expected to have a material impact on the combined financial statements.

 

4. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Selling, general and administrative expenses include allocations of global business unit (“GBU”) direct spending for the Company’s businesses not classified as a separate GBU at the P&G level, as well as corporate expenses associated with centralized P&G support functions.

GBU allocations represent the Company’s share of P&G’s total Beauty GBU direct spending. The Cosmetics and Retail Hair Color & Styling businesses have not been organized as a separate global business unit within P&G; therefore direct spending charges (such as selling expenses and R&D) are consolidated into the Beauty GBU and then are reallocated to all businesses that are included in the Beauty GBU. Effective July 1, 2014, the Cosmetics business became its own GBU within P&G, thus their results no longer include GBU allocations.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Allocations of corporate expenses relate to local selling and market operations, global support services and corporate functions as illustrated in the table below. Local selling and market operations include the allocated portion of the Company’s shared costs associated with employees who sell various P&G products to customers. Global support services include shared costs associated with items such as general ledger accounting, accounts payable, administration of employee benefits (medical, retirement, stock compensation, etc.), records development and facilities management. Corporate functions relates to consumer and market research, finance, human resources, legal, information technology, government relations, public affairs and research and development. Allocations are based on a number of utilization measures including headcount, square footage and proportionate effort. Where determinations based on utilization are impracticable, P&G uses other methods and criteria that are believed to be reasonable estimates of costs attributable to the Company such as net sales.

 

     2015      2014      2013  

Global business unit allocations

   $ 73       $ 150       $ 165   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Corporate allocations:

        

Local selling and market operations

   $ 120       $ 89       $ 105   

Global support services

     109         104         106   

Corporate functions

     112         92         90   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Corporate allocations

   $ 341       $ 285       $ 301   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Additionally, P&G performs funding and central treasury activities for the Company including the investment of surplus cash, the issuance, repayment and repurchase of short-term and long-term debt and interest rate and foreign currency risk management. All P&G funding to the Company since inception has been accounted for as capital contributions from P&G and all cash remittances from the Company to P&G have been accounted for as distributions to P&G. No debt or related interest charges from P&G are reflected in these combined financial statements.

 

5. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The change in net carrying amount of goodwill is as follows:

 

     Salon
Professional
    Retail Hair
and
Cosmetics
    Fine
Fragrances
    Total P&G
Beauty Brands
 

Goodwill at June 30, 2013 — Gross

   $ 855      $ 1,862      $ 618      $ 3,335   

Accumulated impairment losses at June 30, 2013

     (431     —          —          (431
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill at June 30, 2013 — Net

     424        1,862        618      $ 2,904   

Translation and other

     11        39        21        71   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill at June 30, 2014 — Gross

     866        1,901        639        3,406   

Accumulated impairment losses at June 30, 2014

     (431     —          —          (431
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill at June 30, 2014 — Net

     435        1,901        639      $ 2,975   

Translation and other

     (40     (158     (83     (281
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill at June 30, 2015 — Gross

     826        1,743        556        3,125   

Accumulated impairment losses at June 30, 2015

     (431     —          —          (431
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill at June 30, 2015 — Net

   $ 395      $ 1,743      $ 556      $ 2,694   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Identifiable intangible assets as of June 30, 2015 and 2014 were composed of:

 

     2015     2014  
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
 

Intangible assets with determinable lives:

          

Brands

   $ 639       $ (479   $ 782       $ (533

Patents and technology

     8         (8     10         (10

Customer relationships

     226         (195     269         (220

Other

     55         (33     69         (36
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     928         (715     1,130         (799

Intangible assets with indefinitelives —Brands

     1,606         —          1,782         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,534       $ (715   $ 2,912       $ (799
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s goodwill and intangible asset balances relate to the prior acquisitions of mainly Clairol in 2001 and Wella AG in 2003 and certain brand acquisitions by P&G.

Amortization expense recognized on intangible assets was $47, $49 and $50 during 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Estimated annual amortization expense for future periods is $39 in 2016, $34 in 2017, $31 in 2018, $26 in 2019, and $26 in 2020. Estimated amortization expense does not reflect the impact of future foreign exchange rate changes.

 

6. SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The components of prepaid expenses and other current assets were as follows:

 

     2015      2014  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets:

     

Prepaid marketing activities

   $ 100       $ 128   

Current portion of customer loans — net

     25         28   

Deferred income tax assets

     39         44   

Other

     19         40   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 183       $ 240   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The components of property, plant and equipment, net were as follows:

 

     2015      2014  

Property, plant and equipment:

     

Buildings

   $ 259       $ 289   

Machinery and equipment

     927         1,036   

Land

     32         38   

Construction in progress

     66         66   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,284       $ 1,429   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

     (671      (732
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment — net

   $ 613       $ 697   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

The components of accrued expenses and other liabilities, classified as current liabilities, were as follows:

 

     2015      2014  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities:

     

Marketing and promotion

   $ 250       $ 292   

Compensation expenses

     71         79   

Restructuring reserves

     32         31   

Manufacturing expenses

     18         24   

Current liability for uncertain tax positions

     204         164   

Accrued royalties

     31         36   

Other

     42         55   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 648       $ 681   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

7. EXIT, DISPOSAL AND RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITIES

P&G has incurred on-going restructuring-type activities to maintain a competitive cost structure, including manufacturing and workforce optimization. In fiscal 2012, P&G initiated an incremental restructuring program as part of productivity and costs savings plan to reduce costs in the areas of supply chain, research and development, marketing and overheads. The program is expected to be completed by fiscal 2017. The productivity and cost savings plan was designed to accelerate cost reductions by streamlining management decision making, manufacturing and other work processes in order to help fund P&G’s growth strategy. The Company’s costs for such programs include employee related separation costs and other charges.

Employee Related Separation Costs and Other Charges — Employee separation costs primarily relate to severance packages, outplacement training and health benefits granted to employees dedicated to the Company. The packages are predominantly involuntary and the amounts are calculated based on salary levels and past service periods. Separation charges are included in Cost of products sold for manufacturing employees and in SG&A for nonmanufacturing employees. Other charges include contract terminations and facility closure costs which are recorded within cost of products sold for manufacturing related costs and in SG&A for nonmanufacturing related costs. The current portion of the related liability (“restructuring reserve”) is recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities and was $32 and $31 as of June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and the long term portion is recorded in other noncurrent liabilities and was $0 and $3 as of June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The following table summarizes the changes in the total restructuring reserves (current and noncurrent) for employee separation costs and other charges:

 

Restructuring reserves balance at June 30, 2013

   $ 48   

Charges

     34   

Spending and other

     (48
  

 

 

 

Restructuring reserves balance at June 30, 2014

     34   

Charges

     76   

Spending and other

     (78
  

 

 

 

Restructuring reserves balance at June 30, 2015

   $ 32   
  

 

 

 

Accelerated Depreciation  — Accelerated depreciation charges relate to long-lived assets that will be taken out of service prior to the end of their originally established useful lives. The Company has shortened the estimated useful lives of such assets, resulting in incremental depreciation expense for the newly estimated service period. Accelerated depreciation related to restructuring activities was $4, $3 and $1 in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Accelerated depreciation for manufacturing assets is included in Cost of products sold.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Consistent with the Company’s historical policies for ongoing restructuring-type activities, the restructuring program charges are funded by and included within Corporate for both management and segment reporting. Accordingly, all charges under the program are included within the Corporate reportable segment. However, for informative purposes, the following table summarizes the total restructuring costs related to our reportable segments.

 

     2015      2014  

Fine Fragrances

   $ 34       $ 15   

Salon Professional

     37         16   

Retail Hair and Cosmetics

     5         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total P&G Beauty Brands

   $ 76       $ 34   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

8. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Certain of the Company’s employees have been granted P&G stock options under P&G’s primary stock-based compensation plan. Under this plan, stock options are granted annually to key managers with exercise prices equal to the market price of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Grants issued under this plan vest after three years and have a 10-year life. Grants issued from July 1998 through August 2002 vested after three years and have a 15-year life. In addition to the grants made to key managers, a certain number of the Company’s employees have been granted an immaterial number of P&G stock options for which vesting terms and option periods are not substantially different. Additionally, there are other grants of restricted stock units that are immaterial.

Total stock-based compensation expense for stock option grants and restricted stock unit grants was $8, $7 and $6 for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

In calculating the compensation expense for options granted, we utilize a binomial lattice-based valuation model. Assumptions utilized in the model, which are evaluated and revised, as necessary, to reflect market conditions and experience, were as follows:

 

Years ended June 30    2015     2014     2013  

Interest rate

     0.1-2.1     0.1-2.8     0.2-2.0

Weighted average interest rate

     2.0     2.5     1.8

Dividend yield

     3.1     3.1     2.9

Expected volatility

     11-15     15-17     14-15

Weighted average volatility

     15     16     15

Expected life in years

     8.3        8.2        8.9   

Lattice-based option valuation models incorporate ranges of assumptions for inputs and those ranges are disclosed in the preceding table. Expected volatilities are based on a combination of historical volatility of P&G stock and implied volatilities of call options on P&G stock. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination patterns within the valuation model. The expected life of options granted is derived from the output of the option valuation model and represents the average period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the options is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes stock option activity under the P&G plans as it relates to employees of the Company:

 

    

Options

(In Thousands)

    

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price

    

Weighted-

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Life in Years

    

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value
(In Millions)

 

Outstanding — June 30, 2014

     4,187       $ 64.98         6.1       $ 56   

Granted

     605         85.05         —           —     

Exercised (1)

     (556      56.11         —           —     
  

 

 

          

Outstanding — June 30, 2015

     4,236         69.12         6.1         43   
  

 

 

          

Exercisable — June 30, 2015

     2,320         61.06         4.2         40   
  

 

 

          

 

  (1)   Exercised includes canceled awards.

The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted was $9.32, $10.00 and $8.45 per share in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $19, $9 and $11 in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The total grant-date fair value of options that vested during 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $5, $6 and $6, respectively.

At June 30, 2015, there was $8 of compensation cost that has not yet been recognized related to stock option grants. That cost is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted average period of 1.9 years under the ongoing P&G plan. At June 30, 2015, there was $6 of compensation cost that has not yet been recognized related to RSUs. That cost is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted average period of 3.3 years under the ongoing P&G plan. The total fair value of shares vested was $1, $0 and $1 in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

9. POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

Certain employees of the Company participate in P&G’s pension and other postretirement employee benefit plans. These plans are accounted for by the Company as multi-employer plans which require the Company to expense its annual contributions.

P&G provides defined benefit pension plans for certain employees who become eligible for these benefits when they meet minimum age and service requirements. Defined benefit pension plan participants are mainly non-U.S. based employees. Defined benefit pension expenses allocated to the Company were $40, $36 and $31 for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

P&G provides certain other retiree benefits, primarily health care and life insurance, for employees who become eligible for these benefits when they meet minimum age and service requirements. Other postretirement benefits plan participants are mainly U.S. based employees. Generally, the health care plans require cost sharing with retirees and pay a stated percentage of expenses, reduced by deductibles and other health care coverage. Other postretirement benefits expenses allocated to the Company were $8, $8 and $9 for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

P&G has defined contribution plans that cover the majority of its U.S. employees, including the employees of the Company. These plans are fully funded. P&G generally makes contributions to participants’ accounts based on individual base salaries and years of service. For the primary U.S. defined contribution plan, the contribution rate is set annually. Total contributions for this plan approximated 15% of total participants’ annual wages and salaries in 2015, 2014 and 2013. Defined contribution benefit expenses allocated to the Company were $22, $21 and $20 for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

F-26


Table of Contents
10. INCOME TAXES

Income taxes are recognized for the amount of taxes payable for the current year and for the impact of deferred tax liabilities and assets, which represent future tax consequences of events that have been recognized differently in the financial statements than for tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are established using the enacted statutory tax rates and are adjusted for any changes in such rates in the period of change.

The Company’s operations have historically been included in P&G’s U.S. federal and state tax returns or non-U.S. jurisdictions tax returns. The Company’s tax provision on a separate return basis includes specifically identified permanent and temporary differences and certain permanent and temporary differences that were not directly related to the Company. The Company reviewed each permanent and temporary difference and determined the appropriate amount attributable to the Company to reflect approximate amounts that the Company would have incurred on a separate return basis. Accordingly, the Company’s tax results as presented are not necessarily reflective of the results that the Company will generate in the future or would have generated on a stand-alone basis.

Earnings before income taxes for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, consisted of the following:

 

Years ended June 30    2015      2014      2013  

United States

   $ 223       $ 135       $ 104   

International

     286         326         311   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 509       $ 461       $ 415   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income taxes consisted of the following:

 

Years ended June 30    2015      2014      2013  

Current tax expense:

        

U.S. Federal

   $ 50       $ 16       $ 6   

International

     306         113         116   

U.S. State and Local

     6         3         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     362         132         124   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax expense (benefit):

        

U.S. Federal

     22         26         23   

International and other

     (23      (6      (9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (1      20         14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total tax expense

   $ 361       $ 152       $ 138   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s actual income tax rate for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, is provided below:

 

Years ended June 30    2015     2014     2013  

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

     35.0     35.0     35.0

Changes in uncertain tax positions

     36.4     5.1     4.5

Country mix impacts of foreign operations

     (1.2 %)      (7.8 %)      (6.6 %) 

Changes to valuation allowance

     0.3     0.4     0.5

Other

     0.4     0.3     (0.1 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     70.9     33.0     33.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Changes in uncertain tax positions represent changes in the Company’s liability related to prior year tax positions.

The Company has undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries at June 30, 2015, for which deferred taxes have not been provided. Such earnings are considered indefinitely invested in the foreign subsidiaries. If such earnings were repatriated, additional tax expense may result, although the calculation of such additional taxes is not practicable.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending liability for uncertain tax positions is as follows:

 

     2015      2014      2013  

Beginning of Year

   $ 223       $ 201       $ 185   

Increase in tax positions for prior years

     206         —           4   

Decreases in tax positions for prior years

     (66      (4      (14

Increases in tax positions for current year

     6         23         24   

Settlements with taxing authorities

     (185      (1      (2

Lapse in statute of limitations

     (3      (5      (3

Currency translation

     (39      9         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

End of year

   $ 142       $ 223       $ 201   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total liability which could impact the effective tax rates in future periods, including accrued interest and penalties, for uncertain tax positions at June 30, 2015 is $25.

The Company is present in over 110 taxable jurisdictions. As part of P&G operations in these jurisdictions, the Company is subject to examination by tax authorities. At any point in time, P&G has several audits underway at various stages of completion. Although none of the audits are specific to the Company, the scope of the P&G audits would include activities of the Company. P&G evaluates its tax positions and establishes liabilities for uncertain tax positions that may be challenged by local authorities and may not be fully sustained, despite its belief that the underlying tax positions are fully supportable. Uncertain tax positions are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, including progress of tax audits, developments in case law and closing of statute of limitations. Such adjustments are reflected in the tax provision as appropriate. P&G is making a concentrated effort to bring its audit inventory to a more current position. P&G has done this by working with tax authorities to conduct audits for several open years at once. P&G has tax years open ranging from 2002 and forward.

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company had accrued interest of $98, $72 and $53 respectively, and accrued penalties of less than $1 which are not included in the above table. During 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized $27, $18 and $12, respectively, in interest and less than $1 in penalties. The Company is generally not able to reliably estimate the ultimate settlement amounts until the close of the audit. While P&G and the Company do not expect material changes, it is possible that the amount of unrecognized benefit with respect to the Company’s uncertain tax positions could significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months related to the audits described above. Based on information currently available, we anticipate that over the next 12 month period, audit activity could be completed related to uncertain tax positions in multiple jurisdictions for which we have accrued existing liabilities of approximately $204, including interest and penalties.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the years ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, were comprised of the following:

 

Years ended June 30    2015      2014  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Accrued marketing and promotion

   $ 26       $ 28   

Loss and other carryforward

     15         11   

Stock-based compensation

     9         8   

Compensation accruals

     8         8   

Property, plant and equipment

     4         6   

Restructuring accruals

     4         4   

Other

     7         10   

Valuation allowances

     (4      (3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 69       $ 72   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Goodwill and other intangible assets

   $ (486    $ (542

Property, plant and equipment

     (5      (6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (491    $ (548
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards were $78 and $58 at June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. If unused, certain net operating losses will expire between 2021-2025. Further these net operating loss carryforwards may not be transferred in certain transactions.

 

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Guarantees — The Company has not issued any material financial guarantees for the benefit of suppliers or customers.

Purchase Commitments  — The Company enters into purchase commitments for materials, supplies, services and property, plant and equipment as part of its normal course of business. Such commitments are $25 for 2015 and in future periods and include financial guarantees related to celebrity endorsement, take-or pay contracts and supplier indemnification in connection with a celebrity tour sponsorship. The Company does not have any other material purchase commitments for materials, supplies, services or property, plant and equipment.

Due to the proprietary nature of many of the Company’s materials and processes, certain supply contracts contain penalty provisions for early termination. The Company does not expect to incur penalty provisions for early termination that would materially affect the financial conditions, cash flows or results of operations.

License Agreements  — The Company has entered into several licensing contracts, under which the Company has the right to use trademarks to manufacture, sell, distribute, advertise and promote fine fragrances and cosmetics products. Certain licenses require minimum guaranteed royalty payments regardless of sales levels. Minimum guaranteed royalty payments and required minimums for advertising and promotional spending have been included in the table below. Actual royalty payments and advertising and promotional spending are expected to be higher.

 

Years ended June 30

   2016      2017      2018      2019      2020      Thereafter  

Royalty, advertising and promotionalspend obligations

     215         205         172         163         163         131   

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Operating Leases  — The Company leases certain property and equipment for varying periods. Future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases, net of guaranteed sublease income, are as follows:

 

Years ended June 30

   2016      2017      2018      2019      2020      Thereafter  

Operating leases

     23         20         15         13         12         26   

Litigation  — The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims arising out of our business which cover a wide range of matters such as antitrust, trade, labor and employment matters, other governmental regulations and other actions arising out of the normal course of business. While considerable uncertainty exists, in the opinion of management and its counsel, the ultimate resolution of the various lawsuits and claims will not materially affect the Company’s financial results.

 

12. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The P&G Beauty Brands businesses were historically included within the P&G Global Beauty reportable segment. The Company has four operating segments comprised of 1) Fine Fragrances, 2) Salon Professional, 3) Retail Hair Color & Styling and 4) Cosmetics. Under U.S. GAAP, the four operating segments are aggregated into three reportable segments as described below:

 

    Fine Fragrances: includes men’s and women’s fine fragrance products across a portfolio of licensed brands.

 

    Salon Professional: includes professional hair care, color and styling products.

 

    Retail Hair and Cosmetics: includes retail hair color and select styling products, facial, lip, eye and nail color products.

The accounting policies of the businesses are generally the same as those described in Note 3. Corporate includes certain activities that are not reflected in the operating results used internally to measure and evaluate the businesses. These items include financing and investing activities, the gains of certain divested brands and restructuring activities to maintain a competitive cost structure including manufacturing and workforce optimization. Corporate also includes reconciling items to adjust the accounting policies used in the segments for U.S. GAAP. The most significant reconciling item includes income taxes to adjust from blended statutory tax rates that are reflected in the segments to the overall effective tax rate.

Total assets for the reportable segments include those assets managed by the reportable segment, primarily accounts receivable, inventory, fixed assets and intangible assets.

The following illustrates the Company’s percentage of net sales by business unit.

 

% of Sales by Business Unit

 

Years ended June 30

   2015     2014     2013  

Fine Fragrances

     36     39     39

Salon Professional

     26     25     24

Cosmetics

     20     18     19

Retail Hair Color & Styling

     18     18     18
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL

     100     100     100

 

F-30


Table of Contents

The following illustrates the Company’s geographic disclosures with net sales or long-lived assets exceeding 10% of the Company totals. Long-lived assets consist of property, plant and equipment.

 

P&G Beauty Brands Geographic Results           Net Sales      Long-lived
assets
 

U.S.

     2015       $ 1,533       $ 112   
     2014         1,537         109   
     2013         1,584         111   

GERMANY

     2015       $ 624       $ 188   
     2014         709         238   
     2013         678         224   

UNITED KINGDOM

     2015       $ 526       $ 103   
     2014         528         93   
     2013         521         74   

MEXICO

     2015       $ 89       $ 74   
     2014         97         91   
     2013         86         96   

No customer represents more than 10% of our net sales for the years ended June 30, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

P&G Beauty Brands Segment
Results
   Net Sales      Earnings /
(Loss) Before
Income
Taxes
    Net Earnings /
(Loss)
    Depreciation
and

Amortization
     Total
Assets
     Capital
Expenditures
 

FINE FRAGRANCES

     2015       $ 1,993       $ 5      $ 19      $ 34       $ 1,274       $ 37   
     2014         2,348         139        153        34         1,597         28   
     2013         2,361         236        232        34         1,563         24   

SALON PROFESSIONAL

     2015       $ 1,406       $ 80      $ 71      $ 48       $ 1,669       $ 24   
     2014         1,476         6        14        50         1,969         34   
     2013         1,487         (60     (42     50         2,009         30   

RETAIL HAIR AND COSMETICS

     2015       $ 2,119       $ 413      $ 307      $ 43       $ 3,764       $ 45   
     2014         2,179         352        264        44         4,129         47   
     2013         2,274         334        251        44         4,036         49   

CORPORATE

     2015       $ —         $ 11      $ (249   $ —         $ —         $ —     
     2014         —           (36     (122     —           —           —     
     2013         —           (95     (164     —           —           —     

TOTAL P&G BEAUTY BRANDS

     2015       $ 5,518       $ 509      $ 148      $ 125       $ 6,707       $ 106   
     2014         6,003         461        309        128         7,695         109   
     2013         6,122         415        277        128         7,608         103   

 

13. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

For the twelve months ended June 30, 2015, the Company has evaluated subsequent events for potential recognition and disclosure through April 20, 2016.

On July 9, 2015, P&G announced the signing of a definitive agreement with Coty Inc. to divest the Company. Coty’s offer was $12.5 billion. While the final value of the transaction will be determined at closing, based on Coty’s stock price and outstanding shares and equity grants as of the date of signing the value of the transaction was approximately $15.0 billion. While the ultimate form of the transaction has not yet been decided, P&G’s current preference is for a Reverse Morris Trust split-off transaction in which P&G

 

F-31


Table of Contents

shareholders could elect to participate in an exchange offer to exchange P&G stock for Coty shares. The anticipated close date of the transaction is expected to occur by the end of calendar year 2016.

On July 8, 2015, the Company entered into financing commitments with a consortium of lenders comprising the following facilities:

 

    $1.5 billion, five-year revolving credit facility at LIBOR plus 200 basis points,

 

    $2.0 billion, five-year Term A loan at LIBOR plus 200 basis points, and

 

    $1.0 billion, seven-year Term B loan at LIBOR plus 300 basis points.

On January 12, 2016, Coty Inc. announced that the Dolce & Gabbana and Christina Aguilera licenses will not transfer in connection with the definitive agreement to divest P&G Beauty Brands which will be merged with Coty Inc. The combined financial statements include the revenues, costs, assets and liabilities attributable to the Dolce & Gabbana and Christina Aguilera licenses as these licenses are managed within P&G’s Fine Fragrances business. P&G is pursuing alternative disposition plans to exit Dolce & Gabbana and Christina Aguilera prior to or simultaneous with the Coty Inc. transaction. In connection with this decision, P&G Beauty Brands will record a non-cash, before-tax impairment charge of approximately $48 ($42 after tax) in the three month period ended March 31, 2016 in order to reflect the Dolce & Gabbana license intangible asset at its updated value estimate of net realizable value, reflecting the impact of the decision to exclude the Dolce & Gabbana license from the transaction.

On January 26, 2016, the Company drew on its Term B loan of $1.0 billion. The proceeds will be held in restricted cash in escrow until the anticipated legal integration activities prior to the close of the divestiture transaction with Coty Inc.

******

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ANNEX A

 

     1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

  

July 8, 2015

 

LOGO

Board of Directors

Coty Inc.

Empire State Building

350 Fifth Avenue 17 th Floor

New York, NY 10118

Members of the Board:

We understand that The Procter & Gamble Company (the “Parent”), Galleria Co. (“SplitCo” or the “Company”), Coty Inc. (the “Acquiror”) and Green Acquisition Sub, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Acquiror (“Merger Sub”), propose to enter into a Transaction Agreement, substantially in the form of the draft dated July 8, 2015 (the “Transaction Agreement”), which provides, among other things, for the merger (the “Merger”) of Merger Sub with and into the Company following the Distribution (as defined in the Transaction Agreement). Pursuant to the Merger, the Company will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Acquiror, and each outstanding share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Company Common Stock”) at the effective time of the Merger will be converted into the right to receive one share (such one for one exchange ratio, the “Exchange Ratio”) of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Acquiror (the “Acquiror Common Stock”) and cash in lieu of fractional shares. The terms and conditions of the Merger are more fully set forth in the Transaction Agreement.

You have asked for our opinion as to whether the Exchange Ratio pursuant to the Transaction Agreement is fair from a financial point of view to the Acquiror.

For purposes of the opinion set forth herein, we have:

 

1) Reviewed certain publicly available financial statements and other business and financial information of the Parent (including for the businesses to be acquired by the Company) and the Acquiror, respectively;

 

2) Reviewed certain internal financial statements and other financial and operating data concerning the Parent (including for the businesses to be acquired by the Company) and the Acquiror, respectively;

 

3) Reviewed certain financial projections prepared by the management of the the Acquiror;

 

4) Reviewed information relating to certain strategic, financial and operational benefits anticipated from the Merger, prepared by the management of the Acquiror;

 

5) Discussed the past and current operations and financial condition and the prospects of the Acquiror, including information relating to certain strategic, financial and operational benefits anticipated from the Merger, with senior executives of the Acquiror;

 

6) Discussed the past and current operations and financial condition and the prospects of the Company with executives of the Parent;

 

7) Reviewed the pro forma impact of the Merger on the Acquiror’s earnings per share, cash flow, consolidated capitalization and financial ratios;

 

8) Reviewed the reported prices and trading activity for the Acquiror Common Stock;

 

A-1


Table of Contents
9) Compared the financial performance of the Company and the Acquiror and the prices and trading activity of the Acquiror Common Stock with that of certain other publicly-traded companies comparable with the Company and the Acquiror, respectively, and their securities;

 

10) Reviewed the financial terms, to the extent publicly available, of certain comparable acquisition transactions;

 

11) Participated in certain discussions and negotiations among representatives of the Parent and the Acquiror and their financial and legal advisors;

 

12) Reviewed the draft Transaction Agreement dated as of July 8, 2015 and certain related documents; and

 

13) Performed such other analyses, reviewed such other information and considered such other factors as we have deemed appropriate.

We have assumed and relied upon, without independent verification, the accuracy and completeness of the information that was publicly available or supplied or otherwise made available to us by the Parent, the Company and the Acquiror, and formed a substantial basis for this opinion. With respect to the financial projections, including information relating to certain strategic, financial and operational benefits anticipated from the Merger, we have assumed that they have been reasonably prepared on bases reflecting the best currently available estimates and judgment of the management of the Acquiror of the future financial performance of the Company and the Acquiror. At the Acquiror’s direction, our analysis relating to the business and financial prospects of the Company and the Acquiror for purposes of this opinion has been made on the bases of the financial projections. We have been advised by the Acquiror, and have assumed, with the Acquiror’s consent, that the financial projections are reasonable bases upon which to evaluate the business and financial prospects of the Company and the Acquiror, respectively. We express no view as to the financial projections or the assumptions on which they were based. In addition, we have assumed that the Merger will be consummated in accordance with the terms set forth in the Transaction Agreement without any waiver, amendment or delay of any terms or conditions, including, among other things, that the Merger will be treated as a tax-free reorganization, pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and that the final Transaction Agreement will not differ in any material respects from the draft thereof furnished to us. Morgan Stanley has assumed that in connection with the receipt of all the necessary governmental, regulatory or other approvals and consents required for the proposed Merger, no delays, limitations, conditions or restrictions will be imposed that would have a material adverse effect on the contemplated benefits expected to be derived in the proposed Merger. We are not legal, tax, regulatory or actuarial advisors. We are financial advisors only and have relied upon, without independent verification, the assessment of the Acquiror, the Parent and the Company and their respective legal, tax, regulatory or actuarial advisors with respect to legal, tax, regulatory or actuarial matters. We express no opinion with respect to the fairness of the amount or nature of the compensation to any of the Parent or the Company’s officers, directors or employees, or any class of such persons, relative to the consideration to be paid to the holders of shares of the Company Common Stock in the transaction. We have not made any independent valuation or appraisal of the assets or liabilities of the Parent, the Company or the Acquiror, nor have we been furnished with any such valuations or appraisals. Our opinion is necessarily based on financial, economic, market and other conditions as in effect on, and the information made available to us as of, the date hereof. Events occurring after the date hereof may affect this opinion and the assumptions used in preparing it, and we do not assume any obligation to update, revise or reaffirm this opinion.

We note that the Company does not have audited financial statements and so for purposes of our opinion we have assumed without independent verification that the financial projections of the Company provided to us by the Acquiror are accurate in all respects and fairly represent the items described therein.

Our opinion is limited to the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the Exchange Ratio to the Acquiror and does not address the relative merits of the Merger as compared to any other alternative business transaction, or other alternatives, or whether or not such alternatives could be achieved or are available, nor does it address the underlying business decision of the Acquiror to enter into the Transaction Agreement.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

We have acted as financial advisor to the Board of Directors of the Acquiror in connection with this transaction and will receive a fee for our services, (i) a significant portion of which is contingent upon the closing of the Merger and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, and, (ii) a portion of which is contingent upon the rendering of this financial opinion. In addition, we anticipate that we and our affiliates will arrange and/or provide financing to the Company and the Acquiror in connection with the Merger for customary compensation. In the two years prior to the date hereof, we have provided financing services for the Acquiror and financial advisory and financing services for the Parent and for JAB Holdings B.V., the controlling shareholder of the Acquiror (“JAB”) and have received fees in connection with such services. Morgan Stanley may also seek to provide such services to the Acquiror, JAB and the Company in the future and expects to receive fees for the rendering of these services.

Please note that Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm engaged in the securities, investment management and individual wealth management businesses. Our securities business is engaged in securities underwriting, trading and brokerage activities, foreign exchange, commodities and derivatives trading, prime brokerage, as well as providing investment banking, financing and financial advisory services. Morgan Stanley, its affiliates, directors and officers may at any time invest on a principal basis or manage funds that invest, hold long or short positions, finance positions, and may trade or otherwise structure and effect transactions, for their own account or the accounts of its customers, in debt or equity securities or loans of the Parent, the Acquiror, JAB, the Company, or any other company, or any currency or commodity, that may be involved in this transaction, or any related derivative instrument.

This opinion has been approved by a committee of Morgan Stanley investment banking and other professionals in accordance with our customary practice. This opinion is for the information of the Board of Directors of the Acquiror and may not be used for any other purpose without our prior written consent, except that a copy of this opinion may be included in its entirety in any filing the Acquiror is required to make with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with this transaction if such inclusion is required by applicable law. In addition, this opinion does not in any manner address the prices at which the Acquiror Common Stock will trade following consummation of the Merger or at any time and Morgan Stanley expresses no opinion or recommendation as to how the shareholders of the Acquiror should vote at the shareholders’ meeting (or grant consent in lieu of a meeting) to be held in connection with the Merger.

Based on and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion on the date hereof that the Exchange Ratio pursuant to the Transaction Agreement is fair from a financial point of view to the Acquiror.

Very truly yours,

 

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
By:  

/s/ Ari Terry

 

Ari Terry

Managing Director

 

A-3


Table of Contents

ANNEX B

 

LOGO

  

745 Seventh Avenue  

New York, NY 10019

United States              

July 8, 2015

Board of Directors

Coty Inc.

Empire State Building

350 Fifth Avenue 17th Floor

New York, NY 10118

Members of the Board of Directors:

We understand that Coty Inc. (the “Company” or the “Acquiror”) intends to enter into a transaction (the “Proposed Transaction”) with The Procter & Gamble Company (the “Parent”), Galleria Co. (“SplitCo”) and Green Acquisition Sub, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Merger Sub”), pursuant to which, among other things, the merger (the “Merger”) of Merger Sub with and into SplitCo is contemplated to be consummated following the Distribution (as defined in the Agreement). The terms and conditions of the Proposed Transaction are set forth in more detail in the draft, dated July 8, 2015, Transaction Agreement among the Parent, SplitCo, the Acquiror and the Merger Sub (the “Agreement”). Pursuant to the Merger, SplitCo will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Acquiror, and each outstanding share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Splitco (the “SplitCo Common Stock”) at the effective time of the Merger will be converted into the right to receive one share (such one for one exchange ratio, the “Exchange Ratio”) of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Company Common Stock”) and cash in lieu of fractional shares. The summary of the Proposed Transaction and Merger set forth above is qualified in its entirety by the terms of the Agreement.

We have been requested by the Board of Directors of the Company to render our opinion with respect to the fairness, from a financial point of view, to the Company of the Exchange Ratio to be paid in the Proposed Transaction. We have not been requested to opine as to, and our opinion does not in any manner address, the Company’s underlying business decision to proceed with or effect the Proposed Transaction, the relative merits of the Proposed Transaction as compared to any other alternative business transaction, or other alternatives, or whether or not such alternatives could be achieved or are achievable, or the likelihood of consummation of the Proposed Transaction. In addition, we express no opinion on, and our opinion does not in any manner address, the fairness of the amount or the nature of any compensation to any officers, directors or employees of any parties to the Proposed Transaction, or any class of such persons, relative to the consideration paid in the Proposed Transaction or otherwise.

In arriving at our opinion, we reviewed and analyzed: (1) a draft of the Agreement, dated as of July 8, 2015, and the specific terms of the Proposed Transaction, including the Merger; (2) publicly available information concerning the Parent (including for the businesses to be acquired by SplitCo) and the Company, respectively, that we believe to be relevant to our analysis, including their respective Annual Reports on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2015; (3) financial and operating information with respect to the prospects of SplitCo and the Company furnished to us by the Company, including financial projections of SplitCo and the Company prepared by management of the Company; (4) a trading history of the Company Common Stock from June 13, 2013 to July 6, 2015 and a comparison of that trading history with those of other companies that we deemed relevant; (5) a comparison of certain trading figures and ratios of the Company with those of other companies that we deemed relevant; (6) a comparison of the financial terms of the Proposed Transaction with the financial terms of certain other

 

B-1


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Page 2 of 3

 

transactions that we deemed relevant; (7) the relative contributions of the Company and SplitCo to the future financial performance of the combined company on a pro forma basis, (8) the pro forma impact of the Proposed Transaction on the future financial performance of the combined company resulting from the Merger, including cost savings, operating synergies and other strategic benefits expected by the management of the Company to result from a combination of the businesses of the Company and SplitCo (together, the “Expected Benefits”), and (9) published estimates of independent research analysts with respect to the future financial performance and price targets of the Company. In addition, we have had discussions with the management of the Company concerning its or SplitCo’s business, operations, assets, liabilities, financial condition and prospects and have undertaken such other studies, analyses and investigations as we deemed appropriate.

In arriving at our opinion, we have assumed and relied upon the accuracy and completeness of the financial and other information used by us without any independent verification of such information (and have not assumed responsibility or liability for any independent verification of such information) and have further relied upon the assurances of the management of the Company that they are not aware of any facts or circumstances that would make such information inaccurate or misleading. With respect to the financial projections of the Company and SplitCo, upon the advice of the Company, we have assumed that such projections have been reasonably prepared on a basis reflecting the best currently available estimates and judgment of the management of the Company as to the future financial performance of the Company and SplitCo and that the Company and SplitCo will perform substantially in accordance with such projections. Furthermore, upon the advice of the Company, we have assumed that the amounts and timing of the Expected Benefits are reasonable and that the Expected Benefits will be realized in accordance with such estimates. We assume no responsibility for and we express no view as to any such projections or estimates or the assumptions on which they are based. In arriving at our opinion, we have not conducted a physical inspection of the properties and facilities of Parent, SplitCo or the Company and have not made or obtained any evaluations or appraisals of the assets or liabilities of Parent, SplitCo or the Company. Our opinion necessarily is based upon market, economic and other conditions as they exist on, and can be evaluated as of, the date of this letter. We assume no responsibility for updating or revising our opinion based on events or circumstances that may occur after the date of this letter. We express no opinion as to the prices at which the Company Common Stock would trade following the announcement or consummation of the Proposed Transaction.

We have assumed that the executed Agreement will conform in all material respects to the last draft reviewed by us. In addition, we have assumed the accuracy of the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement and all agreements related thereto. We have also assumed, upon the advice of the Company, that all material governmental, regulatory and third party approvals, consents and releases for the Proposed Transaction will be obtained within the constraints contemplated by the Agreement and that the Proposed Transaction will be consummated in accordance with the terms of the Agreement without waiver, modification or amendment of any material term, condition or agreement thereof. We do not express any opinion as to any tax or other consequences that might result from the Proposed Transaction, nor does our opinion address any legal, tax, regulatory or accounting matters, as to which we understand that the Company has obtained such advice as it deemed necessary from qualified professionals. We have assumed that the Merger will qualify for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a reorganization under the provisions of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and that the Distribution (as defined in the Agreement) will be tax-free to shareholders of the Parent pursuant to Section 355 of the Code. We have not independently verified that this tax treatment will be available in respect of the Proposed Transaction, and we express no view with respect to the tax treatment or consequences that will apply to or result from the Proposed Transaction.

 

B-2


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Page 3 of 3

 

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion as of the date hereof that, from a financial point of view, the Exchange Ratio to be paid in the Proposed Transaction is fair to the Company.

We have been retained solely for the purposes of rendering this opinion, and will receive a fee payable upon delivery of this opinion. In addition, the Company has agreed to reimburse our expenses and indemnify us for certain liabilities that may arise out of our engagement. We have performed various investment banking and financial services for the Company (including acting as joint book-running manager for the initial public offering of Company Common Stock in 2013) and the Parent in the past, and expect to perform such services in the future, and have received, and expect to receive, customary fees for such services.

Barclays Capital Inc. and its affiliates engage in a wide range of businesses from investment and commercial banking, lending, asset management and other financial and non-financial services. In the ordinary course of our business, we and our affiliates may actively trade and effect transactions in the equity, debt and/or other securities (and any derivatives thereof) and financial instruments (including loans and other obligations) of the Company, the Parent and SplitCo for our own account and for the accounts of our customers and, accordingly, may at any time hold long or short positions and investments in such securities and financial instruments.

This opinion, the issuance of which has been approved by our Fairness Opinion Committee, is for the use and benefit of the Board of Directors of the Company and is rendered to the Board of Directors in connection with its consideration of the Proposed Transaction. This opinion is not intended to be and does not constitute a recommendation to any stockholder of the Company as to how such stockholder should vote (or grant its consent in lieu of a vote at a stockholder meeting) with respect to the Proposed Transaction.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Barclays Capital Inc.
BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.

 

B-3


Table of Contents

 

 

You must return an original executed letter of transmittal. The letter of transmittal and certificates evidencing shares of P&G common stock and any other required documents should be sent or delivered by each shareholder or his or her broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee to the Exchange Agent at one of its addresses set forth below.

The Exchange Agent for the exchange offer is:

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

 

By Mail:   By Overnight Courier:

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Shareowner Services

Voluntary Corporate Actions

P.O. Box 64858

St. Paul, MN 55164-0858

 

(Until 5:00 P.M. CT on the Expiration Date)

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Shareowner Services

Voluntary Corporate Actions

1110 Centre Pointe Curve, Suite 101

Mendota Heights, MN 55120

Questions or requests for assistance may be directed to the Information Agent at its address and telephone numbers listed below. Additional copies of this prospectus, the letter of transmittal and the notice of guaranteed delivery may be obtained from the Information Agent. A shareholder may also contact brokers, dealers, commercial banks or trust companies for assistance concerning the exchange offer.

The Information Agent for the exchange offer is:

D.F. King & Co., Inc.

48 Wall Street

New York, New York 10005

Banks and brokers call collect: (212) 269-5550

All others call toll-free: (877) 297-1747

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Galleria Company is incorporated in Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by them in connection with any action, suit or proceeding brought by third parties, if such directors or officers acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. In a derivative action, i.e ., one by or in the right of the corporation, indemnification may be made only for expenses actually and reasonably incurred by directors and officers in connection with the defense or settlement of an action or suit, and only with respect to a matter as to which they shall have acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made if such person shall have been adjudged liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his respective duties to the corporation, although the court in which the action or suit was brought may determine upon application that the defendant officers or directors are fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses despite such adjudication of liability.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such provisions shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No such provision shall eliminate or limit the liability of a director for any act or omission occurring before the date when such provision becomes effective. The limitations described above do not affect the ability of Galleria Company or its shareholders to seek non-monetary based remedies, such as an injunction or rescission, against a director for breach of his fiduciary duty nor would such limitations limit liability under the federal securities laws.

Galleria Company’s Certificate of Incorporation requires indemnification of directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law and provides that, in any action by a claimant, Galleria Company shall bear the burden of proof that the claimant is not entitled to indemnification. Galleria Company has also entered into indemnification agreements with each of its directors whereby it is contractually obligated to indemnify the director and advance expenses to the full extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  2.1    Transaction Agreement, dated as of July 8, 2015, among The Procter & Gamble Company, Coty Inc., Galleria Co. and Green Acquisition Sub Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to The Procter & Gamble Company’s Annual Report on 10-K filed on August 7, 2015)*
  3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of Galleria Co.
  3.2    Bylaws of Galleria Co.
  3.3    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Coty Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Coty Inc.’s Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 14, 2013)*
  3.4    Amended and Restated By-Laws of Coty Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Coty Inc.’s Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on April 24, 2013)*
  4.1    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Galleria Co.
  5.1    Form of Opinion of Jones Day as to the shares of common stock to be issued by Galleria Co. **
  8.1    Form of Opinion of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP as to certain tax matters**
  8.2    Form of Opinion of McDermott Will & Emery LLP as to certain tax matters**
10.1    Form of Transition Services Agreement between The Procter & Gamble Company and Galleria Co.
10.2    Form of Tax Matters Agreement among The Procter & Gamble Company, Galleria Co., Coty Inc. and Green Acquisition Sub Inc.
10.3    Split Plan Agreement, dated as of July 8, 2015, by and between The Procter & Gamble Company and Coty Inc.
10.4    Credit Agreement, dated January 26, 2016, among Galleria Co., as initial borrower, the other borrowers from time to time party thereto, J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the other agents and lenders party thereto.
21.1    Subsidiaries of Galleria Co.**
21.2    Subsidiaries of Coty Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to Coty Inc.’s Quarterly Report on 10-Q filed on February 4, 2016)*
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP (relating to P&G Beauty Brands)
23.2    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP (relating to The Procter & Gamble Company)
23.3    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP (relating to Coty Inc.)
23.4    Consent of Jones Day (included in Exhibit 5.1)**
23.5    Consent of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)**
23.6    Consent of McDermott Will & Emery LLP (included in Exhibit 8.2)**
24.1    Power of Attorney
99.1    Form of Letter of Transmittal**
99.2    Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery**
99.3    Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees**
99.4    Form of Letter to Clients for Use by Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees**
99.5    Form of Notice of Withdrawal**
99.6    Form of Letter of Introduction to Record Holders of The Procter & Gamble Company**
99.7    Consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
99.8    Consent of Barclays Capital Inc.

 

* Incorporated by reference
** To be filed by amendment.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
(c) Reports, Opinions and Appraisals.

None.

Item 22. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

  (1) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  (i) to include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

  (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

 

  (iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

  (2) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (3) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

  (4) that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

  (5) that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of any employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (6)

that prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus

 

II-3


Table of Contents
  will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other items of the applicable form.

 

  (7) that every prospectus (i) that is filed pursuant to paragraph (6) immediately preceding, or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of section 10(a)(3) of the Act and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (8) to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

 

  (9) to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Cincinnati, State of Ohio, on April 21, 2016.

 

GALLERIA CO.
By:  

/s/ Laura Becker

 

Name: Laura Becker

Title: President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed on April 21, 2016 by the following persons in the capacities indicated.

 

Signature    Title   Date

/s/ Laura Becker

Laura Becker

  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  April 21, 2016

*

Saurabh Saksena

  

Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  April 21, 2016

/s/ Jason Muncy

Jason Muncy

  

Director

  April 21, 2016

*

Susan Whaley

  

Director

  April 21, 2016

 

*By:  

/s/ Jason Muncy

 

Jason Muncy

As: Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  2.1    Transaction Agreement, dated as of July 8, 2015, among The Procter & Gamble Company, Coty Inc., Galleria Co. and Green Acquisition Sub Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to The Procter & Gamble Company’s Annual Report on 10-K filed on August 7, 2015)*
  3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of Galleria Co.
  3.2    Bylaws of Galleria Co.
  3.3    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Coty Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Coty Inc.’s Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on May 14, 2013)*
  3.4    Amended and Restated By-Laws of Coty Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Coty Inc.’s Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on April 24, 2013)*
  4.1    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Galleria Co.
  5.1    Form of Opinion of Jones Day as to the shares of common stock to be issued by Galleria Co. **
  8.1    Form of Opinion of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP as to certain tax matters**
  8.2    Form of Opinion of McDermott Will & Emery LLP as to certain tax matters**
10.1    Form of Transition Services Agreement between The Procter & Gamble Company and Galleria Co.
10.2    Form of Tax Matters Agreement among The Procter & Gamble Company, Galleria Co., Coty Inc. and Green Acquisition Sub Inc.
10.3    Split Plan Agreement, dated as of July 8, 2015, by and between The Procter & Gamble Company and Coty Inc.
10.4    Credit Agreement, dated January 26, 2016, among Galleria Co., as initial borrower, the other borrowers from time to time party thereto, J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the other agents and lenders party thereto.
21.1    Subsidiaries of Galleria Co.**
21.2    Subsidiaries of Coty Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to Coty Inc.’s Quarterly Report on 10-Q filed on February 4, 2016)*
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP (relating to P&G Beauty Brands)
23.2    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP (relating to The Procter & Gamble Company)
23.3    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP (relating to Coty Inc.)
23.4    Consent of Jones Day (included in Exhibit 5.1)**
23.5    Consent of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)**
23.6    Consent of McDermott Will & Emery LLP (included in Exhibit 8.2)**
24.1    Power of Attorney
99.1    Form of Letter of Transmittal**
99.2    Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery**
99.3    Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees**
99.4    Form of Letter to Clients for Use by Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees**
99.5    Form of Notice of Withdrawal**
99.6    Form of Letter of Introduction to Record Holders of The Procter & Gamble Company**
99.7    Consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
99.8    Consent of Barclays Capital Inc.

 

* Incorporated by reference
** To be filed by amendment.

 

II-6

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

GALLERIA CO.

A STOCK CORPORATION

I, the undersigned, for the purpose of incorporating and organizing a corporation under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do hereby certify as follows:

FIRST: The name of the corporation (the “Corporation” ) is:

Galleria Co.

SECOND: The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH: The total number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of Common Stock, par value of $.01 per share.

FIFTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot except and to the extent provided in the bylaws of the Corporation.

SIXTH: To the full extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable laws presently or hereafter in effect, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for or with respect to any acts or omissions in the performance of his or her duties as a director of the Corporation. Any repeal or modification of this Article Sixth shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing immediately prior to such repeal or modification.


SEVENTH: Each person who is or was or had agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or each such person who is or was serving or who had agreed to serve at the request of the Board of Directors or an officer of the Corporation as an employee or agent of the Corporation or as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including the heirs, executors, administrators or estate of such person), shall be indemnified by the Corporation to the full extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable laws as presently or hereafter in effect. Without limiting the generality or the effect of the foregoing, the Corporation may enter into one or more agreements with any person which provide for indemnification greater or different than that provided in this Article. Any repeal or modification of this Article Seventh shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder immediately prior to such repeal or modification.

EIGHTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the rights, powers, privileges, and discretionary authority granted or conferred by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or other statutes or laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation, without any action on the part of the stockholders, but the stockholders may make additional bylaws and may alter, amend or repeal any bylaw whether adopted by them or otherwise. The Corporation may in its bylaws confer powers upon its Board of Directors in addition to the foregoing and in addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred upon the Board of Directors by applicable law.

NINTH: The Corporation reserves the right at any time and from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein or by applicable law; and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to this reservation.

 

2


TENTH: The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

Jason P. Muncy

### ########## ##

########## ## #####

[SIGNATURE ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE.]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I the undersigned, being the incorporator hereinabove named, do hereby execute this Certificate of Incorporation this 25th day of June, 2015.

 

/s/ Jason P. Muncy
Jason P. Muncy
Sole Incorporator

 

[ Signature page to Certificate of Incorporation ]

Exhibit 3.2

GALLERIA CO.

BYLAWS


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

Section 1.

 

Time and Place of Meetings

     1   

Section 2.

 

Annual Meeting

     1   

Section 3.

 

Special Meetings

     1   

Section 4.

 

Notice of Meetings

     2   

Section 5.

 

Quorum

     2   

Section 6.

 

Voting

     2   

ARTICLE II

 

DIRECTORS

     3   

Section 1.

 

Powers

     3   

Section 2.

 

Number and Term of Office

     3   

Section 3.

 

Vacancies and New Directorships

     4   

Section 4.

 

Regular Meetings

     4   

Section 5.

 

Special Meetings

     5   

Section 6.

 

Quorum

     5   

Section 7.

 

Written Action

     5   

Section 8.

 

Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone

     5   

Section 9.

 

Committees

     6   

Section 10.

 

Compensation

     6   

Section 11.

 

Rules

     7   

ARTICLE III

 

NOTICES

     7   

Section 1.

 

Generally

     7   

Section 2.

 

Waivers

     7   

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

     8   

Section 1.

 

Generally

     8   

Section 2.

 

Compensation

     8   

Section 3.

 

Succession

     8   

Section 4.

 

Authority and Duties

     8   

Section 5.

 

Execution of Documents and Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations

     9   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

ARTICLE V

 

STOCK

     9   

Section 1.

 

Certificates

     9   

Section 2.

 

Transfer

     10   

Section 3.

 

Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates

     10   

Section 4.

 

Record Date

     10   

ARTICLE VI

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     12   

Section 1.

 

Fiscal Year

     12   

Section 2.

 

Corporate Seal

     12   

Section 3.

 

Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records

     12   

Section 4.

 

Time Periods

     13   

Section 5.

 

Dividends

     13   

ARTICLE VII

 

AMENDMENTS

     13   

Section 1.

 

Amendments

     13   

 

-ii-


BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Time and Place of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by the Board of Directors, or by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors, and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. Stockholders may participate in an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by use of any means of communication by which all stockholders participating may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. A stockholder’s participation in a meeting by any such means of communication constitutes presence in person at the meeting.

Section 2. Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, at which meeting the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote the directors to succeed those whose terms expire and shall transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 3. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President.


Section 4. Notice of Meetings . Notice of every meeting of the stockholders, stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, and delivered in accordance with Section 1 of Article III hereof, shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or by law. When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place, date and time thereof and the means of remote communication, if any, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the place, date and time of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

Section 5. Quorum . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented.

Section 6. Voting . Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled at every meeting of the stockholders to one vote for each share of stock having voting power standing in the name of such stockholder on the books of the Corporation on the record date for the meeting and such votes may be cast either in

 

2


person or by written proxy. Every proxy must be duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary of the Corporation. The vote upon any question brought before a meeting of the stockholders may be by voice vote, unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of all classes of stock entitled to vote thereon present in person or by proxy at such meeting shall so determine. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock that has voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question properly brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

Section 1. Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 2. Number and Term of Office . Except as otherwise required by any stockholders agreement by and among the Corporation and its stockholders, (a) the Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members and (b) the number of directors shall be fixed by resolution from time to time of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting or a special meeting. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the

 

3


stockholders, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier resignation or removal, in each case except as required by law. Except as otherwise required by any stockholders agreement by and among the Corporation and its stockholders, the Board of Directors may, at its discretion, elect a Chairman of the Board of Directors from the directors currently in office by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the Chairman so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until his/her successor is elected and qualified, except as required by law. Any decrease in the authorized number of directors shall not be effective until the expiration of the term of the directors then in office, unless, at the time of such decrease, there shall be vacancies on the Board of Directors which are being eliminated by such decrease.

Section 3. Vacancies and New Directorships . Except as otherwise required by any stockholders agreement by and among the Corporation and its stockholders, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors which occur between annual meetings of the stockholders may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified, except as required by law.

Section 4. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after the annual meeting of the stockholders and at such other time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

4


Section 5. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President on one day’s notice to each director by whom such notice is not waived, given in accordance with Section 1 of Article III hereof, and shall be called by the President or the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of any director.

Section 6. Quorum . At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time to another place, time or date, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 7. Written Action . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or Committee.

Section 8. Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone . Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or a meeting of any such committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

5


Section 9. Committees . Except as otherwise required by any stockholders agreement by and among the Corporation and its stockholders, the Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation and each to have such lawfully delegable powers and duties as the Board of Directors may confer and each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise required by any stockholders agreement by and among the Corporation and its stockholders, the Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Except as otherwise provided by law, any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Any committee or committees so designated by the Board of Directors shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise prescribed by the Board of Directors, a majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the members present at a meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of such committee. Each committee shall prescribe its own rules for calling and holding meetings and its method of procedure, subject to any rules prescribed by the Board of Directors, and shall keep a written record of all actions taken by it.

Section 10. Compensation . The Board of Directors may establish such compensation for, and reimbursement of the expenses of, directors for attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors or committees, or for other services by directors to the Corporation, as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

6


Section 11. Rules . The Board of Directors may adopt such special rules and regulations for the conduct of their meetings and the management of the affairs of the Corporation as they may deem proper, not inconsistent with law or these bylaws.

ARTICLE III

NOTICES

Section 1. Generally . Whenever by law or under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at such director’s or stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Except as otherwise required or prohibited by law, notice to directors and stockholders may also be given by facsimile, by telephone, electronic mail, posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the director or stockholder of such specific posting (which notice shall be deemed given upon the later of such posting and the giving of such separate notice), or by any other form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder or director to whom the notice is given. Except as otherwise stated therein, notice pursuant to the preceding sentence will be deemed to be given at the time when the same is sent.

Section 2. Waivers . Whenever any notice is required to be given by law or under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to such notice, in each case, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

7


ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. Generally . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall consist of a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also elect such other officers, as the Board of Directors deems desirable, including, without limitation, the election of a Chief Executive Officer and a Chief Financial Officer. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 2. Compensation . The compensation of all officers and agents of the Corporation who are also directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate the power to fix the compensation of other officers and agents of the Corporation to an officer of the Corporation.

Section 3. Succession . The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified or until such officer’s earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation may be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Authority and Duties . Each of the officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as are customarily incident to their respective offices, or as may be specified from time to time by the Board of Directors in a resolution which is not inconsistent with these bylaws.

 

8


Section 5. Execution of Documents and Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations . Each officer elected by the Board of Directors shall have and is hereby given, full power and authority, except as otherwise required by law or directed by the Board of Directors, (a) to execute, on behalf of the Corporation, all duly authorized contracts, agreements, deeds, conveyances or other obligations of the Corporation, applications, consents, proxies and other powers of attorney, and other documents and instruments, and (b) to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of stockholders, members, partners or other equity holders (or with respect to any action of such stockholders, members, partners or other equity holders) of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity in which the Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which the Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities. In addition, each officer elected by the Board of Directors may delegate to other officers, employees and agents of the Corporation the power and authority to take any action which such officer is authorized to take under this Section 5, with such limitations as such officer may specify; such authority so delegated by such officer shall not be re-delegated by the person to whom such execution authority has been delegated.

ARTICLE V

STOCK

Section 1. Certificates . Certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be determined by the Board of Directors, subject to applicable legal requirements. Such certificates shall be numbered and their issuance recorded in the books of the Corporation, and each such certificate shall exhibit the holder’s name and the number of shares and shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President or Vice-President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures upon such certificates may be facsimiles, engraved or printed.

 

9


Section 2. Transfer . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue, or to cause its transfer agent to issue, a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

Section 3. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Secretary may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact, satisfactory to the Secretary, by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. As a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates the Secretary may require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Secretary may direct as indemnity against any claims that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or the issuance of the new certificate.

Section 4. Record Date . In order that the Corporation is able to determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such

 

10


meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

11


(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal and use the same by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

Section 3. Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records . Each director, each member of a committee designated by the Board of Directors and each officer of the Corporation will, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the director, committee member or officer reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

12


Section 4. Time Periods . In applying any provision of these bylaws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.

Section 5. Dividends . The Board of Directors may from time to time declare and the Corporation may pay dividends upon its outstanding shares of capital stock, in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and the Certificate of Incorporation.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. Amendments . These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new bylaws may be adopted, by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors.

 

13

Exhibit 4.1

SPECIMEN STOCK CERTIFICATE

 

LOGO

Incorporated Under The Laws Of The State Of Delaware
XX XX
Galleria Co.
THIS CERTIFIES THAT XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX is the owner of XXXXXX (XXXX) fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock of the par value of $XXX.XX each of the above Corporation transferable only on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized Attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.
WITNESS the seal of the Corporation and the signatures of its duly authorized officers.
Dated: XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX, XXXXXX
XXXXXXXX, XXXXXX

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

 

Transition Services Agreement

between

[Service Provider]

and

[SplitCo]

Effective as of [                 ,         ]

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page  

1.

 

DEFINITIONS

     1   

2.

 

TERM

     4   

3.

 

SERVICES

     4   
 

3.1

  

Base Services

     4   
 

3.2

  

Substantive Business Decisions Prohibited

     5   

4.

 

SERVICE PROVIDER SUBCONTRACTORS AND THIRD-PARTY CONTRACTS

     5   
 

4.1

  

Subcontractors

     5   

5.

 

RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT

     6   
 

5.1

  

Relationship Managers

     6   
 

5.2

  

Regulatory Review

     6   
 

5.3

  

Audit

     6   
 

5.4

  

Books and Records

     6   
 

5.5

  

Change Management Process

     6   
 

5.6

  

Dispute Resolution

     7   

6.

 

FACILITIES

     8   
 

6.1

  

Use of Customer Facilities

     8   
 

6.2

  

Service Provider Facilities and Systems

     9   

7.

 

TECHNOLOGY, SOFTWARE AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

     9   
 

7.1

  

Customer Owned Technology

     9   
 

7.2

  

Service Provider Owned Technology

     10   
 

7.3

  

No Implied Licenses; Residuals

     10   
 

7.4

  

Required Consents

     10   

8.

 

CUSTOMER DATA AND PHYSICAL SECURITY

     11   
 

8.1

  

Definition

     11   
 

8.2

  

Ownership

     11   
 

8.3

  

Data Security

     11   
 

8.4

  

Physical Security for Facilities

     11   

9.

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

     11   
 

9.1

  

Confidential Information

     11   
 

9.2

  

Obligations

     12   

 

-i-


 

9.3

 

Exceptions to Confidential Treatment

     12   
 

9.4

 

Return or Destruction

     13   

10.

 

COMPENSATION

     13   
 

10.1

 

Service Fee

     13   
 

10.2

 

Other Expenses

     13   
 

10.3

 

Transactional Taxes

     13   
 

10.4

 

Invoicing and Payment

     13   
 

10.5

 

Withholding Taxes

     14   

11.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; OTHER AGREEMENTS

     14   
 

11.1

 

Authority

     14   
 

11.2

 

Compliance with Laws

     14   
 

11.3

 

Standard of Performance; Standard of Care

     14   
 

11.4

 

Disclaimer

     15   

12.

 

INDEMNITIES, PROCEDURES AND LIMITATIONS

     15   
 

12.1

 

Indemnification by Customer

     15   
 

12.2

 

Indemnification by Service Provider

     15   
 

12.3

 

Calculation of Indemnity Payments

     16   
 

12.4

 

Procedures for Defense, Settlement and Indemnification of Claims

     17   
 

12.5

 

Additional Matters

     18   
 

12.6

 

Limitations on Liability

     19   
 

12.7

 

Waiver of Subrogation

     19   
 

12.8

 

Exclusive Remedy

     19   

13.

 

TERMINATION

     20   
 

13.1

 

Termination Rights

     20   
 

13.2

 

Survival

     20   
 

13.3

 

Rights Upon Termination or Expiration

     21   

14.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     21   
 

14.1

 

Entire Agreement

     21   
 

14.2

 

Governing Law

     21   
 

14.3

 

Notices

     22   
 

14.4

 

Amendments and Waivers

     23   
 

14.5

 

No Third-Party Beneficiaries

     23   
 

14.6

 

Assignability

     23   

 

-ii-


 

14.7

 

Construction

     24   
 

14.8

 

Severability

     24   
 

14.9

 

Counterparts

     24   
 

14.10

 

Force Majeure

     25   
 

14.11

 

Further Assurances

     25   
 

14.12

 

Independent Contractors

     25   
 

14.13

 

Publicity

     26   
 

14.14

 

Limitation

     26   

 

-iii-


SCHEDULES

 

Schedule A    Services
Schedule A-2    Additional Services
Schedule B    Pricing
EXHIBITS   
Exhibit A    Form Agreement for the Termination of Services

 

-iv-


TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Transition Services Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into effective [                  , ] 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between [ SplitCo ] , a [            ][            ] (“ Customer ”) and [ Service Provider ] , a [            ] [            ] (“ Service Provider ”).

RECITALS

1. [ Parent ] , a [            ] corporation (“ Parent ”), [ Acquiror ] , a [            ] [            ] and Customer have entered into the Transaction Agreement, dated as of [                    ] , 2015 (as amended from time to time, the “ Transaction Agreement ”), pursuant to which Parent separated and divested the Galleria Business in the manner contemplated thereby.

2. Customer desires to obtain from Service Provider the administrative and business support services described in this Agreement on the terms and conditions as set forth in this Agreement.

Accordingly, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms, when capitalized, will have the meanings set forth below. In addition, capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings given to them in the Transaction Agreement.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Base Services ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a) .

Change Management Process ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4 .

Charges ” means the amounts payable by Customer to Service Provider pursuant to Article 10 .

Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1 .

Customer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble. References herein to “ Customer ” will include the “ Recipients ” to the extent the context requires.

Customer Data ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1 .

Customer Equipment ” means all Equipment owned or leased (other than from Service Provider) by Customer that is used in connection with the Services.

Customer Facilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) .

Customer Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5 .


Customer Owned Technology ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 .

Customer Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.2 .

Customer Software ” means all Software owned by, or provided under license (other than from Service Provider) to, Customer that is used in connection with the Services (and all modifications, replacements, upgrades, enhancements, documentation, materials and media relating to the foregoing).

Customer System ” means an interconnected grouping of Customer Equipment and/or Customer Software that is used in connection with the Services, and all additions, modifications, substitutions, upgrades or enhancements thereto.

Customer Technology ” means Customer Owned Technology and Customer Third-Party Technology.

Customer Third-Party Technology ” means all Technology licensed (other than by Service Provider) to Customer that is provided to Service Provider for use in connection with the Services.

Direct Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5 .

Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Equipment ” means computer and telecommunications equipment (without regard to the entity owning or leasing such equipment), including (a) servers, personal computers, and associated attachments, accessories, peripheral devices and other equipment and (b) private branch exchanges, multiplexors, modems, CSUs/DSUs, hubs, bridges, routers, switches and other telecommunications equipment.

Expense Cap ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2 .

Force Majeure Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.10(a) .

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, local, provincial, foreign or international court, tribunal, judicial or arbitral body, government, department, commission, board, bureau, agency, official or other regulatory, administrative or governmental authority or any national securities exchange.

Indemnitee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.3(a) .

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.3(a) .

Interest Rate ” means a fluctuating interest rate equal at all times to the prime rate of interest announced publicly from time to time by Citibank, N.A. (or its successor or another major money center commercial bank agreed to by the Parties), plus 3%, but in no case higher than the maximum rate permitted by Law.

Party ” means either Customer or Service Provider.

 

2


Pricing Schedule ” means Schedule B to this Agreement.

Recipient ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c) .

Recipient Personnel ” means any employees, representatives, contractors, subcontractors and agents of any Recipient, and any employees, representatives, contractors, subcontractors and agents of any third-party contractors providing Services to Customer.

Relationship Manager ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 .

Required Consents ” means (a) all consents required at any time to grant Service Provider the right to use and/or access Customer Third-Party Technology, Customer Software, Customer Equipment, the Customer System or any software and equipment of the Recipient in connection with providing the Services, (b) all consents required at any time to grant Customer and the Recipients, to the extent necessary to exercise their rights or perform their obligations under this Agreement, the right to use and/or access Service Provider Technology, Service Provider Software, Service Provider Equipment and the Service Provider System, and (c) all other consents, including consents to modification of third-party licenses or other Contracts, required from third parties at any time in connection with Service Provider’s provision of the Services.

Service Provider Equipment ” means all Equipment owned or leased by Service Provider, an Affiliate of Service Provider or a Subcontractor and used in connection with the Services.

Service Provider Facilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(a) .

Service Provider Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5 .

Service Provider Owned Technology ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 .

Service Provider Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1 .

Service Provider Personnel ” means those employees, representatives, contractors, subcontractors and agents of Service Provider, any Subcontractor and any Affiliate of a Service Provider who perform any Services under this Agreement.

Service Provider Software ” means all software programs and programming owned by, or provided under license (other than from Customer) to, Service Provider and used to provide the Services (and all modifications, replacements, upgrades, enhancements, documentation, materials and media relating to the foregoing).

Service Provider System ” means an interconnected grouping of Service Provider Equipment and/or Service Provider Software used in connection with the Services (and all additions, modifications, substitutions, upgrades or enhancements thereto).

Service Provider Technology ” means Service Provider Owned Technology and Service Provider Third-Party Technology.

 

3


Service Provider Third-Party Technology ” means any third-party Technology (other than Customer Third-Party Technology) used by Service Provider, any Affiliate of a Service Provider or any Subcontractor in connection with the Services.

Services ” means the Base Services and any Termination Assistance Services.

Software ” means programs and programming (including the supporting documentation, media, on-line help facilities and tutorials).

Subcontractors ” means Service Provider’s contractors or other service providers that perform a portion of the Services.

Technology ” means all formulae, algorithms, processes, procedures, designs, research, inventions and invention disclosures (whether or not patentable or reduced to practice), know-how, proprietary information and methodologies, trade secrets, technology, Software (in both object and source code form), databases, specifications and all records relating to any of the foregoing, including documentation, design documents and analyses, studies, programming tools, plans, models, flow charts, reports and drawings, as well as all Intellectual Property subsisting in each of the foregoing.

Term ” has the meaning set forth in Article 2 .

Termination Assistance Services ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.3 .

Third-Party Claims ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.4 .

Transactional Taxes ” means sales, use, value added and other similar taxes levied under the relevant legislation in relation to transactions, excluding specifically the corporate income tax and withholding taxes.

 

2. TERM

Unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the term of this Agreement will begin on the Effective Date and will end at midnight on the six-month anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Term ”) with respect to all Services; provided , however , that Customer may extend the Term as to all or any individual Service(s) set forth on Schedule A-2 (to the extent such individual Service(s) can be segregated from the other Services which are not being extended) for one month periods up to an aggregate of six (6) additional months by providing to Service Provider thirty (30) days advance written notice.

 

3. SERVICES

3.1 Base Services .

(a) Performance . Service Provider will provide or cause to be provided the Services described in Schedule A (the “ Base Services ”). Services provided by Service Provider under this Agreement may be provided by Service Provider directly or through any of its Affiliates at Service Provider’s discretion.

 

4


(b) Commencement of Services . Unless otherwise agreed between Service Provider and Customer, Service Provider will begin to provide the Base Services on the Effective Date.

(c) Recipients . Service Provider will provide the Base Services to each member of the Galleria Group and to such Affiliates of Customer as Customer may create or designate to conduct the Galleria Business(each, a “ Recipient ”) for use only in connection with the Galleria Business.

(d) Subsequent Adjustments . The Parties acknowledge that certain Services relating to Customer’s accounts payable and banking cannot be provided unless Customer establishes banking relationships with certain banks used by Service Provider. Accordingly, the Parties agree that to the extent Service Provider cannot provide a Service due to the reason set forth above, Customer will promptly take the actions contemplated by this Section 3.1(d) in order that the Services may be provided. If such actions result in an increase in cost that is not covered by Service Provider’s cost allocation that is used to determine its Charges to Customer, using Service Provider’s normal cost allocation methodology, then the Parties will make an equitable adjustment to the Charges and impacted schedules, all of which adjustments will be reviewed and considered through the Change Management Process. In no event will any adjustment to the Services provide Service Provider with a greater degree of discretion than it has with respect to the existing Services.

3.2 Substantive Business Decisions Prohibited . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or the accompanying schedules, none of the Service Provider Parties, Subcontractors or Service Provider Personnel will make any substantive business decisions with respect to Customer in performing the Services. Each provision of this Agreement and the accompanying Schedules will be interpreted in a manner consistent with this Section 3.2 .

 

4. SERVICE PROVIDER SUBCONTRACTORS AND THIRD-PARTY CONTRACTS

4.1 Subcontractors .

(a) Use of Subcontractors . Service Provider reserves the right to use Subcontractors to assist Service Provider in the provision of the Services as Service Provider reasonably deems appropriate, except that in the event that Service Provider wishes to use a Subcontractor to provide any of the Services or a portion thereof, and such Subcontractor (i) was not providing such Services or portion thereof to the Galleria Business prior to the Effective Date and (ii) will not also provide such Services to Service Provider’s or its Affiliates’ businesses, then Service Provider will provide reasonable prior written notice to Customer (for this purpose, email will be sufficient) regarding the engagement of such subcontractor.

(b) Service Provider Responsibility for Subcontractors . Unless otherwise agreed, Service Provider will be responsible and liable for the Services performed by the Subcontractors and Service Provider will be Customer’s primary point of contact regarding the Services and sole contact with respect to payment.

 

5


5. RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT

5.1 Relationship Managers . Each Party will appoint an individual (each, a “ Relationship Manager ”) who, from the Effective Date until replaced by the appointing Party, will serve as that Party’s representative under this Agreement during the Term. Each Relationship Manager will (a) have overall responsibility for managing and coordinating the performance of the appointing Party’s obligations under this Agreement and (b) be authorized to act for and on behalf of the appointing Party concerning all matters relating to this Agreement. Neither Party will reassign a Relationship Manager, unless it provides at least ten days prior written notice to the other Party. If a Party terminates the employment of or reassigns its Relationship Manager or its Relationship Manager resigns, dies or becomes disabled, such Party will appoint a new Relationship Manager within 10 Business Days after such termination, reassignment, resignation, death or disability.

5.2 Regulatory Review . Each Party will notify the other promptly of any formal request or Order by a Governmental Authority to examine records regarding Customer that are maintained by Service Provider or to examine Service Provider’s performance of the Services. Each Party will cooperate with the other in connection with any such examination. If such formal request or Order is made to Customer, then Customer will reimburse Service Provider for the reasonable costs Service Provider incurs in connection with such examination. If such formal request or Order is made to Service Provider, then Service Provider will reimburse Customer for the reasonable costs Customer incurs in connection with such examination.

5.3 Audit . Service Provider shall keep books and records related to the Services provided hereunder using the same or similar processes as Service Provider used to keep the books and records of the Galleria Business prior to the Effective Date. In no event will the details be less than as required by applicable Law. Customer or its authorized representative will have the right, upon reasonable notice during normal business hours and at Customer’s sole expense, to inspect and audit the books and records of Service Provider related to the Services solely and only to the extent necessary to verify the invoices delivered hereunder by Service Provider to Customer.

5.4 Books and Records . During the Term, Service Provider will be provided with access, at no cost to Service Provider, to Customer’s books and records to the extent necessary for Service Provider to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

5.5 Change Management Process .

(a) Except as set forth in this Section 5.4 , Service Provider will provide the Services in the manner set forth in Section 11.3(a) ; provided , however , that if any Services were not provided to the Galleria Business prior to the Effective Date, Service Provider will provide such Services to Customer in substantially the same manner as it provides such Services to its Affiliates. In the event that Service Provider makes changes to its systems or services of a nature that will impact Service Provider’s provision of services to Service Provider’s Affiliates generally, and such changes would be reasonably expected to materially impact the Customer’s business as operated by Customer and its Subsidiaries during the Term or Customer’s use of the Services, Service Provider will

 

6


use the same change management process for changes to the Services that Service Provider uses to manage changes for Service Provider’s own businesses that use the same or similar services (the “ Change Management Process ”). Service Provider will furnish to Customer substantially the same notice (with respect to the content and the timing of the notice) as Service Provider furnishes to its own organization with respect to such modifications or changes. In connection with the Change Management Process, Service Provider will give Customer at least 30 days’ advance notice regarding any such change that would be reasonably expected to materially impact the Customer’s business as operated by Customer and its Subsidiaries during the Term or Customer’s use of the Services. At Customer’s request, the Parties will discuss in good faith any reasonable accommodations to address Customer’s needs or requests with respect to the changed Services, unless such Services have been eliminated by Service Provider on a substantially company-wide basis; provided , however , that the ultimate decision as to how to manage any change in the Services to maintain comparable Services and how to implement any change in the Services will be made solely by Service Provider, and Service Provider will not be obligated to maintain any legacy system as an accommodation to Customer in the event of any such company-wide change in Services. No advance notice by Service Provider to Customer will be required in the event of any emergency that requires a change in the Services, whether to maintain the Services or to maintain Service Provider’s provision of interrelated services internally or to third parties, provided that the Services resume as such Services may be modified by Service Provider pursuant to this Section 5.4(a) after the emergency ceases to exist.

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, Service Provider reserves the right to make changes to the Services in the ordinary course of business to conduct Service Provider’s planned maintenance and upgrade activities on a company-wide basis; provided that Service Provider will provide advance notice as soon as is reasonably practicable. Customer acknowledges that its failure to comply with Service Provider’s then-current work processes, policies, and procedures for use of the Services may impair performance or utility of the Services.

5.6 Dispute Resolution . Any dispute, controversy or claim by Service Provider or any of its Affiliates (collectively, the “ Service Provider Group ”) against Customer or any of its Affiliates (collectively, the “ Customer Group ”) or vice versa in connection with this Agreement (a “ Direct Claim ”) will be resolved by the Parties in accordance with Section 10.15 of the Transaction Agreement, except that any executive-level discussions to be held pursuant to Section 10.15 of the Transaction Agreement with regard to such dispute, controversy or claim will be held by [                    ] for Customer and [                    ] for Service Provider and except that such executives will negotiate in good faith to resolve the Dispute for 20 Business Days after the date of the Dispute Escalation Notice, after which either Party will have the right to commence litigation in accordance with Section 14.2 ; provided , however , that, for the avoidance of doubt, the limitations on liability set forth in Sections 12.5 and 12.6 will apply to any dispute, controversy or claim related to this Agreement. Service Provider will continue to provide Services during the pendency of any dispute, controversy or claim during the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may seek injunctive or equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

7


6. FACILITIES

6.1 Use of Customer Facilities .

(a) General . Customer will provide Service Provider, at no charge, the space, office furnishings, janitorial service, telephone service, utilities and office-related equipment, supplies and duplicating services at Customer’s premises that Service Provider may reasonably need to provide the Services (collectively, the “ Customer Facilities ”). In addition, Customer will provide necessary data storage space for backup data files and will provide additional data storage space that may be required by any change in retention schedules required by Customer. Service Provider’s employees will have reasonable access to the Customer Facilities 24 hours a day, seven days a week as reasonably necessary to provide the Services. To the extent that any Service Provider Personnel require or have access to any Customer Systems, Service Provider will, and will require that all Service Provider Personnel who have access to Customer Systems, including computer or electronic data storage systems, limit their access to those portions of such systems for which they are authorized in connection with their provision of the Services. Service Provider will (i) limit such access to those Service Provider Personnel who are authorized to provide the Services and (ii) adhere to Customer’s reasonable standard security rules and procedures for use of Customer Systems. All user identification numbers and passwords disclosed to Service Provider to permit any Service Provider Personnel to access the Customer Systems will be deemed to be, and will be treated as, Customer’s Confidential Information. Service Provider will cooperate with Customer in the investigation of any apparent unauthorized access by Service Provider Personnel to Customer Systems. Customer will, in its sole discretion be entitled to approve or restrict access to Customer Systems by any Service Provider Personnel; provided , however , that Customer will consult with Service Provider prior to restricting any Service Provider Personnel’s access to Customer Systems regarding the impact of such decision on the provision of Services and, at Customer’s request, the Parties will discuss in good faith any reasonable accommodations to address Customer’s needs or reasonable requests. If and to the extent that Service Provider cannot provide Services because of Customer’s restrictions on access to Customer Systems by any Service Provider Personnel, Service Provider will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to develop and implement arrangements to place Customer, insofar as reasonably practicable, in the same position as if such Service had been provided as contemplated hereby. For the avoidance of doubt, if it is not reasonably practicable to implement such arrangements, Service Provider has no obligation to continue to provide such Services.

(b) Service Provider’s Obligations . To the extent Service Provider is using any part of a Customer Facility to perform the Services, Service Provider will comply, and will require that all Service Provider Personnel who use any part of a Customer Facility to perform the Services comply, with Customer’s reasonable standard policies and procedures, as made available to Service Provider, regarding access to and use of the Customer Facilities.

 

8


6.2 Service Provider Facilities and Systems .

(a) Service Provider Facilities . Service Provider may perform the Services in such facilities maintained by Service Provider or its Subcontractors or Affiliates (collectively, “ Service Provider Facilities ”) as Service Provider reasonably deems appropriate.

(b) Access to Service Provider Systems . Customer will, and will require that all Recipient Personnel who have access to Service Provider Systems in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.3(b) , including computer or electronic data storage systems, limit their access to those portions of such systems for which they are authorized in connection with their receipt and use of the Services. Customer will (i) limit such access to those Recipient Personnel who are authorized to use the Services in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.3(b) , (ii) maintain and make available to Service Provider a written list of the names of each individual who will be granted such access, and (iii) adhere to Service Provider’s security rules and procedures for use of Service Provider Systems. All user identification numbers and passwords disclosed to Recipients to permit any Recipient Personnel to access the Service Provider Systems will be deemed to be, and will be treated as, Service Provider’s Confidential Information. Customer will cooperate with Service Provider in the investigation of any apparent unauthorized access by Recipient Personnel to Service Provider Systems. Service Provider will, in its sole discretion, be entitled to (A) access and confiscate any Equipment used to access the Service Provider Systems in contravention of this Section 6.2(b) , provided that if such Equipment is located in Customer’s Facilities, Service Provider shall coordinate with Customer regarding such access and confiscation and, regardless of the location of such Equipment, if such Equipment is Customer Equipment, Service Provider shall return such Equipment to Customer promptly following Service Provider’s investigation and (B) approve or restrict access to Service Provider Systems by any Customer contractor.

 

7. TECHNOLOGY, SOFTWARE AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

7.1 Customer Owned Technology .

(a) Definition . The term “ Customer Owned Technology ” means (i) Technology owned by Customer on the Effective Date (and following the completion of the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Agreement), (ii) Technology developed or acquired by Customer or its third-party service providers (other than Service Provider) after the Effective Date, (iii) derivative works, modifications and enhancements to any of the foregoing, and (iv) all Intellectual Property subsisting in any of the foregoing.

(b) Ownership by Customer; License to Service Provider . Customer Owned Technology will be owned exclusively by Customer. As of the Effective Date, Customer hereby grants to Service Provider (and solely to the extent necessary for Service Provider to provide the Services, to the Subcontractors) a non-exclusive, worldwide, non-transferable (except as provided in Section 14.6 ), revocable, fully paid-up, royalty-free right and license, solely during the Term, to access, use, execute, reproduce, display, perform, modify, enhance, distribute and create derivative works of the Customer Owned Technology made available by Customer to Service Provider pursuant to this Agreement for the express and sole purpose of providing the Services.

 

9


7.2 Service Provider Owned Technology .

(a) Definition . The term “ Service Provider Owned Technology ” means Technology owned by Service Provider, an Affiliate of a Service Provider or a Subcontractor from and after the Effective Date and used in connection with the Services, including any modifications, enhancements or derivative works of such Technology or any new Technology developed by Service Provider, other than Technology to the extent comprising derivative works, modifications or enhancements to any Customer Owned Technology.

(b) Ownership by Service Provider; License to Customer . Service Provider Owned Technology will be owned exclusively by Service Provider. In addition to any other license rights granted hereunder, Service Provider hereby grants to each Recipient a non-exclusive, worldwide, non-transferable (except as provided in Section 14.6 ), revocable, fully paid-up, royalty-free right and license solely during the Term, solely to the extent required to fully and completely use the Services, to use Service Provider Technology (but only for such purpose). The Parties acknowledge that such right and license may be subject to additional terms and conditions and, except as otherwise provided herein, will terminate upon the termination of the Services. As between the Parties, all Internet addresses, network identification, access codes and telephone numbers provided or issued to Customer or its users by Service Provider or Service Provider Personnel, and not transferred to Customer pursuant to the Transaction Agreement, will be and remain the sole property of Service Provider.

7.3 No Implied Licenses; Residuals . Except as expressly specified in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement will be deemed to grant to one Party, by implication, estoppel or otherwise, license rights, ownership rights or any other Intellectual Property in any Technology owned by the other Party or any Affiliate of the other Party. Subject to the foregoing sentence, Service Provider will be free to use its general knowledge, skills and experience and any ideas, concepts, know-how and techniques that are required or used in the course of providing the Services.

7.4 Required Consents .

(a) If and to the extent the provision of Services under this Agreement requires Service Provider to obtain any Required Consent that has not been obtained as of the Effective Date, Service Provider will continue to use its reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or to cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary on its part under applicable Law or contractual obligations to provide the Services as promptly as practicable; provided , however , that Service Provider will not be required to make any non-de minimis payments, incur any non-de minimis Liability or offer or grant any non-de minimis accomodation (financial or otherwise) to any third party in connection with obtaining any Required Consent.

(b) Unless and until such Required Consent is obtained, the Parties will use their Commercially Reasonable Efforts to determine and adopt such alternative approaches as are necessary and sufficient to provide the Services without such Required Consent. If, despite using Commercially Reasonable Efforts, the Parties are unable to adopt an alternative approach, then the affected Services will be terminated and the Parties will

 

10


equitably adjust the pricing specified in this Agreement to reflect the reduced scope of Services; provided , however , that Service Provider may elect, at its sole discretion, to provide an affected Service despite the absence of a Required Consent; provided , further , that, in the event that Service Provider makes such election without the prior approval of Customer, Service Provider will be solely responsible for any liability arising as a result of Service Provider providing such Service despite the absence of a Required Consent.

 

8. CUSTOMER DATA AND PHYSICAL SECURITY

8.1 Definition . The term “ Customer Data ” means (i) any Information of Customer, its Affiliates or Recipients, or their respective vendors, customers or other business partners that is provided to or obtained by Service Provider in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including data and Information regarding Customer’s businesses, customers, operations, facilities, products, consumer markets, assets and finances, and (ii) any data or Information to the extent related to Customer or Customer’s business that is collected or processed in connection with the Services. For the avoidance of doubt, Customer Data does not include data about the Service Provider Systems or Service Provider Technology.

8.2 Ownership . As between Customer and Service Provider, Customer owns and will continue to own all right, title and interest in and to all Customer Data. Service Provider will not sell, assign, lease or otherwise dispose of or commercially exploit Customer Data or use Customer Data for any purpose other than to provide the Services.

8.3 Data Security . Service Provider will establish and maintain safeguards against the destruction, loss or alteration of Customer Data in its possession that are no less rigorous than those in effect for Service Provider’s operations.

8.4 Physical Security for Facilities . Service Provider will be responsible for all security procedures at any Service Provider Facilities. Customer will provide all necessary security personnel and security equipment at the Customer Facilities.

 

9. CONFIDENTIALITY

9.1 Confidential Information . As used herein, “ Confidential Information ” means any Information of Service Provider or Customer or any of their respective Affiliates that is not generally known to the public and at the time of disclosure is identified, or would reasonably be understood by the receiving Party, to be proprietary or confidential, whether disclosed in oral, written, visual, electronic or other form, and which the receiving Party (or its contractors or agents) observes or learns in connection with this Agreement. Confidential Information includes (a) business plans, strategies, forecasts, projects and analyses, (b) financial information and fee structures, (c) business processes, methods and models, (d) employee and vendor information, (e) hardware and system designs, architectures, structure and protocols, (f) product and service specifications, (g) manufacturing, purchasing, logistics, sales and marketing information, and (h) the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

11


9.2 Obligations . The receiving Party will use the same care and discretion to avoid disclosure, publication or dissemination of any Confidential Information received from the disclosing Party as the receiving Party uses with its own similar information that it does not wish to disclose, publish or disseminate (and in any event will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts in such regard). The receiving Party will (a) use the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information only in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement or the full enjoyment of its rights hereunder, and (b) not disclose the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, except to (i) its employees, agents and contractors, who have a need to know such Confidential Information in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement or the full enjoyment of its rights hereunder and who have executed Contracts or, in the case of employees, are bound by policies obligating them to keep the Confidential Information confidential or (ii) its legal, financial or other professional advisors as reasonably necessary. The receiving Party is liable for any unauthorized disclosure or use of Confidential Information by any of its or its Affiliates’ personnel, agents, subcontractors or advisors. The receiving Party will promptly report to the disclosing Party any breaches in security of the receiving Party that may materially and adversely affect the disclosing Party and specify the corrective action taken.

9.3 Exceptions to Confidential Treatment .

(a) The obligations set forth in Section 9.2 do not apply to any Confidential Information that the receiving Party can demonstrate (i) is or becomes generally available to the public, other than as a result of a disclosure by the receiving Party or its Affiliates not otherwise permissible hereunder, or (ii) was or became available to the receiving Party from a source other than the disclosing Party or its Affiliates, unless, in the case of clause (ii) of this Section 9.3(a) , the source of such Confidential Information was known to the receiving Party to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with, or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to, the disclosing Party with respect to such Confidential Information. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 9.3 to the contrary, Confidential Information of Customer primarily used in the Galleria Business will in no event be included within the exception in clause (ii) of this Section 9.3(a) and will be subject to Section 9.2 above.

(b) If a receiving Party is requested or required (by oral question, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) by any Governmental Authority or pursuant to applicable Law to disclose or provide any Confidential Information of the other Party, the Party receiving such request or demand will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to provide the other Party with written notice of such request or demand as promptly as practicable under the circumstances so that such other Party will have an opportunity to seek an appropriate protective Order. The Party receiving such request or demand agrees to take, and cause its representatives to take, at the requesting Party’s expense, all other reasonable steps necessary to seek to obtain confidential treatment by the recipient. Subject to the foregoing, the Party that received such request or demand may thereafter disclose or provide any such Confidential Information, as the case may be, to the extent (and only in such amount) required by such Law (as so advised by counsel) or by lawful process or such Governmental Authority.

 

12


9.4 Return or Destruction . Upon the termination or expiration of the Services, each Party will return or certify the destruction of the other Party’s Confidential Information in such other Party’s possession or control.

10. COMPENSATION

10.1 Service Fee . Customer will pay Service Provider a monthly fee for each Service, which will be calculated on the basis set forth on Schedule B . Upon early termination of any individual Service(s) pursuant to Section 13.1(b) , the Parties will cooperate in good faith to adjust the monthly charges paid by Customer hereunder to correspond with the actual Service(s) being provided.

10.2 Other Expenses . Customer will reimburse Service Provider for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Service Provider in connection with its performance of the Services and not included in the Charges, provided that reasonable advance written notice of such expenses has been provided by Service Provider (for this purpose, email will be sufficient) and, provided , further , that in the event that the aggregate amount of such expenses at any time exceeds the amount equal to 5% of the monthly Base Service Delivery Costs (“ Expense Cap ”), Customer shall not be required to reimburse Service Provider for expenses in excess of the Expense Cap unless Service Provider has obtained Customer’s written consent prior to incurring such expense. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 10.2 , if Service Provider provides written notice of such expenses and Customer does not consent to Service Provider incurring such expenses, Service Provider will have no obligation to provide such Services. Service Provider will provide Customer with reasonable documentation regarding any such out-of-pocket expenses. Such out-of-pocket expenses shall be treated as Pass Through Costs in accordance with Schedule B .

10.3 Transactional Taxes . Service Provider will invoice to Customer and Customer will pay together with the principal amount, the Transactional Taxes (if any) invoiced by Service Provider as per the applicable Transactional Taxes legislation. Service Provider will provide Customer with a valid Transactional Taxes invoice in the due time provided by that legislation. The Parties will make reasonable efforts to ensure that all required documents are provided in order to enable Customer to recover the Transactional Taxes charged, as per the relevant Transactional Taxes legislation.

10.4 Invoicing and Payment . Service Provider will invoice Customer monthly in arrears. Payment of all undisputed amounts is due on the Customer designated monthly settlement day following the date that is 60 days following the date of invoice. Payments of undisputed amounts past due, or disputed amounts determined to be due after the resolution of such dispute, will bear interest calculated on a per annum basis from the due date to the date of actual payment at the Interest Rate. Customer will make payments under this Agreement by electronic funds transfer in accordance with payment instructions provided by Service Provider from time to time. In the event the Parties’ Affiliates enter into companion Contracts for the Services, Customer will remain responsible for paying any undisputed amounts which are not paid when due by Customer’s Affiliates under such companion Contracts.

 

13


10.5 Withholding Taxes . Customer is permitted to withhold amounts from any amounts payable hereunder as required under applicable Law, and such amounts withheld will be treated for all purposes hereof as paid to Service Provider with respect to which the withholding was made. Customer and Service Provider will cooperate, as reasonably requested by the other Party, to reduce the amount of withholding Taxes imposed on payments hereunder, including by executing and filing any forms or certificates reasonably required to claim an available reduced rate of, or exemption from, withholding Taxes and by promptly providing any relevant information reasonably requested by the other Party. Customer will promptly provide Service Provider with the complete original withholding Tax certificates issued by the relevant Governmental Authority. Customer will promptly pay to Service Provider the amount of any refund (including any interest) received by Customer from a Governmental Authority with respect to Taxes withheld pursuant to this Agreement.

11. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; OTHER AGREEMENTS

11.1 Authority . Each Party represents and warrants to the other that (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Party have been authorized and approved and no other corporate action on the part of such Party is necessary, (ii) no Contract with any other Person exists or will exist which would interfere with its obligations hereunder, and (iii) this Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of it and enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Each Party’s warranty in clause (ii) of this Section 11.1 is subject to receipt of all Required Consents.

11.2 Compliance with Laws . Each Party represents and warrants that it is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification or licensing is necessary for the conduct of its business, except where the failure to be so qualified or licensed would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

11.3 Standard of Performance; Standard of Care .

(a) Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement or any applicable schedule to this Agreement, the Services will be performed initially in substantially the same manner and in substantially the same locations that such Services were generally performed by Service Provider for the Galleria Business immediately prior to the Effective Date, and thereafter will continue to be performed in substantially the same locations and in substantially the same manner as Service Provider generally performs such services for its own retained businesses, except to the extent such Services are limited or changed because of the separation of the Galleria Business and Service Provider’s other businesses as contemplated by the Transaction Agreement.

(b) In no event will Service Provider be required to (i) make any customization to the Services (or Service Provider’s associated systems or processes) that are unique to Customer, beyond the customizations that Service Provider elects to make to support its own shared services environment, except for customizations that are expressly agreed upon in writing by Service Provider and Customer, (ii) provide access to Service Provider’s Systems to Recipient Personnel, other than those Recipient Personnel who

 

14


were employees of Service Provider prior to the Effective Date that had access to Service Provider systems during such time (or those persons hired after the Effective Date to replace such Recipient Personnel, regardless of whether they had prior access to Service Provider systems); provided , that Customer and such Recipient Personnel will comply with the requirements of Section 6.2 , (iii) provide Services in a location other than locations where Services were provided prior to the Effective Date, or (iv) provide reports incremental to those provided prior to the Effective Date.

(c) Nothing in this Agreement will require Service Provider or any of its Affiliates to perform the Services in a manner that would constitute a violation of applicable Laws.

11.4 Disclaimer . EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE 11 , EACH PARTY MAKES NO, AND HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY, REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND THOSE ARISING OUT OF COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

12. INDEMNITIES, PROCEDURES AND LIMITATIONS.

12.1 Indemnification by Customer . Customer agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend Service Provider and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers and employees (the “ Service Provider Parties ”), from and against any and all Losses suffered or incurred by any Service Provider Parties arising out of or relating to any of the following:

(a) any breach of this Agreement by Customer, its Affiliates, Subcontractors or Customer Personnel;

(b) any gross negligence or willful misconduct of Customer, its Affiliates, Subcontractors or Customer Personnel in connection with the provision of the Services;

(c) any alleged infringement or misappropriation by Customer, its Affiliates, Subcontractors and Customer Personnel of any Software, Technology or any other Intellectual Property developed, used, or made accessible in connection with the Services, except to the extent caused by infringement or misappropriation by Service Provider or its Affiliates or any of their respective contractors of such Software, Technology or other Intellectual Property, or by the violation by any such Persons of any license terms or usage instructions provided to Service Provider by Customer; or

(d) any personal injury to employees of Customer or Customer Affiliates (or any other persons designated by Customer) while at the Service Provider Facilities, to the extent such Losses do not result from the negligence or willful misconduct of Service Provider or its Affiliates, contractors or Service Provider Personnel.

12.2 Indemnification by Service Provider . Service Provider agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend Customer and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers and employees (the “ Customer Parties ”), from and against any and all Losses suffered or incurred by any Customer Parties arising out of or relating to any of the following:

(a) any breach of this Agreement by Service Provider, its Affiliates, Subcontractors or Service Provider Personnel;

 

15


(b) any gross negligence or willful misconduct of Service Provider, its Affiliates, Subcontractors or Service Provider Personnel in connection with the provision of the Services;

(c) any alleged infringement or misappropriation by Service Provider, its Affiliates, Subcontractors and Service Provider Personnel of any Software, Technology or any other Intellectual Property developed, used, or made accessible in connection with the Services, except to the extent caused by infringement or misappropriation by Customer or a Recipient or any of their respective contractors of such Software, Technology or other Intellectual Property, or by the violation by any such Persons of any license terms or usage instructions provided to Customer by Service Provider; or

(d) any personal injury to employees of Service Provider or Service Provider Affiliates (or any other persons designated by Service Provider) while at the Customer Facilities, to the extent such Losses do not result from the negligence or willful misconduct of Customer or its Affiliates, contractors or Customer Personnel.

12.3 Calculation of Indemnity Payments .

(a) Insurance . The amount of any Loss for which indemnification is provided under this Article 12 will be net of any amounts actually recovered by the applicable Service Provider Party or Customer Party (each, an “ Indemnitee ”) under third-party, non-captive insurance policies with respect to such Loss (less the cost to collect the proceeds of such insurance). If any Loss resulting in indemnification under this Article 12 relates to a claim by an Indemnitee or its Affiliates that is covered by one or more third-party, non-captive insurance policies held by the Indemnitee or its Affiliates, the Indemnitee will use and will cause its Affiliates to use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to pursue claims against the applicable insurers for coverage of such Loss under such policies. Any indemnity payment hereunder will initially be made without regard to this Section 12.3(a) , and if the Indemnitee or its Affiliates actually receive a full or partial recovery under such insurance policies following payment of indemnification by the Party against which the applicable claims are asserted under this Article 12 (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in respect of such Loss, then the Indemnitee will refund amounts received from the Indemnifying Party up to the amount of indemnification actually received from the Indemnifying Party with respect to such Loss (less the cost to collect the proceeds of such insurance).

(b) Taxes . The amount that any Indemnifying Party is or may be required to provide indemnification to or on behalf of any Indemnitee under this Agreement will be (i) decreased to offset any Tax benefit realized by the Indemnitee (or an Affiliate thereof) arising from the incurrence or payment of the relevant indemnified item and (ii) increased to offset any Tax cost incurred by the Indemnitee (or an Affiliate thereof) arising from the receipt of any indemnification payments hereunder, unless in the case of clause (ii) such amount is already included in the applicable calculation of Losses. Any indemnity payment hereunder will initially be made without regard to this Section 12.3 and will be reduced or increased, as the case may be, to reflect any applicable Tax benefit or Tax cost, respectively, within 30 calendar days after the Indemnitee (or an Affiliate thereof) actually realizes such Tax benefit or incurs such Tax cost, respectively.

 

16


12.4 Procedures for Defense, Settlement and Indemnification of Claims .

(a) Direct Claims . All claims made hereunder by (i) any Service Provider Party, on the one hand, against any Customer Party, on the other hand, or (ii) by any Customer Party, on the one hand, against any Service Provider Party, on the other hand (collectively, “ Direct Claims ”), will be subject to the limitations and dispute resolution procedures set forth in Sections 5.5 and 12.6 .

(b) Third-Party Claims . (i)  Notice of Claims . If an Indemnitee receives notice or otherwise learns of the assertion by a Person (including any Governmental Authority) which is not a member of the Service Provider Group or Customer Group of any claim or of the commencement by any such Person of any Action with respect to which an Indemnifying Party may be obligated to provide indemnification under this Agreement (collectively, a “ Third-Party Claim ”), such Indemnitee will give such Indemnifying Party prompt written notice (a “ Claims Notice ”) thereof but in any event within 15 calendar days after becoming aware of such Third-Party Claim. Any such notice will describe the Third-Party Claim in reasonable detail, stating the nature, basis for indemnification and the amount thereof, to the extent known, along with copies of any relevant documents evidencing such Third-Party Claim. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the delay or failure of any Indemnitee or other Person to give notice as provided in this Section 12.4(b)(i) will not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Article 12 , except to the extent that such Indemnifying Party is prejudiced by such delay or failure to give notice.

(ii) Opportunity to Defend . The Indemnifying Party has the right, exercisable by written notice to the Indemnitee within 90 calendar days after receipt of a Claims Notice from the Indemnitee of the commencement or assertion of any Third-Party Claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought under this Article 12 , to assume and conduct the defense of such Third-Party Claim in accordance with the limits set forth in this Agreement with counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party and reasonably acceptable to the Indemnitee, unless (A) the Third-Party Claim relates to or arises in connection with any criminal proceeding, action, indictment, allegation or investigation, (B) the Third-Party Claim seeks (and continues to seek) monetary damages and/or equitable or corrective relief (with or without monetary damages, fines or penalties) and such equitable relief would reasonably be expected to adversely affect the operations of (1) Service Provider or its Affiliates, if Customer is the Indemnifying Party or (2) Customer or its Affiliates (including after the Closing, any Galleria Entities), if Service Provider is the Indemnifying Party, or (C) the Indemnifying Party does not expressly agree with the Indemnitee in writing to be fully responsible for all of the Losses that arise from the Third-Party Claim, subject to the limitations set forth in this Article 12 (the conditions set forth in clauses (A) through (C) are, collectively, the “ Litigation Conditions ”). For purposes of clause (C) of the preceding sentence, if a Third-Party Claim consists of multiple claims by a plaintiff or group of plaintiffs, and it is reasonably practicable for an Indemnifying Party to control the defense of a subset of such claims, the Indemnifying Party may elect to agree to be fully responsible for only the Losses that arise from such subset of claims, and may elect to control the defense

 

17


of only such subset of claims; provided , that the other Litigation Conditions set forth in clauses (A), (B) and (C) of the preceding sentence are satisfied. If the Indemnifying Party does not assume the defense of a Third-Party Claim in accordance with this Section 12.4(b) , the Indemnitee may continue to defend the Third-Party Claim. If the Indemnifying Party has assumed the defense of a Third-Party Claim as provided in this Section 12.4(b) , the Indemnifying Party will not be liable for any legal expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense of the Third-Party Claim; provided , however , that if (x) any of the Litigation Conditions ceases to be met, (y) the Indemnifying Party fails to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently such Third-Party Claim or (z) in the reasonable judgment of the Indemnitee based on the advice of counsel, there exists an actual or potential conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnitee with respect to such Third Party Claim, the Indemnitee may assume its own defense, and the Indemnifying Party will be liable for all reasonable costs or expenses thereafter incurred in connection with such defense. The Indemnifying Party or the Indemnitee, as the case may be, has the right to participate in (but, subject to the prior sentence, not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third-Party Claim that the other is defending as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third-Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, may not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third-Party Claim unless such settlement or judgment includes as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or the plaintiff to the Indemnitee of a complete release from all liability in respect of such Third-Party Claim and unless such settlement or judgment does not impose injunctive or other non-monetary equitable relief against the Indemnitee or its Affiliates, or their respective businesses. The Indemnitee has the right to settle any Third-Party Claim, the defense of which has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party, with the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(c) Cooperation in Defense and Settlement . With respect to any Third-Party Claim for which Customer, on the one hand, and Service Provider, on the other hand, may have liability under this Agreement, the Parties agree to cooperate fully and maintain a joint defense (in a manner that will preserve the attorney-client privilege, joint defense or other privilege with respect thereto) so as to minimize such liabilities and defense costs associated therewith. The Party that is not responsible for managing the defense of such Third-Party Claims will, upon reasonable request, be consulted with respect to significant matters relating thereto and may retain counsel to monitor or assist in the defense of such claims at its own cost.

12.5 Additional Matters .

(a) Substitution . In the event of an Action that involves solely matters that are indemnifiable and in which the Indemnifying Party is not a named defendant, if either the Indemnitee or the Indemnifying Party so requests, the Parties will endeavor to substitute the Indemnifying Party for the named defendant. If such substitution or addition cannot be achieved for any reason or is not requested, the rights and obligations of the Parties regarding indemnification and the management of the defense of claims as set forth in this Article 12 will not be affected.

 

18


(b) Subrogation . Subject to Section 12.7 , (i) in the event of payment by or on behalf of any Indemnifying Party to or on behalf of any Indemnitee in connection with any Third-Party Claim, such Indemnifying Party will be subrogated to and will stand in the place of such Indemnitee, in whole or in part based upon whether the Indemnifying Party has paid all or only part of the Indemnitee’s Liability, as to any events or circumstances in respect of which such Indemnitee may have any right, defense or claim relating to such Third-Party Claim against any claimant or plaintiff asserting such Third-Party Claim or against any other Person and (ii) such Indemnitee will cooperate with such Indemnifying Party in a reasonable manner, and at the cost and expense of such Indemnifying Party, in prosecuting any subrogated right, defense or claim.

12.6 Limitations on Liability .

(a) Subject to the specific provisions and limitations of Sections 12.4 and 12.5 and this Section 12.6 , it is the intent of the Parties that each Party will be liable to the other Party for any Losses as to which such other Party is entitled to indemnification under Sections 12.1 or 12.2 , whether such Losses arise out of Third-Party Claims or Direct Claims.

(b) Except for Losses arising out of or relating to (i) Service Provider’s obligation to remit amounts to Customer, (ii) Service Provider’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or breach of Article 9 , or (iii) Service Provider’s indemnity obligations for Third-Party Claims set forth in Section 12.2 , the total aggregate liability of Service Provider under this Agreement will be limited to the aggregate amount of Charges paid to Service Provider by Customer under this Agreement.

(c) Except for Losses arising out of or relating to (i) Customer’s obligation to pay the Charges due under this Agreement, (ii) Customer’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or breach of Article 9 , or (iii) Customer’s indemnity obligations for Third-Party Claims set forth in Section 12.1 , the total aggregate liability of Customer under this Agreement will be limited to the aggregate amount of Charges paid to Service Provider by Customer under this Agreement.

(d) Regardless of any other rights under any other agreements or mandatory provisions of Law, neither Service Provider nor Customer will have the right to set-off the amount of any Loss it may have under this Agreement, whether contingent or otherwise, against any amount owed by such Party to the other Party, whether under this Agreement or otherwise.

12.7 Waiver of Subrogation . Service Provider will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to cause its insurers to waive their rights of subrogation against Customer with respect to any Losses. Likewise, Customer will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to cause its insurers to waive their rights of subrogation against Service Provider with respect to any Losses.

12.8 Exclusive Remedy . From and after the Effective Date, the sole and exclusive remedy of a Party for Losses relating to this Agreement will be as set forth in Section 12.1 or Section 12.2 , as applicable, and with respect to (a) any and all Third-Party Claims will be pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in this Article 12 and (b) any and all Direct Claims will be pursuant to Section 5.6 . In furtherance of the

 

19


foregoing, each Party hereby waives, from and after the Effective Date, any and all rights, claims and causes of action (other than pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in this Article 12 and dispute resolution provisions set forth in Section 5.6 , and other than claims of, or causes of action arising from, knowing and intentional fraud and except for seeking specific performance or other equitable relief to require a Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement to the extent permitted hereunder) that such Party or its Affiliates may have against the other Party or any of its Affiliates, or their respective directors, officers and employees, arising under or based upon any applicable Laws and arising out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

13. TERMINATION

13.1 Termination Rights .

(a) Termination for Cause . In addition to, and not in limitation of, any other termination rights set forth in this Agreement, either Party may, by giving written notice to the other Party, terminate this Agreement if such other Party commits a material breach of this Agreement (a “ Default ”), which Default is not cured within 30 days after notice of the Default. For purposes hereof, non-payment by Customer of any undisputed charges by the applicable due date will be deemed a Default.

(b) Termination for Convenience . [Unless prohibited pursuant to Schedule A ,] Customer may terminate this Agreement or any individual Service (including any individual Service within a “Service Bundle” set forth on Schedule A , only to the extent such individual Service(s) can be segregated from the Service Provider’s other Services that will continue to be provided) either (a) at any time by giving Service Provider at least 60 days’ advance written notice pursuant to Section 14.3 specifically designating the terminated Service(s) and the termination date or (b) at any time by a written agreement executed by the Relationship Manager of each Party, in substantially the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, specifically designating the terminated Service(s) and the termination date. For the avoidance of doubt, any written agreement between the Parties executed pursuant to this Section 13.1(b) may be exchanged between the Parties solely via electronic mail and is not subject to the notice requirements of Section 14.3 . Upon any such termination for convenience, Customer will remain liable for fees and expenses for all properly performed Services through the applicable termination date.

(c) For Insolvency . If either Party (i) files for bankruptcy, (ii) becomes or is declared insolvent, or is the subject of any proceedings (not dismissed within 60 days) related to its liquidation, insolvency or the appointment of a receiver or similar officer for Service Provider, (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of all or substantially all of its creditors, (iv) takes any corporate action for its winding-up, dissolution or administration, or (v) enters into a Contract for the extension or readjustment of substantially all of its obligations, then the other Party may terminate this Agreement for cause as of a date specified in a written termination notice.

13.2 Survival . Any provision of this Agreement which contemplates performance or observance subsequent to any termination or expiration of this Agreement will survive

 

20


any termination or expiration of this Agreement and continue in full force and effect including this Section 13.2 , Sections 7.1(b) , 7.2(b) , and 8.2 , and Articles 9 , 12 (subject to Section 14.10 ) and 14 .

13.3 Rights Upon Termination or Expiration . At Customer’s request and expense, Service Provider will provide Customer with reasonable information and assistance to facilitate the transition of responsibility for the Services to Customer or its designee (“ Termination Assistance Services ”). The provision of such Termination Assistance Services will be subject to the Parties’ agreement on a detailed work plan and the availability of the applicable Service Provider resources. In no event will Service Provider be required to provide any specialized or customized services as part of the Termination Assistance Services.

14. MISCELLANEOUS

14.1 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Transaction Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, including any related annexes, schedules and exhibits, as well as any other agreements and documents referred to herein and therein, will together constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and will supersede all prior negotiations, agreements and understandings of the Parties of any nature, whether oral or written, with respect to such subject matter. If there is a conflict between any provision of this Agreement and a provision of the Transaction Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, the provision of the Transaction Agreement will control.

14.2 Governing Law .

(a) The validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement will be governed by the Laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of Laws provisions thereof that would cause the Laws of another state to apply.

(b) By execution and delivery of this Agreement, subject to Section 5.5 , each Party irrevocably (i) submits and consents to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of the State of Delaware for itself and in respect of its property in the event that any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court and (iii) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby in any other court. Subject to compliance with the provisions of Section 5.5 , if applicable, each of the Parties irrevocably and unconditionally waives (and agrees not to plead or claim) any objection to the laying of venue of any dispute arising out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby in the state and federal courts of the State of Delaware, or that any such dispute brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient or improper forum. The Parties further agree that the mailing by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, of any process required by any such court will constitute valid and lawful service of process against them, without necessity for service by any other means provided by statute or rule of court.

 

21


(c) EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE IT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY OF THE AGREEMENTS DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE EITHER OF SUCH WAIVERS, (II) IT UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF SUCH WAIVERS, (III) IT MAKES SUCH WAIVERS VOLUNTARILY, AND (IV) IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 14.2(C) .

14.3 Notices . All notices, requests, permissions, waivers and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given (a) when sent, if sent by facsimile, (b) when delivered, if delivered personally to the intended recipient and (c) one Business Day following sending by overnight delivery via an international courier service and, in each case, addressed to a Party at the following address for such Party:

 

  (i) if to Service Provider:

[ Name and address ]

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Facsimile:

With a copy to (which will not constitute notice):

[ Name and address ]

Attention: Director – Transactions

Facsimile:

and

Jones Day

222 East 41st Street

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Robert A. Profusek

  Peter E. Izanec

Facsimile: (212) 755-7306

 

  (ii) If to Customer:

[              ]

 

22


[              ]

[              ]

Attn: [              ]

Facsimile: [              ]

with a copy to (which will not constitute notice):

[              ]

[              ]

[              ]

Attention: [            ]

Facsimile: [              ]

or to such other address(es) as will be furnished in writing by any such Party to the other Party in accordance with the provisions of this Section 14.3 .

14.4 Amendments and Waivers .

(a) This Agreement may be amended and any provision of this Agreement may be waived; provided , however , that any such amendment or waiver will become and remain binding upon a Party only if such amendment or waiver is set forth in a writing executed by such Party. No course of dealing between or among any Persons having any interest in this Agreement will be deemed effective to modify, amend or discharge any part of this Agreement or any rights or obligations of any Party under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) No delay or failure in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder will affect or operate as a waiver thereof; nor will any single or partial exercise thereof or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right, power or remedy preclude any further exercise thereof or of any other right, power or remedy. Except and solely to the extent set forth in Section 12.8 , the rights and remedies hereunder are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies that any Party would otherwise have.

14.5 No Third-Party Beneficiaries . Except for the provisions of Article 12 with respect to indemnification of Service Provider Parties and Customer Parties, this Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Parties and does not confer on third parties (including any employees of any member of the Service Provider Group or the Customer Group) any remedy, claim, reimbursement, claim of action or other right in addition to those existing without reference to this Agreement.

14.6 Assignability . No Party may assign its rights or delegate its duties under this Agreement without the written consent of the other Party, except that a Party may assign its rights or delegate its duties under this Agreement to a member of the Service Provider Group or the Customer Group, as applicable; provided that (a) such Person agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and (b) such assignment or delegation will not relieve any Party of its indemnification obligations or other obligations under this Agreement. Any attempted assignment or delegation in contravention of the foregoing will be void.

 

23


14.7 Construction .

(a) References to Customer Includes Recipients . Customer is fully responsible and liable for the Recipients’ compliance with this Agreement, and any actions, omissions, or materials provided by any Recipients other than Customer will be deemed to be Customer’s actions, omissions or materials provided by Customer.

(b) General . The descriptive headings herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a substantive part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever required by the context, any pronoun used in this Agreement will include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular forms of nouns, pronouns, and verbs will include the plural and vice versa. Reference to any agreement, document, or instrument means such agreement, document, or instrument as amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, and if applicable hereof. Unless the context otherwise requires, any references to an “Exhibit,” “Section” or “Article” will be to an Exhibit, Section or Article to or of this Agreement. The use of the words “include” or “including” in this Agreement will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”. The use of the word “covenant” will mean “covenant and agreement”. The use of the words “or,” “either” or “any” will not be exclusive. The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement, any provision herein which contemplates the agreement, approval or consent of, or exercise of any right of, a Party, such Party may give or withhold such agreement, approval or consent, or exercise such right, in its sole and absolute discretion, the Parties hereby expressly disclaiming any implied duty of good faith and fair dealing or similar concept.

14.8 Severability . The Parties agree that (a) the provisions of this Agreement will be severable in the event that for any reason whatsoever any of the provisions hereof are invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, (b) any such invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions will be replaced by other provisions which are as similar as possible in terms to such invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions but are valid and enforceable, and (c) the remaining provisions will remain valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law.

14.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts (any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one Party), each of which will be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement, and any amendments hereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or other electronic transmission, will be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement and will be considered to have the same binding legal effects as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any Party, the other Party will re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to the requesting Party.

 

24


14.10 Force Majeure .

(a) “ Force Majeure Event ” means any event beyond the reasonable control of the Party affected that significantly interferes with the performance by such Party of its obligations under this Agreement, including acts of God, strikes, lockouts or other labor or industrial disputes or disturbances, civil disturbances, arrests or restraint from rulers or people, interruptions by Orders, present and future valid Orders of any regulatory body having proper jurisdiction, acts of the public enemy, wars, riots, blockades, insurrections, inability to secure labor or secure materials upon terms deemed practicable by the Party affected (including inability to secure materials by reason of allocations, voluntary or involuntary, promulgated by authorized governmental agencies), epidemics, landslides, lightning, earthquakes, fire, storm, floods, washouts, explosions, breakage or accident to machinery.

(b) If a Force Majeure Event is claimed by either Party, the Party making such claim will orally notify the other Party as soon as reasonably possible after the occurrence of such Force Majeure Event and, in addition, will provide the other Party with written notice of such Force Majeure Event within five days after the occurrence of such Force Majeure Event.

(c) Except for Customer’s obligations to make payments hereunder and except for Service Provider’s obligation to remit payments to Customer, neither Party hereto will be liable for any nonperformance or delay in performance of the terms of this Agreement when such failure is due to a Force Majeure Event. If either Party relies on the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event as a basis for being excused from performance of its obligations hereunder, such Party relying on the Force Majeure Event will (i) provide an estimate of the expected duration of the Force Majeure Event and its probable impact on performance of such Party’s obligations hereunder and (ii) provide prompt notice to the other Party of the cessation of the Force Majeure Event.

(d) Upon the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event, the same will, so far as possible, be remedied using Commercially Reasonable Efforts. It is understood and agreed that nothing in this Section 14.10 will require the settlement of strikes, lockouts or industrial disputes or disturbances by acceding to the demands of any opposing party therein when such course is inadvisable in the discretion of the Party having the difficulty.

14.11 Further Assurances . In addition to the actions specifically provided for elsewhere in this Agreement, each of the Parties hereto will cooperate with each other and use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to take, or to cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or to cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary on its part under applicable Law or contractual obligations to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

14.12 Independent Contractors . Service Provider is an independent contractor, with all of the attendant rights and liabilities of an independent contractor, and not an employee of Customer or, except for authorizations specifically described in a schedule with respect to a particular function, an agent of Customer. Any provision in this Agreement or any action by Customer, that may appear to give Customer the right to direct or control Service Provider in performing under this Agreement means that Service Provider will follow the desires of Customer in results only.

 

25


14.13 Publicity . Except as otherwise required by Law, each of Service Provider and Customer will consult with the other and obtain the prior written consent of the other before issuing, or permitting any agent or Affiliate of such Party to issue, any press releases or otherwise making, or permitting any agent or Affiliate of such Party to make, any public statements with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

14.14 Limitation . Any Action pursuant to this Agreement, including but not limited to any claim of indemnification, must be commenced within six months after the expiration or termination of this Agreement; provided , however , that for any Action commenced prior to the expiration of such six-month period, the Action will continue until finally resolved.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their authorized representatives, to be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

[SERVICE PROVIDER]     [SPLITCO]
By:  

 

    By:  

 

Name:       Name:  
Title:       Title:  

Exhibit 10.2

TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT

by and among

THE PROCTER & GAMBLE COMPANY,

GALLERIA CO.,

COTY INC., and

GREEN ACQUISITION SUB INC.

Dated [                           , 201 [      ]]


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS   

Section 1.01

 

Definition of Terms

     2   
ARTICLE II   
ALLOCATION OF TAXES   

Section 2.01

 

Ordinary Course Taxes and Internal Restructuring Taxes

     21   

Section 2.02

 

Transaction Taxes

     22   

Section 2.03

 

Transfer Taxes

     23   

Section 2.04

 

Entitlement to Tax Attributes

     24   

Section 2.05

 

Additional Costs

     25   

Section 2.06

 

No Duplicative Payment

     25   

Section 2.07

 

Exclusive Remedy

     25   
ARTICLE III   
TAX RETURN FILING AND PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS   

Section 3.01

 

Tax Return Preparation and Filing

     25   

Section 3.02

 

Tax Reporting

     26   
ARTICLE IV   
TAX-FREE TREATMENT OF EXCHANGE & RELATED TRANSACTIONS   

Section 4.01

 

Representations

     27   

Section 4.02

 

Covenants

     28   

Section 4.03

 

Tax Sharing Agreements

     32   

Section 4.04

 

IRS Ruling Requests

     32   
ARTICLE V   
TAX CONTESTS; INDEMNIFICATION; COOPERATION   

Section 5.01

 

Notice

     32   

Section 5.02

 

Control of Tax Contests

     32   

Section 5.03

 

Indemnification Payments

     33   

 

-i-


Section 5.04

 

Interest on Late Payments

     34   

Section 5.05

 

Treatment of Indemnity Payments

     34   

Section 5.06

 

Cooperation

     35   

Section 5.07

 

Confidentiality

     35   

Section 5.08

 

Section 336(e) Election

     35   

Section 5.09

 

Term of Tax Indemnity

     36   
ARTICLE VI   
DISPUTE RESOLUTION   

Section 6.01

 

Tax Disputes

     36   
ARTICLE VII   
MISCELLANEOUS   

Section 7.01

 

Authorization

     37   

Section 7.02

 

Expenses

     37   

Section 7.03

 

Entire Agreement

     37   

Section 7.04

 

Governing Law

     37   

Section 7.05

 

Notice

     38   

Section 7.06

 

Priority of Agreements

     39   

Section 7.07

 

Amendments and Waivers

     39   

Section 7.08

 

Termination

     39   

Section 7.09

 

No Third Party Beneficiaries

     39   

Section 7.10

 

Assignability

     39   

Section 7.11

 

Enforcement

     40   

Section 7.12

 

Survival

     40   

Section 7.13

 

Construction

     40   

Section 7.14

 

Severability

     40   

Section 7.15

 

Counterparts

     41   

Section 7.16

 

Successors

     41   

 

-ii-


TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT

THIS TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [              ] by and among The Procter & Gamble Company, an Ohio corporation (“ Parent ”), Galleria Co., a Delaware corporation and, as of the date hereof, a wholly owned Subsidiary of Parent (“ SplitCo ”), Coty Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Acquiror ”), and Green Acquisition Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct wholly owned Subsidiary of Acquiror (“ Merger Sub ”) (collectively, the “ Parties ”).

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, Parent is the common parent of an affiliated group of corporations, including SplitCo, which has elected to file certain Tax Returns on an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group basis;

WHEREAS, Parent has determined that it would be appropriate and desirable to completely separate the Galleria Business pursuant to the Galleria Transfer, the Distribution, the Merger and other related transactions;

WHEREAS, the Parties have entered into the Transaction Agreement pursuant to which the Galleria Transfer, the Distribution, the Merger and other related transactions will be consummated;

WHEREAS, in connection with the Galleria Transfer, Parent will effect the Distribution either as the (i) Exchange Offer and, if necessary, a Clean-Up Spin-Off or (ii) One-Step Spin-Off, in each case, in accordance with the Transaction Agreement;

WHEREAS, the boards of directors (or other equivalent bodies) of Parent, SplitCo, Acquiror and Merger Sub each have approved and declared advisable the Merger to occur immediately following the Distribution;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the plan of reorganization and within one year after the Distribution Date, Parent will effect any Parent Cash Distribution to Parent’s creditors in retirement of outstanding Parent Indebtedness as described in the Transaction Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Parties intend that (i) the Galleria Transfer, together with the Distribution, qualify as a reorganization under Code Section 368(a), (ii) the Distribution, as such, qualify as a distribution of SplitCo Common Stock to Parent’s shareholders pursuant to Code Section 355, (iii) the Merger qualify as a tax-free reorganization pursuant to Code Section 368(a), (iv) any Parent Cash Distribution qualify as money distributed to Parent creditors in connection with the reorganization for purposes of Code Section 361(b)(3), and (v) the Transaction Agreement constitute a plan of reorganization under Treasury Regulation Section 1.368-2(g).


WHEREAS, as a result of and upon the Distribution, SplitCo will cease to be a member of the Parent affiliated group within the meaning of Code Section 1504(a); and

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to allocate the Tax responsibilities, liabilities and benefits of certain transactions and to provide for certain other Tax matters.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Parties (each on behalf of itself, each of its Subsidiaries, as of immediately before the Distribution, and its future Subsidiaries) hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Definition of Terms .

The following terms will have the following meanings (such meanings to apply equally to both the singular and the plural forms of the terms defined). Unless otherwise stated, all Section references are to this Agreement. Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined will have the meaning given to such term in the Transaction Agreement. 1

Acquiror ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Acquiror Average Price ” means [              ] . 2

Acquiror Base Stock Price ” means [              ] . 3

Acquiror Common Stock ” means [              ] . 4

 

1   The definitions of the currently undefined terms in this Section 1.01 will be taken from the corresponding definitions in the Transaction Agreement.
2   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Acquiror Average Price ” means, as of any date of determination, the average (measured as an arithmetic mean) of the daily volume weighted averages of the trading prices of the Acquiror Common Stock, as such prices are reported on the NYSE Composite Tape, for (x) in the case of any determinations of the Acquiror Average Price for purposes of the definition of “Acquiror SEC Event”, the fifteen consecutive Trading Days ending on such date of determination (other than (1) if the date of determination is the Commencement Date and the related Disclosure Date is less than 15 consecutive Trading Days before such Commencement Date, in which case the measurement period will begin on the Trading Day following the Disclosure Date and end on the Commencement Date, and (2) if the date of determination is the 10th trading day after the date on which the Acquiror makes a GAAP Compliant Confirmation, in which case the measurement period will be the 10 consecutive Trading Days ending on such date of determination), and (y) in all other cases, the five consecutive Trading Days ending on such date of determination; provided, however, that if an ex-dividend date is set for the Acquiror Common Stock during such period, then the trading price for a share of Acquiror Common Stock for each day during the portion of such period that precedes such ex-dividend date will be reduced by the amount of the dividend payable on a share of Acquiror Common Stock.
3   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Acquiror Base Stock Price ” means $24.56 per share.
4   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Acquiror Common Stock ” means the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock.

 

-2-


Acquiror Disclosure Letter ” means [              ] . 5

Acquiror Equity Interests ” means [              ] . 6

Acquiror Form S-4 ” means [              ] . 7

Acquiror Group ” means [              ] . 8

Acquiror Issue ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02.

Acquiror New Common Stock ” means [              ] . 9

Acquiror Options ” means [              ] . 10

Acquiror Pre-Merger Group ” means Acquiror and each of its Subsidiaries (in each case, including any successors thereof), other than any members of the Galleria Tax Group.

Acquiror Representation Letter ” means the representation letter executed by Acquiror and Merger Sub in connection with the delivery of the opinion described in Section 7.02(c) of the Transaction Agreement.

 

5   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Acquiror Disclosure Letter ” means the disclosure letter delivered by Acquiror to Parent immediately prior to the execution of this Agreement.
6   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Acquiror Equity Interests ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a) .
7   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Acquiror Form S-4 ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.08(b) .
8   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Acquiror Group ” means Acquiror and each of its Affiliates, including, after the Closing, the Galleria Group.
9   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Acquiror New Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
10   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Acquiror Options ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a).

 

-3-


Acquiror SEC Event ” means [              ] . 11

 

11   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Acquiror SEC Event ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events:

(i) Acquiror shall have published or become obligated to publish a press release or file or become obligated to file a report with the Commission to the effect that Acquiror’s prior financial statements or reports filed with the Commission may no longer be relied upon;

(ii) Acquiror shall have failed to timely file (after giving effect to the extension provided pursuant to Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act if a Form 12b-25 is timely filed by the Acquiror) with the Commission any of its Annual Reports on Form 10-K or Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q that are required to be filed after the date hereof and prior to the Closing;

(iii) Acquiror shall have made a filing that discloses (or the Acquiror shall have become required to disclose) the existence of any material weaknesses in the effectiveness of Acquiror’s internal control over financial reporting (as such concept is defined in Rule 1-02(a) of Regulation S-X, as of the requisite date;

(iv) Acquiror shall have publicly announced or disclosed that the audit committee of Acquiror’s Board of Directors (or other similarly empowered committee of the board or the board itself) is conducting an investigation with respect to the material reliability or accuracy of Acquiror’s financial statements;

(v) Acquiror or any Governmental Authority shall have publicly announced or disclosed that a Governmental Authority is conducting an investigation with respect to the material reliability or accuracy of Acquiror’s financial statements; or

(vi) Acquiror or any of its directors or executive officers shall have been named as a party to any criminal proceeding with respect to alleged criminal conduct where such conduct relates to the business of Acquiror;

provided , that (A) no event resulting from, relating to or arising out of matters disclosed in the Acquiror SEC Filings publicly filed or furnished with the Commission at least two Business Days prior to the date of this Agreement (other than any forward-looking disclosures set forth in any risk factor section, any disclosures in any section relating to forward looking-statements and any other similar disclosures included therein to the extent that they are primarily cautionary in nature or in the general description of accounting principles in the footnotes to the audited or unaudited financial statements included in any Acquiror SEC Filings) or Section 11.01 of the Acquiror Disclosure Letter shall be an Acquiror SEC Event and (B):

 

(x) in the case of clause (i) above, at least one of the following must also be true:

(A) Acquiror shall have failed to remedy the underlying issues and publicly confirmed that the financial statements filed or published with the Commission prior thereto fairly present, in all material respects, the Acquiror’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Acquiror Group (such confirmation, the “ GAAP Compliant Confirmation ”) within 120 days of the date on which it published or became obligated to publish or filed or become obligated to file the press release or report referenced in clause (i); or

(B) if both (x) the Acquiror Average Price is less than or equal to 80% of the Acquiror Average Price on the trading day immediately preceding such Disclosure Date (and such decline in the trading prices of the Acquiror Common Stock underlying such calculated decline in the Acquiror Average Price is disproportionate in a non-de minimis respect to a decline in the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index calculated in the same manner) and (y) the Acquiror Average Price is less than $20.00, on any one of the following days: any of the 40 th through 50 th trading days following the Disclosure Date, the 10 th trading day after the date on which the Acquiror makes the GAAP Compliant Confirmation and, if the Disclosure Date is less than 40 trading days prior to the Commencement Date, the Commencement Date (this clause (B), the “ Minimum Price Decline Requirement ”);

 

(y) in the case of clause (ii) above, at least one of the following must also be true:

(A) Acquiror shall have failed to cure the relevant problem within 120 days of the date on which the event referenced in clause (ii) takes place by, as applicable, filing the late Annual Report on Form 10-K or Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q with the Commission; or

(B) the Minimum Price Decline Requirement shall have occurred; and

 

(z) in the case of clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi), the Minimum Price Decline Requirement shall have occurred ( provided , that for purposes of this clause (z), the only measurement dates for the Minimum Price Decline Requirement will be (1) the 45 th trading day after the Disclosure Date and (2) if the Disclosure Date is less than 45 Trading Days prior to the Commencement Date, the Commencement Date).

 

-4-


Acquiror SEC Filings ” means [              ] . 12

Acquiror Stock Interests ” means any Stock Interests of Acquiror.

Acquiror Tax Group ” means Acquiror and each Subsidiary of Acquiror (in each case, including any successors thereof), including, after the Closing, the Galleria Tax Group (in each case, including any successors thereof).

Active Trade or Business ” means the active conduct (determined in accordance with Code Section 355(b)) of the business conducted by the Galleria Tax Group members, as determined by Parent and conveyed to Acquiror before the Closing Date. For the avoidance of doubt, members will include only those members that are part of the “separate affiliated group” of SplitCo within the meaning of Code Section 355(b)(3)(B).

Additional Costs ” means liabilities, damages, penalties, judgments, assessments, losses, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and expenses), whether arising under strict liability or otherwise, in each case, arising out of or incident to the imposition, assessment or assertion of any Tax or adjustment against a Party with respect to an amount for which such Party is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement.

Adjustment Request ” means any formal or informal claim or request for a Refund filed with any Taxing Authority.

Affiliate ” means [              ] . 13

 

12   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Acquiror SEC Filings ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11(a) .
13   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such other Person as of the date on which, or at any time during the period for which, the determination of affiliation is being made. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by Contract or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, (a) Affiliates of Parent will include SplitCo and the Galleria Entities prior to the Closing, and (b) Affiliates of Acquiror will include SplitCo and the Galleria Entities after the Closing.

 

-5-


Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Ancillary Agreements ” means [              ] . 14

Applicable Penalty Standard ” means, as applicable, either (i) the Tax Return preparation standards described in Section 3.01(a) or (ii) the standard under applicable Law for avoiding the imposition of penalties on the taxpayer and/or the tax return preparer.

Bank Letter ” means [              ] . 15

Beauty Store ” means [              ] . 16

Business Day ” means [              ] . 17

Business Transfer Time ” means [              ] . 18

Caldera Business ” means [              ] . 19

 

14   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Ancillary Agreements ” means (a) the Tax Matters Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement, the Split Plan Agreement, the Parent Shared Technology License Agreement, the SplitCo Shared Technology License Agreement, the Parent Trademark License Agreement, the SplitCo Trademark License Agreement and the Coexistence Agreement, and (b) to the extent required pursuant to Schedule 1.09 , the SplitCo Retained Business Technology License, the Reverse Transitional Supply Agreement and the Reverse Transitional Distribution Services Agreement.
15   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Bank Letter ” means a letter from a financial institution stating its view, subject to reasonable and customary assumptions, that SplitCo could be expected to borrow the principal amount of the Galleria Credit Facility or the Refinanced Facility, as the case may be, without a guarantee or other form of credit support from Acquiror, provided that such financing may be on terms less favorable than those contained in the Galleria Credit Facility or the Refinanced Facility, as the case may be.
16   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Beauty Store ” means a Physical Location that either (a) requires a Regulated Professional to provide proof that the individual is a Regulated Professional in order to receive a discounted price on Products or (b) a cash and carry store in Europe that exclusively sells beauty products (e.g., cosmetics, fragrances, Products) and primarily serves Professionals of the type which Parent currently sells Products (e.g., Bleue Libellule).
17   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day that is a statutory holiday under the federal Laws of the United States.
18   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Business Transfer Time ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.01(c) .
19   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Caldera Business ” means (a) Parent’s business of sourcing, manufacturing, marketing, selling, distributing and developing (i) Products for sale in the Salon Professional Channel anywhere in the world (the “ Salon Professional Business ”), and (ii) Color Products for sale in the Retail Channel anywhere in the world (the “ Retail Color Business ”), and (b) the Retail Styling Business.

 

-6-


Care Products ” means [              ] . 20

Class A Common Stock ” means [              ] . 21

Class B Common Stock ” means [              ] . 22

Clean-Up Spin-Off ” means [              ] . 23

Closing ” means [              ] . 24

Closing Date ” means [              ] . 25

Code ” means [              ] . 26

Coexistence Agreement ” means [              ] . 27

Color Products ” means [              ] . 28

Commencement Date ” means [              ] . 29

 

20   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Care Products ” means products that either (a) have the primary purpose of cleaning human hair through the application of a composition with anionic, non-ionic or zwitterionic surfactants or (b) have the primary purpose of providing lubricity and protection to human hair cuticles through the application of either a rinse-off or leave-on composition containing cationic surfactants, waxes, long-chain fatty alcohols or silicones or oils.
21   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Class A Common Stock ” means the Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Acquiror.
22   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Class B Common Stock ” means the Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Acquiror.
23   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Clean-Up Spin-Off ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
24   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06 .
25   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06 .
26   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.”
27   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Coexistence Agreement ” means a Coexistence Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit P . From and after the Business Transfer Time, the Coexistence Agreement will refer to such agreement executed and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, as amended or modified in accordance with its terms.
28   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Color Products ” means products that either (a) utilize oxidative dye chemistry along with dyes for the purpose of changing the color of human hair or (b) contain one or more direct dye materials for the purpose of changing the natural color of human hair, excluding in the case of clause (b), Care Products and Styling Products.
29   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Commencement Date ” means the time that (1) the Commission has indicated (which indication may be oral) that it is prepared to declare the SplitCo Form 10/S-4 effective and (2) if an Exchange Offer is being undertaken, (A) the Commission has indicated (which indication may be oral) that it is prepared to declare the Acquiror Form S-4 effective and (B) the Parent is prepared to commence the Exchange Offer in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

-7-


Commission ” means [              ] . 30

Contract ” means [              ] . 31

Covered Compensation Arrangement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(b)(i).

Disclosure Date ” means [              ] . 32

Discount Customers ” means [              ] . 33

Distribution ” means [              ] . 34

Distribution Date ” means [              ] . 35

Effective Time ” means [              ] . 36

Equity Compensation Opinion ” means an opinion obtained by the Acquiror Tax Group (at its sole expense), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Parent, providing that (a) the issuance of Acquiror or SplitCo options, restricted stock and/or deferred stock units,

 

30   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
31   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Contracts ” means any contract, agreement, lease, sublease, license, sales order, purchase order, loan, credit agreement, bond, debenture, note, mortgage, indenture, guarantee, undertaking, instrument, arrangement, understanding or other commitment, whether written or oral, that is binding on any Person or any part of its property under applicable Law.
32   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Disclosure Date ” means, in respect of the relevant Acquiror SEC Event, the earlier of (1) the date on which such event is publicly disclosed, (2) the date on which there are widely publicized rumors or other similar market speculation of the occurrence of the event or (3) in respect of the events referenced in clause (ii) of the definition of Acquiror SEC Event, the date on which the relevant filing was required to be filed with the Commission (after giving effect to any extension provided pursuant to Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act).
33   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Discount Customers ” means TJ Maxx, Big Lots, Marshalls and Burlington Coat Factory.
34   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
35   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Distribution Date ” means, as applicable (i) in the event that Parent elects to effect the Distribution in the form of a One-Step Spin-Off, the date selected by the Board of Directors of Parent or its designee for the distribution of SplitCo Common Stock to Parent shareholders in connection with the One-Step Spin-Off and (ii) in the event that Parent elects to effect the Distribution in the form of an Exchange Offer, the date of the initial transfer of SplitCo Common Stock to Parent shareholders in connection with the Exchange Offer, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer as determined by Parent in its sole discretion and disclosed in the SplitCo Form 10/S-4.
36  

Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Effective Time ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(b) .

 

-8-


as the case may be, to a Safe Harbor VIII Person or an Acquiror retirement plan (or other eligible retirement plan under Safe Harbor IX in Treasury Regulation Section 1.355-7(d)), as applicable, would not affect the Tax-Free Treatment and (b) the shares of Acquiror Stock Interests or SplitCo Stock Interests issued upon the exercise or vesting of the options, restricted stock and/or deferred stock units described in clause (a) above would satisfy the requirements of Safe Harbor VIII or Safe Harbor IX of Treasury Regulation Section 1.355-7(d), as applicable. Any Equity Compensation Opinion will be delivered by nationally recognized U.S. tax counsel acceptable to Parent.

Exchange Act ” means [              ] . 37

Exchange Offer ” means [              ] . 38

Final Determination ” means the final resolution of any Tax liability for any Tax period by or as a result of (a) a final and unappealable decision, judgment, decree or other order by any court of competent jurisdiction, (b) a final settlement with the IRS, a closing agreement or accepted offer in compromise under Code Sections 7121 or 7122, or a comparable arrangement under the Laws of another jurisdiction, (c) any allowance of a Refund in respect of an overpayment of Tax, but only after the expiration of all periods during which such amount may be recovered by the jurisdiction imposing such Tax, or (d) any other final disposition, including by reason of the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations.

Fully Diluted Basis ” means [              ] . 39

GAAP ” means [              ] . 40

 

37   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
38   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
39   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Fully Diluted Basis ” means, in each case as of the date on which the Galleria Stock Amount is determined:

(a) the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock that are outstanding on such date, plus

(b) the aggregate number of Acquiror Equity Interests, other than Series A Preferred Stock, that are outstanding on such date (including restricted stock units, Phantom Units, Acquiror Options and any shares of Class B Common Stock that will be converted into Class A Common Stock as contemplated by the JAB Letter Agreement) of any nature whatsoever, whether contingent, vested or unvested, or otherwise (and without giving effect to any “cashless exercise” or similar features); in each case other than, for the avoidance of doubt, the shares of the Acquiror New Common Stock issued or to be issued in the Merger. A sample calculation of Fully Diluted Basis is attached hereto as Exhibit Q .

 

40   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, as consistently applied by Parent (when referring to the Galleria Business) or Acquiror (when referring to the Acquiror’s business).

 

-9-


GAAP Compliant Confirmation ” means [              ] . 41

Galleria Assets ” means [              ] . 42

Galleria Business ” means [              ] . 43

Galleria Credit Facility ” means [              ]. 44

Galleria Entities ” means [              ]. 45

Galleria Group ” means [              ]. 46

Galleria Group Taxes ” means (a) any Tax imposed on or payable by the Galleria Tax Group or any member thereof for a Tax period beginning after the Closing Date, (b) any Tax imposed on or payable by the Galleria Tax Group or any member thereof for the portion of a Straddle Period beginning after the Closing Date, as determined pursuant to Section 2.01(f) (other than any such Tax payable by reason of membership in any affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group at any time prior to the Closing, including by reason of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6), (c) any Taxes (including Taxes imposed on or payable by the Acquiror Tax Group or any member thereof) that are attributable to any transaction or event of the Acquiror Tax Group (including, in each case, any member thereof) occurring outside the ordinary course of business on the Closing Date after the Distribution, and (d) any incremental Tax liabilities allocated to the Acquiror Tax Group pursuant to the last proviso in Section 3.01(a), including, in each case, any relevant Tax liabilities arising from a Final Determination; provided , however , that Galleria Group Taxes will not include any Taxes attributable to a breach of any covenant or agreement contained in any Transaction Document to be performed by Parent or any of its Affiliates.

Galleria Liabilities ” means [              ] . 47

 

41   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ GAAP Compliant Confirmation ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “ Acquiror SEC Event .”
42   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Galleria Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.05(a) .
43   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Galleria Business ” means, collectively, the Caldera Business, the Kosmos Business and the Mercury Business.
44   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Galleria Credit Facility ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.13(b) .
45   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Galleria Entities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.05(a)(iv) .
46   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Galleria Group ” means SplitCo and each of its Subsidiaries. Each of the Galleria Entities will be deemed to be members of the Galleria Group as of the Business Transfer Time.
47   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Galleria Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.06(a) .

 

-10-


Galleria Separate Return ” means any Tax Return (other than a Joint Return) that includes any Galleria Tax Group member (including any consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Return).

Galleria Stock Amount ” means [              ] . 48

Galleria Stock Issuance ” means [              ] . 49

Galleria Tax Group ” means SplitCo and each of its Subsidiaries, including any corporations that would be members of an affiliated group if they were includible corporations under Code Section 1504(b) (in each case, including any successors thereof).

Galleria Transfer ” means [              ] . 50

Governmental Authority ” means [              ] . 51

Group ” means [              ] . 52

Indebtedness ” means [              ]. 53

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01.

 

48   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Galleria Stock Amount ” means a number of shares of Acquiror New Common Stock equal to the product of (i) thirteen twelfths (13/12) and (ii) the Fully Diluted Basis as of the latest practicable day prior to the Commencement Date. For illustrative purposes only, if the Fully Diluted Basis of Acquiror Common Stock on the latest practicable day prior to the Commencement Date was 397,124,277 shares, then the Galleria Stock Amount would be calculated as follows: (13 ÷ 12) * 397,124,277 = 430,217,967.
49   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Galleria Stock Issuance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.13(a)(i) .
50   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Galleria Transfer ” means the contribution of the Galleria Assets by Parent to SplitCo in partial consideration for the Galleria Stock Issuance, the distribution to Parent of the Recapitalization Amount and the assumption of the Galleria Liabilities, in each case, in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement.
51   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, local, provincial, foreign or international court, tribunal, judicial or arbitral body, government, department, commission, board, bureau, agency, official or other regulatory, administrative or governmental authority or any national securities exchange.
52   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Group ” means the Parent Group, the Acquiror Group or the Galleria Group, as the context requires.
53   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Indebtedness ” means and includes as to any Person (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or indebtedness issued or incurred in substitution or exchange for indebtedness for borrowed money, (b) amounts owing as deferred purchase price for property or services, (c) indebtedness evidenced by any note, bond, debenture, mortgage or other debt instrument or debt security, (d) obligations or commitments to repay deposits or other amounts advanced by and owing to third parties, (e) net payment obligations under any interest rate, currency or other hedging agreement, (f) obligations of such Person as lessee under leases that have been, or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capital leases, or (g) guarantees or other contingent liabilities (including so called take-or-pay or keep-well agreements) with respect to any indebtedness, obligation, claim or liability of any other Person of a type described in clauses (a) through (f) above.

 

-11-


Indemnitee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01.

Internal Restructuring ” means all transactions effected in connection with the Galleria Transfer and the restructuring of the Galleria Business, in each case, in accordance with the requirements of the Transaction Agreement and all Tax elections made in connection therewith.

Internal Restructuring Taxes ” means any Taxes, other than Transfer Taxes, imposed with respect to the Internal Restructuring, including Taxes arising from any retirement or settlement of intercompany debt; provided , however , that Internal Restructuring Taxes will not include (i) any Taxes for which Acquiror is liable under Section 2.02(a) or Section 2.02(c), or (ii) any liabilities for Taxes taken into account on the Cut-Off Date Adjustment Statement in Section 2.15 of the Transaction Agreement.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

JAB Letter Agreement ” means [              ] . 54

Joint Return ” means any Tax Return that includes at least one Parent Tax Group member and at least one Galleria Tax Group member.

Kosmos Brands ” means [              ] . 55

Kosmos Business ” means [              ] . 56

Law [              ] . 57

Listed Customers ” means [              ] . 58

 

54   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ JAB Letter Agreement ” has the meaning given to such term in the Recitals.
55   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Kosmos Brands ” means the CoverGirl and Max Factor brands owned by Parent and its Subsidiaries (but excluding the Max Factor Gold brand).
56   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Kosmos Business ” means Parent’s business of sourcing, manufacturing, marketing, selling, distributing and developing (a) products intended to be applied to the human body for altering the appearance without affecting the body’s structure or functions, including lip color, lipstick, lip liner, lip gloss, lip stain, foundations (including liquid, solid, semi-solid and powder foundations), powder make-up, blushes, concealer, primer, bronzer, mascaras, eye shadows, eye liners and eye pencils, brow pencils, nail polish and face contouring creams, sticks and lotions, (b) products intended to remove cosmetics and makeup products from the human body, including makeup removers for the eyes, face and lips, (c) products intended to apply cosmetics and makeup products to the human body, including eye shadow applicators, powder puffs, sponge puffs, blush brushes, powder brushes and other brushes and tools designed for the application of cosmetics and makeup products and (d) products intended to enhance the usefulness or longevity of cosmetics and makeup products (including eye and lip pencil sharpeners), in each case, marketed under the Kosmos Brands.
57   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Law ” means any statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code or other requirement of, or Order issued by, a Governmental Authority.
58   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Listed Customers ” means AAFES (Army and Air Force Exchange Services), NEXCOM (Navy Exchange Commissary) and physical stores operated by Sephora USA, Inc., or its Affiliates, in China.

 

-12-


Mercury Brands ” means [              ] . 59

Mercury Business ” means [              ] . 60

Merger ” means [              ] . 61

Merger Sub ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

NYSE ” means [              ] . 62

NYSE Composite Tape ” means [              ] . 63

One-Step Spin-Off ” means [              ] . 64

Order ” means [              ] . 65

 

59   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Mercury Brands ” means each of following brands (and derivations thereof) which are licensed by Parent or one of its Subsidiaries from a third party licensor: Hugo Boss, Dolce & Gabbana, Gucci, Lacoste, Alexander McQueen, Stella McCartney, James Bond, Bruno Banani, Christina Aguilera, Gabriela Sabatini, Mexx and Escada.
60   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Mercury Business ” means Parent’s business of sourcing, manufacturing, packaging, marketing, selling, distributing, merchandising and developing the following: (a) fine fragrance products, including parfum, eau de parfum, eau de toilette, after shave lotion and colognes in various presentations, in each case, marketed under a Mercury Brand (“ Mercury Fragrance Products ”); (b) to the extent applicable, aftershave balm, bath oil, body cream, body spray, body lotion, body butter, body scrub, body souffle, deodorant (aerosol, stick or vapor), hair mist, massage gel and shower gel that are sold separately or together with Mercury Fragrance Products under a Mercury Brand (“ Mercury Ancillary Products ”); (c) to the extent applicable, creams, gels, cleansers, toners, serums and moisturizers to be applied to the skin, especially the face or hands, marketed under either the Gucci or Dolce & Gabbana brand (“ Mercury Skin Care Products ”); and (d) to the extent applicable, products intended to be applied to the human body for cleansing, beautifying or promoting attractiveness, including cosmetics for the face (including primer, foundation and pressed powder), lips (including lipsticks, lip gloss and lip pencils), eyes (including mascara, eyeliner, eye shadow and eyebrow pencils) and nails (including nail polish), as well as relevant applicators and accessories (including brushes and spatulas), in each case, marketed under either the Gucci or Dolce & Gabbana brand (“ Mercury Cosmetic Products ”).
61   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Merger ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(a) .
62   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.
63   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ NYSE Composite Tape ” means the “NYSE Composite Transactions Tape” as reported by Bloomberg Financial Markets (or such other source as the Parties may agree in writing).
64   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ One-Step Spin-Off ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
65   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Order ” means any orders, judgments, injunctions, awards, decrees, writs or other legally enforceable requirement handed down, adopted or imposed by, including any consent decree, settlement agreement or similar written agreement with, any Governmental Authority.

 

-13-


Parent ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Parent Cash Distribution ” means [              ] . 66

Parent Group ” means [              ] . 67

Parent Group Taxes ” means (a) any Tax imposed on or payable by the Parent Tax Group or any member thereof for any Tax period, other than any Galleria Group Taxes; (b) any Pre-Closing Tax imposed on or payable by the Galleria Tax Group or any member thereof, other than any Galleria Group Taxes; and (c) any Tax imposed with reference to (i) gain recognized under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-19(b) in connection with an excess loss account with respect to the stock of SplitCo or any member of the Galleria Tax Group at the time of the Distribution, (ii) net deferred gains taken into account under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-13(d) associated with deferred intercompany transactions between a Galleria Tax Group member and a Parent Tax Group member, or (iii) gains described in clause (i) or (ii) that are imposed under similar state, local or non-U.S. Law; in each case, other than Galleria Group Taxes and including, in each case, any relevant Tax liabilities arising from a Final Determination; provided , however , that Parent Group Taxes will not include any liabilities for Taxes taken into account on the Cut-Off Date Adjustment Statement in Section 2.15 of the Transaction Agreement or any Taxes attributable to a breach of any covenant or agreement contained in any Transaction Document to be performed by any of the Acquiror Tax Group or any of their Affiliates.

Parent Representation Letter ” means the representation letters executed by Parent in connection with the delivery of the Parent Tax Opinion.

Parent Shared Technology License Agreement ” means [              ] . 68

Parent Stock Interests ” means any Stock Interests of Parent.

Parent Tax Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.

Parent Tax Group ” means Parent and each of its Subsidiaries, including any corporations that would be members of an affiliated group if they were includible corporations under Code Section 1504(b) (in each case, including any successors thereof), but excluding any entity that is a member of the Galleria Tax Group.

 

66   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Parent Cash Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.13(c) .
67   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Parent Group ” means Parent and each of its Subsidiaries, but excluding any member of the Galleria Group.
68   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Parent Shared Technology License Agreement ” means a Parent Shared Technology License Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit N-1 . From and after the Business Transfer Time, the Parent Shared Technology License Agreement will refer to such agreement executed and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, as amended or modified in accordance with its terms.

 

-14-


Parent Tax Opinion ” means the opinion obtained by Parent with respect to the Galleria Transfer, the Distribution and the Merger described in Sections 7.03(c) and 7.03(d) of the Transaction Agreement.

Parent Trademark License Agreement ” means [              ] . 69

Parties ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Penalty Objection ” means a non-preparing party’s good faith, written determination that a position taken by a preparing party on a draft Galleria Separate Return subject to Section 3.01(b) would not satisfy the Applicable Penalty Standard.

Person ” means [              ] . 70

Phantom Units ” means [              ] . 71

Physical Location ” means [              ] . 72

Pre-Closing Tax Period ” means any Tax period ending on or before the Closing Date, and, except for purposes of Article III and Article V, the portion of any Straddle Period ending on or before the Closing Date.

Pre-Closing Taxes ” means Taxes imposed (a) in, or allocable to, a Pre-Closing Tax Period (other than any Tax described in clause (c) of Galleria Group Taxes) or (b) by reason of being a member of any affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group at any time on or prior to the Closing Date, including by reason of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 or any similar provision of Law.

Product ” means [              ] . 73

Professional ” means [              ] . 74

 

69   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Parent Trademark License Agreement ” means a Parent Trademark License Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit O-1 . From and after the Business Transfer Time, the Parent Trademark License Agreement will refer to such agreement executed and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, as amended or modified in accordance with its terms.
70   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, or other entity or organization or a Governmental Authority.
71   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Phantom Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(b).
72   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Physical Location ” means any structure that can be physically entered, including any structure or location that is separately located within a larger structure to the extent it is independently owned or operated and held out to consumers as independent (but does not include separate aisles or sections within a structure that are part of the larger facility and share common sales check-outs).
73   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Product ” means any Care Product, Color Product or Styling Product.
74   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Professional ” means any individual who is a qualified, or in the bona fide business of performing work as a, hairdresser, cosmetologist, barber stylist or esthetician.

 

-15-


Professional Store ” means [              ] . 75

Recapitalization Amount ” means [              ] . 76

Refinanced Facility ” means [              ] . 77

Refund ” means any cash refund of Taxes or reduction of Taxes by means of credit, offset or otherwise, together with any interest received or credited thereon.

Regulated Professionals ” means [              ] . 78

Restricted Period ” means the period commencing upon the Closing Date and ending at the close of business on the first day following the second anniversary of the Closing Date.

Retail Channel ” means [              ] . 79

Retail Styling Business ” means [              ] . 80

 

75   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Professional Store ” means (a) any Physical Location that requires a Regulated Professional to provide proof that the individual is a Regulated Professional or operates a Salon that employs or rents booths to Professionals in order to purchase products or (b) any Beauty Store.
76   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Recapitalization Amount ” means $[          ] million; provided , however , that (a) if the Acquiror Average Price on the Trading Day which is two clear Trading Days prior to either the date of the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the date of the distribution of the SplitCo Common Stock pursuant to a One-Step Spin-Off, as applicable (such price, the “Acquiror Collar Stock Price”) is greater than the Acquiror Base Stock Price, then the Recapitalization Amount will be reduced by an amount equal to (i) (A) the Acquiror Collar Stock Price (provided that if such number is more than $27.06 per share, $27.06 per share will be used for this value) minus (B) the Acquiror Base Stock Price, times (ii) the Galleria Stock Amount, and (b) if the Acquiror Collar Stock Price is less than the Acquiror Base Stock Price, then the Recapitalization Amount will be increased by an amount equal to (i)(A) the Acquiror Base Stock Price minus (B) the Acquiror Collar Stock Price (provided that if such number is less than $22.06 per share, $22.06 per share will be used for this value), times (ii) the Galleria Stock Amount. The Recapitalization Amount will be further subject to adjustment as contemplated by Section 1.09 (including Schedule 1.09 ), Section 2.15 and Section 10.02 .
77   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Refinanced Facility ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(a) .
78   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Regulated Professionals ” means Professionals that work in a jurisdiction that requires such individual to be licensed.
79   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Retail Channel ” means any source of sales (a) from any Physical Location that is not (i) a Salon (other than a Salon that is branded by reference to Frederic Fekkai or located in China and branded Vidal Sassoon) or (ii) a Professional Store (other than a Beauty Store, Discount Customer or Listed Customer), including grocery store, drug stores, department stores, warehouse clubs and all-purpose superstores, or (b) from any e-commerce, mail or catalogue that is not a Salon E-Commerce Site.
80   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Retail Styling Business ” means Parent’s business of sourcing, manufacturing, marketing, selling, distributing and developing Styling Products for sale in the Retail Channel that are branded under one of the Styling Marks.

 

-16-


Reverse Transitional Distribution Services Agreement ” means [              ] . 81

Reverse Transitional Supply Agreement ” means [              ] . 82

Safe Harbor VIII Person ” means an Acquiror or SplitCo employee, independent contractor, director or other Person permitted to receive Acquiror Stock Interests or SplitCo Stock Interests under Safe Harbor VIII in Treasury Regulation Section 1.355-7(d) (treating for this purpose the acquisition of Acquiror Stock Interests as the acquisition of SplitCo Stock Interests pursuant to the application of Code Section 355(e)(4)(C)(ii)).

Salon ” means [              ] . 83

Salon E-Commerce Site ” means [              ] . 84

Salon Professional Business ” means [              ] . 85

Salon Professional Channel ” means [              ] . 86

Section 336(e) Election ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.08 of this Agreement.

Series A Preferred Stock ” means [              ] . 87

 

81   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Reverse Transitional Distribution Services Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule 1.09 .
82   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Reverse Transitional Supply Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule 1.09 .
83   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Salon ” means (a) any hairdresser salon, spa, beauty salon, barber shop or other Physical Location operated by, in whole or in part, employing or renting, leasing or otherwise making available booths to one or more Professionals to provide services relating to hair care, coloring, cleansing, conditioning, cutting, perming, shampooing, styling or other related services and (b) any licensed hairdresser, beauty or barber school that trains Professionals on their premises.
84   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Salon E-Commerce Site ” means an electronic commerce website that is either (a) operated by a Salon or Professional Store for resale of Products sold to such Salon or Professional Store or (b) operated for the sale of Products to a Salon or Professional Store.
85   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Salon Professional Business ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “ Caldera Business .”
86   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Salon Professional Channel ” means (a) the sale of Products to Salons, whether for use by Professionals or purchase by customers of the Salons, (b) the sale of Products to Professional Stores, (c) the sale of Products via Salon E-Commerce Sites, (d) the sale to Listed Customers of the same Products sold to customers identified in clause (a) above and (e) the sale to Discount Customers of existing inventory of Products of the Salon Professional Business that have been previously announced to Salons and Professional Stores as discontinued.
87   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Series A Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a).

 

-17-


Split Plan Agreement ” means [              ] . 88

SplitCo ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

SplitCo Common Stock ” means [              ] . 89

SplitCo Form 10/S-4 ” means [              ] . 90

SplitCo Retained Business Technology License ” means [              ] . 91

SplitCo Shared Technology License Agreement ” means [              ] . 92

SplitCo Stock Interests ” means any Stock Interests of SplitCo.

SplitCo Trademark License Agreement ” means [              ] . 93

Stock Interests ” means (a) all classes or series of outstanding capital stock or other equity (and instruments treated as equity) of an issuer for U.S. federal income Tax purposes, and (b) all options, warrants and other rights to acquire such stock or equity.

Straddle Period ” means a Tax period beginning on or before and ending after the Closing Date.

Styling Marks ” means [              ] . 94

 

88   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Split Plan Agreement ” means the Split Plan Agreement, entered into as of the date of this Agreement, as amended or modified in accordance with its terms.
89   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ SplitCo Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
90   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ SplitCo Form 10/S-4 ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.08 .
91   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ SplitCo Retained Business Technology License ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule 1.09 .
92   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ SplitCo Shared Technology License Agreement ” means a SplitCo Shared Technology License Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit N-1 . From and after the Business Transfer Time, the SplitCo Shared Technology License Agreement will refer to such agreement executed and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, as amended or modified in accordance with its terms.
93   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ SplitCo Trademark License Agreement ” means a SplitCo Trademark License Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit N-2 . From and after the Business Transfer Time, the SplitCo Trademark License Agreement will refer to such agreement executed and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, as amended or modified in accordance with its terms.
94   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Styling Marks ” means Wella, or any derivative of the Wella name (e.g., WellaFlex or Wella Forte), Silvikrin, Shockwaves, Londa and New Wave.

 

-18-


Styling Products ” means [              ] . 95

Subsidiary ” of any Person means [              ] . 96

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” mean all forms of taxation, whenever created or imposed, and whether of the United States or elsewhere, and whether imposed by a federal, state, municipal, governmental, territorial, local, foreign or other body, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, will include net income, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, value added, ad valorem , transfer, recording, franchise, profits, license, lease, service, service use, payroll, wage, withholding, employment, unemployment insurance, workers compensation, social security, excise, severance, stamp, business license, business organization, occupation, premium, property, environmental, windfall profits, customs, duties, alternative minimum, estimated or other taxes, fees, premiums, assessments or charges of any kind whatever imposed or collected by any Taxing Authority, together with any related interest and any penalties, additions to such tax or additional amounts imposed with respect thereto by such Taxing Authority.

Tax Arbiter ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01.

Tax Attributes ” means net operating losses, capital losses, investment credits, foreign Tax credits, excess charitable contributions, general business credits, or any other loss, deduction, credit or other comparable item that could reduce a Tax liability.

Tax Contest ” means an audit, a review, an examination or any other administrative or judicial proceeding with the purpose or effect of redetermining Taxes (including any administrative or judicial review of any Adjustment Request).

Tax Dispute ” means any dispute arising in connection with this Agreement.

Tax-Free Treatment ” means (i) the Galleria Transfer and Distribution, taken together, qualifying as a transaction (x) that is described in Code Sections 5(a) and 368(a)(1)(D), (y) in which the SplitCo Common Stock distributed is “qualified property” under Code Sections 355(c), (d) and (e) and 361(c), and (z) in which the shareholders of Parent recognize no income or gain for U.S. federal income Tax purposes under Code Section 355; (ii) the Merger qualifying as a reorganization under Code Section 368(a), in which the SplitCo shareholders recognize no income or gain for U.S. federal income Tax purposes (except to the extent of any cash received in lieu of fractional shares of Acquiror Common Stock); (iii) any

 

95   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Styling Products ” means products designed to provide or maintain manageability or structure to or of human hair through the application of compositions containing film forming polymers or solvents, applied to the hair using non-aerosol sprayable liquids, aerosol sprayable liquids, aerosol foams, gels, waxes or creams.
96  

Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Subsidiary ” of any Person means another Person (other than a natural Person), of which such Person owns directly or indirectly (a) an aggregate amount of the voting securities, other voting ownership or voting partnership interests to elect 50% of the Board of Directors or other governing body or (b) if there are no such voting interests, 50% or more of the equity interests therein. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) Subsidiaries of Parent will include SplitCo and the Galleria Entities prior to the Closing and (ii) Subsidiaries of Acquiror will include SplitCo and the Galleria Entities after the Closing.

 

-19-


Parent Cash Distribution qualifying as money transferred to Parent creditors in connection with the reorganization for purposes of Code Section 361(b); and (iv) to the extent applicable, any other transaction (or combination of transactions) undertaken pursuant to the Internal Restructuring qualifying for tax-free treatment under applicable Law, as determined by Parent pursuant to Section 3.02 below; provided , however , that any such transaction (or combination of transactions) undertaken pursuant to the Internal Restructuring, and its intended tax-free treatment, is described in an opinion, ruling from a Taxing Authority, or other document obtained or prepared by the Parent Tax Group (at its sole expense) that has been provided to Acquiror as of the date hereof. To the extent applicable, Tax-Free Treatment will also include the qualification of each transaction described in clauses (i)-(iv) above under comparable provisions of state and local Law.

Tax Return ” means any return, filing, report, questionnaire, information statement, claim for Refund or other document required or permitted to be filed, including any amendments or attachments thereto, for any Tax period with any Taxing Authority.

Taxing Authority ” means any Governmental Authority imposing Taxes.

Trading Day ” means [              ] . 97

Transaction Agreement ” means the Transaction Agreement, as may be amended from time to time, among Parent, SplitCo, Acquiror and Merger Sub, dated [              ] .

Transaction Documents ” means [              ] . 98

Transaction Taxes ” means any Tax (other than a Transfer Tax) imposed on Parent or any of its Affiliates resulting from the failure of any of the Galleria Transfer, Distribution, Merger and Parent Cash Distribution (if any), or another transaction effected as part of the Internal Restructuring, to qualify for the Tax-Free Treatment.

Transactions ” means the Galleria Transfer, Distribution, Merger, Parent Cash Distribution (if any) and Internal Restructuring, in each case, as contemplated by the Transaction Agreement.

Transfer Documents ” means [              ] . 99

Transfer Taxes ” means any stamp, sales, use, gross receipts, value added, goods and services, harmonized sales, land transfer or other transfer, intangible, recordation, registration, documentary or similar Taxes imposed in connection with, or that are otherwise related to, the Transactions; provided , however , that “Transfer Taxes” will not include any income or franchise Taxes (including any income or franchise Taxes payable in connection with the Transactions) or Taxes in lieu of any such income or franchise Taxes.

 

97   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Trading Day ” means any day on which there are sales of Acquiror Common Stock on the NYSE Composite Tape.
98   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Transaction Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Transfer Documents.
99   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Transfer Documents ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.11 .

 

-20-


Transition Services Agreement ” means [              ] . 100

Unqualified Opinion ” means an opinion obtained by Acquiror (at its sole expense), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Parent, providing without substantive qualification that the completion of a proposed action by the Acquiror Tax Group (or any member thereof) otherwise prohibited by Section 4.02 of this Agreement would not affect the Tax-Free Treatment. Any Unqualified Opinion will be delivered by nationally recognized U.S. tax counsel reasonably acceptable to Parent, and Parent shall use its reasonable best efforts to determine whether such Unqualified Opinion is reasonably satisfactory to Parent within ten (10) days of the receipt of such Unqualified Opinion by Parent. For the avoidance of doubt, an Unqualified Opinion will include an Equity Compensation Opinion.

Upfront Payment Requirement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02.

ARTICLE II

ALLOCATION OF TAXES

Section 2.01 Ordinary Course Taxes and Internal Restructuring Taxes .

(a) Except as provided in Sections 2.02 and 2.03 below, Parent will indemnify each Acquiror Tax Group member against, and hold it harmless from, all Parent Group Taxes and Internal Restructuring Taxes.

(b) Except as provided in Sections 2.02 and 2.03 below, each Acquiror Tax Group member, jointly and severally, will indemnify each Parent Tax Group member against, and hold it harmless from, all Galleria Group Taxes.

(c) If, with respect to any Galleria Group Tax, the Parent Tax Group receives (or realizes) a Refund, it will remit to SplitCo, within 30 days, the amount of such Refund net of any Taxes incurred by the Parent Tax Group in connection with the Refund.

(d) Except as provided in Section 2.01(e), if, with respect to any Parent Group Tax, the Acquiror Tax Group receives (or realizes) a Refund, it will remit to Parent, within 30 days, the amount of such Refund net of any Taxes incurred by the Acquiror Tax Group in connection with the Refund.

 

100   Current definition in Transaction Agreement: “ Transition Services Agreement ” means a Transition Services Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit I . From and after the Business Transfer Time, the Transition Services Agreement will refer to such agreement executed and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, as amended or modified in accordance with its terms.

 

-21-


(e) Acquiror will cause the Galleria Tax Group, except to the extent not permitted by Law, to elect to forego carrybacks of any Tax Attributes of the Galleria Tax Group to a Pre-Closing Tax Period. If the Parent Tax Group (or any member thereof) receives (or realizes) a Refund as a result of any carryback permitted by the previous sentence, it shall remit to Acquiror, within 30 days, the amount of such Refund net of any Taxes incurred by the Parent Tax Group (or any member thereof) in connection with the Refund; provided, however, that, if a Taxing Authority subsequently reduces or disallows such Refund, the Acquiror Tax Group shall, within 30 days of the reduction or disallowance, return so much of the amount previously remitted to Acquiror that was reduced or disallowed.

(f) Each Galleria Tax Group member will, unless prohibited by applicable Tax Law, close its taxable year on the Closing Date. If applicable Law does not permit a Galleria Tax Group member to close its taxable year on the Closing Date or in any case in which a Tax is assessed with respect to a Straddle Period, the Taxes, if any, attributable to a Straddle Period will be allocated (i) to the period up to and including the Closing Date, on the one hand, and (ii) to the period subsequent to the Closing Date, on the other hand, by means of a closing of the books and records of the Galleria Tax Group member as of the close of the Closing Date, provided that exemptions, allowances or deductions that are calculated on an annual basis (including depreciation and amortization deductions) and Taxes that are assessed on a periodic basis (such as real and personal property Taxes) will be allocated between the period ending on the Closing Date and the period after the Closing Date in proportion to the number of days in each such period.

Section 2.02 Transaction Taxes .

(a) Subject to Section 2.02(c) below, each Acquiror Tax Group member, jointly and severally, will indemnify each Parent Tax Group member against, and hold it harmless from, any Transaction Taxes to the extent relating to, resulting from or arising out of any of the following:

(i) the failure to be true and correct of any representation provided by the Acquiror Tax Group in the Acquiror Representation Letter or in Section 4.01 of this Agreement or;

(ii) the breach of any covenant or agreement contained in any Transaction Document to be performed by any of the Acquiror Tax Group or any of its Affiliates;

(iii) any action by the Acquiror Tax Group or any of its Affiliates in Section 4.02 without regard to Section 4.02(d) or the delivery of an Equity Compensation Opinion under Section 4.02(b)(i)(x); and

(iv) the direct or indirect acquisition by one or more Persons of Stock Interests representing a 50% or greater interest in SplitCo, all within the meaning of Code Section 355(e)(2)(A)(ii), that results in Transaction Taxes under Code Section 355(e) or (f), except where any such acquisition would not have been so taxable but for Parent’s breach of (i) Section 4.01(a)(iii) or (ii) the last sentence of Section 4.02(a).

For the avoidance of doubt, the Acquiror Tax Group will not be liable for any Transaction Taxes, including pursuant to Section 2.02(c) below, solely by reason of (i) Acquiror’s execution, upon the consummation of the Merger, of a guarantee of SplitCo’s obligations under the Galleria Credit Facility, provided that SplitCo received a Bank Letter that satisfied the requirements of Section 5.12(a) of the Transaction Agreement, or (ii) the Acquiror Tax Group undertaking the Merger as contemplated by the Transaction Agreement.

 

-22-


(b) Subject to Section 2.02(c) and Section 2.02(d) below, Parent will indemnify each Acquiror Tax Group member against, and hold it harmless from, any Transaction Taxes to the extent relating to, resulting from or arising out of any of the following:

(i) the failure to be true and correct of any representation provided by Parent in the Parent Representation Letter or in Section 4.01 of this Agreement;

(ii) the breach of any covenant or agreement contained in any Transaction Document to be performed by the Parent Tax Group or any of its Affiliates; and

(iii) the direct or indirect acquisition by one or more Persons of Parent Stock Interests representing a 50% or greater interest in Parent, all within the meaning of Code Section 355(e)(2)(A)(ii), that results in Transaction Taxes under Code Section 355(e) or (f).

(c) If the liability for any Transaction Taxes is attributable to both (x) any item set forth in Section 2.02(a) above and (y) any item set forth in Section 2.02(b) above, then:

(i) such liability for any Transaction Taxes will be borne by Parent, on the one hand, and the Acquiror Tax Group, jointly and severally, on the other hand, according to relative fault; and

(ii) each of Parent, on the one hand, and the Acquiror Tax Group, jointly and severally, on the other hand, will indemnify the other Party against, and hold it harmless from, any Transaction Taxes for which such other Party is not liable under this Section 2.02(c).

(d) Parent will indemnify each Acquiror Tax Group member against, and hold it harmless from, any Transaction Taxes with respect to which neither Parent nor the Acquiror Tax Group is liable under Section 2.02(a) or 2.02(b) above.

(e) The Party liable for any Transaction Taxes (including, where applicable, a portion of any liability for Transaction Taxes) will be entitled to any Refund of such Transaction Taxes (including, where applicable, a portion of any Refund of such Transaction Taxes), and, if another Party receives (or realizes) any such Refund, such Party will, within 30 days, remit the amount of such Refund, net of any Taxes incurred by such Party in connection with such Refund, to the Party entitled to such Refund under this Agreement.

Section 2.03 Transfer Taxes .

(a) Each of Parent, on the one hand, and the Acquiror Tax Group, jointly and severally, on the other hand, will be liable for and will indemnify the other Party against, and hold it harmless from, 50% of any Transfer Taxes up to an aggregate amount of $10,000,000, and Parent will indemnify the Acquiror Tax Group against, and hold it harmless from, any Transfer Taxes in excess of such amount.

 

-23-


(b) The Party liable for any Transfer Taxes (including, where applicable, a portion of any liability for Transfer Taxes) will be entitled to any Refund of such Transfer Taxes (including, where applicable, a portion of any Refund of such Transfer Taxes), and, if another Party receives (or realizes) any such Refund, such Party will, within 30 days, remit the amount of such Refund, net of any Taxes incurred by such Party in connection with such Refund, to the Party entitled to such Refund under this Agreement.

Section 2.04 Entitlement to Tax Attributes .

(a) The Parent Tax Group will be entitled to any Tax Attributes of the Galleria Tax Group relating to (i) the exercise of compensatory stock options and other equity-based compensation issued on or prior to the Distribution with respect to Parent stock that the Parent Tax Group satisfies by delivering cash or Parent stock, and (ii) and any payments made by any Parent Tax Group member with respect to any allocated employee compensation costs and any severance bonuses or other similar compensatory payments made by any Parent Tax Group member to employees that become employees of the Galleria Tax Group in connection with the Transactions (clauses (i)-(ii), collectively, the “ Parent Tax Assets ”). Parent shall be responsible for any wage or payroll withholding Taxes attributable to the exercise or vesting of options or payment of compensation described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, to the extent that such liability is a legal obligation of the Parent Tax Group as employer. The Acquiror Tax Group will be required to make a payment to Parent in the event the Acquiror Tax Group actually utilizes any Parent Tax Assets to reduce the Tax liability of the Acquiror Tax Group. The amount of any such payment will equal the overall net reduction in Tax liability realized by the Acquiror Tax Group as a result of utilizing the relevant Parent Tax Assets, taking into account the net effect of all federal, state and local Taxes (including any wage or payroll withholding Taxes borne by the Acquiror Tax Group as employer attributable to the exercise or vesting of options or payment of compensation described in clauses (i) and (ii) above), and will be made within 30 days after the Acquiror Tax Group realizes such reduction in Tax liability by way of a Refund or otherwise. To the extent any Parent Tax Assets are subsequently increased for any reason and are actually utilized by the Acquiror Tax Group, the Acquiror Tax Group will pay Parent for the benefit of any such increase in a manner consistent with this Section 2.04(a). To the extent, following a Final Determination, the Acquiror Tax Group (or any member thereof) is unable to utilize a Parent Tax Asset to reduce its Tax liability, then Parent shall repay to the Acquiror Tax Group any amount previously paid to Parent with respect to such Parent Tax Asset as reduced by the amount of any related wage or payroll withholding Taxes borne by Parent, plus interest (at the rate determined under applicable Tax Law) from the date of payment to Parent through the date of Parent’s repayment.

(b) Parent will in good faith advise Acquiror of the portion, if any, of any earnings and profits, overall foreign loss or other Tax asset (including any such assets determined on a consolidated, combined or unitary basis) which Parent determines will be allocated or apportioned to the Galleria Tax Group under applicable Law. The Acquiror Tax Group will cause its members to prepare all Tax Returns in accordance with this Section 2.04(b) and will not take any position inconsistent herewith in any Tax Contest, unless, and then only to the extent, an alternative position is required pursuant to a Final Determination.

 

-24-


Section 2.05 Additional Costs .

Each Party will be entitled to indemnification for Additional Costs related to any indemnity payment under this Agreement.

Section 2.06 No Duplicative Payment .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, it is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in a duplicative payment of any amount required to be paid under any Transaction Document, and this Agreement will be construed accordingly.

Section 2.07 Exclusive Remedy .

In accordance with Section 9.07 of the Transaction Agreement, the sole and exclusive remedy of a Party with respect to any and all claims relating to Taxes addressed in this Agreement, including claims with respect to a breach of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.01 or the covenants set forth in Section 4.02 hereof, will be pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in this Article II.

ARTICLE III

TAX RETURN FILING AND PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

Section 3.01 Tax Return Preparation and Filing .

(a) Parent will (i) prepare and file, or will cause to be prepared and filed, all Joint Returns, and (ii) subject to Section 3.01(b), all Galleria Separate Returns and any related documents or statements required (or permitted) to be filed by any Galleria Tax Group member for a Pre-Closing Tax Period, and will pay, or will cause to be paid, all Taxes shown to be due and payable on such Tax Returns, other than any Galleria Group Taxes. Acquiror will prepare and file, or will cause to be prepared and filed, subject to Section 3.01(b), all Galleria Separate Returns and any related documents or statements required (or permitted) to be filed by any Galleria Tax Group member for a Straddle Period, and will pay, or will cause to be paid, all Taxes shown to be due and payable on such Tax Returns, other than any Parent Group Taxes. Except as provided in Section 2.01(f), Section 3.01(b), Section 3.01(c) or Section 3.02, the Party required to prepare a Tax Return will determine, with respect to such return: (i) the manner in which such Tax Return will be prepared and filed, including the manner in which any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit will be reported thereon and the allocation of items, (ii) whether any extensions of time to file any such Tax Return will be requested or any amended Tax Return will be filed, and (iii) the elections that will be made on any such Tax Return; provided , however , that, in the absence of a change in Law or circumstances requiring the contrary, Galleria Separate Returns and the portion of any Joint Return relating to a member of the Galleria Tax Group shall be prepared, where applicable, on a basis consistent with the Galleria Tax Group’s elections, accounting methods, conventions and principles of taxation used

 

-25-


for the most recent Tax periods for which Tax Returns of the Galleria Tax Group involving similar matters have been filed. Notwithstanding the prior sentence, if any member of the Galleria Tax Group has not previously filed a Tax Return as of the Closing Date, Parent will, upon Acquiror’s reasonable written request, make Tax elections and adopt Tax accounting methods on an applicable Galleria Separate Return filed after the Closing Date as reasonably specified by Acquiror in writing; provided , however , that any incremental Tax liabilities resulting from any such Tax elections and/or Tax method adoptions will constitute Galleria Group Taxes which are the responsibility of the Acquiror Tax Group pursuant to Section 2.01(b), determined on a “with and without” basis by reference to the Taxes that the Parent Tax Group would have paid but for accepting Acquiror’s requested Tax elections and/or Tax accounting methods under this Section 3.01(a).

(b) The Party that is required to prepare a Galleria Separate Return will submit to the other Party a draft of any such Galleria Separate Return required to be filed after the Closing Date at least 30 days prior to the due date (taking into account any applicable extensions) for filing such Tax Return. The non-preparing party will be deemed to have agreed to the applicable Tax Return, as prepared by the preparing party, unless the non-preparing party delivers a Penalty Objection to the preparing party within 10 days of delivery of such Tax Return. If the non-preparing party delivers to the preparing party a timely Penalty Objection, the Parties will negotiate in good faith to resolve all disputed issues. If the Parties are unable to resolve all disputed issues within the following 10-day period, the Parties will submit the remaining disputed issues to the Tax Arbiter for resolution at least 5 days prior to the due date for filing the applicable Tax Return (including extensions). The preparing party’s return positions with respect to the disputed issues will be upheld except for any such positions that the Tax Arbiter concludes do not satisfy the Applicable Penalty Standard.

(c) Acquiror will not cause or permit any Galleria Tax Group member to file any amended Tax Return (other than any amendment to effect a carryback of a post-Closing Tax Attribute, which carryback the relevant Galleria Tax Group member is not permitted under applicable Law to elect to forego) or agree to extend the statute of limitation with respect to a Pre-Closing Tax Period or a Straddle Period, in each case, without the prior written consent of Parent, which consent may be withheld in Parent’s sole discretion.

(d) Except as required by any Transaction Document, Acquiror will not, and will not cause or permit any Galleria Tax Group member to, take any action on the Closing Date other than in the ordinary course of business, including the sale of any assets, distribution of any money or other property (other than the Recapitalization Amount, which for the avoidance of doubt will occur before the Distribution) or making of any Tax election.

Section 3.02 Tax Reporting .

The Parties will report the Transactions for all Tax purposes in a manner consistent with the Parent Tax Opinion, and will report the Internal Restructuring in the manner determined by Parent and communicated by Parent to Acquiror no fewer than 30 days prior to the due date (taking into account any applicable extensions) for filing an applicable Tax Return that reflects the Transactions, in each case, unless, and then only to the extent, an alternative position is required pursuant to a Final Determination.

 

-26-


ARTICLE IV

TAX-FREE TREATMENT OF EXCHANGE & RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Section 4.01 Representations .

(a) Parent represents and warrants that, as of the Closing Date, (i) all representations in the Transaction Documents by or about the Galleria Tax Group and the Galleria Business, are true, correct and complete in all material respects, and Parent is unaware of any fact that could cause any of the relevant Transactions to fail to qualify for Tax-Free Treatment, (ii) it has no plan or intention to take any action inconsistent with the Parent Representation Letter or any covenant or agreement of any Parent Tax Group member set forth in any Transaction Document, and (iii) no pre-Distribution acquisition or sale of Parent Stock Interests (other than any acquisition by Acquiror or any of its Affiliates) will be part of a plan (or series of related transactions), within the meaning of Code Section 355(e)(2)(A)(ii) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.355-7(b), that includes the Distribution.

(b) Each of Acquiror and Merger Sub represents and warrants that, as of the Effective Time, (i) all statements in the Transaction Documents by or about the Acquiror Pre-Merger Group, and any member thereof, are true, correct and complete in all material respects, and none of Acquiror or Merger Sub is aware of any fact that could cause any Transaction to fail to qualify for Tax-Free Treatment, and (ii) it has no plan or intention to take any action inconsistent with the Acquiror Representation Letter or any covenant or agreement of any Galleria Tax Group or Acquiror Pre-Merger Group member set forth in any Transaction Document.

(c) Each of the Parties represents and warrants that, as of the Closing Date, neither it nor any Affiliate thereof (or any officers or directors acting on its behalf, or any Person acting with the implicit or explicit permission of any such officers or directors) had any agreement, understanding, arrangement or substantial negotiations, as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.355-7(h), during the preceding 2-year period pursuant to which any Person would (directly or indirectly) acquire, or have the right to acquire, SplitCo Stock Interests, except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

(d) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Acquiror and Merger Sub further represent and warrant that (i) immediately before the Effective Time, the number of shares of Acquiror stock treated as outstanding for purposes of Code Section 355(e) will not exceed [ACQUIROR TO PROVIDE] ; and (ii) as of the Effective Time, (t) all repurchases by Acquiror or any Affiliate of Acquiror stock have been unrelated to the Transactions, (u) all shares of Class B Common Stock have been converted into shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the JAB Letter Agreement in a transaction intended to qualify as a reorganization pursuant to Code Section 368(a)(1)(E) and/or an exchange pursuant to Code Section 1036, (v) Acquiror has no plan or intention to issue any additional class of Stock Interests other than Class A Common Stock or Series A Preferred Stock, (w) Acquiror has no plan or intention to modify in any respect any of the terms of Class A Common Stock, (x) Acquiror’s board of directors has and will continue to have during the Restricted Period, and Acquiror has no plan or intention that, after the Restricted Period, the board of directors will not continue to have all of the powers

 

-27-


traditionally decided by a board of directors to manage Acquiror in the manner the board sees fit, (y) except as set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto, Acquiror does not have a “controlling shareholder” or a “ten-percent shareholder”, in each case, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.355-7, and (z) none of Acquiror, Merger Sub or any Person related to Acquiror within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.368-1(e)(4) owns, directly or through any transaction, agreement or arrangement with any Person, any Parent stock. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of the calculation in clause (i) of the first sentence of this Section 4.01(d), any Acquiror stock, Acquiror restricted stock, options to acquire Acquiror stock, Acquiror deferred stock units and any other Acquiror equity-based compensation outstanding immediately before the Effective Time shall be treated as vested or exercised, as the case may be, and the resulting Acquiror stock shall be treated as outstanding stock.

Section 4.02 Covenants .

(a) During the Restricted Period, (i) neither Parent nor any of its Affiliates (or any officers or directors acting on behalf of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person acting with the implicit or explicit permission of any such officers or directors) will take or fail to take any action if such action (or the failure to take such action) would (x) be inconsistent with any covenant, representation or agreement made by Parent or any of its Affiliates in the Parent Representation Letter or in any Transaction Document, or (y) prevent, or be reasonably likely to prevent, any of the relevant Transactions from qualifying for Tax-Free Treatment; and (ii) none of Acquiror, SplitCo or any of their Affiliates (or any officers or directors acting on behalf of Acquiror, SplitCo or any of their Subsidiaries, or any Person acting with the implicit or explicit permission of any such officers or directors) will take or fail to take any action if such action (or the failure to take such action) would (x) be inconsistent with any covenant, representation or agreement made by Acquiror, SplitCo or any of their Affiliates in the Acquiror Representation Letter or in any Transaction Document, or (y) prevent, or be reasonably likely to prevent, any of the Transactions from qualifying for Tax-Free Treatment. Parent further acknowledges and agrees that, after the Merger and through the completion of the Restricted Period, neither Parent nor any of its Affiliates will acquire or transfer any Acquiror Stock Interests or SplitCo Stock Interests, other than any transfers by Parent or any Affiliate thereof of not more than [PARENT TO PROVIDE] shares of Acquiror Stock Interests.

(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, during the Restricted Period, subject to Section 4.02(d), none of Acquiror, SplitCo or any of their Affiliates (or any officers or directors acting on behalf of Acquiror, SplitCo or any of their Subsidiaries, or any Person acting with the implicit or explicit permission of any such officers or directors) will:

(i) enter into any agreement, understanding, arrangement or substantial negotiations, as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.355-7(h), pursuant to which any Person would (directly or indirectly) acquire, or have the right to acquire, any Acquiror Stock Interests or SplitCo Stock Interests. For these purposes, an acquisition of Acquiror Stock Interests or SplitCo Stock Interests, as applicable, will include, without limitation, any recapitalization, repurchase or redemption of Acquiror Stock Interests or SplitCo Stock Interests; any adoption, modification or amendment of an employee stock purchase agreement, equity-based compensation plan or other similar agreement, plan or arrangement; any issuance of Acquiror Stock Interests or SplitCo Stock Interests

 

-28-


(including any nonvoting stock or equity and any class of Acquiror Stock Interests other than Class A Common Stock) or an instrument exchangeable or convertible into such Stock Interests (whether pursuant to an exercise of stock options, as a result of a capital contribution to Acquiror or SplitCo, as applicable, or otherwise); any option grant; any conversion of Acquiror Stock Interests or SplitCo Stock Interests, as applicable, into another class of such Stock Interests; or any amendment to the certificate of incorporation (or other organizational document) of Acquiror or SplitCo, as applicable, or any change in the terms of any Stock Interests or any other action (whether effected through a shareholder vote or otherwise) (including through the conversion of any Stock Interests into another class of such Stock Interests) that is treated as increasing a Person’s percentage interest for U.S. federal income Tax purposes in Acquiror Stock Interests or SplitCo Stock Interests, as applicable; or any entry into a joint venture that includes assets of Acquiror, SplitCo or any of their Affiliates; provided , however , that (u) SplitCo shall be permitted to issue Stock Interests to Acquiror; (v) vesting of any restricted stock or deferred stock units outstanding as of the Effective Time (and included within the number of shares of Acquiror stock treated as outstanding in Section 4.01(d)(i) hereof) shall not be treated as an acquisition of Acquiror Stock Interests for purposes of this Section 4.02(b)(i); (w) Acquiror shall be permitted to issue Acquiror Stock Interests to any Person pursuant to the exercise of an option to acquire Acquiror Stock Interests that was granted at or prior to the Effective Time (and included within the number of shares of Acquiror stock treated as outstanding in Section 4.01(d)(i) hereof);(x) after Parent’s receipt and acceptance of, and solely to the extent consistent with, an Equity Compensation Opinion, Acquiror or SplitCo, as applicable, may adopt, amend or modify an employee stock purchase agreement, equity compensation agreement, retirement plan or other compensation arrangement and may issue Acquiror or SplitCo options, restricted stock and/or deferred stock units and the shares of Acquiror Stock Interests or SplitCo Stock Interests issued upon the exercise or vesting, as applicable, of such options, restricted stock and/or deferred stock units, and any such shares will not be treated as an acquisition of Acquiror Stock Interests or SplitCo Stock Interests, provided, however , that the Acquiror Tax Group will deliver an Equity Compensation Opinion to Parent prior to the adoption, amendment or modification of any such agreement, plan or arrangement or issuance of any Acquiror or SplitCo options, restricted stock and/or deferred stock units after the Distribution pursuant to an employee stock purchase agreement, equity compensation agreement, retirement plan or other compensation arrangement that is described in the opinion (such arrangement, the “ Covered Compensation Arrangement ”), and the Acquiror Tax Group may rely on an Equity Compensation Opinion for all issuances under the Covered Compensation Arrangement until the earlier of (i) any amendment of the Covered Compensation Arrangement, or (ii) a change in applicable Tax Law; (y) subject to compliance with Section 4.02(d), Acquiror may redeem, retire, repurchase or otherwise acquire Acquiror Stock Interests in a manner that complies with the requirements of Revenue Procedure 96-30 (as in effect prior to the release of Revenue Procedure 2003-48), except that the maximum amount of Acquiror Stock Interests permitted to be repurchased under this clause (y) shall be reduced by the amount of any SplitCo Stock Interests treated as retained for U.S. federal income Tax purposes by Parent or any of its Affiliates after the Transactions; and (z) Acquiror may adopt a shareholder rights plan (and issue Stock Interests in accordance therewith) that is

 

-29-


described in or is similar to the shareholder rights plan described in IRS Revenue Ruling 90-11 (for this purpose a shareholder rights plan will be considered similar to the plan described in IRS Revenue Ruling 90-11 only if the principal purpose for the adoption of the plan proving for such rights is to establish a mechanism by which a publicly held corporation can, in the future, provide shareholders with rights to purchase stock at substantially less than fair market value as a means of responding to unsolicited offers to acquire the corporation).

(ii) merge or consolidate Acquiror or SplitCo or any Subsidiary of SplitCo with any other Person (where Acquiror, SplitCo or a Subsidiary of SplitCo, as applicable, is not the surviving company in the merger or consolidation), or liquidate (including any liquidation effected pursuant to a merger, consolidation or conversion) or partially liquidate Acquiror, SplitCo or any Subsidiary of SplitCo, other than any merger, consolidation, liquidation or partial liquidation that is disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

(iii) cause or permit Acquiror, SplitCo or any Subsidiary of SplitCo (in the case of a Subsidiary, if such Subsidiary is treated immediately after the Merger as a corporation for U.S. federal income Tax purposes) to be treated as other than a corporation for U.S. federal income Tax purposes;

(iv) discontinue, sell, transfer or cease to maintain the Active Trade or Business, or engage in any transaction that could result in SplitCo ceasing to be a company whose separate affiliated group, as defined in Code Section 355(b)(3)(B), is so engaged; provided , however , that, (A) after the Distribution, the Galleria Tax Group will be permitted to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of (x) inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business, and (y) up to 20% of its non-inventory assets (determined based on the fair market value of the Galleria Tax Group’s assets immediately before the Closing Date) in the aggregate and use the proceeds from any such dispositions described in this clause (y) to repay debt or fund capital requirements for business activities or for other bona fide corporate business purposes and (B) for purposes of this Section 4.02(b)(iv), a sale, transfer or other disposition of any assets from one member of SplitCo’s separate affiliated group, as defined in Code Section 355(b)(3)(B), to another such member shall not be taken into account;

(v) cause or permit any Subsidiary of SplitCo to issue any Stock Interests that would cause SplitCo and such Subsidiary to fail to be members of the same separate affiliated group, as defined in Code Section 355(b)(3)(B); or

(vi) take any action that permits a proposed acquisition of Acquiror Stock Interests or SplitCo Stock Interests, as applicable, to occur by means of an agreement to which none of Acquiror, SplitCo or any of their Affiliates is a party, including by (x) soliciting any Person to make a tender offer for, or otherwise acquire or sell, Acquiror Stock Interests or SplitCo Stock Interests, as applicable, or approving or otherwise permitting any such transaction, whether for purposes of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law or any similar corporate statute, any “fair price” or other provision of Acquiror’s or SplitCo’s charter or bylaws (and, in each case, any equivalent

 

-30-


document thereof) or otherwise, (y) participating in or otherwise supporting any unsolicited tender offer for, or other unsolicited acquisition or disposition of, Acquiror Stock Interests or SplitCo Stock Interests, as applicable, or approving or otherwise permitting any such transaction, or (z) redeeming rights under a shareholder rights plan, making a determination that a tender offer is a “permitted offer” under any such plan or otherwise causing any such plan to be inapplicable or neutralized with respect to any proposed acquisition of Acquiror Stock Interests or SplitCo Stock Interests, as applicable.

(c) To the extent that, as a result of a subsequent amendment to the Code and/or the Treasury Regulations, any action or a failure to take any action by a Parent Tax Group member, on the one hand, or an Acquiror Tax Group member, on the other hand, could affect any Transaction’s qualification for Tax-Free Treatment, then the covenants contained in Section 4.02(a)(i)(y) and in Section 4.02(a)(ii)(y) will automatically be deemed to incorporate by reference such actions and the failure to take such actions, and the Parties will comply with the requirements of the relevant amendment through the end of the Restricted Period; provided , however , that, for the avoidance of doubt, no such action or failure to take any such action before the date the relevant amendment is enacted shall constitute a breach of such Sections to the extent such actions or failure to take such actions would not have otherwise constituted a breach of such Sections before such date.

(d) None of the Acquiror Tax Group or any of its Affiliates will take any action prohibited above, unless (i) Parent receives prior written notice describing the proposed action in reasonable detail, and (ii) the Acquiror Tax Group delivers to Parent an Unqualified Opinion, and Parent, in its reasonable discretion, which discretion will be exercised in good faith solely to preserve the Tax-Free Treatment, provides its written consent permitting such proposed action to occur in the manner specifically described by the Acquiror Tax Group in the relevant written notice and Unqualified Opinion delivered pursuant to this Section 4.02(d). Parent’s obligation to cooperate in connection with the Acquiror Tax Group’s delivery of an Unqualified Opinion is as expressly set forth in Section 5.06(b) below. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parent Tax Group’s right to indemnification for Transaction Taxes will be determined without regard to whether the Acquiror Tax Group satisfies any or all of the requirements of this provision, including by delivery of an Unqualified Opinion.

(e) After the Distribution, Acquiror will cause SplitCo to maintain its books and records for financial reporting and U.S. federal income Tax purposes using the accrual method of accounting.

(f) During the Restricted Period, none of Acquiror, SplitCo or any of their Affiliates will take any action listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto that is reasonably expected to create a significant Tax liability for Parent (or any Affiliate thereof) for a Pre-Closing Tax Period or with respect to which Parent would otherwise be liable under this Agreement.

(g) During the Restricted Period, Acquiror will cause the Galleria Tax Group to maintain in Geneva, Switzerland at least the same number of employees as were employed in such location by the Parent Tax Group with respect to the Galleria Business immediately prior to the Closing.

 

-31-


Section 4.03 Tax Sharing Agreements .

With effect as of the Distribution Date, Parent will terminate (or cause to be terminated) all Tax sharing, allocation, indemnification and other similar agreements with respect to any Galleria Tax Group member, excluding customary indemnity provisions included as part of any commercial agreement that is assumed in connection with the Transactions.

Section 4.04 IRS Ruling Requests .

Each Party covenants and agrees that, subsequent to the Closing Date, it will not file, and it will cause its Affiliates to refrain from filing, any ruling request with the IRS in respect of any part of the Transactions or that may reasonably be expected to have any effect on the Tax treatment of the Transactions.

ARTICLE V

TAX CONTESTS; INDEMNIFICATION; COOPERATION

Section 5.01 Notice .

Within 30 days after a Party (the “ Indemnitee ”) becomes aware of the existence of a Tax Contest that may give rise to an indemnification claim by such Party against another Party under this Agreement (each such Party, an “ Indemnifying Party ”), the Indemnitee will promptly notify the Indemnifying Parties of the Tax Contest, and thereafter will promptly forward or make available to the Indemnifying Parties copies of all notices and communications with a Taxing Authority solely to the extent relating to such Tax Contest; provided , however , that any delay on the part of the Indemnitee in notifying the Indemnifying Parties will not relieve the Indemnifying Parties from any obligation hereunder unless (and then solely to the extent) the Indemnifying Parties are actually prejudiced thereby.

Section 5.02 Control of Tax Contests .

Parent will have the right to (a) contest, compromise or settle any adjustment or deficiency proposed or asserted with respect to any Tax liability of a Parent Tax Group member or a Galleria Tax Group member for a Pre-Closing Tax Period or with respect to a Joint Return, and (b) file, prosecute, compromise or settle any Adjustment Request (and determine the manner in which any Refund will be received) with respect to any Tax for such period or return; provided , however , that (i) in the case of a Galleria Separate Return, the Acquiror Tax Group will have the right to actively participate in any action set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above if such action could result in any Galleria Group Taxes or any Transaction Taxes with respect to which the Acquiror Tax Group could be liable, and, solely to the extent such Tax Contest relates to Galleria Group Taxes or any Transaction Taxes with respect to which the Acquiror Tax Group has previously acknowledged its liability in writing, Acquiror will have the same rights and obligations with respect to any settlement or compromise of such Tax Contest as Acquiror will have in the case of a settlement or compromise of a Tax Contest involving a Joint Return under clause (ii) immediately below; and (ii) in the case of a Joint Return, solely to the extent such Tax Contest relates to Transaction Taxes with respect to which the Acquiror Tax Group could be

 

-32-


liable, in whole or in part, under Section 2.02 (an “ Acquiror Issue ”), Parent will reasonably consult with Acquiror with respect to Parent’s defense and control of such Tax Contest exclusively with respect to the Acquiror Issue, including through the following: (x) Parent will keep Acquiror fully informed, in all material respects, regarding the progress of the prosecution or defense of such Tax Contest, (y) Parent will promptly provide Acquiror with copies of any correspondence received from any Taxing Authority in connection with such Tax Contest, and (z) Parent will provide Acquiror with drafts of any correspondence from Parent to any Taxing Authority in connection with such Tax Contest and will provide Acquiror with a reasonable opportunity to comment on such correspondence; provided , further , that, if the Acquiror Tax Group acknowledges its liability in writing for all or the relevant percentage (in each case, as determined pursuant to Section 2.02) of the Transaction Taxes that would be owed to a Taxing Authority in the event of an adverse determination with respect to the Acquiror Issue, Parent will, subject to the Upfront Payment Requirement (as defined below), not settle or compromise any such contest without Acquiror’s written consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned; provided , further , however , that, if Acquiror withholds its consent to a settlement or compromise described in the immediately preceding proviso, the Acquiror Tax Group will be liable for all or the relevant percentage (in each case, as determined pursuant to Section 2.02) of the Transaction Taxes resulting from a Final Determination to the extent the basis for the Final Determination is such that the Acquiror Tax Group would have liability, in whole or in part, under Section 2.02 for the applicable Transaction Taxes, or for all of the Transaction Taxes resulting from a Final Determination if such Final Determination fails to clearly articulate the basis for liability such that it is not reasonably ascertainable which Party would be liable for the Transaction Taxes under this Agreement. Parent and Acquiror will use their reasonable best efforts to ensure that the Final Determination clearly provides the basis for such determination. Acquiror will have the right to (I) contest, compromise or settle any adjustment or deficiency proposed or asserted with respect to any Tax liability included in any Galleria Separate Return for a Straddle Period, and (II) file, prosecute, compromise or settle any Adjustment Request (and determine the manner in which any Refund will be received) with respect to any Tax for such period; provided , however , that Parent will have the right to actively participate in any action set forth in clauses (I) and (II) above if such action could result in any Parent Group Taxes or any Transaction Taxes with respect to which Parent has previously acknowledged its liability in writing, and Acquiror will, subject to the Upfront Payment Requirement, not settle or compromise any such contest without Parent’s written consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. If Parent or Acquiror, as the case may be, properly objects to a proposed settlement or compromise of a Tax Contest under this Section 5.02, and it is necessary under applicable Law to pay the asserted deficiency in order to pursue the Tax Contest, Parent or Acquiror, as the case may be, will pay, or provide Acquiror or Parent, as applicable, with funds necessary to pay the Tax deficiency that has been asserted in connection with the Tax Contest and will be entitled to be repaid any such amounts recovered by any Acquiror Tax Group or Parent Tax Group member, as the case may be, together with any interest received or credited thereon as a result of any such Tax Contest (the “ Upfront Payment Requirement ”).

Section 5.03 Indemnification Payments .

An Indemnitee will be entitled to make a claim for payment pursuant to this Agreement at the time the Indemnitee determines that it is entitled to such payment. The

 

-33-


Indemnitee will provide to the Indemnifying Parties notice of such claim within 10 days of the date on which such Indemnitee first determines that it is entitled to claim such payment, including a description of such claim and a detailed calculation of the amount of the indemnification payment that is claimed; provided , however , that any delay on the part of the Indemnitee in notifying an Indemnifying Party will not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any obligation hereunder unless (and then solely to the extent) the Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced thereby. Unless the Indemnifying Party reasonably disputes its liability for, or the amount of, an indemnity payment, such Party will make the claimed payment to the Indemnitee within 10 days after receiving notice of (a) the Indemnitee’s payment of a Tax for which the Indemnifying Party is liable under this Agreement or (b) a Final Determination which results in the Indemnifying Party becoming obligated to make a payment to the Indemnitee under this Agreement.

Section 5.04 Interest on Late Payments .

With respect to any indemnification payment (including any disputed payment that is ultimately required to be paid) not made by the due date for payment set forth in this Agreement, interest will accrue at an annual rate equal to (a) the prime lending rate at Citibank N.A. (or its successor or another major money center commercial bank agreed to by the Parties) in effect on the applicable payment due date, plus (b) 3%.

Section 5.05 Treatment of Indemnity Payments .

Except for any payment of interest under Section 5.04 and in the absence of a Final Determination to the contrary, any amount payable with respect to any Tax under this Agreement will be treated as occurring immediately prior to the Distribution, as an inter-company distribution or a contribution to capital, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of any indemnity payment under this Agreement will be (a) decreased to take into account any Tax benefit actually realized by the Indemnitee (or an Affiliate thereof) arising from the incurrence or payment of the relevant indemnified item, and (b) increased to take into account any Tax cost actually incurred by the Indemnitee (or an Affiliate thereof) arising from the receipt of the relevant indemnity payment. Any indemnity payment will initially be made without regard to this Section 5.05 and will be reduced or increased to reflect any applicable Tax benefit or Tax cost, as the case may be, within 30 days after the Indemnitee (or an Affiliate thereof) actually realizes such Tax benefit or incurs such Tax cost by way of a Refund, an increase in Taxes or otherwise. In the event of a Final Determination relating to the Indemnitee’s (or its Affiliate’s) incurrence or payment of an indemnified item and/or receipt of an indemnity payment pursuant to this Section 5.05, the Indemnitee will, within 30 days of such Final Determination, provide the other Parties with notice thereof and supporting documentation addressing, in reasonable detail, the amount of any reduction or increase in Taxes of the Indemnitee (or its Affiliate) resulting from such Final Determination, and the Parties will promptly make any payments necessary to reflect the relevant reduction or increase in Tax liability. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.05 to the contrary, this Section 5.05 will not apply to any Tax benefits attributable to the Section 336(e) Election addressed in Section 5.08.

 

-34-


Section 5.06 Cooperation .

(a) Pursuant to this Agreement, each member of the Parent Tax Group, on the one hand, and the Acquiror Tax Group, on the other hand, will cooperate with all reasonable requests from the other Parties in connection with the preparation and filing of Tax Returns and Adjustment Requests, the resolution of Tax Contests and any other matters covered herein. If any Parties fail to comply with any of their obligations set forth in this Section 5.06(a), and such failure results in the imposition of additional Taxes on the requesting Party or any of its Affiliates, the nonperforming Party will be liable for such additional Taxes.

(b) In connection with the foregoing, Parent will, at the Acquiror Tax Group’s sole expense, reasonably cooperate with the Acquiror Tax Group, upon its written request, in connection with obtaining an Unqualified Opinion; provided that Parent’s cooperation will include providing any information, submissions, representations and covenants reasonably requested by a recipient that has previously executed with Parent an appropriate confidentiality agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Parent and that permits reliance by Parent; provided , further , that Parent’s cooperation (including through the provision of information, submissions, representations or covenants) will not affect the Parent Tax Group’s indemnity obligation for Taxes under this Agreement, decrease in any respect the Acquiror Tax Group’s indemnity obligation for Taxes under this Agreement or cause any member of the Parent Tax Group to have any liability to any third party.

Section 5.07 Confidentiality .

Any information or document provided under this Agreement will be kept confidential by the recipient Parties, except as may otherwise be necessary in connection with the filing of any Tax Return, the resolution of any Tax Contest or as required by applicable Law or a Final Determination. In addition, if Parent or Acquiror determines that providing any information or document could be commercially detrimental, violate any Law or agreement or waive any privilege, the Parties will use their reasonable best efforts to permit compliance with the obligations under this Agreement in a manner that avoids any such harm or consequence.

Section 5.08 Section 336(e) Election .

Pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.336-2(h)(1)(i) and 1.336-2(j), Parent will make a timely protective election under Code Section 336(e) and the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder and any similar provision of state or local Tax Law (and any related elections as determined by Parent) with respect to the Distribution (collectively, a “ Section 336(e) Election ”). If and to the extent that the Tax-Free Treatment does not apply with respect to the Distribution, and any resulting Transaction Taxes (including any Taxes attributable to the Section 336(e) Election) are considered Taxes for which Parent is liable under Section 2.02, then, to that extent, Parent will be entitled to quarterly payments from the Acquiror Tax Group of the actual Tax savings arising from the step-up in Tax basis resulting from the Section 336(e) Election, determined using a “with and without” methodology (treating any deductions attributable to the step-up in tax basis resulting from the Section 336(e) Election as the last items claimed for any taxable year including after the utilization of any available net operating loss carryforwards); provided , however , that, if the Acquiror Tax Group, on the one hand, and Parent,

 

-35-


on the other hand, are liable for Transaction Taxes pursuant to Section 2.02(c), then the Acquiror Tax Group will pay to Parent each quarter the percentage of the Tax savings equal to Parent’s share of the relative fault expressed as a percentage determined pursuant to Section 2.02(c); and provided , further , however , that all payments made to Parent under this Section 5.08 will be reduced by a reasonable charge for administrative expenses and other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Acquiror Tax Group that are necessary to secure the Tax savings, including expenses paid or incurred in connection with a Tax Contest or to amend a Tax Return.

Section 5.09 Term of Tax Indemnity .

Each of the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.11 (Taxes) and Section 4.12 (Taxes) of the Transaction Agreement, the representations and warranties of the Parties contained in this Agreement and the covenants and other obligations of the Parties contained herein will survive until 60 days after the expiration of all applicable statutes of limitations (taking into account all validly obtained extensions thereof).

ARTICLE VI

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

Section 6.01 Tax Disputes .

The Parties will endeavor, and will cause their respective Affiliates to endeavor, to resolve in good faith all disputes arising in connection with this Agreement. The Parties will negotiate in good faith to resolve any Tax Dispute within 30 days, provided that any dispute with respect to a Galleria Separate Return subject to Section 3.01(b) will be resolved as set forth therein. Upon written notice by a Party after such 30-day period, the matter will be referred to a U.S. tax counsel or other Tax Arbiter of recognized national standing (the “ Tax Arbiter ”) chosen by Parent and Acquiror; provided , however , that, if Parent and Acquiror do not agree on the selection of the Tax Arbiter after 5 days of good faith negotiation, their respective U.S. tax counsel or other advisors of recognized national standing will select a mutually acceptable Tax Arbiter within the following 10-day period. The Tax Arbiter may, in its discretion, obtain the services of any third party necessary to assist the Tax Arbiter in resolving the Tax Dispute. The Tax Arbiter will furnish written notice to the Parties of its resolution of the Tax Dispute as soon as practicable, but in any event no later than 90 days after acceptance of the matter for resolution. Any such resolution by the Tax Arbiter will be binding on the Parties, and the Parties will take, or cause to be taken, any action necessary to implement such resolution. All fees and expenses of the Tax Arbiter will be shared equally by Parent, on the one hand, and the Acquiror Tax Group, on the other hand. If the Parties are unable to find a Tax Arbiter willing to adjudicate the Tax Dispute and whom the Parties, acting in good faith, find acceptable (under the standards set forth in this Section 6.01), (a) the Tax Dispute will be submitted for mediation, and (b) if the Tax Dispute is not resolved in mediation, any Party will have the right to commence litigation, in either case, in a manner consistent with Section 10.15 of the Transaction Agreement. If any dispute regarding the preparation of a Tax Return is not resolved before the due date for filing such return, the return will be filed in the manner deemed correct by the Party responsible for filing the return without prejudice to the rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder, provided that the preparing party will file an amended Tax Return, within 10 days after the completion of

 

-36-


the process set forth in this Section 6.01, reflecting any changes made in connection with such process. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the dispute resolution provisions set forth in this Section 6.01 will not apply to any Tax Dispute related to Transaction Taxes (including any Tax benefits determined under Sections 5.05 or 5.08 and relating thereto), and any such Tax Dispute will be settled in a court of law or as otherwise agreed to by the Parties.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.01 Authorization .

Each Party hereby represents and warrants that it has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, that this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of such Party, that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Party, and that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Party does not contravene or conflict with any provision of Law or of its charter or bylaws or any agreement, instrument or order binding on such Party.

Section 7.02 Expenses .

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Transaction Agreement or any other Transaction Document, each Party will bear its own expenses in connection with the matters addressed herein.

Section 7.03 Entire Agreement .

This Agreement, the Transaction Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, including any related annexes, schedules and exhibits, as well as any other agreements and documents referred to herein and therein, will together constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and will supersede all prior negotiations, agreements and understandings of the Parties of any nature, whether oral or written, with respect to such subject matter.

Section 7.04 Governing Law .

(a) The validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement will be governed by the Laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of Laws provisions thereof that would cause the Laws of another state to apply.

(b) By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each Party irrevocably submits and consents to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of the State of Delaware for itself and in respect of its property in the event that any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court and (iii) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the

 

-37-


transactions contemplated hereby in any other court. Subject to compliance with the provisions of Section 10.15 of the Transaction Agreement, if applicable, each of the Parties irrevocably and unconditionally waives (and agrees not to plead or claim) any objection to the laying of venue of any dispute arising out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby in the state and federal courts of the State of Delaware, or that any such dispute brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient or improper forum. The Parties further agree that the mailing by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, of any process required by any such court will constitute valid and lawful service of process against them, without necessity for service by any other means provided by statute or rule of court.

(c) EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE IT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY OF THE AGREEMENTS DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE EITHER OF SUCH WAIVERS, (II) IT UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF SUCH WAIVERS, (III) IT MAKES SUCH WAIVERS VOLUNTARILY, AND (IV) IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 7.04(c).

Section 7.05 Notice .

All notices, requests, permissions, waivers and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given (a) when sent, if sent by facsimile, (b) when delivered, if delivered personally to the intended recipient and (c) one Business Day following sending by overnight delivery via an international courier service and, in each case, addressed to a Party at the following address for such Party:

 

If to Parent:    [              ]
with a copy to:    [              ]
If to Acquiror, SplitCo or Merger Sub:    [              ]
with a copy to:    [              ]

or to such other address(es) as will be furnished in writing by any such Party to the other Party in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.05. Any notice to Parent will be deemed notice to all members of the Parent Group, any notice to Acquiror will be deemed notice to all members of the Acquiror Group and the Galleria Group, and any notice to SplitCo will be deemed notice to all members of the Acquiror Group and the Galleria Group.

 

-38-


Section 7.06 Priority of Agreements .

If there is a conflict between any provision of this Agreement and a provision in another Transaction Document, the provision of this Agreement will control unless specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement or in the applicable other Transaction Document.

Section 7.07 Amendments and Waivers .

(a) This Agreement may be amended and any provision of this Agreement may be waived, provided that any such amendment or waiver will become and remain binding upon a Party only if such amendment or waiver is set forth in a writing executed by such Party. No course of dealing between or among any Persons having any interest in this Agreement will be deemed effective to modify, amend or discharge any part of this Agreement or any rights or obligations of any Party hereto under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) No delay or failure in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder will affect or operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise thereof or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right, power or remedy preclude any further exercise thereof or of any other right, power or remedy. The rights and remedies hereunder are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies that any Party hereto would otherwise have. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character of any breach or default under this Agreement or any such waiver of any provision of this Agreement must satisfy the conditions set forth in this Section 7.07(b) and will be effective only to the extent in such writing specifically set forth.

Section 7.08 Termination .

This Agreement will automatically terminate, without further action by any Party hereto, upon the termination of the Transaction Agreement if such termination occurs prior to the Distribution. If terminated, no Party will have any liability of any kind to the other Parties or any other Person on account of the termination or otherwise with respect to this Agreement.

Section 7.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries .

Except as otherwise provided in the indemnification provisions contained herein, this Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Parties and does not confer on third parties (including any employees of any member of the Parent Group, the Galleria Group or the Acquiror Pre-Merger Group) any remedy, claim, reimbursement, claim of action or other right in addition to those existing without reference to this Agreement.

Section 7.10 Assignability .

No Party may assign its rights or delegate its duties under this Agreement without the written consent of the other Parties, except that a Party may assign its rights or delegate its duties under this Agreement to a member of its Group, provided that (a) such member agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, and (b) such assignment or delegation will not relieve any Party of its indemnification obligations or other obligations under this Agreement. Any attempted assignment or delegation in contravention of the foregoing will be void.

 

-39-


Section 7.11 Enforcement .

The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur to Parent, SplitCo, Acquiror and Merger Sub if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or was otherwise breached. The Parties agree that Parent, SplitCo, Acquiror and Merger Sub will be entitled to injunctive relief to prevent any breach of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof, such remedy being in addition to any other remedy to which a Party may be entitled at Law or in equity.

Section 7.12 Survival .

All Sections of this Agreement will be unconditional and absolute and will remain in effect without limitation as to time (except to the extent any Sections expressly provide for an earlier date, in which case, as of such date).

Section 7.13 Construction .

The descriptive headings herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a substantive part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Reference to any agreement, document, or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, and if applicable hereof. Unless the context otherwise requires, any references to a “Section” or “Article” will be to a Section or Article of this Agreement. The use of the words “include” or “including” in this Agreement will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”. The use of the words “or,” “either” or “any” will not be exclusive. The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement, the Transaction Agreement or any other Transaction Document, in the case of any provision herein which contemplates the agreement, approval or consent of, or exercise of any right of, a Party, such Party may give or withhold such agreement, approval or consent, or exercise such right, in its sole and absolute discretion, the Parties hereto hereby expressly disclaiming any implied duty of good faith and fair dealing or similar concept.

Section 7.14 Severability .

The Parties agree that (a) the provisions of this Agreement will be severable in the event that for any reason whatsoever any of the provisions hereof are invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, (b) any such invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions will be replaced by other provisions which are as similar as possible in terms to such invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions but are valid and enforceable, and (c) the remaining provisions will remain valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law.

 

-40-


Section 7.15 Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts (any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one Party), each of which will be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement, and any amendments hereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or other electronic transmission, will be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement and will be considered to have the same binding legal effects as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any Party, the other Parties will re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to the requesting Party.

Section 7.16 Successors .

For the avoidance of doubt, for all purposes of this Agreement, a Party will be subject to all of the restrictions and obligations, and will have all of the rights, of such Party’s predecessor.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-41-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by the respective officers as of the date set forth above.

 

THE PROCTER & GAMBLE COMPANY,
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

GALLERIA CO.,
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

COTY INC.,
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

GREEN ACQUISITION SUB INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

Exhibit 10.3

SPLIT PLAN AGREEMENT

This Split Plan Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into effective July 8, 2015 (“ Effective Date ”), by and between The Procter & Gamble Company, an Ohio corporation (“ Parent ”), and Coty Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Acquiror ”).

RECITALS

1. Parent, Acquiror, Galleria Co., a Delaware corporation (“ SplitCo ”), and Green Acquisition Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub ”) are concurrently entering into the Transaction Agreement, dated as of July 8, 2015 (the “ Transaction Agreement” ), pursuant to which Parent will separate and divest the Galleria Business in the manner contemplated thereby.

2. Parent and Acquiror have agreed to develop a plan in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement to separate the Bangkok Property and the Mariscala Property from their existing combined sites so that such property can be transferred as contemplated in the Transaction Agreement.

Accordingly, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms, when capitalized, will have the meanings set forth below. In addition, capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings given to them in the Transaction Agreement.

Acquiror Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.11 .

Applicable Territory ” means Bangkok, Thailand, with respect to the Bangkok Property, and Mariscala, Mexico, with respect to the Mariscala Property.

Appointed Experts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a) .

Bangkok Base Plan ” means the plan for the division of the Bangkok Property as set forth on Annex B .

Bangkok Property ” means the freehold property located at Wellgrow Industrial Estate, Land No. A-31 and A-32, No 78 Moo 1, Tumbon Homseen, Bangpakong, Chachoengsao, Thailand 24180, as further indicated on the Bangkok Base Plan and registered with the Land Registry.

Final Plan ” means, with respect to the Bangkok Property or the Mariscala Property, the mutually agreed plan for splitting the Bangkok Property or Mariscala Property, as applicable, in accordance with Articles 2 and 3 .

Independent Experts ” means the three independent experts appointed in accordance with Section 3.1 , which experts shall not be employees of Parent, Acquiror or their respective Affiliates.


Land Registry ” means the applicable public register of real estate located in the Applicable Territory.

Mariscala Base Plan ” means the plan for the division of the Mariscala Property as set forth on Annex C .

Mariscala Property ” means the freehold property located at Km 16 Carretera Queretaro-Celaya, Caleras de Obrajuelo, Plant, Apaseo el Grande, Guanajuato, Mexico 38180, as further indicated on the Mariscala Base Plan and registered with the Land Registry.

Nominated Representatives ” means one representative of each of Parent and Acquiror for the Bangkok Property and one representative of each of Parent and Acquiror for the Mariscala Property, as nominated in accordance with Section 2.2 to determine the Final Plans.

Party ” means either Parent or Acquiror.

Retained Property ” means that part of the Bangkok Property and Mariscala Property, as applicable, not included in the Transferred Property.

Parent Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.11 .

Senior Representative ” means (a) with respect to Acquiror, an employee of Acquiror or the Acquiror Group, with a title of Vice President or above, and (b) with respect to Parent, an employee of Parent or Parent Group with a title of Vice President or above.

Separation Board ” means one Senior Representative of Parent and one Senior Representative of Acquiror as nominated by each of Parent and Acquiror from time to time; provided , however , that the initial representatives will be nominated by each of Parent and Acquiror within five Business Days of the date of the Transaction Agreement.

Separation Implementation Cost ” means the cost associated with the legal and physical separation of the Bangkok Property and Mariscala Property, including deed transfer, permitting and construction costs, for the applicable Retained Property and the applicable Transferred Property, including:

 

  (a) All costs and expenses (including securities, bonds and provisions) incurred in connection with obtaining any necessary permits, consents, certificates and other instruments showing proof of compliance with regulatory transfer requirements in connection with the determination and implementation of the Final Plans;

 

2


  (b) The fees of all consultants and advisers required in connection with the Final Plans;

 

  (c) All fees imposed by or payable to any Governmental Authority in connection with the Final Plans;

 

  (d) All internal costs incurred by Parent or Acquiror through utilization of Parent’s resources or Acquiror’s resources, as applicable, in connection with the implementation of the Final Plans;

 

  (e) All costs of construction, including engineers, contractors, sub-contractors and building materials in connection with implementation of the Final Plans; and

 

  (f) All other costs reasonably incurred by Parent, Acquiror or any of their respective Affiliates in connection with the determination and implementation of the Final Plans.

Separation Meetings ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5 .

Separation Principles ” means the principles set forth on Annex A .

Third Expert ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) .

Transfer ” means the transfer of the assets and associated liabilities of the Transferred Property in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement as provided for in the Transaction Agreement and based on the Transfer Documentation and as finally determined by Parent.

Transfer Documentation ” means the documentation required to give effect to the Transfer, including any required filings with Governmental Authorities.

Transferred Property ” means that part of the Bangkok Property or Mariscala Property, as applicable, that will be transferred (a model of which is shown on Annex B and Annex C ) in accordance with each respective Final Plan.

 

2. SEPARATION PRINCIPLES AND DETERMINATION OF THE FINAL PLANS

2.1 Parent and Acquiror will at all times cooperate and act reasonably and in good faith to ensure the proper, timely and cost-effective finalization of the Final Plans prior to the Closing in accordance with their obligations under this Agreement.

2.2 No later than five Business Days following the date hereof, each of Parent and Acquiror will designate its Nominated Representatives and will require that its Nominated Representatives, or any replacement thereof, be and remain actively involved in the determination of the contents of the Final Plans.

 

3


2.3 Each of Parent and Acquiror may from time to time replace any Nominated Representative for purposes of this Agreement. In the event of any replacement, the replacing Party must promptly notify the other Party in writing in accordance with the notice provisions of the Agreement.

2.4 Each of Parent and Acquiror will appoint Nominated Representatives who are Persons of appropriate seniority, knowledge and experience to finalize the Final Plans.

2.5 Each of Parent and Acquiror will cause its Nominated Representatives to attend scheduled meetings (the “ Separation Meetings ”) to finalize and determine the contents of the Final Plans prior to the Closing. For the avoidance of doubt, the Nominated Representatives may schedule independent Separation Meetings for each of the Bangkok Property and Mariscala Property, and only the Nominated Representatives responsible for each property will be required to attend such independent Separation Meetings.

2.6 Separation Meeting Requirements .

(a) A Parent Nominated Representative will schedule, chair and prepare agendas and minutes for all Separation Meetings following reasonable consultation with the Acquiror Nominated Representatives.

(b) A summary of the agreed elements of the Final Plans and outstanding issues on the Final Plans will be prepared by Parent’s Nominated Representatives from time to time and delivered to Acquiror promptly following such preparation for review and comment.

(c) The Separation Meetings will include a review of any estimated costs associated with the separation of the Bangkok Property and Mariscala Property, as applicable, including a forecast of estimated costs to be incurred in completing the Final Plans.

(d) Each Party will take all necessary actions to finalize the Final Plans prior to the Closing and to also meet the deadline set forth in Section 2.9 .

(e) The Nominated Representatives will identify and, if appropriate, engage Persons with the expertise necessary to finalize the Final Plans and ensure the participation of such persons in the Separation Meetings. If it is determined by the Parties that such persons should assist in the finalization of the Final Plans, the Nominated Representatives will engage such Persons.

2.7 The Final Plan for each of the Bangkok Property and the Mariscala Property will include the following elements:

(a) A specific description of the agreed upon easements providing for appropriate rights of ingress and egress as delineated on such Final Plan, granted or effective as of the Closing Date and enforceable under applicable Law or Contract.

 

4


(b) Terms of any shared use or shared access rights (including each Party’s contribution to the maintenance of, and each Party’s obligation to maintain, the Transferred Property and the Retained Property) that are commercially reasonable and incorporation of such matters in the Transfer Documentation, provided that any shared use or shared access rights will only be granted if and to the extent that no other commercially reasonable alternatives exist that would still permit the separation as of the Closing Date of the Bangkok Property or the Mariscala Property, as applicable, from its existing combined site so that such property can be transferred as contemplated in the Transaction Agreement.

(c) A description of the physical division of the Bangkok Property or Mariscala Property, as applicable (e.g., boundary fences/structures or, in appropriate circumstances, boundary markers such as white lining/studding).

(d) Identification of all legal documents required to (i) effect the Separation Principles, (ii) implement such Final Plan, and (iii) effect the Transfer.

(e) An estimated budget for (i) executing or implementing such Final Plan and (ii) obtaining all required permits, consents, certificates of any Governmental Authority or other third Party and certificates and other instruments showing proof of compliance with regulatory transfer requirements to effect the actions contemplated by such Final Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, subject to Section 5.27 of the Transaction Agreement, the budget may be amended from time to time as necessary or appropriate as such Final Plan is determined, executed and implemented. Parent may, acting reasonably and in good faith, from time to time, after consultation with Acquiror, adjust the estimated budget as necessary to reflect actual costs incurred or expected to be incurred as required for the determination, execution and implementation of such Final Plan; provided , however , that for the avoidance of doubt, Parent has the ability to make the final determination with respect to the estimated budget, including any adjustment thereto.

2.8 Process

(a) After Acquiror’s Nominated Representatives have been granted access to the Bangkok Property or Mariscala Property, as applicable, pursuant to Section 5.07 of the Transaction Agreement, including visiting the Bangkok Property or Mariscala Property, as applicable, and meeting with the operational staff of the Galleria Business located at such property, and after consultation between Parent and Acquiror pursuant to this Article 2 , Acquiror, on or prior to 30 days after the last applicable date of grant of access, will identify those items of the attached Annex B or Annex C , as applicable, if any, that it proposes to amend. Parent and Acquiror will attempt in good faith to resolve these items within 10 calendar days from the date of such notice. Any unresolved items will be resolved as part of the resolution of the Final Plans. All agreed upon items will become part of the applicable Final Plan and, together with the written proposals of the Nominated Representatives of each of Parent and Acquiror as to how any unresolved items should be resolved, will be provided to the Separation Board pursuant to Section 2.9 below.

 

5


(b) In accordance with the Separation Principles, the Final Plans will include in reasonable detail (i) an explanation of the requirements of all required documentation necessary to execute the applicable Final Plan, (ii) any actions to be taken to effect the separation of the Bangkok Property or Mariscala Property, as applicable, and (iii) all other actions determined to be necessary or appropriate to separate the Bangkok Property or Mariscala Property, as applicable.

2.9 The Nominated Representatives will report to the Separation Board by no later than 60 calendar days following the date of the Agreement and will provide the Separation Board with the following:

(a) The Final Plans to the extent agreed by the Nominated Representatives; and

(b) Details of any unresolved aspects of either Final Plan, together with written proposals by the Nominated Representatives of each of Parent and Acquiror as to how such open items should be resolved.

2.10 The Final Plans will serve as the means for separation for the Bangkok Property or Mariscala Property, as applicable, in accordance with the Separation Principles. If the Separation Board is not able to agree upon the Final Plans within 20 Business Days following presentation of the report by the Nominated Representatives in accordance with Section 2.9 then all disputed items will be referred in writing by the Separation Board to the Independent Experts.

2.11 The Separation Board will evidence its agreement with all or any portion of the Final Plans by delivering to each of Parent and Acquiror, a copy of the Final Plans, or such portion of the Final Plans, executed by the members of the Separation Board, in accordance with the notice provisions of the Agreement.

If, within 30 Business Days after receiving such a copy of the Final Plans (or any portion thereof), either Party determines that such Final Plan (or any portion thereof) is inconsistent in any manner with the Separation Principles, and either Party notifies the Separation Board of such inconsistency or effect, or Parent is advised by counsel that such Final Plan or portion thereof would otherwise prevent Parent from obtaining the opinion required under Section 7.03(d) of the Transaction Agreement, the Separation Board will develop a revised Final Plan in accordance with this Article 2 that is not inconsistent in any manner with the Separation Principles and would not otherwise prevent Parent from obtaining the opinion required under Section 7.03(d) of the Transaction Agreement. If the Separation Board is not able to agree upon such revised Final Plan within 20 Business Days after notification by the applicable Party under the immediately preceding sentence, then all disputed items will be referred in writing by the Separation Board to the Independent Experts.

2.12 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any Transfer Documentation, the Final Plan will, in all events, be designed and executed in accordance with the Separation Principles.

 

6


2.13 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Nominated Representatives responsible for each of the Mariscala Property and the Bangkok Property will operate independently of the Nominated Representatives responsible for the other property in all respects, including attendance at Separation Meetings, visits to the Marsicala Property and Bangkok Property, as applicable, and the creation of the Final Plans.

 

3. INDEPENDENT EXPERTS

3.1 In the event that any disputed items are referred to the Independent Experts pursuant to Section 2.10 :

(a) Each of Parent and Acquiror will nominate one Person with expertise in facilities management and separation who has read and understands the Separation Principles (the “ Appointed Experts ”).

(b) The Appointed Experts will promptly agree on the identity of the third Independent Expert (the “ Third Expert ”); provided , however , that the Third Expert will be an engineer or other individual with the expertise necessary to address the disputed item. The costs and expenses of the Third Expert will be borne equally by Parent and Acquiror, and Parent and Acquiror acknowledge that the Third Expert may hire or engage surveyors or other persons necessary to address the disputed item.

(c) If the Appointed Experts have not agreed to and appointed the Third Expert within 10 Business Days following their appointment, then either Parent or Acquiror may request that the Third Expert be appointed by an independent third Party, mutually agreed to by Parent and Acquiror, with subject matter expertise in the Applicable Territory.

3.2 The following provisions will apply to the actions taken by the Independent Experts:

(a) The Independent Experts will consider, among other things, any written recommendations promptly made by or on behalf of Parent or Acquiror;

(b) The Independent Experts will deliver a determination within 10 Business Days of any referral of a disputed item to such Independent Experts or, if earlier, by the Business Day prior to the Closing Date;

(c) If any Independent Expert is or becomes unable or unwilling to act, then (i) if such Independent Expert is an Appointed Expert, the Party that appointed such Independent Expert will, as promptly as practicable after becoming aware of such inability or unwillingness, appoint a replacement Independent Expert, or (ii) if such Independent Expert is the Third Expert, the Appointed Experts will, as promptly as practicable after becoming aware of such inability or unwillingness, appoint a replacement Third Expert pursuant to Section 3.1(b) ; and

 

7


(d) Each of Parent and Acquiror will bear the costs of the Independent Expert identified by such Party. All other costs reasonably incurred as a result of any referral of a disputed item to the Independent Experts will be borne equally by Parent and Acquiror. If either Parent or Acquiror pays all of the fees and expenses of the Third Expert as a result of a default by the other Party, such paying Party will be reimbursed by the defaulting Party as promptly as practicable, but in any event within 10 Business Days of such default.

3.3 The Independent Experts will determine the matter in dispute by majority vote and must select the recommendation of either Parent or Acquiror in connection with the matter in dispute. In making any such determination, the Independent Experts will:

(a) Apply the Separation Principles;

(b) Consider the feasibility of implementing the relevant proposal on or prior to the Closing Date;

(c) Protect the confidential information of each Party; and

(d) Otherwise comply with the provisions of this Agreement.

3.4 If the Independent Experts agree upon any portion of the Final Plans, the Independent Experts will evidence their agreement by delivering to each of Parent and Acquiror a copy of such agreed to portions of the Final Plans executed by the Independent Experts, in accordance with the notice provisions of the Agreement.

If, within 30 Business Days after receiving such a copy of the Final Plans, Parent is advised by counsel that such Final Plans (or any portion thereof) would otherwise prevent Parent from obtaining the opinion required under Section 7.03(d) of the Transaction Agreement, and Parent so notifies the Independent Experts, the Independent Experts will develop revised Final Plans in accordance with this Section 3 that are not inconsistent in any manner with the Separation Principles and would not otherwise prevent Parent from obtaining the opinion required under Section 7.03(d) of the Transaction Agreement.

 

4. EXECUTION MECHANICS

4.1 Parent will execute and implement the Final Plans and hire or authorize the hiring of any required contractor, subcontractor or consultant acting reasonably and in good faith. Parent will obtain competitive quotations for the costs of implementing the Final Plans, with a view to minimizing the costs of carrying out such Final Plan, including construction of a similar fit and finish as existing facilities at the Bangkok Property or Mariscala Property, as applicable, as of the date hereof.

4.2 Parent and Acquiror will obtain, on or prior to the Closing Date, all necessary authorizations, permits and other consents to consummate the Transfer on the Closing Date and to otherwise implement the Final Plans effective as of the Closing Date.

 

8


4.3 Following agreement as to the Final Plans, the Separation Board will meet from time to time to discuss the status of implementation of the Final Plans and to review and update the estimate of the Separation Implementation Cost set forth therein.

4.4 The Separation Implementation Costs will be allocated between the Parties in accordance with Section 5.27 of the Transaction Agreement. Any references to costs and expenses in Section 5.27 of the Transaction Agreement will be deemed to mean the Separation Implementation Costs, as defined herein.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the costs of any outside legal advisor engaged by any Party hereto, other than as Parent and Acquiror mutually agree to as set forth in the Final Plans, will be borne by the Party engaging such legal advisor.

4.5 Each Party will keep records, in accordance with such Party’s generally applicable record retention policies, of all Separation Implementation Costs incurred by such Party and provide copies of such records to the other Party within 30 calendar days following the end of each quarter during which Separation Implementation Costs are incurred.

 

5. THE TRANSFER

5.1 Immediately after registration of the Transfer of the Transferred Property, Parent will provide Acquiror, in addition to any Transfer Documents provided for in Section 1.10 of the Transaction Agreement, with a copy of the documentation used to register the Transfer of the Transferred Property and, promptly after it becomes available, a copy of the Land Registry extract related to the Transferred Property. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and Section 1.10 of the Transaction Agreement, the terms of this Agreement will govern.

 

6. COMPLETION

6.1 The Transfer will be completed on the Closing Date.

 

7. TAX MATTERS

7.1 The Tax Matters Agreement will govern the allocation between the Parties of any liabilities for any Taxes incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

8. MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Transaction Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, including any related annexes, schedules, Annexes and exhibits, as well as any other agreements and documents referred to herein and therein, will together constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject

 

9


matter hereof and thereof and will supersede all prior negotiations, agreements and understandings of the Parties of any nature, whether oral or written, with respect to such subject matter. Without limiting Article 5 , If there is a conflict between any provision of this Agreement and a provision of the Transaction Agreement, the provision of the Transaction Agreement will control.

8.2 Governing Law .

(a) The validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement will be governed by the Laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of Laws provisions thereof that would cause the Laws of another state to apply.

(b) By execution and delivery of this Agreement, subject to Section 2.10 , Article 3 and Section 8.11 , each Party irrevocably (i) submits and consents to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of the State of Delaware for itself and in respect of its property in the event that any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court, and (iii) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby in any other court. Subject to compliance with the provisions of Section 2.10 , Article 3 and Section 8.11 , if applicable, each of the Parties irrevocably and unconditionally waives (and agrees not to plead or claim) any objection to the laying of venue of any dispute arising out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby in the state and federal courts of the State of Delaware, or that any such dispute brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient or improper forum. The Parties further agree that the mailing by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, of any process required by any such court will constitute valid and lawful service of process against them, without necessity for service by any other means provided by statute or rule of court.

(c) EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE IT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY OF THE AGREEMENTS DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE EITHER OF SUCH WAIVERS, (II) IT UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF SUCH WAIVERS, (III) IT MAKES SUCH WAIVERS VOLUNTARILY, AND (IV) IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 8.2(C) .

 

10


8.3 Notices . All notices, requests, permissions, waivers and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given (a) when sent, if sent by facsimile, (b) when delivered, if delivered personally to the intended recipient, and (c) one Business Day following sending by overnight delivery via an international courier service and, in each case, addressed to a Party at the following address for such Party:

 

Parent:
The Procter & Gamble Company
One Procter & Gamble Plaza
Cincinnati, OH 45202
Attention:    Corporate Secretary
Attention:    Jason Muncy
   Associate General Counsel – Global Transactions
Facsimile:    (513) 386-1927
with a copy to (which will not constitute notice):
Jones Day   
222 East 41st Street
New York, NY 10017
Attention:    Robert A. Profusek
   Peter E. Izanec
Facsimile:    (212) 755-7306
Acquiror:   
Coty Inc.   
350 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10018
Attention:    Chief Financial Officer
Facsimile:    (212) 389-7538
with copies to (which will not constitute notice):
Coty Inc.   
350 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10018
Attention:    General Counsel
Facsimile:    (212) 479-4328
and   

 

11


Skadden Arps Slate Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, NY 10036
Attention:    Paul T. Schnell
   Sean C. Doyle
Facsimile:    (212) 735-2000

or to such other address(es) as may be furnished in writing by any such Party to the other Party in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.2(c)

8.4 Amendments and Waivers .

(a) This Agreement may be amended and any provision of this Agreement may be waived; provided , however , that any such amendment or waiver will become and remain binding upon a Party only if such amendment or waiver is set forth in a writing executed by such Party. No course of dealing between or among any Persons having any interest in this Agreement will be deemed effective to modify, amend or discharge any part of this Agreement or any rights or obligations of any Party under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) No delay or failure in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder will affect or operate as a waiver thereof; nor will any single or partial exercise thereof or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right, power or remedy preclude any further exercise thereof or of any other right, power or remedy. The rights and remedies hereunder are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies that any Party would otherwise have.

8.5 No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Parties and does not confer on third parties (including any employees of any member of the Parent Group or the Acquiror Group) any remedy, claim, reimbursement, claim of action or other right in addition to those existing without reference to this Agreement.

8.6 Assignability . No Party may assign its rights or delegate its duties under this Agreement without the written consent of the other Party, except that a Party may assign its rights or delegate its duties under this Agreement to a member of the Parent Group or the Acquiror Group, as applicable; provided that (a) such Person agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and (b) such assignment or delegation will not relieve any Party of its indemnification obligations or other obligations under this Agreement. Any attempted assignment or delegation in contravention of the foregoing will be void.

8.7 Construction . The descriptive headings herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a substantive part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever required by the context, any pronoun used in this Agreement or the Schedules hereto will include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular forms of nouns,

 

12


pronouns, and verbs will include the plural and vice versa. Reference to any agreement, document, or instrument means such agreement, document, or instrument as amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, and if applicable hereof. Unless the context otherwise requires, any references to an “Annex,” “Section” or “Article” will be to an Annex, Section or Article to or of this Agreement. The use of the words “include” or “including” in this Agreement or the Annexes hereto will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” The use of the words “or,” “either” or “any” will not be exclusive. The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement, any provision herein which contemplates the agreement, approval or consent of, or exercise of any right of, a Party, such Party may give or withhold such agreement, approval or consent, or exercise such right, in its sole and absolute discretion, the Parties hereby expressly disclaiming any implied duty of good faith and fair dealing or similar concept.

8.8 Severability . The Parties agree that (a) the provisions of this Agreement will be severable in the event that for any reason whatsoever any of the provisions hereof are invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, (b) any such invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions will be replaced by other provisions which are as similar as possible in terms to such invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions but are valid and enforceable, and (c) the remaining provisions will remain valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law.

8.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts (any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one Party), each of which will be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement, and any amendments hereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or other electronic transmission, will be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement and will be considered to have the same binding legal effects as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any Party, the other Party will re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to the requesting Party.

8.10 Publicity . Except as otherwise required by Law, each of Parent and Acquiror will consult with the other and obtain the prior written consent of the other before issuing, or permitting any agent or Affiliate of such Party to issue, any press releases or otherwise making, or permitting any agent or Affiliate of such Party to make, any public statements with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

8.11 Dispute Resolution . Disputes described in Section 2.10 and Article III will be resolved in accordance with Section 2.9 and Article III. Any other dispute, controversy or claim by Parent or any of its Affiliates (collectively, the “ Parent Group ”)

 

13


against Acquiror or any of its Affiliates (collectively, the “ Acquiror Group ”) or vice versa in connection with this Agreement will be resolved by the Parties in accordance with Section 10.15 of the Transaction Agreement, except that any executive level discussions to be held pursuant to Section 10.15 of the Transaction Agreement with regard to such dispute, controversy or claim will be held by Acquiror’s Executive Vice President Global Supply Chain (or his or her designee) and Parent’s Chief Financial Officer (or his or her designee). Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may seek injunctive or equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction.

8.12 Survival of Certain Provisions . In the event of termination or expiration of this Agreement, Section 8.2 (Governing Law), Section 8.7 (Construction) and Section 8.11 (Dispute Resolution) will survive and continue in full force and effect.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

THE PROCTER & GAMBLE COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Laura Becker

Name:   Laura Becker
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Split Plan Agreement]


COTY INC.
By:  

/s/ Patrice de Talhouët

Name:   Patrice de Talhouët
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Split Plan Agreement]

Exhibit 10.4

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of January 26, 2016

among

GALLERIA CO.,

as the Initial Borrower

The Other Borrowers Party Hereto From Time to Time

The Lenders Party Hereto

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as the Administrative Agent,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as the Collateral Agent,

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC,

as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED and

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

as Joint Lead Arrangers, Joint Bookrunners and Syndication Agents,

HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.,

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS 1 ,

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC. and

ING BANK N.V., DUBLIN BRANCH,

as the Joint Lead Arrangers, Joint Bookrunners and Documentation Agents,

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.,

BNP PARIBAS,

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,

CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK,

INTESA SANPAOLO,

MIZUHO BANK, LTD.,

SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION and

UNICREDIT,

as Documentation Agents

 

1   RBC Capital Markets is a marketing name for the capital markets activities of Royal Bank of Canada and its affiliates.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article I Definitions      1   
  Section 1.01    Defined Terms      1   
  Section 1.02    Classification of Loans and Borrowings      58   
  Section 1.03    Terms Generally      58   
  Section 1.04    Accounting Terms; GAAP      60   
  Section 1.05    Business Days; Payments      60   
  Section 1.06   

Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents

     60   
  Section 1.07   

Cashless Rollovers

     63   
  Section 1.08   

Pro Forma Calculations

     63   
  Section 1.09   

Restricted Lenders

     64   
Article II The Credits      65   
  Section 2.01    Commitments      65   
  Section 2.02    Loans and Borrowings      65   
  Section 2.03    Requests for Borrowings      66   
  Section 2.04    Swingline Loans      67   
  Section 2.05    Letters of Credit      69   
  Section 2.06    Funding of Borrowings      75   
  Section 2.07    Interest Elections.      77   
  Section 2.08    Termination and Reduction of Commitments      78   
  Section 2.09    Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt      80   
  Section 2.10    Amortization of Term Loans      81   
  Section 2.11    Prepayment of Loans      82   
  Section 2.12    Fees      86   
  Section 2.13    Interest      88   
  Section 2.14    Alternate Rate of Interest      89   
  Section 2.15    Increased Costs      90   
  Section 2.16    Break Funding Payments      92   
  Section 2.17    Taxes      92   
  Section 2.18    Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Payments; Proceeds of Collateral      96   
  Section 2.19    Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders      99   
  Section 2.20    Incremental Facilities      100   
  Section 2.21    Defaulting Lenders      103   
  Section 2.22    Specified Refinancing Debt      105   
  Section 2.23    [Reserved]      108   
  Section 2.24    Extension of Term Loans; Extension of Revolving Loans      108   
Article III Representations and Warranties      112   
  Section 3.01    Organization; Powers      112   
  Section 3.02    Authorization; Enforceability      112   
  Section 3.03    Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts      112   
  Section 3.04    Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Effect      113   
  Section 3.05    Properties      113   

 

i


  Section 3.06    Litigation and Environmental Matters      114   
  Section 3.07    Compliance with Laws      114   
  Section 3.08    Investment Company Act Status      114   
  Section 3.09    Taxes      114   
  Section 3.10    ERISA      114   
  Section 3.11    Disclosure      115   
  Section 3.12    Subsidiaries      115   
  Section 3.13    Labor Matters      115   
  Section 3.14    Solvency      116   
  Section 3.15    Margin Securities      116   
  Section 3.16    Security Interest in Collateral      116   
  Section 3.17    Patriot Act; Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions      116   
  Section 3.18    Junior Indebtedness      117   
Article IV Conditions      117   
  Section 4.01    Escrow Date      117   
  Section 4.02    Closing Date      119   
  Section 4.03    Borrowings on the Recapitalization Date      120   
  Section 4.04    Each Credit Event After the Recapitalization Date      123   
Article V Affirmative Covenants      123   
  Section 5.01    Financial Statements and Other Information      124   
  Section 5.02    Notices of Material Events      125   
  Section 5.03    Existence; Conduct of Business      126   
  Section 5.04    Payment of Taxes      126   
  Section 5.05    Maintenance of Properties      126   
  Section 5.06    Insurance      126   
  Section 5.07    Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights      127   
  Section 5.08    Compliance with Laws      128   
  Section 5.09    Environmental Laws      128   
  Section 5.10    Collateral Matters; Guaranty      128   
  Section 5.11    Maintenance of Ratings      130   
  Section 5.12    Use of Proceeds      130   
  Section 5.13    Designation of Subsidiaries      130   
  Section 5.14    Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions      131   
  Section 5.15    Further Assurances and Post-Closing Covenant      131   
Article VI Negative Covenants      132   
  Section 6.01    Indebtedness      132   
  Section 6.02    Liens      137   
  Section 6.03    Fundamental Changes      144   
  Section 6.04    Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions      145   
  Section 6.05    Asset Sales      150   
  Section 6.06    Swap Agreements      153   
  Section 6.07    Restricted Payments; Certain Payments of Indebtedness      153   
  Section 6.08    Transactions with Affiliates      156   
  Section 6.09    Restrictive Agreements      158   

 

ii


  Section 6.10    Amendment of Material Debt Documents and the Transaction Agreement      160   
  Section 6.11    Change in Fiscal Year      160   
  Section 6.12    Use of Proceeds      161   
Article VII Financial Covenant      161   
  Section 7.01    Leverage Ratio      161   
Article VIII Events of Default      162   
  Section 8.01    Events of Default; Remedies      162   
  Section 8.02    Borrowers’ Right to Cure      165   
  Section 8.03    Remedies Prior to Escrow Release Date      166   
Article IX The Agents      167   
  Section 9.01    Appointment      167   
  Section 9.02    Rights as a Lender      167   
  Section 9.03    Limitation of Duties and Immunities      167   
  Section 9.04    Reliance on Third Parties; Limitation on Responsibility      168   
  Section 9.05    Sub-Agents      169   
  Section 9.06    Successor Agent      169   
  Section 9.07    Independent Credit Decisions      170   
  Section 9.08    Powers and Immunities of each Issuing Bank      170   
  Section 9.09    Permitted Release of Collateral and Other Loan Parties      170   
  Section 9.10    Perfection by Possession and Control      173   
  Section 9.11    Lender Affiliates Rights      173   
  Section 9.12    Actions in Concert and Enforcement by the Collateral Agent      173   
Article X Miscellaneous      174   
  Section 10.01    Notices      174   
  Section 10.02    Waivers; Amendments; Expenses; Indemnity      175   
  Section 10.03    Successors and Assigns      181   
  Section 10.04    Survival      188   
  Section 10.05    Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness      188   
  Section 10.06    Severability      189   
  Section 10.07    Right of Setoff      189   
  Section 10.08    Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process      189   
  Section 10.09    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      190   
  Section 10.10    Headings      190   
  Section 10.11    Confidentiality      190   
  Section 10.12    Maximum Interest Rate      191   
  Section 10.13    Limitation of Liability      192   
  Section 10.14    No Duty      192   
  Section 10.15    No Fiduciary Relationship      193   
  Section 10.16    Construction      193   
  Section 10.17    USA Patriot Act      193   
  Section 10.18    Additional Borrowers      193   
  Section 10.19    Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions      194   

 

iii


LIST OF EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

EXHIBITS     
Exhibit A-1      Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit A-2      Form of Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit B      Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit C      Form of Incremental Facility Activation Notice
Exhibit D-1 to D-4      Forms of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
Exhibit E      Intercreditor Agreement Term Sheet
Exhibit F      Form of Additional Borrower Joinder
Exhibit G      Form of Lender Designation
Exhibit H      Form of Global Intercompany Note
Exhibit I      Form of Guaranty
Exhibit J      Form of Security Agreement
Exhibit K      Form of Closing Bank Letter
Exhibit L      Form of Borrowing Notice
Exhibit M      Form of Request for Letter of Credit
SCHEDULES     
Schedule 1.01      Material Real Property
Schedule 2.01      Commitments
Schedule 3.12      Closing Date Subsidiaries
Schedule 3.13      Labor Matters
Schedule 6.01      Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 6.02      Existing Liens
Schedule 6.04      Investments
Schedule 6.08      Certain Affiliate Transactions

 

iv


CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of January 26, 2016 (this “ Agreement ”) among GALLERIA CO., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), each Additional Borrower party hereto from time to time, the Lenders party hereto from time to time, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent.

WHEREAS, the Initial Borrower has requested that (A) the Term A Lenders extend credit in the form of Term A Loans on the Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000,000, (B) the Term B Lenders extend credit in the form of Term B Loans on the Escrow Date in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000,000 and (C) the Revolving Lenders extend credit in the form of Revolving Loans, the Swingline Lenders extend credit in the form of Swingline Loans and the Issuing Banks issue Letters of Credit in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding of up to $1,500,000,000;

WHEREAS, the proceeds of the Term Loans will be used to (A) to finance the Recapitalization and otherwise consummate the Transactions and (B) pay fees, costs and expenses related to the Transactions (including accrued and unpaid interest, ticking fees and applicable premiums). The proceeds of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans, and any Letters of Credit, as applicable, will be used (A) on the Closing Date, (i) to fund original issue discount or upfront fees related to the Loans, (ii) to finance a portion of the Transactions (including working capital and/or purchase price adjustments and the payment of fees, costs and expenses related to the Transactions) and (B) on and after the Recapitalization Date, (i) to fund working capital needs, and (ii) for general corporate purposes and (iii) for any other purpose not prohibited by the Loan Documents;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

ABR ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

Additional Borrower Joinder ” means an Additional Borrower Joinder, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto.

Additional Borrowers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.18 .

Additional Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(b) .

 

1


Adjusted EBITDA ” means, for any period (the “ Subject Period ”), the total of the following calculated without duplication for such period:

(a) the EBITDA of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

(b) on a Pro Forma Basis, the pro forma EBITDA (as adjusted by any increases pursuant to clauses (c)  and (d)  below) and cash distributions of any Prior Target (or, as applicable, the EBITDA and such cash distributions of any such Prior Target attributable to the assets acquired from such Prior Target), for any portion of such Subject Period occurring prior to the date of the acquisition of such Prior Target (or the related assets, as the case may be); plus

(c) extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring items; plus

(d) restructuring charges and related charges, accruals or reserves; and business optimization expense and related charges or expenses, including costs related to the opening, closure and/or consolidation of offices and facilities and the termination of distributor and joint venture arrangements (including the termination or discontinuance of activities constituting a business), retention charges, contract termination costs, recruiting and signing bonuses and expenses, systems establishment costs, conversion costs and consulting fees relating to the foregoing; plus

(e) (i) all fees, commissions, costs and expenses incurred or paid by the Parent and its Subsidiaries and (ii) transaction separation and integrations costs, in each case in connection with the Transactions and any Permitted Acquisition; plus

(f) pro forma cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies related to, and net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such Subject Period from, Specified Transactions, restructurings and cost savings initiatives (including the Global Efficiency Plan) that are reasonably identifiable, factually supportable and projected by the Parent in good faith to be realized, and to result from actions that have been taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken, committed to be taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Parent), in each case within twenty four (24) months after such acquisition, disposition or other Specified Transaction, restructuring, cost savings initiative or other initiative; plus

(g) pro forma cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies related to, and net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such Subject Period from, the Transactions that are reasonably identifiable, factually supportable and projected by the Parent in good faith to be realized, and to result from actions that have been taken, committed to be taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Parent), in each case within twenty four (24) months after the applicable step of the Transaction; plus

(h) without duplication of any amounts added back pursuant to clause (d) above, charges, fees and expenses in connection with the Global Efficiency Plan; minus

(i) the EBITDA of each Prior Company and, as applicable but without duplication, the EBITDA of the Parent and each Restricted Subsidiary attributable to all Prior Assets, in each case for any portion of such Subject Period occurring prior to the date of the disposal of such Prior Companies or Prior Assets.

 

2


Adjusted LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period or with respect to the determination of the Alternate Base Rate, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period or, with respect to the determination of the Alternate Base Rate, for a one (1) month interest period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.

Administrative Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (including its branches and affiliates), in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 9.06 .

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an administrative questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Affiliated Lender ” means a Lender that is a JAB Affiliate (excluding the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries).

Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption ” means an Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto.

Agent ” means collectively the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

All-In-Yield ” means as to any Indebtedness, the yield or effective interest rate thereof, whether in the form of interest rate, margin, original issue discount, upfront fees, recurring periodic fees in substance equivalent to interest, any interest rate floor (to the extent the operation of such floor would increase the yield on drawn amounts on the proposed date of incurrence thereof), or otherwise, in each case, incurred or payable by the applicable Borrower generally to all the lenders of such indebtedness; provided that original issue discount and upfront fees shall be equated to interest rate assuming a 4-year life to maturity (or, if less, the stated life to maturity at the time of its incurrence of the applicable Indebtedness); and provided , further , that “All-In Yield” shall not include arrangement fees, structuring fees, commitment fees, underwriting fees and other similar fees not paid generally to all lenders of such Indebtedness.

Alternate Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus  1 2 of 1% per annum and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one (1) month interest period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1% per annum; provided that solely with respect to Term B Loans the Alternate Base Rate shall not be less than 1.75% per annum. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively.

 

3


Alternative Currencies ” means Pounds Sterling, Swiss Franc, Canadian Dollars, Euro and any other currency reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and each applicable Revolving Lender that is freely convertible into Dollars and readily available in the London interbank market.

Annual Financial Statements ” means the combined audited financial statements of the Adjusted Galleria Business (hereinafter as defined in the Transaction Agreement) as of the last day of and for each fiscal year ended at least 90 days prior to the Closing Date (but in no case earlier than the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015), including the balance sheets and the income statement of the Adjusted Galleria Business, together with the notes thereto and accompanied by unqualified opinions of the independent accountants.

Annual Historical Financial Statements ” means the Full Year Financial Statements (as defined in the Transaction Agreement).

Anti-Corruption Laws ” means the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (Pub. L. No. 95 213, §§101 104), as amended, the UK Bribery Act of 2010 and any similar laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

Anticipated Cure Deadline ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.02(a) .

Applicable Credit Rating ” means, at any time, (a) the credit rating of the Credit Facilities assigned to the Credit Facilities by S&P and Moody’s at such time or (b) if the Credit Facilities shall not be rated by S&P and Moody’s at such time, the Parent’s corporate credit rating assigned by S&P and Moody’s at such time; provided that if at any time S&P shall no longer maintain any of the foregoing ratings, the Administrative Agent and the Parent shall determine the Applicable Credit Rating using the corresponding ratings level of a rating agency that is reasonably agreed to by the Administrative Agent and the Parent (a “ Replacement Rating Agency ”). If any rating established or deemed to have been established by S&P (or, if applicable, a Replacement Rating Agency) shall be changed (other than as a result of a change in the rating system of S&P or Moody’s or such Replacement Rating Agency), such change shall be effective as of the date on which such change is first announced by the rating agency making such change. If the rating system of S&P or Moody’s (or, if applicable, the then current Replacement Rating Agency) shall change, the Parent and the Required Lenders shall negotiate in good faith to amend the definition of “Collateral Release Period” to reflect such changed rating system or the non-availability of ratings from S&P or Moody’s (or such Replacement Rating Agency) and, pending the effectiveness of any such amendment, the Applicable Credit Rating shall be determined by reference to the rating most recently in effect from S&P or Moody’s (or such Replacement Rating Agency) prior to such change. If an Applicable Credit Rating shall not be available from S&P or Moody’s and the Administrative Agent shall have designated a Replacement Rating Agency, then the Parent and the Required Lenders shall negotiate in good faith to amend the definition of “Collateral Release Period” to reflect such Replacement Rating Agency. Pending the appointment of a Replacement Rating Agency and the effectiveness of any such amendment, the Applicable Credit Rating and Collateral Release Period shall be determined by reference to the rating most recently in effect prior to such unavailability.

 

4


Applicable Fiscal Year ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(d) .

Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Revolving Lender, subject to Section 2.21 , the percentage of the total Revolving Commitments represented by such Lender’s Revolving Commitment. If the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Revolving Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.

Applicable Rate ” means, for any day and with respect to any:

(a) Term B Loan, 3.00% in the case of Eurocurrency Loans and 2.00% in the case of ABR Loans, and

(b) Term A Loan or Revolving Loan and with respect to any letter of credit fee, as the case may be, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption, “Eurocurrency Spread”, “ABR Spread” or “Letter of Credit Fee”, as the case may be, based upon the Total Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period:

 

Category

  

Total Net Leverage Ratio

   Eurocurrency
Spread
    ABR
Spread
    Letter of
Credit Fee
 
1    Greater than or equal to 5.00:1.00      2.00     1.00     2.00
2    Less than 5.00:1.00 but greater than or equal to 4.00:1.00      1.75     0.75     1.75
3    Less than 4.00:1.00 but greater than or equal to 2.75:1.00      1.50     0.50     1.50
4    Less than 2.75:1.00 but greater than or equal to 2.00:1.00      1.25     0.25     1.25
5    Less than 2.00:1.00 but greater than or equal to 1.50:1.00      1.125     0.125     1.125
6    Less than 1.50:1.00      1.00     0     1.00

For purposes of the foregoing, (i) the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be determined as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period based upon the Parent’s consolidated financial statements most recently delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) ; provided , unless otherwise agreed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, that until delivery of the Parent’s consolidated financial statements for the first fiscal quarter ended after the Closing Date as required by Section 5.01(a) or (b), the “Applicable Rate” in this clause (b) shall be the applicable rate per annum set forth in Category 3 thereof and (ii) each change in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be effective during the period commencing on and including the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of such consolidated financial statements indicating such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change; provided further that the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be deemed to be in Category 1 if the Parent fails to deliver the consolidated financial statements required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) , during the period from the expiration of the time for delivery thereof until such consolidated financial statements are delivered.

 

5


Approved Electronic Communications ” means any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material that any Loan Party provides to the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to any agents hereunder or to Lenders by means of electronic communications pursuant to Section 10.01 .

Approved Fund ” means a Person (other than a natural person) that is primarily engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities and that is administered, advised or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages a Lender.

Arrangers ” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., RBC Capital Markets, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and ING Bank N.V., Dublin Branch.

Asset Swap ” means a concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets (or assets which prior to their sale or exchange have ceased to be Related Business Assets of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) between the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of the contractually agreeing to such transaction) as determined in good faith by the Parent.

Assignment and Assumption ” means an Assignment and Assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.03 ), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A-1 or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Available Amount ” means, at any date, an amount equal to the sum of:

(a) $150,000,000; plus

(b) an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, equal to 50% of Consolidated Net Income of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the first day of the fiscal quarter during which the Closing Date occurs to the end of the fiscal quarter most recently ended in respect of which a Compliance Certificate has been delivered as required hereunder; plus

(c) the Net Proceeds (or, if the proceeds thereof (including any assets acquired in connection with acquisitions permitted hereunder for which the Parent issued Equity Interests as consideration) are other than cash, the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Parent) of such proceeds) actually received by the Parent from and after the Closing Date to such date from any capital contributions to, or the sale or issuance of Equity Interests of the Parent (other than (i) Disqualified Equity Interests, (ii) Equity Interests issued or sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to

 

6


the date of determination, (iii) Equity Interests the Net Proceeds of which are used to repay long-term Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than (i) revolving loans or (ii) Indebtedness of a Person, or Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the assets, being acquired in connection with acquisitions permitted hereunder for which the Parent issues Equity Interests as consideration), (iv) Specified Equity Contributions and (v) Excluded Contributions) ; plus

(d) the Net Proceeds of Indebtedness and Disqualified Equity Interests of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case issued after the Escrow Date, which have been exchanged or converted into Equity Interests (other than of Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Parent; plus

(e) the Net Proceeds received by Parent, the Borrowers and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries of Dispositions of Investments made using the Available Amount; plus

(f) returns, profits and distributions received in cash or Cash Equivalents by Parent, the Borrowers and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries on Investments made using the Available Amount (including Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries); plus

(g) the Investments of Parent, the Borrowers and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries made using the Available Amount in any Unrestricted Subsidiary that has been re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or that has been merged or consolidated with or into Parent or any Borrower or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries (up to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by Parent and the Borrowers) of the Investments of Parent, the Borrowers and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such re-designation or merger or consolidation); plus

(h) Declined Amounts; minus

(i) (i) Investments made in reliance on Section 6.04(k) or (v) , (ii) Restricted Payments made in reliance on Section 6.07(a)(ix) and (iii) payments made in reliance on Section 6.07(b)(iv) .

Bail-In Action ” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation ” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Borrowers ” means the Initial Borrower and any Additional Borrower.

Borrowing ” means (a) Loans of the same Class and Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans as to which a single Interest Period is in effect or (b) a Swingline Loan.

 

7


Borrowing Request ” means a request by the applicable Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03 , which shall be in the form of Exhibit L or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, (a) when used in connection with a Eurocurrency Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in deposits in the applicable currency in the London interbank market or any day on which banks in London are not open for general business, (b) when used in connection with any Loans or Letters of Credit denominated in Euro, such date shall also exclude any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) payment system (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system (if any) determined by the Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) is not open for the settlement of payments in Euro and (c) when used in connection with any Loans or Letters of Credit denominated in Canadian Dollars, such date shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for business in Calgary, Alberta, Ontario, Montreal or Quebec.

Capital Expenditures ” means, for any period and a Person, without duplication (a) the additions to property, plant and equipment and other capital expenditures of such Person and its consolidated subsidiaries that are (or would be) set forth in a consolidated statement of cash flows of such Person for such period prepared in accordance with GAAP and (b) Capital Lease Obligations incurred by such Person and its consolidated subsidiaries during such period.

Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of a Borrower that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).

Carryover Amount ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.07(a)(v) .

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(a) Dollars;

(b) Canadian Dollars, Swiss Francs, Pounds Sterling, Japanese Yen, Euros, any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU and any other Alternative Currency;

(c) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

8


(d) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition, demand deposits, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic or foreign commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(e) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (c) , (d)  and (h)  entered into with any financial institution or recognized securities dealer meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d) above;

(f) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation or acquisition thereof and Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(g) marketable short-term money market and similar funds having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency);

(h) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency) with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(i) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any foreign government or any political subdivision or public instrumentality thereof, in each case having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency) with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(j) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another rating agency);

(k) other Investments described in the Parent’s investment policy provided to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date; and

(l) investment funds investing at least 90.0% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (j)  above.

In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary or Investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also include investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (a) through (h)  and clauses (j)

 

9


through (l)  above of foreign obligors (including investments that are denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (a)  and (b)  above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (a)  and (b)  as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten (10) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts), which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies.

CDOR Rate ” means, on any date with respect to a Borrowing denoniminated in Canadian Dollars, the per annum rate of interest which is the rate determined as being the arithmetic average of the annual yield rates applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances having identical issue and comparable maturity dates as the applicable Borrowing, displayed and identified as such on the display referred to as the “CDOR Page” (or any display substituted therefor) of Reuters Limited (or any successor thereto or Affiliate thereof) as at approximately 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, then on the immediately preceding Business Day (as adjusted by the Administrative Agent in good faith after 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) to reflect any error in a posted rate or in the posted average annual rate).

CFC ” means a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957(a) of the Code.

CFC Holdco ” means a Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of whose assets consist (directly or indirectly through entities that are disregarded for United States federal income tax purposes) of the Equity Interests and/or Indebtedness of one or more CFCs.

Change in Control ” means any of the following:

(a) (i) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date of this Agreement) (other than the Owner Group and other than as a result of the Transactions) acquires or holds (A) 35% or more of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Parent and (B) that amount of shares acquired or held by such “person” or “group” exceeds the Parent’s Equity Interests held, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by the Owner Group at such time; or

(b) Parent shall cease to own except in the case of transactions that are expressly permitted under this Agreement or contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Equity Interests of any Additional Borrower;

(c) the board of directors of the Parent shall cease to consist of a majority of Continuing Directors except as a result of the Transactions or as contemplated by the Transaction Agreement; or

(d) the occurrence of a “Change in Control” or any comparable event with respect to Parent or any Borrower resulting in a requirement for Parent or such Borrower to prepay or make an offer to purchase the Coty Facilities (after the Merger Date) or any Permitted Ratio Debt, Incremental Equivalent Debt, any Refinancing Notes or any Refinancing Junior Loans with an aggregate principal amount outstanding in excess of the Threshold Amount, as the term “Change in Control” or those events are defined under the Coty Credit Agreement or any of the documentation evidencing and governing any of the any Permitted Ratio Debt, Incremental Equivalent Debt, any Refinancing Notes or any Refinancing Junior Loans, as applicable.

 

10


Change in Law ” means (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender or any Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.15(b) , by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision or by United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives promulgated by the European Commission or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to any Capital Requirement Directive (including CRD IV) and (iii) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith or in implementation thereof, shall in each case be deemed to be a Change in Law, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented.

Class ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans, USD/Multicurrency Revolving Loans, Term Loans, Term A Loans, Term B Loans, Swingline Loans, Loans made pursuant to any Specified Refinancing Debt constituting revolving facility commitments, Loans made pursuant to any Specified Refinancing Debt constituting term loans, Loans made pursuant to an Incremental Revolving Commitment (other than an Incremental Revolving Commitment that is an increase of an existing revolving commitment), Loans made pursuant to an Incremental Term Facility and, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving Commitment, USD/ Multicurrency Revolving Commitment, Term Commitment, Term B Commitment, Specified Refinancing Debt constituting revolving facility commitment, Specified Refinancing Debt constituting term loan commitment, an Incremental Revolving Commitment (other than an Incremental Revolving Commitment that is an increase of an existing revolving commitment) or a commitment for Incremental Term Loans.

Closing Bank Letter ” means the bank letter substantially in the form of Exhibit K.

Closing Date ” means, subject to the last sentence of Section 2.08(a), the date which the Initial Borrower specifies in an initial borrowing request for Revolving Loans and/or Term A Loans and on which the conditions specified in Section 4.02 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 10.02 ) and shall be no more than ten (10) Business Days prior to the Recapitalization Date.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral ” has the meaning given to such term in the Security Agreement.

 

11


Collateral Agent ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 9.06 .

Collateral and Guarantee Requirement ” means, at any time, subject to (x) the applicable limitations set forth in this Agreement and/or any other Loan Document and (y) the time periods (and extensions thereof) set forth in Section 5.10 , the requirement that:

(a) the Collateral Agent shall have received each Security Document required to be delivered (x) on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.02(a)(ii) or (y) pursuant to Section 5.10 at such time required by such Section to be delivered, in each case, duly executed by each Loan Party that is party thereto;

(b) all Obligations shall have been unconditionally guaranteed by each Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary);

(c) except to the extent otherwise provided hereunder or under any Security Document, after the Merger Date, the Obligations and the Guaranty shall have been secured by a perfected security interest, subject to no Liens other than the Liens permitted under Section 6.02 , in all Equity Interests of each wholly owned Material Subsidiary directly owned by the Parent or any Other Loan Party (which security interest, in the case of Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary or any CFC Holdco shall be limited to 65% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary or CFC Holdco, as the case may be), in each case other than any Excluded Equity Interests;

(d) except to the extent otherwise provided hereunder or under any Security Document, the Obligations and the Guaranty shall have been secured by a perfected security interest, subject to no Liens other than the Liens permitted under Section 6.02 , in the Collateral, in each case, with the priority required by the Security Documents, to the extent required under, and subject to exceptions and limitations otherwise set forth in this Agreement and the Security Documents; and

Subject to the time periods set forth in Section 5.15 , the Collateral Agent shall have received (i) a Mortgage with respect to each Material Real Property, if any, (the “ Mortgaged Properties ”), duly executed by the record owner of such Mortgaged Property (ii) a policy or policies of title insurance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, naming the Collateral Agent as the insured for the benefit of the Lenders, issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent insuring the Lien of each such Mortgage as a valid and enforceable Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, together with such endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, (iii) prior to the execution and delivery of each Mortgage, a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency standard flood hazard determination with respect to the Mortgaged Property encumbered by such Mortgage, and if any Mortgaged Property is located in an area determined by the Federal Emergency Management Agency to have special flood hazards, a copy of, or a certificate as to coverage under, and a declaration page relating to, the flood insurance policies required by Section 5.06(c) , each of which shall (v) be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a “standard” or “New York” lender’s loss payable or mortgagee

 

12


endorsement (to the event available), (w) identify the addresses of each property located in a special flood hazard area, (x) indicate the applicable flood zone designation, the flood insurance coverage and the deductible relating thereto, (y) provide that to the extent commercially available the insurer will give the Collateral Agent 45 days written notice of cancellation or non-renewal and (z) shall be otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, and (iv) such surveys, abstracts, appraisals, legal opinions and other documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request with respect to any such Mortgage or Mortgaged Property.

The foregoing definition shall not require, and the Loan Documents shall not contain any requirements as to, the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, Mortgages on, or the obtaining of title insurance, surveys, abstracts or appraisals or taking other actions with respect to any Excluded Assets.

The Collateral Agent may grant extensions of time for the perfection of security interests in, or the delivery of any Mortgage and the obtaining of title insurance, surveys and opinions with respect to, particular assets and the delivery of assets (including extensions beyond the Closing Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties on such date) where it reasonably determines, in consultation with the Parent, that perfection cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Security Documents.

No actions required by the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction shall be required in order to create any security interests in any assets or to perfect or make enforceable such security interests (including any intellectual property registered in any non-U.S. jurisdiction) (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction or any requirement to make any filings in any foreign jurisdiction including with respect to foreign intellectual property). No actions shall be required with respect to assets requiring perfection through control agreements or perfection by “control” (as defined in the UCC) (other than in respect of Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than intercompany Indebtedness) owing to the Loan Parties evidenced by a note in excess of $5,000,000, Indebtedness of any non-Loan Party that is owing to any Loan Party (which shall be evidenced by the Global Intercompany Note and pledged to the Collateral Agent) and certificated Equity Interests of wholly owned Restricted Subsidiaries that are Material Subsidiaries otherwise required to be pledged pursuant to the Security Agreement to the extent required under clause (c) above).

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, it is understood that, other than with respect to any UCC Filing Collateral (as defined below), Liens on any Collateral are not required to be provided and/or perfected before the Merger Date, and the delivery, the provision and/or perfection of a Lien on such Collateral shall not constitute a condition precedent for purposes of Section 4.02 or Section 4.03 , but instead shall be required to be delivered after the Merger Date in accordance with Section 5.15 . For purposes of this paragraph, “ UCC Filing Collateral ” means Collateral, including Collateral constituting investment property, for which a security interest can be perfected solely by filing a UCC-1 financing statement. For the avoidance of doubt, until after the Merger Date, creation or perfection of Liens shall not be required in uncertificated equity or membership interests, Stock Certificates, Principal Domestic Manufacturing Properties

 

13


and Indebtedness for borrowed money. “ Stock Certificates ” means Collateral consisting of certificates representing capital stock or other equity interests of each wholly-owned Material Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary and a Restricted Subsidiary (subject to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement) for which a security interest can be perfected by delivering such certificates, together with undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank for each such certificate.

Collateral Release Period ” shall mean any period during which (i) the Applicable Credit Rating is at least BBB- (with stable or better outlook) from S&P and at least Baa3 (with stable or better outlook) from Moody’s, (ii) no Event of Default then exists and (iii) no Term B Loans or any other Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrowers or any of the Other Loan Parties (other than the Obligations) that is secured is then outstanding. Each Collateral Release Period shall (x) commence upon (a) the Parent’s satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the immediately preceding sentence and (b) certification by the Parent thereof and (y) shall terminate on the first date following the commencement of such Collateral Release Period on which the Parent ceases to satisfy any of the above conditions.

Commitment ” means a Revolving Commitment or the Term Commitment, or any combination thereof (as the context requires).

Commitment Letter ” means that certain Amended and Restated Commitment Letter dated as of August 14, 2015 among the Initial Borrower and the Arrangers.

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. §1 et. seq.), as amended from time to time and any successor statute.

Connection Income Taxes ” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period and any Person (a “ Subject Person ”), such Subject Person’s consolidated net income (or loss) determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding (i) any extraordinary, non-recurring, non-operating gains, charges or losses and/or any non-cash gains, charges or losses (including (x) costs of, and payments of, actual or prospective legal settlements, fines, judgments or orders, (y) costs of, and payments of, corporate reorganizations and (z) gains, income, losses, expenses or charges (less all fees and expenses chargeable thereto) attributable to any sales or dispositions of Equity Interests or assets (including asset retirement costs) or returned surplus assets of any employee benefit plan outside of the ordinary course of business), and (ii) including or in addition to the above, the following:

(a) the income (or loss) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, any other Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary but whose accounts would be consolidated with those of the Subject Person in the Subject Person’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP or any other Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) in which the Subject Person or a subsidiary has an ownership interest (including any joint venture); provided , however , that Consolidated Net Income shall include amounts in respect of the income of such Person when actually received in cash by the Subject Person or such subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions;

 

14


(b) the income or loss of any Person acquired by the Subject Person or a subsidiary for any period prior to the date of such acquisition (provided such income or loss may be included in the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA to the extent provided in the definition thereof);

(c) the cumulative effect of any change in accounting principles during such period;

(d) any net gains, income, charges, losses, expenses or charges with respect to (i) disposed, abandoned, closed and discontinued operations (other than assets held for sale) and any accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities and on the disposal of disposed, abandoned, and discontinued operations and (ii) facilities, plants or distribution centers that have been closed during such period;

(e) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Subject Person) in the Subject Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP (including in the inventory, property and equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets, in-process research and development, deferred revenue, deferred rent and debt line items thereof) resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or acquisition accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the Transactions or any consummated recapitalization or acquisition transaction or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof;

(f) any net income or loss (less all fees and expenses or charges related thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness (and the termination of any associated Swap Agreements);

(g) any (i) write-off or amortization made in such period of deferred financing costs and premiums paid or other expenses incurred directly in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness, (ii) good will or other asset impairment charges, write-offs or write-downs or (iii) amortization of intangible assets;

(h) any non-cash compensation charge, cost, expense, accrual or reserve, including any such charge, cost, expense, accrual or reserve arising from the grant of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other equity incentive programs, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payment of management equity in connection with the Transactions;

(i) any fees, costs, commissions and expenses incurred or paid by the Subject Person (or any JAB Affiliate) during such period (including rationalization, legal, Tax and structuring fees, costs and expenses), or any amortization or write-off thereof for such period in connection with or pursuant to (i) the Transactions (including shared costs and Tax formation costs, in each case, relating solely to the consummation of the Transactions, whether incurred before or after the Closing Date) or the Loan Documents and (ii) any Investment (other than an Investment among the Parent and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of operations), Disposition (other than Dispositions of inventory or Dispositions among the Parent and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of operations), incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (other than the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness among the Parent and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary

 

15


course of operations), issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment, waiver or modification of any Indebtedness (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction;

(j) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve (12) months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of the Transactions, in accordance with GAAP or as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies;

(k) any unrealized or realized net foreign currency translation gains or losses and unrealized net foreign currency transaction gains or losses, in each case impacting net income (including currency re-measurements of Indebtedness, any applicable net gains or losses resulting from Swap Agreements for currency exchange risk associated with the above or any other currency related risk and those resulting from intercompany Indebtedness); and

(l) unrealized net losses, charges or expenses and unrealized net gains in the fair market value of any arrangements under Swap Agreements.

Continuing Directors ” means the directors of the Parent on the Closing Date and each other director, if such other director’s election to the board of the directors of the Parent is recommended by, or such other director’s election is approved by, at least a majority of the then Continuing Directors.

Contract Consideration ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow.”

Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Contribution ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Transactions”.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Coty ” means Coty Inc.

Coty Administrative Agent ” means the “Administrative Agent” under the Coty Credit Agreement.

Coty Credit Agreement ” means that certain credit agreement dated October 27, 2015, among Coty, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the other lenders party thereto, as from time to time amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, extended, renewed, replaced, refinanced or otherwise modified.

 

16


Coty Facilities ” means the credit facilities issued pursuant to the Coty Credit Agreement.

Coty Guarantors ” shall have the meaning provided to such term in Section 6.01(x) .

Credit Facilities ” means the Revolving Facility and each Term Facility.

Date of Full Satisfaction ” means, as of any date, that on or before such date: (a) the principal of and interest accrued to such date on each Loan (other than the contingent LC Exposure) shall have been paid in full in cash, (b) all fees, expenses and other amounts then due and payable which constitute Loan Obligations (other than the contingent LC Exposure and other contingent amounts for which no claim or demand has been made) shall have been paid in full in cash, (c) the Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, and (d) the contingent LC Exposure shall have been secured by: (i) the grant of a first priority, perfected Lien on cash or Cash Equivalents in an amount at least equal to 102% of the amount of such LC Exposure or other collateral which is reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank or (ii) the issuance of a “back-to-back” letter of credit in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank with an original face amount at least equal to 102% of the amount of such LC Exposure.

Declined Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(h) .

Declining Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(h) .

Default ” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both (as provided for in Section 8.01 ) would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that has: (a) failed to fund any portion of its Loans or participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans within two (2) Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Issuing Banks and the Swingline Lender in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, (b) notified a Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Swingline Lender or any Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement or has made a public statement to the effect that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) failed, within two (2) Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm that it will comply with the terms of this Agreement relating to its obligations to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans; provided that any Lender that has failed to give such timely confirmation shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender under this clause (c)  immediately upon the delivery of such confirmation, (d) otherwise failed to pay over to the

 

17


Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within two (2) Business Days of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, or (e) (i) become or is insolvent or has a parent company that has become or is insolvent, (ii) become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or, other than via an Undisclosed Administration, has had a receiver, conservator, trustee or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment or has a parent company that has become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or, other than via an Undisclosed Administration, has had a receiver, conservator, trustee or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment or (iii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interests in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.

Deposit Obligations ” means all obligations, indebtedness, and liabilities of any member of the Group, or any one of them, to any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender which have been designated by the Parent by written notice to the Administrative Agent as entitled to the security of the Collateral and which arise pursuant to any treasury, purchasing card, deposit, lock box, commercial credit card, stored value card, employee credit card program, controlled disbursement, ACH transactions, return items, interstate deposit network services, dealer incentive, supplier finance or similar programs, Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication transfer, cash pooling, operation foreign exchange management or cash management services or arrangements (including in connection with any automated clearing house transfers of funds or any similar transactions between the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Lender, Affiliate of a Lender, Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent) entered into by such Lender or Affiliate with the Group, or any member of the Group, whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether direct, indirect, related, unrelated, fixed, contingent, liquidated, unliquidated, joint, several, or joint and several, including, without limitation, the obligation, indebtedness, and liabilities of the Group, or any one of them, to repay any credit extended in connection with such arrangements, interest thereon, and all fees, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) provided for in the documentation executed in connection therewith.

Designated Equity Contribution ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.02(a) .

Designated Loans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(c) .

Designating Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(c) .

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means the fair market value (as determined by the Parent in good faith) of non-Cash consideration received by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Disposition pursuant to Section 6.05(m) that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent, setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale or conversion of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration to cash or Cash Equivalents).

 

18


Disposition ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.05 .

Disqualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interest into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligations or otherwise, (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interest that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, on or prior to the 91st day following the Term B Loan Maturity Date; provided that (i) any Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Parent to repurchase such Disqualified Equity Interests upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests if the terms of such Equity Interests (and all securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) provide that the Parent may not repurchase or redeem any such Equity Interests (and all securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) pursuant to such provision unless the Loan Obligations are fully satisfied simultaneously therewith and (ii) only the portion of the Equity Interests meeting one of the foregoing clauses (a)  through (d)  prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Term B Loan Maturity Date will be deemed to be Disqualified Equity Interests. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, (A) if such Equity Interest is issued pursuant to any plan for the benefit of directors, officers, employees, members of management, managers or consultants or by any such plan to such directors, officers, employees, members of management, managers or consultants, in each case in the ordinary course of business of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, such Equity Interest shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the issuer thereof in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations, and (B) no Equity Interest held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager, member of management or consultant (or their respective Affiliates or immediate family members) of the Parent (or any Subsidiary) shall be considered Disqualified Equity Interests because such stock is redeemable or subject to repurchase pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement, stock option, stock appreciation right or other stock award agreement, stock ownership plan, put agreement, stockholder agreement or similar agreement that may be in effect from time to time.

Disqualified Institution ” means competitors of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that are in the same or a similar line of business and, in each case, identified in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time (each such entity, a “ Competitor ”) and Affiliates of Competitors to the extent such affiliates are clearly identifiable on the basis of such affiliates’ names or designated in writing by the Parent from time to time and to the extent such affiliates are not bona fide debt funds or investment vehicles that are engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business with appropriate information barriers in place; provided , however , that a list of Disqualified Institutions identified above shall be made available to all Lenders

 

19


upon request by the Administrative Agent; provided , further that no such updates to the list shall be deemed to retroactively disqualify any parties that have previously acquired an assignment or participation interest in respect of the Loans from continuing to hold or vote such previously acquired assignments and participations on the terms set forth herein for Lenders that are not Disqualified Institutions.

Dollars ” or “ $ ” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

Dollar Equivalent ” means, at any date of determination, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in any currency other than Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate in effect on such date for the purchase of Dollars with such currency. The Dollar Equivalent at any time of the amount of any Letter of Credit, LC Disbursement or Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency shall be the amount most recently determined as provided in Section 1.06 .

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any State of the United States of America or the District of Columbia.

EBITDA ” means, for any period and any Person, the total of the following each calculated without duplication on a consolidated basis for such period:

(a) Consolidated Net Income; plus

(b) any provision for (or less any benefit from) income or franchise Taxes included in determining Consolidated Net Income; plus

(c) interest expense (including the interest portion of Capital Lease Obligations) deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income; plus

(d) amortization and depreciation expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income; plus

(e) to the extent not disregarded in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income, non-cash charges; plus

(f) the amount of any fee, cost, expense or reserve to the extent actually reimbursed or reimbursable by third parties pursuant to indemnification or reimbursement provisions or similar agreements or insurance; provided that, such Person in good faith expects to receive reimbursement for such fee, cost, expense or reserve within the next four fiscal quarters (it being understood that to the extent not actually received within such fiscal quarters, such reimbursement amounts shall be deducted in calculating EBITDA for such fiscal quarters); plus

(g) the amount of any expense or deduction associated with any subsidiary of such Person attributable to non-controlling interests or minority interests of third parties; plus

(h) the amount of loss on sales of receivables and related assets to the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a permitted receivables financing; plus

 

20


(i) proceeds of business interruption insurance in an amount representing the earnings for the applicable period that such proceeds are intended to replace (whether or not received so long as such Person in good faith expects to receive the same within the next four fiscal quarters (it being understood that to the extent not actually received within such fiscal quarters, such proceeds shall be deducted in calculating EBITDA for such fiscal quarters)); plus

(j) any earn out obligation and contingent consideration obligations (including adjustments thereof and purchase price adjustments) incurred in connection with any Investment made in compliance with Section 6.04 or any Investment consummated prior to the Escrow Date, which is paid or accrued during such period.

EEA Financial Institution ” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent;

EEA Member Country ” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority ” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Eligible Assignee ” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 10.03(b) (subject to receipt of such consents, if any, as may be required for the assignment of the applicable Loans and/or Commitments to such Person under Section 10.03(b) ); provided that in any event, “ Eligible Assignee ” shall not include (i) any natural person or (ii) any Disqualified Institution.

EMU ” means the Economic and Monetary Union of the European Union.

EMU Legislation ” means the legislative measures of the European Union relating to the EMU.

Environmental Laws ” means all applicable laws (including common law), rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices, binding agreements or other legally enforceable requirements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, regulating, relating in any way to or imposing standards of conduct concerning the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, health and safety as it relates to environmental protection or to Hazardous Materials in products and associated labeling or packaging content restrictions relating to environmental attributes.

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of any Person resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) the

 

21


release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (d) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Interests ” means shares of the capital stock, partnership interests, membership interest in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity interests or any warrants, options or other rights to acquire such interests but excluding any debt securities convertible into such Equity Interests.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with a Loan Party, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event ” means (a) any Reportable Event; (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of a non-exempt Prohibited Transaction; (c) any failure by any Pension Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Sections 412 or 430 of the Code or Sections 302 or 303 of ERISA) applicable to such Pension Plan, whether or not waived; (d) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standards with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure by any Loan Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan; (e) the incurrence by any Loan Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Pension Plan, including but not limited to the imposition of any Lien in favor of the PBGC or any Pension Plan; (f) a determination that any Pension Plan is, or is reasonably expected to be, in “at-risk” status (within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA); (g) the receipt by any Loan Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Pension Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA; (h) the incurrence by any Loan Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (i) the failure by any Loan Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (j) the receipt by any Loan Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, Insolvent or in endangered or critical status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA) or (k) with respect to any Foreign Benefit Plan, (A) the failure to make or remit any employer or employee contributions required by applicable Law or by the terms of such Foreign Benefit Plan; (B) the failure to register or loss of registration in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities of any such Foreign Benefit Plan required to be registered; or (C) the failure of such Foreign Benefit Plan to comply with any material provisions of applicable Law or regulations or with the material terms of such Foreign Benefit Plan.

 

22


Escrow Account ” means the Escrow Account (as defined in the Escrow Agreement).

Escrow Agent ” means the Escrow Agent (as defined in the Escrow Agreement).

Escrow Agreement ” means an escrow agreement entered into by the Initial Borrower on the Escrow Date with an escrow agent reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Escrow Date ” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 10.02 ).

Escrow Debt ” means Indebtedness incurred in connection with any transaction permitted hereunder for so long as proceeds thereof have been deposited into an escrow account on customary terms to secure such Indebtedness pending the application of such proceeds to finance such transaction.

Escrow Period ” means the period from the funding of the Term B Loans on the Escrow Date through the release of the proceeds of such Term B Loans from the Escrow Account on the Escrow Release Date.

Escrow Release Date ” the date which the Initial Borrower specifies in a borrowing request for the release of the proceeds of the Term B Loans from the Escrow Account in accordance with the Escrow Agreement, which date shall occur on or within one Business Day following the Recapitalization Date.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Euro ” or “ ” means the single currency of the Participating Member States introduced in accordance with the EMU Legislation.

Eurocurrency ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate but does not include any Loan or Borrowing bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to clause (c)  of the definition of the term “Alternate Base Rate.”

Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01 .

Excess Cash Flow ” means, for any period, the sum (without duplication) of:

(a) Consolidated Net Income of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries; minus

(b) the sum of the following: (i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash gains or credits included in arriving at Consolidated Net Income; (ii) mandatory prepayments pursuant to Section 2.11(c) (in each case, to the extent such proceeds increased Excess Cash Flow); (iii) the principal portion of required and voluntary repayments of Indebtedness (other than voluntary repayments on the Loans); (iv) cash used (or committed to be used pursuant to binding

 

23


documentation) for Capital Expenditures, Permitted Acquisitions and other permitted Investments (including contracted Capital Expenditures, Investments and acquisitions so long as (A) such amounts are contractually committed by the last day of the fiscal year of the applicable Excess Cash Flow period, (B) such amounts are utilized (and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be deducted when used) during the fiscal year immediately following such Excess Cash Flow period and (C) any amounts not utilized during such fiscal year immediately following such Excess Cash Flow period shall be included in the calculation of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year) and all Restricted Payments due in respect of that period (whether or not paid) made under the permissions of Section 6.07 (other than (x) Restricted Payments made in reliance on the Available Amount (except if funded with amounts set forth under clause (b)  of “Available Amount” generated during such fiscal year) and (y) solely to the extent paid to the Parent or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and, in each case, except to the extent financed with long-term indebtedness); (v) cash payments by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness; (vi) the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees and pension contributions) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed or deducted (or exceed the amount expensed or deducted) during such period; (vii) the amount of cash taxes paid or payable in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period; (viii) an amount equal to all expenses, charges and losses excluded in calculating Consolidated Net Income, in each case, to the extent paid or payable in cash; (ix) cash generated through the income of any Restricted Subsidiary (foreign or domestic) to the extent that the payment of such cash to the Loan Parties, whether by dividends or similar distributions, intercompany loan repayments or otherwise (1) is not at the time of calculation permitted by operation of any requirements of law applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or (2) would at the time of calculation result in material adverse Tax consequences; provided , however , that to the extent such prohibition in clause (ix)(1) or material adverse Tax consequences in clause (ix)(2) does not exist at the time of any future calculation, any amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow pursuant to clause (ix)(1) or (ix)(2), as applicable, which have not already been added to Excess Cash Flow pursuant to this proviso, shall be added to Excess Cash Flow at the time of such future calculation and (x) without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, at the option of the Parent, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by Parent or the Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such period or otherwise budgeted to be paid in cash, in either case, relating to Investments, Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures, capitalized software expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property expected to be consummated or made during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Parent following the end of such period; provided that, to the extent the aggregate amount of cash actually utilized to finance such Investments, Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures, capitalized software expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration or amount otherwise budgeted for, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters. Expenditures shall be considered “un-financed” for purposes of this definition unless paid with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving facilities including the Revolving Loans).

 

24


Excluded Accounts ” has the meaning given to such term in the Security Agreement.

Excluded Assets ” means:

(a) (x) any fee owned real property other than any Material Real Property and (y) any real property leasehold rights and interests (it being understood there shall be no requirement to obtain any landlord or other third party waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters) or any fixtures affixed to any real property to the extent (A) such real property does not constitute Collateral and (B) a security interest in such fixtures may not be perfected by a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement in the jurisdiction of organization of the applicable Borrower or Other Loan Party;

(b) motor vehicles, aircraft and other assets subject to certificates of title;

(c) commercial tort claims that, in the reasonable determination of the Parent, are not expected to result in a judgment in excess of $7,500,000;

(d) letter of credit rights (other than to the extent consisting of supporting obligations that can be perfected solely by the filing of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement (it being understood that no actions shall be required to perfect a security interest in letter of credit rights other than filing of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement));

(e) any governmental licenses or state or local franchises, charters and authorizations, to the extent a security interest in any such license, franchise, charter or authorization is prohibited or restricted thereby (after giving effect to the applicable provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code);

(f) assets to the extent the pledge thereof or grant of security interests therein (x) is prohibited or restricted by applicable Law, rule or regulation, (y) would cause the destruction, invalidation or abandonment of such asset under applicable Law, rule or regulation, or (z) requires any consent, approval, license or other authorization of any third party or Governmental Authority (after giving effect to the applicable provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code);

(g) Excluded Equity Interest;

(h) Excluded Accounts;

(i) any lease, license or agreement, or any property subject to a purchase money security interest, capital lease obligation or similar arrangement, in each case to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license or agreement or purchase money or similar arrangement or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than Parent, any Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) or otherwise require consent thereunder (other than from Parent, any Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary), after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code, other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the Uniform Commercial Code notwithstanding such prohibition;

 

25


(j) any assets to the extent a security interest in such assets would result in material adverse Tax consequences as reasonably determined by the Parent in consultation with the Administrative Agent;

(k) any intent-to-use application trademark application prior to the filing, and acceptance by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, of a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” with respect thereto, to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark application under applicable federal law;

(l) assets where the cost of obtaining a security interest therein is excessive in relation to the practical benefit to the Lenders afforded thereby as reasonably determined between the Parent and the Administrative Agent; and

(m) any acquired property (including property acquired through acquisition or merger of another entity) if at the time of such acquisition the granting of a security interest therein or the pledge thereof is prohibited by any contract or other agreement (in each case, not created in contemplation thereof) to the extent and for so long as such contract or other agreement prohibits such security interest or pledge (excluding any prohibition or restriction that is ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code).

Excluded Contribution ” means the Net Proceeds actually received in cash by the Parent from and after the Closing Date to such date from any capital contributions to, or the sale of Equity Interests of, the Parent (other than (a) Disqualified Equity Interests, (b) Equity Interests issued or sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination, (c) Equity Interests the Net Proceeds of which are used to repay long-term Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than revolving loans), (d) Specified Equity Contributions or (e) amounts that have previously been (or are simultaneously being) applied to the Available Amount).

Excluded Equity Interest ” means (A) margin stock, (B) Equity Interests of any Person other than any Borrower or any wholly owned Material Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary directly owned by a Borrower or any Loan Party, (C) Equity Interests of any Material Subsidiary that is a wholly owned Foreign Subsidiary or CFC Holdco directly owned by a Borrower or any Loan Party in excess of 65% of such Material Subsidiary’s issued and outstanding Equity Interests, (D) any Equity Interest to the extent the pledge thereof would be prohibited by any Law or contractual obligation (excluding any prohibition or restriction that is ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code), (E) any Equity Interests with respect to which the Parent and the Administrative Agent have reasonably determined that the cost or other consequences (including material adverse Tax consequences) of pledging or perfecting a security interest in such Equity Interests are excessive in relation to the benefit to the Secured Parties of the security to be afforded thereby, (F) the Equity Interests of any Excluded Subsidiary (other than any Foreign Subsidiary or CFC Holdco), and (G) any other Equity Interests that constitute Excluded Assets.

 

26


Excluded Subsidiary ” means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Parent, (b) any Foreign Subsidiary, (c) any Domestic Subsidiary (i) that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of a CFC or (ii) that is a CFC Holdco, (d) any Subsidiary, including any regulated entity that is subject to net worth or net capital or similar capital and surplus restrictions, that is prohibited or restricted by applicable Law, accounting policies or by contractual obligation existing on the Closing Date (or, with respect to any Subsidiary acquired by Parent, a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date (and so long as such contractual obligation was not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition (including, for avoidance of doubt, in connection with the Merger), on the date such Subsidiary is so acquired) from providing a Guaranty, or if such Guaranty would require governmental (including regulatory) or third party consent, approval, license or authorization, (e) any special purpose securitization vehicle (or similar entity), (f) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, (g) any not for profit Subsidiary, (h) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (i) each Unrestricted Subsidiary, (j) any Restricted Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition with Indebtedness assumed pursuant to Section 6.01(g ) to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary would be prohibited from providing the Guaranty, or consent would be required (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of such Indebtedness, (k) any Subsidiary with respect to which the Guaranty would result in material adverse Tax consequences as reasonably determined by the Parent in consultation with the Administrative Agent, (l) any other Subsidiary with respect to which the Administrative Agent and the Parent reasonably agree that the burden or cost of providing the Guaranty shall outweigh the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom and (m) prior to the Merger Date, any Subsidiary that is not anticipated to be part of the Galleria Business after the Merger Date in accordance with the Transaction Agreement.

Excluded Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Loan Party, any obligation (a “ Specified Swap Obligation ”) to pay or perform under any agreement, contract, or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act, if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guaranty of such Loan Party of, or the grant by such Loan Party of a security interest to secure, such Specified Swap Obligation (or any Guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation, or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Loan Party’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act at the time the Guaranty of such Loan Party, or a grant by such Loan Party of a security interest, becomes effective with respect to such Specified Swap Obligation. If a Specified Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Specified Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guaranty or security interest becomes illegal.

Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a

 

27


Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 2.19(b) ) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.17(a) , amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.17(f) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

Extended Revolving Commitments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.24(b) .

Extended Term Loans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.24(a) .

Extending Revolving Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.24(c) .

Extending Term Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.24(c) .

Extension ” means the establishment of an Extension Series by amending a Loan pursuant to Section 2.24 and the applicable Extension Amendment.

Extension Amendment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.24(d) .

Extension Election ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.24(c) .

Extension Request ” means any Term Loan Extension Request or a Revolver Extension Request, as the case may be.

Extension Series ” means any Term Loan Extension Series or a Revolver Extension Series, as the case may be.

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Fee Letter ” means that certain Amended and Restated Fee Letter dated as of August 14, 2015 among the Initial Borrower and the Arrangers.

 

28


Financial Covenant ” means the covenant set forth in Section 7.01 .

Financial Covenant Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in clause (d)  of Section 8.01 .

Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, executive vice president of finance and administration, vice president – corporate accounting, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of, unless otherwise noted, the Parent (or any other officer acting in substantially the same capacity of the foregoing).

First Lien Net Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Total Indebtedness secured by a Lien on any asset or property of Parent or any other Loan Party that is not subordinated to the Liens securing the Obligations minus unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries as determined in accordance with GAAP to (b) Adjusted EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period.

Fixed Incremental Amount ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Incremental Amount”.

Flood Insurance Laws ” means, collectively, (i) National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 (which comprehensively revised the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 and the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973) as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iii) the Biggert-Waters Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2012 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.

Foreign Benefit Plan ” means each employee benefit plan (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, whether or not subject to ERISA) that is not subject to United States law and is sponsored, maintained or contributed to by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate.

Foreign Currency Letter of Credit ” means any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency.

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

Galleria Business ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Transaction Agreement.

Galleria Business MAE ” means any circumstance, change, development, condition or event that, individually or in the aggregate, has or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Galleria Business taken as a whole; provided , however, that any such effect resulting or arising from or relating to any of the following matters will not be considered when determining whether there

 

29


has been, or would reasonably be expected to be, a Galleria Business MAE: (a) general conditions in the industry in which the Galleria Business competes, (b) any conditions in the United States general economy or the general economy in other geographic areas in which the Galleria Business operates or proposes to operate, (c) political conditions, including acts of war (whether or not declared), armed hostilities, acts of terrorism or developments or changes therein, (d) any conditions resulting from natural disasters, (e) compliance by P&G with its covenants or obligations in the Transaction Agreement, (f) the failure of the financial or operating performance of the Galleria Business to meet internal forecasts or budgets for any period prior to, on or after the date of the Transaction Agreement (but the underlying reason for the failure to meet such forecasts or budgets may be considered provided that they do not fall under another clause of this proviso), (g) any action taken or omitted to be taken at the request or with the consent of Coty, (h) effects or conditions resulting from the announcement of the Transaction Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby, including any employee departures and any actions taken by customers, suppliers, distributors, licensors or talent of the Galleria Business to terminate, discontinue or not renew their Contracts (as defined in the Transaction Agreement) with the Galleria Business or otherwise withhold any consent, waivers or approvals from, or notification requirements to, or authorizations by, any third parties necessary in respect of such Contracts, (i) any deterioration in the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Galleria Business that occurs subsequent to the date of the Transaction Agreement and prior to the Merger Date, except that such deterioration will be considered to the extent it arises out of any (1) breach by P&G of its covenants under the Transaction Agreement, (2) extraordinary event of a nature described in clauses (c) or (d) (but only to the extent that such extraordinary event disproportionately affects the Galleria Business as compared to similarly situated businesses operating in the markets in the United States and other geographic areas in which the Galleria Business operates) or (3) a product recall required under applicable Law (as define in the Transaction Agreement) (but only to the extent such product recall disproportionately affects the Galleria Business as compared to similarly situated businesses operating in the United States and other geographic areas in which the Galleria Business operates), or (j) changes in applicable Laws or GAAP; provided , further, that with respect to clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) or (j), such matters will be considered to the extent that they disproportionately affect the Galleria Business as compared to similarly situated businesses generally operating in the United States and other geographic areas in which the Galleria Business operates. All references to the “Galleria Business” within this definition of “Galleria Business MAE” will be deemed to exclude any Retained Business (as defined in the Transaction Agreement).

Global Efficiency Plan ” means the global efficiency plan publicly disclosed in the Parent’s Annual Report on Form 10 K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015.

Global Intercompany Note ” means the Intercompany Note, dated as of the Merger Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit H executed by the Borrowers and each Restricted Subsidiary.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank, commission, tribunal, department, supra national body or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

 

30


Group ” means the Parent, any Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

Guarantee ” of or by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation (including any monetary obligations under an operating lease) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation (including any monetary obligations under an operating lease) of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided , that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith.

Guarantor ” means (x) on the Closing Date, each Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent (other than any such Restricted Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary on the Closing Date) and (y) thereafter, each Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent that becomes a guarantor of the Obligations pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including, on and after the Merger Date, the Coty Guarantors), in each case, until such time as the relevant Restricted Subsidiary is released from its obligations under the Guaranty in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof and the other Loan Documents. For avoidance of doubt, the Parent may, in its sole discretion, cause any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary that is not required to be a Guarantor to Guarantee the Obligations by causing such Restricted Subsidiary to execute a joinder to the Guaranty (substantially in the form provided therein), and any such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary shall be a Guarantor hereunder for all purposes. For the avoidance of doubt, P&G, its affiliates (other than Subsidiaries of the Initial Borrower anticipated to be part of the Galleria Business after the Merger Date (each such Subsidiary, an “ Included Subsidiary ”)), and, prior to the Merger Date, any Subsidiary that is not an Included Subsidiary, shall, in each case, not be required to provide any Guarantee of the Facilities.

Guaranty ” means (a) the guaranty made by the Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties substantially in the form of Exhibit I and (b) each other guaranty agreement and guaranty supplement delivered pursuant to Section 5.10 in substantially the form attached as Exhibit I or another form that is otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Parent.

Hazardous Materials ” means any material, substance or waste regulated pursuant to or that could give rise to liability under, or classified, characterized or regulated as “hazardous”, “toxic”, “radioactive” or a “pollutant” or contaminant under, Environmental Laws, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, and infectious or medical wastes.

 

31


Immaterial Subsidiary ” means, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent designated by the Parent pursuant to written notice provided to the Administrative Agent as an “ Immaterial Subsidiary ”; provided , that no Additional Borrower may be designated as an Immaterial Subsidiary; provided , further , that for the most recently ended Test Period prior to such date, (a) the revenue of any Immaterial Subsidiary shall not exceed 5% of the revenue of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) the gross assets of any Immaterial Subsidiary (after eliminating intercompany obligations) shall not exceed 5% or more of the Total Assets; provided , further , that for the most recently ended Test Period prior to such date, if the combined (a) revenue of all Immaterial Subsidiaries shall exceed 7.5% or more of the revenue of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (b) gross assets of all Immaterial Subsidiaries (after eliminating intercompany obligations) shall exceed 7.5% or more of the Total Assets, the Parent shall redesignate one or more of such Restricted Subsidiaries to not be Immaterial Subsidiaries within ten (10) Business Days after delivery of the Compliance Certificate for such Test Period, such that only Restricted Subsidiaries as shall then have combined (i) revenue of 7.5% or less of the revenue of the Parent and its Subsidiaries or (ii) gross assets of 7.5% or less of the Total Assets, shall constitute Immaterial Subsidiaries.

Increased Amount Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.20(a) .

Incremental Amount ” means, at any time, (a) the aggregate principal amount of voluntary prepayments of Term Loans, Incremental Equivalent Debt and Revolving Loans (but only to the extent that such prepayment of Revolving Loans is accompanied by a permanent reduction of the Revolving Commitment), except to the extent (x) such prepayments were funded with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness or (y) such Term Loans, Revolving Loans or Incremental Equivalent Debt were incurred pursuant to the Ratio Incremental Amount (the “ Fixed Incremental Amount ”, which shall be reduced by previously used amounts of the Fixed Incremental Amount for Incremental Facilities and Incremental Equivalent Debt) plus (b) additional amounts if, after giving effect to the incurrence of any Incremental Facilities (which for this purpose will be deemed to include the full amount of any Incremental Revolving Facility assuming the full amount of such increase had been drawn and/or the full amount of such facility was drawn but excluding the cash proceeds thereof for the purposes of calculating such ratio) the Parent is in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis, with a First Lien Net Leverage Ratio of not more than 3.50 to 1.00 (the “ Ratio Incremental Amount ”) as of the end of the most recent Test Period; provided that for purposes of clause (b) , if the proceeds of the relevant Incremental Facility will be applied to finance a Limited Condition Acquisition, the Ratio Incremental Amount will be determined in accordance with the third paragraph of Section 1.03 ; provided , further , that if the Parent incurs Indebtedness under an Incremental Facility using the Fixed Incremental Amount on the same date that it incurs Indebtedness using the Ratio Incremental Amount, the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio will be calculated without regard to any incurrence of Indebtedness under the Fixed Incremental Amount. It is understood and agreed that if the applicable incurrence test is satisfied on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to any Incremental Facility or Incremental Equivalent Debt in lieu thereof, such Incremental Facility or Incremental Equivalent Debt, as applicable, may be incurred under the Ratio Incremental Amount regardless of whether there is capacity under the Fixed Incremental Amount.

 

32


Incremental Assumption Agreement ” means an Incremental Assumption Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Parent, among the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and one or more Incremental Term Lenders and/or Incremental Revolving Lenders.

Incremental Equivalent Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(y) .

Incremental Facility ” means any facility established by the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.20 .

Incremental Facility Activation Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit C .

Incremental Revolving Commitment ” means the Revolving Commitment, or if applicable, additional revolving commitments under this Agreement, of any Lender, established pursuant to Section 2.20 , to make Incremental Revolving Loans (and other revolving credit exposure available) to a Borrower.

Incremental Revolving Lender ” means a Lender with an Incremental Revolving Commitment or an outstanding Incremental Revolving Loan.

Incremental Revolving Loans ” means the Revolving Loans made by one or more Lenders to a Borrower pursuant to Section 2.20 .

Incremental Term Lender ” means each Lender which holds an Incremental Term Loan.

Incremental Term Loans ” means the Term Loans made by one or more Lenders to a Borrower pursuant to Section 2.20 .

Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money; (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments; (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person; (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property (excluding (i) trade payables, (ii) any earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, (iii) expenses accrued in the ordinary course of business and (iv) obligations resulting from take-or-pay contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business) which purchase price is due more than six (6) months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery of title thereto; (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such asset as determined by such Person in good faith on the date of determination and (ii) the amount of such Indebtedness of other Persons; (f) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; (g) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments; (h) all obligations of such Person in respect of mandatory redemption or cash mandatory dividend rights on Disqualified Equity Interests; (i) all obligations of such Person under any Swap Agreement; (j) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness or other similar obligations

 

33


(including, if applicable, net investment amounts) pursuant to any Permitted Receivables Facility; and (k) all Guarantees by such Person in respect of the foregoing clauses (a)  through (j) ; provided that, solely for purposes of determining compliance with Section 7.01 , Indebtedness shall not include Escrow Debt until such time as the proceeds of such Escrow Debt have been released from the applicable escrow account. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. The amount of the obligations of the Parent or any Subsidiary in respect of any Swap Agreement shall, at any time of determination and for all purposes under this Agreement, be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Parent or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time giving effect to current market conditions notwithstanding any contrary treatment in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of clarity and avoidance of doubt, any joint and several Tax liabilities arising by operation of consolidated return, fiscal unity or similar provisions of applicable Law shall not constitute Indebtedness for purposes hereof.

Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) all Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by, or on account of any obligation of, any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in subsection (a), all Other Taxes.

Information Memorandum ” means the Confidential Information Memorandum, dated as of September 21, 2015 relating to the Initial Borrower and the Transactions.

Initial Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Insolvent ” with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, means the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

Intercreditor Agreement ” means a Market Intercreditor Agreement to be entered into on or following the Merger Date among the Borrower, Coty, the Coty Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent.

Interest Election Request ” means a request by the applicable Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing or Term Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07 .

Interest Payment Date ” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (other than a Swingline Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December, (b) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three (3) months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three (3) months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period, and (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid.

Interest Period ” means with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) months thereafter, as the applicable Borrower may elect or twelve (12) months if requested by the applicable Borrower

 

34


and available to all applicable Lenders, provided , that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (b) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period ; provided , further , that (x) during the Escrow Period, the Interest Period for Term B Loans shall be deemed to be three (3) months, unless the Parent and the Administrative Agent agree to a shorter interest period, and such interest period is available to all applicable Lenders and (y) (i) the Interest Period for Term B Loans shall automatically terminate on the Escrow Release Date and the Parent shall be required to deliver an Interest Election Request with respect to the Term B Loans. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

Interpolated Rate ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “LIBO Rate.”

Investment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04 .

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and equal to or higher than BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P or, if the applicable instrument is not then rated by Moody’s or S&P, an equivalent rating by any other rating agency.

ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Issuing Bank ” means all Revolving Lenders and, with respect to any Revolving Lender in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, such Revolving Lender’s successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.05(i ). Each Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such Issuing Bank. In the event an Affiliate or other Revolving Lender issues a Letter of Credit hereunder under the terms of the foregoing sentence, the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate or Revolving Lender with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate or Revolving Lender, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue Letters of Credit if after giving effect thereto, such Issuing Bank’s Revolving Exposure would exceed its Revolving Commitment.

JAB Affiliate ” means (i) any JAB Entity and (ii) any Person that (a) is organized by a JAB Entity or an Affiliate of a JAB Entity, and (b), directly or indirectly, is Controlled by the JAB Entities, but excluding any operating portfolio companies of the foregoing.

JAB Entity ” means each of JAB Holding Company S.a.r.l and JAB Consumer Fund SCA SICAR.

Junior Indebtedness ” means Refinancing Junior Loans, any other contractually subordinated junior lien Indebtedness and any Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is by its terms subordinated or required to be subordinated in right of payment to any of the Obligations.

 

35


Junior Indebtedness Documents ” means the documentation governing any Junior Indebtedness.

Latest Maturity Date ” means, as of any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Loan or commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity or expiration date of any then existing Term Loan, Incremental Term Loan, Specified Refinancing Term Loan, Extended Term Loan, Revolving Commitment, Incremental Revolving Commitment, Specified Refinancing Revolving Commitment, Extended Revolving Commitment, Refinancing Note or Refinancing Junior Loan.

Laws ” means, collectively, all applicable international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

LC Disbursement ” means a payment made by any Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrowers at such time. The LC Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time.

LC Obligations ” means, at any time, with respect to any Issuing Bank, the sum of (a) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrowers, issued by any Issuing Bank.

Lenders ” means (a) for all purposes, the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Incremental Assumption Agreement or an Assignment and Assumption, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or otherwise and (b) for purposes of the definitions of “Swap Obligations”, “Deposit Obligations” and “Secured Parties” only, shall include any Person who was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time such Person entered into a Swap Obligation or Deposit Obligation with any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, and any Person who became a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender on the Closing Date and had outstanding Swap Obligations or Deposit Obligations on the Closing Date with any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, even though at a later time of determination, such Person or such Person’s Affiliate no longer holds any Commitments or Loans hereunder. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swingline Lender. As a result of clause (b)  of this definition, the Swap Obligations and Deposit Obligations owed to a Lender or its Affiliates shall continue to be “ Swap Obligations ” and “ Deposit Obligations ”, respectively, entitled to share in the benefits of the Collateral and each Guaranty as herein provided, even though such Lender or such Lender’s Affiliate ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or otherwise.

 

36


Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement.

Letter of Credit Facility Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(a) .

LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period, (i) to the extent denominated in Dollars, the London interbank offered rate as administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate) for Dollars for a period equal in length to such Interest Period as displayed on page LIBOR01 of the Reuters Screen, (ii) to the extent denominated in Euro, the euro interbank offered rate administered by the Banking Federation of the European Union (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant period displayed on page EURIBOR01 of the Reuters screen, (iii) to the extent denominated in Canadian Dollars, the CDOR Rate and (iv) to the extent denominated in any other Alternative Currency, the London interbank offered rate as administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate) for such currency for a period equal in length to such Interest Period as displayed on the applicable Reuters screen (or, in each case, in the event such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; in each case, the “ Screen Rate ”) at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period (or with respect to Eurocurrency Borrowings denominated in Canadian Dollars or Pounds, on the day of the commencement of such Interest Period); provided , that, if the Screen Rate shall not be available at such time for such Interest Period (an “ Impacted Interest Period ”) with respect to the applicable currency, then the LIBO Rate shall be the Interpolated Rate at such time. “ Interpolated Rate ” means, at any time, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) to be equal to the rate that results from interpolating on a linear basis between: (a) the Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available in the applicable currency) that is shorter than the Impacted Interest Period and (b) the Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available for the applicable currency) that exceeds the Impacted Interest Period, in each case, at such time; provided that (x) solely with respect to Term B Loans, the LIBO Rate shall not be less than 0.75% and (y) with respect to Term A Loans and Revolving Loans, the LIBO Rate shall not be less than 0.00%.

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, hypothecation, lien or charge of any kind in the nature of security (including any conditional sale agreement, title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

37


Limited Condition Acquisition ” means any Permitted Acquisition or permitted Investment in any assets, business or Person, in each case the consummation of which is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing.

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Guaranty, the Security Documents that create or purport to create a Lien or Guarantee in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the Intercreditor Agreement, any promissory note delivered pursuant to Section 2.09(e) and any other document or instrument designated by the Parent and the Administrative Agent as a “ Loan Document .”

Loan Modification ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 10.02(b) .

Loan Obligations ” means all obligations, indebtedness, and liabilities of the Loan Parties, or any one of them, to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders arising pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether direct, indirect, related, unrelated, fixed, contingent, liquidated, unliquidated, joint, several, or joint and several, including, without limitation, the obligation of the Loan Parties to repay the Loans and the LC Disbursements, interest on the Loans and LC Disbursements, and all fees, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) provided for in the Loan Documents.

Loan Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrowers and the Other Loan Parties.

Loans ” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement.

Local Time ” means, with respect to any extensions of credit hereunder denominated in Dollars, New York time and with respect to any extensions of credit hereunder denominated in any Alternative Currency, London time.

Market Intercreditor Agreement ” means an intercreditor agreement the terms of which are consistent with market terms governing security arrangements for the sharing of liens or arrangements relating to the distribution of payments, as applicable, at the time the intercreditor agreement is proposed to be established in light of the type of Indebtedness subject thereto.

Material Acquisition ” means any acquisition (including pursuant to a merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise) (a) of at least a majority of the Equity Interests of a Person, all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person or all or substantially all of the assets of a division, line of business or branch of such Person (in each case, in one transaction or a series of transactions) and (b) involves the payment of consideration or assumption of Indebtedness by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in excess of $350,000,000; provided that the Merger, the Recapitalization and the other Transactions shall not constitute a Material Acquisition.

Material Adverse Effect ” means (x) any circumstance, change, development, condition or event that, individually or in the aggregate, has or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of (a) prior to the Merger Date, the Galleria Business taken as a whole or (b) after the Merger Date, the Parent

 

38


and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (y) a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Lenders, the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Lenders and the Administrative Agent, taken as a whole, under any Loan Documents or (z) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their payment obligations under the Loan Documents.

Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit but including, without limitation, obligations calculated on a mark to market basis in respect of one or more Swap Agreements) of any one or more of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding the Threshold Amount.

Material Real Property ” means (i) any real property owned as of the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 1.01 and (ii) any fee-owned real property located in the United States and acquired after the Closing Date by any Loan Party with a fair market value in excess of $10,000,000 at the time of acquisition.

Material Subsidiary ” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Immaterial Subsidiary.

Merger ” means the merger by Merger Sub into the Initial Borrower, with the Initial Borrower as the surviving entity.

Merger Date ” means the date of the consummation of the Merger.

Merger Sub ” means Green Acquisition Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation, a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Coty.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

Mortgaged Properties ” has the meaning specified in clause (e)  of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”

Mortgages ” means collectively, the deeds of trust, trust deeds, hypothecs and mortgages made by the Loan Parties in favor or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, including such modifications as may be required by local laws, and any other deeds of trust, trust deeds, hypothecs or mortgages executed and delivered pursuant to Section 5.15 .

Multicurrency LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit denominated in Alternative Currencies at such time plus (b) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements in respect of such Letters of Credit that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of any of the Borrowers at such time. The Multicurrency LC Exposure of any Revolving Lender at any time shall be its USD/Multicurrency Applicable Percentage of the total Multicurrency LC Exposure at such time.

Multicurrency Revolving Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the Dollar Equivalent of the principal amount of the Multicurrency Revolving Loans outstanding at such time and (b) the Multicurrency LC Exposure outstanding at such time.

 

39


Multicurrency Revolving Loans ” means the revolving loans made by Lenders holding USD/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments under Section 2.01 .

Multicurrency Revolving Sublimit ” means $1,500,000,000.

Multiemployer Plan ” means any Plan that is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

Net Proceeds ” means, with respect to any Prepayment Event (or, for purposes of the Available Amount, the issuance of Equity Interests) (a) the cash proceeds received in respect of such event including (i) any cash received in respect of any non-cash proceeds, but only as and when received, (ii) in the case of a casualty, insurance proceeds, and (iii) in the case of a condemnation or similar event, condemnation awards and similar payments, net of (b) the sum of (i) all fees and out-of-pocket expenses (including underwriting discounts, investment banking fees, commissions, collection expenses and other customary transaction costs) paid or reasonably estimated to be payable by Parent, the Borrowers and any of their Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such event, (ii) in the case of a Disposition of an asset (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction or a casualty or a condemnation or similar proceeding), the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest, breakage, costs and other amounts on any Indebtedness (other than (A) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents and (B) in the case of any Incremental Equivalent Debt and any Refinancing Notes that are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the Obligations, any amounts in excess of the ratable portion (based on the then outstanding Term Loan Classes and any then outstanding Incremental Equivalent Debt and Refinancing Notes that are secured by Collateral on an equal and ratable basis with the Obligations) of such Incremental Equivalent Debt and Refinancing Notes) subject to mandatory prepayment as a result of such event, (iii) in the case of any Disposition, casualty, condemnation or similar event by a non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro-rata portion of the Net Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (iii) ) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of Parent or a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof, (iv) the amount of all Taxes paid (or reasonably estimated to be payable) by Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries, and (v) the amount of any reserves established by the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries to fund contingent liabilities reasonably estimated to be payable, in each case that are directly attributable to such event (as determined reasonably and in good faith by a Financial Officer of Parent).

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(b) .

Not Otherwise Applied ” means, with reference to any amount of Net Proceeds of any transaction or event, that such amount (a) was not required to be applied to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 2.11 , and (b) was not previously (and is not concurrently being) applied in determining the permissibility of a transaction under the Loan Documents where such permissibility was or is (or may have been) contingent on receipt of such amount or utilization of such amount for a specified purpose.

Obligations ” means all Loan Obligations, the Swap Obligations and all Deposit Obligations.

 

40


Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest under any Loan Document).

Other Loan Party ” means each Person that has become a party to the Guaranty.

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.19 ).

Owner Group ” means the collective reference to the JAB Entities and their JAB Affiliates.

Parent ” means (i) prior to the Merger Date, the Initial Borrower and (ii) from and after the Merger Date, Coty.

P&G ” means The Procter & Gamble Company, an Ohio corporation.

Participant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.03(c)(i) .

Participant Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.03(c)(ii) .

Participating Member State ” means any member state of the European Union that has the Euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

Patriot Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.17 .

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Pension Plan ” means any Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA.

Perfection Requirements ” means the filing of appropriate Uniform Commercial Code financing statements with the office of the Secretary of State of the state of organization of each Loan Party, the filing of appropriate assignments or notices with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and the U.S. Copyright Office, the proper recording or filing, as applicable, of Mortgages and fixture filings with respect to any Material Real Property constituting Collateral, in each case in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and the delivery to the Collateral Agent of any stock certificate or promissory note required to be delivered pursuant to the applicable Loan Documents, together with instruments of transfer executed in blank.

 

41


Permitted Ratio Debt ” means Indebtedness of the Borrowers subject to the following conditions: (a) if such Permitted Ratio Debt shall be secured by a security interest in the Collateral, such Indebtedness shall be subject to a Market Intercreditor Agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and, if in the form of “Term B” loans secured on a pari passu basis with the Liens securing the Obligations, shall be subject to clause (vi) of Section 2.20(d) as if such Permitted Ratio Debt constituted Incremental Term Loans; (b) no Permitted Ratio Debt shall mature prior to the then applicable Latest Maturity Date or have a weighted average life to maturity that is less than the weighted average life to maturity of the Term Loans; (c) the borrower of the Permitted Ratio Debt shall be a Borrower of the Term Loans hereunder, or, if unsecured, the Parent; (d) such Permitted Ratio Debt shall have pricing (including interest, fees and premiums), optional prepayment and redemption terms as may be agreed to by the Parent and the lenders party thereto; (e) the Permitted Ratio Debt may not have security in any case more extensive than the Credit Facilities; and (f) (x) if such Permitted Ratio Debt shall be secured by a security interest in the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Obligations, the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio is equal or less than 3.50 to 1.00 on a Pro Forma Basis, (y) if such Permitted Ratio Debt shall be secured by a security interest in the Collateral on a junior basis with the Obligations, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio is equal to or less than 5.50 to 1.00 on a Pro Forma Basis or (z) if such Permitted Ratio Debt is unsecured, the Total Net Leverage Ratio is equal to or less than 5.50 to 1.00 on a Pro Forma Basis; provided that, if the proceeds of the Permitted Ratio Debt will be applied to finance a Limited Condition Acquisition, compliance with this clause (f)  shall be determined in accordance with the third paragraph of Section 1.03 .

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refinance, replace, defease or refund (collectively, to “ Refinance ” or a “ Refinancing ”), the Indebtedness being Refinanced (or previous refinancings thereof constituting Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness); provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so Refinanced ( plus unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon, any committed or undrawn amounts and underwriting discounts, fees, commissions and expenses, associated with such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness), except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.01 , (b) the final maturity date of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is no earlier than the final maturity date of the Indebtedness being refinanced and the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall not have a weighted average life to maturity that is less than the weighted average life to maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced thereby, (c) if the original Indebtedness being Refinanced is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being Refinanced, taken as a whole (as determined by the Parent in good faith), (d) no Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall have obligors or contingent obligors that were not obligors or contingent obligors (or that would not have been required to become obligors or contingent obligors) in respect of the Indebtedness being Refinanced except to the extent permitted under Section 6.04 and (e) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is (or would have been required to be) secured by any collateral of a Loan Party (whether equally and ratably with, or junior to, the Secured Parties or otherwise), such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness may be secured by such collateral on terms no less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Secured Parties than those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being Refinanced, taken as a whole (as determined by the Parent in good faith).

 

42


Permitted Receivables Facility ” means any program for the transfer by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Receivables Subsidiary), to any buyer, purchaser or lender of interests in accounts receivable (including any Subsidiary of the Parent), so long as the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to such program shall not exceed $400,000,000 at any one time.

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan ” means any employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, including any employee welfare benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA), any employee pension benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), and any plan which is both an employee welfare benefit plan and an employee pension benefit plan, and in respect of which any Loan Party or, with respect to Title IV of ERISA, Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA only, any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such Plan were terminated, would under Section 4062 or Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Platform ” means IntraLinks/IntraAgency, SyndTrak or another relevant website or other information platform.

Prepayment Event ” means:

(a) any Disposition (including pursuant to a sale and leaseback transaction) of any asset of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary made outside the ordinary course of business under Section 6.05(m) , (s) or (y) ; or

(b) any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any asset of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.

Principal Domestic Manufacturing Property ” means, prior to the Merger Date, any building, structure or other facility, together with the land upon which it is erected and fixtures comprising a part thereof, used primarily for manufacturing or processing and located in the United States, owned or leased by P&G or any Subsidiary of P&G (including the Initial Borrower), the gross book value (without deduction of any depreciation reserves) of which on the date as of which the determination is being made exceeds  3 4 of 1% of consolidated net tangible assets as determined by P&G.

 

43


Prior Assets ” means assets comprising a division or branch of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary disposed of in a transaction in accordance with this Agreement which would not make the seller a “ Prior Company .”

Prior Company ” means any Restricted Subsidiary all of whose Equity Interests, or all or substantially all of whose assets have been disposed of, in a transaction in accordance with this Agreement.

Prior Target ” means all Targets acquired or whose assets have been acquired in a transaction permitted by Section 6.04 .

Pro Forma Basis”, “Pro Forma Compliance” or “Pro Forma Effect ” means, with respect to any proposed Specified Transaction or other transaction requiring the calculation of a financial metric on a Pro Forma Basis, such financial metric calculated: (a) for the most recent four (4) fiscal quarter period then ended on a pro forma basis as if such Specified Transaction or other transaction as applicable, had occurred as of the first day of such period, (b) to include any Indebtedness incurred, assumed or repaid in connection therewith (assuming, to the extent such Indebtedness bears interest at a floating rate, the rate in effect at the time of calculation for the entire period of calculation) as if such indebtedness was incurred, assumed or repaid on the first day of such period, (c) based on the assumption that any sale of Subsidiaries or lines of business which occurred during such period occurred on the first day of such period, and (d) with respect to an acquisition or investment, as if the Target were a “Prior Target” for purposes of calculating Adjusted EBITDA.

Prohibited Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975(c)(1) of the Code.

Pro Rata Allocation Date ” means the date on which the syndication of the Term A Facility and the Revolving Facility has been completed and the allocation of commitments thereunder to the Lenders has occurred as determined in accordance with the Fee Letter.

Pro Rata Ticking Fees ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(d) .

Pro Rata Ticking Fee Commencement Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(d) .

Purchasing Borrower Party ” means the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that becomes an assignee pursuant to Section 10.03(e) .

Qualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interest of a Person that is not a Disqualified Equity Interest.

Quarterly Financial Statements ” means the quarterly combined unaudited financial statements of the Adjusted Galleria Business as of and for each fiscal quarter no later than sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2015, including the balance sheets and the income statement of the Adjusted Galleria Business (as defined in the Transaction Agreement), together with the notes thereto.

 

44


Quarterly Historical Financial Statements ” means the Partial Year Financial Statements (as defined in the Transaction Agreement).

Ratio Incremental Amount ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Incremental Amount.”

Recapitalization ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Transactions”.

Recapitalization Date ” means, subject to the last sentence of Section 2.08(a), the date (a) which the Initial Borrower specifies in (i) a borrowing request for Term A Loans in an amount not exceeding the undrawn Term A Commitment and/or (ii) a borrowing request for Revolving Loans in an amount not exceeding the undrawn Revolving Commitment and (b) on which the conditions specified in Section 4.03 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 10.02 ) and shall be no more than one (1) Business Day prior to the Merger Date (or, if the Merger Date is to occur on a day that is not a Business Day, no more than 2 Business Days prior to the Merger Date).

Recapitalization Date Other Loan Parties ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.03(b) .

Receivables Subsidiary ” means the special purpose entity established as a “bankruptcy remote” Subsidiary of the Parent for the purpose of acquiring accounts receivable under any Permitted Receivables Facility, which shall engage in no operations or activities other than those related to such Permitted Receivables Facility.

Recipient ” means the Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Bank, as applicable.

Refinance ” or “ Refinancing ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness.” Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Loan may be refinanced, replaced or repaid for the one year period after the Merger Date unless permitted under the Transaction Agreement.

Refinancing Amendment ” means an amendment to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders providing Specified Refinancing Debt, effecting the incurrence of such Specified Refinancing Debt in accordance with Section 2.22 .

Refinancing Bank Letter ” means a Bank Letter (as defined in the Transaction Agreement) relating to a Refinanced Facility (as defined in the Transaction Agreement).

Refinancing Junior Loans ” means loans under credit or loan agreements that are (a) senior or subordinated and unsecured or (b) secured by the Collateral of the Loan Parties on a junior basis to the Credit Facilities, incurred in respect of a Refinancing of outstanding Indebtedness of the Borrowers under the Credit Facilities; provided that, (i) if such Refinancing Junior Loans shall be secured by a security interest in the Collateral, then such Refinancing Junior Loans shall be issued subject to a Market Intercreditor Agreement that is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; (ii) no Refinancing Junior Loans shall mature prior to the final maturity date of the Indebtedness being refinanced, or have a weighted average life to

 

45


maturity that is less than the weighted average life to maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced thereby; (iii) the Refinancing Junior Loans shall not have obligors or contingent obligors that were not obligors or contingent obligors (or that would not have been required to become obligors or contingent obligors) in respect of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; (iv) such Refinancing Junior Loans shall subject to clause (ii) above have pricing (including interest, fees and premiums), optional prepayment and redemption terms as may be agreed to by the Parent and the lenders party thereto; (v) the other terms and conditions (excluding those referenced in clauses (ii) and (iv) above) of such Refinancing Junior Loans shall either (x) be substantially identical to, or (taken as a whole) no more favorable to the lenders providing such Refinancing Junior Loans than, those applicable to the Loans being refinanced or replaced (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the latest final maturity date of the relevant Loans or commitments existing at the time of such refinancing or replacement) or (y) reflective of market terms and conditions at the time of incurrence or issuance thereof, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Parent (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the latest final maturity date of the relevant Loans or commitments existing at the time of such refinancing or replacement); provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Refinancing Junior Loans, together with a reasonably detailed description of material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation related thereto, stating that the Parent has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement in clause (iv)  shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Parent within such five (5) Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees); (vi) the Refinancing Junior Loans may not have guarantors, obligors or security in any case more extensive than that which applied to the applicable Loans being so refinanced; and (vii) the Net Proceeds of such Refinancing Junior Loans shall be applied, substantially concurrently with the incurrence thereof, to the pro rata prepayment of outstanding Loans under the applicable Class of Loans being so refinanced in accordance with Section 2.11 .

Refinancing Junior Loans Agreements ” means, collectively, the loan agreements, credit agreements or other similar agreements pursuant to which any Refinancing Junior Loans are incurred, together with all instruments and other agreements in connection therewith, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, but only to the extent permitted under the terms of the Loan Documents.

Refinancing Notes ” means one or more series of (a) senior unsecured notes or (b) senior secured notes secured by the Collateral of the Loan Parties (x) on an equal and ratable basis with the Credit Facilities or (y) on a junior basis to the Credit Facilities (to the extent then secured by such Collateral) in each case issued in respect of a refinancing of outstanding Indebtedness of Borrowers under the Credit Facilities; provided that, (i) if such Refinancing Notes shall be secured by a security interest in the Collateral, then such Refinancing Notes shall be issued subject to a Market Intercreditor Agreement that is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; (ii) no Refinancing Notes shall mature prior to the date that is after the final maturity date of, or have a weighted average life to maturity that is less than the weighted average life to maturity of, in each case, the Indebtedness being refinanced; (iii) no Refinancing Notes shall be subject to any amortization prior to the final maturity thereof, or be subject to any mandatory

 

46


redemption or prepayment provisions or rights (except customary assets sale or change of control provisions); (iv) such Refinancing Notes shall have pricing (including interest, fees and premiums), optional prepayment and redemption terms as may be agreed to by the Parent and the lenders party thereto; (v) the other terms and conditions (excluding those referenced in clauses (ii) and (iv) above) of such Refinancing Notes shall be either (x) substantially identical to, or (taken as a whole) no more favorable to the lenders providing such Refinancing Notes than, those applicable to the Loans or commitments being refinanced or replaced (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the latest final maturity date of the relevant Loans or commitments existing at the time of such refinancing or replacement) or (y) reflective of market terms and conditions at the time of incurrence or issuance thereof, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Parent (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the latest final maturity date of the relevant Loans or commitments existing at the time of such refinancing or replacement); provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Refinancing Notes, together with a reasonably detailed description of material terms and conditions of such Refinancing Notes or drafts of the documentation related thereto, stating that the Parent has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement in this clause (v)  shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Parent within such five (5) Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees); (vi) the Refinancing Notes shall not have security in any case more extensive than that which applied to the applicable Indebtedness being so refinanced and shall not have obligors or contingent obligors that were not obligors or contingent obligors (or that would not have been required to become obligors or contingent obligors) in respect of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; and (vii) the Net Proceeds of such Refinancing Notes shall be applied, substantially concurrently with the incurrence thereof, to the pro rata prepayment of outstanding Loans under the applicable Class of Loans being so refinanced in accordance with Section 2.11 .

Refinancing Notes Indentures ” means, collectively, the indentures or other similar agreements pursuant to which any Refinancing Notes are issued, together with all instruments and other agreements in connection therewith, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, but only to the extent permitted under the terms of the Loan Documents.

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.03(b)(v) .

Registered Equivalent Notes ” means, with respect to any notes originally issued in an offering pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or other private placement transactions under the Securities Act, substantially identical notes (having the same guarantees) issued in a dollar-for-dollar or euro-for-euro exchange, as applicable, therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.

Related Business ” means any business which is the same as, related, ancillary or complementary to, or a reasonable extension or expansion of, any of the businesses of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries as anticipated to be in effect on the Merger Date.

 

47


Related Business Assets ” means any property, plant, equipment or other assets (excluding assets that are qualified as current assets under GAAP) to be used or useful by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Related Business or capital expenditures relating thereto.

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective partners, directors, officers and employees of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

Replacement Rating Agency ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Applicable Credit Rating.”

Reportable Event ” means any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, other than those events as to which the 30-day notice period referred to in Section 4043(c) of ERISA has been waived, with respect to a Pension Plan.

Required Regulatory Dispositions ” means any disposition required by a Governmental Authority, or which is otherwise necessary, to obtain the relevant Governmental Authority’s approval of the consummation of the Transactions.

Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of (a) the total Revolving Exposures, (b) the Term Loans, (c) the unused Term Commitments and (d) the unused Total Revolving Commitments; provided that with respect to the determination of Required Lenders, (x) the Loans and unused Commitments held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded and (y) the Loans of any Affiliated Lender shall in each case be excluded unless the action in question affects such Affiliated Lender in a disproportionately adverse manner than its effect on the other Lenders.

Required Revolving Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having more than 50% in the aggregate of (a) the Revolving Commitments or (b) after the termination of the Revolving Commitments, the Revolving Exposure; provided that with respect to the determination of Required Revolving Lenders, (x) the Loans and unused Commitments held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded and (y) the Loans of any Affiliated Lender shall in each case be excluded unless the action in question affects such Affiliated Lender in a disproportionately adverse manner than its effect on the other Lenders.

Required TLA Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having Term A Loans and unused Commitments in respect thereof representing more than 50% of the sum of the total outstanding Term A Loans and unused Commitments in respect thereof at such time; provided that with respect to the determination of Required TLA Lenders, (x) the Loans and unused Commitments held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded and (y) the Loans of any Affiliated Lender shall in each case be excluded unless the action in question affects such Affiliated Lender in a disproportionately adverse manner than its effect on the other Lenders.

Required TLB Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having Term B Loans and unused Commitments in respect thereof representing more than 50% of the sum of the total outstanding Term B Loans and unused Commitments in respect thereof at such time; provided that with respect to the determination of Required TLB Lenders, (x) the Loans and unused Commitments held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded and (y) the Loans of any Affiliated Lender shall in each case be excluded unless the action in question affects such Affiliated Lender in a disproportionately adverse manner than its effect on the other Lenders.

 

48


Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, any vice president, any Financial Officer or Secretary of the Parent (or such other entity to which such reference relates).

Restricted Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.07(a) .

Restricted Joint Venture Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11(e) .

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, exchange, conversion, cancellation or termination of any Equity Interests in the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Subsidiaries ” means the Other Loan Parties and each other Subsidiary of Parent or any Borrower that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Return ” means, with respect to any Investment, any dividend, distribution, interest, fee, premium, return of capital, repayment of principal, income, profit and any other amount received or realized in respect thereof.

Revaluation Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.06(e) .

Revolver Extension Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.24(b) .

Revolver Extension Series ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.24(b) .

Revolving Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Revolving Commitments.

Revolving Commitment ” means the USD/Multicurrency Revolving Commitment. The aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Commitment as of the Closing Date is $1,500,000,000.

Revolving Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans at such time that are denominated in Dollars, plus (b) the Dollar Equivalent at such time of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans at such time that are denominated in Alternative Currencies, plus (c) such Lender’s LC Exposure at such time, plus (d) such Lender’s Swingline Exposure at such time.

 

49


Revolving Facility ” means the Revolving Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder.

Revolving Lender ” means, as of any date of determination, each Lender with a Revolving Commitment or, if the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, a Lender with Revolving Exposure.

Revolving Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to clauses (e)  or (f)  of Section 2.01 , an Incremental Revolving Loan made under the Revolving Facility or any Loan made pursuant to any Extended Revolving Commitments, as the context may require.

Revolving Maturity Date ” means the date that is five (5) years from the Closing Date or, with respect to any Extended Revolving Commitments, the final maturity date applicable thereto as specified in the applicable Extension Request accepted by the respective Lender or Lenders.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Financial Services, LLC, or any successor to the ratings agency business thereof.

Sanctions ” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes restrictive measures imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any EU member state, or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.

Sanctioned Country ” means, at any time, a country or territory which is itself the subject or target of comprehensive Sanctions (at the time of this Agreement, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria) and with which dealings are prohibited under Sanctions.

Sanctioned Person ” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or by the United Nations Security Council or the European Union, (b) any Person, located, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person owned 50% or more or controlled by any such Person or Persons, in each case, to the extent dealings are prohibited or restricted with such Person under Sanctions.

Secured Net Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Total Indebtedness secured by a Lien on any asset or property of the Borrowers or any Other Loan Party minus unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries as determined in accordance with GAAP to (b) Adjusted EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period.

Secured Obligations ” has the meaning given to such term in the Security Agreement.

Secured Parties ” means the (a) Administrative Agent, (b) the Collateral Agent, (c) the Lenders, (d) the Issuing Banks, (e) each provider of arrangements the obligations under which constitute Deposit Obligations and (f) each counterparty to any Swap Agreement the obligations under which constitute Swap Obligations.

 

50


Security Agreement ” means that certain Security Agreement, dated the Closing Date, among the Loan Parties and the Collateral Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit J-2 .

Security Documents ” means the Security Agreement and each other security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered pursuant to Section 5.10 to secure any of the Obligations.

Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations ” means such of the representations and warranties made by P&G or any of its Affiliates in the Transaction Agreement as are material to the interests of the Lenders, but only to the extent that Coty (or one of its applicable Affiliates) has the right pursuant to the Transaction Agreement to terminate its obligations to consummate the Merger (or the right pursuant to the Transaction Agreement not to consummate the Merger) as a result of a breach of one or more of such representations and warranties.

Specified Equity Contribution ” means any cash contribution to the common equity of the Parent and/or any purchase or investment in an Equity Interest of the Parent the proceeds of which are used solely in accordance with Section 8.02 .

Specified Obligations ” means Obligations consisting of the principal and interest on Loans, reimbursement obligations in respect of LC Disbursements and fees.

Specified Refinancing Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.22(a) .

Specified Refinancing Revolving Commitments ” means Specified Refinancing Debt constituting revolving commitments.

Specified Refinancing Revolving Loans ” means Specified Refinancing Debt constituting revolving loans.

Specified Refinancing Term Loans ” means Specified Refinancing Debt constituting term loans.

Specified Representations ” means those representations and warranties made by the Borrowers in Sections 3.01(a) (with respect to the organizational existence of the Loan Parties only), 3.02 , 3.03(b)(ii) , 3.08 , 3.14 , 3.15 , 3.16 (as it relates to the creation, validity and perfection of the security interests in the Collateral) and 3.17 (as it relates to the use of proceeds of the Loans).

Specified Swap Obligation ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Excluded Swap Obligation”.

Specified Transaction ” means any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Permitted Acquisition, any Disposition that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Borrowers, any Investment constituting an acquisition of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of another Person or any Disposition of a business unit, line of business or division of the Borrowers or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise, or any

 

51


incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes), Restricted Payment, Incremental Term Facility, Incremental Revolving Facility or other event that by the terms of this Agreement requires Adjusted EBITDA or a financial ratio or test to be calculated on a “ Pro Forma Basis .”

Spot Rate ” means, on any day, with respect to any currency in relation to Dollars, the rate at which such currency may be exchanged into Dollars, as set forth at approximately 12:00 noon, London time, on such date on the Reuters World Currency Page for such currency. In the event that such rate does not appear on the applicable Reuters World Currency Page, the Spot Rate shall be calculated by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Parent, or, in the absence of such agreement, such Spot Rate shall instead be the arithmetic average of the spot rates of exchange of the Administrative Agent, at or about 11:00 a.m., London time, on such date for the purchase of such currency for delivery two (2) Business Days later; provided that if, at the time of any such determination, for any reason, no such spot rate is being quoted, the Administrative Agent, after consultation with the Parent, may use any reasonable method it deems appropriate to determine such rate, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Statutory Reserve Rate ” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject for euro currency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurocurrency Loans shall be deemed to constitute euro currency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

Subject Person ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Net Income.”

subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

Subsidiary ” means, unless otherwise specified, any subsidiary of the Parent.

Substitute Affiliate Lender ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(c) .

Substitute Facility Office ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(c) .

 

52


Swap Agreement ” means any agreement with respect to any swap, cap, collar, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current, former or future directors, officers, members of management, employees or consultants of the Parent or the Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.

Swap Obligations ” means all obligations, indebtedness, and liabilities (other than Excluded Swap Obligations) of the Group, or any member of the Group, to any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender which arise pursuant to any Swap Agreements with the Group, or any member of the Group, whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether direct, indirect, related, unrelated, fixed, contingent, liquidated, unliquidated, joint, several, or joint and several, including, without limitation, all fees, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) provided for in such Swap Agreements.

Swingline Exposure ” means, at any time, the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage.

Swingline Lender ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. or any other Revolving Lender who agrees in writing to act as the Swingline Lender hereunder, in each case in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

Swingline Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.04 .

Target ” means the Person that is to be acquired, in whose Equity Interests an Investment is to be made or whose (or whose business unit’s, line’s or division’s) assets are to be acquired in an acquisition permitted by clauses (k) , (l) , (q) , (v) , (z) , (cc) or (dd) of Section 6.04 .

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties (including customs, stamp or mortgage duties), deductions, charges, withholdings (including backup withholdings), assessments or fees, imposed by any Governmental Authority including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term A Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Term A Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Term A Loans to be made by such Lender hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08, (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 10.03 , (c) established or increased from time to time pursuant to an Incremental Assumption Agreement and (d) as established from time to time pursuant to an Extension Amendment. The initial amount of each Lender’s Term A Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 , or in the Assignment and Assumption or Incremental Assumption Agreement pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Term A Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Term A Commitments is $2,000,000,000.00.

 

53


Term A Facility ” means the Term A Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder.

Term A Lender ” means a Lender with a Term A Commitment or an outstanding Term A Loan.

Term A Loan Maturity Date ” means the date that is five (5) years from the Closing Date or, with respect to any applicable Extended Term Loans consisting of Term A Loans, the final maturity date applicable thereto as specified in the applicable Extension Request accepted by the respective Lender or Lenders.

Term A Loans” means a Loan made pursuant to clause (a)  of Section 2.01 or an Incremental Term Loan designated as a Term A Loan and denominated in Dollars.

Term B Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make Term B Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Term B Loans to be made by such Lender hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08 , (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 10.03 , (c) established or increased from time to time pursuant to an Incremental Assumption Agreement and (d) as established from time to time pursuant to an Extension Amendment. The initial amount of each Lender’s Term B Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 , or in the Assignment and Assumption or Incremental Assumption Agreement pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Term B Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Term B Commitments is $1,000,000,000.

Term B Facility ” means the Term B Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder.

Term B Lender ” means a Lender with a Term B Commitment or an outstanding Term B Loan.

Term B Loan Maturity Date ” means the date that is seven (7) years from the Closing Date or, with respect to any applicable Extended Term Loans consisting of Term B Loans, the final maturity date applicable thereto as specified in the applicable Extension Request accepted by the respective Lender or Lenders.

Term B Loans ” means a Loan made pursuant to clause (d)  of Section 2.01 or an Incremental Term Loan designated as a Term B Loan and denominated in Dollars.

Term Commitment ” means the Term B Commitment and the Term A Commitment.

Term Facility ” means the Term B Commitments and the Term A Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder.

Term Lender ” means, as of any date of determination, each Lender with a Term Commitment or an outstanding Term Loan.

 

54


Term Loans ” means a Term A Loan, a Term B Loan, an Incremental Term Loan, Specified Refinancing Term Loan or an Extended Term Loan, as the context may require.

Term Loan Extension Request ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.24(a) .

Term Loan Extension Series ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.24(a) .

Test Period ” means, for any date of determination under this Agreement, the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Parent ending on or prior to such date for which financial statements have been (or were required to have been) delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) ; provided , further , that for the purposes of the Financial Covenant, Test Period shall mean the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Parent ending on such date.

Threshold Amount ” means $100,000,000.

Total Assets ” means, at any time, the total assets of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the then most recent balance sheet of the Borrowers.

Total Indebtedness ” means, at the time of determination, the sum of the following determined for the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (without duplication) in accordance with GAAP: (a) all obligations for borrowed money; plus (b) all Capital Lease Obligations and purchase money indebtedness; plus (c) unreimbursed obligations in respect of drawn letters of credit, bankers acceptances or similar instruments ( provided that cash collateralized amounts under drawn letters of credit, bankers acceptances and similar instruments shall not be counted as Total Indebtedness); provided that Total Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness in respect of (i) unreimbursed obligations in respect of drawn letters of credit until five (5) days after such amount is drawn, (ii) obligations under Swap Agreements and (iii) if, upon or prior to the maturity thereof, such Person has irrevocably deposited with the proper Person in trust or escrow the necessary funds (or evidences of indebtedness) for the payment, redemption or satisfaction of such Indebtedness, and thereafter such funds and evidences of such obligation, liability or indebtedness or other security so deposited are not included in the calculation of unrestricted cash.

Total Net Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) (i) Total Indebtedness minus (ii) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries as determined in accordance with GAAP to (b) Adjusted EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period.

Total Revolving Commitments ” means, at any time, the aggregate of the Revolving Commitments of all Lenders (or their respective Affiliates) at such time.

Transaction Agreement ” means that certain Transaction Agreement, dated as of July 8, 2015, among P&G, Coty, the Initial Borrower and Merger Sub, including all schedules, exhibits and annexes thereto and all Ancillary Agreements (as defined therein).

 

55


Transaction Documents ” means, collectively, the Transaction Agreement together with all documents, instruments or agreements contemplated to be executed or delivered in connection therewith.

Transactions ” means:

(a) the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the funding of the Facilities on or prior to the Merger Date;

(b) (i) the contribution by P&G and/or its subsidiaries of a portion of the Galleria Business to the Initial Borrower (the “ Contribution ”) in exchange for common equity interests of the Initial Borrower and, potentially, cash (the “ Recapitalization ”), (ii) the contribution or loan of cash or transfer of a portion of the Galleria Business by the Initial Borrower to one or more newly-formed subsidiaries of the Initial Borrower, (iii) the sale or other transfer by P&G and/or its subsidiaries of a portion of the Galleria Business to the Initial Borrower or its subsidiaries, (iv) the distribution by P&G and its subsidiaries of all of the common Equity Interests of the Initial Borrower to the shareholders of P&G in accordance with the Transaction Agreement, (v) the consummation of the Merger and the conversion of the common Equity Interests of the Initial Borrower into common Equity Interests of Coty and (vi) consummation of any other transactions described or contemplated by the Transaction Documents, including any actions necessary to effectuate the movement and transfer of legal entities, assets and liabilities (including assets and liabilities that will remain with the Galleria Business and assets and liabilities that will remain with P&G, in each case, as contemplated by the Transaction Agreement) and any activities as reasonably necessary to achieve the structure of the Galleria Business contemplated by the Transaction Agreement on or prior to the Merger Date; and

(c) the transactions related to the foregoing, including the payment of all fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the transactions described in the foregoing provisions of this definition.

Type ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “ UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

Undisclosed Administration ” means in relation to a Lender or a parent company of such Lender, the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official by a supervisory authority or regulator under or based on the law in the country where such Lender or parent company, as the case may be, is subject to home jurisdiction supervision if applicable law requires that such appointment is not to be publicly disclosed.

 

56


Unrestricted Subsidiaries ” means each Subsidiary of the Parent (other than a Borrower) designated by the Parent as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” pursuant to Section 5.13 .

U.S. Person ” means any Person that is a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.17(f)(ii) .

USD/Multicurrency Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any USD/Multicurrency Revolving Lender, subject to Section 2.21, the percentage of the total USD/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments represented by such Lender’s USD/Multicurrency Revolving Commitment. If the USD/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the USD/Multicurrency Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the USD/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.

USD/Multicurrency Revolving Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make USD/Multicurrency Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit denominated in Alternative Currencies hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08, (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 10.03 , (c) as established or increased from time to time pursuant to an Incremental Assumption Agreement, (d) as established from time to time pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment and (e) as established from time to time pursuant to an Extension Amendment. The amount of each Lender’s USD/Multicurrency Revolving Commitment as of the Closing Date is set forth on Schedule 2.01 . The aggregate amount of the Lenders’ USD/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments as of the Closing Date is $1,500,000,000.

USD/Multicurrency Revolving Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s (or its Affiliate’s) USD/Multicurrency Revolving Loans and its Multicurrency LC Exposure at such time.

USD/Multicurrency Revolving Facility ” means the USD/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder.

USD/Multicurrency Revolving Lender ” means, as of any date of determination, each Lender with a USD/Multicurrency Revolving Commitment or, if the USD/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, a Lender with USD/Multicurrency Revolving Exposure.

USD/Multicurrency Revolving Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to clause (e)  of Section 2.01 or an Incremental Revolving Loan made under the USD/Multicurrency Revolving Facility.

Withdrawal Liability ” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Title IV of ERISA.

 

57


Withholding Agent ” means any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers ” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Yearly Limit ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.07(a)(v) .

Section 1.02 Classification of Loans and Borrowings . For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g. , a “ Revolving Loan ” or “ Term B Loan ”) or by Type ( e.g. , a “ Eurocurrency Loan ”) or by Class and Type ( e.g. , a “ Eurocurrency Revolving Loan ” or “ Eurocurrency Term B Loan ”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g. , a “ Revolving Borrowing ” or “ Term B Loan Borrowing ”) or by Type ( e.g. , a “ Eurocurrency Borrowing ”) or by Class and Type ( e.g. , a “ Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing ” or “ Eurocurrency Term B Loan Borrowing ”).

Section 1.03 Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Loan Document) herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document (including any Loan Document) as from time to time amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, extended, renewed, replaced, refinanced or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, amendments and restatements, supplements, extensions, renewals, replacements, refinancings or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein or in any Loan Document to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof or thereof, (d) all references herein or in any Loan Document to Articles, Sections, clauses, paragraphs, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections, clauses and paragraphs of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement or such Loan Document, as applicable, and (e) the words “asset” and “property”, when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

For purposes of determining compliance at any time with Sections 6.01 , 6.02 , 6.03 , 6.04 , 6.05 , 6.06 , 6.07 and 6.08 , in the event that any Indebtedness, Lien, payment with respect to Junior Indebtedness restricted by Section 6.07(b) , Restricted Payment, contractual restriction, Investment, Disposition or Affiliate transaction, as applicable, meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of transactions or items permitted pursuant to any clause of such Sections 6.01 , 6.02 , 6.03 , 6.04 , 6.05 , 6.06 , 6.07 and 6.08 , the Parent, in its sole discretion, from time to time, may classify or reclassify such transaction or item (or portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such transaction (or portion thereof) in any one

 

58


category. For purposes of determining the permissibility of any action, change, transaction or event that by the terms of the Loan Documents requires a calculation of any financial ratio or test (including the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio or the Secured Net Leverage Ratio), such financial ratio or test shall, except as expressly permitted under this Agreement, be calculated at the time such action is taken, such change is made, such transaction is consummated or such event occurs, as the case may be, and no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of a change in such financial ratio or test occurring after the time such action is taken, such change is made, such transaction is consummated or such event occurs, as the case may be. It is understood and agreed that any Indebtedness, Lien, Restricted Payment, payment with respect to Junior Indebtedness restricted by Section 6.07(a) , Investment, Disposition or Affiliate transaction need not be permitted solely by reference to one category of permitted Indebtedness, Liens, Restricted Payments, payments with respect to Junior Indebtedness, Investments, Dispositions or Affiliate transactions under Sections 6.01 , 6.02 , 6.03 , 6.04 , 6.05 , 6.06 , 6.07 and 6.08 , respectively, but may instead be permitted in part under any combination thereof (it being understood that compliance with each such section is separately required).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, to the extent that the terms of this Agreement require (i) compliance with any financial ratio or test (including any First Lien Net Leverage Ratio test, any Secured Net Leverage Ratio test, any Total Net Leverage Ratio test or and the amount of Total Assets or the amount of Adjusted EBITDA) or (ii) the absence of a Default or Event of Default (or any type of Default or Event of Default) as a condition to the making of any Limited Condition Acquisition or incurrence of Indebtedness in connection therewith, the determination of whether the relevant condition is satisfied may be made, at the election of the Parent, at the time of (or on the basis of the financial statements for the most recently ended Test Period at the time of) either (x) the execution of the definitive agreement with respect to such Limited Condition Acquisition or (y) the consummation of the Limited Condition Acquisition and related incurrence of Indebtedness, in each case, after giving effect to the relevant Limited Condition Acquisition and related incurrence of Indebtedness, on a Pro Forma Basis; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, the absence of an Event of Default under Sections 8.01(a) , (b) , (g) , (h)  or (i)  shall be a condition to the consummation of any such Limited Condition Acquisition and incurrence of Indebtedness. In addition, if the proceeds of an Incremental Facility are to be used to finance a Limited Condition Acquisition, then at the option of the Parent and subject to the agreement of the lenders providing such financing may be subject to customary “SunGard” or “certain funds” conditionality.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, with respect to any amounts incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of this Agreement that does not require compliance with a financial ratio (any such amounts, the “ Fixed Amounts ”) substantially concurrently with any amounts incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of this Agreement that requires compliance with a financial ratio (including any First Lien Net Leverage Ratio test, any Secured Net Leverage Ratio test and any Total Net Leverage Ratio test) (any such amounts, the “ Incurrence-Based Amounts ”), it is understood and agreed that the Fixed Amounts shall be disregarded in the calculation of the financial ratio or test applicable to any substantially concurrent utilization of the Incurrence-Based Amounts.

 

59


Section 1.04 Accounting Terms; GAAP . If at any time any change in GAAP or the application thereof would affect the computation or interpretation of any financial ratio, basket, requirement or other provision set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Parent or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent and the Parent shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio, basket, requirement or other provision to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP or the application thereof (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided that until so amended, (i) (A) such ratio, basket, requirement or other provision shall continue to be computed or interpreted in accordance with GAAP or the application thereof prior to such change therein and (B) the Parent shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders a written reconciliation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, between calculations of such ratio, basket, requirement or other provision made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP or the application thereof or (ii) the Parent may elect to fix GAAP (for purposes of such ratio, basket, requirement or other provision) as of another later date notified in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) Capital Lease Obligations shall be excluded from (i) for the purposes of calculating the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio and Secured Net Leverage Ratio, Total Indebtedness, (ii) for the purposes of Section 6.01 , Indebtedness and (iii)  Section 6.04(o) (to the extent recharacterized as a Capital Lease Obligation after such lease is entered into), in each case, to the extent such Capital Lease Obligations would have been characterized as operating leases based on GAAP as of the Closing Date and (b) for purposes of determining compliance with any covenant (including the computation of the Financial Covenant) contained herein, Indebtedness of the Parent and its Subsidiaries shall be determined without giving effect to (i) any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (previously referred to as Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159) (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Parent or any subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein and (ii) any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof).

Section 1.05 Business Days; Payments . If any payment or performance under any Loan Document shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment or performance shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension.

Section 1.06 Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents . Unless expressly provided otherwise, any amounts specified in this Agreement shall be in Dollars.

(a) The Administrative Agent shall determine the Spot Rates as of each Revaluation Date to be used for calculating the Dollar Equivalent amounts of Loans and Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency. Such Spot Rates shall become effective as of such Revaluation Date and shall be the Spot Rates employed in converting any amounts between any Alternative Currency and Dollars until the next Revaluation Date to occur.

 

60


(b) The Administrative Agent shall determine the Dollar Equivalent of any Foreign Currency Letter of Credit or Borrowing not denominated in Dollars in accordance with the terms set forth herein, and a determination thereof by the Administrative Agent shall be presumptively correct absent manifest error. The Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, rely on any determination made by any Borrower in any document delivered to the Administrative Agent.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall determine the Dollar Equivalent of any Foreign Currency Letter of Credit as of (i) a date on or about the date on which the applicable Issuing Bank receives a request from the applicable Borrower for the issuance of such Letter of Credit, (ii) each subsequent date on which such Letter of Credit shall be renewed or extended or the stated amount of such Foreign Currency Letter of Credit shall be increased, (iii) March 31 and September 30 in each year and (iv) during the continuance of an Event of Default, on any date reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, in each case using the Spot Rate in effect on the date of determination, and each such amount shall be the Dollar Equivalent of such Letter of Credit until the next required calculation thereof pursuant to this Section 1.06(c) .

(d) The Administrative Agent shall determine the Dollar Equivalent of any Borrowing denominated in an Alternative Currency as of (i) a date on or about the date on which the Administrative Agent receives a Borrowing Request in respect of such Borrowing using the Spot Rate in effect on the date of determination, (ii) as of the date of the commencement of each Interest Period after the initial Interest Period therefor and (iii) during the continuance of an Event of Default, as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, using the Spot Rate in effect (x) in the case of clauses (i)  and (ii)  above, on the date that is three Business Days prior to the date of the Borrowing or on which the applicable Interest Period shall commence, and (y) in the case of clause (iii)  above, on the date of determination, and each such amount shall be the Dollar Equivalent of such Borrowing until the next required calculation thereof pursuant to this Section 1.06(d) .

(e) The Administrative Agent shall notify the Parent, the Lenders and the applicable Issuing Bank of each such determination (such date, a “ Revaluation Date ”) and revaluation of the Dollar Equivalent of each Foreign Currency Letter of Credit and Borrowing.

(f) The Administrative Agent may set up appropriate rounding-off mechanisms or otherwise round off amounts pursuant to this Section 1.06 to the nearest higher or lower amount in whole Dollars to ensure amounts owing by any party hereunder or that otherwise need to be calculated or converted hereunder are expressed in whole Dollars, as may be necessary or appropriate.

 

61


(g) Unless otherwise provided, Dollar Equivalent amounts set forth in Articles II or VIII may be exceeded by a percentage amount equal to 5% of such amount; provided , that such excess is solely as a result of fluctuations in applicable currency exchange rates after the last time such determinations were made and, in any such cases, the applicable limits set forth in Articles II or VIII, as applicable, will not be deemed to have exceeded solely as a result of such fluctuations in currency exchange rates. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall a prepayment be required under Section 2.11(a) if the Dollar Equivalent of the relevant amounts set forth therein does not exceed 5% of such relevant amounts solely as a result of fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

(h) For purposes of any determination under Article V , Article VI (other than the calculation of compliance with any financial ratio for purposes of taking any action hereunder) or Article VIII with respect to the amount of any Indebtedness, Lien, Restricted Payment, debt prepayment, Investment, Disposition, affiliate transaction or other transaction, event or circumstance, or any determination under any other provision of this Agreement (any of the foregoing, a “ subject transaction ”), in a currency other than Dollars, (i) the Dollar Equivalent of a subject transaction in a currency other than Dollar shall be calculated based on the rate of exchange quoted on the applicable Reuters World Currency Page (or any successor page thereto, or in the event such rate does not appear on any Reuters Page, by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Parent) for such foreign currency, as in effect at 12:00 noon (London time) on the date of such subject transaction (which, in the case of any Restricted Payment, shall be deemed to be the date of the declaration thereof and, in the case of the incurrence of Indebtedness, shall be deemed to be on the date first committed); provided , that if any Indebtedness is incurred (and, if applicable, associated Lien granted) to refinance or replace other Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than Dollar, and the relevant refinancing or replacement would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing or replacement, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing or replacement Indebtedness (and, if applicable, associated Lien granted) does not exceed an amount sufficient to repay the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced, except by an amount equal to (x) unpaid accrued interest and premiums (including tender premiums) thereon plus other reasonable and customary fees and expenses (including upfront fees and original issue discount) incurred in connection with such refinancing or replacement and (y) additional amounts permitted to be incurred under Section 6.01 and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of a change in the rate of currency exchange occurring after the time of any subject transaction so long as such subject transaction was permitted at the time incurred, made, acquired, committed, entered or declared as set forth in clause (i) . For purposes of Article VII and the calculation of compliance with any financial ratio for purposes of taking any action hereunder, on any relevant date of determination, amounts denominated in currencies other than Dollars shall be translated into Dollars at the applicable currency exchange rate used in preparing the financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) or (b) , as applicable, for the most recently ended Test Period and will, with respect to any Indebtedness, reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of any Swap Agreement permitted hereunder in respect of currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination for the Dollar Equivalent amount of such Indebtedness.

 

62


Section 1.07 Cashless Rollovers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, to the extent that any Lender extends the maturity date of, or replaces, renews or refinances, any of its then-existing Loans with Incremental Loans, Extended Term Loans, or Loans in connection with any Specified Refinancing Debt or Loan Modification or loans incurred under a new credit facility, in each case, to the extent such extension, replacement, renewal or refinancing is effected by means of a “cashless roll” by such Lender, such extension, replacement, renewal or refinancing shall be deemed to comply with any requirement hereunder or any other Loan Document that such payment be made “in Dollars”, “in immediately available funds”, “in cash” or any other similar requirement.

Section 1.08 Pro Forma Calculations .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Adjusted EBITDA, EBITDA, Consolidated Net Income and any financial ratios or tests, including the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio and the Total Net Leverage Ratio, shall be calculated in the manner prescribed by this Section 1.08 ; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in clauses (b) , (c)  or (d)  of this Section 1.08 , when calculating the Total Net Leverage Ratio for purposes of determining actual compliance (and not Pro Forma Compliance, compliance on a Pro Forma Basis or determining compliance giving Pro Forma Effect to a transaction) with Section 7.01 , the events described in this Section 1.08 that occurred subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period shall not be given Pro Forma Effect.

(b) For purposes of calculating Adjusted EBITDA, EBITDA, Consolidated Net Income and any financial ratios or tests, including the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio and the Total Net Leverage Ratio, Specified Transactions (and the incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness in connection therewith, subject to clause (d)  of this Section 1.08 ) that have been made (i) during the applicable Test Period or (ii) subsequent to such Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA, EBITDA, Consolidated Net Income or any such ratio is made shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and any increase or decrease in Adjusted EBITDA, EBITDA, Consolidated Net Income and the component financial definitions used therein attributable to any Specified Transaction) had occurred on the first day of the applicable Test Period.

(c) Whenever Pro Forma Effect is to be given to a Specified Transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Parent and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies described in clause (g)  of “Adjusted EBITDA”; provided that (A) such amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable (in the good faith determination of the Parent), (B) such actions are taken, committed to be taken or expected to be taken no later than twenty-four (24) months after the date of such Specified Transaction, (C) no amounts shall be added pursuant to this clause (c)  to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing Adjusted EBITDA or EBITDA, whether through a pro forma adjustment or otherwise, with respect to such period and (D) it is understood and agreed that, subject to compliance with the other provisions of this Section 1.08(c) , amounts to be included in pro forma calculations pursuant to this Section 1.08(c) may be included in Test Periods in which the Specified Transaction to which such amounts relate to is no longer being given Pro Forma Effect pursuant to Section 1.08(b) .

 

63


(d) In the event that the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs (including by assumption or guarantees) or repays (including by repurchase, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment) any Indebtedness included in the calculations of the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio and the Total Net Leverage Ratio, as the case may be (in each case, other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes), (i) during the applicable Test Period or (ii) subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made, then the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio and the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving Pro Forma Effect to such incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, to the extent required, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Test Period. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given Pro Forma Effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date such calculation is being made had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Swap Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on Capital Lease Obligations shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a Responsible Officer of the Parent to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Parent may designate.

(e) On and after the date Pro Forma Effect is to be given to a Limited Condition Acquisition and on which the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary is incurring or deemed to be incurring Indebtedness, which Limited Condition Acquisition has yet to be consummated but for which a definitive agreement governing such Limited Condition Acquisition has been executed and remains in effect, any ratio based conditions and baskets (including baskets that are determined on the basis of Adjusted EBITDA) shall be required to be satisfied assuming both that such Limited Condition Acquisition has been consummated and the related Indebtedness incurred and that such Limited Condition Acquisition has not been consummated and the related Indebtedness has not been incurred, in each case until such Limited Condition Acquisition is consummated or such definitive agreement is terminated.

Section 1.09 Restricted Lenders . With respect to each Lender that qualifies as a resident party domiciled in Germany within the meaning of section 2 paragraph 15 of the German Foreign Trade Act (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung) (each a “Restricted Lender”), Section 3.17, Section 5.14 and Section 6.12 shall only apply to the extent that these provisions would not result in (a) any violation of, conflict with or liability under EU Regulation (EC) 2271/96 or (b) a violation or conflict with section 7 of the German Foreign Trade Act (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung) or a similar anti-boycott statute. In connection with any amendment, waiver, determination or direction relating to any part of Section 3.17, Section 5.14 and/or Section 6.12 of which a Restricted Lender does not have the benefit, the Commitments of that Restricted Lender will be excluded for the purpose of determining whether the consent of the Required Lenders has been obtained or whether the determination or direction by the Required Lenders has been made.

 

64


ARTICLE II

THE CREDITS

Section 2.01 Commitments . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees (a) to make a Term A Loan in Dollars to the Initial Borrower on the Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding its pro rata share of the Term A Loans to be drawn on the Closing Date, (b) [reserved], (c) to make a Term A Loan in Dollars to the Initial Borrower on the Recapitalization Date in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding its undrawn Term A Commitment as of such date, (d) to make Term B Loans in Dollars to the Initial Borrower on the Escrow Date in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding its Term B Commitment (the proceeds of which shall be deposited into the Escrow Account and be subject to the terms of the Escrow Agreement), (e) [reserved] and (f) to make USD/Multicurrency Revolving Loans in Dollars or Alternative Currencies to the Initial Borrower and any Additional Borrowers, from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (i) the Dollar Equivalent of such Lender’s USD/Multicurrency Revolving Exposure exceeding such Lender’s USD/Multicurrency Revolving Commitment, (ii) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the USD/Multicurrency Revolving Exposure of all Lenders exceeding the aggregate USD/Multicurrency Revolving Commitment of all Lenders or (iii) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate Multicurrency Revolving Exposure exceeding the Multicurrency Revolving Sublimit. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrowers may borrow, repay (after the first anniversary of the Merger Date) and reborrow Revolving Loans. Amounts repaid or prepaid in respect of Term Loans may not (subject to Section 2.08(a) , in the case of the Term A Loans) be reborrowed; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the aggregate amount of Term A Loans and Revolving Loans made on the Closing Date shall in no event exceed in aggregate principal amount the sum of $2,900,000,000 plus the aggregate amount of fees and expenses required to be paid on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.02(e) . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the drawings under the Revolving Facility and issuance of Letters of Credit, as applicable, on the Closing Date will be limited to those necessary (i) to fund any original issue discount or upfront fees imposed in connection with the “market flex”, (ii) for other purposes related to the Transactions, (iii) to pay fees and expenses related to the Transactions and (iv) to fund working capital needs.

Section 2.02 Loans and Borrowings .

(a) Loans Made Ratably . Each Loan (other than a Swingline Loan) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Class and Type made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments of the applicable Class. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required.

 

65


(b) Initial Type of Loans . Subject to Section 2.14 , (i) each Term Borrowing denominated in Euro shall be comprised entirely of Eurocurrency Loans and each Term Borrowing in Dollars shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurocurrency Loans as the Parent may request in accordance herewith and (ii) each Revolving Borrowing by any Borrower (a) in Dollars shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurocurrency Loans and (b) in any Alternative Currency shall be composed solely of Eurocurrency Loans as the relevant Borrower may request in accordance herewith; provided , that during the Escrow Period any Term B Loans shall be deemed to be comprised entirely of Eurocurrency Loans. Each Swingline Loan shall be denominated in Dollars and shall be an ABR Loan. Each Lender at its option may make any Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) Minimum Amounts; Limitation on Eurocurrency Borrowings . At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 ((or in the Dollar Equivalent thereof) with respect to Loans denominated in any Alternative Currency other than Euro) or €1,000,000 and not less than €5,000,000 (with respect to Loans denominated in Euro) provided that a Eurocurrency Borrowing that results from a continuation of an outstanding Eurocurrency Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to such outstanding Borrowing. At the time that each ABR Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $1,000,000; provided that Revolving Borrowings may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Revolving Commitments or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e ). Each Swingline Loan shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $500,000 ((or in the Dollar Equivalent thereof) with respect to Loans denominated in any Alternative Currency other than Euro) or €1,000,000 and not less than €500,000 (with respect to Loans denominated in Euro). Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of eighteen (18) Revolving Eurocurrency Borrowings outstanding and four (4) Term Eurocurrency Borrowings outstanding.

(d) Limitation on Interest Periods . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrowers shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing as a Eurocurrency Loan if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Revolving Maturity Date in the case of a Revolving Loan, the Term A Loan Maturity Date, in the case of a Term A Loan, or the Term B Loan Maturity Date, in the case of a Term B Loan, as applicable.

 

66


Section 2.03 Requests for Borrowings . To request a Revolving Borrowing or Term Borrowing, the applicable Borrower shall provide written notice to the Administrative Agent of such request (a) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., Local Time, three (3) Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., Local Time, (x) in the case of any such Borrowing on the Recapitalization Date or the Escrow Release Date, on such date and (y) otherwise, one (1) Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that any such notice of an ABR Revolving Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e) may be given not later than 11:00 a.m., Local Time on the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided further that, Swingline Loans and Multicurrency Revolving Loans will not be available for Borrowing until after the one year anniversary of the Merger Date. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by telecopy or email to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the applicable Borrower. Each such written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02 :

(a) whether the requested Borrowing is to be a Revolving Borrowing, or a Term Borrowing (and, as applicable, the Class of such Borrowing);

(b) the identity of the Borrower and the aggregate amount and currency of such Borrowing, subject to the limitations set forth herein;

(c) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(d) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing, if applicable;

(e) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”; and

(f) the location and number of the applicable Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.06 .

If no election as to the Type of a Borrowing by the Borrower in Dollars is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurocurrency Borrowing, then the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one (1) month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section 2.03 , the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the applicable Class of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

Section 2.04 Swingline Loans .

(a) Commitment . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to any Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period, in Dollars, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding $80,000,000, (ii) the Dollar Equivalent of the total Revolving Exposures exceeding the total Revolving Commitments, (iii) [reserved] and

 

67


(iv) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate Multicurrency Revolving Exposure exceeding the Multicurrency Revolving Sublimit; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the relevant Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow Swingline Loans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Swingline Loans will not be available for Borrowing until after the one year anniversary of the Merger Date.

(b) Borrowing Procedure . To request a Swingline Loan, the applicable Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (confirmed by telecopy or email), not later than 9:00 a.m., Local Time on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan; provided that Swingline Loans will not be available for Borrowing until after the one year anniversary of the Merger Date. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the name of the Borrower, the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and the amount and currency of the requested Swingline Loan. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any such notice received from such Borrower. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the applicable Borrower by means of a credit to the general deposit account of the applicable Borrower with the Swingline Lender or by wire transfer, automated clearinghouse debit or interbank transfer to such other account, accounts or Persons designated by the applicable Borrower in the applicable request (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e) , by remittance to the applicable Issuing Bank) by 3:00 p.m., Local Time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.

(c) Revolving Lender Participation in Swingline Loans . The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m., Local Time, on any Business Day require the Revolving Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding.Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Revolving Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each applicable Revolving Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans in Dollars. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Revolving Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Revolving Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the applicable Borrower in writing of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such

 

68


Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the applicable Borrower (or other party on behalf of the applicable Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Revolving Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swingline Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the applicable Borrower (or such other Person) for any reason. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the applicable Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.

Section 2.05 Letters of Credit .

(a) General . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, any Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or Alternative Currencies for such Borrower’s own account (or the account of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Revolving Availability Period. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the applicable Borrower to, or entered into by the applicable Borrower with, any Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions . To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit (other than an automatic renewal permitted pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section)), the applicable Borrower shall telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the applicable Issuing Bank) to the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with clause (c)  of this Section 2.05 ), the amount and proposed currency of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the applicable Issuing Bank, the applicable Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on such Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit (but any default or breach under such application and not hereunder shall not give rise to a Default or Event of Default hereunder). A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, (i) the Dollar Equivalent of the LC Exposure shall not exceed $80,000,000 (the

 

69


Letter of Credit Facility Amount ”), (ii) the Dollar Equivalent of the total Revolving Exposures shall not exceed the total Revolving Commitments, (iii) [reserved], (iv) to the extent a Letter of Credit has been requested to be issued, amended, renewed or extended in an Alternative Currency, the USD/Multicurrency Revolving Exposure shall not exceed the USD/Multicurrency Revolving Commitment and (v) to the extent a Letter of Credit has been requested to be issued, amended, renewed or extended in an Alternative Currency, the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate Multicurrency Revolving Exposure shall not exceed the Multicurrency Revolving Sublimit; provided that no Issuing Bank shall have any obligation to (x) issue trade or commercial Letters of Credit without its consent or (y) issue Letters of Credit in an amount in excess of its Applicable Percentage of the Letter of Credit Facility Amount (it being understood and agreed that any Issuing Bank may issue Letters of Credit in excess of such amount in its sole discretion upon request of the Borrower); provided , further that no Issuing Bank shall be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Issuing Bank from issuing the Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the Issuing Bank or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Issuing Bank shall prohibit, or request that the Issuing Bank refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or the Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Issuing Bank with respect to the Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the Issuing Bank any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it.

(c) Expiration Date . Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one (1) year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one (1) year after such renewal or extension) ( provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year term may provide for the automatic renewal thereof for additional one-year periods not to extend past the date in clause (ii)  below unless the applicable Borrower shall have made arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank) and (ii) the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Revolving Maturity Date unless the applicable Borrower shall have made arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank with respect to cash collateralizing or backstopping such Letter of Credit.

(d) Participations . By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the applicable Issuing Bank or the Lenders, such Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Lender, and each Revolving Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (or in the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, the USD/Multicurrency Applicable Percentage) of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit; provided , that no Revolving Lender shall be obligated to participate in any Letter of Credit if, as of the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit (after giving effect to such issuance), such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Exposure would exceed its Revolving Commitment. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay (in Dollars, which in the case of a Letter

 

70


of Credit not denominated in Dollars shall be determined based on the Dollar Equivalent, using the applicable Spot Rate in effect on the date such payment is required) to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (or in the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, such Lender’s USD/Multicurrency Applicable Percentage) of each LC Disbursement made by such Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the applicable Borrower on the date due as provided in clause (e)  of this Section 2.05 , or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the applicable Borrower for any reason. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrative Agent may, in its reasonable discretion, take such actions as it deems advisable to allocate Letters of Credit and participations therein between any revolving facilities outstanding hereunder; it being understood that, subject to the preceding sentence, Dollar denominated Letters of Credit shall be allocated (and participated in and paid) under the Revolving Facility in accordance with the Lenders’ respective Revolving Commitments. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Revolving Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(e) Reimbursement . If any Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the applicable Borrower shall, following notice of such LC Disbursement to the Borrower, reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement in the relevant currency not later than 4:00 p.m., Local Time, on the first Business Day after such LC Disbursement is made if the applicable Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m., Local Time, on the date such LC Disbursement is made, or, if such notice has not been received by the applicable Borrower prior to such time on such date such notice shall be deemed received on the next day and then not later than 1:00 p.m., Local Time, on the Business Day immediately following the day that the applicable Borrower is deemed to have received such notice; provided that the applicable Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Sections 2.03 or 2.04 that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Borrowing (in the case of a payment in Dollars), a Eurocurrency Borrowing (in the case of a payment in an Alternative Currency) or Swingline Loan in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the applicable Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting applicable Borrowing, or, if applicable, Swingline Loan. If the applicable Borrower fails to make such payment when due, then (A) if such payment relates to a Foreign Currency Letter of Credit, automatically and with no further action required, such Borrower’s obligation to reimburse the applicable LC Disbursement shall be permanently converted into an obligation to reimburse the Dollar Equivalent, calculated using the applicable Spot Rate on the date when such payment was due, of such LC Disbursement and (B) in the case of each LC Disbursement the Administrative Agent shall notify each Revolving Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the applicable Borrower in respect thereof and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (or in the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in Alternative Currency, the USD/Multicurrency Applicable Percentage) thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Revolving Lender shall pay to the

 

71


Administrative Agent in Dollars its Applicable Percentage (or in the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in Alternative Currency, the USD/Multicurrency Applicable Percentage) of the payment then due from the applicable Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to the payment obligations of the Revolving Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the applicable Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from a Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Revolving Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Revolving Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of ABR Revolving Loans (in the case of a payment in Dollars), Eurocurrency Revolving Loans (in the case of an Alternative Currency) or a Swingline Loan as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrowers of their obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement in accordance with this Section 2.05(e) .

(f) Obligations Absolute . Each Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in clause (e)  of this Section 2.05 shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or any Loan Document, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by any Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.05 , constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, any Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor any Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the applicable Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the applicable Issuing Bank or its Related Parties from liability to the applicable Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the applicable Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable Law) suffered by the applicable Borrower that are caused by such Issuing Bank’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of, or material breach of the terms of the Loan Documents by, the applicable Issuing Bank, such

 

72


Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(g) Disbursement Procedures . The applicable Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The applicable Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy or email) of such demand for payment and whether the such Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the applicable Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank and the Revolving Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.

(h) Interim Interest . If the applicable Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the applicable Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the applicable Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, (i) in the case of LC Disbursements made in Dollars, and at all times following the conversion to Dollars of an LC Disbursement made in an Alternative Currency pursuant to clause (e)  above, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans and (ii) in the case of LC Disbursements made in Alternative Currency, and at all times prior to their conversion to Dollars pursuant to clause (e)  above, at the rate applicable to Eurocurrency Loans denominated in such Alternative Currency with an Interest Period of one (1) month’s duration determined on the date such LC Disbursement is made; provided that, if the applicable Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to clause (e)  of this Section 2.05 , then Section 2.13(c) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Revolving Lender pursuant to clause (e)  of this ?Section 2.05 to reimburse such Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Revolving Lender to the extent of such payment.

(i) Replacement of an Issuing Bank . An Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Parent, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Revolving Lenders of any such replacement of an Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrowers shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.12(b) . From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of such retiring Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be

 

73


deemed to include such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

(j) Cash Collateralization . If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the applicable Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the applicable Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Revolving Lenders, an amount in cash in Dollars or, if applicable, Alternative Currency equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to any Borrower described in clause (g)  or (h)  of Section 8.01 . Each such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the relevant Obligations. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrowers’ risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Monies in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the relevant Borrowers for the LC Exposure at such time, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Revolving Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the relevant Borrowers under this Agreement. If any Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the applicable Borrower within three (3) Business Days following a request to do so after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

(k) Conversion . In the event that the Loans become immediately due and payable on any date pursuant to Section 8.01 , all amounts (i) that a Borrower is at the time or thereafter becomes required to reimburse or otherwise pay to the Administrative Agent in respect of LC Disbursements made under any Foreign Currency Letter of Credit (other than amounts in respect of which such Borrower has deposited cash collateral pursuant to clause (j)  above, if such cash collateral was deposited in the applicable Alternative Currency to the extent so deposited or applied), (ii) that the Revolving Lenders are at the time or thereafter become required to pay to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent is at the time or thereafter becomes required to distribute to the applicable Issuing Bank pursuant to clause (e)  of this Section 2.05 in respect of unreimbursed LC Disbursements made under any Foreign Currency Letter of Credit and (iii) of each Revolving Lender’s participation in any

 

74


Foreign Currency Letter of Credit under which an LC Disbursement has been made shall, automatically and with no further action required, be converted into the Dollar Equivalent, calculated using the applicable Spot Rates on such date (or in the case of any LC Disbursement made after such date, on the date such LC Disbursement is made), of such amounts. On and after such conversion, all amounts accruing and owed to the Administrative Agent, the applicable Issuing Bank or any Revolving Lender in respect of the obligations described in this clause (k)  shall accrue and be payable in Dollars at the rates otherwise applicable hereunder.

(l) Applicability of ISP . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Issuing Bank and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit.

Section 2.06 Funding of Borrowings .

(a) By Lenders . Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon, Local Time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.04 . The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the applicable Borrower by promptly (but, in the case of Loans to be made on the Recapitalization Date, no later than 3:00 p.m. Local Time) crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the applicable Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent or by wire transfer, automated clearing house debit or interbank transfer to such other account, accounts or Persons designated by the applicable Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Issuing Bank.

(b) Fundings Assumed Made . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with clause (a)  of this Section 2.06 and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the applicable Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand (without duplication) such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the applicable Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of a payment to be made by the applicable Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans, or if applicable for Borrowings denominated in an Alternative Currency, a rate determined in a customary manner in good faith by the Administrative Agent. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such

 

75


Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. If the applicable Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the applicable Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the applicable Borrower for such period. Any payment by the applicable Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the applicable Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

(c) Affiliate Loans . In respect of a Loan or Loans to a particular Borrower (“ Designated Loans ”) a Lender (a “ Designating Lender ”) may at any time and from time to time designate (by written notice to the Agents and the Parent) (i) a substitute office from which it will make Designated Loans (a “ Substitute Facility Office ”) or (ii) nominate an Affiliate to act as the Lender of Designated Loans (a “ Substitute Affiliate Lender ”). In furtherance of the foregoing:

(i) A notice to nominate a Substitute Affiliate Lender shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto and be countersigned by the relevant Substitute Affiliate Lender confirming it will be bound as a Lender under this Agreement in respect of the Designated Loans in respect of which it acts as Lender.

(ii) The Designating Lender will act as the representative of any Substitute Affiliate Lender it nominates for all administrative purposes under this Agreement. The Loan Parties, the Agents and the Secured Parties will be entitled to deal only with the Designating Lender, except that payments will be made in respect of Designated Loans to the Substitute Facility Office or the Substitute Affiliate Lender, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, the Commitments of the Designating Lender will not be treated as reduced by the introduction of the Substitute Affiliate Lender for voting purposes under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

(iii) Other than as specified in clause (ii)  above, a Substitute Affiliate Lender will be treated as a Lender for all purposes under the Loan Documents and having a Commitment equal to the principal amount of all Designated Loans in which it is participating if and for so long as it continues to be a Substitute Affiliate Lender under this Agreement.

(iv) A Designating Lender may revoke its designation of an Affiliate as a Substitute Affiliate Lender by notice in writing to the Agents and the Parent; provided that such notice may only take effect when there are no Designated Loans outstanding to the Substitute Affiliate Lender. Upon such Substitute Affiliate Lender ceasing to be a Substitute Affiliate Lender, the Designating Lender will automatically assume (and be deemed to assume without further action by any Person) all rights and obligations previously vested in the Substitute Affiliate Lender.

(v) If a Designating Lender designates a Substitute Facility Office or Substitute Affiliate Lender in accordance with this Section 2.06(c) , any Substitute Affiliate Lender shall be treated for the purposes of Section 2.17 as having become a Lender on the date of this Agreement.

 

76


Section 2.07 Interest Elections .

(a) Conversion and Continuation . Each Revolving Borrowing and Term Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request; provided , that (x) during the Escrow Period, the Interest Period for Term B Loans shall be deemed to be three (3) months unless the Initial Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree to a shorter interest period pursuant to the definition of “Interest Period” and (y) the Interest Period for Term B Loans shall automatically terminate on the Escrow Release Date (it being understood that Initial Borrower shall not be required to pay any breakage fees under Section 2.16 as a result of the termination of such Interest Period) and the Initial Borrower shall be required to deliver an Interest Election Request with respect to the Term B Loans. Thereafter, the applicable Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a Borrowing of a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section 2.07 . The applicable Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.

(b) Delivery of Interest Election Request . To make an election pursuant to this Section 2.07 , the applicable Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the applicable Borrower were requesting a Revolving Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by telecopy or email to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the applicable Borrower.

(c) Contents of Interest Election Request . Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02 :

(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii)  and (iv)  below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

 

77


(iii) whether, in the case of Loans denominated in Dollars, the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing, if applicable; and

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period.”

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one (1) month’s duration.

(d) Notice to the Lenders . Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the applicable Class of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e) Automatic Conversion . If the applicable Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurocurrency Borrowing prior to the third Business Day prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, in the case of Borrowings denominated in Dollars, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing or, in the case of Borrowings denominated in Alternative Currencies, a Eurocurrency Borrowing with an Interest Period of one (1) month’s duration, respectively.

(f) Limitations on Election . Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders of any Class, so notifies the applicable Borrower in writing, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Borrowing of such Class denominated in Dollars may be converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing, (ii) unless repaid, each Eurocurrency Borrowing of such Class denominated in Dollars shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto and (iii) each Borrowing of such Class denominated in an Alternative Currency will, at the expiration of the then current Interest Period each such Borrowing, be automatically continued as a Borrowing of Eurocurrency Loans with an Interest Period of one (1) month.

Section 2.08 Termination and Reduction of Commitments .

(a) Termination Date . Unless previously terminated in whole or in part pursuant to this Section 2.08 , (i) the Term A Commitment shall terminate on the earliest of (1) (x) with respect to the portion of the Term A Loans funded on the Closing Date, the Closing Date, and (y) with respect to any remaining Term A Commitments outstanding after the funding of a portion of the Closing Date, the Recapitalization Date, (2) January 31, 2017, (3) termination of the Transaction Agreement and (4) the date on which either party to the Transaction Agreement publicly announces its intention not to proceed with the Merger and the Contribution, (ii) the Term B Commitment shall terminate upon the funding of the proceeds of the Term B Loans into the Escrow Account on the Escrow Date and (iii) the Revolving Commitments shall terminate on the earliest of (1) if the Merger Date has not

 

78


occurred prior to such date, January 31, 2017, (2) termination of the Transaction Agreement without the Merger Date having occurred, (3) the date on which either party to the Transaction Agreement publicly announces its intention not to proceed with the Merger and the Contribution and (4) the Revolving Maturity Date; provided that, the Initial Borrower shall have the right on not more than five occasions to elect, on or prior to the date that is one Business Day following the Recapitalization Date and subject to the Merger Date and the Escrow Release Date not having occurred and all previously made Term A Loans and Revolving Loans having been prepaid (and there being no Loan Obligations outstanding excluding the Term B Loans in the Escrow Account), to (x) reinstate the Term A Commitments, (y) deem the Closing Date and the Recapitalization Date not to have occurred (other than for purposes of (i) the definitions of “Revolving Maturity Date” and “Term A Loan Maturity Date” and (ii) the delivery and effectiveness of the Guaranty, the Security Agreement and any filed UCC-1s, it being understood that (A) the Pro Rata Ticking Fees shall accrue during the period from the reinstatement of Term A Commitments through the earlier of (I) the occurrence of a subsequent Borrowing of Term A Loans and (II) the date on which the Term A Commitments and Revolving Commitments expire or are terminated in their entirety and (B) the payment of upfront fees pursuant to the Fee Letter shall be payable solely upon the initial Borrowing of Term A Loans and Revolving Loans) and (z) thereafter, subject to sub-clauses (2), (3) and (4) of clause (i) above (and after any such borrowing, sub-clause (i)(1) above), borrow Term A Loans and Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.03 (including satisfaction of Sections 4.02 or 4.03, as applicable, to the extent (i) not previously satisfied or (ii) if previously satisfied, rescinded).

(b) Optional Termination or Reduction . The Parent may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments of any Class; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 (or, if less, the remaining amount of the relevant Commitments) and (ii) the Parent shall not terminate or reduce the Revolving Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.11 , (A) any Lender’s Revolving Exposure exceeds such Lender’s Revolving Commitment, (B) the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders exceeds the aggregate Revolving Commitment of all Lenders, (C) [reserved] or (D) the aggregate USD/Multicurrency Revolving Exposure of all Lenders exceeds the aggregate USD/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments of all Lenders or (E) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate Multicurrency Revolving Exposure exceeds the Multicurrency Revolving Sublimit, in each case, calculated based on the Dollar Equivalent amount as of such date of termination or reduction.

(c) Notice of Termination or Reduction . The Parent shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under clause (b)  of this Section 2.08 at least three (3) Business Days, or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent, prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the applicable Class of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Parent pursuant to this Section 2.08(c) shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Revolving Commitments delivered by the Parent may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of

 

79


other transactions, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Parent (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments of such Class.

Section 2.09 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt .

(a) Promise to Pay . Each Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (in each case subject to Section 2.11(i) and Section 2.11(j) ) (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan of such Lender made to such Borrower on the Revolving Maturity Date, (ii) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Term Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Term Loan of such Lender made to such Borrower as provided in Section 2.10 and (iii) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan made to such Borrower on the earlier of the Revolving Maturity Date and the day that is ten (10) Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made; provided that on each date that a Revolving Borrowing is made the Borrowers shall repay all Swingline Loans then outstanding.

(b) Lender Records . Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of each Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender by such Borrower from time to time hereunder.

(c) Administrative Agent Records . The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the currency, Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from each Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders from each Borrower and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d) Prima Facie Evidence . The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to clause (b)  or (c)  of this ?Section 2.09 shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein absent manifest error; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided , further , that in the event of any inconsistency between such accounts of the Administrative Agent and any Lender’s records, the Administrative Agent’s accounts shall govern.

(e) Request for a Note . Any Lender may request that Loans of any Class made by it be evidenced by a promissory note; provided that any such promissory notes to be issued on any of the Escrow Date, Closing Date or the Recapitalization Date shall be requested by the relevant Lender at least three (3) Business Days prior to such date. In such event, the applicable Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a

 

80


promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 10.03 ) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns); provided that in the event of any assignment of Loans evidenced by a promissory note, the applicable Borrower shall not be obligated to execute and deliver a promissory note to the assignee of such Loans unless and until the assignor Lender has returned its promissory note to the relevant Borrower or the relevant Borrower has received a lost note affidavit and indemnity from the assigning Lender in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the relevant Borrower.

Section 2.10 Amortization of Term Loans .

(a) Term A Loans . Each Borrower shall repay the Term A Loans in the applicable currency of such Term A Loans in quarterly principal installments as follows:

(i) in the amount of 1.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term A Loans made on the Closing Date and/or Recapitalization Date, due and payable on the last day of each March, June, September and December, of each year commencing on the last day of such month falling on or after the last day of the fourth full fiscal quarter of the Initial Borrower following the Merger Date and continuing until the last day of such quarterly period ending immediately prior to the Term A Loan Maturity Date; and

(ii) one final installment in the amount of the relevant Term A Loans then outstanding, due and payable on the Term A Loan Maturity Date.

(b) Term B Loans . Each Borrower shall repay the Term B Loans in the applicable currency of such Term B Loans in quarterly principal installments as follows:

(i) in the amount of 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term B Loans released from the Escrow Account on the Escrow Release Date, due and payable on the last day of each March, June, September and December, of each year commencing on the last day of such month falling on or after the last day of the fourth full fiscal quarter of the Parent following the Merger Date and continuing until the last day of such quarterly period ending immediately prior to the Term B Loan Maturity Date; and

(ii) one final installment in the amount of the relevant Term B Loans then outstanding, due and payable on the Term B Loan Maturity Date.

Prior to any repayment of any Term Borrowings, the Borrower shall select the Class and Borrowing or Borrowings to be repaid and shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such selection not later than 12:00 p.m., Local Time, three (3) Business Days before the scheduled date of such repayment; provided that to the extent the Borrower does not specify in such notice the Borrowing or Borrowings to be repaid the

 

81


Administrative Agent shall apply such amounts on a pro rata basis between all applicable Classes and Borrowings. Each repayment of a Class and Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the repaid Class and Borrowing. Repayments of Term Borrowings shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the amount repaid.

(c) Incremental Term Loans . In the event any Incremental Term Loans are made, such Incremental Term Loans shall be repaid in the amounts and on the dates set forth in the Incremental Assumption Agreement by each applicable Borrower thereunder on the applicable maturity date thereof, provided that no payment of principal shall be made before the first anniversary of the Merger Date.

(d) Extended Term Loans . In the event any Extended Term Loans are made, such Extended Term Loans shall be repaid in the amounts and on the dates set forth in the Extension Amendment by each applicable Borrower thereunder and on the applicable maturity date thereof, provided that no payment of principal shall be made before the first anniversary of the Merger Date.

Section 2.11 Prepayment of Loans .

(a) Optional Prepayment . On any date that is (w) prior to the Recapitalization Date (subject to Section 2.08(a)), (x) on or within one (1) Business Day of the Recapitalization Date (but in any event not on or after the Merger Date) or (y) after the first anniversary of the Merger Date, the applicable Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing of any Class in whole or in part without prepayment penalty or premium, subject to the requirements of this Section 2.11 and Section 2.16 .

(b) Mandatory Prepayment of Revolving Loans . In the event and on such occasion that (i) such Lender’s Revolving Exposure exceeds such Lender’s Revolving Commitment, (ii) the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders exceeds the aggregate Total Revolving Commitment of all Lenders, (iii) [reserved] or (iv) the aggregate USD/Multicurrency Revolving Exposure of all Lenders exceeds the aggregate USD/Multicurrency Revolving Commitment of all Lenders or (v) the aggregate Multicurrency Revolving Exposure exceeds the Multicurrency Revolving Sublimit, in each case calculated based on the Dollar Equivalent amount as of the applicable date of determination, from and after the first anniversary of the Merger Date, the applicable Borrower shall prepay Revolving Borrowings or Swingline Borrowings or cash collateralize any Letters of Credit in an aggregate amount to eliminate such excess.

Upon the incurrence by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Specified Refinancing Debt constituting revolving credit facilities, the Borrowers shall prepay Revolving Loans and terminate Revolving Commitments in an aggregate principal amount equal to 100% of all Net Proceeds received therefrom immediately upon receipt thereof by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if such debt is incurred or issued prior to the one year anniversary of the Merger Date, Coty must receive a Refinancing Bank Letter before such incurrence or issuance.

 

82


(c) Mandatory Prepayments from Net Proceeds of Prepayment Event . From and after the first anniversary of the Merger Date, in the event and on each occasion that any Net Proceeds are received by or on behalf the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Prepayment Event, the Parent shall, within three (3) Business Days after such Net Proceeds are received, prepay or cause to be prepaid Term Borrowings (on a ratable basis among any outstanding Term A Loans and Term B Loans based on the outstanding principal amounts thereof) in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of the amount of such Net Proceeds; provided that:

(i) subject to the terms of clause (iii)  below, in the case of any event described in clauses (a)  or (b)  of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event”, if the Secured Net Leverage Ratio of the Parent as calculated as of the last day of the most recent Test Period is less than or equal to (x) 2.75 to 1.00, then the Parent shall only prepay or cause to be prepaid Term Borrowings in an aggregate amount equal to 50% of the Net Proceeds and (y) 2.25 to 1.00, then no prepayment will be required under this clause (c)  for such fiscal year; and

(ii) subject to the terms of subclause (iii)  below, in the case of any event described in clauses (a)  or (b)  of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event”, if the Parent shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Financial Officer to the effect that the Parent and the Subsidiaries intend to apply the Net Proceeds from such event, within twelve (12) months after receipt of such Net Proceeds, to acquire or replace assets (other than ordinary course current assets, it being understood such limitation shall not apply to the acquisition of any Person or all or substantially all of the assets of a division or branch of such Person) or repair, improve or maintain assets to be used in the business of, or otherwise useful in the operations of, the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries, then no prepayment shall be required pursuant to this clause (c)  in respect of such event except to the extent of any Net Proceeds therefrom that have not been so applied within twelve (12) months (or in the case of a binding commitment in respect of an application within such twelve (12) months, eighteen (18) months) after receipt of such Net Proceeds, at which time a prepayment shall be required in an amount equal to the Net Proceeds that have not been so applied; provided that the reinvestment rights herein shall not apply to the Net Proceeds of any Prepayment Event resulting from Required Regulatory Dispositions in excess of $500,000,000; and

(iii) Net Proceeds from any Prepayment Event, in the case of any event described in clauses (a)  or (b)  of the definition of the term “Prepayment Event”, shall not be required to be used to prepay Term Borrowings under this clause (c)  if (A) the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds received from any such individual Prepayment Event, together with any other Prepayment Events which are in connection with the same transaction or related series of transactions, do not exceed $7,500,000 and (B) the aggregate amount of Net Proceeds received from all Prepayment Events in any fiscal year would not exceed $7,500,000; provided that, on or after the Merger Date, any such prepayment shall be applied on a pro rata basis with any mandatory prepayment under the corresponding provision of the Coty Credit Agreement and may be applied on a pro rata or less than pro rata basis with any mandatory prepayment as provided for in any other Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01 that is secured on an equal and ratable basis with the Term Loans.

 

83


(d) Excess Cash Flow Prepayment . Following the end of each Applicable Fiscal Year commencing with the first full fiscal year of the Parent ending after the first anniversary of the Merger Date, the Initial Borrower shall prepay Term Loans (ratably in accordance with the outstanding amount of each Class thereof) in an aggregate amount equal to the sum of: (i) 50% of Excess Cash Flow for such Applicable Fiscal Year; minus (ii) the aggregate amount of voluntary prepayments made on the Term Loans during such Applicable Fiscal Year or on or prior to the date such Excess Cash Flow payment is due (other than prepayments funded with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness) and without duplication for any deduction of any such prepayment in respect of the prior fiscal year but including Loans repurchased pursuant to Dutch auctions or open market purchases in an amount equal to the discounted purchase price of such Loans paid in respect of such Loans pursuant to such Dutch auction or open market purchase); minus (iii) the aggregate amount of voluntary prepayments made on the Revolving Loans during such Applicable Fiscal Year or on or prior to the date such Excess Cash Flow payment is due (and without duplication for any deduction of any such prepayment in respect of the prior fiscal year) that were accompanied by a permanent reduction of the Revolving Commitments. Each prepayment pursuant to this clause (d)  shall be made within five (5) Business Days after the date on which financial statements are delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) with respect to the Applicable Fiscal Year for which Excess Cash Flow is being calculated; provided that if the Secured Net Leverage Ratio as calculated as of the last day of the relevant Applicable Fiscal Year is (x) less than or equal to 2.75 to 1.00, then the 50% threshold above shall be reduced to 25% and (y) less than or equal to 2.25 to 1.00, no prepayment will be required under this clause (d)  for such fiscal year and provided , that no prepayment will be required under this clause (d)  for such fiscal year if the aggregate amount of such prepayment would not exceed $10,000,000; provided that on or after the Merger Date, any prepayment required under this clause (d) shall be applied on a pro rata basis with any mandatory prepayment under the corresponding provision of the Coty Credit Agreement and may be applied on a pro rata or less than pro rata basis with any mandatory prepayment as provided for in any other Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01 that is secured on an equal and ratable basis with the Term Loans. As used in this clause, the term “Applicable Fiscal Year” means each fiscal year, beginning with the first full fiscal year ending after the Recapitalization Date (or, if the Recapitalization Date has not occurred prior to June 30, 2017, the fiscal year ending June 30, 2017).

(e) Repatriation Considerations . Notwithstanding any other provisions of Sections 2.11(c) and (d) , (i) to the extent that (and for so long as) any of or all the Net Proceeds of any Prepayment Event giving rise to a mandatory prepayment pursuant to Sections 2.11(c) and (d) are prohibited or restricted by applicable local Law from being repatriated to the jurisdiction of organization of the Parent, taking into account matters such as financial assistance, corporate benefit restrictions and the fiduciary and statutory duties of the directors of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, an amount equal to the portion of such Net Proceeds so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Term Loans at the times

 

84


provided in Section 2.05(c) but may be retained by the applicable Restricted Subsidiary so long as the applicable local Law will not permit such repatriation to the Parent (the Initial Borrower hereby agreeing to cause the applicable Restricted Subsidiary to promptly take commercially reasonable actions available under applicable local Law to permit such repatriation or a part thereof if full repatriation is not permitted) or such conflict or risk exists, and if such repatriation of any such affected Net Proceeds is permitted under the applicable local Law and such conflict or risk no longer exists, an amount equal to such Net Proceeds not previously paid will be promptly applied to the Term Loans pursuant Section 2.11(c) and Section 2.11(d) and (ii) to the extent that the Parent has determined in good faith that repatriation of any of or all of the Net Proceeds of any Prepayment Event to the jurisdiction of organization of the Parent would have a material adverse Tax consequence with respect to such Net Proceeds (taking into account any foreign tax credit or benefit that would be realized in connection with such repatriation), the Net Proceeds so affected will not be required to be applied to repay the Term Loans at the times provided in this Section 2.11 but may be retained by the applicable Restricted Subsidiary until such time as it may repatriate such amount without incurring such material adverse Tax consequences (at which time such amount shall be repatriated to the Parent and applied to repay the Term Loans to the extent provided herein).

(f) Notice of Prepayment; Application of Prepayments . The applicable Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) by telephone (confirmed by telecopy or email) of any optional prepayment under Section 2.11(a) (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, not later than 11:30 a.m., Local Time (or such later time as the Administrative Agent may agree), three (3) Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:30 a.m., Local Time (or such later time as the Administrative Agent may agree), (x) in the case of any such prepayment made on or within one (1) Business Day of the Recapitalization Date, on the same day and (y) otherwise, one (1) Business Day before the date of prepayment or (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 12:00 noon, Local Time, (or such later time as the Administrative Agent may agree), on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date, the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid and, in the case of a mandatory prepayment, a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment; provided that, a notice of optional prepayment delivered by the applicable Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other transactions, in which case such notice of prepayment may be revoked by the applicable Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Promptly following receipt of any such notice (other than a notice relating solely to Swingline Loans), the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02 , except as necessary to apply fully the required amount of a mandatory prepayment. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.13 . Prepayments of Term Loans shall be applied (i) in the case of prepayments pursuant to Section 2.11(a) , to each Class of Term Loans as directed by the Parent (and absent any such direction, pro rata among all Classes of Term Loans), to the scheduled installments thereof in the manner specified by the applicable Borrower and (ii) in the case of prepayments pursuant to Section 2.11(c) or (d) pro rata among all Classes of Term Loans, in direct order of maturity of remaining amortization payments.

 

85


(g) Refinancing Debt . Upon the incurrence or issuance by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of any (x) Indebtedness not permitted under this Agreement or (y) Refinancing Notes, any Specified Refinancing Term Loans or any Refinancing Junior Loans, the Borrowers shall prepay an aggregate principal amount of the Class of Term Loans and/or Revolving Loans being refinanced in an amount equal to 100% of all Net Proceeds received therefrom immediately upon receipt thereof by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary in a manner consistent with clause (f)  above; provided that if such debt is incurred or issued prior to the one year anniversary of the Merger Date, Coty must receive a Refinancing Bank Letter before such incurrence or issuance.

(h) Declined Amount . Other than with respect to repayments pursuant to clause (g)  above, the applicable Lenders may elect not to accept any mandatory prepayment (each such Lender, a “ Declining Lender ”). Any prepayment amount declined by the Declining Lenders (the “ Declined Amount ”) shall be retained by the Initial Borrower.

(i) Term B Loans Repayment . If the Recapitalization Date has not occurred on or prior to the earliest of (x) January 31, 2017, (y) termination of the Transaction Agreement and (z) either party to the Transaction Agreement publicly announces its intention not to proceed with the Merger and the Contribution, the Initial Borrower shall immediately repay the Term B Loans and any accrued interest and fees thereon. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, to the extent the Term B Loans are funded net of any original issue discount or upfront fees that would have been payable in accordance with the Fee Letter on the Recapitalization Date, the repayment of the Term B Loans plus any accrued and unpaid interest and fees with respect to the Term B Loans net of such original issue discount or upfront fees shall constitute payment in full of such Term B Loans. All amounts in the Escrow Account shall be applied toward prepayment of the Term B Loans described in this clause (i) and any remaining amounts due and payable with respect to the Term B Loans after the application of amounts in the Escrow Account shall be paid by the Initial Borrower.

(j) Repayment of All Loans . If the Merger Date has not occurred on or prior to the 30 th day following the Closing Date, then all undrawn Commitments shall immediately terminate and the Initial Borrower shall immediately repay the Loans and any accrued interest and fees thereon.

Section 2.12 Fees .

(a) Commitment Fees . The Initial Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a commitment fee, which shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to 0.50% on the average daily unused amount of each Revolving Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the date on which such Revolving Commitment terminates; provided that the commitment fee shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to (x) 0.375% if the Total Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recent Test Period for which financial

 

86


statements were delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b)  is less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00 but greater than 2.00 to 1.00 and (y) 0.25% if the Total Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recent Test Period for which financial statements were delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) is less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00. Accrued commitment fees in respect of the Revolving Commitments shall be payable in arrears on the date which is three (3) Business Days following the last day of each March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof. All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of three hundred and sixty (360) days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). A Revolving Commitment of a Lender shall be deemed to be used to the extent of the outstanding Revolving Loans and LC Exposure of such Lender (and the Swingline Exposure of such Lender shall be disregarded for such purpose).

(b) Letter of Credit Fees . The Initial Borrower agrees to pay:

(i) Participation Fee . To the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate for Eurocurrency Borrowings on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure;

(ii) Letter of Credit Fronting Fees . To each Issuing Bank a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, which fee shall equal the product of a percentage to be agreed between the Initial Borrower and the relevant Issuing Bank (but in any event not to exceed 0.125% unless otherwise agreed by the Initial Borrower) of the initial stated amount of such Letter of Credit multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days included in the term of such Letter of Credit and whose denominator is 360; and

(iii) Issuing Bank Standard Fees . Each Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder.

Participation fees and standby Letter of Credit fronting fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable on the third Business Day following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date; provided that: (A) all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate; (B) any such fees accruing after the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand; and (C) all fronting fees payable with respect to commercial Letters of Credit shall be payable on the date of the issuance thereof. Any other fees payable to an Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within ten (10) days after demand. All participation fees and standby Letter of Credit fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of three hundred and sixty (360) days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

 

87


(c) Administrative Agent Fees . The Initial Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Initial Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(d) Ticking Fees . The Initial Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent a non-refundable ticking fee for the account of the Term A Lenders and Revolving Lenders (the “ Pro Rata Ticking Fees ”), in amounts equal to 0.50% on the daily average undrawn Term A Commitments and Revolving Commitments outstanding (calculated based on a 360-day year and actual days elapsed), which Pro Rata Ticking Fees will accrue beginning on the date that is 30 days after the Pro Rata Allocation Date (the “ Pro Rata Ticking Fee Commencement Date ”) through the earlier of (1) the Closing Date and (2) the date on which the Term A Commitments and Revolving Commitments expire or are terminated in their entirety. The Pro Rata Ticking Fees shall be earned as they accrue and shall be payable on the earlier of (1) the Closing Date and (2) the date on which the Term A Commitments and Revolving Commitments expire or are terminated in their entirety.

(e) Other Fees . The Initial Borrower agrees to pay to the other fees set forth in the Fee Letter, without duplication of clauses (a)  through (d)  of this Section 2.12 , as and when required pursuant to the terms of such Fee Letter.

(f) Payment of Fees . All fees payable hereunder shall be paid in Dollars on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the Collateral Agent or any Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of commitment fees and participation fees, to the Lenders entitled thereto. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances (absent manifest error in the amount paid).

Section 2.13 Interest .

(a) ABR Borrowings/Swingline Borrowings . The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall be denominated in Dollars and shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for ABR Borrowings.

(b) Eurocurrency Borrowings . The Loans comprising each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate for Eurocurrency Borrowings.

(c) Default Interest . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee payable by the applicable Borrower hereunder is not paid when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace period), whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% per annum plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 2.13 or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% per annum plus the rate then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans (in the case of amounts owing in Dollars) or Eurocurrency Loans with an Interest Period of one (1) month’s duration determined on the date such amounts were due and then on each monthly anniversary thereof (in the case of amounts owing in an Alternative Currency), in each case as provided in clause (a) , or if applicable, clause (b) , of this Section 2.13 .

 

88


(d) Payment of Interest . Accrued interest on each Loan (for ABR Loans accrued through the last day of the prior calendar quarter) shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and, in the case of Revolving Loans, upon termination of the Revolving Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to clause (c)  of this ?Section 2.13 shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Revolving Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(e) Computation . All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of three hundred and sixty (360) days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate or other applicable “prime rate” which shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 in a leap year) and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate and Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent in good faith, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Section 2.14 Alternate Rate of Interest . If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Borrowing:

(a) the Administrative Agent determines in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means (including, without limitation, by means of an Interpolated Rate) do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period; or

(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrowers and the Lenders by telephone, telecopy or email as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrowers and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist (which notification shall be given promptly after the Administrative Agent obtains notice from the Required Lenders of the cessation of such circumstances), (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing denominated in Dollars to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurocurrency Borrowing shall be ineffective and such Borrowing shall be converted to or continued as an ABR Borrowing, (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing in Dollars, such Borrowing shall

 

89


be made as an ABR Borrowing, (iii) any Interest Election Request or Borrowing Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing, or in the case of a Borrowing denominated in an Alternative Currency, a Eurocurrency Borrowing, shall be ineffective and such Borrowing shall be maintained or made, as applicable, at a rate determined in a customary manner in good faith by the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers.

Section 2.15 Increased Costs .

(a) Change In Law . If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or any Issuing Bank; or

(ii) subject any Lender or any Issuing Bank to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its Loans, loan principal, Letters of Credit, commitments or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

(iii) impose on any Lender or any Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement, Eurocurrency Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurocurrency Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender or such Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or such Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) Capital Adequacy . If any Lender or any Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital adequacy or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity), then from time to time upon request of such Lender or such Issuing Bank, the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

 

90


(c) Delivery of Certificate . A certificate of a Lender or an Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts in good faith necessary to compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in clause (a)  or (b)  of this Section 2.15 shall be delivered to the Parent and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof.

(d) Limitation on Compensation . Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or any Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.15 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender or an Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section 2.15 for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the date that such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Parent of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided , further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

(e) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, a Lender shall not be entitled to any compensation pursuant to this ?Section 2.15 to the extent such Lender is not imposing such charges or requesting such compensation from borrowers (similarly situated to the Borrowers hereunder) under comparable syndicated credit facilities as a matter of general practice and policy.

(f) Illegality . If any Lender determines that any Change in Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable lending office to make, maintain or fund Eurocurrency Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the LIBO Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrowers through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurocurrency Loans or to convert ABR Loans to Eurocurrency Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Initial Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all applicable Eurocurrency Loans of such Lender to ABR Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Loans to such day, or promptly, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrowers shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted and all amounts due, if any, in connection with such prepayment or conversion under Section 2.16 .

 

91


Section 2.16 Break Funding Payments . In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert to or from, continue as or prepay any Eurocurrency Revolving Loan, Eurocurrency Term Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.11(f) and is revoked in accordance therewith), or (d) the reallocation of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the applicable Borrower pursuant to Section 2.19 or Section 2.20 , in each case other than any such event with respect to Term B Loans occurring on the Escrow Release Date as a result of the release from escrow of the proceeds of the Term B Loans, then, in any such event, the applicable Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the actual loss, cost and expense (excluding any loss of margin) attributable to such event. Such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan (but not including the Applicable Rate applicable thereto), for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for deposits of the applicable currency and of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the Eurocurrency market it being understood that such loss, cost or expense shall in any case exclude any interest rate floor and all administrative, processing or similar fees. Any Lender requesting compensation under this Section 2.16 shall be required to deliver a certificate to the Parent that sets forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section, the basis therefor and, in reasonable detail, the manner in which such amount or amounts were determined, which certificate shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The applicable Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof. Notwithstanding anything contained in the forgoing provisions, no Lender shall be entitled to any compensation from the applicable Borrower under this Section 2.16 unless such Lender is generally charging the relevant amounts to similarly situated borrowers under comparable syndicated credit facilities as a matter of general practice and policy.

Section 2.17 Taxes .

(a) Gross Up . Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

 

92


(b) Payment of Other Taxes . Without duplication of any Tax paid under Section 2.17(a ), the Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

(c) Tax Indemnification . The Loan Parties shall indemnify each Recipient, within thirty (30) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Receipts . As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.17 , such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Administrative Agent Indemnity . Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 10.03(c)(ii) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (e).

(f) Status of Lenders .

(i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Parent and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Parent or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Parent or the Administrative Agent as will

 

93


permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Parent or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Parent or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Parent or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.17(f)(ii)(A) , (ii)(B) and (ii)(C) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Initial Borrower is a U.S. borrower, (A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Parent and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Parent or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax; (B) any non-U.S. Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Parent and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such non-U.S. Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Parent or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable: (1) in the case of a non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty, (2) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI, (3) in the case of a non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Initial Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN-E or (4) to the extent a non-U.S. Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D-3 or D-4, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibits D-2 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner and (C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do

 

94


so, deliver to the Parent and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Parent or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Parent or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Parent and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Parent or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Parent or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the applicable Borrower(s) or the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 2.17(f ) “ FATCA ” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Parent and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(g) Refund . If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.17 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.17 ), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (g), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (g) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

 

95


(h) [Intentionally Omitted.]

(i) Survival . Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.17 shall survive the resignation or replacement of an Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of this Agreement and the payment, satisfaction, or discharge of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(j) Terms . For purposes of this Section 2.17 , (x) the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank, any Agent and any Arranger and (y) the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.

Section 2.18 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Payments; Proceeds of Collateral .

(a) Payments Generally . Unless otherwise specified herein, each Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder or under any other Loan Document (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.15 , 2.16 , 2.17 , or otherwise) prior to the time expressly required hereunder or under such other Loan Document for such payment (or, if no such time is expressly required, prior to 1:00 p.m., Local Time), on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent to the account designated to the applicable Borrower by the Administrative Agent, except payments to be made directly to an Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.15 , 2.16 , 2.17 or 10.02 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto and payments pursuant to other Loan Documents shall be made to the Persons specified therein. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. All payments under each Loan Document of (i) principal and interest in respect of any Loan shall be made in the currency in which such Loan is denominated and (ii) in respect of all fees, in respect of reimbursement of LC Disbursements and in respect of any other amounts payable hereunder or under other Loan Documents shall be made in Dollars. If any payment hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension.

(b) Pro Rata Application . If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties.

 

96


(c) Sharing of Payments . If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans, Term Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans, including by way of exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans, Term Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall notify the Administrative Agent and purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans, Term Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the amount of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans, Term Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this clause (c)  shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Initial Borrowers pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement, any payments obtained by the Term B Lenders in accordance with the Escrow Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any Eligible Assignee or participant in accordance with the terms of Section 10.04 . Each Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable Law but subject to Section 10.07 , that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against each Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(d) Payments from Borrowers Assumed Made . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the applicable Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the applicable Issuing Bank hereunder that the applicable Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the applicable Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the applicable Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the applicable Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the applicable Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate (or in the case of amounts not denominated in Dollars, the Administrative Agent’s cost of funds) and (ii) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

 

97


(e) Set-Off Against Amounts Owed Lenders . If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Sections 2.04(c) , 2.05(d) or (e) , 2.06(b) , 2.18(c) or (d) or 10.02(e) , then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

(f) Application of Proceeds of Collateral and Guaranty . Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, if applicable, and any other intercreditor arrangements entered into by the Agents in accordance with Section 9.09(g) , all amounts received under the Guaranty and all proceeds received by the Collateral Agent from the sale or other liquidation of the Collateral when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing shall first be applied as payment of the accrued and unpaid fees of the Agents hereunder and then to all other unpaid or unreimbursed Obligations (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses in accordance with Section 10.02 ) owing to each Agent in its capacity as an Agent only, and then any remaining amount of such proceeds shall be distributed:

(i) first , to an account at the Administrative Agent over which the Administrative Agent shall have control in an amount equal to 102% of the LC Exposure then outstanding;

(ii) second , to the Secured Parties, pro rata in accordance with the respective unpaid amounts of Loan Obligations and Swap Obligations, until all the Loan Obligations and Swap Obligations have been paid and satisfied in full or cash collateralized;

(iii) third , to the Secured Parties, pro rata in accordance with the respective unpaid amounts of the Deposit Obligations, until all Deposit Obligations have been paid and satisfied in full or cash collateralized;

(iv) fourth , to the Secured Parties, pro rata in accordance with the respective unpaid amounts of the remaining Obligations; and

(v) fifth , to the Person entitled thereto as directed by the Parent or as otherwise determined by applicable Law or applicable court order.

Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to any Loan Party shall not be paid with amounts received from such Loan Party or such Loan Party’s assets.

(g) Noncash Proceeds . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if the Collateral Agent shall ever acquire any Collateral through foreclosure or by a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure or by retaining any of the Collateral in satisfaction of all or part of the Obligations or if any proceeds of Collateral received by the Collateral Agent to be distributed and shared pursuant to this Section 2.17 (a) are in a form other than immediately available funds, the Collateral Agent shall not be required to remit any share thereof under the terms hereof and the Secured Parties shall only be entitled to their undivided interests in the Collateral or noncash proceeds as determined by clause (f)  of this Section 2.17 (a). The Secured Parties shall receive the applicable portions (in accordance with the foregoing

 

98


clause (f) ) of any immediately available funds consisting of proceeds from such Collateral or proceeds of such noncash proceeds so acquired only if and when received by the Collateral Agent in connection with the subsequent disposition thereof. While any Collateral or other property to be shared pursuant to this Section 2.18 is held by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this clause (g), the Collateral Agent shall hold such Collateral or other property for the benefit of the Secured Parties and all matters relating to the management, operation, further disposition or any other aspect of such Collateral or other property shall be resolved by the agreement of the Required Lenders.

(h) Return of Proceeds . If at any time payment, in whole or in part, of any amount distributed by the Collateral Agent hereunder is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Collateral Agent as a preference, fraudulent conveyance, or otherwise under any bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar law, then each Person receiving any portion of such amount agrees, upon demand, to return the portion of such amount it has received to the Collateral Agent.

Section 2.19 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .

(a) Mitigation . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15 , or if a Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17 , then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.06(c) or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.17 , as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. Each Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) Replacement . If (i) a Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15 , (ii) a Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to a Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of a Lender pursuant to Section 2.17 , (iii) a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, or (iv) a Lender shall become a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined below), then the Parent may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent (such notice automatically be deemed given if a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (e)(iii) of the definition of “ Defaulting Lender ”), require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 10.03 ), all its interests, rights and obligations in one or more Classes (as the Parent shall elect) under this Agreement to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Parent shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent to such assignee Lender to the extent required by Section 10.03, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, conditioned or delayed, (ii) such assignor Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans of the relevant Class or Classes (and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, to the extent applicable) accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other

 

99


amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrowers (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.15 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrowers to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. In the event that (i) the Parent or the Administrative Agent have requested the Lenders to consent to a departure or waiver of any provisions of the Loan Documents or to agree to any other modification thereto, (ii) the consent, waiver or other modification in question requires the agreement of all Lenders (or all directly affected Lenders) in accordance with the terms of Section 10.02 and (iii) the Required Lenders (or, in the case of any Class voting, the holders of a majority of the outstanding Loans and unused Commitments in respect of such Class) have agreed to such consent, waiver or other modification, then any Lender who does not agree to such consent, waiver or other modification shall be deemed a “ Non-Consenting Lender .”

Section 2.20 Incremental Facilities .

(a) The Initial Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent at any time, on one or more occasions, request to (i) add one or more new Classes of term facilities and/or increase the principal amount of any Class of Term Loans, any Incremental Term Loans or any Specified Refinancing Term Loans by requesting new term loan commitments to be added to such Loans (any such new Class or increase, an “ Incremental Term Facility ” and any loans made pursuant to an Incremental Term Facility, “ Incremental Term Loans ”) and/or (ii) increase the principal amount of any Class of Revolving Commitments, any Incremental Revolving Commitments or any Specified Refinancing Revolving Commitments and/or add one or more new Classes of incremental revolving facilities (any such new Class or increase, an “ Incremental Revolving Facility ” and, together with any Incremental Term Facility, “ Incremental Facilities ”; and the loans thereunder, “ Incremental Revolving Loans ” and, together with any Incremental Term Loans, “ Incremental Loans ”) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Incremental Amount. Such notice shall set forth (i) the amount of the Incremental Term Loans and/or Incremental Revolving Commitments being requested (which shall be (x) with respect to Incremental Facilities denominated in Dollars, in an aggregate principal amount of not less than $10,000,000, and $5,000,000, increments in excess thereof, (y) with respect to Incremental Facilities denominated in an Alternative Currency, in an aggregate principal amount of not less than an amount in such Alternative Currency equal to the Dollar Equivalent of $10,000,000,, and $5,000,000, increments in excess thereof or (z) equal to the remaining Incremental Amount) and (ii) the date, which shall be a Business Day, on which such Incremental Term Loans are requested to be made and/or Incremental Revolving Commitments are requested to become effective (the “ Increased Amount Date ”) pursuant to an Incremental Facility Activation Notice. Any Incremental Revolving Facility may provide for the ability to permanently repay and terminate incremental revolving commitments on a pro rata basis or less than a pro rata basis (but not greater than pro rata basis) with the Revolving Facility.

 

100


(b) Incremental Loans may be provided by any existing Lender (it being understood each existing Lender shall have no obligation to participate in any Incremental Facility), or by any other lender (any such other lender being called an “ Additional Lender ”); provided that the Administrative Agent and each Issuing Bank shall have consented (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) to such Additional Lender’s providing such Incremental Facilities if such consent would be required under ?Section 10.03(b) for an assignment of Loans to such Additional Lender.

(c) The creation or provision of any Incremental Facility or Incremental Loan shall not require the approval of any existing Lender other than any existing Lender providing all or part of any Incremental Facility or Incremental Loan.

(d) The applicable Borrower and each Lender or Additional Lender providing a portion of the Incremental Facilities shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Incremental Assumption Agreement and such other documentation as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the Incremental Facilities of such Lender or Additional Lender. The applicable Borrower and each Lender or Additional Lender providing a portion of the Incremental Facilities shall determine the terms of the Incremental Term Loans and/or Incremental Revolving Commitments to be set forth in the respective Incremental Assumption Agreement; provided that (i) the final maturity date of any Incremental Term Loan (x) that is a “term loan A” shall be no earlier than the Latest Maturity Date with respect to Term A Loans and (y) that is a “term loan B” shall be no earlier than the Latest Maturity Date with respect to Term B Loans, (ii) the weighted average life to maturity of any Incremental Term Loan (x) that is a “term loan A” shall be no shorter than the then longest remaining weighted average life to maturity of the then-existing Term A Loans and (y) that is a “term loan B” shall be no shorter than the then longest remaining weighted average life to maturity of the then-existing Term B Loans, in each case calculated as of the date of making such Incremental Term Loan, (iii) such Incremental Facilities shall be secured on a pari passu basis with respect to the Loans outstanding as of (or made on) the Increased Amount Date and/or pari passu or subordinated in right of security with respect to such Loans (and to the extent so subordinated, the holders of such indebtedness or a representative thereof will enter into a Market Intercreditor Agreement that is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent with the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent evidencing such subordination) or may be unsecured (it being understood any such Indebtedness incurred in reliance on the Incremental Amount shall be deemed to be “Total Indebtedness secured by a Lien that is not subordinated to the Liens securing the Obligations” for purposes of calculating the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio set forth therein, regardless of whether secured or unsecured), (iv) any mandatory prepayment (other than scheduled amortization payments) of Incremental Term Loans shall be made on a pro rata basis with all then existing Term Loans (and all other then-existing Incremental Term Loans and Specified Refinancing Term Loans requiring ratable prepayment), except that the applicable Borrower and the lenders in respect of such Incremental Term Loans shall be permitted, in their sole discretion, to elect to prepay or receive, as applicable, any prepayments on a less than pro rata basis (but not on a greater than pro rata basis), (v) the maturity date or commitment reduction date of any Incremental Revolving Loan shall be no earlier than the Latest Maturity Date with respect to then existing Revolving Commitments, (vi) with respect to any Incremental Term Loans incurred under the Ratio Incremental

 

101


Amount designated as Term B Loans that rank pari passu in right of payment and security with the Obligations, if the All-In-Yield applicable to such Incremental Term Loans exceeds the All-In-Yield for the initial Term B Facility by more than 50 basis points, the Applicable Rate for the initial Term B Facility shall be increased (without any further action by any party or any amendment hereto) so that the initial All-In-Yield in respect of such Incremental Term Loans is no more than 50 basis points higher than the All-In-Yield for the initial Term B Facility and (vii) to the extent an Incremental Revolving Facility is structured as an additional revolving facility under this Agreement and not as an increase to the existing Revolving Commitment hereunder (x) no more than three (3) revolving facilities (including any revolving facility constituting Specified Refinancing Debt) shall be outstanding hereunder at any one time and (y) the Administrative Agent may, in its reasonable discretion, take such actions as it deems advisable to allocate Letters of Credit and any participations therein between any revolving facilities. All terms and documentation with respect to Incremental Facilities which differ from those with respect to the Loans under the existing applicable Credit Facility shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (except to the extent (i) permitted by clauses (i) through (vii) above, (ii) applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date applicable to (x) in the case of any Incremental Term Facility, any then-existing Term Facility or (y) in the case of any Incremental Revolving Facility or (ii) in the case of any financial maintenance covenant added for the benefit of any Incremental Facility, such financial covenant is added, subject to the last paragraph of 10.02(b), also for the benefit of (x) in the case of any Incremental Term Facility, any then existing Term Facility or (y) in the case of any Incremental Revolving Facility, any then existing Revolving Facility), any then-existing Revolving Facility); it being understood and agreed that any Incremental Revolving Facility structured as an increase shall have the same terms as the existing Revolving Facility. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Incremental Assumption Agreement. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Assumption Agreement, this Agreement shall be amended as necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Parent to effect the provisions of or be consistent with this Section 2.20 . Any such deemed amendment may be memorialized in writing by the Administrative Agent with the Parent’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) but without the consent of any other Lenders, and furnished to the other parties hereto.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Incremental Term Loan may be made and no Incremental Revolving Commitment shall become effective under this Section 2.20 unless (i) subject to Section 1.03 , on the date on which such Loan is made or of such effectiveness, the conditions set forth in Section 4.04 shall be satisfied (it being understood that all references to “the occasion of any Borrowing” in Section 4.04 shall be deemed to refer to the Increased Amount Date), (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received legal opinions, board resolutions and other closing certificates and documentation as required by the relevant Incremental Assumption Agreement and generally consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date under Section 4.02 (other than changes to such legal opinions resulting from a Change in Law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent).

 

102


(f) On the date of effectiveness of any Incremental Revolving Facility, the maximum amount of LC Exposure permitted hereunder shall increase by an amount, if any, agreed upon by Administrative Agent, the relevant Issuing Bank and the Parent.

Section 2.21 Defaulting Lenders . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(a) Suspension of Commitment Fees . Commitment fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Revolving Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(a) ;

(b) Suspension of Voting . The Revolving Commitment, Revolving Exposure of, and the outstanding Term Loans held by, such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether all Lenders, all affected Lenders or the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or modification pursuant to Section 10.02 ); provided that any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender which affects such Defaulting Lender differently than other affected Lenders or which would extend the final maturity of amounts owed to such Lender or reduce the amount thereof or would increase the amount or extend the expiration of such Lender’s commitments shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

(c) Participation Exposure . If any Swingline Exposure or LC Exposure exists at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

(i) Reallocation . All or any part of such Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages (or in the case of LC Exposure denominated in an Alternative Currency, its USD/Multicurrency Applicable Percentage) but only to the extent (w) the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Commitments, (x) [reserved], (y) the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ USD/Multicurrency Revolving Exposures plus the allocable portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ USD/Multicurrency Revolving Commitments and (z) no Event of Default then exists;

(ii) Payment and Cash Collateralization . If the reallocation described in clause (i)  above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the applicable Borrower shall within two (2) Business Days following notice by the Administrative Agent, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Borrowers against such Defaulting Lender, (x) first, prepay such Swingline Exposure and (y) second, cash collateralize such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i)  above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.05(j) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding or cannot be reallocated pursuant to clause (i)  (it being understood that such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.05(j) );

 

103


(iii) Suspension of Letter of Credit Fee . If the applicable Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure pursuant to this Section 2.21(c) , the Borrowers shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is cash collateralized;

(iv) Reallocation of Fees . If the LC Exposure of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.21(c) , then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.12(a) and Section 2.12(b) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentages (or in the case of fees arising from Revolving Exposure denominated in an Alternative Currency, such Lenders’ USD/Multicurrency Applicable Percentages); and

(v) Issuing Bank Entitled to Fees . If any Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is neither cash collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.21(c) , then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of any Issuing Bank or any Lender hereunder, all letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.12(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be payable to such Issuing Bank until such LC Exposure is cash collateralized and/or reallocated;

(d) Suspension of Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit . So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless (i) it is satisfied that the related exposure will be 100% covered by the Revolving Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders, (ii) cash collateral will be provided by the applicable Borrower in accordance with Section 2.21(c) , and/or (iii) participating interests in any such newly issued or increased Letter of Credit or newly made Swingline Loan shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.21(c)(i) (and Defaulting Lenders shall not participate therein); and

(e) Setoff Against Defaulting Lender . Any amount payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder (whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise and including any mandatory or voluntary prepayment and any amount that would otherwise be payable to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.18(c) but excluding Section 2.19(b) ) shall, in lieu of being distributed to such Defaulting Lender, be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated account and, subject to any applicable requirements of law, be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent (i) first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder, (ii) second, pro rata , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the applicable Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender hereunder, (iii) third, to the funding of any Loan or the funding or cash collateralization of any participating interest in any Swingline Loan or Letter of Credit in respect of which such Defaulting Lender

 

104


has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent, (iv) fourth, if so determined by the Parent, held in such account as cash collateral for future funding obligations of the Defaulting Lender under this Agreement, (v) fifth, pro rata , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrowers or the Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Borrower or any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement and (vi) sixth, after termination of the Commitments to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if such payment is (x) a prepayment of the principal amount of any Loans or reimbursement obligations in respect of LC Disbursements which a Defaulting Lender has funded its participation obligations and (y) made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.04 are satisfied, such payment shall be applied solely to prepay the Loans of, and reimbursement obligations owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders pro rata prior to being applied to the prepayment of any Loans, or reimbursement obligations owed to, any Defaulting Lender.

In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers, any applicable Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender each agrees that a Defaulting Lender who is a Revolving Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Revolving Loans of the other Lenders (other than Swingline Loans) as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Revolving Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage and/or USD/Multicurrency Applicable Percentage, as applicable.

Notwithstanding the above, the Borrowers’ right to replace a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Agreement shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, all other rights and remedies available to the Borrowers against such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement, at law, in equity or by statute.

Section 2.22 Specified Refinancing Debt .

(a) To the extent permitted under the Transaction Agreement, the Borrowers may from time to time, add one or more new term loan facilities and new revolving credit facilities to the Credit Facilities (“ Specified Refinancing Debt ”) pursuant to procedures reasonably specified by the Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to the Borrowers, to refinance (i) all or any portion of any Class of Term Loans then outstanding under this Agreement and (ii) all or any portion of any Class of Revolving Loans (and the unused Revolving Commitments with respect to such Class of Revolving Loans) then in effect under this Agreement, in each case pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment (it being agreed that in no event shall more than three Classes of revolving commitments be outstanding at any time under this Agreement); provided that such Specified Refinancing Debt: (i) will rank pari passu in right of payment as the other Loans and Commitments hereunder; (ii) will not have obligors or contingent obligors that were not obligors or contingent obligors (or that would not have been required to become obligors or contingent obligors) in respect of the Credit Facilities; (iii) will be (x) unsecured or (y) secured by the

 

105


Collateral on a pari passu or junior basis with the Obligations pursuant to a Market Intercreditor Agreement that is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; (iv) will have such pricing and optional prepayment terms as may be agreed by the Parent and the applicable Lenders thereof and for the avoidance of doubt, Section 2.20(d)(vi) shall not apply; (v) (x) to the extent constituting revolving credit facilities, will not have a maturity date (or have mandatory commitment reductions or amortization) that is prior to the Revolving Maturity Date of the Revolving Commitment being refinanced and (y) to the extent constituting term loan facilities, will have a maturity date that is not prior to the date that is the scheduled maturity date of, and will have a weighted average life to maturity that is not shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of, the Loans being refinanced; (vi) any Specified Refinancing Term Loans shall share ratably in any prepayments of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.11 (or otherwise provide for more favorable prepayment treatment for the then outstanding Classes of Term Loans other than Specified Refinancing Term Loans); (vii) each Revolving Borrowing (including any deemed Revolving Borrowings made pursuant to Section 2.04 or 2.05 ) shall be allocated pro rata among the Classes of Revolving Commitments (it being agreed that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent may, in its reasonable discretion, take such actions as it deems advisable to allocate Letters of Credit and participations therein between any revolving facilities); (viii) subject to clauses (iv)  and (v)  above, will have terms and conditions (other than pricing and optional prepayment and redemption terms) that are either (x) substantially similar to, or (when taken as a whole) no more favorable to the lenders providing such Specified Refinancing Debt than, those applicable to the Loans or commitments being refinanced (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the latest final maturity date of the relevant Loans or commitments existing at the time of such refinancing) or (y) reflective of market terms and conditions at the time of incurrence thereof, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Parent (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the latest final maturity date of the relevant Loans or commitments existing at the time of such refinancing); provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Specified Refinancing Debt, together with a reasonably detailed description of material terms and conditions of such Specified Refinancing Debt or drafts of the documentation related thereto, stating that the Parent has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement in this clause (viii)  shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirements unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Parent within such five (5) Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees); and (ix) the Net Proceeds of such Specified Refinancing Debt shall be applied, substantially concurrently with the incurrence thereof, to the pro rata prepayment of outstanding Loans being so refinanced, in each case pursuant to Section 2.08 and Section 2.11 , as applicable; provided , however , that such Specified Refinancing Debt (x) may provide for any additional or different financial or other covenants or other provisions that are agreed among the Parent and the lenders thereof and applicable only during periods after the Latest Maturity Date of any of the Loans (and Commitments) that remain outstanding after giving effect to such Specified Refinancing Debt or the date on which all non-refinanced Obligations are paid in full and (y) shall not have a principal or commitment amount (or accreted value) greater than the Loans being refinanced (excluding accrued interest, fees (including original issue discount and upfront fees), discounts, premiums or expenses).

 

106


(b) The Parent shall make any request for Specified Refinancing Debt pursuant to a written notice to the Administrative Agent specifying in reasonable detail the proposed terms thereof. Any proposed Specified Refinancing Debt may be provided by existing Lenders (it being understood that existing Lenders are not required to provide such proposed Specified Refinancing Debt) or, subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and, with respect to revolving commitments, the Issuing Banks (in each case, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), Eligible Assignees in such respective amounts as the Parent may elect.

(c) The effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in clause (a)  above and Section 4.04 , and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, receipt by the Administrative Agent of legal opinions, board resolutions, officers’ certificates and/or reaffirmation agreements, including any supplements or amendments to the Security Documents providing for such Specified Refinancing Debt to be secured thereby, generally consistent, where applicable, with those delivered on the Closing Date under Section 4.02 (other than changes to such legal opinions resulting from a Change in Law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent). The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Borrowers as may be necessary in order to establish any Specified Refinancing Debt and to make such technical amendments as may be necessary or appropriate in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Parent in connection with the establishment of such Specified Refinancing Debt, in each case on terms consistent with and/or to effect the provisions of this Section 2.22 .

(d) Each Class of Specified Refinancing Debt incurred under this Section 2.22 shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (i) (x) with respect to Specified Refinancing Debt denominated in Dollars, not less than $5,000,000, or $1,000,000 increments in excess thereof or (y) with respect to Specified Refinancing Debt denominated in an Alternative Currency, not less than an amount in such Alternative Currency equal to the Dollar Equivalent of $5,000,000, and $1,000,000 increments in excess thereof or (ii) the amount required to refinance all of the applicable Class of Loans and/or Commitments. Any Refinancing Amendment may provide for the making of Specified Refinancing Revolving Loans to, or the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of, the Borrowers or any Subsidiary, or the provision to the Borrowers of Swingline Loans, pursuant to any revolving credit facility established thereby, in each case on terms substantially equivalent to the terms applicable to Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans under the Revolving Commitments.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Refinancing Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Specified Refinancing Debt incurred pursuant thereto (including the addition of such Specified Refinancing Debt as separate facilities hereunder and treated in a manner

 

107


consistent with the Credit Facilities being refinanced, including for purposes of prepayments and voting). Any Refinancing Amendment may, without the consent of any Person other than the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders providing such Specified Refinancing Debt, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Parent to effect the provisions of or be consistent with this Section 2.22 . In addition, if so provided in the relevant Refinancing Amendment and with the consent of each Issuing Bank, participation in Letters of Credit expiring on or after the scheduled maturity date in respect of a Class of revolving commitments shall be reallocated from Lenders holding such revolving commitments to Lenders holding refinancing revolving commitments in accordance with the terms of such Refinancing Amendment; provided , however , that such participation interests shall, upon receipt thereof by the relevant Lenders holding refinancing revolving commitments, be deemed to be participation interests in respect of such extended revolving commitments and the terms of such participation interests (including the commission applicable thereto) shall be adjusted accordingly.

(f) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Coty must receive a Refinancing Bank Letter before incurring any Indebtedness, including Specified Refinancing Debt, to refinance or replace any Loans of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries prior to the one year anniversary of the Merger Date.

Section 2.23 [Reserved] .

Section 2.24 Extension of Term Loans; Extension of Revolving Loans .

(a) Extension of Term Loans . Any Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of a given Class (each, an “ Existing Term Loan Tranche ”) be amended to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Term Loans (any such Term Loans which have been so amended, “ Extended Term Loans ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.24 . In order to establish any Extended Term Loans, the relevant Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Loan Tranche) (each, a “ Term Loan Extension Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Loans to be established, which shall (x) be identical as offered to each Lender under such Existing Term Loan Tranche (including as to the proposed interest rates and fees payable) and offered pro rata to each Lender under such Existing Term Loan Tranche and (y) be identical in all material respects to the Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche from which such Extended Term Loans are to be amended, except that: (i) all or any of the scheduled amortization payments, if any, of all or a portion of any principal amount of the Extended Term Loans may be delayed to later dates than the scheduled amortization payments, if any, of principal of the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Tranche, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; (ii) (A) the interest rates (including through fixed interest rates), interest margins, rate floors, upfront fees, funding discounts, original issue discounts and voluntary prepayment terms and premiums with respect to the Extended Term Loans may be different than those for the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Tranche and/or (B) additional fees and/or premiums may be payable to the Lenders

 

108


providing such Extended Term Loans in addition to any of the item contemplated by the preceding clause (A) , in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; (iii) the Extension Amendment may provide for other covenants and terms that apply solely to any period after the Latest Maturity Date that is in effect on the effective date of the Extension Amendment (immediately prior to the establishment of such Extended Term Loans); and (iv) Extended Term Loans may have prepayment terms (including call protection and prepayment terms and premiums) as may be agreed by the relevant Borrower and the Lenders thereof; provided , that (A) in no event shall the final maturity date of any Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series at the time of establishment thereof be earlier than the maturity date of the Existing Term Loan Tranche from which such Extended Term Loans are to be amended, (B) the weighted average life to maturity of any Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series at the time of establishment thereof shall be no shorter (other than by virtue of amortization or prepayment of such Indebtedness prior to the time of incurrence of such Extended Term Loans) than the remaining weighted average life to maturity of the Existing Term Loan Tranche from which such Extended Term Loans are to be amended, (C) all documentation in respect of such Extension Amendment shall be consistent with the foregoing and (D) any Extended Term Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or less than a pro rata basis (but not greater than a pro rata basis) in any voluntary or mandatory repayments or prepayments hereunder, in each case as specified in the respective Term Loan Extension Request. Any Extended Term Loans amended pursuant to any Term Loan Extension Request shall be designated a series (each, a “ Term Loan Extension Series ”) of Extended Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement; provided that any Extended Term Loans amended from an Existing Term Loan Tranche may, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment, be designated as an increase in any previously established Term Loan Extension Series with respect to such Existing Term Loan Tranche. Each Term Loan Extension Series of Extended Term Loans incurred under this Section 2.24 shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than (x) $10,000,000 in the case of Extended Term Loans denominated in Dollars or (y) in the case of Extended Term Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies, an amount in such Alternative Currency equal to the Dollar Equivalent of $10,000,000.

(b) Extension of Revolving Commitments . Any Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Revolving Commitments of a given Class (each, an “ Existing Revolver Tranche ”) be amended to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Revolving Commitments (any such Revolving Commitments which have been so amended, “ Extended Revolving Commitments ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.24 . In order to establish any Extended Revolving Commitments, the relevant Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders under the applicable Existing Revolver Tranche) (each, a “ Revolver Extension Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Revolving Commitments to be established, which shall (x) be identical as offered to each Lender under such Existing Revolver Tranche (including as to the proposed interest rates and fees payable) and offered pro rata to each Lender under such Existing Revolver Tranche and (y) be identical in all material respects to the Revolving Commitments under the Existing Revolver Tranche from which such Extended Revolving Commitments are to be amended, except that: (i) the maturity date of the Extended Revolving

 

109


Commitments may be delayed to a later date than the maturity date of the Revolving Commitments of such Existing Revolver Tranche, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; (ii) (A) the interest rates (including through fixed interest rates), interest margins, rate floors, upfront fees, funding discounts and voluntary prepayment terms and premiums with respect to the Extended Revolving Commitments may be different than those for the Revolving Commitments of such Existing Revolver Tranche and/or (B) additional fees and/or premiums may be payable to the Lenders providing such Extended Revolving Commitments in addition to any of the item contemplated by the preceding clause (A) , in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; (iii) the Extension Amendment may provide for other covenants and terms that apply solely to any period after the Latest Maturity Date that is in effect on the effective date of the Extension Amendment (immediately prior to the establishment of such Extended Revolving Commitments); and (iii) all borrowings under the applicable Revolving Commitments (i.e., the Existing Revolver Tranche and the Extended Revolving Commitments of the applicable Revolver Extension Series) and repayments thereunder shall be made on a pro rata basis (except for repayments required upon the maturity date of the non-extending Revolving Commitments); provided , that (A) in no event shall the final maturity date of any Extended Revolving Commitments of a given Revolver Extension Series at the time of establishment thereof be earlier than the maturity date of the Existing Revolver Tranche from which such Extended Revolving Commitments are to be amended and (B) that all documentation in respect of such Extension Amendment shall be consistent with the foregoing. Any Extended Revolving Commitments amended pursuant to any Revolver Extension Request shall be designated a series (each, a “ Revolver Extension Series ”) of Extended Revolving Commitments for all purposes of this Agreement; provided that any Extended Revolving Commitments amended from an Existing Revolver Tranche may, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment, be designated as an increase in any previously established Revolver Extension Series with respect to such Existing Revolver Tranche. Each Revolver Extension Series of Extended Revolving Commitments incurred under this Section 2.24 shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $5,000,000 or, in the case of Extended Revolving Commitments denominated in Alternative Currencies, an amount in such Alternative Currency equal to the Dollar Equivalent of $5,000,000.

(c) Extension Request . The relevant Borrower shall provide the applicable Extension Request at least five (5) Business Days (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may determine in its sole discretion) prior to the date on which Lenders under the Existing Term Loan Tranche or Existing Revolver Tranche, as applicable, are requested to respond, and shall agree to such procedures, if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.24 . No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Term Loans of any Existing Term Loan Tranche amended into Extended Term Loans or any of its Revolving Commitments amended into Extended Revolving Commitments, as applicable, pursuant to any Extension Request. Any Lender holding a Loan under an Existing Term Loan Tranche (each, an “ Extending Term Lender ”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche subject to such Extension Request amended into Extended Term Loans and any Revolving Lender (each, an “ Extending Revolving Lender ”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Revolving Commitments under the Existing Revolver Tranche subject to such Extension Request

 

110


amended into Extended Revolving Commitments, as applicable, shall notify the Administrative Agent (each, an “ Extension Election ”) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche or Revolving Commitments under the Existing Revolver Tranche, as applicable, which it has elected to request be amended into Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments, as applicable (subject to any minimum denomination requirements imposed by the Administrative Agent). In the event that the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche or Revolving Commitments under the Existing Revolver Tranche, as applicable, in respect of which applicable Term Lenders or Revolving Lenders, as the case may be, shall have accepted the relevant Extension Request exceeds the amount of Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments, as applicable, requested to be extended pursuant to the Extension Request, Term Loans or Revolving Commitments, as applicable, subject to Extension Elections shall be amended to Extended Term Loans or Revolving Commitments, as applicable, on a pro rata basis (subject to rounding by the Administrative Agent, which shall be conclusive) based on the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans or Revolving Commitments, as applicable, included in each such Extension Election.

(d) Extension Amendment . Extended Term Loans and Extended Revolving Commitments shall be established pursuant to an amendment (each, an “ Extension Amendment ”) to this Agreement among the relevant Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Extending Term Lender or Extending Revolving Lender, as applicable, providing an Extended Term Loan or Extended Revolving Commitment, as applicable, thereunder, which shall be consistent with the provisions set forth in Section 2.24(a) or (b) above, respectively (but which shall not require the consent of any other Lender). The effectiveness of any Extension Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth above and Section 4.04 , and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, receipt by the Administrative Agent of legal opinions, board resolutions, officers’ certificates and/or reaffirmation agreements, generally consistent, where applicable, with those delivered on the Closing Date under Section 4.02 (other than changes to such legal opinions resulting from a Change in Law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent). The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Borrowers as may be necessary in order to effect any Extension Amendment and to make such technical amendments as may be necessary or appropriate in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the relevant Borrower in connection with the establishment of such Extension Amendment, in each case on terms consistent with and/or to effect the provisions of this Section 2.24 . In addition, if so provided in the relevant Extension Amendment and with the consent of each Issuing Bank, participation in Letters of Credit expiring on or after the scheduled maturity date in respect of a Class of revolving commitments shall be reallocated from Lenders holding such revolving commitments to Lenders holding Extended Revolving Commitments in accordance with the terms of such Extension Amendment; provided , however , that such participation interests shall, upon receipt thereof by the relevant Lenders holding refinancing revolving commitments, be deemed to be participation interests in respect of such extended revolving commitments and the terms of such participation interests (including the commission applicable thereto) shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

111


(e) No amendment, conversion or exchange of Loans pursuant to any Extension Amendment in accordance with this Section 2.24 shall constitute a voluntary or mandatory payment or prepayment for purposes of this Agreement.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Borrower party hereto represents and warrants on behalf of itself and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Lenders (i) on the Escrow Date (other than Section 3.16), the Closing Date, the Recapitalization Date and the Escrow Release Date with respect to the Specified Representations and (ii) on each other date required pursuant to Section 4.04(a) that:

Section 3.01 Organization; Powers . Each Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) is validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or formation, except, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary, where the failure to be so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b) has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted, except, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary, where the failure to have such power and authority could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (c) except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing (where relevant) in, its jurisdiction of organization or formation and every other jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

Section 3.02 Authorization; Enforceability . Each Borrower and each Loan Party has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary corporate or other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrowers party hereto, and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is to be a party, when executed and delivered by such Loan Party, will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Borrower or such other Loan Party (as the case may be), enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, capital impairment, recognition of judgments, recognition of choice of law, enforcement of judgments or other similar laws or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in any legal opinion delivered to the Administrative Agent in connection with the Loan Documents.

Section 3.03 Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts . The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents: (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except (i) such as have been (or, in the case of filings relating to the consummation of the Merger, substantially contemporaneously with the Merger Date will be) obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (ii) filings necessary to perfect Liens created under the Loan Documents and (iii) for consents, approvals, registrations, filing or other actions, the failure of which to obtain or make

 

112


could not necessarily be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (b) will not violate (i) any applicable Law or regulation or (ii) in any material respect, the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of such Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority binding on such Person, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any material indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any material Lien on any asset of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except Liens created under and Liens permitted by the Loan Documents, and except to the extent such violation or default referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c)  above could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.04 Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Effect .

(a) Financial Statements . The Initial Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders the Annual Financial Statements, if any, Annual Historical Financial Statements, the Quarterly Financial Statements, if any, and the Quarterly Historical Financial Statements. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of (x) prior to the Merger Date, the Galleria Business (excluding the Retail Styling Business (as defined in the Transaction Agreement)) and (y) on or after the Merger Date, the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP.

(b) No Material Adverse Effect . Since March 31, 2015, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.05 Properties .

(a) Title . Each Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is the legal and beneficial owner of, and has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, except for defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes or where the failure to have such title or interest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and none of the assets of such Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to any Lien except Liens permitted by Section 6.02 .

(b) Intellectual Property . Except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, trade names, service names, domain names, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property rights to its knowledge is reasonably necessary for its business as presently conducted and (ii) to the knowledge of such Person, the use of any such intellectual property by such Person does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person and the intellectual property owned by any Loan Party is not being infringed by any other Person.

 

113


Section 3.06 Litigation and Environmental Matters .

(a) Litigation . There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened in writing against or affecting any Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which are reasonably likely to be adversely determined and, if so determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect (taking into account reserves made or the benefit of warranties, indemnities or insurance cover in respect thereof).

(b) Environmental Matters . Except as could not reasonably be expected to, either individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect (taking into account reserves made or the benefit of warranties, indemnities or insurance cover in respect thereof), no Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any applicable Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received written notice of any pending or threatened claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or has knowledge of any event or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to give rise to such a claim, (iv) knows of any basis for, or that could reasonably be expected to give rise to, any Environmental Liability, or (v) has assumed or retained by contract or operation of law any obligations under Environmental Law or relating to Hazardous Materials.

Section 3.07 Compliance with Laws . Each Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect (it being agreed that this Section 3.07 does not apply to any law which is specifically addressed in Sections 3.06(b) , 3.08 , 3.09 , 3.10 , 3.15 or 3.17 ).

Section 3.08 Investment Company Act Status . No Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Section 3.09 Taxes . Each Borrower and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries has (i) timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid all Taxes that are required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes not overdue by more than thirty (30) days or, if more than thirty (30) days overdue, that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which such Person, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. To the best of its knowledge, no material proposed Tax deficiency or assessment has been asserted against any Loan Party.

Section 3.10 ERISA . No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as could not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in

 

114


the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect, the fair market value of the assets of each Pension Plan was not materially less than the present value of the accumulated benefit obligation under such Pension Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Accounting Standards Codification No. 715: Compensation-Retirement Benefits) as of the close of the most recent plan year, as reported in the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts. If all of the Pension Plans were terminated (disregarding any Pension Plans with surpluses), the unfunded liabilities with respect to the Pension Plans, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.11 Disclosure . As of the Closing Date, neither the Information Memorandum nor any of the other written reports, financial statements, certificates or other information (with respect to such information and data relating to the Galleria Business, to the best of any Loan Party’s knowledge) furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent (other than information of a general economic or industry specific nature, projected financial information or other forward looking information) in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or delivered hereunder or thereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made), when taken as a whole, contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Parent represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time made (it being understood that projections may vary from actual results and that such variances may be material).

Section 3.12 Subsidiaries . As of the Closing Date (after giving effect to the Transactions to occur on the Closing Date), the Parent has no Subsidiaries other than those listed on Schedule 3.12 hereto. Schedule 3.12 sets forth (i) the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of each such Subsidiary, the percentage of the Parent’s ownership of the outstanding Equity Interests of each Subsidiary directly owned by the Parent and the percentage of each Subsidiary’s ownership of the outstanding Equity Interests of each other Subsidiary and (ii) the authorized, issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Parent and each Subsidiary. As of the Closing Date, there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants or calls, and no outstanding securities or instruments convertible into any Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary.

Section 3.13 Labor Matters . As of the Closing Date, except as disclosed on Schedule 3.13 , and except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (a) there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pending or, to the knowledge of the Initial Borrower, threatened in writing, that would have a material impact on the operations of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) the hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, local or other applicable Law dealing with such matters.

 

115


Section 3.14 Solvency . As of the Escrow Date, the Recapitalization Date, the Escrow Release Date and the Closing Date, immediately after the consummation of the Transactions to occur on such date (but excluding the Merger and the Coty Facilities): (a) the sum of the debt (including contingent liabilities) of the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis does not exceed the fair value of the assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (b) the capital of the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis is not unreasonably small in relation to the business of the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, contemplated as of such date and (c) the Parent and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis do not intend to incur, or believe that they will incur, debts (including current obligations and contingent liabilities) beyond their ability to pay such debts as they mature in the ordinary course of business. For the purposes hereof, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5).

Section 3.15 Margin Securities . Neither the Parent nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and no part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock in violation of Regulation X or that would entail a violation of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (and if required by such regulations or requested by a Lender, the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, will provide any applicable Lender with a signed Form G-3 or U-1 or any successor form, as applicable, containing the information required to be provided on such form by such entity).

Section 3.16 Security Interest in Collateral . Subject to (i) the terms of the last paragraph of the definition of “Collateral and Guaranty Requirement”, (ii) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, capital impairment, recognition of judgments, recognition of choice of law, enforcement of judgments or other similar laws or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, (iii) the Perfection Requirements and (iv) the provisions of this Agreement and the other relevant Loan Documents, the Security Documents create legal, valid and enforceable Liens on all of the Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of itself and the other Secured Parties, and upon the satisfaction of the Perfection Requirements, such Liens constitute perfected Liens (with the priority that such Liens are expressed to have under the relevant Security Documents) on the Collateral (to the extent such Liens are required to be perfected under the terms of the Loan Documents) securing the Secured Obligations, in each case as and to the extent set forth therein.

Section 3.17 Patriot Act; Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions .

(a) Each of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with applicable anti-money laundering and counter-terrorist financing laws and regulations, including applicable provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the Patriot Act. Each Borrower confirms that it is acting for its own account and not on behalf of a third party.

 

116


(b) Each of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries (i) has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures that (x) prior to the Merger Date, such Person reasonably believes are designed to ensure compliance by the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (solely to the extent such agents are acting on behalf of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries) with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects and (y) on or after the Merger Date, are reasonably designed to ensure compliance in all material respects by the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers and employees with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions and (ii) each of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries, and their respective directors and officers and, to the knowledge of the Parent, their respective employees and agents (prior to the Merger Date, solely to the extent such agents are acting on behalf of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries) are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects and are not knowingly engaged in any activity that would reasonably be expected to result in any Borrower being designated as a Sanctioned Person.

(c) None of (i) the Borrowers nor any of their Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors or officers, or (ii) to the knowledge of the Parent, any employee of any Borrower or any Subsidiary, or (iii) to the knowledge of the Parent, any agent (prior to the Merger Date, solely to the extent such agents are acting on behalf of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries) of any Borrower or any Subsidiary that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the Credit Facilities established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person.

(d) (x) Prior to the Merger Date, Borrowers will not knowingly use the proceeds of the Credit Facilities in violation of Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions and (y) on or after the Merger Date, no use of proceeds or other transaction contemplated by this Agreement will violate Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions.

Section 3.18 Junior Indebtedness . The Obligations are “Senior Debt”, “Senior Indebtedness”, “Guarantor Senior Debt”, “Senior Secured Financing” or “Designated Senior Debt” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any Junior Indebtedness Document.

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS

Section 4.01 Escrow Date . This Agreement and the obligations of the Term B Lenders to fund Term B Loans into the Escrow Account shall become effective on the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 10.02 ):

(a) Execution and Delivery of Loan Documents . Subject in all respects to the limitations set forth in the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, the Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles (or delivered by other electronic transmission, including as “.pdf” files transmitted by electronic mail) unless otherwise specified:

(i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of the Initial Borrower; and

 

117


(ii) the Escrow Agreement, duly executed by the Initial Borrower.

(b) Legal Opinions . The Administrative Agent shall have received a written opinion (addressed to the Agents, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks and dated the Escrow Date) of counsel (including, without limitation, local counsel) for the Initial Borrower covering such matters relating to the Loan Parties and the Loan Documents as of the Escrow Date as are customary for financings of this type.

(c) Corporate Authorization Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing (if such concept is known and recognized in the applicable jurisdiction) of the Initial Borrower as of the Escrow Date, the authorization of the Transactions to be consummated in connection with the execution and delivery hereof and any other legal matters relating to the Initial Borrower as of the Escrow Date, the Loan Documents or such Transactions as are customary for financings of this type, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

(d) Patriot Act . The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall have received, at least three (3) days prior to the Escrow Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the PATRIOT Act, with respect to the Initial Borrower as of the Escrow Date that has been reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (including at the request of any Lender), as applicable, at least ten (10) days prior to the Escrow Date.

(e) Specified Representations; Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations . The Specified Representations and Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Escrow Date; provided that to the extent such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(f) No Material Adverse Effect . Since March 31, 2015, there has not occurred any event, occurrence or condition which has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Galleria Business MAE.

(g) Officer’s Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Initial Borrower, certifying as to the matters set forth in clause (e)  and (f) of this Section 4.01 .

(h) Borrowing Request . The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request in accordance with Section 2.03 .

 

118


Section 4.02 Closing Date . The obligation of each Term A Lender and Revolving Lender to make Loans on the Closing Date and any agreement of the Issuing Banks to issue any Letters of Credit hereunder on the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver in accordance with Section 10.02) of the following conditions to the extent not previously delivered on the Escrow Date:

(a) Execution and Delivery of Loan Documents. Subject in all respects to the limitations set forth in the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, the Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles (or delivered by other electronic transmission, including as “.pdf” files transmitted by electronic mail) unless otherwise specified):

(i) to the extent not already so delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(a) above, a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of the Initial Borrower;

(ii) the Guaranty, duly executed by each of the Other Loan Parties then in existence;

(iii) the Security Agreement, duly executed by the Initial Borrower and each Other Loan Party then in existence;

(iv) the results of recent customary UCC lien searches with respect to the Loan Parties then in existence in their applicable jurisdictions of organization, and such search shall reveal no Liens on any of the assets of such Loan Parties except for Liens permitted by Section 6.02 or discharged on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to documentation satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

(v) a Closing Bank Letter, dated as of the Closing Date, duly executed by JP Morgan and delivered to the Initial Borrower; provided that the Initial Borrower in its sole discretion may waive this clause (4.02)(a)(v)  as a condition to the Closing Date.

(b) Corporate Authorization Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing (if such concept is known and recognized in the applicable jurisdiction) of each Loan Party then in existence as of the Closing Date, the authorization of the Transactions to be consummated in connection with the execution and delivery hereof and any other legal matters relating to such Loan Parties as of the Closing Date, the Loan Documents or such Transactions as are customary for financings of this type, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

(c) Patriot Act . The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall have received, at least three (3) days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the PATRIOT Act, with respect to the Other Loan Parties then in existence as of the Closing Date that has been reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, at least ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date.

 

119


(d) Legal Opinions . The Administrative Agent shall have received a written opinion (addressed to the Agents, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks and dated the Closing Date) of counsel (including, without limitation, local counsel) for the Loan Parties then in existence covering such matters relating to such Loan Parties and the Loan Documents as of the Closing Date (without duplication of any matters covered in the written opinion delivered on the Escrow Date) as are customary for financings of this type.

(e) Fees and Expenses . The Arrangers, Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall have or at the same time as drawing received all fees and expenses due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to this Agreement and the Fee Letter, to the extent, in the case of expenses, invoiced at least four (4) Business Days prior to the Closing Date (or such shorter period reasonably agreed by the Initial Borrower), required to be paid on the Closing Date.

(f) Borrowing Request . The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request in accordance with Section 2.03 .

(g) Financial Statements . The Arrangers shall have received the Annual Financial Statements, if any and the Quarterly Financial Statements, if any. The Arrangers acknowledge receipt of the Annual Historical Financial Statements and the Quarterly Historical Financial Statements.

(h) Specified Representations; Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations . The Specified Representations and Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date; provided that to the extent such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(i) No Material Adverse Effect . Since March 31, 2015, there has not occurred any event, occurrence or condition which has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Galleria Business MAE.

(j) Officer’s Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Initial Borrower, certifying as to the matters set forth in clause (h)  and ( i ) of this Section 4.02 .

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of the Closing Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.

Section 4.03 Borrowings on the Recapitalization Date . The obligations of the applicable Lenders to make Loans hereunder on the Recapitalization Date and any agreement of the Issuing Banks to issue any Letters of Credit hereunder on the Recapitalization Date are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver in accordance with Section 10.02) of the following conditions to the extent not previously delivered on the Escrow Date and/or the Closing Date:

(a) to the extent not already so delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(a) above, a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of the Initial Borrower.

 

120


(b) Execution and Delivery of Loan Documents. Subject in all respects to the limitations set forth in the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, the Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles (or delivered by other electronic transmission, including as “.pdf” files transmitted by electronic mail) unless otherwise specified

(i) the Guaranty, duly executed by each of the Other Loan Parties not then party thereto;

(ii) the Security Agreement, duly executed by each Other Loan Party not then party thereto;

(iii) the results of recent customary UCC lien searches with respect to the any Loan Party executing the Guaranty and the Security Agreement on the Recapitalization Date (the “ Recapitalization Date Other Loan Parties ”) in their applicable jurisdictions of organization, and such search shall reveal no Liens on any of the assets of the Recapitalization Date Other Loan Parties except for Liens permitted by Section 6.02 or discharged on or prior to the Recapitalization Date pursuant to documentation satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

(iv) solely to the extent not delivered on the Closing Date, a Closing Bank Letter, dated as of the Recapitalization Date, duly executed by JP Morgan and delivered to the Initial Borrower; provided that the Initial Borrower in its sole discretion may waive this clause (4.03)(a)(iv)  as a condition to the Recapitalization Date.

(c) Corporate Authorization Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing (if such concept is known and recognized in the applicable jurisdiction) of each Recapitalization Date Other Loan Party, the authorization of the Transactions to be consummated in connection with the execution and delivery hereof and any other legal matters relating to the Recapitalization Date Other Loan Parties, the Loan Documents or such Transactions as are customary for financings of this type, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

(d) Patriot Act . The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall have received, at least three (3) days prior to the Recapitalization Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the PATRIOT Act, with respect to the Recapitalization Date Other Loan Parties that has been reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, at least ten (10) days prior to the Recapitalization Date.

(e) Legal Opinions . The Administrative Agent shall have received a written opinion (addressed to the Agents, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks and dated the Recapitalization Date) of counsel (including, without limitation, local counsel) for the Recapitalization Date Other Loan Parties covering such matters relating to the Recapitalization Date Other Loan Parties and the Loan Documents as of the Recapitalization Date as are customary for financings of this type.

 

121


(f) Fees and Expenses . The Arrangers, Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall have or at the same time as drawing received all fees and expenses due and payable on or prior to the Recapitalization Date pursuant to this Agreement and the Fee Letter, to the extent, in the case of expenses, invoiced at least four (4) Business Days prior to the Recapitalization Date (or such shorter period reasonably agreed by the Initial Borrower), required to be paid on the Recapitalization Date.

(g) Borrowing Request . The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request in accordance with Section 2.03 .

(h) Financial Statements . The Arrangers shall have received the Annual Financial Statements, if any and the Quarterly Financial Statements, if any. The Arrangers acknowledge receipt of the Annual Historical Financial Statements and the Quarterly Historical Financial Statements.

(i) Recapitalization . The Recapitalization shall be consummated in accordance with the Transaction Agreement; provided that Transaction Agreement shall not have been altered, amended or otherwise changed or supplemented or any provision or condition therein waived by P&G or the Initial Borrower, and neither P&G, the Initial Borrower nor any of their respective affiliates shall have consented to any action which would require the consent of P&G, the Initial Borrower or such affiliate under the Transaction Agreement, if such alteration, amendment, change, supplement, waiver or consent would be adverse to the interests of the Arrangers or the Lenders in any material respect, in any such case without the prior written consent of the Arrangers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned).

(j) No Material Adverse Effect . Since March 31, 2015, there has not occurred any event, occurrence or condition which has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Galleria Business MAE.

(k) Specified Representations; Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations . The Specified Representations and Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Recapitalization Date; provided that to the extent such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

(l) Officer’s Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Initial Borrower, certifying as to the matters set forth in clauses (i), (j) and (k)  of this Section 4.03 .

It is hereby understood and agreed that the release of the proceeds of the Term B Loans from the Escrow Account on the Escrow Release Date shall only be subject to the satisfaction of the specified conditions to release set forth in the Escrow Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders when all of the conditions under this Section 4.03 (unless waived in accordance with Section 10.02 ) have been satisfied, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.

 

122


Section 4.04 Each Credit Event After the Recapitalization Date . The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing, and any agreement of the Issuing Banks to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit (other than any Loan, Borrowing or issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit on the Escrow Date, Closing Date or Recapitalization Date), is subject to receipt of the request therefor in accordance herewith and to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) Representations and Warranties . At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, in each case, the representations and warranties of each Loan Party set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same force and effect as if such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such date except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate specifically to another date; provided that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to materiality shall be true and correct in all respects (after giving effect to such qualification therein).

(b) No Default . At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default shall exist or result therefrom.

(c) Borrowing Request . The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request in accordance with Section 2.03 .

Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by each Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in clauses (a)  and (b)  of this Section 4.04 ; provided , however, (A) the application of clauses (a) and (b) hereto to any Incremental Loan made in connection with any Limited Condition Acquisition shall, at the Borrower’s option, be subject to the third paragraph of Section 1.03 and (B) clauses (a) and (b) hereto shall not apply to any Loans made under any Refinancing Amendment or Extension Amendment unless the lenders in respect thereof have required satisfaction of the same in the applicable Refinancing Amendment or Extension Amendment, as applicable.

ARTICLE V

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Commencing on and after (x) (a) the Closing Date for the benefit of the Term A Facility and Revolving Facility and (b) the Escrow Release Date for the benefit of the Term B Facility, in each case solely as to Sections 5.01(a) and (b) (except that, prior to the Merger Date, the sole deliverables required to be delivered thereunder shall be the Annual Financial Statements and Quarterly Financial Statements for the applicable periods), 5.02(a), 5.03(a) (provided that any transactions permitted under Article 6 shall not be prohibited), 5.04 (except, in clause (b) thereof, where the failure to make such payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected

 

123


to result in a Galleria Business MAE), 5.08 (except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Galleria Business MAE), 5.12, 5.14 and 5.15, and (y) the Merger Date, as to each Section in this Article V, until the Date of Full Satisfaction, the Parent (and each other Borrower to the extent applicable) covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

Section 5.01 Financial Statements and Other Information . The Parent will furnish to the Administrative Agent:

(a) Annual Audit . Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Parent, its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit (except for any such qualification pertaining to the maturity of any Credit Facility, any Incremental Facility or any Incremental Equivalent Debt occurring within twelve (12) months of the relevant audit or any breach or anticipated breach of the Financial Covenant) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP;

(b) Quarterly Unaudited Financial Statements . Within (i) prior to the Merger Date, sixty (60) days and (ii) from and after the Merger Date, forty five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Parent not corresponding with the fiscal year end, its unaudited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal year end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes, and accompanied by a statement by the directors of the Parent commenting on the performance of the Group for the quarter to which the financial statements relate and any material developments or proposals affecting the Group of business; and

(c) Compliance Certificate . Concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a)  or (b)  above, a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto of a Financial Officer of the Parent (i) certifying as to whether a Default, which has not previously been disclosed or which has not been cured, has occurred and, if such a Default is continuing, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto and (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with the Financial Covenant.

(d) [Intentionally Omitted.]

 

124


(e) [Intentionally Omitted.]

(f) Additional Information . Promptly following any request therefor (i) material non-privileged information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request; provided , that such financial information is otherwise prepared by the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and is of a type customarily provided to lenders in similar syndicated credit facilities and (ii) all information related to the Parent and the Other Loan Parties (including but not limited to names, addresses and tax identification numbers) reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and required by the Patriot Act to be obtained by the Administrative Agent or any Lender; and

(g) ERISA Notices . As promptly as practicable following reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, the Loan Parties and/or their ERISA Affiliates shall make a request for any documents described in Section 101(k) and 101(l) of ERISA that any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate may request of any Multiemployer Plans or notices from such administrator or sponsor and the Parent shall provide copies of such documents and notices to the Administrative Agent as promptly as practicable following after receipt thereof.

The information required to be delivered by clauses (a)  and (b)  of this Section 5.01 shall be deemed to have been delivered if such information, or one or more annual or quarterly reports or other reports containing such information, shall have been posted by the Administrative Agent on a Platform to which the Lenders have been granted access or shall be available on the website of the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. Information required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 5.01 may also be delivered by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided , further , that the Parent shall deliver paper copies of any such information to the Administrative Agent if the Administrative Agent or any Lender reasonably requests the Parent to deliver such paper copies.

Section 5.02 Notices of Material Events . The Parent will, after a Responsible Officer of the Parent has obtained knowledge thereof, furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of (and if applicable, in the case of clause (d)  below, the items set forth in) the following:

(a) Default . The occurrence of any Default;

(b) Notice of Proceedings . The filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) ERISA Event . The occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

125


(d) Material Adverse Effect . Any other development by or relating to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

Section 5.03 Existence; Conduct of Business .

(a) The Parent will, and will cause each of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence except, solely in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary, where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any transactions permitted under Section 6.03 or Section 6.05 .

(b) The Parent will, and will cause each of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect all of its rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names unless the failure to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect such rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks or trade names could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and other than as permitted under the Transaction Agreement; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any transactions permitted under Section 6.03 or Section 6.05 .

Section 5.04 Payment of Taxes . The Parent will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay its Tax liabilities, before the same shall become more than thirty (30) days overdue, except where (a) (i) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, (ii) the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP, and (iii) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and the foreclosure of any Lien securing such obligation or (b) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.05 Maintenance of Properties . The Parent will, and will cause each of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep and maintain all property in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty and condemnation excepted and except to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement.

Section 5.06 Insurance .

(a) The Parent will, and will cause each of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, maintain, with financially sound and reputable (in the good faith judgment of its management) insurance companies insurance in such amounts (with no greater risk retention and after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons in the same or similar businesses as the Parent and its Restricted

 

126


Subsidiaries) and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to obtain or maintain insurance that is more restrictive than their normal course of practice. The Parent will furnish to the Lenders, upon reasonable request of the Administrative Agent (but not more frequently than once per fiscal year), information in reasonable detail as to the insurance so maintained.

(b) The Parent will use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that, in the case of insurance policies maintained by any Loan Party (other than business interruption insurance (if any), director and officer insurance and worker’s compensation insurance), unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, (a) each general liability insurance policy shall name the Collateral Agent (or its agent or designee) as additional insured and (b) each insurance policy covering Collateral shall name the Collateral Agent (or its agent or designee) as loss payee.

(c) With respect to each Mortgaged Property that is located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a special flood hazard area with respect to which flood insurance has been made available under Flood Insurance Laws, then, the applicable Loan Party (i) has obtained, and will maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, such flood insurance in an amount and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws and (ii) deliver to the Collateral Agent evidence of such compliance in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, including, without limitation, evidence of annual renewals of such insurance.

Section 5.07 Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights . The Parent will, and will cause each of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which entries that are full, true and correct in all material respects are made of all material dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities in order to permit the preparation of its financial statements in accordance with GAAP. The Parent will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as reasonably requested; provided that (a) the Initial Borrower shall reimburse the Administrative Agent not more than once each fiscal year for visits, inspections, examinations and discussions conducted under this Section 5.07 if no Event of Default exists at the time thereof (and the Initial Borrower shall reimburse the Administrative Agent for all such visits, inspections, examinations and discussions conducted when an Event of Default exists), (b) the Initial Borrower shall have the opportunity to be present at any meeting with its independent accountants and (c) only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 5.07 . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.07 , none of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (a) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (b) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by law or any binding agreement or (c) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product.

 

127


Section 5.08 Compliance with Laws . The Parent will, and will cause each of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.09 Environmental Laws . Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its respective Restricted Subsidiaries to:

(a) Comply with, and use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure compliance by all tenants and subtenants, if any, with, all applicable Environmental Laws, and obtain and comply with and maintain, and use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws, except in each case, where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws and promptly comply with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws, except in each case, where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.10 Collateral Matters; Guaranty . Subject to the terms of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and any applicable limitation in any Security Document, the Borrowers will, and will cause each Other Loan Party to, take all action necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to ensure that the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement continues to be satisfied, including:

(a) Upon (i) the formation or acquisition after the Closing Date of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary, (ii) the designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary ceasing to be an Immaterial Subsidiary or (iv) any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary, on or before the date that is sixty (60) days after the relevant formation, acquisition, designation or cessation occurred (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree), the Parent shall (A) cause such Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) to comply with the requirements set forth in clause (a) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” and (B) upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, cause the relevant Restricted Subsidiary to deliver to the Administrative Agent a customary opinion of counsel for such Restricted Subsidiary, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

 

128


(b) Within ninety (90) days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree) (1) after the Merger Date, in the case of Material Real Property (other than any Excluded Asset) owned by Loan Parties on the Merger Date or (2) after the acquisition by any Loan Party of any Material Real Property (other than any Excluded Asset), in the case of such Material Real Property acquired after the Merger Date, the Parent shall cause each Loan Party to comply with the requirements set forth in clause (e) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” with respect to the relevant Material Real Property; it being understood and agreed that, with respect to any Material Real Property owned by any Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary is required to become a Loan Party under Section 5.10(a) above, such Material Real Property shall be deemed to have been acquired by such Restricted Subsidiary on the first day on which it becomes a Loan Party under Section 5.10(a) .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, it is understood and agreed that:

(i) no Loan Party shall be required to seek any landlord waiver, bailee letter, estoppel, warehouseman waiver or other collateral access, lien waiver or similar letter or agreement;

(ii) no action shall be required to perfect any Lien with respect to (A) any vehicle or other asset subject to a certificate of title, and any retention of title, extended retention of title rights, or similar rights, (B) letter of credit rights, (C) the capital stock of any Immaterial Subsidiary or (D) the capital stock of any Person that is not a Subsidiary which, if a Subsidiary, would constitute an Immaterial Subsidiary, in each case except to the extent that a security interest therein is perfected by filing a UCC-1 financing statement (which, for the avoidance of doubt shall be the only required perfection action);

(iii) no Loan Party shall be required to perfect a security interest in any asset to the extent perfection of a security interest in such asset would be prohibited under any applicable Law;

(iv) any joinder or supplement to any Guaranty, any Security Document or any other Loan Document executed by any Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Loan Party pursuant to Section 5.10(a) above may, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), include such schedules (or updates to schedules) as may be necessary to qualify any representation or warranty with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary set forth in any Loan Document to the extent necessary to ensure that such representation or warranty is true and correct in all material respects to the extent required thereby or by the terms of any other Loan Document;

(v) the Administrative Agent shall not require the taking of a Lien on, or require the perfection of any Lien granted in, those assets as to which the cost of obtaining or perfecting such Lien (including any mortgage, stamp, intangibles or other Tax or expenses relating to such Lien) is excessive in relation to the benefit to the Lenders of the security afforded thereby as reasonably determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

129


Section 5.11 Maintenance of Ratings . The Parent will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be maintained at all times (a)(i) a corporate family rating (but not any specific rating), in the case of Moody’s or (ii) an issuer credit rating (but not any specific rating), in the case of S&P, for the Parent and (b) credit ratings (but not any specific rating) for the Credit Facilities from Moody’s and S&P.

Section 5.12 Use of Proceeds .

(a) The proceeds of the Term A Facility and the Term B Facility will be used to consummate the transactions described in clause (b) of the definition of “Transactions” (including for the avoidance of doubt any payments to P&G to effectuate the Recapitalization contemplated by the Transaction Agreement or to repay any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(dd ), to pay fees, costs and expenses related to the Transactions (including accrued and unpaid interest and applicable premiums) and any excess proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes of the Parent and its Subsidiaries.

(b) The proceeds of the Revolving Facility will be used for general corporate purposes of the Parent and its Subsidiaries (including the working capital needs, capital expenditures, acquisitions, other investments and Restricted Payments) and any other purpose not prohibited under the Loan Documents including for the avoidance of doubt any payments to P&G to effectuate the transactions described in clause (b) of the definition of “Transactions” or to repay any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(dd) .

(c) Letters of Credit will be issued to support transactions entered into by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business.

Section 5.13 Designation of Subsidiaries . The Parent may at any time designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent (other than a Borrower) as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Parent shall be in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis, with the Financial Covenant, and, as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of any such designation, the Parent shall deliver to the Administrative Agent in the case of a designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations demonstrating such compliance and (iii) such Subsidiary also shall have been or will promptly be designated an “unrestricted subsidiary” (or otherwise not be subject to the covenants) under any Permitted Ratio Debt, any Incremental Equivalent Debt, any Refinancing Notes, any Refinancing Junior Loans, and from and after the Merger Date, the Coty Facilities, and in each case, any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness of any of the foregoing (and successive Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness thereof), in each case, to the extent such concept exists therein. The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date shall constitute an Investment by the Parent therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Parent’s or its Subsidiary’s (as applicable) Investment

 

130


therein (including the aggregate (undiscounted) principal amount of any Indebtedness owed by such Subsidiary to any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such designation). The Investment resulting from such designation must otherwise be in compliance with Section 6.04 . The Parent may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary at any time by written notice to the Administrative Agent if after giving effect to such designation, the Parent is in compliance with the Financial Covenant on a Pro Forma Basis, no Event of Default exits or would otherwise result therefrom and the Parent complies with the obligations under clause (a)  of Section 5.10 . The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (i) the incurrence by the Parent at the time of designation of any Investment, Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and (ii) a return on any Investment by the Parent in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the above in an amount equal to the fair market value at the date of such designation of the Parent’s or its Subsidiary’s (as applicable) Investment in such Subsidiary (without giving effect to any write downs or write offs thereof).

Section 5.14 Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions . (x) Prior to the Merger Date, the Borrowers will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures that the Borrowers reasonably believe to be designed to ensure compliance by the Borrowers, their respective Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (solely to the extent such agents are acting on behalf of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries) with the Patriot Act, Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects and (y) on or after the Merger Date, the Borrowers will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance by the Borrowers, their respective Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers and employees with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

Section 5.15 Further Assurances and Post-Closing Covenant . Subject to the provisions of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and any applicable limitations in any Security Document, the Borrowers will, and will cause each Other Loan Party to:

(a) execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements, instruments, certificates, notices and acknowledgments and take all such further actions (including the filing and recordation of financing statements, fixture filings, Mortgages or amendments thereto and other documents, subject to the terms of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and the limitations set forth in Section 5.10 above and in any Security Document), that may be required under any applicable Law and which the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to ensure the perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created under the Security Documents, all at the reasonable expense of the relevant Loan Parties;

(b) (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of any Security Document or other document or instrument relating to any Collateral and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts (including notices to third parties), deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time in order to carry out more effectively the purposes of the Security Documents; and

 

131


(c) As promptly as practicable, and in any event within the time periods after the Closing Date and/or Merger Date specified in Schedule 5.15 or such later date as the Administrative Agent reasonably agrees to in writing, including to reasonably accommodate circumstances unforeseen on the Closing Date, deliver the documents or take the actions specified on Schedule 5.15 , in each case except to the extent otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent.

ARTICLE VI

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Commencing on and after (x) the Closing Date as to the Term A Facility and Revolving Facility and (y) the Escrow Release Date as to the Term B Facility, in each case, until the Date of Full Satisfaction, each Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that, except in connection with the Transactions:

Section 6.01 Indebtedness . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) (i) Indebtedness created under the Loan Documents (including with respect to Specified Refinancing Debt), (ii) Indebtedness of the Loan Parties evidenced by Refinancing Notes and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and (iii) Indebtedness of the Loan Parties evidenced by Refinancing Junior Loans and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.01 and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(c) Indebtedness among the Parent and its Subsidiaries (including between or among Subsidiaries); provided that any such Indebtedness, individually, of any Loan Party owing to a non-Loan Party Subsidiary in excess of $15,000,000 must be expressly subordinated to the Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Global Intercompany Note, within 30 days of the incurrence of such Indebtedness or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion;

(d) Guarantees by the Parent of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary and by any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Parent or any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) Guarantees by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be subject to compliance with Section 6.04 (other than clause (e) thereof), (ii) Guarantees permitted under this clause (d)  shall be subordinated to the Obligations of the applicable Restricted Subsidiary to the same extent and on terms not materially less favorable to the Lenders as the Indebtedness so Guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations and (iii) no Indebtedness under Permitted Ratio Debt, Incremental Equivalent Debt, Refinancing Notes or any Refinancing Junior Loans and from and after the Merger Date, the Coty Credit Agreement, and in each case any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof shall be Guaranteed by any Restricted Subsidiary unless such Restricted Subsidiary is a Loan Party that has Guaranteed the Obligations pursuant to a Guaranty;

 

132


(e) (i) Indebtedness of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance the acquisition, lease, construction, replacement, repair or improvement of any assets or other Investments permitted hereunder (including rolling stock), including Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, purchase money indebtedness (including any industrial revenue bonds, industrial development bonds and similar financings); provided that, such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within two hundred seventy (270) days after such acquisition or lease or the completion of such construction, replacement, repair or improvement and (B) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to this clause (e)(i) of this Section 6.01 shall not exceed the greater of $100,000,000 and 13.0% of Adjusted EBITDA (determined at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to the date of determination) at any time outstanding, and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(f) Indebtedness arising in connection with Swap Agreements permitted by Section 6.06 ; provided that Guarantees by any Loan Party of such Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be subject to compliance with Section 6.04 ;

(g) (i) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the date hereof (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that (A) such Indebtedness exists at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and (B) the Parent is in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis, with the applicable Total Net Leverage Ratio set forth in Section 7.01 for the Test Period most recently ended adjusted down by 0.50x and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(h) obligations in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations or property, casualty or liability insurance and premiums related thereto, self-insurance obligations, obligations in respect of bids, tenders, trade contracts, governmental contracts and leases, statutory obligations, customs, surety, stay, appeal and performance bonds, and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations incurred by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(i) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, contingent obligations arising under indemnity agreements to title insurance companies to cause such title insurers to issue title insurance policies in the ordinary course of business with respect to the real property of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(j) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, customary indemnification and purchase price adjustments or similar obligations (including earn-outs) incurred or assumed in connection with Investments and Dispositions otherwise permitted hereunder;

(k) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, unfunded pension fund and other employee benefit plan obligations and liabilities to the extent they are permitted to remain unfunded under applicable Law;

 

133


(l) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, deferred compensation or similar arrangements payable to future, present or former directors, officers, employees, members of management or consultants of the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(m) Indebtedness in respect of repurchase agreements constituting Cash Equivalents;

(n) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to future, present or former directors, officers, members of management, employees or consultants of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective estates, executors, administrators, heirs, family members, legatees, distributees, spouses or former spouses, domestic partners or former domestic partners to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Parent permitted by Section 6.07 ;

(o) cash management obligations and Indebtedness incurred by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of netting services, overdraft protections, commercial credit cards, stored value cards, purchasing cards and treasury management services, automated clearing-house arrangements, employee credit card programs, controlled disbursement, ACH transactions, return items, interstate deposit network services, dealer incentive, supplier finance or similar programs, Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication transfers, cash pooling and operational foreign exchange management and similar arrangements, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business in connection with cash management, including among the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and deposit accounts;

(p) (i) Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums and (ii) take-or-pay obligations constituting Indebtedness of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(q) Indebtedness incurred by a Loan Party with respect to letters of credit (other than Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this Agreement), bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the purposes described in Section 6.02(d) , (e) , (i) , (k) and (ff) or issued to secure trade payables, warehouse receipts or similar facilities entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and the obligations arising under drafts accepted and delivered in connection with a drawing thereunder; provided that (i) upon the drawing of any such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within thirty (30) days following such drawing or incurrence and (ii) the aggregate outstanding face amount of all such letters of credit or bank guarantees does not exceed $50,000,000 at any time;

(r) obligations, contingent or otherwise, for the payment of money under any non-compete, consulting or similar agreement entered into with the seller of a Target or any other similar arrangements providing for the deferred payment of the purchase price for an acquisition permitted hereby;

(s) Indebtedness of the type described in clause (e)  of the definition thereof to the extent the related Lien is permitted under Section 6.02 ;

 

134


(t) other Indebtedness of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (t)  shall not exceed the greater of $200,000,000 and 26.0% of Adjusted EBITDA (determined at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to the date of determination) at any time outstanding;

(u) unsecured Indebtedness in respect of obligations of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay the deferred purchase price of goods or services or progress payments in connection with such goods and services; provided that such obligations are incurred in connection with open accounts extended by suppliers on customary trade terms in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money;

(v) Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed the greater of $50,000,000 and 7.0% of Adjusted EBITDA (determined at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to the date of determination) in the aggregate provided such Indebtedness is either (i) unsecured or (ii) secured by only the Equity Interests in or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Other Loan Party;

(w) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, Guarantees in the ordinary course of business of the obligations of suppliers, customers, franchisees and licensees of the Parent and its Subsidiaries including guarantees and investments permitted under Section 6.04(ee);

(x) on or after the Merger Date and provided that (x) all Obligations shall have been (or shall, substantially simultaneously with the incurrence of such Indebtedness, be) unconditionally guaranteed by Coty and each Restricted Subsidiary of Coty (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) (the “ Coty Guarantors ”) and (y) the Intercreditor Agreement shall have become effective, (i) Indebtedness of the Loan Parties under the Coty Credit Agreement not to exceed $6,000,000,000.00 plus any “ratio” incremental debt incurred thereunder subject to compliance with a First Lien Net Leverage Ratio of not more than 3.50 to 1.00 and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness thereof;

(y) Indebtedness in respect of (i) one or more series of notes issued by any of the Borrowers (or, to the extent unsecured, the Initial Borrower) that are either (x) senior or subordinated and unsecured or (y) secured by Liens on the Collateral ranking junior to or pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations, in each case issued in a public offering, Rule 144A or other private placement in lieu of the foregoing (and any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor), and (ii) loans made to any of the Borrowers (or, to the extent unsecured, the Initial Borrower) that are either (x) senior or subordinated and unsecured or (y) secured by Liens on Collateral ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations (any such Indebtedness, “ Incremental Equivalent Debt ”); provided that (A) the aggregate initial principal amount of all Incremental Equivalent Debt shall not exceed the amount permitted to be incurred under the Incremental Amount, provided that (x) in the case of Incremental Equivalent Debt secured on a junior basis, in lieu of complying with the

 

135


maximum First Lien Net Leverage Ratio test set forth in the definition of “Incremental Amount”, the Borrowers shall be required to comply with a pro forma Secured Net Senior Secured Leverage Ratio not to exceed 5.50:1.00, (y) in the case of unsecured Incremental Equivalent Debt, in lieu of complying with the maximum First Lien Net Leverage Ratio test set forth in the definition of “Incremental Amount”, the Borrowers shall be required to comply with a pro forma Total Net Leverage Ratio not to exceed 5.50:1:00, in each case as of the end of the most recent Test Period and (z) in the case of Incremental Equivalent Debt that is secured, such Incremental Equivalent Debt shall be subject to a Market Intercreditor Agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (B) the incurrence of such Indebtedness shall be subject to clauses (iv)  and (vi)  of Section 2.20(d) , as if such Incremental Equivalent Debt constituted Incremental Term Loans; provided that clauses (i) , (ii)  and (iv)  of Section 2.20(d) shall not apply to any bridge facility on customary terms if the long-term indebtedness that such bridge facility is to be converted into satisfies the maturity, prepayment and amortization restrictions in such clauses and (C) the terms and conditions including such financial maintenance covenants (if any) applicable to such Incremental Equivalent Debt shall not be, when taken as a whole, materially more favorable (as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Initial Borrower), to the holders of such Indebtedness than those applicable under this Agreement (except for covenants or other provisions (i) applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date or (ii) that are also for the benefit of all other Lenders in respect of Loans and Commitments outstanding at the time such Incremental Equivalent Debt is incurred), and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(z) Indebtedness in respect of any letter of credit or bank guarantee issued in favor of any Issuing Bank to support any Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit issued;

(aa) Indebtedness of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that 100% of such Indebtedness is supported by any Letter of Credit;

(bb) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods and services purchased in the ordinary course of business;

(cc) unsecured Indebtedness of any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed 100% of the amount of Net Proceeds received by the Parent from the issuance or sale of Qualified Equity Interests to the extent the relevant Net Proceeds are Not Otherwise Applied;

(dd) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations arising under the Transaction Agreement or in connection with the Transactions, including, without limitation, (i) any unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Closing Date, so long as all of such Indebtedness (together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon) is repaid in full within one Business Day of the Closing Date or (ii) any unsecured Indebtedness of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date but prior to the Recapitalization Date, so long as all of such Indebtedness (together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon) is repaid in full within one Business Day after the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (but in no event later than the Recapitalization Date);

 

136


(ee) Permitted Ratio Debt and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(ff) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary incurred for foreign working capital purposes in an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed $150,000,000;

(gg) any consideration notes required to be issued pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Agreement; and

(hh) Indebtedness of a Receivables Subsidiary pursuant to any Permitted Receivables Facility.

The Initial Borrower will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Sections 6.01(a) through (hh).

The accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, the payment of dividends on Disqualified Equity Interests in the form of additional shares of Disqualified Equity Interests, accretion or amortization of original issue discount or liquidation preferences and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate or currencies will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 6.01 . The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Notwithstanding the above, if any Indebtedness is incurred as Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness originally incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01 , and such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness would cause any applicable Dollar-denominated, Adjusted EBITDA or financial ratio restriction contained in this Section 6.01 to be exceeded if calculated on the date of such Permitted Refinancing, such Dollar-denominated, Adjusted EBITDA or financial ratio restriction, as applicable, shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness.”

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Indebtedness may be incurred for the purpose of refinancing, repaying or replacing any Loan for the one year period after the Merger Date unless permitted under the Transaction Agreement.

Section 6.02 Liens . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

(a) (i) Liens created under or contemplated by the Loan Documents, the Transaction Agreement or in connection with the Transactions and (ii) Liens on cash or deposits to cash collateralize any Letters of Credit as contemplated hereunder;

 

137


(b) Liens imposed by law for taxes, assessments and governmental charges (i) that are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days or, if more than thirty (30) days overdue, are being contested in a manner consistent with Section 5.04 or (ii) with respect to which the failure to make payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, landlord’s and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations (i) that are not overdue by more than sixty (60) days or, if more than sixty (60) days overdue, are being contested in a manner consistent with Section 5.04 or (ii) with respect to which the failure to may payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) (i) Liens securing pension obligations that arise in the ordinary course of business and (ii) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business (A) in connection with workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, property, casualty or liability insurance or premiums related thereto or self-insurance obligations or (B) to secure letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments posted to support payment of items set forth in the foregoing clause (i) ; provided that such letters of credit, bank guarantees or instruments are issued in compliance with Section 6.01 ;

(e) Liens securing the performance of, or granted in lieu of, contracts with trade creditors, contracts (other than in respect of debt for borrowed money), leases, bids, statutory obligations, customs, surety, stay, appeal and performance bonds, performance and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations), in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice and deposits securing letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments posted to support payment of the items set forth in this clause (e) ; provided that such letters of credit (other than the Letters of Credit), bank guarantees or similar instruments are issued in compliance with Section 6.01 ;

(f) Liens in respect of judgments, awards, attachments and/or decrees and notices of lis pendens and associated rights relating to litigation being contested that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (j)  of Section 8.01 ;

(g) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way, encroachments, protrusions and similar encumbrances and title defects affecting real property, in each case, that do not materially and adversely interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

138


(h) Liens arising from filing UCC (or similar law of any jurisdiction) financing statements or similar public filings, registrations or agreements in foreign jurisdiction regarding leases and consignment or bailee arrangements permitted or not prohibited by any of the Loan Documents and Liens securing liabilities in respect of indemnification obligations thereunder as long as each such Lien only encumbers the assets that are the subject of the related lease (or contained in such leasehold) or consignment or bailee, and other precautionary statements, filings or agreements;

(i) any interest or title (and any encumbrances on such interest or title) of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor or secured by a lessor’s, sublessor’s, licensor’s or sublicensor’s interest under any lease or license agreement permitted or not prohibited by any of the Loan Documents and any leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted in the ordinary course of business;

(j) (i) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses (including with respect to intellectual property and software) granted to others in the ordinary course of business (or other agreements under which the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary has granted rights to end users to access and use the Parent’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s product, technologies or services in the ordinary course of business) which do not interfere in any material respect with the business of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (ii) the rights reserved to or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit or to require periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

(k) Liens granted in the ordinary course of business to secure: (i) liabilities for premiums or reimbursement obligations to insurance carriers, (ii) liabilities in respect of indemnification obligations under leases or other Contractual Obligations, and (iii) letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments posted to support payment of items set forth in this clause (k) ; provided that (x) such letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments are issued in compliance with Section 6.01 , (y) the Liens permitted by clause (iii)  shall at no time encumber any assets other than the amount of cash or marketable investments required to be pledged thereunder and (z) the Liens permitted by clause (i)  shall at no time encumber assets other than the unearned portion of any insurance premiums, the insurance policies and the proceeds thereof;

(l) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4–208 of the Uniform Commercial Code or other similar provisions of applicable Laws on items in the course of collection, (ii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits or other funds maintained with financial institutions (including the right of set–off), (iii) arising in connection with pooled deposit or sweep accounts, cash netting, deposit accounts or similar arrangements of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary and consisting of the right to apply the funds held therein to satisfy overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of such Person, (iv) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and (v) granted in the ordinary course of business by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to any bank with whom it maintains accounts to the extent required by the relevant bank’s (or custodian’s or trustee’s, as applicable) standard terms and conditions, in each case, which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

139


(m) Liens in favor of a commodity, brokerage or security intermediary who holds a commodity, brokerage or, as applicable, a security account on behalf of the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary provided such Lien encumbers only the related account and the property held therein;

(n) any Lien on any asset of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.02 ; provided that (i) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the proceeds and products thereof and accessions and improvements thereto, except that individual financings provided by a Person or its Affiliates may be cross collateralized to other financings provided by such Person or its Affiliates) and (ii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the Closing Date and obligations not otherwise prohibited under the Loan Documents and amendments, modifications, extensions, renewals and replacements thereof (which, if such obligations constitute Indebtedness, are permitted by Section 6.01 );

(o) any Lien existing on any equipment (including rolling stock), fixtures or real property or any assets subject to the Indebtedness permitted under clause (g)  of Section 6.01 , in each case, prior to and at the time of the acquisition thereof by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or existing on any such property or assets of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to and at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other assets of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary other than Person(s) acquired and/or formed to make such acquisition and Subsidiaries of such Person(s) (other than the proceeds or products thereof and after-acquired property of and Equity Interests in such acquired Restricted Subsidiary subjected to a Lien pursuant to the terms existing at the time of such acquisition (it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition)); and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be and any refinancings, amendments, modifications, extensions, renewals or replacements thereof and if such obligations (or as applicable, any refinancings, amendments, modifications, extensions, renewals or replacements thereof) are Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is otherwise permitted by Section 6.01 (it being understood for purposes of this clause (o)  that individual financings provided by a Person or its Affiliates may be cross collateralized to other financings provided by such Person or its Affiliates;

(p) (i) Liens on specific assets (including rolling stock) acquired, constructed, repaired or improved by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (including the interests of vendors and lessors under conditional sale, title retention agreements and extended title retention); provided that (A) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by clause (e)  or clause (t)  of Section 6.01 , (B) in the case of Indebtedness incurred under Section 6.01(e) such security interests and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within two hundred seventy (270) days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction, repair or improvement and (C) such security interests shall not apply to any other assets of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the

 

140


proceeds or products thereof and after-acquired property subjected to a Lien pursuant to the terms existing at the time of such acquisition (it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition)), and (ii) any amendments, modifications, extensions, renewals or replacements thereof and if such obligations (or as applicable, any amendments, modifications, extensions, renewals or replacements thereof) are Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is otherwise permitted by Section 6.01 (it being understood for purposes of this clause (p)  that individual financings provided by a Person or its Affiliates may be cross collateralized to other financings provided by such Person or its Affiliates);

(q) Liens (i) in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law in the ordinary course of business to secure payment of customs duties that (a) are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days or, if more than thirty (30) days overdue, are being contested in a manner consistent with Section 5.04 or (b) with respect to which the failure to make payment when due could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds thereof of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or such other goods in the ordinary course;

(r) Liens (i) (A) on advances of cash or Cash Equivalents in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.04 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (B) consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 6.05 , in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien or on the date of any contract for such Investment or Disposition and (ii) on cash earnest money deposits made by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(s) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off relating to purchase orders and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(t) Liens on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or any other Investment permitted hereunder;

(u) Liens representing the interest of a purchaser of goods sold by the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business under conditional sale, title retention and extended title retention, consignment, bailee or similar arrangements; provided that such Liens arise only under the applicable conditional sale, title retention, consignment, bailee or similar arrangements and such Liens only encumber the good so sold thereunder;

(v) Liens on repurchase agreements constituting Cash Equivalents;

 

141


(w) other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of $200,000,000 and 26.0% of Adjusted EBITDA (determined at the time of incurrence of any such Lien (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to the date of determination) at any time outstanding; provided that to the extent any Liens are incurred under this clause (w) to secure any Indebtedness for borrowed money with any of the Collateral, such Indebtedness shall be subject to a Market Intercreditor Agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent providing for such Indebtedness to be secured with the applicable Obligations on, at the Parent’s option, a pari passu (other than with respect to control of remedies) or junior basis to the Liens securing such Obligations;

(x) Liens (i) on Equity Interests in joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided such Liens secure Indebtedness of such joint venture or Unrestricted Subsidiary, as applicable, (ii) consisting of customary rights of first refusal and tag, drag and similar rights in joint venture agreements and agreements with respect to non-wholly owned Subsidiaries and (iii) consisting of any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) in favor of a joint venture party with respect to Equity Interests of, or assets owned by, any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(y) Liens on property constituting Collateral of the Loan Parties securing obligations issued or incurred under (i) any Refinancing Notes and the Refinancing Notes Indentures related thereto and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, (ii) any Refinancing Junior Loans and the Refinancing Junior Loans Agreements and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, in each case, to the extent required by the documentation in respect of such notes or loans, as applicable and (iii) Incremental Equivalent Debt and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided that at the time of incurrence thereof such obligations are permitted to be secured pursuant to the definitions of Refinancing Notes, Refinancing Junior Loans, Incremental Equivalent Debt or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, as applicable, and (y) such Indebtedness is subject to a Market Intercreditor Agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(z) From and after the Merger Date and the Guarantee of the Obligations by Coty and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries), any Lien granted under the Coty Credit Agreement subject to the Intercreditor Agreement;

(aa) Liens on assets and capital stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties (including capital stock owned by such Persons) securing Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties permitted pursuant to Section 6.01 ;

(bb) Liens on deposits or other amounts held in escrow to secure contractual payments (contingent or otherwise) payable by the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries to a seller after the consummation of a Permitted Acquisition;

(cc) Liens on property constituting Collateral of the Loan Parties securing obligations (i) issued or incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(ee) , subject to (A) in the case of any such Liens on the Collateral securing obligations on a pari passu basis with the Obligations, the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio being equal to or less than 3.50 to 1.00 and

 

142


(B) in the case of any such Liens on the Collateral securing obligations on a junior basis with the Obligations, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio being equal to or less than 5.50 to 1.00, in each case, on a Pro Forma Basis; provided that, in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness the proceeds of which will be applied to finance a Limited Condition Acquisition, compliance with this clause (cc) shall be determined in accordance with the third paragraph of Section 1.03 ; provided , further that in the case of Permitted Ratio Debt in the form of Loans secured on a pari passu basis , the incurrence of such Indebtedness shall be subject to clause (iv)  of Section 2.20(d) , as if such Incremental Equivalent Debt constituted Incremental Term Loans and (ii) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; and provided that any Indebtedness secured by such Lien shall be subject to a Market Intercreditor Agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(dd) Liens on cash, Cash Equivalents or other property arising in connection with the defeasance, discharge or redemption of Indebtedness;

(ee) (i) Liens constituting customary cash collateral arrangements in relation to obligations under Swap Agreements permitted by Section 6.06 or (ii) Liens securing obligations of the type described in Section 6.01(o) ;

(ff) (i) deposits of cash with the owner or lessor of premises leased or operated by the Parent or any of the Subsidiaries and (ii) cash collateral on deposit with banks or other financial institutions issuing letters of credit (or backstopping such letters of credit) or other equivalent bank guarantees issued naming as beneficiaries the owners or lessors of premises leased or operated by the Parent or any of the Subsidiaries, in each case in the ordinary course of business of the Parent and such Subsidiaries to secure the performance of the Parent’s or such Subsidiary’s obligations under the terms of the lease for such premises;

(gg) Liens on the proceeds of Escrow Debt and any interest thereof, securing the applicable Escrow Debt;

(hh) any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group under a derivative transaction permitted by this Agreement for the purposes of determining the obligations of the parties to that agreement by reference to their net exposure under that agreement; and

(ii) any Lien that arises or may be deemed to arise from any Permitted Receivables Facility or from other sales of receivables pursuant to factoring permitted pursuant to Section 6.05(x) .

The expansion of Liens by virtue of accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, amortization of original issue discount and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Liens for purposes of this Section 6.02 .

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 6.02 , a Lien need not be incurred solely by reference to one category of Liens described in clauses (a)  through (ii)  above but may be incurred under any combination of such categories (including in part under one such category and in part under any other such category).

 

143


Section 6.03 Fundamental Changes . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, merge into or amalgamate or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate or amalgamate with it, or liquidate or dissolve, except that:

(a) any Subsidiary may merge with a Borrower in a transaction in which such Borrower is the surviving Person (or in the case of a transitory merger where the surviving Person assumes the Obligations in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and is organized under the laws of the same jurisdiction of such Borrower);

(b) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with any Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Restricted Subsidiary;

(c) any Person may merge into a Borrower in an Investment permitted by Section 6.04 in which such Borrower is the surviving Person;

(d) any Person may merge with a Restricted Subsidiary in an Investment permitted by Section 6.04 in which the surviving entity is a Restricted Subsidiary so long as if any party to such merger is a Loan Party, the surviving entity is a Loan Party (or the surviving Person assumes the Obligations of such non-surviving Loan Party in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent);

(e) any Subsidiary (other than a Borrower) may liquidate or dissolve or change in legal form if the Parent determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution or change in legal form is in the best interests of the Parent and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders;

(f) in connection with the Disposition of a Subsidiary (other than a Borrower) or its assets permitted by Section 6.05 , such Subsidiary may merge with or into any other Person; and

(g) any merger, amalgamation, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution by the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the Transaction Agreement or in connection with the Transactions shall be permitted.

Notwithstanding the foregoing the Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than businesses of the type anticipated to be conducted by the Parent and its Subsidiaries on the Merger Date and businesses reasonably related, complementary or ancillary thereto or a reasonable extension or expansion thereof as determined by the Parent in good faith; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, prior to the Merger Date, the Parent and its Subsidiaries may engage in any business that is not anticipated to be part of the Galleria Business in connection with any of the transactions described in clause (b) of the definition of “ Transactions ”.

 

144


Section 6.04 Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a wholly owned Subsidiary prior to such merger) any Equity Interests in or evidences of Indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, Guarantee any Indebtedness of, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit or all or substantially all of the assets of a division or branch of any Person (any one of the actions described in the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.04 , herein an “ Investment ”), except:

(a) Investments in connection with the Transactions, the Merger or the Recapitalization; provided that such transactions are consummated in all material respects in accordance with the Transaction Agreement ( provided that the Transaction Agreement shall not have been altered, amended or otherwise changed or supplemented or any provision or condition therein waived by the Parent or its Affiliates, and neither the Parent nor any of its Affiliates shall have consented to any action which would require the consent of the Parent or such Affiliate under the Transaction Agreement if such alteration, amendment, change, supplement, waiver or consent would be adverse to the interests of the Lenders in any material respect, in each case without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent);

(b) Investments in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments that were Cash Equivalents when such Investments were made;

(c) Investments (i) existing on, or contractually committed as of, the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 6.04 , (ii) consisting of intercompany Investments outstanding on the date hereof, and (iii) and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension of the foregoing; provided that the amount of the original Investment is not increased except by the terms of such Investment or as otherwise permitted by this Section 6.04 ;

(d) Investments among the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including between or among Restricted Subsidiaries and including in connection with the formation of Restricted Subsidiaries);

(e) Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01 and payments thereon or Investments in respect thereof in lieu of such payments; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of Subsidiaries that are Unrestricted Subsidiaries that is Guaranteed by any Loan Party shall be subject to the limitation set forth in clause (q)  below (it being understood that any such Guarantee in reliance upon the reference to such clause (q)  shall reduce the amount otherwise available under such clause (q)  while such Guarantee is outstanding), (ii) if such Guarantee is by a non-Loan Party, such non-Loan Party would have been able to incur the Guaranteed Indebtedness directly under Section 6.01 (for the avoidance of doubt, without duplication of the primary and Guaranteed obligations with respect to underlying Indebtedness primary Indebtedness of a non-Loan Party) and (iii) if the Guaranteed Indebtedness is subordinated the Guarantee of such Indebtedness is subordinated on the same terms;

 

145


(f) Investments received (i) in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts or disputes with or judgments against, any Person, or foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure with respect to any Lien held as security for an obligation, in each case in the ordinary course of business, (ii) upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment, (iii) as a result of the settlement, compromise or resolution of litigation, arbitration or other disputes or (iv) in settlement of debt created in the ordinary course of business;

(g) notes and other non-cash consideration received as part of the purchase price of assets subject to a Disposition pursuant to Section 6.05 ;

(h) advances or extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Investments arising in connection with Swap Agreements permitted by Section 6.06 ; provided that the aggregate amount of Investments by Loan Parties in or for the benefit of Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall be subject to the limitation set forth in clause (q)  below (it being understood that any such Investment in reliance upon the reference to such clause (q)  shall reduce the amount otherwise available under such clause (q)  while such Swap Agreement is outstanding);

(j) loans and advances to future, present or former officers, directors, employees, members of management or consultants of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries made (i) in the ordinary course of business for travel and entertainment expenses, relocation costs and similar purposes or consistent with past practices, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Parent ( provided that, to the extent such loans or advances are made in cash, the amount of such loans and advances used to acquire such Equity Interests shall be contributed or paid to the Parent in cash), , and (iii) for any other purpose in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20,000,000 for all such loans and advances in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

(k) the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries may make Investments using the Net Proceeds actually received by the Parent from and after the Closing Date from the sale of Equity Interests of the Parent (other than (i) Disqualified Equity Interests, (ii) Equity Interests issued or sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination, (iii) Equity Interests the Net Proceeds of which are used to repay long-term Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than revolving loans) and (iv) Specified Equity Contributions) so long as such Net Proceeds are Not Otherwise Applied;

(l) the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary may purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to a merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise) at least a majority of the Equity Interests of a Person (including with respect to an Investment in a Restricted Subsidiary that serves to increase the Parent’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ respective ownership of Equity Interests therein) and may purchase or otherwise acquire (in

 

146


one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person or all or substantially all of the assets of a division, line of business or branch of such Person, if, with respect to each such acquisition (a “ Permitted Acquisition ”):

(i) Event of Default . No Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom on the date the definitive agreement for the Permitted Acquisition is entered into by the Parent and/or the Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

(ii) Pro Forma Compliance . At the option of the Parent, on the date on which the definitive agreement governing the relevant transaction is executed or on the date of the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition, the Parent shall be in compliance with the Financial Covenant on a Pro Forma Basis, as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to the date of determination;

(iii) Delivery and Notice Requirements . The Parent shall provide to Administrative Agent, prior to the consummation of the Permitted Acquisition, the following: (A) notice of the Permitted Acquisition and (B) a certificate signed by a Financial Officer of the Parent certifying as to compliance with clauses (i)  and (ii)  above;

(iv) Similar Business . The Target or recipient of such Investment is involved in the same general type of business activities as the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries or activities complementary, ancillary or reasonably related thereto or a reasonable extension or expansion thereof; and

(v) Collateral and Guarantee Requirement . The Borrowers shall comply with the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to the extent applicable;

(m) Investments consisting of Indebtedness, Liens, fundamental changes, Dispositions, sale leaseback transactions, Swap Obligations, Restricted Payments and Affiliate transactions permitted under Sections 6.01 , 6.02 , 6.03 , 6.05 , 6.06 , 6.07 and 6.08 , respectively;

(n) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Guarantees by the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries of leases of the Parent and Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Capital Lease Obligations) or of other obligations not constituting Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business and payments thereon or Investments in respect thereof in lieu of such payments;

(p) Investments (i) consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit, (ii) resulting from pledges and/or deposits permitted by Sections 6.02(d) , (e) , (k) and (r) and (iii) consisting of the licensing, sublicensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

147


(q) in addition to the Investments otherwise permitted by this Section 6.04 , the Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries may make Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $500,000,000 and 26.0% of Adjusted EBITDA (in each case as determined at the time any such Investment is made (calculated on Pro Forma Basis) as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to the date of determination) at any time outstanding;

(r) (i) any Investments in any Subsidiary or joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business; provided that any entity that serves to hold cash balances for the purposes of making such advances to Subsidiaries or joint ventures is a Loan Party and (ii) Investments by the Parent in any Subsidiary or joint venture to enable it to obtain cash management and similar arrangements described in Section 6.01(o) ;

(s) any acquisition of assets or Equity Interests solely in exchange for, or out of the Net Proceeds received from, the substantially contemporaneous issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Parent;

(t) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business;

(u) Investments made in connection with the funding of contributions under any non-qualified retirement plan or similar employee compensation plan in an amount not to exceed the amount of compensation expense recognized by the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such plans;

(v) other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Available Amount; provided that as of the date of any such Investment and after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default shall exist or result therefrom;

(w) Investments in any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in an amount required to permit such Subsidiary to consummate a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder substantially contemporaneously with the receipt by such Subsidiary of the proceeds of such Investment;

(x) Investments (i) in Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with reorganizations or other activities related to Tax planning; provided that, after giving effect to any such reorganization or other activity related to Tax planning, the security interest of the Administrative Agent in the Collateral, taken as a whole, is not materially impaired and (ii) by any Loan Party in any non-Loan Party consisting of the contribution of Equity Interests of any Person that is not a Loan Party;

(y) (i) Investments held by any Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date, or of any Person acquired by, or merged into or consolidated or amalgamated with the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, in each case as part of an Investment otherwise permitted by this Section 6.04 to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of the relevant acquisition, merger,

 

148


amalgamation or consolidation and (ii) any modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Investment permitted under clause (i)  of this Section 6.04(y) so long as no such modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof increases the amount of such Investment except as otherwise permitted by this Section 6.04 ;

(z) (x) Investments made in joint ventures or non-wholly-owned Subsidiaries as required by, or made pursuant to, buy/sell arrangements (including put and call arrangements) between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture agreements and similar binding arrangements existing on the date hereof and disclosed in filings with the SEC prior to the date hereof in an aggregate amount not to exceed $200,000,000 and (y) any other Investments made in joint ventures or non-wholly owned Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $200,000,000 and 10.5% of Adjusted EBITDA (in each case as determined at the time any such Investment is made (calculated on Pro Forma Basis) as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to the date of determination) at any time outstanding;

(aa) Investments made by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Other Loan Party with the proceeds received by such Person from an Investment made by the Borrowers or any Other Loan Party in such Person under this Section 6.04 ;

(bb) Investments (i) constituting deposits, prepayments and/or other credits to suppliers, (ii) made in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client and customer contracts and/or (iii) in the form of advances made to distributors, suppliers, licensors and licensees, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(cc) other Investments in an amount such that the Total Net Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis as of the end of the most recently ended Test Period is less than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00; provided that as of the date of any such Investment and after giving effect thereto no Event of Default shall exist or result therefrom; provided , further , that if the proceeds of the Investment will be applied to finance a Limited Condition Acquisition, compliance with this clause (cc) shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.03 ;

(dd) Asset Swaps consummated in compliance with Section 6.05 ; and

(ee) Investments in the form of loans and other funding arrangements to salons, (i) existing on the Closing Date or (ii) made after the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed $175,000,000 in any fiscal year.

For purposes of compliance with this Section 6.04 , the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested (measured at the time made), without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment but giving effect to any returns or distributions of capital or repayment of principal actually received in cash by such other Person with respect thereto (but only to the extent that the aggregate amount of all such returns, distributions and repayments with respect to such Investment does not exceed the principal amount of such Investment and less any such amount which increases the Available Amount).

 

149


Any Investment that exceeds the limits of any particular clause set forth above may be allocated amongst more than one of such clauses to permit the incurrence of holding of such Investment to the extent such excess is permitted as an Investment under such other clauses.

Section 6.05 Asset Sales . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any asset, including any Equity Interest owned by it (each such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition herein a “ Disposition ”) nor will the Parent permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any additional Equity Interest in such Subsidiary except:

(a) Dispositions of inventory (including on an intercompany basis), vehicles, obsolete, used, worn-out or surplus assets or property no longer useful to the business of such Person or economically impracticable to maintain and Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Dispositions of assets to a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(c) Dispositions of property subject to or resulting from casualty losses and condemnation proceedings (including in lieu thereof or any similar proceedings);

(d) Asset Swaps; provided , that immediately after giving effect to such Asset Swap, the Parent shall be in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis, with the Financial Covenant;

(e) Dispositions in connection with any sale-leaseback or similar transaction; provided that the fair market value of all property so disposed of shall not exceed $150,000,000 from and after the Closing Date;

(f) Dispositions permitted by Sections 6.02 (and of the Liens thereunder), 6.03 (so long as any Disposition pursuant to a liquidation permitted pursuant to Section 6.03 shall be done on a pro rata basis among the equity holders of the applicable Subsidiary), 6.04 , 6.06 , 6.07 and 6.08 ;

(g) the issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Parent or to another Restricted Subsidiary (and each other equity holder on a pro rata basis) to the extent constituting an Investment permitted by Section 6.04 ;

(h) (i) Dispositions of Investments and accounts receivable in connection with the collection, settlement or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business or (ii) any surrender or waiver of contract rights pursuant to a settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind;

(i) Dispositions in the ordinary course of business consisting of (i) the abandonment of intellectual property which, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Parent, is not material to the conduct of the business of the Parent and Subsidiaries and (ii) licensing, sublicensing and cross-licensing arrangements involving any technology or other intellectual property or general intangibles of the Parent or its Subsidiaries;

 

150


(j) Dispositions of residential real property and related assets in the ordinary course of business in connection with relocation activities for directors, officers, members of management, employees or consultants of the Loan Parties;

(k) terminations of Swap Agreements;

(l) Dispositions of the Equity Interests of, or the assets or securities of, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(m) other Dispositions; provided that in each case: (i) the Net Proceeds of such disposition shall, if required by Section 2.11(c) , be delivered to the Administrative Agent for repayment of the Term Loans in compliance with Section 2.11(c) , (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom on the date that the definitive agreement for such Disposition is entered into by the Parent and or the Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable and (iii) Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have received no less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that for purposes of the 75% cash consideration requirement (A) the amount of any Indebtedness or other liabilities (other than Indebtedness or other liabilities that are subordinated to the Obligations or that are owed to the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Parent or any applicable Restricted Subsidiary (as shown on such Person’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) that are (x) assumed by the transferee of any such assets or (y) otherwise cancelled or terminated in connection with the transaction with such transferee and, in each case, for which the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent previously liable thereunder) shall have been validly released by all relevant creditors in writing, (B) the amount of any trade-in value applied to the purchase price of any replacement assets acquired in connection with such Disposition, (C) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by such Person into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within one hundred eighty (180) days following the closing of the applicable Disposition, (D) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Disposition (other than intercompany debt owed to a Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries), to the extent that the Borrowers and all of the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent previously liable thereunder) are released from any guarantee of payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Disposition and (E) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received in respect of such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (m)  that is at that time outstanding, not in excess of the greater of $200,000,000 and 12.5% of Adjusted EBITDA (in each case as determined at the time any such asset sale is made (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to the date of determination, shall be deemed to be cash, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value;

(n) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in the joint venture agreement or similar binding agreements entered into with respect to such Investment in such joint venture;

 

151


(o) the expiration of any option agreement with respect to real or personal property;

(p) Dispositions of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible securities if such Equity Interests represent (i) a portion of the exercise price thereof or (ii) withholding incurred in connection with such exercise;

(q) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses of property or intellectual property in the ordinary course of business;

(r) Dispositions of non-core assets (which may include real property) acquired in an acquisition permitted under this Agreement to the extent such Disposition is consummated within two (2) years of such acquisition;

(s) other Dispositions in an aggregate amount not to exceed $150,000,000 in any fiscal year;

(t) Dispositions of letters of credit and/or bank guarantees (and/or the rights thereunder) to banks or other financial institutions in the ordinary course of business in exchange for cash and/or Cash Equivalents;

(u) any Disposition by the Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries or any issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, in connection with the Transactions or pursuant to the Transaction Agreement;

(v) any Disposition of cash where that disposition is not otherwise prohibited by the Loan Documents;

(w) the issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary that represents all or a portion of the consideration paid by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any Investment permitted by Section 6.04 , including in connection with the formation of a joint venture with a Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary;

(x) sales of receivables pursuant to any Permitted Receivables Facility and sales of receivables by any Swiss, French, Dutch, United Kingdom, Spanish, German or Italian Subsidiary pursuant to factoring arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices; and

(y) any Required Regulatory Dispositions that are not otherwise permitted under clause (m) above.

provided that all Dispositions permitted hereby (other than those permitted by clauses (a) , (b) , (c) , (f) , (g) , (h) , (i) , (k) , (n) , (o) , (p) , (q) , (t) , (u)  and (v)  above) shall be made for fair value.

 

152


Section 6.06 Swap Agreements . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Swap Agreement, except (a) Swap Agreements entered into to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary has actual or potential exposure (other than those in respect of Equity Interests of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except as may be related to convertible indebtedness, including to hedge or mitigate foreign currency and commodity price risks, (b) Swap Agreements entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or Investment of the Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary and (c) any accelerated share repurchase contract, prepaid forward purchase contract or similar contract with respect to the purchase by the Parent of its Equity Interest, which purchase is permitted by Section 6.07.

Section 6.07 Restricted Payments; Certain Payments of Indebtedness .

(a) Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

(i) such Borrower may declare and pay dividends with respect to its Equity Interests payable solely in additional shares of its Equity Interests;

(ii) Restricted Subsidiaries may declare and pay dividends with respect to their Equity Interests ( provided that if such Restricted Subsidiary is not wholly-owned by the Parent, such dividends must be made on a pro rata basis to the holders of its Equity Interests or on a greater than ratable basis to the extent such greater payments are made solely to a Restricted Subsidiary);

(iii) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into transactions expressly permitted by Sections 6.03 , 6.04 , 6.05 or 6.08 ;

(iv) repurchases by the Parent of partial interests in its Equity Interests for nominal amounts which are required to be repurchased in connection with the exercise of stock options or warrants to permit the issuance of only whole shares of Equity Interests;

(v) the Parent may pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Parent (including related stock appreciation rights or similar securities) held by any future, present or former director, officer, member of management, employee or consultant of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (or the estate, heirs, family members, spouse, former spouse, domestic partner or former domestic partner of any of the foregoing); provided that (A) at the time of any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (B) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (v)  in any fiscal year does not exceed (x) $20,000,000 (the “ Yearly Limit ”) plus (y) the portion of the Yearly Limit from each of the immediately preceding four fiscal years (not including any fiscal year ending

 

153


prior to 2016) which was not expended by the Parent for Restricted Payments in such fiscal years (the “ Carryover Amount ” and in calculating the Carryover Amount for any fiscal year, the Yearly Limit applicable to the previous fiscal years shall be deemed to have been utilized first by any Restricted Payments made under this clause (v)  in such fiscal year) plus (z) an amount equal to the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests to directors, officers, members of management, employees or consultants of the Parent or of its Subsidiaries (or the estate, heirs, family members, spouse or former spouse of any of the foregoing) in such fiscal year;

(vi) the repurchase of Equity Interests of the Parent that occurs upon the cashless exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible securities as a result of the Parent accepting such options, warrants or other convertible securities as satisfaction of the exercise price of such Equity Interests;

(vii) the Parent and any Restricted Subsidiary may pay cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection with (i) any dividend, split or combination of its Equity Interests or any Permitted Acquisition (or similar Investment) or (ii) the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries;

(viii) repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the non-cash exercise of Equity Interests to pay Taxes;

(ix) the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Available Amount; provided that (A) no Event of Default shall exist or result therefrom and (B) the Parent shall be in compliance with the Financial Covenant on a Pro Forma Basis for the most recently ended Test Period, in each case determined, at the election of the Parent, at the time of (x) declaration of such Restricted Payment or (y) the making or consummation, as applicable, of such Restricted Payment;

(x) the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the greater of $350,000,000 and 18.5% of Adjusted EBITDA (in each case as determined at the time any such Restricted Payment is made (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to the date of determination), it being agreed that the Parent shall be permitted to carry forward unused amounts to subsequent fiscal years (beginning with unused amounts in the fiscal year ending June 30, 2016); provided that as of the date of any such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto, the Parent shall be in compliance with the Financial Covenant on a Pro Forma Basis for the most recently ended Test Period and no Event of Default shall exist or result therefrom;

(xi) the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments if the Total Net Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis as of the end of the most recent Test Period is less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00; provided that no Default or Event of Default shall exist or result therefrom;

 

154


(xii) Restricted Payments in connection with the Transactions or in connection with the Transaction Agreement;

(xiii) the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000,000; provided that as of the date of any such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto, no Event of Default shall exist or result therefrom;

(xiv) any Borrower may make Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed the amount of Excluded Contributions previously received by the Parent Not Otherwise Applied; and

(xv) from and after the Merger Date, repurchases of Coty’s Class A common stock pursuant to the share repurchase authorization described in that certain Form 8-K of Coty dated August 13, 2015 and Coty’s share repurchase program referenced therein.

(b) Each Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment, directly or indirectly, in respect of any purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Junior Indebtedness prior to the scheduled maturity thereof (it being understood that payments of regularly scheduled principal, interest, mandatory prepayments, mandatory offers to purchase, fees, expenses and indemnification obligations shall be permitted) (such Indebtedness, collectively, “ Restricted Indebtedness ”), or any other payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Restricted Indebtedness or any other payment (including any payment under any Swap Agreement) that has a substantially similar effect to any of the foregoing, except:

(i) refinancings of Restricted Indebtedness to the extent permitted by Section 6.01 and refinancing and payments of Restricted Indebtedness contemplated under the Transaction Agreement or in connection with the Transactions;

(ii) payments or other distributions in respect of principal or interest on, or payment or other distribution on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of, Restricted Indebtedness, if the Total Net Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis as of the end of the most recent Test Period is less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00 and no Event of Default would result from the making of such payment or distribution;

(iii) payments or other distributions in respect of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of, Restricted Indebtedness, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000,000; provided that at the time of any such payment or other distribution, no Event of Default shall exist or result therefrom;

 

155


(iv) payments or other distributions in respect of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of, Restricted Indebtedness, in an aggregate amount not exceed to the Available Amount; provided that as of the date of any such payment and after giving effect thereto (A) no Event of Default shall exist or result therefrom and (B) the Parent shall be in compliance with the Financial Covenant on a Pro Forma Basis for the most recently ended Test Period; provided that, with respect to any such purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of, Restricted Indebtedness the notice of which is irrevocable, such conditions shall, at the election of the Parent, be tested at the time of the delivery of notice with respect to such purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination; provided , however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the absence of an Event of Default shall be a condition to the consummation of any such purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination;

(v) payment-in-kind interest with respect to Restricted Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement;

(vi) payments as part of an “applicable high yield discount obligation” catch up payment with respect to Restricted Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement; and

(vii) the conversion of any Restricted Indebtedness to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) or the prepayment of Restricted Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed the amount of Excluded Contributions previously received by the Parent.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the making of any dividend, payment or other distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 180 days after the date of declaration of such dividend, payment or other distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as applicable, will not be prohibited if, at the date of declaration or notice, such dividend, payment or other distribution or redemption would have complied with the terms of this Agreement.

Section 6.08 Transactions with Affiliates . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates involving aggregate payments, for any such transaction or series of related transactions, in excess of $15,000,000, except:

(a) transactions (i) that are at prices and on terms and conditions not materially less favorable to such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties or (ii) for which the applicable Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent a letter from an independent financial advisor stating that such transaction is fair from a financial point of view;

 

156


(b) transactions between or among the Borrowers and Restricted Subsidiaries not involving any other Affiliate;

(c) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.07 ;

(d) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and expenses, and the provision of customary indemnification to directors, officers, employees, members of management and consultants of the Parent and the Subsidiaries;

(e) sales or issuances of Equity Interests to Affiliates of the Parent which are otherwise permitted or not restricted by the Loan Documents;

(f) loans and other transactions by and among Parent and/or the Subsidiaries to the extent permitted under this Article VI ;

(g) the consummation of and the payment of all fees, expenses, bonuses and awards related to the Transactions or pursuant to the Transaction Agreement;

(h) transactions with joint ventures for the purchase or sale of goods and services entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(i) employment and severance arrangements (including options to purchase Equity Interests of the Parent, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits plans) between such Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary and their directors, officers, employees, members of management and consultants in the ordinary course of business;

(j) the existence of, and the performance of obligations of such Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any agreement in existence or contemplated as of the Closing Date and identified on Schedule 6.08 , as these agreements may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, extended, renewed or otherwise modified from time to time; provided , however , that any future amendment, restatement, amendment and restatement, supplement, extension, renewal or other modification entered into after the Closing Date will be permitted to the extent that its terms are not more disadvantageous in any material respect, taken as a whole, to the Lenders than the terms of the agreements on the Closing Date;

(k) any agreement between any Person and an Affiliate of such Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by or merged into such Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; provided that such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition or merger, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the Parent when taken as a whole as compared to such agreement as in effect on the date of such acquisition or merger);

(l) payments to or from, and transactions with, joint ventures (to the extent any such joint venture is only an Affiliate as a result of Investments by the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such joint venture), non-wholly owned Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 6.04 ;

 

157


(m) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, which are fair to the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of the Parent, or are on terms at least as favorable, in all material respects, as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(n) the entering into of any Tax sharing agreement or arrangement to the extent payments under such agreement or arrangement would otherwise be permitted under Section 6.07 ;

(o) any contribution to the capital of the Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(p) the formation and maintenance of any consolidated group or subgroup for Tax, accounting or cash pooling or management purposes in the ordinary course of business;

(q) transactions undertaken in good faith (as certified by a Responsible Officer of the Parent) for the purpose of improving the consolidated Tax efficiency of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries and not for the purpose of circumventing any covenant set forth in this Agreement;

(r) any other transaction with an Affiliate, which is approved by a majority of disinterested members of the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of the Parent in good faith; and

(s) transactions in connection with the Transaction Agreement or the Transactions.

Section 6.09 Restrictive Agreements . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon:

(a) the ability of such Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien required pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement (at the time so required) upon any of its property or assets in favor of the Collateral Agent (or its agent or designee) for the benefit of the Secured Parties securing any of the Obligations, or

(b) the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to such Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary or to Guarantee the Obligations or any part thereof;

 

158


provided that with respect to clauses (a) and (b):

(i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law, rule, regulation or order or by any customary or reasonable restrictions and conditions contained in any Loan Document, the Coty Credit Agreement (on or after the Merger Date) or document governing any Swap Obligations, Deposit Obligations, Refinancing Notes, any Refinancing Junior Loan, any Incremental Equivalent Debt, any Permitted Ratio Debt or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

(ii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to Dispositions permitted by Section 6.05 pending such Dispositions;

(iii) clause (a)  of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment, subletting or other transfer thereof (including the granting of any Lien);

(iv) clause (a)  of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by restrictions on cash and other deposits or net worth provisions in leases and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(v) the foregoing shall not apply if such restrictions and conditions were binding on a Restricted Subsidiary or its assets at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or such assets were first acquired by such Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Restricted Subsidiary that was a Restricted Subsidiary on the Closing Date or assets owned by any Restricted Subsidiary on the Closing Date), so long as such Contractual Obligations were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or assets being acquired;

(vi) the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in partnership agreements, limited liability company governance documents, joint venture agreements and other similar agreements that restrict the transfer of assets of, or ownership interests in, the relevant partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or similar Person;

(vii) clause (b)  of the foregoing shall not apply to provisions in agreements or instruments which prohibit the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions with respect to any class of Equity Interests of a Person other than on a pro rata basis;

(viii) clause (a)  of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness or the Persons obligated thereon;

 

159


(ix) clause (b)  of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions contained in agreements and instruments governing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.01 to the extent not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, to the Parent and its Subsidiaries than the covenants contained in this Agreement (as reasonably determined by the Parent);

(x) the foregoing shall not apply to customary or reasonable restrictions (as reasonably determined by the Parent) contained in agreements and instruments relating to any Permitted Ratio Debt, Incremental Equivalent Debt, Refinancing Notes, any Refinancing Junior Loans, any Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Sections 6.01(t) and (v) , and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness thereof (and successive Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness thereof);

(xi) clause (a)  of the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions that arise in connection with any Lien permitted by Section 6.02 on any asset or property that is not, and is not required to be, Collateral that relates to the asset or property subject to such Lien;

(xii) the foregoing shall not apply to any restrictions or conditions imposed by the Transaction Agreement or any other Transaction Document or in connection with the Transactions, and

(xiii) the foregoing shall not apply to any restrictions and conditions imposed by any amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing of any contract, instrument or obligation referred to in clauses (i)  through (xii)  above; provided that such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing is, in the good faith judgment of the Parent, no more restrictive with respect to such restrictions taken as a whole than those in existence prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

Section 6.10 Amendment of Material Debt Documents and the Transaction Agreement . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, amend, modify or waive any of its rights under (a) any Junior Indebtedness Document or (b) the Transaction Agreement in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders taken as a whole that has not been approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that it is understood and agreed that the foregoing limitation shall not prohibit any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof that is otherwise permitted by Section 6.01 .

Section 6.11 Change in Fiscal Year . The Parent will not change the manner in which either the last day of its fiscal year or the last day of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of its fiscal year is calculated, in each case, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

 

160


Section 6.12 Use of Proceeds . (x) Prior to the Merger Date, no Borrower will request any Borrowing or Letter of Credit, and no Borrower shall use, directly or to the knowledge of such Borrower, indirectly, and shall procure that their respective Subsidiaries and such Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s respective directors, officers, employees and agents (solely to the extent such agents are under the control and acting on behalf of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries) who will act in any capacity with respect to or benefit from the Credit Facilities established hereby shall not use, directly or to the knowledge of the such Borrower, indirectly, the proceeds of any Borrowing or any Letter of Credit (i) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws or (ii) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, except to the extent permitted for a Person required to comply with Sanctions and (y) from and after the Merger Date, no Borrower will request any Borrowing or Letter of Credit, and no Borrower shall use, directly or to the knowledge of Parent, indirectly, and shall procure that their respective Subsidiaries and such Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s respective directors, officers, employees and agents who will act in any capacity with respect to or benefit from the Credit Facilities established hereby shall not use, directly or to the knowledge of the Parent, indirectly, the proceeds of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit (i) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (ii) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, except to the extent permitted for a Person required to comply with Sanctions or (iii) solely with respect to the period from and after the Merger Date, in any other manner that would result in violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.

ARTICLE VII

FINANCIAL COVENANT

Section 7.01 Leverage Ratio . Solely with respect to the Revolving Facility and Term A Facility, until the Date of Full Satisfaction (solely with respect to the Revolving Facility and the Term A Facility), the Parent covenants and agrees with Lenders that as of the last day of each fiscal quarter commencing with the first full fiscal quarter following the Closing Date, the Parent shall not permit the Total Net Leverage Ratio for any Test Period set forth below to exceed the applicable level set forth below opposite such Test Period under the heading “Total Net Leverage Ratio”:

 

Test Periods Ending

  

Total Net Leverage Ratio

March 31, 2016    5.50 to 1.00
June 30, 2016    5.50 to 1.00
September 30, 2016    5.50 to 1.00
December 31, 2016    5.50 to 1.00
March 31, 2017    5.25 to 1.00
June 30, 2017    5.25 to 1.00
September 30, 2017    5.00 to 1.00
December 31, 2017    5.00 to 1.00
March 31, 2018    4.75 to 1.00

 

161


June 30, 2018    4.75 to 1.00
September 30, 2018    4.50 to 1.00
December 31, 2018    4.50 to 1.00
March 31, 2019    4.25 to 1.00
June 30, 2019    4.25 to 1.00
Each Testing Period Ending Thereafter    4.00 to 1.00

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the four fiscal quarters ended immediately following the closing of a Material Acquisition (including the fiscal quarter in which such Material Acquisition occurs), the applicable Total Net Leverage Ratio level for purposes of this Section 7.01 shall be the lesser of (x) 1.00:1.00 higher than the otherwise applicable level and (y) 5.95:1.00; provided , however, that, immediately after any such four fiscal quarter period, there shall be at least two consecutive fiscal quarters during which the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be equal to or less than the applicable level set forth above opposite the applicable Test Period (irrespective of whether any other Material Acquisition has been consummated during such period).

ARTICLE VIII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Section 8.01 Events of Default; Remedies . If any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”) shall occur (x) after the Closing Date as to the Term A Facility or Revolving Facility and (y) after the Escrow Release Date as to the Term B Facility:

(a) any Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise; or any Borrower shall fail to pay any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure with respect to such reimbursement obligations shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days;

(b) any Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a)  of this Section 8.01 ) payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days;

(c) any representation, warranty or certification made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary herein or in any Loan Document, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document required to be delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, shall prove to have been materially inaccurate when made or deemed made;

 

162


(d) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement applicable at such time contained in Section 5.02(a) , Section 5.03(a) (with respect to any Borrower), Section 5.12 or in Article VI or in Article VII of this Agreement; provided any default under Section 7.01 (a “ Financial Covenant Event of Default ”) shall not constitute an Event of Default with respect to any Loans or Commitments hereunder, other than the Revolving Loans, Term A Loans, Revolving Commitments and/or Term A Commitments, until the date on which any Revolving Loans or Term A Loans have been accelerated, and the Revolving Commitments or Term A Commitments have been terminated, in each case, by the Required TLA Lenders or Required Revolving Lenders, as applicable;

(e) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in clause (a) , (b)  or (d)  of this Section 8.01 ), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Parent;

(f) any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness (other than the Obligations), when and as the same shall become due and payable beyond any applicable grace period or any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits, after giving effect to any applicable grace period, the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided , that from and after the Merger Date, any default under the Coty Facilities as a result of the failure to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained under any financial covenant thereunder shall not constitute an Event of Default for purposes of any Term B Loans unless and until the applicable lenders thereunder have declared all such obligations under the applicable Coty Facilities to be immediately due and payable in accordance with the Coty Facilities and terminated the commitments thereunder; provided , further , that this clause (f)  shall not apply to (i) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the Disposition (including as a result of a casualty or condemnation event) of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (ii) Guarantees of Indebtedness that are satisfied promptly on demand or (iii) with respect to Indebtedness incurred under any Swap Agreement, termination events or equivalent events pursuant to the terms of the relevant Swap Agreement which are not the result of any default thereunder by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided , further , that such failure is unremedied and is not waived by the holders of such Material Indebtedness prior to any termination of Commitments or acceleration of the Loans pursuant to this Section 8.01 ;

(g) an involuntary proceeding, corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization, bankruptcy, administration, winding up, deregistration or other relief in respect of any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, state or other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, arrangement or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) a distress, attachment, execution or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian, administrative recovery compulsory manager, sequestrator, conservator

 

163


or similar official for any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for sixty (60) consecutive days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(h) any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding, corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step or file any petition seeking liquidation (other than a solvent liquidation permitted by Section 6.03 ), reorganization, bankruptcy, administration, winding up, deregistration, suspension of payments or other relief under any Federal, state or other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, arrangement or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (g)  of this Section 8.01 , (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian, administrative recovery compulsory manager, sequestrator, conservator, administrator or similar official for any Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, or (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(i) any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(j) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by insurance as to which the insurer has not denied coverage) shall be rendered against any Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any combination thereof (to the extent not paid in full within any applicable period for payment) and there is a period of sixty (60) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment by reason of a pending appeal, payment or otherwise is not in effect;

(k) an ERISA Event shall have occurred if such ERISA Event could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) other than with respect to items of Collateral not exceeding $40,000,000 in the aggregate, any Lien purported to be created under any Security Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted in writing by any Loan Party not to be, a valid and perfected Lien on any Collateral, except (i) to the extent that perfection or priority is not required pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement or the Security Agreement or (ii) in connection with a release of such Collateral in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or (iii) as a result of the Collateral Agent’s failure to (A) maintain possession of any stock certificates, promissory notes or other instruments delivered to it under the Security Documents or (B) file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements or (iv) if such loss of an enforceable or perfected security interest, as applicable, may be remedied by the filing of appropriate documentation without the loss of priority;

 

164


(m) any material provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect except as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder, or any Borrower or any other Loan Party shall so state in writing, in each case, other than in connection with a release of any Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; or

(n) a Change in Control shall occur;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to any Borrower described in clause (g)  or (h)  of this Section 8.01 ), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Parent, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans then outstanding so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of any Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to any Borrower described in clause (g)  or (h)  of this Section 8.01 , the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of any Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Borrower. In addition, if any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Administrative Agent may (and if directed by the Required Lenders, shall) foreclose or otherwise enforce any Lien granted to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to secure payment and performance of the Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and exercise any and all rights and remedies afforded by applicable Law, by any of the Loan Documents, by equity, or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any period during which solely a Financial Covenant Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may with the consent of, and shall at the request of, the Required TLA Lenders or Required Revolving Lenders take any of the foregoing actions described in the immediately preceding paragraph solely as they relate to the Revolving Lenders or Term A Lenders (versus the Lenders), the Revolving Commitments and Term A Commitments (versus the Commitments), the Revolving Loans, the Swingline Loans and the Term A Loans (versus the Loans), and the Letters of Credit.

Section 8.02 Borrowers’ Right to Cure .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 8.01 , if the Parent determines that an Event of Default under the Financial Covenant has occurred or may occur with respect to any Test Period, during the period commencing after the beginning of the last fiscal quarter included in such Test Period and ending ten (10) Business Days after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered hereunder with respect to

 

165


the last fiscal quarter in such Test Period (the last day of such period being the “ Anticipated Cure Deadline ”), a Specified Equity Contribution may be made to the Parent (a “ Designated Equity Contribution ”), and the amount of the Net Proceeds thereof shall be deemed to increase Adjusted EBITDA with respect to such applicable Test Period; provided that such Net Proceeds (i) are actually received by the Parent as cash common equity (including through capital contribution of such Net Proceeds to the Parent) during the period commencing after the beginning of the last fiscal quarter included in such Test Period by the Parent and ending on the Anticipated Cure Deadline and (ii) are Not Otherwise Applied. The parties hereby acknowledge that this Section 8.02(a) may not be relied on for purposes of calculating any financial ratios (including, without limitation, any ratios set forth in the definition of Applicable Rate) other than as set forth in the Financial Covenant and shall not result in any adjustment to any baskets, interest rates or other amounts other than the amount of the Adjusted EBITDA solely for the purpose of calculating the Financial Covenant.

(b) Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of written notice, on or prior to the Anticipated Cure Deadline, that the Parent intends to make a Designated Equity Contribution in respect of a fiscal quarter, the Lenders shall not be permitted to accelerate the Loans held by them, exercise remedies against the Collateral or any other rights and remedies under any of the Loan Documents that are available during continuance of an Event of Default on the basis of a failure to comply with the requirements of the Financial Covenant, unless such failure is not cured by a Designated Equity Contribution on or prior to the Anticipated Cure Deadline.

(c) (i) In each Test Period, there shall be at least two (2) fiscal quarters in which no Designated Equity Contribution is made, (ii) no more than five (5) Designated Equity Contributions may be made in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement, (iii) the amount of any Designated Equity Contribution shall be no more than the amount required to cause the Borrowers to be in Pro Forma Compliance with the Financial Covenant for any applicable period and (iv) there shall be no pro forma reduction in Indebtedness (or any cash netting against such Indebtedness) with the proceeds of any Designated Equity Contribution for determining compliance with the Financial Covenant for the fiscal quarter with respect to which such Designated Equity Contribution was made.

Section 8.03 Remedies Prior to Escrow Release Date . In the event that any Escrow Agreement Default (under and as defined in the Escrow Agreement) occurs and is continuing on or prior to the Escrow Release Date, so long as such event, condition or failure is continuing, (A) the Administrative Agent shall, at the written instruction of the Required TLB Lenders, declare the Term B Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Term B Loans then outstanding so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of any Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Borrower, and (B) the Administrative Agent may (and if directed by the Required TLB Lenders, shall) foreclose or otherwise enforce any Lien granted to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to secure payment and performance of the Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and exercise any and all rights and remedies afforded by applicable Law, by any of the Loan Documents, by equity, or otherwise.

 

166


ARTICLE IX

THE AGENTS

Section 9.01 Appointment . Each of the Lenders and each Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints (a) JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent on its behalf, and on behalf of each of its Affiliates who are owed Obligations (each such Affiliate by acceptance of the benefits of the Loan Documents hereby ratifying such appointment) and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions and perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities on its behalf and on behalf of such Affiliates and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions, powers, authorities and discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto and (b) JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as collateral agent on its behalf, and on behalf of each of its Affiliates who are owed Obligations (each such Affiliate by acceptance of the benefits of the Loan Documents hereby ratifying such appointment) and authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such actions on its behalf and on behalf of such Affiliates and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (relying on the Administrative Agent) shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Lenders as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives those instructions or that clarification. The Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions by or on behalf of any Lender or group of Lenders until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Loan Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability which it may incur in complying with those instructions. In the-absence of instructions, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

Section 9.02 Rights as a Lender . Any Person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Parent or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not an Agent hereunder.

Section 9.03 Limitation of Duties and Immunities . Neither Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and each Agent’s duties are solely mechanical and administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) no Agent shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) no Agent shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents that such Agent is required to exercise in writing

 

167


by or on behalf of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.02 ), and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, no Agent shall have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request by or on behalf of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.02 ) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to such Agent by the Parent or a Lender, and no Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered thereunder or in connection therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Agent. No Agent is obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another party. No Agent shall be bound to inquire: (1) whether or not any Default has occurred; (2) as to the performance, default or any breach of any party of its obligations under any Loan Document; or (3) whether any event specified in any Loan Document has occurred.

Section 9.04 Reliance on Third Parties; Limitation on Responsibility . Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, instruction, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrowers), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts. Each Agent may act in relation to the Loan Documents through its officers, employees and agents and no Agent shall: be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for, any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part, of any such person, unless such error or such loss was directly caused by that Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. For the avoidance of doubt, no Agent shall have any (a) liability to investigate title to charged assets or for defective title, (b) liability for the efficacy of the Security Documents, (c) obligation to undertake anything that may be contrary to law or regulation or (d) obligation to risk or expend its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

168


Section 9.05 Sub-Agents . Each Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by such Agent without any liability to their acts or omissions. Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article IX shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of such Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as an Agent.

Section 9.06 Successor Agent . Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor to the applicable Agent as provided in this paragraph, each Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Borrowers. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have the right to appoint a successor Collateral Agent, subject to the consent of the Parent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that the Parent’s consent shall not be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders or Administrative Agent, as applicable, and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, appoint (i) a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank, or (ii) or a successor Collateral Agent on terms to be agreed, in each case, subject to the consent of the Parent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); provided that the Parent’s consent shall not be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its intent to resign, the retiring Administrative Agent may give notice of the effectiveness of its resignation to the Lenders and the Borrower, whereupon, on the date of effectiveness of such resignation stated in such notice, (a) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, provided that, solely for purposes of maintaining any security interest granted to the Administrative Agent under any Collateral Document for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to be vested with such security interest as collateral agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and, in the case of any Collateral in the possession of the Administrative Agent, shall continue to hold such Collateral, in each case until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed and accepts such appointment in accordance with this paragraph (it being understood and agreed that the retiring Administrative Agent shall have no duty or obligation to take any farther action under any Collateral Document, including any action required to maintain the perfection of any such security interest), and (b) the Required Lenders shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, provided that (i) all payments required to be made hereunder or under any other Loan Document to the Administrative Agent for the account of any Person other than the Administrative Agent shall be made directly to such Person and (ii) all notices and other communications required or contemplated to be given or made to the Administrative Agent shall also directly be given or made to each Lender. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent, and the Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder (other than with respect to its obligations under Section 10.11 ). The fees payable by any Borrower to a successor Agent shall

 

169


be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and such successor. After any Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article IX and Section 10.02 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Agent.

Section 9.07 Independent Credit Decisions . Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

Section 9.08 Powers and Immunities of each Issuing Bank . Neither any Issuing Bank nor any of its Related Parties shall be liable to any Agent or any Lender for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them hereunder or otherwise in connection with any Loan Document except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, each Issuing Bank (a) shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, and shall not by reason of any Loan Document be a trustee or fiduciary for any Lender or for any Agent, (b) shall not be required to initiate any litigation or collection proceedings under any Loan Document, (c) shall not be responsible to any Lender or any Agent for any recitals, statements, representations, or warranties contained in any Loan Document, or any certificate or other documentation referred to or provided for in, or received by any of them under, any Loan Document, or for the value, validity, effectiveness, enforceability, or sufficiency of any Loan Document or any other documentation referred to or provided for therein or for any failure by any Person to perform any of its obligations thereunder, (d) may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for the Borrowers), independent public accountants, and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants, or experts, and (e) shall incur no liability under or in respect of any Loan Document by acting upon any notice, consent, certificate, or other instrument or writing believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties. As to any matters not expressly provided for by any Loan Document, each Issuing Bank shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, hereunder in accordance with instructions signed by the Required Lenders, and such instructions of the Required Lenders and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding on all of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent; provided , however , that no Issuing Bank shall be required to take any action which exposes it to personal liability or which is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law.

Section 9.09 Permitted Release of Collateral and Other Loan Parties .

(a) Automatic Release . If any Collateral is the subject of a Disposition (other than to another Loan Party) which is permitted under Section 6.05 , the Liens in the Collateral granted under the Loan Documents shall automatically terminate and the Collateral will be disposed of free and clear of all such Liens.

 

170


(b) Written Release . The Collateral Agent (upon instruction by the Administrative Agent) is irrevocably authorized to release of record, and shall release of record, any Liens encumbering any Collateral that is the subject of a Disposition described in clause (a)  above upon an authorized officer of the Parent certifying in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent that the proposed Disposition of Collateral is permitted under Section 6.05 . To the extent the Collateral Agent is required to execute any release documents in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, the Collateral Agent shall do so promptly upon request of the Parent and the Administrative Agent (at the cost of the Initial Borrower) without the consent or further agreement of any Secured Party. If the Disposition of Collateral is not permitted under or pursuant to the Loan Documents, the Liens encumbering the Collateral may only be released in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 9.09 or the provisions of Section 10.02 .

(c) Authorized Release upon Date of Full Satisfaction . The Collateral Agent (upon instruction by the Administrative Agent) is irrevocably authorized by the Secured Parties, without any consent or further agreement of any Secured Party to release the Collateral Agent’s Liens upon the Date of Full Satisfaction.

(d) Authorized Release of Other Loan Party . If the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent requesting the release of an Other Loan Party, certifying that the Collateral Agent is authorized to release such Other Loan Party because either: (1) the Equity Interest issued by such Other Loan Party or the assets of such Other Loan Party have been disposed of to a non-Loan Party in a transaction permitted by Section 6.05 (or with the consent of the Required Lenders pursuant to Section 10.02(b) ) or (2) such Other Loan Party has been designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or has become an Excluded Subsidiary; provided that no such release shall occur if such Other Loan Party continues to be a guarantor in respect of any Permitted Ratio Debt, Incremental Equivalent Debt, Refinancing Notes or any Refinancing Junior Loans of any Loan Party or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness of any of the foregoing; then the Collateral Agent (upon instruction by the Administrative Agent) is irrevocably authorized by the Secured Parties, without any consent or further agreement of any Secured Party to release the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent to secure the Obligations in the assets of such Other Loan Party and release such Other Loan Party from all obligations under the Loan Documents. To the extent the Collateral Agent is required to execute any release documents in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, the Collateral Agent shall do so promptly upon request of the Administrative Agent and the Parent without the consent or further agreement of any Secured Party.

(e) Lien Subordination . The Collateral Agent is irrevocably authorized to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Sections 6.02(a)(other than Liens created under or contemplated by the Loan Documents), (d), (e), (i), (k), (m), (o), (p), (r), (t), (u), (x), (aa), (bb), (dd), (ee), (ff), (gg) and (hh).

 

171


(f) Collateral Release Period . Immediately upon the commencement of any Collateral Release Period and without further action of any Person, the security interests of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties in the Collateral shall be terminated and released; provided that the Guarantee of each Loan Party of the Obligations pursuant to the Loan Documents shall remain in effect during any such Collateral Release Period. During any Collateral Release Period, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver, at the Initial Borrower’s expense, all documents or other instruments that the Parent shall reasonably request to evidence the termination and release of such security interests and shall return all Collateral in their possession to the Parent. During any Collateral Release Period, the Parent shall not be required to comply with the Security Documents or the terms of Sections 5.10 or 5.15 , in each case to the extent such terms require the creation and perfection of security interests or Liens on Collateral (it being understood that the Parent shall continue to be required to comply with the terms of Section 5.10 that require the provision of Guarantees by Loan Parties in respect of the Obligations).

(g) Upon the termination of any Collateral Release Period, the security interests of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties in the Collateral shall, without any further action on the part of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Secured Parties or any Loan Party, be reinstated and the provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph shall no longer apply (until the commencement of a subsequent Collateral Release Period). Promptly following the termination of any Collateral Release Period, the Loan Parties shall execute any and all documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements and other documents) that may be required under applicable Law or that the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall reasonably request, to reinstate such security interests and to cause the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to be satisfied (all at the expense of the Loan Parties), including with respect to any Subsidiaries or assets that would have been subjected to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement under Section 5.10 had such terminated Collateral Release Period not been in effect; provided that all such actions shall be completed no later than sixty (60) days after the date of termination of such Collateral Release Period (or such later date as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate).

(h) Each Agent is authorized to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement and any other intercreditor arrangements including any Market Intercreditor Agreements required hereunder, in each case, with respect to Indebtedness, that is (i) required or permitted to be incurred hereunder and for which accession to the Intercreditor Agreement is required and/or (ii) secured by Liens and which Indebtedness contemplates an intercreditor, subordination or collateral trust agreement (any such intercreditor, subordination or collateral trust agreement, an “ Additional Agreement ”), and the parties hereto acknowledge that the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Agreement is binding upon them. Each Lender and Issuing Bank (a) hereby agrees that it will be bound by, and will not take any action contrary to, the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Agreement and (b) hereby authorizes and instructs the Agents to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Agreement and to subject the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations to the provisions thereof. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the Secured Parties to extend credit to the Borrowers, and the Secured Parties are intended third-party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and any Additional Agreement.

 

172


Section 9.10 Perfection by Possession and Control . The Collateral Agent hereby appoints each of the other Lenders to serve as bailee to perfect the Collateral Agent’s Liens in any Collateral (other than deposit, securities or commodity accounts) in the possession of any such other Lender and each Lender possessing any such Collateral agrees to so act as bailee for the Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof.

Section 9.11 Lender Affiliates Rights . By accepting the benefits of the Loan Documents, any Affiliate of a Lender that is owed any Obligation is bound by the terms of the Loan Documents. But notwithstanding the foregoing: (a) neither any Agent, any Lender nor any Loan Party shall be obligated to deliver any notice or communication required to be delivered to any Lender under any Loan Documents to any Affiliate of any Lender; and (b) no Affiliate of any Lender that is owed any Obligation shall be included in the determination of the Required Lenders or entitled to consent to, reject, or participate in any manner in any amendment, waiver or other modification of any Loan Document. The Agents shall not have any liabilities, obligations or responsibilities of any kind whatsoever to any Affiliate of any Lender who is owed any Obligation. The Agents shall deal solely and directly with the related Lender of any such Affiliate in connection with all matters relating to the Loan Documents. The Obligation owed to such Affiliate shall be considered the Obligation of its related Lender for all purposes under the Loan Documents and such Lender shall be solely responsible to the other parties hereto for all the obligations of such Affiliate under any Loan Document.

Section 9.12 Actions in Concert and Enforcement by the Collateral Agent . Notwithstanding anything contained in any of the Loan Documents, each Borrower, each Agent and each Lender hereby agree that (A) no Lender shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral under any Security Documents or to enforce the guarantee set forth in the Guaranty, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies under the Guaranty and the other Security Documents may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent (at the direction of the Administrative Agent) for the benefit of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms thereof and (B) in the event of a foreclosure by the Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale and the Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of the Lenders (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing), shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold in any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral payable by the Collateral Agent at such sale.

 

173


ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.01 Notices . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone or other means, all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and (to the extent permitted by the applicable notice provision) shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy or email, as follows:

(a) if to the Parent, or any other Loan Party,

(i) prior to the Merger Date, to The Procter & Gamble Company, One Procter & Gamble Plaza, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202, Attention: Corporate Secretary, Fax: (513) 386-1927, Email: becker.lm@pg.com, with a copy to Jason Muncy, Associate General Counsel – Global Transactions

(ii) from and after the Merger Date, to it at COTY INC., 350 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10118, Attention: Patrice de Talhouët, Fax: +1 212 389 7538, Email: patrice_detalhouet@cotyinc.com, with a copy to COTY INC., 350 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10118, Attention Jules Kaufman, Fax: +1 212 479 4328, Email: jules_kaufman@cotyinc.com

(b) if to the Administrative Agent,

(i) For all notices, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Floor 3, Ops 2, 500 Stanton Christiana Road, Newark, Delaware 19713, Attention: Jane Dreisbach, Fax: 302-634-8459, Email: Jane.dreisbach@jpmorgan.com, with a copy to Sue Coplin, Fax: 302-634-8459; Email: Sue.a.coplin@jpmorgan.com.

(ii) For notices with respect to the Multicurrency Revolving Loans, J.P. Morgan Europe Limited 25 Bank Street, Canary Wharf , London, E14 5JP United Kingdom, Attention: Loans Agency, Fax: + 44 (0) 207 777 2360, Email: loan_and_agency_london@jpmorgan.com, Attention: Hannah Langley, Fax: + 44 (0) 207 777 2360; Email: hannah.j.langley@jpmorgan.com.

(c) if to the Collateral Agent, to JP Morgan Chase, IB Collateral Services, 10 S. Dearborn, 7 th Floor, Chicago IL, 60603, Mailcode: IL1-1625, Attention: Natalie Morgan, Email: ib.collateral.services@jpmchase.com and jetuan.a.patterson@jpmorgan.com , provided that such notice or communication will only be effective upon written confirmation of receipt by the Collateral Agent and for the avoidance of doubt, an automatically generated “received” or “read” receipt will not constitute written confirmation; with a copy to the Administrative Agent.

(d) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or fax number or email) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. Each of the Administrative Agent or each Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by encrypted or unencrypted electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited

 

174


to particular notices or communications. Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, wherever in this Agreement a notice is required to be delivered by the Initial Borrower to the Administrative Agent, such notice may instead by delivered by the Parent.

Each Loan Party understands that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution and agrees and assumes the risks associated with such electronic distribution, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of, or a material breach of any obligations under the Loan Documents by, any agent hereunder, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Platform and any Approved Electronic Communications are provided “as is” and “as available” and none of the agents party hereto nor any of their Related Parties warrant the accuracy, adequacy, or completeness of the Approved Electronic Communications or the Platform and each expressly disclaims liability for errors or omissions in the Platform and the Approved Electronic Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects is made by the agents party hereto nor any of their Related Parties in connection with the Platform or the Approved Electronic Communications.

Section 10.02 Waivers; Amendments; Expenses; Indemnity .

(a) No Waiver; Rights Cumulative . No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, the Borrowers or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Borrowers and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by clause (b)  of this Section 10.02 , and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

(b) Amendments . Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except (i) pursuant to an (A) Incremental Assumption Agreement executed in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 2.20 , (B) a Refinancing Amendment executed in accordance with the

 

175


terms and conditions of Section 2.22 and (C) an Extension Amendment executed in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 2.24 , and (ii) in the case of this Agreement and any circumstance other than as described in clause (i)  and in the first proviso below, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrowers and the Required Lenders (or by the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders) or, in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties that are parties thereto in each case with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall, (A) without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, the consent of the Required Lenders) (1) increase the Commitment of any Lender (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent in Section 4.01 , Section 4.02 , Section 4.03 or Section 4.04 or the waiver of interest accruing pursuant to Section 2.13(c) , Default, Event of Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not be an increase of a Commitment of any Lender), (2) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon (it being understood that waiver of any Default, Event of Default, or interest accruing pursuant to Section 2.13(c) and any mandatory prepayment or change to any financial ratio shall constitute any such reduction), extend the scheduled date of any interim amortization of any Loan or reduce any fees payable hereunder (other than with respect to any Extension Amendment), (3) postpone the scheduled date of payment of any interest on any Loan or LC Disbursement (other than interest accruing pursuant to Section 2.13(c) or a waiver thereof), or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, (4) postpone the final scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or (5) postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent in Section 4.01 , Section 4.02 , Section 4.03 or Section 4.04 or the waiver of any Default or Event of Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not be an extension of a Commitment of any Lender), (B) change the currency in which any Loan or Commitment of any Lender is denominated without the written consent of such Lender (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, the consent of the Required Lenders) (it being understood that designation of additional Alternative Currencies in accordance with the definition thereof shall not constitute a change in currency for purposes of this clause (B) ), (C) without the written consent of each Lender (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, the consent of the Required Lenders) (1) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders”, “Required Revolving Lenders”, “Required TLA Lenders” or “Required TLB Lenders” (or for the avoidance of doubt any provision that requires the consent of all Lenders or all directly affected Lenders), (2) release all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees of the Obligations by the Other Loan Parties, (3) release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents (it being understood that (A) the determination that any assets acquired after the Closing Date shall not constitute Collateral and (B) the Collateral Release Period, in each case, shall not be deemed a release of Collateral), (4) change Section 2.18(b) , (c) or (f) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby (except that modifications to such pro rata sharing provisions in connection with (x) loan buy back or similar programs, (y) “amend and extend” transactions or (z) adding one or more tranches of Loans (which may but are not required to be new money tranches of Loans), which, in each

 

176


case, shall only require the written consent of each Lender participating in such transaction) (D) except in transactions permitted by Section 6.03 , permit assignment of rights and obligations of the Borrowers hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, the consent of the Required Lenders and (E) to change, amend or waive any condition precedent in Section 4.04 without the consent of the Required Revolving Lenders; provided , further that (1) no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, the Issuing Banks or the Swingline Lender without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, the Issuing Banks or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, and (2) notwithstanding the terms of clause (ii)  above, (x) any waiver or modification of a condition to an extension of credit under the Revolving Facility or any Incremental Facility and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification of this Agreement that by its terms affects the rights or duties under this Agreement of Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of a particular Class may be effected by an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrowers and requisite percentage in interest of the affected Class (or Classes) of Lenders (and without the consent of the Required Lenders), that would be required to consent thereto if such Class were the only Class hereunder at the time or (5) except as provided in the definitions of “Applicable Credit Rating” and “Collateral Release Period”, amend or modify the provisions of Section 9.09(e) .

Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the consent of the Required TLA Lenders and Required Revolving Lenders shall be required to (and only the Required TLA Lenders and Required Revolving Lenders shall have the ability to) waive, amend, supplement or modify the covenant set forth in Section 7.01 (including any defined terms as they relate thereto).

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement (including, without limitation, this Section 10.02(b) ) or any other Loan Document to the contrary, (i) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended to effect an incremental facility, refinancing facility or extension facility pursuant to Section 2.20 , 2.22 or 2.24 (and the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers may effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents without the consent of any other party as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Parent, to effect the terms of any such incremental facility or refinancing facility); (ii) no Lender consent is required to effect any amendment or supplement to the Intercreditor Agreement or such Additional Agreement that is for the purpose of adding the holders of any Indebtedness as expressly contemplated by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement or such Additional Agreement, as applicable (it being understood that any such amendment or supplement may make such other changes to the Intercreditor Agreement or such Additional Agreement as, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, are required to effectuate the foregoing and provided that such other changes are not adverse, in any material respect, to the interests of the Lenders); provided , further , that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of any Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of such Agent; (iii) any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be amended by an agreement in writing entered into by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency and such amendment shall be deemed approved by the Lenders if the Lenders shall have received at least five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice of such change and the Administrative Agent shall not have received, within five (5) Business Days of the date

 

177


of such notice to the Lenders, a written notice from the Required Lenders stating that the Required Lenders object to such amendment; and (iv) guarantees, collateral documents and related documents executed by Loan Parties in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and may be, together with any other Loan Document, entered into, amended, supplemented or waived, without the consent of any other person, by the applicable Loan Party or Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, to (A) effect the granting, perfection, protection, expansion or enhancement of any security interest in any Collateral or additional property to become Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties, (B) as required by local law to give effect to, or protect any security interest for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in any property or so that the security interests therein comply with applicable requirements of law, or (C) to cure ambiguities, omissions, mistakes or defects or to cause such guarantee, collateral security document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, at any time and from time to time, upon notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the applicable Lenders) specifying in reasonable detail the proposed terms thereof, the Borrowers may make one or more loan modification offers to all the Lenders of any Class of Loans and/or Commitments that would, if and to the extent accepted by any such Lender, (a) change the All-In-Yield with respect to the Loans and Commitments under such Class (in each case solely with respect to the Loans and Commitments of accepting Lenders in respect of which an acceptance is delivered) and (b) treat the Loans and Commitments so modified as a new “facility” and a new “Class” for all purposes under this Agreement (a “ Loan Modification ”); provided that (i) such loan modification offer is made to each Lender under the applicable Class of Loans and/or Commitments on the same terms and subject to the same procedures as are applicable to all other Lenders under such Class of Loans and/or Commitments (which procedures in any case shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), (ii) no Loan Modification shall affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank, without its prior written consent, (iii) no Loan Modification is secured by assets other than the Collateral and (iv) no Loan Modification will be guaranteed by Subsidiaries other than the Other Loan Parties.

In connection with any such Loan Modification, the Borrowers and each accepting Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such agreements and other documentation as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the acceptance of the applicable loan modification offer and the terms and conditions thereof, and this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be amended in a writing (which may be executed and delivered by the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent and shall be effective only with respect to the applicable Loans and Commitments of Lenders that shall have accepted the relevant loan modification offer (and only with respect to Loans and Commitments as to which any such Lender has accepted the loan modification offer)) to the extent necessary or appropriate, in the judgment of the Administrative Agent, to reflect the existence of, and to give effect to the terms and conditions of, the applicable Loan Modification (including the addition of such modified Loans and/or Commitments as a “facility” or a “Class” hereunder). No Lender shall have any obligation whatsoever to accept any loan modification offer, and may reject any such offer in its sole discretion. On the effective date of any Loan Modification applicable to the Revolving Facility, the Borrowers shall prepay any Revolving Loans or LC Exposure outstanding on such effective date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 2.16 )

 

178


to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Revolving Loans or LC Exposure, as the case may be, ratable with any revised pro rata share of a Revolving Lender in respect of the Revolving Facility arising from any nonratable Loan Modification to the Revolving Commitments under this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Loan Modification referred to above shall become effective unless the Administrative Agent, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, shall have received legal opinions, board resolutions, officers’ certificates and/or reaffirmation agreements consistent in all material respects with those delivered on the Closing Date under Section 4.02 (other than changes to such legal opinions resulting from a change in Law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent). The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Borrowers as may be necessary in order to establish any Loan Modification and to make such technical amendments as may be necessary or appropriate in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers in connection with the establishment of such loan modification offer, in each case on terms consistent with and/or to effect the provisions hereof relating to Loan Modifications.

Notwithstanding anything in the Loan Documents to the contrary, no amendment or waiver to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents will be permitted and no Loan Modifications will be effective from the Merger Date until the first day following the first anniversary of the Merger Date.

(c) Expenses . Each Borrower shall pay, within thirty (30) days of a written demand therefor (together with reasonable backup documentation supporting such reimbursement request), (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by each Agent and its respective Affiliates, including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of counsel (limited to one primary counsel for the Agents and the Lenders, taken as a whole, and, if necessary, one additional counsel in each relevant material jurisdiction and one specialty counsel), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of the Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with the Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section 10.02 , or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit; (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of counsel (limited to one counsel to the Agents and the Lenders, taken as a whole, and, if necessary, one additional counsel in each jurisdiction in which any Collateral is located or any proceedings are held and one specialty counsel and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, one additional counsel to each group of similarly situated Persons), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with the Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section 10.02(c) , or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fees payable in respect of the Closing Date, including legal fees and expenses, shall be due and payable as specified in Section 4.02.

 

179


(d) Indemnity . Each Borrower shall indemnify the Arrangers, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Affiliate, controlling Person, officers, director, employee, partner, trustee, advisor, shareholder, agent and other representative (each such person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) and their successors and permitted assigns of any of the foregoing persons against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee (limited to one counsel to the Indemnitees, taken as a whole, and, if reasonably necessary, one additional counsel in each jurisdiction in which any collateral is located or any proceedings are held and one specialty counsel, if applicable, and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, one additional counsel to the each group of similarly situated Indemnitees, taken as a whole), incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the syndication of the Commitments or the Loans, the execution or delivery of any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties to the Loan Documents of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions, any other acquisition permitted hereby or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by any issuing bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such letter of credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on, under, in, at or from any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses resulted from (i) the gross negligence, bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, (ii) a material breach of the obligations of such Indemnitee under the Loan Documents (in the case of the preceding clauses (i)  and (ii) , as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction), (iii) any dispute solely among the Indemnitees (other than an Arranger or Agent acting in their capacity as such) and to the extent (A) not arising out of any act or omission of the Parent, its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates or (B) related to the presence or release of Hazardous Materials or violations of Environmental Laws that first occurs at a real property owned or leased by the Parent or its Subsidiaries or any of their Affiliates after such property is transferred to an Indemnitee or its successors or assigns by way of a foreclosure, deed–in–lieu of foreclosure or similar transfer and (iv) settlements effected without a Borrower’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) but if settled with a Borrower’s written consent, or if there is a final judgment against an Indemnitee in any such proceeding, the Borrowers shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee to the extent and in the manner set forth above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Indemnitee shall be obligated to refund and return any and all amounts paid by any Borrower under this paragraph to such Indemnitee for any such

 

180


fees, expenses or damages to the extent such Indemnitee is not entitled to payment of such amount in accordance with the terms hereof. Each Indemnitee shall promptly notify the Parent upon receipt of written notice of any claim or threat to institute a claim; provided that any failure by any Indemnitee to give such notice shall not relieve the Loan Parties from the obligation to indemnify such Indemnitee except to the extent that the Borrowers are prejudiced by the failure to provide notice.

(e) Lender’s Agreement to Pay . To the extent that any Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the applicable Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under clause (c)  or (d)  of this Section 10.02 , each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the applicable Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the applicable Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such. For purposes hereof, a Lender’s “ pro rata share” shall be determined based upon its share of the sum of the total Revolving Exposures, outstanding Term Loans and unused Commitments at the time.

(f) Waiver of Damages . To the extent permitted by applicable Law, none of parties hereto (nor any Indemnitee) shall assert, and each hereby waives, any claim against any Loan Party or Indemnitee, as applicable, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, any Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided , that nothing contained in this sentence shall limit the Loan Parties’ indemnification obligations to the extent such special, indirect, consequential and punitive damages are included in any third party claim in connection with which any Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder.

(g) Payment . Unless otherwise specified, all amounts due under this Section 10.02 shall be payable not later than thirty (30) days after written demand therefor.

Section 10.03 Successors and Assigns .

(a) Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of any Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrowers may not assign or otherwise transfer any of their rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.03 (and any attempted assignment or transfer by any Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 10.03 . Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of any Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit and any

 

181


Secured Party related to any Lender), Participants (to the extent provided in clause (c)  of this Section 10.03 ) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Secured Parties and other Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders), any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignment .

(i) Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (ii)  below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (except to the Parent, any Subsidiary or a Disqualified Institution) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) of:

(1) the Parent; provided that no consent of the Parent shall be required for (1) an assignment of (x) any Revolving Commitment to an assignee that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender with a Revolving Commitment immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment or (y) all or any portion of a Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or (2) if an Event of Default under Sections 8.01(a) , (b) , (g) or (h) exists, an assignment to any other assignee; and provided , further , that the Parent shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless the Parent shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days after having received notice thereof;

(2) the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; and

(3) to the extent the assignment relates to the Revolving Facility, any Issuing Bank.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(1) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than (1) $1,000,000 in the case of the Term Facility and (2) $5,000,000 in the case of the Revolving Facility unless each of the Parent and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned);

 

182


(2) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;

(3) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,000 (which fee may be waived or reduced in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent); and

(4) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Loan Parties and their related parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable Laws, including federal and state securities laws.

(iii) The Initial Borrower shall be entitled to seek specific performance to unwind any such assignment in addition to any other remedies available to the Initial Borrower at law or at equity in respect of any assignment by a Lender without the Initial Borrower’s consent to any Disqualified Institution or, to the extent the Initial Borrower’s consent is required under the terms hereof (and not obtained). The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible or have any liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce, compliance with the provisions hereof relating to Disqualified Institutions. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not (x) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender or Participant or prospective Lender or Participant is a Disqualified Institution or (y) have any liability with respect to or arising out of any assignment or participation of Loans, or disclosure of confidential information, to any Disqualified Institution.

(iv) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to clause (b)(v) of this Section 10.03 , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15 , 2.16 , 2.17 and 10.02 ). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 10.03 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (c)  of this Section 10.03 .

 

183


(v) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount (and stated interest) of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders shall treat each Person that is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by any Borrower, any Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice (it being understood that no Lender shall be entitled to view any information in the Register except such information contained therein with respect to the Class and amount of Obligations owing to such Lender).

(vi) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in clause (b)  of this Section 10.03 and any written consent to such assignment required by clause (b)  of this Section 10.03 , the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Sections 2.04(c) , 2.05(d) or (e) , 2.06(b) , 2.18(c) or (d)  or 10.02(e) , the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this clause (vi) .

(c) Participations .

(i) Any Lender may, without the consent of any other Person, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (except the Parent, any Subsidiary or a Disqualified Institution (to the extent a list of Disqualified Institutions has been provided to each Lender) (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Banks and the other Lenders shall continue to

 

184


deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 10.02(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to clause (c)(ii) of this Section 10.03 , each Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of, and subject to the limitations of, Sections 2.15 , 2.16 and 2.17 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b)  of this Section 10.03 . To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.07 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.18(c) as though it were a Lender. The Initial Borrower shall be entitled to seek specific performance to unwind any such participation in addition to any other remedies available to the Initial Borrower at law or at equity in respect of any participation by a Lender without the Initial Borrower’s consent to any Disqualified Institutions or, to the extent the Initial Borrower’s consent is required under the terms hereof (and not obtained).

(ii) Each Lender that sells a participation, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers solely for United States federal tax purposes, shall maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or its other obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender, each Loan Party and the Administrative Agent shall treat each person that is recorded in the Participant Register pursuant to the terms hereof as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(d) Pledge . Any Lender may, in accordance with applicable Law, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or other central banking authority, and this Section 10.03 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

185


(e) Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (x) any Lender may assign all or a portion of its Term Loans to any Person that, after giving effect to such assignment, would be an Affiliated Lender or a Purchasing Borrower Party in accordance with Section 10.03(b) and (y) any Affiliated Lender or the Borrowers and any Restricted Subsidiary may, from time to time, purchase (or prepay after the first anniversary of the Merger Date) Term Loans on a non- pro rata basis through (a) open market purchases and/or (b) Dutch auction procedures open to all applicable Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with customary procedures to be agreed between the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent (or other applicable agent managing such auction); provided that:

(i) with respect to assignments to and purchases by any Purchasing Borrower Party, (x) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and (y) the first anniversary of the Merger Date has passed;

(ii) the assigning Lender and Affiliated Lender or Purchasing Borrower Party purchasing such Lender’s Term Loans, as applicable, shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption in lieu of an Assignment and Assumption;

(iii) for the avoidance of doubt, Lenders shall not be permitted to assign Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans to any Affiliated Lender or Purchasing Borrower Party (including any Borrower or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries) not acting as a Purchasing Borrower Party;

(iv) any Term Loans assigned to any Purchasing Borrower Party (or purchased or prepaid by any Borrower or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries) acting in accordance with this Section 10.03(e) shall be automatically and permanently cancelled upon the effectiveness of such assignment and will thereafter no longer be outstanding for any purpose hereunder;

(v) no Purchasing Borrower Party (including any Borrower or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries acting as a Purchasing Borrower Party) may use the proceeds from Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans to purchase any Term Loans; and

(vi) no Term Loan may be assigned to an Affiliated Lender pursuant to this Section 10.03(e) , if after giving effect to such assignment, Affiliated Lenders together in the aggregate would own in excess of 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding (calculated as of the date of such purchase).

 

186


(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Affiliated Lender shall have any right to (i) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Administrative Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Loan Parties are not invited, (ii) receive any information or material prepared by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among the Administrative Agent and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to any Loan Party or its representatives (and in any case, other than the right to receive notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans required to be delivered to Lenders) or (iii) make or bring (or participate in, other than as a passive participant in or recipient of its pro rata benefits of) any claim, in its capacity as a Lender, against the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Lender with respect to any duties or obligations or alleged duties or obligations of such Agent or any other such Lender under the Loan Documents.

(g) Notwithstanding anything in Section 10.02 or the definition of “Required Lenders”, “Required TLA Lenders” or “Required TLB Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the “Required Lenders”, “Required TLA Lenders” or “Required TLB Lenders” have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document or (iii) directed or required the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, all Term Loans held by any Affiliated Lender shall be deemed to have voted in the same proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by Lenders who are not Affiliated Lenders for all purposes of calculating whether the Required Lenders have taken any actions; provided that this clause (g)  shall not apply with respect to any amendment, modification, waiver or consent that disproportionately, directly and adversely affects such Affiliated Lender.

(h) Each Affiliated Lender hereby agrees that if a case under Title 11 of the United States Code is commenced against any Loan Party, each such Affiliated Lender shall consent to provide that the vote of such Affiliated Lender (in its capacity as a Lender) with respect to any plan of reorganization of such Loan Party shall be deemed to be without discretion in the same proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by Lenders who are not Affiliated Lenders, except that such Affiliated Lender’s vote (in its capacity as a Lender) may be counted to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat the Obligations held by such Affiliated Lender in a manner that is less favorable in any respect to such Affiliated Lender than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Lenders that are not Affiliates of the Borrowers. Each Affiliated Lender hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Affiliated Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Affiliated Lender and in the name of such Affiliated Lender, from time to time in the Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this clause (h) .

 

187


(i) In no event shall the Administrative Agent be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is an Affiliated Lender nor shall the Administrative Agent be obligated to monitor the number of Affiliated Lenders or the aggregate amount of Loans or Incremental Loans held by Affiliated Lenders.

Section 10.04 Survival . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder. The provisions of Sections 2.15 , 2.16 , 2.17 and Section 10.02 and Article IX shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, if any entity ceases to be a Lender under this Agreement pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, such entity shall be entitled to the benefits of the surviving provisions in the previous sentence but only with respect to the period during which such entity was a Lender under this Agreement.

Section 10.05 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any separate letter agreements with the Administrative Agent with respect to bank letters, and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Arrangers embody the final, entire agreement among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous commitments, agreements, representations and understandings, whether oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof and may not be contradicted or varied by evidence of prior, contemporaneous or subsequent oral agreements or discussions of the parties hereto. There are no unwritten oral agreements among the parties hereto; provided , however, that (A) notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Commitment Letter nor the Fee Letter shall be terminated, superceded or amended by the Loan Documents and shall remain in full force and effect until the termination of the Commitment Letter and the Fee Letter, each in accordance with its terms, and (B) prior to such date, in the event there is a conflict between the conditions precedent to funding set forth in the Commitment Letter or the obligations of JP Morgan under Section 8 of the Commitment Letter and any of the Loan Documents, the terms and conditions of the Commitment Letter shall prevail with respect to the obligations of the Commitment Parties under the Commitment Letter and the obligation of JP Morgan, under the Commitment Letter. Except as provided in Section 4.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or email or other electronic means (including a “.pdf” or “.tif” file) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

188


Section 10.06 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 10.07 Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of any Borrower against any of and all the Loan Obligations held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured. Each party exercising rights under this Section 10.07 shall promptly notify the applicable Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) after any such exercise; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such right. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

Section 10.08 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles; provided that the determination of whether the Recapitalization and the Merger have been consummated in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Agreement and, in any case, claims or disputes arising out of any such interpretation or determination or any aspect thereof shall, in each case, be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

(b) Jurisdiction . Each Lender, each Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal or state court located in the borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document (excluding the enforcement of the Security Documents to the extent such security documents expressly provide otherwise), or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of such parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. Each of such parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

 

189


(c) Venue . Each Loan Party and each other party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in clause (b)  of this Section 10.08 . Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Service of Process . Each Loan Party and each other party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 10.01 . Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

Section 10.09 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH LOAN PARTY AND EACH OTHER PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH LOAN PARTY AND EACH OTHER PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 10.09 .

Section 10.10 Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

Section 10.11 Confidentiality . Each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed: (a) to its Related Parties, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors on a “need-to-know” basis (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential and the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders shall be responsible for the compliance with this paragraph by its Related Parties), (b) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority, (c) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process (in which case, to the extent permitted by law, the party in receipt of such request shall promptly inform the Parent in advance other than in connection with any examination of the financial condition or other routine examination of such Lender), (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions

 

190


not less restrictive than those of this Section 10.11 , to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement (but excluding any Disqualified Institution (to the extent a list of Disqualified Institutions has been posted to all Lenders)) or (ii) any actual or prospective direct or indirect counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to any Loan Party and its obligations, (g) with the written consent of the Parent (h) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.11 or (i) to any rating agency when required by it, provided that, prior to any disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of any confidential Information relating to the Loan Parties received by it from such Person. In addition, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and any customary information about this Agreement required for league table or similar credit. For the purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from the Borrowers or learned upon inspection or examination of Borrowers’ books and records or premises relating to the Borrowers, their Subsidiaries or their business. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 10.11 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person accords to its own confidential information. Each Lender acknowledges that information as defined in this Section furnished to or learned by it pursuant to this Agreement may include material non-public information concerning the Loan Parties and their Related Parties or their respective securities, and confirms that it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and that it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with those procedures and applicable Law, including federal and state securities laws. All information, including requests for waivers and amendments, furnished by any Borrower or any Agent or Arranger pursuant to, or in the course of administering, this Agreement will be syndicate-level information, which may contain material non-public information about the Loan Parties and their related parties or their respective securities. Accordingly, each Lender represents to each Borrower and the Agents and Arrangers that it has identified in its administrative questionnaire a credit contact who may receive information that may contain material non-public information in accordance with its compliance procedures and applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10.11 to the contrary, to the extent any legal counsel, independent auditors, professionals and other experts or agents of a Lender receives any Information, such legal counsel, independent auditors, professionals and other experts or agents shall sign an undertaking that they will treat such Information as confidential (subject to certain customary exceptions) unless there are established and enforceable codes of professional conduct governing the confidential treatment of such Information so received.

Section 10.12 Maximum Interest Rate .

(a) Limitation to Maximum Rate; Recapture . No interest rate specified in any Loan Document shall at any time exceed the Maximum Rate. If at any time the interest rate (the “ Contract Rate ”) for any obligation under the Loan Documents shall exceed the Maximum Rate, thereby causing the interest accruing on such obligation to be limited to the Maximum Rate, then any subsequent reduction in the Contract Rate for such obligation shall not reduce the rate of interest on such obligation below the Maximum Rate until the aggregate amount of interest accrued on such obligation equals the aggregate amount of interest which would have accrued on such obligation if the Contract Rate for such obligation

 

191


had at all times been in effect. As used herein, the term “Maximum Rate” means, at any time with respect to any Lender, the maximum rate of nonusurious interest under applicable Law that such Lender may charge the applicable Borrower. The Maximum Rate shall be calculated in a manner that takes into account any and all fees, payments, and other charges contracted for, charged, or received in connection with the Loan Documents that constitute interest under applicable Law. Each change in any interest rate provided for herein based upon the Maximum Rate resulting from a change in the Maximum Rate shall take effect without notice to any Borrower at the time of such change in the Maximum Rate.

(b) Cure Provisions . No provision of any Loan Document shall require the payment or the collection of interest in excess of the Maximum Rate. If any excess of interest in such respect is hereby provided for, or shall be adjudicated to be so provided, in any Loan Document or otherwise in connection with this loan transaction, the provisions of this Section 10.12 shall govern and prevail and neither any Borrower nor the sureties, guarantors, successors, or assigns of any Borrower shall be obligated to pay the excess amount of such interest or any other excess sum paid for the use, forbearance, or detention of sums loaned pursuant hereto. In the event any Lender ever receives, collects, or applies as interest any such sum, such amount which would be in excess of the maximum amount permitted by applicable Law shall be applied as a payment and reduction of the principal of the obligations outstanding hereunder, and, if the principal of the obligations outstanding hereunder has been paid in full, any remaining excess shall forthwith be paid to the applicable Borrower. In determining whether or not the interest paid or payable exceeds the Maximum Rate, each Borrower and each Lender shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any non-principal payment as an expense, fee, or premium rather than as interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the entire contemplated term of the obligations outstanding hereunder so that interest for the entire term does not exceed the Maximum Rate.

Section 10.13 Limitation of Liability . None of Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender, or any of their respective Related Parties shall have any liability with respect to, and each Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, and each Lender and, by the execution of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, each other Loan Party, hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue any of them upon, any claim for any special, indirect, incidental, consequential or punitive damages suffered or incurred by such party in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to any of the Loan Documents, or any of the transactions contemplated by any of the Loan Documents; provided , that nothing contained in this sentence shall limit the Loan Parties’ indemnification obligations in Section 10.02 to the extent such special, indirect, consequential and punitive damages are included in any third party claim in connection with which any Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder.

Section 10.14 No Duty . All attorneys, accountants, appraisers, and other professional Persons and consultants retained by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, or any Lender shall have the right to act exclusively in the interest of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders and shall have no duty of disclosure, duty of loyalty, duty of care, or other duty or obligation of any type or nature whatsoever to any Borrower, any other Loan Party, any of the Parent’s shareholders or any other Person.

 

192


Section 10.15 No Fiduciary Relationship . The relationship between the Loan Parties on the one hand and the Agents, each other agent party hereto and each Lender on the other is solely that of debtor and creditor, and neither Agent, nor any other agent party hereto nor any Lender has any fiduciary or other special relationship with any Loan Party, and no term or condition of any of the Loan Documents shall be construed so as to deem the relationship between the Loan Parties on the one hand and each Agent, each other agent party hereto and each Lender on the other to be other than that of debtor and creditor. In addition, each Agent, each other agent party hereto and each Lender and their Affiliates may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Loan Parties, their stockholders and/or their Affiliates. The Loan Parties acknowledge and agree that (i) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder) are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Lenders, on the one hand, and the Loan Parties, on the other, and (ii) in connection therewith (x) no Lender has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any Loan Party, its stockholders or its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (or the exercise of rights or remedies with respect thereto) or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Lender has advised, is currently advising or will advise any Loan Party, its stockholders or its Affiliates on other matters) or any other obligation to any Loan Party except the obligations expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and (y) each Lender is acting solely as principal and not as the agent or fiduciary of any Loan Party, its management, stockholders, creditors or any other Person. Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that it has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate and that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto. Each Loan Party agrees that it will not claim that any Lender has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to such Loan Party, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 10.16 Construction . Each Loan Party, each Agent and each Lender acknowledges that each of them has had the benefit of legal counsel of its own choice and has been afforded an opportunity to review the Loan Documents with its legal counsel and that the Loan Documents shall be construed as if jointly drafted by the parties thereto.

Section 10.17 USA Patriot Act . Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Patriot Act ”) hereby notifies each Loan Party that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies such Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of such Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the Patriot Act.

Section 10.18 Additional Borrowers . The Parent may designate any wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary as a Borrower under any Revolving Commitments or any Incremental Facility (an “ Additional Borrower ”); provided that unless such Borrower is incorporated or formed in a jurisdiction in which any other current Borrower is incorporated or formed, the jurisdiction of such Additional Borrower shall be reasonably acceptable to the applicable Lenders. Such wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary shall become an Additional Borrower and a party to this Agreement by delivering to the Administrative Agent an Additional Borrower Joinder, and all references to the “ Borrowers ” shall also include such Additional Borrower, as applicable, upon (a) the receipt by the Administrative Agent of (x) documentation consistent in

 

193


scope with the documentation delivered in respect of the Borrowers on the Escrow Date or the Closing Date and (y) a certificate from the Parent and such Additional Borrower certifying that as of the date of such joinder, the conditions set forth in Section 4.04(a) and (b) shall be met as if a Borrowing were to occur on such date and (b) the Lenders being provided with twenty (20) Business Days’ prior notice (or such shorter period of time as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably agree) of any Additional Borrower being proposed to be added pursuant to this Section 10.18 . This Agreement may be amended as necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Parent to effect the provisions of or be consistent with this Section 10.18 . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary (including Section 10.02 ), any such deemed amendment may be memorialized in writing by the Administrative Agent with the Parent’s consent, but without the consent of any other Lenders (other than with respect to the applicable Lender’s approval of an Additional Borrower’s jurisdiction of incorporation or formation as set forth above), and furnished to the other parties hereto.

Section 10.19 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

[Signature Pages Begin on the Next Page]

 

194


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

GALLERIA CO., as the Initial Borrower
By:   /s/ Laura Becker
  Name: Laura Becker
  Title: President

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. as the Administrative Agent
By:   /s/ Lauren Baker
  Name: Lauren Baker
  Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as the Collateral Agent
By:   /s/ Lauren Baker
  Name: Lauren Baker
  Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a Lender and an Issuing Bank
By:   /s/ Lauren Baker
  Name: Lauren Baker
  Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender and an Issuing Bank
By:   /s/ Kyle Atmore
  Name: Kyle Atmore
  Title: Assistant Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank,  as a Lender and

an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ Lucie Campos Caresmel
  Name: Lucie Campos Caresmel
  Title: Director
By:   /s/ Elvis Grgurovic
  Name: Elvis Grgurovic
  Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

BNP PARIBAS,

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ Pierre Nicholas Rogers
  Name: Pierre Nicholas Rogers
  Title: Managing Director
By:   /s/ Christopher Sked
  Name: Christopher Sked
  Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

HSBC Bank USA, NA
as a Lender and an Issuing Bank
By:   /s/ Alan Vitulich
  Name: Alan Vitulich
  Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

ING Bank N.V., Dublin Branch,
as a Lender and an Issuing Bank
By:   /s/ Stephen Farrelly
  Name: Stephen Farrelly
  Title: Vice President
By:   /s/ Sean Hassett
  Name: Sean Hassett
  Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

Mizuho Bank Ltd,

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ David Lim
  Name: David Lim
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ Julia Ivanova
  Name: Julia Ivanova
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ Peter Cucchiara
  Name: Peter Cucchiara
  Title: Vice President
By:   /s/ Michael Shannon
  Name: Michael Shannon
  Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

The Bank of Nova Scotia,

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ Michelle C. Phillips
  Name: Michelle C. Phillips
  Title: Execution Head & Director

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

Intesa-Sanpaolo S.p.A. – New York Branch,

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ Jordan Schweon
  Name: Jordan Schweon
  Title: Global Relationship Manager
By:   /s/ Francesco Di Mario
  Name: Francesco Di Mario
  Title: Head of Credit

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A. NEW YORK BRANCH,

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ Mauricio Benitez
  Name: Mauricio Benitez
  Title: Director
By:   /s/ Cara Younger
  Name: Cara Younger
  Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation ,

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ David W. Kee
  Name: David W. Kee
  Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

UniCredit Bank AG, New York Branch,

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ Marc Fussbahn
  Name: Marc Fussbahn
  Title: Managing Director
By:   /s/ Elaine Tung
  Name: Elaine Tung
  Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ Ravneet Mumick
  Name: Ravneet Mumick
  Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

Landesbank Hessen-Thuringen Girozentrale,

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ Lars Riiser
  Name: Lars Riiser
  Title: Vice President
By:   /s/ Claus Hemsteg
  Name: Claus Hemsteg
  Title: Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

TD Bank, N.A.
as a Lender and an Issuing Bank
By:   /s/ Michele Dragonetti
  Name: Michele Dragonetti
  Title: Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.,
as a Lender and an Issuing Bank
By:   /s/ James R. Pearson
  Name: Robbie Pearson
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

Bank of Montreal

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ Joshua S. Hovermale
  Name: Joshua S. Hovermale
  Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

Fifth Third Bank
as a Lender and an Issuing Bank
By:   /s/ Valerie Schanzer
  Name: Valerie Schanzer
  Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

SANTANDER BANK, N.A.,

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ William Maag
  Name: William Maag
  Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

Standard Chartered Bank,

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ Rodrigo Gonzalez
  Name: Rodrigo Gonzalez
  Title: Executive Director

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited, New York Branch,

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ Pinyen Shih
  Name: Pinyen Shih
  Title: Executive Director
By:   /s/ Hsiwei Chen
  Name: Hsiwei Chen
  Title: VP

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

Bayerische Landesbank, New York Branch,

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ Rolf Siebert
  Name: Rolf Siebert
  Title: Executive Director
By:   /s/ Matthew DeCarlo
  Name: Matthew DeCarlo
  Title: Senior Director

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

Landesbank Baden-Württemberg,

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ Simone Ehmann
  Name: Simone Ehmann
  Title: Vice President
By:   /s/ Carolyn Gutbrod
  Name: Carolyn Gutbrod
  Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

Capital One, National Association ,

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ Esther Lainis
  Name: Esther Lainis
  Title: Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING Inc.,
as a Lender and an Issuing Bank
By:   /s/ James R. Pearson
  Name: Robbie Pearson
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


Bank of China (Luxembourg) S.A.

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ YAN Haisi
  Name: YAN Haisi
  Title: Deputy General Manager

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

KBC Bank N.V., New York Branch,

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ Sheila Bermejo
  Name: Sheila Bermejo
  Title: Vice President
By:   /s/ Thomas R. Lalli
  Name: Thomas R. Lalli
  Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

Crédit Industriel et Commercial – NY Branch,

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ Garry Weiss
  Name: Garry Weiss
  Title: Managing Director
By:   /s/ Clifford Abramsky
  Name: Clifford Abramsky
  Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

Bank of China, New York Branch,

as a Lender and an Issuing Bank

By:   /s/ Haifeng Xu
  Name: Haifeng Xu
  Title: Executive Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

Scotiabank (Ireland) Limited,

as a Lender

By:   /s/ Clive Sinnamon
  Name: Clive Sinnamon
  Title: Director
By:   /s/ Sue Foster
  Name: Sue Foster
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer
              Scotiabank (Ireland) Limited

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

BMO Harris Bank N.A.

as a Lender

By:   /s/ Joshua S. Hovermale
  Name: Joshua S. Hovermale
  Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

Bank of the West
as a Lender
By:   /s/ Patricia Stumpp
  Name: Patricia Stumpp
  Title: Vice President
By:   /s/ Andrea Colella
  Name: Andrea Colella
  Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

First Hawaiian Bank,
as a Lender
By:   /s/ Derek Chang
  Name: Derek Chang
  Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

United Bank
as a Lender
By:   /s/ Tom Wolcott
  Tom Wolcott
  SVP Shared National Credit

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]


 

TriState Capital Bank   ,
as a Lender  
By:   /s/ Ellen Frank
  Name: Ellen Frank
  Title: Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Galleria Credit Agreement]

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Galleria Co. on Form S-4 and Form S-1 of our report dated April 20, 2016 (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph related to the allocation of parent company costs), relating to the combined financial statements of P&G Beauty Brands appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Cincinnati, Ohio

April 21, 2016

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement of Galleria Co. on Form S-4 and Form S-1 of our reports dated (1) August 7, 2015 (October 26, 2015 as to the effects of the Beauty Brands divestiture described in Note 13), relating to the consolidated financial statements of The Procter & Gamble Company and subsidiaries appearing in the Form 8-K of The Procter & Gamble Company dated October 26, 2015, and (2) August 7, 2015, relating to the effectiveness of The Procter & Gamble Company and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting, appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of The Procter & Gamble Company for the year ended June 30, 2015, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Cincinnati, Ohio

April 21, 2016

Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 and Form S-1 of our reports dated August 17, 2015, relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of Coty Inc. and subsidiaries, and the effectiveness of Coty Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting, appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Coty Inc. and subsidiaries for the year ended June 30, 2015, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

April 21, 2016

Exhibit 24.1

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF

GALLERIA CO.

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of Galleria Co., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby severally constitute and appoint Laura Becker, Saurabh Saksena, Jason Muncy and Susan Whaley, and each of them, our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact with full power to them, and each of them, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below, the Registration Statement on Form S-4/S-1 relating to the proposed offering of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, in connection with the proposed merger of a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty Inc. with and into the Company, and any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to said Registration Statement, and any subsequent Registration Statement for the same offering which may be filed under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and generally to do all such things in our names and on our behalf in our capacities as officers and directors to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our attorneys, or any of them, or their substitute or substitutes, to said Registration Statement and any and all amendments thereto or to any subsequent Registration Statement for the same offering which may be filed under Rule 462(b).

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned directors and officers of the Company have hereunto set their hands as of the 20th day of April 2016.

 

/s/ Laura Becker  

 

  /s/ Jason Muncy
Name:   Laura Becker     Name:   Jason Muncy
Title:   President (Principal Executive Officer)     Title:   Director
/s/ Saurabh Saksena  

 

  /s/ Susan Whaley
Name:   Saurabh Saksena     Name:   Susan Whaley
Title:   Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)     Title:   Director

Exhibit 99.7

Consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

We hereby consent to the inclusion of our opinion letter dated July 8, 2015 to the Board of Directors of Coty Inc. (“Coty”), included as Annex A to the prospectus which forms part of the registration statement on Form S-4/Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) relating to the proposed issuance of shares of Galleria Co.’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, that Galleria Co. currently expects will be distributed to the shareholders of The Procter & Gamble Company pursuant to an exchange offer (and a subsequent pro rata dividend if the exchange offer is completed but not fully subscribed) in connection with the merger (the “Merger”) of Green Acquisition Sub Inc., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty, with and into Galleria Co., with Galleria Co. surviving the Merger and becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty, and to the description of such opinion and to the references to our name contained therein under the headings “Summary—Opinions of Coty’s Financial Advisors,” “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Transactions,” “The Transactions—Background of the Transactions,” “The Transactions—Coty’s Reasons for the Transactions,” and “The Transactions—Opinions of Coty’s Financial Advisors—Opinion of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that our consent is being delivered only in connection with the initial filing of the aforementioned Registration Statement. In giving the foregoing consent, we do not admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, nor do we admit that we are experts with respect to any part of such Registration Statement within the meaning of the term “experts” as used in the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
By:   /s/ Ari Terry
 

Name: Ari Terry

 

Title: Managing Director

New York, New York

April 21, 2016

Exhibit 99.8

Consent of Barclays Capital Inc.

We hereby consent to the inclusion of our opinion letter dated July 8, 2015 to the Board of Directors of Coty Inc. (“Coty”), included as Annex B to the prospectus which forms part of the registration statement on Form S-4/Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) relating to the proposed issuance of shares of Galleria Co.’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, that Galleria Co. currently expects will be distributed to the shareholders of The Procter & Gamble Company pursuant to an exchange offer (and a subsequent pro rata dividend if the exchange offer is completed but not fully subscribed) in connection with the merger (the “Merger”) of Green Acquisition Sub Inc., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty, with and into Galleria Co., with Galleria Co. surviving the Merger and becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Coty, and to the description of such opinion and to the references to our name contained therein under the headings “Summary—Opinions of Coty’s Financial Advisors,” “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Transactions,” “The Transactions—Background of the Transactions,” “The Transactions—Coty’s Reasons for the Transactions,” and “The Transactions—Opinions of Coty’s Financial Advisors—Opinion of Barclays.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that our consent is being delivered only in connection with the initial filing of the aforementioned Registration Statement. In giving the foregoing consent, we do not admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, nor do we admit that we are experts with respect to any part of such Registration Statement within the meaning of the term “experts” as used in the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.
/s/ Barclays Capital Inc.

New York, New York

April 21, 2016